+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Date post: 11-Sep-2021
Category:
Upload: others
View: 1 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
404
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring DOI-BLM-NV-C010-2018-0005-EA U.S. Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management Carson City District Stillwater Field Office 5665 Morgan Mill Road Carson City, NV 89701 775-885-6000 U.S. Department of the Navy Navy Region Southwest Naval Air Station Fallon 4755 Pasture Road Fallon, NV 89496 775-426-2880 March 2018 Stillwater Field Office, Nevada
Transcript
Page 1: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

Fallon Frontier Observatory for

Research in Geothermal Energy

(FORGE) Geothermal Research and

Monitoring

DOI-BLM-NV-C010-2018-0005-EA

US Department of the Interior

Bureau of Land Management

Carson City District

Stillwater Field Office

5665 Morgan Mill Road

Carson City NV 89701

775-885-6000

US Department of the Navy

Navy Region Southwest

Naval Air Station Fallon

4755 Pasture Road

Fallon NV 89496

775-426-2880

March 2018

Stillw

ater F

ie

ld

O

ffice

N

evad

a

DOI-BLM-NV-C010-2018-0005-EA

It is the mission of the Bureau of Land Management to sustain the health diversity

and productivity of the public lands for the use and enjoyment of present and future

generations

The mission of the Navy is to maintain train and equip combat-ready Naval forces

capable of winning wars deterring aggression and maintaining freedom of the seas

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

1 INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED 1-1

11 Introduction 1-1 111 Location of Proposed Action 1-2 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA 1-5

12 Background 1-6 13 Purpose and Need 1-8 14 Decision to be Made 1-9 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification 1-9

151 Scoping 1-9 152 Public Involvement 1-9 153 Issue Identification 1-9

2 PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES 2-1

21 Description of Proposed Action 2-1 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells 2-3 212 Well Stimulation 2-10 213 Schedule of Activities 2-12 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-13

22 No Action Alternative 2-14 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail 2-14 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement 2-15 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans 2-15

3 AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 3-1

31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered 3-1 311 Additional Affected Resources 3-3

32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis 3-6 33 Method 3-6 34 Water Resources 3-7

341 Affected Environment 3-7 342 Environmental Consequences 3-13

35 Geology 3-20 351 Affected Environment 3-20 352 Environmental Consequences 3-21

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-25 361 Affected Environment 3-25 362 Environmental Consequences 3-27

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat 3-28 371 Affected Environment 3-28 372 Environmental Consequences 3-32

38 BLM Sensitive Species 3-35 381 Affected Environment 3-35 382 Environmental Consequences 3-39

39 Migratory Birds 3-43 391 Affected Environment 3-43 392 Environmental Consequences 3-44

Table of Contents

ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species 3-47 3101 Affected Environment 3-47 3102 Environmental Consequences 3-48

311 Native American Religious Concerns 3-49 3111 Affected Environment 3-49 3112 Environmental Consequences 3-51

312 Land Use Airspace and Access 3-51 3121 Affected Environment 3-51 3122 Environmental Consequences 3-53

313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 3-54 3131 Affected Environment 3-55 3132 Environmental Consequences 3-55

314 Socioeconomics 3-57 3141 Affected Environment 3-57 3142 Environmental Consequences 3-58

4 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 4-1

41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-1 42 Water Resources 4-3 43 Geology 4-3 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 4-4 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat 4-5 46 BLM Sensitive Species 4-6 47 Migratory Birds 4-7 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed 4-8 49 Native American Religious Concerns 4-9 410 Land Use Airspace and Access 4-9 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 4-10 412 Socioeconomics 4-11 413 No Action Alternative 4-11 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts 4-11 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources 4-11 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment

and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource

Productivity 4-12

5 CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION 5-1

51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted 5-1 52 List of Preparers 5-2

6 REFERENCES 6-1

TABLES Page

1-1 Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area 1-2 2-1 Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action) 2-3 2-2 Proposed Wells 2-4 2-3 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-14 2-4 Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals 2-16

Table of Contents

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment iii

3-1 Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action 3-1 3-2 Other Resources Considered 3-4 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area 3-12 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics 3-12 3-5 Wetlands 3-25 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation 3-30 3-7 Acres of Potential Prime Farmland 3-55 3-8 Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area 3-57 3-9 Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015) 3-58 4-1 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-2 5-1 List of Preparers 5-2

FIGURES Page

1 Project Vicinity 1-3 2 Project Location 1-4 3 Existing Infrastructure 1-7 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) 2-2 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions 2-6 6 Surface Water 3-8 7 Aquifer Location 3-10 8 Water Rights 3-11 9 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry 3-14 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-section 3-23 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-26 12 Vegetation Classes 3-31 13 Farmland 3-56

APPENDICES

A EGS Protocol

B EGS Best Practices

C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and

Best Management Practices

D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval

E Fallon FORGE Project Environmental Protection Measures

F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

H Wildlife Agency Consultation

I BLM Sensitive Species

J Draft Weed Management Plan Outline

Table of Contents

iv FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment v

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Full Phrase

degF degrees Fahrenheit AICUZ air installation compatible use zone

APZ accident potential zone

BASH bird-aircraft strike hazard

BHCA Bird Habitat Conservation Area

BLM United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management

BMP best management practice CCD BLM Carson City District

CEQ Council on Environmental Quality

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CRMP BLM CCD Consolidated Resource Management Plan DOD US Department of Defense

DOE US Department of Energy

DOI US Department of the Interior EA environmental assessment

EGS enhanced geothermal systems

EIS environmental impact statement

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

ESA Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended FAA Federal Aviation Administration

FLPMA Federal Land Policy Management Act

FORGE Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy GBBO Great Basin Bird Observatory

GIS geographic information system

gpm gallons per minute IBA Important Bird Areas

INRMP Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan

LDDD lower deep diagonal drain

MBTA Migratory Bird Treaty Act NAS Fallon Naval Air Station Fallon

Navy US Department of the Navy

NDA Nevada Department of Agriculture

NDEP Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

NDOM Nevada Division of Minerals

NDOW Nevada Department of Wildlife

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act

NHPA National Historic Preservation Act

NNHP Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Acronyms and Abbreviations

vi FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

NOTAMs notices to airmen

NRCS Natural Resources Conservation Service

NWI US Fish and Wildlife Service National Wetland Inventory

NWR National Wildlife Refuge ppm parts per million

psi pounds per square inch Reclamation US Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation

RMP resource management plan

ROW right-of-way SHPO State Historic Preservation Office

SNL Sandia National Laboratories

SWReGAP Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project TCID Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

TDS total dissolved solids UNR University of Nevada Reno

USDA US Department of Agriculture

USFWS US Fish and Wildlife Service

USGS US Geological Survey

WMA Wildlife Management Area

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED

The United States Department of Interior (DOI) Bureau of Land Management

(BLM) Carson City District (CCD) Stillwater Field Office and the United States

Department of the Navy (Navy) as co-lead agencies have prepared this

environmental assessment (EA) The agencies prepared it in accordance with

the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) as implemented by the Council

on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Regulations Navy regulations and BLM

regulations for implementing NEPA Its purpose is to analyze potential impacts

on the human and natural environment that may result from geothermal

productioninjection and monitoring well development and hydraulic well

stimulation in the Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal

Energy (FORGE) site

11 INTRODUCTION

Those leading the Fallon FORGE program are proposing a subsurface geothermal

field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in

conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the

US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the

University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well

stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in

a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist The

Fallon FORGE project is one of two sites being considered by the US

Department of Energy (DOE) to test EGS technologies Implementing the

Proposed Action is contingent on the DOE selecting the Fallon FORGE site

More information regarding the DOErsquos FORGE program is available at

httpsenergygoveereforgeforge-home

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because there is hot rock at

depths of approximately 5000 feet below ground surface but the rock has little

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

to no natural permeability During EGS development subsurface permeability

would be enhanced by injecting pressurized fluid which would enlarge existing

fissures in the rock or create new ones These conduits would increase

permeability and allow fluid to circulate through the rock thereby increasing the

temperature of the water Through this process EGS has the potential to

enhance the development of geothermal resources in the area (See Section

212 for more information regarding proposed well stimulation activities)

The Fallon FORGE program would facilitate scientific understanding of the key

mechanisms controlling a successful EGS project and would make this

information available to the public via the Fallon FORGE website

wwwfallonforgeorg

The Fallon FORGE site would be open to outside researchers and there would

be various opportunities to conduct research One opportunity would be

through a competitive research solicitation that would provide funds for

researchers to use the FORGE field laboratory Another would be where

researchers fund their own work and have access to the FORGE facility

Decisions on the research to be performed would be based on

recommendations from the Science and Technology Advisory Team made up of

FORGE team members outside experts in geothermal research a

representative from the Navy and representatives from the DOE

111 Location of Proposed Action

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County

Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of

Sections 19 30 and 31 Township 18 North Range 30 East and Sections 24 25

26 and 36 Township 18 North Range 29 East Mount Diablo Baseline and

Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy

owned and operated tactical air warfare training center (see Figure 1 Project

Vicinity and Figure 2 Project Location) The Navy manages 62 percent of the

project area surface (Table 1-1) while the BLM manages 32 percent of the

federal geothermal leases on US Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) lands in

the project area Non-federal lands in the project area are included in the

federal geothermal leases and are privately owned

Table 1-1

Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area

Surface Administrator

Acres in the

Proposed Project

Area

Percent of the

Proposed

Project Area

Acres within

Federal

Geothermal Leases

US Navy 690 62 0

Private 70 6 70

Reclamation (managed by the

BLM)

360 32 360

Total 1120 100 430

Source FORGE GIS 2017

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-5

112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA

There has been extensive geothermal exploration activity and monitoring within

and surrounding the FORGE project area especially within the past ten years

This activity is within the three BLM leases held by Ormat (lease numbers NVN-

079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-79106) and includes 12 geothermal wells and

34 temperature gradient holes

The Navy Geothermal Program Office has been conducting exploration and

testing of the geothermal resources at NAS Fallon since 1979 (NAS Fallon

1990) In the FORGE project area there are seven geothermal wells and four

temperature gradient holes (SNL 2016)

The Salt Wells Energy Projects Environmental Impact Statement (Salt Wells EIS

BLM 2011a) and NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy

Development (NAS Fallon 1990) are the primary NEPA documents supporting

the ongoing geothermal exploration monitoring and related activity in the

project area The Salt Wells EIS analyzed the environmental impacts of a

proposed geothermal energy production facility on lands overlapping the

FORGE project area (see Figure 1) The BLM was the lead agency on this EIS

and the Navy was a cooperating agency The 1990 programmatic EIS while

dated provides relevant background information and analysis associated with

geothermal activities in the project area

Where applicable this EA refers to the affected environment description and

analysis of potential impacts included in the Salt Wells EIS The NAS Fallon

Programmatic EIS analyzed impacts associated with geothermal exploration and

development at NAS Fallon and is similarly referenced in this EA

An additional NEPA document completed for geothermal exploration within

and surrounding the FORGE project area includes the Carson Lake Exploration

Project EA (BLM 2008a) which analyzed environmental impacts associated with

the construction of 11 well pads associated access roads and three geothermal

exploration wells at each well pad The BLM and Navy were co-lead agencies on

that EA

Consistent with the BLM NEPA Planning Handbook (H-1790-1) and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) this

EA incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA

documents to describe the affected environment and potential environmental

impacts from well drilling and well pad construction It describes any new

different or additional information related to the affected environment since

2011 It also analyzes the environmental impacts of using EGS technologies

specific to the FORGE program which were not analyzed in prior NEPA

documents

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

12 BACKGROUND

Commercially viable geothermal resources are those with the potential to

generate electricity To be commercially viable there must be sufficient

subsurface heat and permeability for water to move through the hot rocks and

create steam which can then move a turbine that generates electricity While

there are adequate temperatures throughout much of the West especially at

greater depths there are few locations with sufficient subsurface permeability

The DOE is funding the FORGE program to explore opportunities for using

EGS in low permeability areas In the long term EGS could support

commercially viable geothermal energy production in previously noncommercial

locations For example the knowledge gained through the FORGE program

could be used to design and test a method for developing large-scale

economically sustainable heat exchange systems

The DOE began with several potential FORGE sites and has since narrowed the

list to two locations Fallon Nevada and another location near Milford Utah

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because of its geophysical

attributes as follows

Good understanding of the subsurface

Low permeability at depth (ie not suitable for commercial

development)

Low magnitude natural seismic activity

Subsurface temperatures between 350 degrees Fahrenheit (degF) and

450degF at a depth of between 5000 and 13000 feet

Additionally in accordance with the DOErsquos FORGE program criteria the site is

not within an operational geothermal field the nearest commercial geothermal

production facility is the Enel Facility approximately 7 miles away The Fallon

FORGE site has been extensively explored in the past for geothermal

development potential most recently by the US Navy Geothermal Program

Office and Ormat (see Figure 3 Existing Infrastructure) Testing in these wells

has shown the site to have low permeability which is a requirement for testing

EGS concepts (SNL 2016)

The Fallon FORGE project has three phases Phases 1 and 2 began in 2015 and

are ongoing Phase 1 includes a paper study wherein known data are being

gathered analyzed and presented to the DOE Phase 2 consists of further site

evaluations such as drilling additional exploration and monitoring boreholes and

installing associated instrumentation updating the 3-dimensional geologic model

and doing preliminary reservoir modeling Under Phase 2 which includes

constructing up to four well pads and drilling four monitoring wells

environmental consequences were determined to be the same as those analyzed

in previous NEPA documents such as the BLMrsquos Salt Wells EIS (2011) and the

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Navyrsquos Geothermal Programmatic EIS (NAS Fallon 1990) The Navy issued a

categorical exclusion (No 100616b) for Phase 2 which fulfilled the NEPA

requirements for those activities Sandia also obtained the necessary state-level

permits for Phase 1 and 2 activities

Phase 3 is the Proposed Action being evaluated in this EA It could not be

included in the categorical exclusions because it proposes hydraulic well

stimulation which has not been previously analyzed in other NEPA documents

covering the project area

Under Phase 3 the BLM and Navy would authorize the drilling of up to three

additional productioninjection wells and additional monitoring wells (see

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative)) to inject

fluids under pressure into the basement rocks and expand tiny fissures in those

geologic formations This technique is used to increase permeability in the hot

basement rocks and stimulate geothermal activity Geophysical and well data

from Phases 1 and 2 are helping to define the approximate locations of the

proposed productioninjection wells Phase 3 activities constitute the Proposed

Action under this EA

In the FORGE site and the surrounding area the top of the basement rock is

approximately 4200 to 5900 feet below ground level The basement rock is

Mesozoic in age and includes various specific rock types meta-tuffs quartzite

meta-basalt granite slate and marble The basement rock is overlain by

Miocene age volcanic rocks Above the Miocene volcanic rocks is Late Miocene

to Quaternary age basis fill rocks

Previous testing has shown the permeability to be less than is needed to

support commercial development The goal of the Proposed Action is to

provide the scientific community with a dedicated subsurface test site and field

laboratory to develop test and improve EGS technologies and techniques in a

controlled environment This research would support future EGS-based

geothermal systems (SNL 2016)

13 PURPOSE AND NEED

The purpose of the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to facilitate

where appropriate the research and development of geothermal resources

including EGS technologies on federally managed and leased lands The

Proposed Action would support the development testing and improvement of

new EGS technologies and techniques consistent with the Energy Act of 2005

and related policies This would be done in a manner that would prevent

unnecessary or undue degradation of federal lands resources and uses

The need for the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to respond to a

request for permission to drill new geothermal wells and implement EGS

technologies on public lands These are Navy Reclamation and private lands

with geothermal leases that were issued by and are administered by the BLM

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-9

and Navy The BLM and Navy need to respond to the request as directed by

the Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025) 43 CFR

Subpart 3207 as amended and Executive Order 13212 as amended by

Executive Order 13302 Actions to Expedite Energy-Related Projects

14 DECISION TO BE MADE

The BLM and Navy would decide to grant grant with modification or deny

SNLrsquos proposal to drill and stimulate geothermal wells in compliance with BLM

and Navy leasing regulations and other federal laws Conditions of approval

would be applied to the applicable drilling permits and authorizations The

decision would apply to Phase 3 activities only as described in Section 12 of

this EA Future activities outside the scope of the Proposed Action would be

subject to further NEPA analysis

15 SCOPING PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT AND ISSUE IDENTIFICATION

151 Scoping

On November 2 2017 SNL representatives provided a presentation at the

Churchill County Commissionrsquos regular commission meeting The presentation

described the Fallon FORGE project outlined the EA process and solicited

comments on the proposal This meeting served as the public meeting for the

EA scoping process Commissioners voiced support for the project There was

no other public comment on the item during the meeting

152 Public Involvement

Fallon FORGE is engaged with community and scientific stakeholders who have

a vested interest in the EGS research opportunities There is a dedicated Fallon

FORGE project website (httpswwwfallonforgeorg) Here the public can view

information about the FORGE program learn about upcoming events and

obtain geographic information system (GIS) and near real-time seismic data

In the fall of 2017 the Fallon FORGE team hosted a booth at the Fallon Heart

of Gold Cantaloupe Festival to invite the public to learn about the FORGE

project Additionally representatives from the Fallon FORGE team met with the

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribersquos Business Council on September 7 2017 to

discuss the project The council was generally supportive of the proposed

project

153 Issue Identification

The BLM CCD Stillwater Field Office held an interagency interdisciplinary team

meeting on October 16 2017 which included representatives from BLM Navy

SNL Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc (EMPSi a BLM

contractor) and Ormat The purpose of the meeting was for SNL to present

the Proposed Action and for BLM and Navy participants to identify preliminary

issues and concerns

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following this meeting there was a 30-day internal scoping period during which

BLM and Navy representatives could identify and provide input on additional

issues related to the Proposed Action Comments received at the kickoff

meeting and during internal scoping recommended that the EA should reference

the Salt Wells EIS where appropriate While other resources could be analyzed

in the EA the analyses should incorporate by reference the analysis in the Salt

Wells EIS and other NEPA documents as applicable

BLM and Navy representatives identified water resources and geology (including

seismicity) as the two primary resources needing to be addressed in the EA

These resources are addressed in Chapter 3 Resources not specifically

identified or discussed during scoping but that are also analyzed in Chapter 3

are wetlands and riparian areas wildlife BLM sensitive species migratory birds

invasive nonnative and noxious weed species Native American religious

concerns land use airspace and access farmlands and socioeconomics

For these resources this EA considers only those elements of the Proposed

Action that could have impacts that are new or different from those analyzed in

the Salt Wells EIS or other NEPA documents

The following issues were identified as not being present or meaningfully

affected in the proposed project area

Areas of Critical Environmental Concern

Environmental justice

Forests and rangelands

Threatened and endangered species

Hazardous or solid wastes

Wild and Scenic Rivers

Paleontological resources

Lands with wilderness characteristics

Wilderness and wilderness study areas

Recreation

Wild horses and burros

The supporting rationale for these determinations is provided in Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action in

Chapter 3

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-1

CHAPTER 2

PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES

21 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED ACTION

The Proposed Action includes the following components

Construction of up to 12 productioninjection and monitoring well

pads with drilling sumps

Construction of two stimulation fluid containment basins

Drilling of up to three productioninjection wells and up to nine

monitoring wells

Construction of access roads and support facilities

Installation of a temporary aboveground water pipeline

Implementation of hydraulic well stimulation using EGS technology

All elements of the Proposed Action would be conducted as outlined in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) except for the proposed well stimulation which was

not a part of that EIS

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) displays the

approximate locations of the proposed project components Because of the

inherent uncertainty in placing new geothermal wells the Proposed Action

includes productioninjection and monitoring well pad assessment areas

Assessment areas indicate the range of locations in the FORGE project area

where wells and pads could be developed The exact locations would be based

on preconstruction site surveys and ongoing subsurface geologic modeling and

monitoring

The Proposed Action would occur on Navy lands and federal lease lands

administered by Reclamation For the federal lease lands the BLM has the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-3

delegated authority to manage the geothermal leases This includes decision-

making authority for actions proposed on and below the surface such as those

described below

Table 2-1 below summarizes the proposed new facilities with an estimated

area of surface disturbance for each component

Table 2-1

Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action)

Disturbance Type

Disturbance Area

(Approximate

Acres)

Productioninjection well pads including drilling sumps and

containment basins

11

Monitoring well pads including drilling sumps 27

Access roads 7

Water line lt1

Site trailer 2

Total 47

The Fallon Forge Project would implement applicable environmental protection

measures from the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix C) Throughout project

construction and operation the proponent would comply with applicable

geothermal lease stipulations (see Appendix D) and Fallon FORGE Project

Environmental Protection Measures (Appendix E) In addition Fallon FORGE

would prepare a monitoring plan for a thermal spring (well 6) and a noxious

weed monitoring and treatment plan to address specific resource issues

Drilling operation and emergency contingency plans outlined in the Salt Wells

EIS would also be in place these are an injury contingency plan a fire

contingency plan and a spill or discharge contingency plan

A detailed description of each component of the Proposed Action and the

proposed project schedule are provided in the following sections

211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells The productioninjection wells would be used

for injecting fluids into basement rock to stimulate geothermal activity

Monitoring wells would be drilled to collect data about the stimulation activities

The nature of these wells would be the same as those that were approved in

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Potential locations for the productioninjection

and monitoring wells under the Proposed Action are depicted in Figure 4 well

locations and attributes are listed in Table 2-2 below

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-2

Proposed Wells

Location by Ownership

Management

Well Type

Production

Injection Monitoring

Navy mdash 6

BLM (federal Lease) 3 3

Private lands (federal lease) mdash mdash

Total 3 9

Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins

Each of the 12 proposed wells would have an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by

450 feet) pad Drill pad preparation would include clearing earthwork drainage

and other improvements necessary for efficient and safe operation and for fire

prevention Each site would be graded flat with an unpaved surface Well pads

would not be fenced They would be constructed in accordance with BLM

Navy State of Nevada and Churchill County requirements and would be

consistent with the typical construction methods outlined in Appendix A of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) The construction of each drill pad would take

approximately 1 to 2 weeks to complete

Each pad area would include an approximately 1-acre (150 feet by 300 feet)

drilling sump Each sump would be excavated to approximately 7 feet deep and

would have the capacity of about 2000000 gallons Sumps would be

constructed in accordance with best management practices identified in the

Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development (Gold Book BLM 2007) and NDOW guidelines for geothermal

sumps

The purpose of the drilling sumps is to store spent water-based drilling fluids

cuttings and flowback waters from drilling operations and stimulation activities

Following drilling operations or precipitation that leads to sustained standing

water in the drilling sumps Fallon FORGE would implement environmental

protection measures to prevent attracting wildlife to standing water These

measures would include covering the sumps with floating fabric or another

approved technique

In accordance with Nevada standards (Nevada Administrative Code Chapter

445AmdashWater Controls) and consistent with the Salt Wells EIS sumps used to

store cuttings from monitoring wells would be unlined As described in the Salt

Wells EIS (page 2-30) the naturally occurring clay content of the soils being

removed from the well cavity and discharged into the sumps would seal the

sump and would limit fluids from percolating into local groundwater

There would be two approximately 150- by 300-foot lined storage basins next

to the injectionproduction pads to store injection and flowback waters used for

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-5

stimulations These basins would be lined with a low permeability high density

polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM and Navy approval Basins

would be covered with floating fabric or another approved technique to

prevent attracting wildlife The basin cover system and materials would be

selected in coordination with the BLM the US Fish and Wildlife Service

(USFWS) and NDOW Fallon FORGE would also coordinate with NDOW as

applicable to ensure that neither the basins nor sumps are toxic to wildlife

Drilling

Proposed productioninjection and monitoring wells would be drilled on the

proposed well pads All types of wells would be drilled to a depth of

approximately 5000 feet but potentially as deep as 8500 feet depending on the

location of the geothermal resources intended for monitoring and stimulation

Productioninjection wells would be directionally drilled likely in a west to

northwest direction (see Figure 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions) to

access preferred hot rock locations however the exact orientation of the wells

would not be determined until further site characterization could be completed

All wells including directionally drilled productioninjection wells would be

within the FORGE project area boundary

Drill rigs and equipment would be transported to the proposed well sites via

existing and proposed access roads Once in place on the well pads the drill rigs

would be approximately 120 feet tall Transmitting devices and lights would be

placed on top of the rigs to ensure the safety of aircraft These devices would

comply with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and NAS Fallon frequency

management and night flight regulations and restrictions

Consistent with the environmental protection measures in Appendix C

lighting specifications would conform to the BLMrsquos dark sky guidelines Drill rig

materials would consist of low reflectivity materials to avoid glare that would

distract aircraft pilots at NAS Fallon

Drill rigs and associated drilling equipment would be in place for up to 60 days

for monitoring wells and up to 120 days for productioninjection wells Once

drilling is completed drill rigs would be removed from the project area Typical

equipment on well pads during construction would include an aboveground

diesel fuel storage tank a metal equipment building piping valves pipe rack and

drillers

Casing depths blowout prevention equipment and disposition of cuttings and

spent drilling fluids would follow BLM Navy and Nevada Division of Minerals

(NDOM) regulations Blowout prevention equipment is typically inspected and

approved by the BLM and NDOM The wells would include surface and down-

hole casing to protect local groundwater and to ensure safe drilling of the well

The well casing would be fully cemented from the bottom of the well to the

surface During well drilling the casing would be pressure tested to ensure that

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-7

the casing is properly cemented and forms an effective seal Standard

geophysical logging tools would measure conditions such as temperature and

rock density These activities would be consistent with those described in the

Salt Wells EIS (pages 2-29ndash2-32 and Appendix A pages A-3ndashA-7)

The well bore would be drilled using nontoxic temperature-stable drilling mud

composed of a bentonite clay-water or polymer-water mix Variable

concentrations of standard approved drilling additives would be added to the

drilling mud as needed to prevent corrosion and mud loss and to increase mud

weight Additional drilling mud would be mixed and added to the mud system as

needed to maintain the required quantities Spent drilling fluids and materials

would be placed in the drilling sumps These materials would be tested and

buried in place

Hazardous materials and hazardous waste would be transported handled used

and disposed of properly and according to federal and state requirements for

each product Safety practices including the safe and proper handling of waste

and hazardous materials would follow the Fallon FORGE Environmental Safety

and Health Plan (SNL 2016) Material safety data sheets for all hazardous

chemicals would be kept on-site with copies submitted to the BLM and Navy

before operations begin

Secondary containment structures such as a portable containment berm or spill

containment pallets would be provided for all chemical and petroleumoil

storage areas during operations Additionally absorbent pads or sheets would

be placed under likely spill sources spill kits would be maintained on-site during

operations to provide prompt response to accidental leaks or spills of chemicals

and petroleum products On federal lease lands any releases above reportable

quantities would be reported to the Nevada Division of Environmental

Protection (NDEP) and the BLM In accordance with the NAS Fallon Integrated

Contingency Plan for Oil and Hazardous Substance Spill Prevention and

Response (Navy 2014) all releases or spills regardless of quantity would be

reported to NAS Fallon NAS Fallon would report it to the NDEP if the release

or spill is above reportable quantities

Solid wastes generated by the Proposed Action would be stored on-site until

transported off-site to an appropriate disposal site in accordance with federal

state and local regulations Hazardous materials hazardous wastes and solid

wastes would be handled stored and disposed of in conformance with federal

and state regulations This would be done to prevent soil groundwater or

surface water contamination and associated adverse impacts on the

environment or worker health and safety

After drilling is complete all drilling and testing equipment would be removed

from the site Interim reclamation would occur on areas of the well pad not

needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim reclamation would follow

the standards outlined in Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The surface

facilities remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and

locked valves on top of the surface casing Steel plates would be placed over

well cellars1 and the wellhead area would be fenced to prevent humans and

wildlife from entering the well cellar The completed wells would be

approximately 5 feet tall

Access Roads and Site Trailer

Primary access to the FORGE project area would be from US Highway 50

which is directly east of the project area To the extent possible access to the

work locations would be via a network of unpaved access roads in and next to

the project area

Up to an additional 21 miles of new access roads may be constructed to expand

access to proposed well pads New access roads would be approximately 15

feet wide with 5-foot-wide shoulders The roads would have a design speed of

10 to 30 miles per hour The approximate locations of proposed access roads

are shown in Figure 4 Existing and proposed roads would require maintenance

during well pad construction and operations which may include the application

of gravel to repair damage especially to fill potholes or tire ruts following rains

An average of about 4 inches of gravel would be applied to the new access

roads as necessary to create an all-weather all-season surface Gravel would

be obtained from an approved local mineral material site and would be

transported to the site via trucks on existing roadways

It may be necessary to implement BLM- and Navy-approved dust abatement

measures such as watering via water truck or applying tackifiers to control

dust These measures are described in Appendix C Additionally to support

geophysical monitoring personnel may need to access the project area on foot

This type of nonmotorized pedestrian access would occur off access roads and

well pads

Site trailers would provide office research and meeting space for Fallon FORGE

personnel and visitors (see Figure 4) Together the trailers would provide

approximately 3000 square feet of temporary indoor meeting space They

would be placed on a 2-acre pad that would include worker and visitor vehicle

parking Permanent security fencing with an access gate would be installed

around the site trailer to protect against vandalism

Operations

Operations of the Fallon FORGE geothermal facility would consist of scientists

geothermal professionals and other stakeholders visiting the site to observe

field results The Fallon FORGE team would work closely with the NAS Fallon

Operations Department and Geothermal Program Office to avoid conflicts with

1 An open area below the ground surface that contains components of the well head

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-9

base operations and maintain conformance with the NAS Fallon air installation

compatible use zone (AICUZ) and procedures for avoiding obstruction If there

were the potential for a temporary obstruction Fallon FORGE would work

with NAS Fallon to prepare notices to airmen (NOTAMs)

While the project would create minimal steam Fallon FORGE would work

closely with the NAS Fallon Operations Department to ensure conformance

with AICUZ requirements and to assist with any NOTAMs If NAS Fallon

determines that steam would pose a hazard to base operations Fallon FORGE

would work with NAS Fallon to develop steam mitigation measures These

would include aboveground piping in the proposed disturbance area footprint to

condense the stream

Decommissioning and Reclamation

Following completion of each well drilling all drilling and testing equipment

would be removed from the site and interim reclamation would occur on areas

of the well pad not needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim

reclamation would follow interim reclamation standards outlined in Appendix D

Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008

Geothermal Leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The Fallon FORGE team would develop

the interim reclamation plans before construction begins The surface facilities

remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and locked

valves on top of the surface casing The valves would allow access in case

additional testing is desired

After well drilling and testing are completed the containment basins would

remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are evaporated The

solid contents remaining in each of the reserve pits typically consisting of

nonhazardous nontoxic drilling mud and rock cuttings would be tested after all

liquids have evaporated These tests would be done to confirm that pH metals

and total petroleum hydrocarbon or oil and grease concentrations are not

hazardous If the test results indicate that these solids are nonhazardous the

solids would then be dried mixed with the excavated rock and soil and buried

by backfilling the basin If any hazardous materials were identified they would be

removed and properly disposed of off-site in accordance with all applicable

local state and federal laws

Wells not needed for future monitoring or productioninjection would

eventually be plugged and abandoned in conformance with the well

abandonment requirements of the BLM Navy and NDOM Abandonment

typically involves filling the well bore with clean heavy abandonment mud and

cement until the top of the cement is at ground level This ensures that

geothermal fluids would not move into the well column and then out into

aquifers The well head and any other equipment would then be removed the

casing would be cut off well below ground surface and the hole would be

backfilled to the surface

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following abandonment access roads and well pads would be reclaimed by de-

compacting the soil using tilling machines or similar techniques and removing

any applied gravel Disturbed areas would be reseeded with a BLM-approved

seed mix

212 Well Stimulation

Water Source

Simple hydraulic injections using geothermal waters would be the predominant

method for stimulation activities Water used for the proposed hydraulic

stimulation processes would be obtained from geothermal well 84-31 (see

Figure 4) Water from well 84-31 is sourced from an unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer at a depth of approximately 680 feet This is more than 650

feet below the shallower groundwater at a depth of approximately 50 feet (see

Section 34 Water Resources)

Source water is approximately 265degF and contains high levels of sulfur salt and

other minerals Because of this it would not be suitable for human consumption

or agricultural use without advanced water treatment Water could also be

drawn from well 88-24 (see Figure 4) which has a similar temperature profile

as well 84-31 (see Table 3-4) and higher concentrations of sulfur and total

dissolved solids (TDS)

An approximately 12-inch-diameter temporary aboveground water line would

transport the nonpotable geothermal water from the source well to the

proposed productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) The temporary water line

would run along and be within the disturbance footprint of existing or proposed

access roads The line would not be insulated however the high temperature of

the geothermal water would prevent the water from freezing and damaging the

line The water line would be removed when the EGS activities are complete

Using the proposed productioninjection wells source water would be injected

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site at depths greater than 5500

feet These new deep wells would be fully cased down into the Mesozoic

basement rocks (over 5500 feet deep) This is so that the injected fluid would

not interact with any shallow aquifers during injection

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE stimulation program would

be approximately 100 acre-feet (approximately 33 million gallons) For

comparison this is less than the amount of water that evaporates annually from

a 20-mile-long 15-foot-wide irrigation canal (TCID 2010) Stimulation activities

would be the focus of the latter portion of Phase 3 and would occur throughout

the latter half of the project The DOE and Fallon FORGE would determine the

exact timing and duration of stimulation activities after reviewing proposals

from the research community

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-11

Flow testing results provided by Ormat Nevada Inc for well 84-31 suggest that

it can deliver approximately 2300 gallons per minute (gpm) This produced

geothermal water would be stored in lined storage basins or enclosed tanks for

later use as the stimulation fluid for EGS experiments at the site Typically the

flow from well 84-31 would be approximately 100 to 200 gpm which is the flow

rate needed to maintain stimulation fluid in and to fill the lined covered

stimulation fluid containment basins The water in the basins would be

replenished following an injection at one of the productioninjection wells

During well stimulation it may be necessary to temporarily pump at rates that

exceed the normal pumping rates of 100 to 200 gpm

Stimulation Techniques

Fluids would be injected at a range of pressures depending on what would be

necessary to expand and create new fractures in the rock The temperature of

the water used for stimulation would be approximately the same as the ambient

air temperature This is because it would be stored in the lined covered basins

before injection The typical maximum wellhead pressure would be 2000

pounds per square inch (psi) but it could be up to 3000 psi To prevent casing

failure applied pressures at the wellhead would not exceed the rated maximums

for the casing

Stimulation fluids would be injected into the basement rocks approximately 5500

to 8500 feet below the ground surface The hydraulic injections are expected to

increase the size and connectivity of existing fissures in the subsurface rocks

allowing for geothermal fluids carrying heat to more easily move through the

network of cracks Stimulation water that flows back up through the well cavity

would be discharged into a stimulation fluid containment basin and could be

reused If left over at the end of the project stimulation fluid would either be

allowed to evaporate or would be reinjected into the source well

Additional techniques may be used as part of the research objective for the

FORGE program This would be done to explore the advantages or

disadvantages of mixing small amounts of other materials such as sand

ceramics surfactants acids and corrosion inhibitors with the water to augment

and accelerate stimulation activities Fallon FORGE would disclose the exact

amount or mix of stimulation agents to the BLM Navy NDEP and NDOM

before use during the stimulation process The FORGE program proponents

would obtain the necessary permits such as a Nevada water pollution control

permit before executing any stimulation activities that involve stimulation agents

other than water

Monitoring

EGS Effectiveness

The site would be extensively monitored to determine the extent of the

stimulated volume A real-time EGS monitoring program would provide an

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

understanding of how fluids and heat in the stimulated section of the basement

rock move This monitoring would inform stimulation activity in real time so as

to ensure that the stimulated natural fractures and injected fluids would stay

within the basement rock beneath the project area

Two to four monitoring wells drilled in 2017 as part of Phase 2 of the FORGE

project would be used to monitor and test the effectiveness of EGS techniques

from the first productioninjection well Data from the existing monitoring wells

would inform the stimulation techniques used for the second and third

productioninjection wells Data collected throughout Phase 3 from the two to

four Phase 2 wells and the additional proposed wells would support ongoing

EGS research

Seismicity

There has been monitoring equipment in place at the Fallon FORGE site since

November 2016 to detect microseismic events These small subsurface

vibrations are generally not perceptible by humans and can only be detected

with monitoring equipment Seismic information for the FORGE site is available

online at httpesd1lblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsfallon

forgehtml The data are updated daily The Fallon FORGE website would also

provide weekly updates during stimulation activities The microseismic

monitoring network would be supplemented with additional monitoring

equipment and the proposed monitoring wells This would be done to track the

number and extent of fractures created or expanded during stimulation and any

associated seismicity

Water

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned well is acting as a thermal spring system

with wetland characteristics including riparian vegetation and wildlife Extracting

geothermal fluid from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow from the

spring because the water originates from separate groundwater aquifers (see

Section 34 for additional analysis) however Fallon FORGE would develop a

monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal spring which it would submit to

the BLM Navy and NDOW for approval Monitoring would include collecting

discharge rate water stage water quality temperature and other appropriate

field parameters The thermal spring would be monitored for at least 1 year

before any water is used for well stimulation and would continue throughout the

well stimulation process (approximately 3 years) The monitoring plan would

describe monitoring protocols and actions if there are any potential changes to

the spring from the Proposed Action (see Appendix E)

213 Schedule of Activities

In late 2018 and early 2019 there would be two to four monitoring wells

drilled One productioninjection well would be drilled in 2019 and would be

tested logged and thoroughly characterized to account for pertinent EGS

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-13

development variables After those initial wells are drilled five to seven

additional monitoring wells would be sited to optimize seismic monitoring

during stimulation The total number of monitoring wells would not exceed

nine For financial reasons any subsequent productioninjection wells would not

be drilled until year three or four of Phase 3 currently planned for 2021 and

2022 The siting and design of subsequent productioninjection wells would be

like the first well with if necessary adjustments to account for new data

acquired from the first well

Following the completion of the first productioninjection well in 2019 the

FORGE team would begin testing activities that directly support full-scale well

stimulation (see Section 21) While full-scale stimulation is not planned until

the second productioninjection well is completed in 2021 limited stimulation of

the first drilled productioninjection well is proposed for 2019 Its purpose

would be to assist in the design of the full-scale stimulation testing After the

second productioninjection well is completed full-scale stimulation activities

would begin

The monitoring wells would be instrumented with high resolution seismic

sensors and other diagnostic equipment There would be geophysical logs

created that would aid in understanding the rock properties and existing

fractures Stress measurements would be made by pressurizing sections of the

monitoring wells to determine the subsurface stress This test would inform the

siting of future monitoring and productioninjection wells To accommodate the

research objectives of FORGE a total of nine deep monitoring wells would be

drilled

Access roads well pads and the site trailer would be constructed beginning in

2018 concurrent with the drilling of the first wells

214 Well Pad Assessment Areas

Based on the results from the Phase 1 and 2 activities the FORGE team is

evaluating specific sites for the wells that would best support the Fallon FORGE

experimental facility Due to siting constraints or field adjustments the

Proposed Action includes two types of well pad assessment areas one each for

monitoring and productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) These are areas in

the project area where the Proposed Action components may occur subject to

lease stipulations Navy and BLM regulations and other legal authorities outlined

in Section 25 (see Table 2-3) Any adjustments in the location of well pads

access roads or the site trailer would not result in surface disturbance

exceeding the amounts identified in Table 2-1 and the number and type of

wells exceeding those identified in Table 2-2

The monitoring well pad assessment area includes lands within 820 feet of each

proposed monitoring well or approximately 340 acres Regardless of any field

adjustments all monitoring wells and the site trailer would remain in the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-3

Well Pad Assessment Areas

Well Pad

Assessment Area

Buffer from

Proposed Well

(Feet)

Acres Percent of

Project Area

Proposed Action

Components

Monitoring 820 340 30 Monitoring wells

access roads site

trailer

Production Injection 985 110 10 Productioninjection

wells access roads

well stimulation

monitoring well pad assessment area The productioninjection well pad

assessment area includes lands within 985 feet of each productioninjection well

or approximately 110 acres All productioninjection wells would be in the

productioninjection well pad assessment area

22 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative the DOE would not provide financial support

to implement the Proposed Action Seismic geochemistry and other data

would continue to be collected from existing monitoring wells however the

long-term use of those wells would depend on future need Because the

Proposed Action would not be implemented none of its potential direct

indirect or cumulative environmental impacts would occur

23 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED BUT NOT ANALYZED IN DETAIL

The DOErsquos FORGE program staff considered sites where scientists and

engineers could develop test and accelerate EGS technologies and techniques

In the process of determining the Fallon FORGE site the DOE evaluated and

rejected other potential FORGE sites This is because they did not include the

appropriate geothermal resource conditions to meet the purpose and need

Similarly other locations at NAS Fallon or on federally leased land cannot

support the FORGE program This is due either to inadequate geothermal

resource conditions or physical or operational barriers such as the NAS Fallon

runways and other base infrastructure

The BLM and Navy also considered but did not analyze in detail an alternative

involving fewer than three productioninjection wells in the Fallon FORGE

project area Three productioninjection wells would be necessary to provide

comparative data from multiple well locations in the project area The proposed

combinations and locations of the productioninjection wells and monitoring

wells under the Proposed Action would be necessary to develop test and

collect sufficient data to understand and improve EGS technologies and

techniques An alternative with fewer wells would not provide sufficient

opportunities to develop and test EGS technologies and techniques therefore it

does not meet the purpose and need

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-15

24 LAND USE PLAN CONFORMANCE STATEMENT

The Proposed Action described above is in conformance with the BLM CCD

Consolidated Resource Management Plan (CRMP) Specifically the desired

outcome for minerals and energy management under the CRMP is to

ldquoencourage development of energy and mineral resources in a timely manner to

meet national regional and local needs consistent with the objectives for other

public land usesrdquo (BLM 2001)

The environmental protection measures included as part of the Proposed

Action and described in Appendix E are consistent with the NAS Fallon Final

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (INRMP) The INRMP includes

NAS Fallonrsquos general ecosystem management goal to ldquoprovide good stewardship

to protect manage and enhance land water and wildlife resources of NAS

Fallon while fulfilling the military missionrdquo (Navy 2014)

25 RELATIONSHIP TO LAWS REGULATIONS POLICIES AND PLANS

The Proposed Action is consistent with federal laws and regulations state and

local government laws and regulations and other plans programs and policies

to the extent practicable within federal law regulation and policy Some specific

approvals and permits would be required for Phase 3 of the Fallon FORGE

project (see Table 2-4)

This EA has been prepared in accordance with the following statutes and

implementing regulations policies and procedures

NEPA as amended (Public Law 91-190 42 United States Code

[USC] 4321 et seq)

40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1500 et seq regulations

for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA

Considering cumulative impacts under NEPA (CEQ 1997)

43 CFR Part 46 Implementation of NEPA of 1969 Final Rule

effective November 14 2008

DOI requirements (Departmental Manual 516 Environmental

Quality Program [DOI 2008])

BLM NEPA Handbook (H-1790-1) as updated (BLM 2008b)

The Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025)

43 CFR Part 3200 Geothermal Resources Leasing and Operations

Final Rule May 2 2007

The Energy Policy Act of 2005 the National Energy Policy

Executive Order 13212 and best management practices (BMPs) as

defined in Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and

Gas Exploration and Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book BLM

2007)

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Geothermal Energy Research Development Demonstration

Act of 1974

The Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA

Public Law 94-579 43 USC Section 1761 et seq)

Rights-of-Way (ROWs) under the FLPMA and the Mineral Leasing

Act (43 CFR Part 2880) Final Rule April 22 2005

The Materials Act of July 31 1947 as amended (30 USC Part 601

et seq)

Navy Environment Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction

50901D)

Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Policy for Environmental

Protection Natural Resources and Cultural Resources Programs

(Navy 2006)

DOD (Department of Defense) Instruction Number 471503 (Navy

1996)

Navy Strategy for Renewable Energy (Navy 2012)

The Proposed Action would be subject to other applicable permits listed in

Table 2-4 below before construction begins

Table 2-4

Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals

Regulatory Agency Authorizing Action

BLM and US Navy EA (FONSI) or EIS (Record of Decision) pursuant to

NEPA

ROW authorization

Temporary use permits for construction

BLM Geothermal drilling permit

Geothermal sundry notice

FAA FAA Notice of proposed construction permit (FAA

Form 7460-1)

NDOM Permit to drill an oil and gas and geothermal well

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Air Pollution Control

Class II surface area disturbance permit

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Water Pollution Control

Construction stormwater permit

Underground injection control permit

Nevada Division of Water Resources Temporary consumptive water use permit

Nevada Department of Wildlife Industrial artificial pond permit

BLM Nevada State Historic Preservation

Office (SHPO)

Section 106 compliance with the National Historic

Preservation Act

Churchill County Special use permit

Grading permit

Surface area disturbance permit

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-1

CHAPTER 3

AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES

This section identifies and describes the current condition and trend of

elements or resources in the human environment that may be affected by the

Proposed Action or No Action Alternative Also described are the

environmental consequences or impacts of the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative on the affected environment To the extent possible this section

incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and other prior

NEPA analyses covering the project area to describe the affected environment

and environmental impacts from the Proposed Action

31 SUPPLEMENTAL AUTHORITIES AND RESOURCE AREAS CONSIDERED

Appendix 1 of the BLMrsquos NEPA Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) identifies

supplemental authorities or resource areas that are subject to requirements

specified by statute or executive order and must be considered in all BLM

environmental analysis documents Similarly the Navyrsquos Environmental Readiness

Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) requires all relevant resource

areas be included in the analysis Table 3-1 below identifies resource areas in

the project area and whether there is the potential for environmental impacts

Resources that could be affected by the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative are further described in this EA

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Air quality X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for air quality

beginning on page E-2 Air quality

mitigation measures for fugitive dust

and vehicle emissions listed starting

on page 4-11 of the EIS would

mitigate or avoid air quality impacts

from ground-disturbing activities and

equipment operations associated with

the Proposed Action

Areas of Critical

Environmental

Concern

X None present

Cultural resources X This EA incorporates by reference

the stipulations contained in

Appendix D and environmental

protection measures in Appendix E

of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) As

concluded in the EIS (page 4-119) it

would mitigate or avoid impacts from

ground-disturbing activities

associated with the Proposed Action

Also incorporated by reference are

the findings of the cultural resources

overview and Class III Inventory of

Selected Areas Technical Report in

the NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for

Geothermal Development (Navy

1991)

Environmental justice X Based on a review of 2016 US

Census Bureau data for Churchill

County and the city of Fallon no

minority or low-income populations

would be disproportionately affected

by the Proposed Action or No

Action Alternative Refer to the Salt

Wells EIS for the criteria used to

define environmental justice

populations (BLM 2011a)

Farmlands (prime or

unique)

X Carried forward in Section 313

Forests and rangeland X Not present

Floodplains X Carried forward in Section 34

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-3

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Invasive nonnative

and noxious species

X Carried forward in Section 310

Migratory birds X Carried forward in Section 39

Native American

religious concerns

X Carried forward in Section 311

Paleontology X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) If

workers encounter paleontological

resources Fallon FORGE would

notify the BLM and Navy

paleontological resource contact

Federally threatened

or endangered species

X No threatened endangered

candidate or proposed species or

designated critical habitat are present

in the action area thus none would

not be affected by the Proposed

Action (see Section 38)

Wastes Hazardous or

Solid

X Refer to description of the Proposed

Action in Section 21

Water quality (surface

water and

groundwater)

X Carried forward in Section 34

Wetlands and riparian

zones

X Carried forward in Section 36

Wild and Scenic Rivers X None present

WildernessWilderness

Study Areas

X None present

a See BLM Handbook H-1790-1(BLM 2008b) Appendix 1 Supplemental Authorities to be Considered and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) b Supplemental authorities that are determined to be not present or presentnot affected need not be carried

forward or discussed further in the document c Supplemental authorities that are determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the

document

311 Additional Affected Resources

There are resources or uses that are not supplemental authorities as defined by

BLM Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) in the project area BLM and Navy

specialists have evaluated the potential impact of the Proposed Action on these

resources and documented their findings in Table 3-2 below Resources or

uses that may be affected by the Proposed Action are further described in this

EA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

BLM sensitive species X Carried forward in Section 38

Lands with wilderness

characteristics (BLM

only)

X None present

Land use airspace

and access

X Carried forward in Section 312

Livestock grazing X Impacts would be negligible because

development would occur on a very small

percentage of each allotment overlapping the

project site

Minerals X No geothermal resources would be

consumed no other mineral resource would

be affected by the Proposed Action

Recreation X There are no recreation uses in the project

area

Seismicity X Addressed under Geology in Section 35

Socioeconomics X Carried forward in Section 313

Soils X The impacts of soil disturbance during the

installation of productioninjection and

monitoring well pads were analyzed and

addressed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Stimulation activities would not affect the soil

surface this is because these activities are

occurring at the subsurface level Soil

disturbance and associated impacts from

installing proposed new access roads would

be the same as those described in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Hydric soils were

identified using the Natural Resource

Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil

Survey There were 18 soil map units

identified in the project area one is rated as

having approximately 94 percent hydric soils

occupying approximately 19 acres or 02

percent of the project area three map units

occupy a combined total of 1183 acres or

105 percent of the project area Each is rated

as having approximately 5 percent of hydric

soils in each map unit

The extent that hydric soils occupy the

project area is relatively low and all hydric

soils are associated with wetlands and riparian

areas The potential impacts on hydric soils

would be similar to and associated with

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-5

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

potential impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas as analyzed in Section 36 Wetlands

and Riparian Areas

Soil compaction could affect the water-holding

capacity and thus saturation of hydric soils in

the area however avoiding these areas

making lease stipulations and implementing

mitigation measures would reduce these

impacts to less than significant

These measures would include all

construction vehicle and equipment staging or

storage would be located at least 100 feet

away from any streams wetlands and other

water features (Appendix E Salt Wells EIS)

there would be no surface grading vegetation

clearing or overland travel near or on

wetlands riparian areas or sensitive resource

areas identified by the BLM

Adhering to the no surface occupancy

geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers

NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-

079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt

Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would

further avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in

these areas or within 650 feet of them This

stipulation would apply to all delineated

wetland and riparian areas as well as to

surface water bodies (except canals) playas

and 100-year floodplains in the lease areas

(see Appendix D)

Because hydric soils occupy a very small

amount of the project area and potential

impacts are similar to those analyzed in

Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas

hydric soils were not carried forward for

further analysis

Travel management

and access

X Carried forward under Land Use Airspace

and Access in Section 312

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

Vegetation X Carried forward under Wildlife and Key

Habitat in Section 37

Visual resources X This EA incorporates by reference the

environmental protection measures and best

management practices contained in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for visual resources

beginning on page E-9 These measures

would mitigate or avoid visual impacts from

ground-disturbing activities and operations

associated with the Proposed Action

Wild horses and

burros

X None present

Wildlifekey habitat X Carried forward in Section 37 a Resources or uses determined to be not presentnot affected need not be carried forward or discussed further in

the document b Resources or uses determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the document

32 RESOURCES OR USES PRESENT AND BROUGHT FORWARD FOR ANALYSIS

The following resources are present in the project area and may be affected by

the Proposed Action they are carried forward for analysis

Water resources including surface and groundwater quality

quantity and rights

Geology including seismicity

Wetlands and riparian areas

Wildlife and key habitat including vegetation

BLM sensitive species

Migratory birds

Invasive nonnative and noxious weed species

Native American religious concerns

Land use airspace and access

Farmlands (prime or unique)

Socioeconomics

33 METHOD

For each of the resources identified in Section 32 above this EA identifies

and describes the current conditions in the human environment that may be

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-7

affected by the Proposed Action Where appropriate reference is made to the

Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA documents to supplement the descriptions

Potential impacts are those that could occur from implementing the Proposed

Action Impacts are assessed in terms of their duration (temporary or

permanent) and context (local or regional) A temporary impact is one that

occurs only during implementation of the alternative while a permanent impact

could occur for an extended period after implementation of the alternative

Where appropriate the analysis provides recommended mitigation and

monitoring measures to avoid or reduce impacts on the specified resource

34 WATER RESOURCES

341 Affected Environment

The general descriptions of groundwater and surface water in the project area

are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and are

summarized where appropriate Updated information relevant to the FORGE

project area where available is described below

Surface Water

The Proposed Action is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and

northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The

project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is

in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province (Basin and

Range Province) This province is characterized by north-south trending

mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys

with internally drained closed basins Major surface water features in or near

the Fallon FORGE project area (Figure 6 Surface Water) are as follows

The Truckee Canal

Irrigation canals laterals and drains

FEMA flood zone

Hot and warm springs and seeps

Non-geothermal springs

Emergency canal

Irrigation water is delivered to large areas of agricultural land in the Fallon area

by a complex array of irrigation works including canals laterals and drains (see

Figure 6) This irrigation system is part of the Newlands Project one of the

first irrigation projects built by Reclamation in Nevada

The Newlands Project is operated by the Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

(TCID) and has approximately 60000 irrigated acres and two divisions the

Truckee Division with water diverted at Derby Dam from the Truckee River

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-9

into the Truckee Canal and irrigation delivery system for service to

approximately 5000 acres of irrigated lands and the Carson Division with

water released from the Carson River near the Lahontan Reservoir

(Reclamation 2014) The Carson Diversion Dam 5 miles below the Lahontan

Dam diverts water into two main canals for irrigation

In 2017 Reclamation constructed an emergency canal to mitigate potential flood

impacts in Churchill County The canal intersects the project area for 2 miles

(see Figure 6) The future status of this canal is unknown though the Proposed

Action would protect and preserve the integrity of the emergency canal

One water body in the project area is listed as impaired on the Clean Water

Actrsquos current 303(d) list of impaired waters An impaired water body is

considered too polluted or otherwise degraded to meet water quality standards

set by states territories or recognized tribes in the United States Under

Section 303(d) states territories and recognized tribes are required to develop

lists of impaired waters

One stretch of drain ditch 13 miles of the ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is listed as impaired

on the 303(d) list for mercury in fish tissue The presence of mercury may be a

result of past practices in the area that used mercury such as historic gold

mining The ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is in the Lahontan Valley in Churchill County near

Fallon (see Figure 6)

The emergency canal is also connected to the Lower Deep Diagonal Drain

(LDDD) which has associated impaired beneficial uses for arsenic boron

Escherichia coli (bacteria) iron mercury in fish tissue and sediment total

phosphorus and total dissolved solids The emergency canal is also impaired

because it is hydrologically connected to the LDDD however since the canal is

newly constructed it is not on the NDEP or EPA 303(d) list

Groundwater

General descriptions of groundwater in the project area are consistent with

those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Surrounding the project

area four groundwater subsystems were identified A shallow unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer extends from the land surface to a depth of about 50 feet

An intermediate depth unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer is positioned from

50 feet to 500ndash1000 feet below the land surface Then a deep generally

unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer begins 500ndash1000 feet below the land

surface

Transecting all three sedimentary aquifers is a basalt aquifer that is highly

permeable it is beneath a volcanic feature named Rattlesnake Hill (BLM 2011a)

This basalt aquifer does not extend under the project area as shown in

Figure 7 below Domestic and industrial water supplies for the City of Fallon

NAS Fallon and the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribe are obtained from the basalt

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 7

Aquifer Location

aquifer Rural populations in the Carson Desert area obtain domestic water from

private wells in the quaternary basalt aquifer Infiltration from the Newlands

Project canals and drains can cause water levels to rise in the shallow aquifer

The FORGE project area is within Basin and Range basin fill aquifers Basin and

Range basin-fill aquifers consist primarily of sediment-filled basins separated by

mountain ranges Basin-fill deposits range from about 1000 to 5000 feet thick in

many basins but they are thicker in some basins Groundwater in the area is

mostly unconfined and is recharged when infiltration of mountain streams

precipitation and inflow from fractured bedrock typically enters the aquifers

along mountain fronts (USGS 2016)

Water Rights

Within a two-mile buffer of the project boundary there are seven permitted

certified or vested water rights (see Table 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles

of the Project Area and Figure 8 Water Rights) These water rights are for

irrigation environmental use effluent commercial use storage recreation and

stock watering as shown in the table below

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-3

Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area

Application Application Status Source Type of Use

13472 Certificate Stream Irrigation

13473 Certificate Stream Irrigation

57351E Permit Underground Environmental

67710 Certificate Underground Commercial

79614 Permit Effluent Storage

79614S01 Certificate Storage Recreation

V09744 Vested right Underground Stock watering

Source Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018

These sources have the same coordinates (Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018)

Geothermal Resources

There are two distinct components of the hydrothermal system in the project

area a shallow hydrothermal system consisting of a thermal spring near the

surface and a deep geothermal system consisting of higher temperatures and

depths greater than 1300 feet below the ground General descriptions of

geothermal resources in the project area are consistent with those described in

Section 37 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) for

geothermal flow systems

Geothermal well characteristics are shown in Table 3-4 below Apart from the

thermal spring (well 6) these wells have all been drilled over 5000 feet below

the surface however well 84-31 has a perforated casing depth of 679 feet Its

purpose is to extract water from that depth without drawing from the

unconsolidated shallow aquifer or deep geothermal system

Table 3-4

Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics

Well Number

Well characteristics FOH-3D 61-36 88-24 84-31 82-36 6

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Easting)

355920 355750 356211 357854 356230 356641

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Northing)

4360916 4360984 4362830 4360300 4360752 4357646

Total well depth (feet) 8747 6962 5003 5912 9469 160

Casing depth (feet) 2887 2464 2005 3970 3990 NA

Slotted liner depth (feet) open hole 6955 5003 5869 8970 NA

Perforated casing depth

(feet)

NA NA NA 679 NA NA

Maximum measured

temperature in well (degF)

397 378 280 343 417 167

Source SNL 2018

NA = not applicable

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-13

Thermal Spring (Well 6)

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned 160-foot-deep well is acting as a

thermal spring system (see Figure 8) The area exhibits wetland characteristics

including riparian vegetation and wildlife The surface water temperature at the

well is 162degF the bottom hole temperature is 171degF at a depth of 160 feet (Hinz

et al 2016) This well was drilled before 1980 (exact date unknown) before any

geothermal exploration in the Carson Sink it predates the Fallon FORGE

project

Geochemical analyses of water samples collected from well 6 indicate that it has

TDS of approximately 4000 parts per million (ppm) This fluid is chemically

distinct from fluids sampled from well 84-31 with lower lithium (Li) calcium

(Ca) sulphate (SO4) and fluorine (F) content therefore the thermal spring (well

6) and well 84-31 are not hydrologically connected (see Figure 9)

Differences in local geology have resulted in more faulting and fracturing of the

rock units near the well This has provided fluid flow pathways (and

permeability) and has allowed deeper geothermal fluids to move to shallower

depths (lt150 feet) In contrast fluids sampled from the deep basement wells

such as FOH-3D are from low-permeability rock units in the Mesozoic

basement These units do not support vertical groundwater movement

342 Environmental Consequences

Indicators of impacts on water resources include any change in water quality or

quantity affected by the Proposed Action The region of influence for direct and

indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

Surface Water Quantity

No direct impacts on surface water quantity are anticipated from stimulating the

wells under Phase 3 This is because surface water would not be used in the

Proposed Action unless it is trucked in from a separate location consistent with

US Navy and Ormat operations Water used for well stimulation is anticipated

to be sourced from an adjacent geothermal reservoir via well 84-31 or it may

be sourced from well 88-24 It is approximately 7 miles from the basalt aquifer

used by the City of Fallon There may be a nominal amount of supplemental

water needed during drilling which would be trucked to the site This water

would be purchased from sources with existing water rights no water rights

would be purchased that would affect surface water quantity in the surrounding

area

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the thermal spring

south of the project area This is because there would be a negligible change in

the amount or temperature of water in shallower aquifers

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 9

Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry

Source SNL 2018

Geochemical data from water samples collected from the identified thermal

spring (well 6) and the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 indicate that the

fluids are chemically distinct and originate from separate groundwater aquifers

therefore pumping from the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 is not

expected to affect temperature or flow to the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-15

The thermal spring (well 6) is over 2 miles from the source of stimulation

activities and the deep Mesozoic basement rock where the geothermal fluid

originates is highly impermeable therefore potential indirect impacts on water

quantity of the thermal spring (well 6) are anticipated to be negligible This is

because of the proximity of pumping and impermeability of the source rocks

Extracting groundwater from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow

from the spring (well 6) because the water originates from separate

groundwater aquifers Nevertheless Fallon FORGE would monitor the spring

for at least 1 year before any water is used for well stimulation (see Appendix

E) Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to

ensure that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge

from the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a

monitoring plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and

actions in the event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Surface Water Quality

The Proposed Action could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring

and productioninjection well pad assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If

facilities are near surface water resources impacts on surface water quality

could occur Examples of these impacts are sedimentation from construction

activities and a higher potential for surface water contamination from any spill

from EGS Phase 3 activities If a spill were to occur fluids used in stimulations

could affect surface water quality however measures have been incorporated

as described under the Proposed Action to reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water quality

Applicable fluid mineral leasing stipulations (see Appendix D) would reduce or

avoid potential impacts on surface water quality in the project area including

the impaired emergency canal and drain These include such stipulations as no

surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water body on BLM-administered land (BLM 2014a) As required by

Reclamation there would be no surface occupancy within 100 feet of the canals

which would result in negligible impacts on the surface water quality of those

features

Fallon FORGE would store stimulation water in containers such as water pits

drilling sumps or Baker tanks2 to prevent impacts on water quality It would

reuse the stimulation or hydraulic fracturing waters from one well to another to

reduce the potential for contaminating surface water resources or groundwater

infiltration Sumps pits or Baker tanks to contain fluids and drill cuttings would

be used only infrequently and then only temporarily such as during well drilling

and testing Drilling sumps would comply with applicable Nevada regulations and

2 A steel tank for storing liquid

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

would not be lined however any excess liquid would be mitigated by pumping

excess water off the top of the expended drill cuttings or by covering the

drilling sump to prevent birds from being attracted to the water

After the well drilling and testing operations are completed the containment

basins would remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are

evaporated The reserve pit would no longer be needed and would be closed

and backfilled recontoured to pre-construction topography and reseeded

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) however the Navy installed a 10-station micro earthquake array to

detect local seismicity in the FORGE site

The FORGE program is monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented

with deep monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring

boreholes These would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than

magnitude 20) associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If

seismic monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be

curtailed or managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quality

In order to prevent groundwater infiltration basins used to store water for well

stimulation or for flowback from productioninjection wells would be lined with

a low permeability high density polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM

and Navy approval Any pit storing water for use in stimulation or for flowback

water would be lined and the surface would be covered to deter birds and

other wildlife Floating continuous covers or floating tilesballs may be used to

protect water resources and wildlife

The quality of fluids collected in the reserve pits would vary This would depend

on the amount of each source such as drilling fluids and additives stormwater

and geothermal water Once the wells are finished and put into production or

used for other purposes the reserve pit would no longer be needed Any

remaining liquids would be removed and the pit would be closed in accordance

with applicable regulations

The geothermal water used for stimulation would be diverted temporarily

through a temporary water line to a lined sump or Baker tank next to the well

This would be done to provide a buffer between withdrawal and injection

points which would prevent impacts on shallow groundwater resources

Indirect impacts on groundwater quality would be any potential connection

between the EGS reservoir and local and regional aquifers The planned EGS

stimulations would occur in the basement rocks approximately 5000 to 8000

feet below ground surface If these fractures were to extend upward from the

top of the EGS reservoir zone it would be several thousand feet below the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-17

bottom of regional and local aquifers Given the very low permeability of the

receptor rock throughout the length of the vertical borehole below the regional

aquifer there is little chance that fluids could migrate vertically during

stimulation

In addition to the cement well casing (see Table 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well

Characteristics for casing depths) the impermeability of the deep Mesozoic

formations would also ensure that the injected fluid would remain isolated from

the sedimentary aquifer associated with well 84-31

If spilled stimulation water were to infiltrate groundwater there could be

indirect impacts on shallow groundwater resources however the potential for

contamination is low This is because there is low permeability in the project

area and temporary pits and sumps would prevent infiltration

Thickener agents and proppants3 potentially used in stimulations could affect

groundwater quality however implementing environmental protection

measures described under the Proposed Action and those analyzed in Section

47 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

reduce or avoid impacts on shallow groundwater quality

This reservoir would be hydrologically separate from the shallow aquifer

directly below the surface as shown in Figure 7 Water at temperatures

roughly equivalent to the ambient air temperature would be injected into the

stimulated hot basement rock It would be heated by the hot rocks and

withdrawn as hot geothermal fluids

The geothermal reservoir would have its own pressure system balanced by the

productioninjection wells The water removed would be reintroduced into the

deep reservoir thereby creating a closed circuit This method which would

isolate injected fluids in the deep aquifer would avoid impacts on groundwater

quality or quantity from introducing injected fluids into the shallow aquifer

There could be a negligible change in the amount or temperature of water in

shallower aquifers in the project area Additionally the environmental

protection measures outlined in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

and included as Appendix C of this EA would protect groundwater resources

from potential contamination These measures which include complying with

the stormwater pollution prevention plan and any applicable provisions of the

state general permit along with ensuring that all well casing is cemented from

the bottom of the well to the surface would reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

3 Solid materials typically sand treated sand or human-made ceramic materials

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-18 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) There is a 10-station micro earthquake array that was installed by the

Navy to detect local seismicity in the FORGE site The FORGE program is

currently monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented with deep

monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring boreholes These

would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than magnitude 20)

associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If the seismic

monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be curtailed or

managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quantity

Up to thirteen deep wells including monitoring and productionstimulation

wells would be drilled in the project area to depths ranging from 5000 to

8500 feet As shown in Figure 7 the wells would be nearly 10 miles south of

the basalt aquifer which is used for irrigation and drinking water in the Fallon

area Proposed wells would not interact with groundwater in the basalt aquifer

including shallow groundwater in and surrounding the site

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE program would be

approximately 33 acre-feet (11 million gallons) per productionstimulation well

up to three wells are expected to be stimulated so approximately 100 acre-feet

(33 million gallons) of water are expected to be used none of which is

considered as a consumptive use

The primary source of water for stimulations and other activities would be the

geothermal fluid produced from well 84-31 one of the wells already drilled by

Ormat Nevada Inc or potentially from well 88-24 another existing well This

water is from a deeper source that is unrelated to shallower groundwater

aquifers used for irrigation or drinking water supplies Accordingly there would

be no impact on those shallower aquifers Removing water from the deep

geothermal groundwater sources could modify groundwater flow patterns and

pressures in those locations during pumping

Extracting geothermal water from well 84-31 for stimulation experiments on

the FORGE site would have a negligible impact on the water flow from the

thermal spring (well 6) This is because the two groundwater sources are not

interconnected as demonstrated by the chemistry and separation of these

hydrologically distinct aquifers (see Figure 7 and Figure 9)

Similarly during EGS experiments injecting the fluid produced from well 84-31

into geological formations greater than 5500 feet on the FORGE site would not

affect flow from the thermal spring (well 6) The proposed productioninjection

wells used for the EGS experiments would be approximately 2 miles north of

the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-19

Due to the complexity of the subsurface geology in the Carson Lake region and

the measured low permeability of the deep geological reservoirs on the FORGE

site (5500 to 8000 feet deep) injecting fluids on the FORGE site would have

negligible impact on flow from the thermal spring (well 6) Fallon FORGE would

monitor well 6 for at least 1 year before any water being extracted from well

84-31 to be used for well stimulation on the FORGE site (see Appendix E)

Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to ensure

that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid into

deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge from

the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a monitoring

plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and actions in the

event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Water Rights

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the seven water rights

holders within 2 miles of the Project Area (see Table 3-3 and Figure 8) Wells

would be cased which would protect groundwater from contamination Water

rights would not be affected by withdrawing 33 million gallons This is because

this geothermal well water would not be consumptive use Moreover it is not

hydrologically connected to existing groundwater and surface water rights

within 2 miles of the Project Area

Underground water rights are not anticipated to be affected because of their

distance from pumping and because they are in geologically separate aquifers

Surface water rights may be affected in the event of a spill or structural failure

of ditchescanals from induced seismicity Again due to proximity BMPs and

environmental protection measures direct impacts on surface water quantity or

quality are not anticipated however the water quality and quantity would be

monitored to ensure that potential impacts on water rights are negligible

Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a E-6) would apply under the

Proposed Action Before the FORGE Phase III activities begin an inventory of

currently accessible water wells and other wells around the Fallon FORGE site

would be performed

These wells would continue to be monitored through Phase III activities This

would be done to identify and mitigate potential impacts on water resources

from Fallon FORGE activities and to characterize the other seasonal climate-

related and human variables such as other consumptive groundwater users in

the vicinity These other factors could also affect the local water table at the

FORGE site and the behavior of flow from the thermal spring (well 6)

Monitoring would be for depth to water table water chemistry and water

temperature (see Appendix E) These measures would comply with the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-20 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

stormwater pollution prevention plan and would ensure that all well casings are

cemented from the bottom of the well to the surface They also would reduce

or avoid impacts on surface water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

35 GEOLOGY

351 Affected Environment

The region of influence for geology is the project area

The Basin and Range Province formed through regional crustal extension of the

western part of the North American continental plate with fault blocks sliding

downward forming basins separated by mountain ranges (BLM 2011a)

Mountain ranges surrounding the Proposed Action consist of Tertiary volcanic

rocks including basalt rhyolite silicic tuffs and other related rocks Also

present in the mountain ranges are Tertiary and Mesozoic intrusive rocks such

as granite and dioritic rocks These rocks may also include Tertiary silicic

intermediate and mafic porphyritic or aphanitic intrusive rocks The closest

mountains to the project area are the Lahontan and Bunejug Mountain Ranges

(BLM 2011a)

Valleys contain Quaternary alluvial deposits that may include parent materials of

Tertiary age (BLM 2011a) The Proposed Action would be on Quaternary

deposits These are Piedmont alluvial deposits (upper and middle quaternary)

(FORGE GIS 2017 USGS GIS 2005)

The Lahontan Valley is a portion of Pleistocene age Lake Lahontan which

existed in northwestern Nevada between 20000 and 9000 years before

present At its peak approximately 12700 years before present Lake Lahontan

had a surface area of over 8500 square miles with its largest component

centered at the location of the Lahontan Valley and Carson Sink The Carson

Lake Wetland area immediately southwest of the Proposed Action

encompasses a portion of the Lahontan Valley wetland at the terminus of the

Carson River This wetland is one of the remaining natural features of Lake

Lahontan (BLM 2011a)

Seismicity

Although there are other types of faults in the Basin and Range Province the

extension and crustal stretching that have shaped the present landscape

produce mostly normal faults A normal fault occurs when one side of the fault

moves downward with respect to the other side The upthrown side of these

faults form mountains that rise abruptly and steeply and the down-dropped side

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-21

creates low valleys The fault plane along which the two sides of the fault move

extends deep in the crust usually at an angle of 60 degrees In places the relief

or vertical difference between the two sides is as much as 10000 feet (USGS

2017)

The Proposed Action is in a region that is part of the most active seismic belt in

the Basin and Range province Because of the relative recent history of major

faulting (Holocene age within the last 12000 years) some of these faults are

considered active (BLM 2013)

Eetza Mountain is just east of the site of the Proposed Action on the north side

of Highway 50 The closest faults are north and south of Eetza Mountain

(Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017)

The moment magnitude scale for measuring earthquakes is based on the total

moment release of the earthquake Magnitude 25 or less is usually not felt but

can be recorded by a seismograph Magnitude 26 to 54 is often felt but causes

only minor damage Earthquakes above a Magnitude 55 may slightly damage

buildings and other structures (Michigan Technological University 2017) The

occurrence of damage depends on various factors such as proximity to an

earthquake and the integrity of structures

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public

and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the

DOE commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power

development and risk assessment This group wrote the Protocol for

Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

(Appendix A)

The protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public

officials regulators and the public It provides a set of general guidelines

detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the impacts of induced seismicity

related to EGS projects The protocol emphasizes safety while allowing

geothermal technology to move forward in a cost-effective manner (Majer et al

2012)

The DOE also developed Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated

with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (Appendix B) It provides a set of general

guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents can take

to deal with induced seismicity issues It provides more detail than the protocol

while still following the main steps in the protocol (Majer et al 2016)

352 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

In total there would be a combination of nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells The productioninjection wells would be drilled using

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-22 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

advanced directional drilling technologies to increase permeability in the desired

geologic structures The test results would contribute to scientistsrsquo

understanding of the interconnected fracture network that is needed for

efficient and sustained geothermal heat extraction under low-pressure injection

and production

The 3-acre pad area for each well would include an approximately 1-acre sump

Each sump would be approximately 7 feet deep The wells pads sumps and

stimulation fluid containment basins would permanently disturb 38 acres The

assumption is that any disturbance from roads or site trailers would not occur

at depths that would affect the geology of the area

Direct negligible impacts on surface geology would be limited to the pads

sumps and containment basins due to the well drilling and the construction of

the pads sumps and containment basins These impacts would last until the

beginning of any required reclamation subsequent to any implementation of the

Proposed Action

Seismicity

All stimulations would occur in the Mesozoic basement rocks underlying the

basement sediments and volcanics (see Figure 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-

section) A microseismic monitoring system is currently operational at the

Fallon FORGE site and additional monitoring would be implemented before any

full-scale stimulation begins It is reasonable to assume that direct impacts on

seismicity may occur due to microseismic events resulting from stimulations

This is due to the physical shifting of the minute cracks in the rock at this depth

As shown in Appendix B earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally on a

magnitude ranging from 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible to

humans) The Proposed Action would follow the guidelines in the protocol

(Appendix A) and the useful steps in the Best Practices document (Appendix

B) The potential induced seismicity is estimated to be minor and would occur

only during the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-23

Figure 10

Fallon FORGE Cross-section

Meters

Meters

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-24 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-25

36 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

361 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wetlands and riparian areas in the project area are

consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and NAS

Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy Development (Navy 1991)

Additional information relevant to the Fallon FORGE project area where

available is described below

NAS Fallon conducted a wetland inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the FORGE project area is in the inventory study area thus the results of the

inventory were incorporated into this EA The inventory classified wetlands

based on the methods employed by the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)

National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) This inventory uses a classification system

encompassing a broad spectrum of vegetation and non-vegetation features only

some of which are likely to be regulated as jurisdictional wetlands (Cowardin et

al 1979)

The NAS Fallon inventory did not cover the entire FORGE project area For

areas not covered which are generally the areas south of Macari Lane the NWI

was queried to characterize wetlands The results of the NWI query were

grouped into the same features used in the NAS Fallon inventory (see

Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas)

The results of both the NAS Fallon wetland inventory and NWI query in the

FORGE project area are summarized in Table 3-5 below Descriptions of each

wetland type are included in Appendix I of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon

2014) which is included as Appendix F of this EA There has not been a

wetland delineation completed for the 630 acres of lease lands in the project

area

Table 3-5

Wetlands

Wetland Type Inventoried by

NAS Fallon

Other Areas

(NWI)

Total Wetland

Acres

Freshwater emergent wetland1 mdash 50 50

Moist saline meadows and flats 30 mdash 30

Human-made ponds and ditches 10 mdash 10

Playas 130 mdash 130

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 NAS Fallon GIS 2017 USFWS GIS 2017a

1 This NWI category includes primarily marshes as described by NAS Fallon (2014) It also includes smaller areas

of moist saline meadows flats and playas these wetland types are described in Appendix F

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-27

362 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are the acres and function

of wetlands and riparian areas affected by the Proposed Action The region of

influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas would be the same as those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a

see Section 48 Floodplains Wetlands and Riparian Zones page 4-62 of the

EIS) These impacts are from the direct removal of wetland vegetation

increased sedimentation leading to decreased water quality in these areas and

wetland degradation from weed establishment and spread Potential impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas in the Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of

the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection well

pad assessment areas There are 90 acres of well pad assessment areas

overlapping identified wetland and riparian areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If facilities

are in or near wetland areas there could be impacts on these areas such as

wetland vegetation removal or fill increased sedimentation and noxious weed

introduction and spread These impacts could decrease the acres or function of

wetlands and riparian areas in the project area

Measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to reduce or

avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian areas These measures are summarized

in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures The

impacts of incorporating these measures are described below

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would avoid

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of

them

This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas as well

as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in

these lease areas (see Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage

on Reclamation lands would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy

buffer

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponents would

conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area

under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose of the delineation would be

to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-28 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

associated no surface occupancy buffers identified in the project area (see

Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature For the

proposed well pads within the buffer area of the playa should the delineation

verify the current playa boundaries the well pads would be located in another

portion of the monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas

outside the buffer area Incorporating these measures would reduce potential

impacts on wetlands and other riparian areas by ensuring that all wetlands and

riparian areas in the project area are adequately avoided

Further applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management

Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and

preventing noxious weed spread They would reduce or avoid impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas by preventing or minimizing sedimentation into

wetland areas preventing damage to wetland vegetation from overland travel

and minimizing the potential for weed spread into wetlands and riparian areas

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not

be completely avoided the project proponents would obtain regulatory

approval for any wetland removal or fill Any and all mitigation measures

determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers and Nevada Division of

Environmental Protection in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

37 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

371 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wildlife and wildlife habitat in the project area are

consistent with those described in Section 311 Wildlife (page 3-94) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the FORGE project

area where available is described below

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) Wildlife Action Plan (Wildlife

Action Plan Team 2012) groups Nevadarsquos vegetation cover into broad ecological

system groups and links those with 22 key habitat types in the state The

Wildlife Action Plan is based on the Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project

(SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-29

Along with survey data key habitats can be used to infer likely occurrences of

wildlife species assemblages SWReGAP land cover types are discussed in

Section 39 Vegetation (page 3-82) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) however

the BLM queried this database once again during preparation of this EA to

account for any potential updates

Each key habitat type is thoroughly described in the NDOW Wildlife Action

Plan (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) which is incorporated by reference

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture Wildlife Management Area (WMA) is south

of the project area the southern boundary of the project area shares a portion

of the WMArsquos northern boundary (a Navy micro earthquake seismometer

shown on Figure 3 is in the WMA) The Carson Lake Pasture is described in

Section 31 Introduction (page 3-6) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Salt

Wells EIS project boundary is depicted on Figure 1 Project Vicinity The

Reclamation emergency canal also traverses the WMA to the south of the

project area

NAS Fallon conducted a vegetation inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the inventory study area overlaps with the FORGE project area thus the

results of the inventory were incorporated into this EA Results of the NAS

Fallon vegetation inventory are compared with the corresponding SWReGAP

land cover type Descriptions of each vegetation class are found in Appendix H

of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon 2014) which is in Appendix G of this

EA

Acres of key habitat types and corresponding SWReGAP land cover and NAS

Fallon vegetation classes in the project area and associated common wildlife

species are summarized in Table 3-6 below SWReGAP land cover types are

shown in Figure 12 Vegetation Classes

General Wildlife

Habitats in and around the project support numerous native and nonnative

general wildlife species (NDOW 2017) Small mammals observed in the vicinity

are Chisel-toothed kangaroo rat (Dipodomys microps) and Merriamrsquos kangaroo

rat (D merriami)

Desert scrub habitats support numerous reptiles Those observed in and near

the project area are common sagebrush lizard (Sceloporus graciosus) common

side-blotched lizard (Uta stansburiana) eastern collared lizard (Crotaphytus

collaris) Great Basin gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer deserticola) Great Basin

whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris tigris) Pleasant Valley tui chub (Gila bicolor) red racer

(Coluber flagellum piceus) tiger whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris) western patch-nosed

snake (Salvadora hexalepis) yellow-backed spiny lizard (Sceloporus uniformis) and

zebra-tailed lizard (Callisaurus draconoides)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-30 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-6

Key Habitats and Vegetation

Key Habitat Corresponding

SWReGAP Type

Corresponding

NAS Fallon

Vegetation

Acres Associated Common

Wildlife Species

Cold Desert

Scrub

Inter-Mountain

Basins Mixed Salt

Desert Scrub and

Inter-Mountain

Basins Greasewood

Flat

Alkali seepweed

black

greasewood

rubber

rabbitbrush

630 Pronghorn antelope (Antilocapra

americana) coyote (Canis latrans)

Great Basin pocket mouse

(Perognathus parvus) black-tailed

jackrabbit (Lepus californicus)

Great Basin rattlesnake (Crotalus

oreganus lutosus) side-blotched

lizard (Uta stansburiana) black-

throated sparrow (Amphispiza

bilineata) horned lark (Eremophila

alpestris)

Desert Playas

and Ephemeral

Pools

Inter-Mountain

Basins Playa

NA1 801 Pocket gopher (Thomomys sp)

voles (Microtus sp) killdeer

(Charadrius vociferus) American

avocet (Recurvirostra americana)

black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) spadefoot toad (Spea

intermontana)

Marshes North American

Arid West

Emergent Marsh

NA1 1401 Yellow-headed blackbird

(Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus)

marsh wren (Cistothorus palustris)

spotted sandpiper (Actitis

macularius) cinnamon teal (Anas

cyanoptera) bullfrog (Rana

catesbeiana)

NA Invasive Annual and

Biennial Forbland

NA lt10 Common raven (Corvus corax)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis)

horned lark pronghorn antelope

Agricultural

Lands

Agriculture Pasture pasture

(remnant)

280 Birds including foraging raptors

ground squirrels pocket mice and

other rodents barn swallow

(Hirundo rustica) western fence

lizard (Sceloporus occidentalis)

gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer)

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 BLM 2011a

1 See Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas for descriptions of wetlands including playas in the project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-32 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Aquatic habitats such as Carson Lake and canals and ditches on NAS Fallon

support the following amphibian and fish species American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) black bullhead (Ameiurus melas) common carp (Cyprinus carpio)

Sacramento blackfish (Orthodon microlepidotus) Sacramento perch (Archoplites

interruptus) western mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis) white bass (Morone

chrysops) and white crappie (Pomoxis annularis) American bullfrogs are common

in NAS Fallon main station canals and ditches such as those within the project

area

Game Species

Most of the FORGE project area is mapped by NDOW as mule deer

distribution and the far southern portion of the project area is mapped as

pronghorn antelope distribution (NDOW 2017)

372 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wildlife and key habitat are as follows wildlife

disturbance injury or mortality interference with wildlife movement corridors

or migration routes and acres of key habitats affected by the Proposed Action

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wildlife would be the

same as those described in the wildlife section of Salt Wells EIS (BLM 201a1 see

Section 411 Wildlife page 4-87) These are visual and noise disturbance during

construction and operation habitat loss and fragmentation and impacts on

migratory patterns

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on key habitats would be the

same as those described in the vegetation section of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a see Section 49 Vegetation page 4-70) These are vegetation removal

reduced function community structure change increased competition from

noxious weeds and nonnative plant species and reduced function due to fugitive

dust deposition

Potential impacts on wildlife and key habitat in the FORGE project area that are

outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below Impacts on bird

species are discussed in Section 39 Migratory Birds

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

wildlife habitat thereby reducing the acres of key habitats in the project area

Final well pad site trailer and road locations and thus the exact amount of

disturbance in each key habitat type are not known at this time however the

amount of permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-33

be small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region There would likely

be no permanent population-level impact on wildlife species due to habitat loss

Construction and drilling could directly and indirectly affect wildlife via

disturbance injury mortality and interference with movements or migration

Two proposed wells four existing wells and a proposed site trailer are within

approximately 1 mile of NDOWrsquos Carson Lake Pasture WMA A Navy micro

earthquake seismometer is also in the WMA (see Figure 3) Wildlife

movements in the WMA could be disturbed during construction and operation

of these features They also could be disturbed by noise from and the presence

of humans and equipment

As discussed in Section 35 Geology geothermal stimulation associated with

the proposed project may result in microseismic events due to physical

movements of minute cracks in underlying basement rock As discussed these

events typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally

perceptible to humans)

The BLM (2011b) searched scientific literature for impacts of induced seismic

events on wildlife and migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project (DOI‐BLM‐OR‐P000‐2011‐0003‐EA) in eastern Oregon

however they identified no impacts The Brady Hot Springs EGS project (DOI-

BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA) in Churchill County did not include a review of

impacts on wildlife from EGS activities

A magnitude 35 induced seismic event could result in acoustic visual and tactile

stimuli that would be detectable by wildlife in the area It would be in the form

of short‐duration low‐to‐high frequencies of sound and physical shaking

however these stimuli may be masked by or mistaken for natural ambient

environmental conditions and may not induce a response in wildlife including

large mammals (BLM 2011b) therefore the magnitude and intensity of any

induced seismic events may minimally and temporarily disturb or displace

wildlife including large mammals

Impacts would occur only during the stimulation period of the Proposed Action

As stated in Section 212 the exact timing and duration of stimulation

activities would be determined by the DOE and Fallon FORGE after reviewing

proposals from the research community Further data on observed induced

seismicity would be reported to the BLM appropriate measures if necessary

could be implemented following data review

Ponds tanks and impoundments containing liquids including drilling reserve

pits can present hazards to birds bats and other wildlife (BLM 2008c) Hazards

can be from access to any liquids contaminated by substances that may be toxic

fur or feathers fouled by detergents and oils or excessive temperatures The

Proposed Action would include such protections as covering sumps with fabric

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-34 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

using floating cover systems or implementing other approved techniques to

prevent attracting wildlife Similarly containment basins used to store

stimulation fluids would be covered so this impact is not anticipated to occur

Similarly wildlife species can become trapped in open pipes and other small

spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment To

prevent wildlife mortalities in open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings

openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent

unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife

escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped

or covered so they do not pose a wildlife trap hazard This would prevent injury

or mortality from wildlife entrapment in these features

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area by preventing

surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of them This stipulation

would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas surface water bodies

(except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in these lease areas (see

Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands

would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would

minimize impacts from noise or visual disturbances on wildlife inhabiting these

areas

Additional measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to

reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and key habitat As described in Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas before implementing the Proposed Action

the project proponents would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre

portion of the project area under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose

of the delineation would be to verify the boundaries acreage and types of

wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers

identified in the project area (see Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature Should the

delineation verify the current playa boundaries the pads for the proposed wells

within the buffer area of the playa would be located in another portion of the

monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas outside the

buffer area Incorporating these measures would minimize impacts from noise

or visual disturbances on wildlife in these areas

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed

management plan as described in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weeds A draft plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA

Implementing the plan would help maintain acres of key habitats in the project

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-35

area by preventing the establishment and spread of noxious weeds as a result of

the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix J of

this EA They would reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and their habitat Such

measures would include providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Finally the BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours

of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during

construction or operation This would allow corrective measures to be taken to

avoid further wildlife injury or mortality

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

38 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

381 Affected Environment

BLM sensitive animal and plant species are discussed in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the

FORGE project area where available is provided below

BLM Instructional Memorandum NV-IM-2018-003 updated the sensitive species

list for Nevada This sensitive species list was used in the analysis for BLM

sensitive species

The USFWS NDOW and Nevada Natural Heritage Program (NNHP) were

consulted for lists of sensitive species in the vicinity of the project area (records

of coordination are included in Appendix H) Using these lists in conjunction

with the list of BLM sensitive species in Table 3-33 (page 3-109) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and the updated Nevada BLM sensitive species list (NV-

IM-2018-003) the BLM formulated a list of BLM sensitive species with the

potential to occur in the project area This list which includes rationales for

determining the likelihood of occurrence in the FORGE project area is included

as Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-36 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

As described in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS surveys

for BLM-sensitive species were

conducted between 2005 and 2010

surveys included a portion of the

FORGE project area Because the list

of BLM sensitive species has been

updated since surveys were

conducted and due to the length of

time since surveys were conducted

the BLM and Navy did not rely on

them when making determinations of

sensitive species presence or absence

in the FORGE project area Rather

the BLM made this determination by

considering the results of previous

surveys including those conducted by

NAS Fallon reviewing existing

recent data sources of known

occurrences from the NDOW and

NNHP and suitable habitat (see

Section 37 Wildlife and Key

Habitat) and by drawing on

knowledge of the project area

Amphibians

Suitable habitat for BLM sensitive amphibian species is likely present in the

project area however dense populations of American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) in these areas (NAS Fallon 2014) likely preclude presence of

sensitive amphibian species due to predation competition and disease

Birds

Surveys in 2010 for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) documented golden eagle

(Aquila chrysaetos) nests about 3 miles from the project area and a Swainsonrsquos

hawk (Buteo swainsoni) nest within 1 mile (NDOW 2017) (also see Table 3-21

page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) These nests may or may not be active but

the presence of potential nesting habitat for these species remains

Similarly bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) and peregrine falcon (Falco

peregrinus) have been observed within 4 miles of the project area associated

with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017) These raptor species may hunt in the project

area but there is no nesting habitat there The emergency canal installed in

2016 may have increased foraging habitat value for these raptors by increasing

the prevalence of waterfowl and other small wildlife in the project area

The objectives of the BLM sensitive

species policy in Manual 6840mdash

Special Status Species Management

are twofold as follows

1 To conserve or recover

species listed under the

Endangered Species Act of

1973 (ESA 16 USC Section

1531 et seq) as amended and

the ecosystems on which they

depend so that ESA

protections are no longer

needed for these species

2 To initiate proactive

conservation measures that

reduce or eliminate threats to

BLM sensitive species to

minimize the likelihood of and

need for listing these species

under the ESA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-37

Western burrowing owl (Athene cunicularia) could occur in the FORGE project

area and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017) however

those conducting surveys for the Salt Wells EIS did not locate any of the

species Marginally suitable foraging and breeding habitat for short-eared owl

(Asio flammeus) is likely present in the project area but much higher-quality

habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and pasture area south of the

project area where it is known to occur

A loggerhead shrike (Lanius ludovicianus) was observed in the Salt Wells project

area during biological surveys and NDOW (2017) documented it in the vicinity

this species has potential to nest in the project area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100

of the Salt Wells EIS)

Sandhill crane (Antigone canadensis) and least bittern (Ixobrychus exilis) may use

wetland habitats in the project area for foraging and during migration Both

species breed in open wetland habitats however the sandhill crane does not

breed in the project area region in Nevada and the least bittern prefers

breeding habitats with woody riparian vegetation which is not present in the

project area NDOW (2017) documented least bittern in the vicinity of the

project area presumably at the Carson Lake and Pasture south of the project

area

Long-billed curlew (Numenius americanus) was documented to nest in the Salt

Wells projects area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) and

suitable breeding habitat for this species may be present in wetland habitats in

the FORGE project area Western snowy plover (Charadrius alexandrinus) may

also occur in wetland (playa) habitats in the FORGE project area This species is

known to nest at Carson Lake and pasture south of the project area (NDOW

2017) (also see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS)

Black tern (Chlidonias niger) was analyzed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) as a

BLM sensitive species however this species has subsequently been removed

from the Nevada BLM sensitive species list and is discussed in Section 3-9

Migratory Birds

Mammals

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) several bat species

have been documented in the Salt Wells project area and the region These

species are pallid bat (Antrozous pallidus) big brown bat (Eptesicus fuscus)

western red bat (Lasiurus blossevillii) California myotis (Myotis californicus) small-

footed myotis (M ciliolabrum) little brown myotis (M lucifugus) Arizona myotis

(M occultus) fringed myotis (M thysanodes) Yuma myotis (M yumanensis)

canyon bat (Parastrellus hesperus) and Brazilian free-tailed bat (Tadarida

brasiliensis) NDOW (2017) listed the big brown bat Brazilian free-tailed bat

small-footed myotis and Yuma myotis in the vicinity

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-38 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Spotted bat (Euderma maculatum) and long-eared myotis (M evotis) have not

been documented in the vicinity though suitable foraging habitat for these

species is also present Suitable foraging habitat may also be present for

Townsendrsquos big-eared bat (Corynorhinus townsendii) and hoary bat (Lasiurus

cinereus) which have been documented in the Lahontan Valley (NDOW 2017)

No bat roosting habitat such as abandoned buildings mine workings (eg

shafts adits and inclines) trees rock outcrops or cliffs is present in the

immediate project area however such features are present in the vicinity

Western red bat little brown myotis and Yuma myotis have all been

documented to roost in the project area vicinity

While NDOW (2017) has also documented pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus

idahoensis) in the vicinity of the project area from a 1981 observation from

Churchill County Fallon suitable sagebrush-dominated habitat is not present in

the project area thus this species is unlikely to occur there

Reptiles

Two BLM sensitive lizards long-nosed leopard lizard (Gambelia wislizenii) and

desert horned lizard (Phrynosoma platyrhinos) may use habitats in the project

area especially those areas with sandy soils The project area is within the range

of these two species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) and both have been

documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

NDOW (2017) has also documented Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus

bicinctores) in the vicinity of the project area however suitable xeric rocky

habitat is not present so this species is unlikely to occur there

Insects

Nevada alkali skipperling (Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus) relies on saltgrass

(Distichlis spicata) grasslands on alkali flats as a larval host The butterfly has been

collected in the Stillwater National Wildlife Refuge north of the project area

(Butterflies of America 2018) Suitable habitat is likely present in the project

area in close association with wetland areas and playa edges (see Section 36

Wetlands and Riparian Areas for a map of these areas in the project area) This

species has not been documented in the project area

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) the BLM sensitive

butterfly the pallid wood nymph (Cercyonis oetus pallescens) also has potential to

use alkali meadows in the project area but it has not been observed there

Plants

Three BLM sensitive plant species have potential to occur in the project area

though none have been documented there As described in Table 3-22 of the

Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) Nevada dune beardtongue (Penstemon arenarius)

occurs in alkaline areas in shadscale habitat and is known in northern Churchill

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-39

County along the Carson Sink Those conducting surveys for this species in the

Salt Wells project area did not locate it (BLM 2011a)

Lahontan milkvetch (Astragalus porrectus) and playa phacelia (Phacelia inundata)

both grow in open alkaline areas such as along playa edges Suitable habitats are

present in the FORGE project area for both of these species but surveys for

them during the appropriate season have not been conducted Lahontan

milkvetch has been recorded in northern Churchill County along the Carson

Sink Playa phacelia has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe

Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys of suitable habitat in Nevada

have not been completed (Morefield 2001)

Remaining BLM sensitive plant species are unlikely to occur in the project area

due either to lack of suitable habitat or soils or a known restricted range

outside of the project area

Threatened and Endangered Species

No threatened endangered candidate or proposed species are known to exist

in the project area The official USFWS Information for Planning and

Consultation (IPaC) species list generated for the project (see Appendix I)

listed the Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarkia henshawi threatened)

as the only species that should be considered in an impacts analysis for the

Proposed Action (USFWS 2017) however no suitable habitat for this species

occurs in the project area or in the wider Lahontan Valley where the project

area is located The nearest locations of this species are the Truckee River

approximately 35 miles northwest of the project area and Walker Lake

approximately 43 miles south of the project area Surface flows from the

Lahontan Valley do not enter either of these waterbodies There is no

designated or proposed critical habitat for Lahontan cutthroat trout

The western yellow-billed cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus occidentalis threatened)

breeds in large blocks of riparian woodlands with cottonwoods and willows It

nests in willows but uses cottonwoods extensively for foraging (Wildlife Action

Plan Team 2012) This species has been documented migrating through the

Lahontan Valley (Chisholm and Neel 2002 NNHP 2017) but no breeding or

foraging habitat is in the project area Critical habitat has been proposed but

none is in or near the project area The nearest critical habitat unit is in the

Carson River upstream of Lahontan Reservoir approximately 23 miles to the

west (USFWS GIS 2017b)

382 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on BLM sensitive species are the potential for direct

impacts on individuals or populations acres of suitable habitat affected by the

Proposed Action and the potential for the Proposed Action contributing to the

need to list a BLM sensitive species under the ESA The region of influence for

direct and indirect impacts is the project area and a buffer around it where

there may be indirect impacts from noise and visual disturbances

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-40 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive species

would generally be the same as those described in Section 413 BLM-

Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants) of the Salt Wells EIS (page

4-110 BLM 2011a) These potential impacts are visual or noise disturbance

during construction or operation loss of or displacement from suitable

breeding or foraging habitat injury or mortality from vehicle or equipment

strike direct removal (sensitive plants) and decreased habitat suitability from

weed establishment or spread

Potential impacts on BLM sensitive species in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of those described in the Salt Wells EIS are

described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

suitable habitat for BLM sensitive species which would reduce the acres of

suitable habitat in the project area Final well pad road and site trailer locations

and thus the exact amount of disturbance in each habitat type are not known

at this time

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from induced seismicity and noxious

weed establishment and spread would be the same as those described for

general wildlife species in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

The impacts on BLM sensitive species that use wetland and riparian areas would

be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section 37

Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about from adhering to the no

surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104

NVN-079105 and NVN-079106

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from their attraction to open water

sources would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about by covering

sumps and containment basins with fabric covers using floating cover systems

or using other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would apply to the Proposed

Action (see Appendix C of this EA) These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on BLM sensitive wildlife and plant species and their habitat Examples

of such measures are providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-41

Additional specific potential impacts on BLM sensitive birds mammals reptiles

insects and plants are described below

Birds

As described above the BLM sensitive raptor species golden eagle bald eagle

Swainsonrsquos hawk and peregrine falcon have been observed in the project area

vicinity These species likely forage in the area but there is no nesting habitat

there

Direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive raptor species from loss of

foraging habitat and temporary disturbance from construction noise and human

presence would generally be as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-99) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) For example BLM sensitive raptors

may avoid hunting in the project area during construction but ample foraging

habitat is available in the immediate vicinity As described in Appendix E of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) ground disturbance and vegetation removal would

be limited to the minimum extent necessary to install the project components

This would reduce or avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species from

foraging habitat loss

As described above the nearest known golden eagle nest is approximately 3

miles from the FORGE project area The nearest other known raptor nest that

of a Swainsonrsquos hawk is approximately 1 mile away These nests were observed

during surveys for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) No nesting habitat for these

species is present in the project area or immediate vicinity Due to the distance

between the project area and known past nesting locations no impacts on these

nesting locations are anticipated

As described above several other BLM sensitive avian species may occur in the

project area western burrowing owl short-eared owl snowy plover sandhill

crane least bittern and loggerhead shrike (this species was observed during

surveys for the Salt Wells EIS) The project area likely provides only marginal or

unsuitable breeding habitat for most of these species higher-quality breeding

habitat is present in the nearby Carson Lake and Pasture area Nonetheless to

avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species during the breeding season the

project proponent would conduct pre-construction avian surveys and would

establish avoidance buffers around active nests Surveys are described in detail in

Section 39 Migratory Birds This would ensure that impacts on nesting BLM

sensitive avian species are avoided Impacts from loss of foraging habitat and

disturbance during construction would be as described above

Mammals

Although the project area does not provide roosting habitat several BLM

sensitive bat species likely forage there Direct and indirect impacts on bat

species from loss of foraging habitat temporary construction noise and human

presence would be as described in Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-89) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-42 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of foraging habitat in the region so there would be

no likely permanent population-level impact on the species due to habitat loss

Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas (see Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest quality foraging

habitat in the project area Because there is no roosting habitat in the project

area impacts on roosting bats are not anticipated

Reptiles

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive reptiles would generally be as described in

Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-88 through 4-90) of the Salt Wells EIS These

include injury or mortality from vehicle strike disturbance or displacement from

habitat due to construction noise and habitat quality decline through loss of

rodent burrows or food sources such as ant colonies

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of habitat in the region so there would be no likely

permanent population-level impact on BLM sensitive reptile species due to

habitat loss Further the project proponent would conduct pre-construction

surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species with potential to occur in the

project area as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental

Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive reptile species in work

areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM Navy or NDOW

would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Insects

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive insects would generally be as described in

Section 413 BLM-Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants page 4-116)

of the Salt Wells EIS These include removal of potential habitat including host

and nectar plants disturbance or displacement from habitat

Any permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be

small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region (eg at Carson Lake

and Pasture) Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas

(see Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest

quality alkali wet meadow habitat for these species Also the project proponent

would conduct pre-construction surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species

with potential to occur in the project area as described in Appendix E Fallon

FORGE Environmental Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive

insect species in work areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM

Navy or NDOW would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Plants

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive plant species would be similar to those

described in Section 49 Vegetation (page 4-71 through 4-73) of the Salt Wells

EIS These include direct removal during construction and habitat quality decline

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-43

through weed establishment and spread soil erosion and fugitive dust

deposition

Lease stipulations protecting playa areas (see Section 36 Wetlands and

Riparian Areas) would preserve most suitable potential habitat for BLM sensitive

plants in the project area however direct impacts would still be possible

outside of these areas if these species were present there Conducting a

wetland delineation and pre-construction surveys described in Appendix E

would prevent impacts This would be the result of ensuring that construction

activities avoid any BLM sensitive plants in the work areas

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

39 MIGRATORY BIRDS

391 Affected Environment

Migratory birds4 including USFWS bird species of conservation concern and

game birds below desired condition are discussed in Section 312 (page 3-96) of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information on migratory birds

relevant to the FORGE project area where available is provided below

As discussed in detail in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Lahontan Valley is considered an Important Bird

Area (IBA) by several organizations In particular the Carson Lake and Pasture

to the south of the project area and its extensive shallow ponds and marshes

are an important stopover on the Pacific Flyway for migrating shorebirds and

waterfowl The FORGE project area is fully encompassed by the IBA

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture WMA encompasses a substantial portion of

the Lahontan Valley wetlands at the Carson River terminus This area is

described in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt Wells EIS

(BLM 2011a) The WMA shares a portion of its northern boundary with the

southern project area boundary

Further the proposed project is next to portions of the Stillwater National

Wildlife Refuge (NWR) on Navy lands which is less than 1 mile to the west of

the project area In addition to the IBA this area is part of the Carson Sink Bird

Habitat Conservation Area (BHCA) an area rich in priority bird species and

habitats (Ivey and Herziger 2006)

4 The Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA) (16 USC Section 703 et seq) protects migratory birds and their nests

The list of birds protected under this regulation (50 CFR Part 10) is extensive and the project area could support

many of these species and their nests including BLM sensitive avian species (see Section 38)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-44 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Upland and wetland habitats in the FORGE project area provide habitat for

numerous species of migratory birds including raptors songbirds and

waterfowl Table 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation summarizes migratory

birds typical of habitats in the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) indicates that several raptor species have been directly

observed in the vicinity of the project area including great horned owl (Bubo

virginianus) prairie falcon (Falco mexicanus) red-shouldered hawk (Buteo lineatus)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) rough-legged hawk (Buteo lagopus) and

sharp-shinned hawk (Accipiter striatus) A prairie falcon nest has been

documented approximately 15 miles east of the project area east of Highway

50 on Eetz Mountain Great Basin Bird Observatory (GBBO) reports5 an

American kestrel (Falco sparverius) was observed near the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) and GBBO indicate numerous other waterfowl

shorebird and songbird species have been observed in the vicinity of the project

area acorn woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus) American avocet

(Recurvirostra americana) American bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) American coot

(Fulica americana) American crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos) American robin

(Turdus migratorius) American white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) band-

tailed pigeon (Patagioenas fasciata) barn swallow (Hirundo rustica) black tern

black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) black-throated sparrow (Amphispiza bilineata) California quail

(Callipepla californica) cinnamon teal (Anas cyanoptera) common grackle

(Quiscalus quiscula) common raven (Corvus corax) dowitcher (Limnodromus spp)

double-crested cormorant (Phalacrocorax auritus) gadwall (Anas strepera)

goldfinches (Spinus spp) great blue heron (Ardea herodias) grebe (Podicipedidae

spp) green-winged teal (Anas carolinensis) magpie (Pica spp) mallard (Anas

platyrhynchos) northern pintail (Anas acuta) northern shoveler (A clypeata)

northern shrike (Lanius excubitor) redhead (Aythya americana) sandpipers (family

Scolopacidae) ruddy duck (Oxyura jamaicensis) whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus)

white-crowned sparrow (Zonotrichia leucophrys) and white-faced ibis (Plegadis

chihi)

The emergency canal constructed in 2017 through the FORGE project area

increases the amount of waterfowl habitat there A great blue heron was

observed hunting along the canal edges during a site visit in fall 2017 The

emergency canal also likely increases foraging habitat value for raptors by

attracting additional waterfowl and small mammals that are potential prey

species

392 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on migratory birds are the potential for direct or indirect

impacts on individuals or populations These could reduce population numbers

5 GBBO data for species observed supplied by Melanie Cota Biologist BLM Stillwater Field Office

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-45

cause substantial loss of or disturb habitat interfere with migratory bird

movement or migration or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites Such

impacts could also violate the MBTA or applicable BLM regulations or guidance

such as IM 2010-156 or IM 2008-050

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on migratory birds would

generally be the same as those described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-97) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) These include visual or noise

disturbance during construction and operation potential displacement from

habitat or nest abandonment and loss of habitat in the IBA

Described below are the potential impacts on migratory bird species in the

Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of the scope of those described in

the Salt Wells EIS

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) This would result in permanent

habitat loss in the Lahontan Valley IBA Final well pad road and site trailer

locations and thus the exact amount of disturbance are not known at this

time

As discussed in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat geothermal stimulation

associated with the proposed project may result in microseismic events which

typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible

to humans) The BLM (2011b) searched the scientific literature for the impacts

of induced seismic events on migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project in eastern Oregon The BLM identified no documented

impacts

The impact of induced seismic events on nesting birds could vary from stress

responses in adults to nest abandonment and failure and mortality of eggs or

fledglings however it is unknown if the level of disturbance that birds may

experience following an induced seismic event would be substantially different

from natural ambient stimuli Because of this it is unknown whether nest

abandonment is likely to occur This potential impact was considered unlikely to

result from the demonstration EGS project (BLM 2011b) and is similarly

considered unlikely to occur as a result of the Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action transmission lines would not be installed and impacts

from these structures such as risk of collision or electrocution of birds would not

occur Drill rigs used during well installation would pose a temporary collision

hazard to birds as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page 4-98) of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) This impact would last only during drilling

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-46 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If well sumps contained backflow fluids for prolonged periods they may attract

avian species This could increase the potential for direct impacts on migratory

birds from bird-aircraft strike due to proximity to the NAS Fallon runway To

minimize this risk sumps would be covered with an approved material that

deters wildlife

Given this measure the Proposed Action is expected to negligibly increase the

potential for a bird-aircraft strike hazard (BASH) In addition to being covered

the total surface area of the proposed sump ponds is small compared to the

amount of available surface waters in the emergency canal and irrigation ditches

in and around the project area (see Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian

Areas) Further the sumps would retain water for short durations only as

described above In contrast water in the canal and irrigation ditches is present

for longer durations or even year-round

The impacts on migratory birds from being attracted to open water sources

would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would be the result of such protections as

covering sumps and containment basins with fabric using floating cover systems

or implementing other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Noise or visual disturbance during construction may cause nest abandonment

Vegetation removal may also result in nest loss damage or abandonment

depending on the proximity to the nest This could result in mortality of chicks

or loss of eggs Avoiding construction during the nesting season6 or conducting

pre-construction breeding bird surveys during the nesting season (see

Appendix E) would prevent this impact If nesting birds are observed in or

near the work area an appropriate buffer would be established to avoid impacts

from noise visual disturbance or nest damage

Migratory birds may also nest in or become trapped by open pipes and other

small spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment

Capping screening or otherwise covering these spaces as described in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat would prevent this impact

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area This would

be the result of preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet

of them This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian

areas as well as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year

floodplains in these lease areas (see Appendix D)

6 Typically the nesting season is when avian species are most sensitive to disturbance which generally occurs from

March 1 through August 31 in the Great Basin

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-47

Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands would be

avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would minimize impacts

from noise or visual disturbances on migratory birds inhabiting these areas

The impacts on migratory bird species from noxious weed establishment and

spread would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

Further the project proponents would apply additional applicable environmental

protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) to the Proposed Action These measures

are included in Appendix C of this EA These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on migratory birds and their habitat by taking the following measures

Providing environmental education for workers

Preventing overland travel

Minimizing vegetation removal

Implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in

migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None

of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action

would occur

310 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEED

SPECIES

3101 Affected Environment

To characterize the affected environment

for invasive nonnative and noxious weed

species the BLM reviewed information

relevant to the project area including

Section 310 Invasive Nonnative Species

(page 3-92) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a) and the NAS Fallon Integrated

Natural Resources Management Plan

(NAS Fallon 2014) Additional sources

reviewed are cited in the discussion

below The BLM recognizes and targets

for treatment noxious weeds from the US

Department of Agriculture (USDA)

A noxious weed is any plant

designated as undesirable by a federal

state or county government as

injurious to public health agriculture

recreation wildlife or property

Noxious weeds are nonnative and

invasive Their control is based on

resource or treatment priorities and

is governed by budgetary constraints

Invasive plants include not only

noxious weeds but also other plants

that are not native to the United

States The BLM considers plants

invasive if they have been introduced

into an environment where they did

not evolve and as a result usually

have no natural enemies to limit their

reproduction and spread

(Westbrooks 1998)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-48 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Federal Noxious Weed List (USDA 2017) and the Nevada Department of

Agriculture (NDA)-maintained Nevada Noxious Weed List (NDA 2017) The

latter lists 47 noxious weed species in the state that require control

Numerous invasive nonnative and noxious weeds are present on the Ormat

project area described in the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-94 BLM 2011a) a portion

of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area These weeds are Russian

knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium)

tamarisk (Tamarix spp) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive

(Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near

other developed or disturbed areas

The most common noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants on the NAS

Fallon main station (a portion of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area)

are Russian olive tamarisk Russian knapweed hoary cress (Cardaria draba)

curlycup gumweed (Grindelia squarrosa var serrulata) Russian thistle (Salsola

tragus) and cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum NAS Fallon 2014) Weeds on NAS

Fallon were mapped in 2008 and 2012 Weed control programs are ongoing

34000 acres of NAS Fallon were treated between 2009 and 2014

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake

and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area

Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious

weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017

numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were

observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

3102 Environmental Consequences

An indicator of impacts from invasive nonnative and noxious weeds is the

potential for population establishment and spread as a result of the Proposed

Action The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts from invasive nonnative and

noxious weeds (hereinafter referred to collectively as weeds) would be the

same as those described in Section 410 Invasive Nonnative Species of the Salt

Wells EIS (page 4-80 BLM 2011a) These include habitat degradation from weed

establishment and spread Potential impacts in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer

could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection

wells assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) As described in Section 410 (page

4-81) of the Salt Wells EIS surface disturbance can facilitate weed establishment

and spread To minimize this impact applicable measures to prevent weed

establishment and spread from the approved weed management plan developed

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-49

for the Salt Wells projects would be incorporated into the Proposed Action

This would reduce or prevent weed establishment and spread from surface

disturbance during well pad and other project component construction

The potential for the Proposed Action to increase weed spread would be

minimized by preparing and implementing a noxious weed management plan

before construction begins as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE

Environmental Protection Measures This would entail taking an accurate

baseline inventory of noxious weeds in the project area and tracking the

progress of weed treatments The plan would also outline best practices for

preventing weed establishment and spread such as using certified weed-free

materials and washing construction equipment before using it on-site A draft

plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA Developing and implementing

this plan would reduce the potential for weed establishment and spread as a

result of the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures which include minimizing vegetation removal and

preventing noxious weed spread would reduce the potential for noxious weed

establishment and spread during all phases of development

As described above the emergency canal has created extensive areas of bare

side-cast soils in the project area which are becoming infested with weeds

These areas will continue to provide suitable substrate for weed establishment

unless they are proactively managed If weed populations become established

they will create large amounts of seeds and propagules7 increasing the potential

for weed establishment and spread in other portions of the project area This

impact would continue to occur regardless of preventive weed measures

incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New weed populations originating

from this source may reduce the efficacy of adopted preventive measures

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur New weed propagation from

the emergency canal would continue

311 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

3111 Affected Environment

Native American resources are defined under various authorities including the

FLPMA the American Indian Religious Freedom Act Executive Order 13007

7 A bud sucker or spore

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-50 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act and the National

Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) Under these authorities federal agencies

have the responsibility for managing Native American resources They pursue

this by in part taking such resources into consideration in land use planning and

environmental documentation and mitigating where possible impacts on places

or resources important to contemporary Native Americans and federally

recognized tribes

Slight differences in definitions among the authorities notwithstanding these

resources can be generally defined as places or resources such as plants and

animals associated with cultural practices or beliefs of a living community These

practices and beliefs are rooted in a tribal communityrsquos oral traditions or history

and are important in maintaining its continuing cultural identity In practice this

means identifying evaluating and managing ethnohistoric sites and resources

traditional use areas sacred and ceremonial sites and traditional cultural

properties

Since tribal heritage resources are defined culturally by the people and groups

who value them these resources can be identified and managed only in

consultation with the people who infuse them with cultural value In the final

analysis and decision-making a federal agency has the legal authority to

determine how these resources would be managed and what if any mitigation

would be used to avoid undue and unnecessary impacts on these resources

Ethnographic information indicates that Northern Paiute occupied the general

area including the project area and their way of life is characterized by the

concept of living in harmony with the natural environment Rituals and

ceremonies ensure that plants animals and physical elements flourish The

continued welfare of the people depends on these rituals and ceremonies being

performed properly and the resources being available The manner of

performing the rituals and ceremonies the places where they are performed

and perhaps even the time of their performance are often prescribed (BLM

2011a Salt Wells EIS)

Overall management of Native American resources are addressed by an

integrated cultural resource management plan (NAS Fallon 2013) For

withdrawn lands the Navy and the BLM have joint responsibility under a 2011

programmatic agreement between the Navy BLM and the Nevada State

Historic Preservation Office it defines how NAS Fallon and the BLM will

implement the NHPA Proposed BLM and Navy activities on withdrawn lands

are subject to NHPA Section 106 review which includes tribal consultation The

BLM consults with federally recognized tribes for all undertakings that may

affect historic properties places or resources important to contemporary

Native Americans in accordance with the Nevada Protocol Agreement (BLM

2014b)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-51

3112 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

The BLM sent consultation notification letters to the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone

Tribal Council During consultation as part of the Salt Wells EIS the following

concerns were identified cultural resources including historic properties

continued access and use of the traditional sites and other resources that may

be affected No direct permanent impacts on access to or the use of traditional

use sites in the Salt Wells project area were identified and none are anticipated

as part of the Fallon FORGE Proposed Action Impacts on areas of Native

American religious concern often overlap with impacts on water quantity and

quality cultural resources visual resources and national and historic trails

Mitigation as part of the Salt Wells EIS required consultation and coordination

to maintain access to and use of any traditional sites To date no new locations

of Native American religious concerns have been identified If ongoing

consultation identifies locations or concerns these would be reviewed and as

appropriate and necessary additional monitoring and mitigation measures would

be developed Accordingly no impacts are anticipated

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

312 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

3121 Affected Environment

Land Use

This section discusses the current landownership and use airspace

requirements and access in the proposed project area for the Fallon FORGE

site

The 1120-acre Fallon FORGE project area covers an area next to and including

a portion of the southeast section of the NAS Fallon main station The primary

uses in and near this area are agriculture the Newlands Project recreation

wildlife conservation naval air operations and ROWs for natural gas pipelines

transmission lines and communication facilities

As displayed in Figure 2 the Fallon FORGE project area and surrounding lands

consist of private lands and federal lands administered by the BLM US Navy

and Reclamation Land management and ownership acreages and percentages

are shown in Table 1-1 in Section 11 above

The federally administered lands near the proposed project area are the Carson

Lake and Pasture (administered by Reclamation) Stillwater National Wildlife

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-52 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Refuge (administered by the USFWS) Grimes Point Archaeological Site

(administered by the BLM) the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Indian Reservation

(administered by the US Bureau of Indian Affairs) and NAS Fallon (administered

by the DOD)

The Navy Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (NAS Fallon 2014)

outlines how resources on Navy lands in the project vicinity are to be managed

The INRMP is a long-term planning document to guide the Navy in managing

natural resources while protecting and enhancing installation resources for

multiple use sustainable yield and biological integrity The primary purpose of

the INRMP is to maintain public access for wildlife viewing and other

recreational activities on lands not closed to the public for security or safety

The Navy promotes agricultural outleasing and other multiple land uses to the

maximum degree compatible with military operation requirements Parcels of

Navy-administered lands are opened for bid to local ranchers with the highest

bidder awarded a 5-year lease Use of the leased lands includes irrigation (on

water-righted acres) cattle grazing farming of alfalfa corn sudangrass and hay

and combinations of these uses (NAS Fallon 2014)

Reclamation-administered lands in the area are part of the Newlands Project

which TCID operates through a contract with Reclamation The Lahontan Basin

Area Office of Reclamation oversees the operation of the Newlands Project in

consultation with TCID the Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe the USFWS the Fallon

Paiute-Shoshone Tribe and other regional stakeholders

Military Training and Airspace

NAS Fallon is the Navyrsquos primary air-to-air and air-to-ground training facility

Churchill County Code 1608240 contains provisions for land uses in the NAS

Fallon notification area which includes lands around the main station Section

1608240(J) requires notifying the NAS Fallon Commanding Officer of any new

redeveloped or rehabilitated buildings and structures This includes those used

for transmission communications or energy generation planned or proposed

within 3 miles of NAS Fallon boundary Structures with heights exceeding 75

feet will also require that NAS Fallon be notified to ensure navigable airspace

for military training (Churchill County 2017)

The project area is south of NAS Fallon main station which includes an airport

with control towers radar and runways industrial facilities for maintenance of

aircraft and support equipment business facilities for everyday operations retail

and recreation facilities housing for military personnel and their families and

utility support facilities such as for water and sewer (NAS Fallon 2014)

The runways and aprons comprising a flat paved asphalt area run in a northwest-

southeast orientation through the center of the station (see Figure 1) Land uses

next to each end of the runways are primarily agriculture and open space which

ensures compatibility with flight takeoff and landing operations

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-53

In the early 1970s the DoD established the AICUZ Program to balance the

need for aircraft operations with community concerns over aircraft noise and

accident potential The program goals are to protect the safety welfare and

health of those who live and work near military airfields while preserving the

military flying mission (NAS Fallon 2013) Through the AICUZ program the

Navy has modeled accident potential zones (APZs) at its air facilities APZs give

land use planners a tool to promote development that is compatible with airfield

operations

There are three APZ classifications (US Navy 2008)

1) The clear zone which has the greatest accident potential where no

structures except navigational aids and airfield lighting are allowed

2) APZ1 which is the area beyond the clear zone that still possesses a

measurable potential for accidents relative to the clear zone

3) APZ2 which has a measurable but lower potential for aircraft

accidents relative to clear zones and APZ1

Access

The project area can be accessed via US Highways 50 and 95 using Union Road

Pasture Road Berney Road Depp Road Shaffer Lane or Macari Lane There

are two segments of the Lincoln Highway (known as Berney Road in the north

and Macari Lane in the south) bisecting the project area The segments are

approximately 04 and 02 miles long

Beginning in April 2017 Reclamation authorized TCID to construct a new canal

in Churchill County for an emergency flood prevention project The

approximately 60-foot-wide and 16-mile-long emergency canal bisects the

project area in three areas for a total of 2 miles There are no culverts or

bridges where roads bisect the canal This prevents vehicle crossings and limits

access to portions of the proposed project area

3122 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Indicators of impacts on land uses airspace and access include consistency with

federal state and local land uses compatibility with NAS Fallon and other

surrounding uses change in landownership and any change in the level of access

to or in the project area The region of influence for impacts on land use

airspace and access are all lands within the proposed project area boundary

Direct Impacts

Implementing the Proposed Action would not change any land uses or

landownership in the proposed project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-54 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Proposed Action would be consistent with the Churchill County 2015

Master Plan For example Goal CNR 4 identifies one of the Countyrsquos

conservation and natural resources goals Policy CNR 41 (Churchill County

2015) states ldquoEncourage and support development of renewable energy and

geothermal activity which provides benefit to Churchill County without

adversely impacting the surrounding community and environment including

migration routes nestingroosting sites unique habitats of wildlife and plant

species and monitor for no adverse impacts to wildlife and plant populationsrdquo

Impacts on wildlife from the Proposed Action would be expected to be minor

and localized and are further analyzed in Section 37

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells These wells would allow for subsequent EGS

development and monitoring During construction drill rigs that are

approximately 120 feet tall would be used for drilling wells an activity that is

expected to last about 60 days per each of the nine monitoring wells and up to

120 days for the productioninjection wells This would have temporary impacts

on the APZs south of NAS Fallon

Nighttime lighting and transmitters on drill rigs would mitigate the potential for

interference with NAS Fallon operations After construction is completed the

permanent wellhead height would be less than 6 feet During well development

and operations the project proponent would coordinate closely with NAS

Fallon and the FAA to ensure compatibility with military aircraft operations and

to minimize the temporary impacts on accident potential zones

Direct access to the proposed project area would be via Highway 50 from

Berney Road or Macari Lane Impacts on access would occur if the historic

segments of the Lincoln Highway in the proposed project area were damaged

during construction and operation under the Proposed Action

Access to work locations in the project area would use to the extent possible

existing roads however an additional 21 miles of access roads may be

constructed to provide expanded access to proposed well pads

No indirect impacts on land use airspace or access have been identified in

relation to the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

313 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The following data and information is presented to assist with agency

compliance with the Farmlands Protection Policy Act The locations and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-55

acreages of prime and unique farmlands in the proposed project area are

identified based on information in the Natural Resources Conservation Service

(NRCS) online soils database (NRCS GIS 2017)

3131 Affected Environment

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area however

any potential prime farmland in the project area would require irrigation and

reclamation of salts and sodium There are 780 acres throughout the project

area that are considered potential prime farmland if reclaimed of salts (see

Table 3-7) Areas of non-prime farmland are generally in the northern portion

of the project area (see Figure 13 Farmland)

Table 3-7

Acres of Potential Prime Farmland

Not Prime

Farmland

Prime Farmland

if Irrigated

Prime Farmland If

Reclaimed of Salts

and Sodium

Total

Proposed project

area

300 40 780 1120

Source NRCS GIS 2017

3132 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

This section presents the consequences that the Proposed Action is likely to

have on Prime or Unique Farmlands Mitigation measures are discussed for

reducing any impacts that surface disturbance and constructed features may

have to agricultural operations

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area all

potential prime farmland would require irrigation and salt abatement

The consequences of the project on potential prime farmland include temporary

disruption of agricultural activities during construction of productioninjection

and monitoring wells and new access routes

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts on prime or unique

farmlands includes areas where soil would be directly disturbed in the proposed

project area

In the potential prime farmland in the proposed project area 260 acres would

be in the monitoring and productioninjection well pad assessment areas There

could be up to 47 acres of disturbance in these areas however this amount of

disturbance would be unlikely given that not all wells and access roads would be

clustered in those portions of the assessment areas Disturbed areas would be

converted directly to non-farmland

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-57

The footprint of well pads and access roads would be the only locations where

occupancy would not allow agricultural use areas between well pads and access

roads could be available for farming The Proposed Action would be compatible

with agriculture uses and would not reduce opportunities to implement

agricultural practices on the remaining prime farmlands

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

314 SOCIOECONOMICS

Demographic and economic data is generally provided at the county level

therefore the socioeconomic study area is defined as Churchill County

General descriptions of social and economic setting in the socioeconomic study

area are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Updated information relevant to the FORGE socioeconomic study area where

available is described below

3141 Affected Environment

Population in the socioeconomic study area is displayed in Table 3-8

Population estimates from 2012ndash2016 indicate that population has declined

slightly since 2010 in Churchill County and the city of Fallon

Table 3-8

Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area

Geography Population 2015 Population 2010 Population

Change

Churchill County 24148 24877 -29

City of Fallon 8410 8606 -23

Source US Census Bureau 2016 2010

Note 2016 data represent 2012ndash2016 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates 2010 data are from the

2010 census

Annual unemployment levels in Churchill County for 2016 (54 percent) were

similar to those of the state (57 percent Headwater Economics 2017)

Current employment sectors in the socioeconomic study area are shown in

Table 3-9 Employment generated by the Proposed Action is likely to be in the

agriculture forestry fishing-hunting mining category Employment in this sector

currently represents 8 percent of employment This is much larger than the

state average due to the importance of farming and mining including

geothermal development Construction employment may also be generated by

the Proposed Action this sector has a similar level of employment as the county

and the state

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-58 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-9

Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015)

Economic Sector

Churchill County Nevada

(Number of employees [percent employment]

for civilian employed population above age 16)

Agriculture forestry fishing-hunting and mining 739 (8) 21817 (17)

Construction 579 (62) 6664 (60)

Manufacturing 734 (79) 52723 (42)

Wholesale trade 135 (15) 26001 (21)

Retail trade 1057 (114) 151987 (120)

Transportation and warehousing 618 (67) 64333 (51)

Information 166 (18) 20940 (17)

Finance insurance and real estate 235 (25) 72784 (57)

Professional scientific management and administration 766 (83) 138342 (109)

Education health care and social assistance 1804 (195) 195743 (154)

Arts entertainment and recreation 872 (94) 328665 (259)

Other services 589 (64) 58360 (46)

Public administration 980 (106) 58935 (47)

TOTAL 9274 1267312

Source Headwater Economics 2017

3142 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action construction and operation of up to three

productioninjection wells and nine monitoring wells may result in impacts on

local residents during the construction period from noise dust and traffic

Impacts would be short term and limited to the area immediately surrounding

the proposed disturbance areas

Specific to EGS potential impacts from induced seismicity would include the

threat of property damage and non-physical damage to humans such as sleep

disturbance (Majer et al 2007 Majer et al 2016) The potential for damage or

disturbance depends on the magnitude of a seismic event and the distance of the

property or human receptor from the source

Seismicity is influenced by the type of stimulation well depth geology and other

site specific factors (see Section 35 Geology for additional details) Literature

suggests that the potential to detect seismicity is generally limited to

approximately 74ndash93 miles of a drilling site and that impacts on structures are

limited to a narrower range (Majer et al 2016) For the project area a buffer of

5 miles was examined to determine the number of residences and other

structures with a potential for impact Based on aerial photos there are more

than 50 potential residences or other structures within the buffer area

Implementation of best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the

level of impacts on these residences (see Appendix B) Seismic monitoring

would be implemented before full-scale stimulation begins

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-59

The Fallon FORGE project represents the potential for additional employment

particularly in the construction sector Based on estimates in the Salt Wells EIS

well pads and associated wells typically require a crew of six workers for

construction The number of employees needed at a given time would depend

on the timing of development and the degree to which well drilling overlaps

Well depth and other factors influence costs and the number of employees

required EGS stimulation would also require additional costs and employment

for the length of the stimulation period

Some of the construction or operation jobs may be filled by workers already

residing in Churchill County some workers may come from outside the region

to fill new jobs or as contracted employees particularly for temporary

construction positions Employment data suggest that some qualified workers in

the sector may be available in the county accordingly the addition of these

temporary jobs would not increase the population employment or spending in

the county or strain public services

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-60 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-1

CHAPTER 4

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

Cumulative impacts are defined by the CEQ in 40 CFR Subpart 15087s as

ldquoimpacts on the environment which result from the incremental impact of the

action when added to other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes

such other actionsrdquo

Cumulative impacts can result from individually minor but collectively significant

actions taking place over time The analysis area for cumulative impact analysis is

stated for each resource

41 PAST PRESENT AND REASONABLY FORESEEABLE FUTURE ACTIONS

Past actions considered are those whose impacts on one or more of the

affected resources have persisted to today Present actions are those occurring

at the time of this evaluation and during implementation of the Proposed

Action Reasonably foreseeable future actions constitute those actions that are

known or could reasonably be anticipated to occur in the project area within a

time frame appropriate to the expected impacts from the Proposed Action

The primary past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that would

contribute to cumulative impacts of the Proposed Action are military training

activities at NAS Fallon continued use of existing unpaved roads in the FORGE

project area continued exploration and development of geothermal resources

in leased areas continued use of land use authorizations the continued use of

the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching Table 4-1 identifies

known past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the FORGE

cumulative impacts assessment areas

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 4-1

Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions

Action Location Description Completion

Date

Existing geothermal

exploration and

monitoring

Project area

and immediate

vicinity

There are numerous geothermal

exploration and monitoring wells in

and around the project area including

four deep wells in the project area

operated by Ormat

Ongoing

Salt Wells Geothermal

Project

Project area

and vicinity

Proposed 120-megawatt geothermal

power plant and transmission lines

Construction has

not begun

Enel Geothermal

Power Plant

18-megawatt geothermal power plant

approximately 8 miles southeast of the

project area

In operation

Newlands Project Churchill

Lyon Storey

and Washoe

Counties

Network of canals and irrigation

ditches that provide water to

agricultural lands in Lyon and Churchill

Counties

Operation and

maintenance is

ongoing

Emergency canal Project area

and immediate

vicinity

Emergency flood relief canal that was

constructed to relieve flooding in

Carson Lake

Spring 2017

Carson Lake and

Pasture land transfer

Churchill

County

In 1990 Congress passed Public Law

101-618 Section 206(e) of which

authorizes the Secretary of the Interior

to transfer title of the 22700 acres

comprising the Carson Lake and

Pasture area to the State of Nevada to

be managed by NDOW as a wildlife

management area The transfer is

pending completion

Transfer not

completed

Livestock grazing Project area

and vicinity

There is grazing on the privately

owned lands in the project area This

use is expected to continue

Ongoing

NAS Fallon military

training activities

Churchill

County

Military training at NAS Fallon will

continue on Navy lands next to the

project area

Ongoing

Grimes Point

Archaeological Area

Approximately

2 miles east of

the project

area

The Grimes Point Archaeological Area

and Petroglyph Trail managed by the

BLM provides visitors with a self-

guided interpretive trail experience

Year-round

visitation

Invasive nonnative

species and noxious

weeds

Project area Noxious weeds and nonnative species

continue to contribute to the

propagation of noxious weeds in the

project area

Ongoing

Churchill County

Master Plan

Churchill

County

The master plan establishes the

Countyrsquos vision for the future and

provides a decision-making framework

on matters relating to growth and

development throughout the county

2015

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-3

42 WATER RESOURCES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for surface water and groundwater is

the Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Combined with the other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions listed in Table 4-1 the Proposed Action would not result in

cumulatively significant impacts on water quality and quantity Water resources

in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable future

actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) the Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring

These projects would have impacts on water resources similar to those

described for the Proposed Action For example the primary potential impacts

from surface water quality would be short term from any additional

construction completed at one or more of the well pads Impacts on surface

water could occur from increased erosion and sedimentation caused by ground

disturbance and removal of vegetation however mitigation using BMPs would

control these temporary impacts on surface water quality

Implementing stipulations applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 34 Water Resources would

minimize cumulative impacts on water resources Examples are imposing the

controlled surface use stipulation and complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan Additionally the environmental protection measures in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (included as Appendix C of this EA) would

help prevent contamination of surface water and groundwater from additional

drilling

The use of groundwater from adjacent geothermal wells could cumulatively

affect the quality and quantity of flows from the thermal spring (well 6) and

seeps due to pumping could reduce groundwater storage and could modify

deep groundwater flow paths and pressures These impacts would occur during

the period of deep groundwater pumping and for some time thereafter until the

affected deep groundwater system recovers to near equilibrium conditions

Any surface water impacts would require a permit from the US Army Corps of

Engineers all mitigation measures outlined in the permit would be strictly

adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts Accordingly based on

potential impacts from past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

in the assessment area no cumulatively significant impacts on water resources

are anticipated from implementing the Proposed Action

43 GEOLOGY

The cumulative impacts assessment area for geology is the same as that

identified under the environmental consequences for the Proposed Action

which is the project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Geology in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable

future actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring These projects would have impacts on geology

similar to those described for the Proposed Action For example direct impacts

on surface geology would occur from the reasonably foreseeable future actions

This is because they likely would involve excavation which would disturb the

upper layers of the ground These impacts would likely last until the beginning of

any reclamation

Under the Proposed Action there would be direct and indirect impacts on

geology and seismicity The impacts would be negligible and minor

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity These would occur by constructing infrastructure and inducing

microseismic events however it is not unreasonable to assume that continued

exploration and development of geothermal resources would be implemented

under practices similar to those of the Proposed Action that would minimize

impacts on geology Therefore the cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity from the Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future

actions would be minor

44 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wetlands and riparian areas is the

Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wetlands and riparian areas in the

assessment area are as follows existing and future exploration and development

of geothermal resources in leased areas military training activities at NAS

Fallon continued use of unpaved roads in the project area continued use of

land use authorizations and livestock grazing and ranching

There are numerous geothermal exploration and monitoring wells in and

around the project area including four deep wells in the project area operated

by Ormat The proposed 120-megawatt Salt Wells Geothermal Project would

also likely use geothermal resources in the analysis area Implementing the

Proposed Action in combination with these present and reasonably foreseeable

projects could cumulatively affect wetland and riparian areas Depending on the

hydraulic connection between the geothermal resources and surrounding

wetland areas saturation and flow volumes supporting wetland areas could be

altered by more geothermal wells Altered flow characteristics could in turn

alter wetland plant species composition total wetland area or surface or

subsurface water levels in wetlands

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-5

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action could also incrementally contribute to impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas from wetland and riparian area disturbance or

removal Disturbance or removal may come about during well pad or other

military livestock grazing or infrastructure construction or from increased

sedimentation or weed spread into the areas facilitated by these activities

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian

Areas would minimize cumulative impacts on wetlands and riparian areas

Specifically these stipulate no surface occupancy around wetland surface water

riparian and playa features complying with the stormwater pollution prevention

plan minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Conducting a wetland delineation on federal lease lands would ensure

compliance with the applicable lease stipulations relating to no surface

occupancy BLM approval of compliance would ensure impacts are minimized

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

If necessary disturbance or fill in wetlands may require a permit from the US

Army Corps of Engineers and all mitigation measures outlined in the permit

would be strictly adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts

45 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wildlife and key habitat is the Fallon

FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wildlife and key habitat in the

assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of existing land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for general wildlife species in the assessment area

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on wildlife and

key habitat The primary potential impacts would come from key habitat

disturbance or removal during well pad construction and from the potential

interference with wildlife disturbance injury mortality or movement

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 37 would minimize cumulative

impacts on wildlife and key habitat These are stipulating no surface occupancy

around wetlands and playa habitats imposing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wildlife and key habitat are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

46 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for BLM sensitive species is the project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect BLM sensitive species in the sensitive

species cumulative assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for BLM-sensitive species in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-7

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on BLM

sensitive plants and wildlife The primary impacts would be the potential for

foraging habitat loss for raptors and bat species from habitat loss during well

pad construction and the potential for disturbance during construction The

Proposed Action could also reduce the amount of suitable habitat for BLM-

sensitive plants either through habitat disturbance or weed establishment and

spread

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 38 BLM Sensitive Species

would minimize cumulative impacts on these species These measures are as

follows adhering to applicable measures in the approved avian protection plan

for the Salt Wells projects imposing the no surface occupancy stipulation

around wetlands and playa habitats implementing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on BLM sensitive species are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

47 MIGRATORY BIRDS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for migratory birds is the project area

plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect migratory birds in the cumulative assessment area are

as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon and the NAS Fallon BASH program

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal projects and

construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals

Construction and use of the emergency canal

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for numerous species of migratory birds including

waterfowl in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on migratory

birds The primary impacts would be the potential for habitat loss and

disturbance or displacement from habitat during construction Disturbance

during the nesting season could result in songbird or waterfowl nest

abandonment however conducting surveys for and avoiding nests would

eliminate the potential for this

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices would reduce or avoid impacts on migratory birds and their habitat

This would come about by providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal and implementing

measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on migratory birds are anticipated from implementing the Proposed

Action

48 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS SPECIES WEED

The cumulative impacts assessment area for weeds is the Fallon FORGE project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect weeds in the cumulative impacts

assessment area are as follows

Military training activities at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on weeds The

primary potential impact would be the potential for weed establishment and

spread during construction resulting in surface disturbance and vegetation

removal Side-cast soils along the emergency canal would continue to provide

suitable substrate for weed establishment and propagation throughout the

project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-9

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weed Species would minimize cumulative impacts Even so weeds

would continue to become established due to canal disturbance regardless of

preventive weed measures incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New

weed populations originating from this source may reduce the efficacy of

adopted preventive measures such as those from the approved Salt Wells

projects

49 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

The cumulative impacts study area for Native American religious concerns in

the project area and surrounding lands that tribes and individual Native

Americans value for religious or traditional cultural purposes In this area

cumulative impacts have occurred on lands that have provided and continue to

provide sustenance and spiritual and religious renewal for the indigenous

people Mineral development water conveyance systems cattle grazing and

other actions cumulatively have affected or would affect these resources and

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone tribal tradition and lifeways

No additional impacts are anticipated from the Proposed Action therefore no

change in the nature type or extent of cumulative impacts is anticipated when

combined with reasonably foreseeable future actions

410 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for land use airspace and access is the

same as that identified under impacts for the Proposed Action

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect land use airspace and access in the

cumulative impacts assessment area are military training activities at NAS Fallon

(including within accident potential zones) continued use of existing and newly

created unpaved roads in the project area continued exploration and

development of geothermal resources continued use of existing land use

authorizations use of the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on land use

airspace and access The primary potential impact would be from conflicts with

nearby land uses from the increase or modification of access in the region of

influence or from the conflict with airspace safety zones designated by the

Navy however any future projects would require approval from the land

management agency with jurisdiction over the project lands The projects would

be developed to be consistent with federal state and local land use plans and

policies therefore potential cumulative impacts on land uses airspace or access

would be minimized

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

There would be ongoing cumulative impacts on access through the project area

from the emergency canal Until new road crossings are constructed or it is

filled in the canal would prevent through-travel on any access road that the

canal bisects Where the canal prevents access there may be a cumulative

impact on access in the project area unless new roads can compensate for the

loss of access

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on land use airspace and access are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

411 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on farmlands includes areas

where soil would be directly disturbed in the Proposed Action area

The largest threat to potential Prime Farmlands near Fallon is the removal of

water rights Changes in upstream water rights and the purchases of water

rights in the area could change the number of water rights available NAS Fallon

has instituted a program to purchase and conserve adjacent lands in agricultural

uses and Churchill County has an easement purchasing program to promote

farmland conservation Residential development pressure has occurred but has

been partially offset by the previously described conservation programs (BLM

2011a)

Due to the deficiency in precipitation (approximately 5 inches per year

[Western Regional Climate Center 2016]) compared to evapotranspiration

(over 60 inches per year [Western Regional Climate Center 1992]) irrigation is

necessary for productive farming near Fallon however the Proposed Action

would not divert irrigation water from agricultural application Water needed

for the EGS testing operations would be supplied from groundwater sources

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on potential

Prime Farmlands This would result from implementing activities or construction

that would preclude lands from being used for agricultural purposes such as

construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal Project

Also projects that increase surface water availability for irrigation such as

construction of additional canals in the Newlands Project could affect potential

Prime Farmlands Cumulative impacts on potential Prime Farmlands from the

Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future actions are expected to

be minor

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-11

412 SOCIOECONOMICS

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on socioeconomics is the same

as that identified under the impacts for the Proposed Action which is Churchill

County

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect socioeconomics are regional employment and potential

seismicity from EGS Proposed actions including future geothermal

development (see Table 4-1) represent additional regional employment needs

The level of demand for employment would depend on the degree of overlap

with the Proposed Action Although the Proposed Action presents the potential

for additional employment particularly in the construction sector the jobs

would be either temporary or would only nominally increase the permanent

population employment or spending in the region The Proposed Action would

not strain public services therefore contributions to cumulative impacts on

socioeconomics would be minimal

The potential for damage or disturbance from induced seismicity depends on

the distance from the source and the magnitude of the seismic event

Implementing best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the level

of cumulative impacts (see Section 35 Geology for additional discussion of

induced seismicity)

413 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative there would be no additional wells drilled to

support geothermal research There would be no impacts on any of the

identified resources or activities

414 SUMMARY OF CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

All resource values have been evaluated for cumulative impacts Cumulative

impacts from implementing the Proposed Action or No Action Alternative have

been determined to be negligible

415 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES

The irreversible commitment of resources is described as the ldquoloss of future

optionsrdquo It applies primarily to nonrenewable resources such as cultural

resources or resources that are renewable after a regeneration period such as

soil productivity The term may also apply to the loss of an experience as an

indirect impact of a permanent change in the nature or character of the land

An irretrievable commitment of resources is defined as the loss of production

harvest or use of natural resources The amount of production foregone is

irretrievable but the action is not irreversible No irreversible and irretrievable

commitment of resources is expected as a result of the Proposed Action

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

416 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCAL SHORT-TERM USE OF THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT OF LONG-TERM NATURAL RESOURCE PRODUCTIVITY

Development and construction proposed to occur from implementing the Proposed Action is not expected to result in the types of impacts that would reduce environmental productivity have long-term impacts on natural resources or resource uses affect biodiversity or narrow the range of long-term beneficial uses of the environment As discussed in Chapter 3 the Proposed Action would not result in short- and long-term significant environmental effects

Short-term uses of the environment associated with the Proposed Action would include constructing well pads and drilling productioninjection and monitoring wells to support EGS activities Project-related construction activities would result in localized temporary impacts such as noise from vehicles and well drilling Noise from construction activities would be short-term and would not be expected to result in permanent damage or long-term changes in wildlife productivity or habitat use

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 5-1

CHAPTER 5

CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION

51 AGENCIES GROUPS AND INDIVIDUALS CONTACTED

The following agencies groups and individuals were contacted for the

preparation of the Fallon FORGE Geothermal Research Project EA

Native American Consultation

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribal Council

Federal Agencies

US Fish and Wildlife Service

US Department of Energy

State Agencies

Nevada Department of Wildlife

Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Cooperating Agencies

US Navy

US Bureau of Reclamation

Other Entities

Ormat Nevada Inc

Sandia National Laboratories

5 Consultation and Coordination

5-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

52 LIST OF PREPARERS

Table 5-1

List of Preparers

Name Project Expertise

BLM Carson City District Stillwater Field Office

Dave Schroeder Project Lead geothermal resources wastes hazardous or solid

Kenneth Collum Stillwater Field Office Manager

Carla James Stillwater Assistant Field Manager

Linda Appel Vegetation wild horses and burros

Keith Barker Fire management vegetation

Melanie Cota Migratory birds threatened or endangered species special status

species (BLM Sensitive Species) general wildlife

Kenneth Depaoli Geologist

Jason Grasso Realty Specialist

Melanie Hornsby Recreation ACEC travel management wildernessWSA lands with

wilderness characteristics environmental justice NEPA compliance

Mark Mazza Rangeland noxious and invasive nonnative species

Michelle Stropky Hydrology air quality farm lands (Prime and Unique) floodplains

surface water and groundwater quality soils

Jason Wright Cultural resources Native American religious concerns visual

resources paleontology

US Department of the Navy

Nathan Accoraci US Navy NAS Fallon

Mike Klapec US Navy NAS Fallon

Andrew Tiedeman US Navy Geothermal Program Office

Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

Peter Gower Project Manager

Jacob Accola Geographic information systems

Sean Cottle Land use airspace and access administrative record

Kevin Doyle Native American and religious concerns

Zoe Ghali Socioeconomics

Derek Holmgren Geology

Jenna Jonker Geographic information systems

Laura Patten Water resources

Cindy Schad Word processing

Jennifer Thies NEPA Specialist

Morgan Trieger Wildlife and key habitat BLM sensitive species invasive nonnative and

noxious weed species wetlands and riparian areas migratory birds

Randolph Varney Technical editing

Meredith Zaccherio Quality assurancequality control

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-1

CHAPTER 6

REFERENCES

BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2001 Carson City District

Consolidated Resource Management Plan Carson City Nevada

_____ 2007 Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book) Internet website httpswwwblmgov

stylemedialibblmwoMINERALS__REALTY__AND_RESOURCE_PROTECTION_energyoil

_and_gasPar18714FiledatOILgaspdf

_____ 2008a Carson Lake Geothermal Exploration Project Environmental Assessment (EA-NV-030-

07-006) July 2008 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2008b BLM National Environmental Policy Act Handbook H-1790-1 January 2008 Washington

DC

_____ 2008c Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement for Geothermal Leasing in the

Western United States FES 08-44 Internet website wwwblmgovwostenprog

energygeothermalgeothermal_nationwideDocumentsFinal_PEIShtml

_____ 2011a Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District

Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2011b Newberry Volcano Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) Demonstration Project

Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-OR-P000-2011-0003-EA Prineville Oregon

_____ 2013 Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA DOEEA-1944 Brady

Hot Springs Well 15-12 Hydro-Stimulation Winnemucca Nevada January 2013

_____ 2014a Draft Resource Management Plan and Environmental Impact Statement Carson City

District November 2014 Carson City Nevada

6 References

6-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014b State Protocol Agreement between the Bureau of Land Management Nevada and the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Office as amended December 2014 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2015 Nevada and Northeastern California Greater Sage-Grouse Approved Resource

Management Plan Amendment Bureau of Land Management Nevada State Office Reno

Nevada

BLM and Forest Service (US Department of Agriculture Forest Service) 2007 Surface Operating

Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development (Gold Book) Fourth

Ed Washington DC

BLM GIS 2017 GIS data of BLM NVCA ARMPA GRSG Habitat updated 6302017 Internet website

httpsnavigatorblmgovdatakeyword=GRSGampfs_publicRegion=Nevada

Bradley P V M J OrsquoFarrell J A Williams and J E Newmark (editors) 2006 The Revised Nevada Bat

Conservation Plan Nevada Bat Working Group Reno Nevada

Butterflies of America 2018 Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus Austin amp J Emmel 1998 (Alkali Skipper)

Internet website httpwwwbutterfliesofamericacompseudocopaeodes_eunus_flavushtm

CEQ (Council on Environmental Quality) 1997 Considering Cumulative Effects Under the National

Environmental Policy Act Internet website httpsenergygovsitesprodfilesnepapubnepa_

documentsRedDontG-CEQ-ConsidCumulEffectspdf

Churchill County 2015 Churchill County Master Plan Internet website httpwwwchurchill

countyorgDocumentCenterView8884

_____ 2017 Nevada County Code Internet website httpwwwsterlingcodifierscom

codebookindexphpbook_id=351

Chisholm G and L A Neel 2002 Birds of the Lahontan Valley A Guide to Nevadarsquos Wetland Oasis

University of Nevada Press Reno

Cowardin L M V Carter F C Golet and E T LaRoe 1979 Classification of Wetlands and

Deepwater Habitats of the United States US Department of the Interior US Fish and Wildlife

Service FWSOBS-7931 Washington DC

DOD (US Department of Defense) 1996 Department of Defense Instruction Number 471503

Internet website httpwwwdodnaturalresourcesnetfilesDoDI_4715_03pdf

DOI (US Department of the Interior) 2009 Department of the Interior Departmental Manual 516

Washington DC

EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) GIS 2015 GIS data of 303(d) listed impaired waters Internet

website httpswwwepagovwaterdatawaters-geospatial-data-downloads

FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) GIS 2017 GIS data of flood zones Internet website

httpsgdgscegovusdagovGDGOrderaspx

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-3

Floyd T C Elphick G Chisholm K Mack R Elston E Ammon and J Boon 2007 Atlas of the Breeding

Birds of Nevada University of Nevada Press Reno

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through

various means

Headwater Economics 2017 Economic Profile System Internet website httpsheadwaters

economicsorgtoolseconomic-profile-systemabout

Hinz N H J E Faulds D L Siler B Tobin K Blake A Tiedeman A Sabin D Blankenship M

Kennedy G Rhodes J Nordquist S Hickman J Glen C Williams A Robertson-Tait W

Calvin 2016 Stratiagraphic and Structural Framework of the Proposed Fallon FORGE Site

Nevada Standford University Stanford CA

Ivey G L and C P Herziger 2006 Intermountain West Waterbird Conservation Plan Version 12 A

plan associated with the Waterbird Conservation for the Americas Initiative Published by US

Fish and Wildlife Service Pacific Region Portland Oregon

Majer E L R Baria M Stark S Oates J Bommer B Smith and H Asanuma 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity

associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Geothermics 36 (2007) 185ndash222

Majer E L J Nelson A Robertson-Tait J Savy and I Wong 2012 Protocol for Addressing Induced

Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 January 2012

Washington DC

_____ 2016 Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal

Systems (EGS) April 8 2016 Washington DC

Michigan Technological University 2017 How Are Earthquake Magnitudes Measured Internet website

httpwwwgeomtueduUPSeisintensityhtml

Morefield J D 2001 Nevada Rare Plant Atlas Internet website httpheritagenvgovatlas

NAS Fallon (Naval Air Station Fallon) 1990 Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement

Geothermal Energy Development Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada February 1990

_____ 2012 Final Integrated Cultural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Nevada

Volumes I and II

_____ 2013 Final Environmental Assessment for Airfield Operations at Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada August 2013

NAS Fallon and State of Nevada 2011 Programmatic Agreement among Naval Air Station Fallon the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Officer and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation

Regarding the Identification Evaluation and Treatment of Historic Properties on Lands Managed

by Naval Air Station Fallon July 2011

6 References

6-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014 Final Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon

Nevada Naval Facilities Engineering Command Southwest Report Contract N62473-07-D-

32010011 San Diego California NASF GIS 2017 GIS data on file with Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada

NatureServe 2017 NatureServe Explorer An online encyclopedia of life [web application] Version 71

NatureServe Arlington Virginia Internet website httpexplorernatureserveorg

Navy (US Department of the Navy) 2008 OPNAVINST 1101036C Air Installations Compatible Use

Zones Program October 9 2008 Fallon Nevada

_____ 2006 Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymil

eieASN20EIE20PolicySECNAVINST_50908Apdf

_____ 2014 OPNAV Manual M-50901D Environmental Readiness Program Manual Internet website

httpwwwnavseanavymilPortals103DocumentsSUPSALVEnvironmentalOPNAVINST205

090-1Dpdf

_____ 2012 Strategy for Renewable Energy Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymileie

ASN20EIE20PolicyDASN_EnergyStratPlan_Finalv3pdf

NDA (Nevada Department of Agriculture) 2017 Nevada Noxious Weed List Internet website

httpagrinvgovPlantNoxious_WeedsNoxious_Weed_List

NDEP (Nevada Division of Environmental Protection) 2014 Nevada 2012 Water Quality Integrated

Report With EPA Overlisting Internet website httpsndepnvgovuploads

documentsIR2012_Report_Finalpdf

NDOW (Nevada Department of Wildlife) 2017 Letter from Bonnie Weller NDOW to Morgan

Trieger EMPSi Re Fallon FORGE Project November 13 2017 NDOW Reno Nevada

_____ No date Design Features and Tools to Reduce Wildlife Mortalities Associated with Geothermal

Sumps NDOW Reno Nevada

Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017 Quaternary Faults in Nevada Internet website

httpsgiswebunreduQuaternaryFaults Accessed on November 20 2017

Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018 Permit Information Internet website

httpwaternvgovPermitSearchaspx

NHD (National Hydrography Dataset) GIS 2017 National Hydrography Dataset high resolution

geospatial dataset Internet website httpsnhdusgsgovNHD_High_Resolutionhtml

NNHP (Nevada Natural Heritage Program) 2017 Re Data RequestmdashFORGE Geothermal EA NNHP

Reno Nevada

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-5

NRCS (Natural Resources Conservation Service) GIS 2017 GIS data of soils and soil attributes from

the Web Soil Survey United States Department of Agriculture Internet website

httpswebsoilsurveyscegovusdagovAppWebSoilSurveyaspx

Reclamation (US Bureau of Reclamation) 2014 Newlands Project Resource Management Plan and Final

Environmental Impact Statement November 18 2014 Internet website httpswwwusbrgov

mpnepanepa_project_detailsphpProject_ID=2822

Reclamation GIS 2017 GIS data of emergency canal approximate location and existing canal network

SNL (Sandia National Laboratories) 2016 Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Phase 1 Topical Report (Sandia Report SAND2016-8929) Internet website httpsenergygov

sitesprodfiles201609f33Fallon20Topical20Report_20168929_Sept2016_1pdf

_____ 2018 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Data

Truckee-Carson Irrigation District 2010 Newlands Project Water Conservation Plan Internet website

httpwwwtcidorgpdfwcp10fpdf

US Census Bureau 2015 American Community Survey 2012-2015 5 year data Internet website

httpsfactfindercensusgovfacesnavjsfpagessearchresultsxhtmlrefresh=t

USDA (US Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Service) 2017 Introduced

Invasive and Noxious PlantsmdashFederal Noxious Weeds Internet website httpsplantsusda

govjavanoxious

USDOE 2017 EGS About Fallon FORGE Internet website httpesd1lblgovresearchprojects

induced_seismicityegsfallonforgehtml

USFWS (US Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service) 2017 Official Species List Fallon

Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and

Monitoring Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 November 10 2017 USFWS Reno

Nevada

USFWS GIS 2017a National Wetland Inventory GIS data of wetlands Internet website

httpswwwfwsgovwetlandsdatadata-downloadhtml

_____ 2017b GIS data of mapped critical habitat Internet website httpsecosfwsgovecp

reporttablecritical-habitathtml

USGS (US Department of the Interior US Geological Survey) 2017 Geologic Provinces of the United

States Basin and Range Province Internet website httpsgeomapswrusgsgovparks

provincebasinrangehtml

_____ 2016 Groundwater Quality in the Basin and Range Basin-Fill Aquifers Southwestern United

States Internet website httpspubsusgsgovfs20163080fs20163080pdf

6 References

6-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States

Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

Westbrooks R 1998 Invasive Plants Changing the Landscape of America Fact Book Federal

Interagency Committee for the Management of Noxious and Exotic Weeds Washington DC

Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Nevada Department of Wildlife Reno

Internet website httpwwwndoworgNevada_WildlifeConservationNevada_Wildlife_Action

_Plan

Western Regional Climate Center 1992 Evaporation Stations Nevada Monthly Average Pan

Evaporation Internet website httpswrccdrieduhtmlfileswestevapfinalhtmlNEVADA

_____ 2016 Climate Summary Fallon EXP STN Nevada (262780) Period of Record June 1 1903 to

April 30 2016 Internet website httpswrccdrieducgi-bincliMAINplnv2780

Appendix A EGS Protocol

This page intentionally left blank

GEOTHERMAL TECHNOLOGIES PROGRAM

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

by

Ernie Majer James Nelson Ann Robertson-Tait Jean Savy and Ivan Wong

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Cover Image

Courtesy of Katie L Boyle Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

i

i Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Preface

In June 2009 the New York Times published an article about the public fear of geothermal development causing earthquakes The article highlighted a project funded by the US Department of Energyrsquos (DOE) Geothermal Technologies Program bringing power production at The Geysers back up to capacity using Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) technology The Geysers geothermal field is located two hours north of San Francisco California and therefore the article drew comparisons to a similar geothermal EGS project in Basel Switzerland believed to cause a magnitude 34 earthquake

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the US Department of Energy commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power development and risk assessment to write a revised Induced Seismicity Protocol The authors met with the domestic and international scientific community policymakers and other stakeholders to gain their perspectives and incorporate them into the Protocol They also incorporated the lessons learned from Basel Switzerland and other EGS projects around the world to better understand the issues associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects The Protocol concludes that with proper study and technology development induced seismicity will not only be mitigated but will become a useful tool for reservoir management

This Protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public officials regulators and the general public that provides a set of general guidelines detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the effects of induced seismicity related to EGS projects This Protocol puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

The goal of this Protocol is to help facilitate the successful deployment of EGS projects thus increasing the availability of clean renewable and domestic energy in the United States

Project developers should work closely with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) compliance officials of the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process The authors emphasize this Protocol is neither a substitute nor a panacea for regulatory requirements that may be imposed by federal state or local regulators

I would like to acknowledge everyone who gave their time and expertise at the induced seismicity workshops (see Appendix D) that led to this updated Protocol Their input was critical to develop an informed and useful document In addition I would like to thank the authors of this document whose ideas and support came together to write a clear and concise Protocol

This document was put out for public comment and reviewed by NEPA the US Department of Energy and General Counsel Special thanks to Christy King-Gilmore and Brian Costner for their guidance

Sincerely

Jay Nathwani

US Department of Energy

ii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

iii

iii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Table of Contents1 Introduction 1

11 Intended Use 1

12 Objective 2

13 Background 2

2 Steps in Addressing Induced Seismicity 5

STEP 1 Perform Preliminary Screening Evaluation 6 211 Purpose 6

212 Recommended Approach 6

213 Summary 7

STEP 2 Implement an Outreach and Communication Program 8 221 Purpose 8

222 Recommended Approach 8

223 Summary 10

STEP 3 Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise 11 231 Purpose 11

232 Recommended Approach 11

233 Summary 12

STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring 13 241 Purpose 13

242 Recommended Approach 13

243 Summary 14

STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events 15 251 Purpose 15

252 Recommended Approach 16

253 Summary 17

STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events 18 261 Purpose 18

262 Recommended Approach 18

263 Summary 20

STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan 21 271 Purpose 21

272 Recommended Approach 21

273 Summary 23

3 Acknowledgements 25

4 References 27

Appendices A Background amp Motivation Induced Seismicity Associated with Geothermal Systems 29

B List of Acronyms 39

C Glossary of Terms 41

D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers 43

E Relevant Websites 45

iv Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1

1 INTRODUCTION

1 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1 Introduction

Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term The energy estimated from hydrothermal systems is large but the total supply from geothermal systems has the potential to become orders of magnitude larger if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie through Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) EGS is defined as any activities that are undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that are intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source This can be done through such approaches as fluid pressurization hydrofracture and chemical stimulation As with the development of any new technology some aspects are accepted and others need clarification and study In the case of EGS fluid injection is used to enhance rock permeability and recover heat from the rock During the process of creating an underground heat exchanger by injection or the subsequent circulation of the system stress patterns in the rock may change resulting in seismic events (see Appendix A Background and Motivation) In almost all cases these events have been of relatively small magnitude and by the time the energy reaches the surface the vast majority are rarely felt (Majer et al 2007) The impacts of a seismic event created by EGS can be significantly different from those associated with a natural earthquake the former generally falls into the category of an annoyance as with the passing of a rail transit vehicle or large truck whereas the latter may cause damage in a moderate to large event Although to date there is no recorded instance of a significant danger or damage (significant is defined here as damage that would affect a structurersquos physical integrity this is not to say that seismicity has not caused less severe damage such as cracks in walls or similar damage) associated with induced seismicity related to geothermal energy production the introduction of EGS technology in populated areas could be regarded by some as an intrusion on the peace and tranquility of populated areas due to its potential ldquoannoyance factorrdquo

Historically induced seismicity has occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (reservoir impoundment mining construction waste disposal and oil and gas production) Although certain projects have stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies Recent publicity surrounding induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate any potential problems that induced seismicity may cause in geothermal projects (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community are assured geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks ensuring the resource is developed in a safe and cost effective manner

11 Intended Use The Protocol is intended to be a living document for the public and regulators and geothermal operators This version is intended to supplement the existing International Energy Agency (IEA) protocol (Majer et al 2009) and as practically as possible be kept up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical As methods experience knowledge and regulations change with respect to induced seismicity so should the Protocol It also recognizes that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit every geothermal project and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions at each site will call for different types of action Variations in procedures will result from such factors as the population density around the project past seismicity in the area the size of the project the depth and amount of injection and its relation to any faults etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the U S Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is an advisory document intended to assist industry and regulators to identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity Determination of actual site-specific criteria that must be met by a particular project is beyond the scope of this document it remains the obligation of project developers to meet any and all applicable federal state or local regulations

1 INTRODUCTION

2 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

12 Objective

Provide a flexible protocol that puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

To promote the safety of EGS projects and to help gain acceptance from the general public for geothermal activities in general and EGS projects specifically it is beneficial to clarify the role and risks of induced seismicity which can occur during the development stages of the EGS reservoir and the subsequent extraction of the geothermal energy This document provides a set of general procedures that detail useful steps geothermal project proponents can take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are not prescriptive but suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public at large facilitating the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

With respect to the existing IEA protocol (Majer et al 2009) this document addresses many of the same issues and others that arose after the protocol was published For example it provides a more accurate approach to address and estimate the seismic risk associated with EGS induced seismic events Regulators the public the geothermal industry and investors need to have a framework to estimate such a risk Another significant change is a shift toward addressing ground motions rather than event magnitudes to measure the impact of seismicity This led to a discussion of the thresholds for vibration which involve not only the amplitude of the ground motions but also such factors as the duration frequency content and other measures of impact Also attention was paid to the legal implications with respect to the impact or effect of any recommended actions Lastly an effort was made to base recommendations on existing and accepted engineering standards that are used in such industries as mining construction or similar activities that produce or have the potential for producing unwanted ground motions and noise

13 Background To access geothermal resources wells are drilled to depths at which the required high temperatures and thermal capacities are reached The depth required to reach that temperature depends upon the temperature gradient (the rate of temperature increase with depth) which varies significantly from place to place Therefore the depths of geothermal wells vary over a wide range from less than 1000 to 5000 meters (m) in rare cases In addition to elevated temperatures a geothermal well for commercial development must also intersect sufficient permeability to enable the extraction andor circulation of fluids at certain flow rates ie at least a sustained production of 5 megawatts (MW) over a 30-year period

The combination of sufficiently high temperature and good natural permeability occurs in certain areas of the earth such as some areas of active tectonism and volcanism However these comprise only a fraction of the earth elsewhere permeability is lower even though the desired temperature may be accessible by drilling In such cases the permeability of the rock must be enhanced to enable commercial flow rates To date the only method of adequate permeability enhancement in EGS is through fluid injection which can have the side-effect of causing induced seismicity In an important way this side-effect is beneficial EGS project developers monitor and map induced seismicity to understand and manage the EGS reservoir The induced event locations show where fractures have slipped slightly in response to increasing pore pressure andor temperature change during injection a process that can increase the aperture and conductive length of some fractures and therefore the permeability of the reservoir Typically monitoring and mapping of induced seismicity is used to help site and target deep wells

The orientation of the fractures that tend to slip most easily in response to fluid injection depends upon the orientation of the ambient stresses acting on the reservoir rock In turn these depend on the regional tectonic framework and the local geologic structure The ease with which fractures slip during injection depends upon the strength of the reservoir rock the magnitudes of the stresses acting on it and the pore pressure increase The size of the seismic event will depend upon the amount of stress available to cause the slip and the dimensions of the slip area Injection may cause thermal contraction which also may play a role The amount of fracture slip (the main cause of induced seismicity in EGS projects) depends upon the interplay between these elements This explains the importance of understanding the geomechanics temperature and hydraulics in EGS planning assessment and development

3

1 INTRODUCTION

3 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

It is noted that there is little if any potential for induced seismicity in geothermal applications where no fluid is injected or withdrawn from the native formations or if the fluids that are injected andor withdrawn are at a shallow depth (less than 300 to 600 m) Therefore such applications as heat pumps and shallow injections are not considered in this EGS Protocol because of the low potential for induced seismicity

In this Protocol we use the terms ldquovibrationrdquo and ldquoground shakingrdquo or ldquoground motionrdquo We use ldquovibrationrdquo when referring to the regulatory aspects of ground motions since vibrations can be and are regulated We use ldquoground shakingrdquo and ldquoground motionrdquo interchangeably when referring to the ground motions resulting from natural earthquakes and induced seismic events We also distinguish between natural tectonic ldquoearthquakesrdquo and ldquoinduced seismic eventsrdquo even though the processes of generation are generally the same

Finally we also note that the terms ldquoinducedrdquo and ldquotriggeredrdquo are often used interchangeably in the literature on induced seismicity and by practitioners in those fields and in the field of seismology In terms of the process of causing a seismic event the two terms should be used differently although admittedly it is difficult to define where an induced seismic event should be called a triggered seismic event and vice versa As an example of the discussion that is ongoing in the induced seismicity community the US Society of Dams has officially adopted the use of the term ldquoreservoir-triggered seismicityrdquo rather than the traditional 50-year old phrase ldquoreservoir-induced seismicityrdquo In this Protocol we use the term ldquoinducedrdquo to include all seismic events that result from fluid injection and will only use the term ldquotriggeredrdquo in well-defined situations A glossary of terms can be found in Appendix C

4 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

5

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

5 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity

A series of recommended steps to meet the objective stated above is included below This is not a ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach and stakeholders should tailor their actions to project-specific needs and circumstances

This document outlines the suggested steps a developer should follow to address induced seismicity issues implement an outreach campaign and cooperate with regulatory authorities and local groups With the goal in mind of gaining acceptance by non-industry stakeholders and promoting safety the Protocol is a series of technical steps to inform the project proponent as well as complementary outreach andor education steps to inform and involve the public

The following steps are proposed for addressing induced seismicity issues as they relate to the whole project

Step 1 Perform a preliminary screening evaluation

Step 2 Implement an outreach and communication program

Step 3 Review and select criteria for ground vibration and noise

Step 4 Establish seismic monitoring

Step 5 Quantify the hazard from natural and induced seismic events

Step 6 Characterize the risk of induced seismic events

Step 7 Develop risk-based mitigation plan

The steps above are listed in the order generally expected to be followed but it is anticipated that each developer will organize its own program Regulatory or other requirements may affect the order or approach to undertaking these steps For example when a Federal agency is involved (eg Federal lands funding permitting) compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) may be required This document is not intended to be a substitute for such activities but instead seeks to advise stakeholders who may be involved with such regulatory activities Project proponents should work closely with NEPA compliance officials with the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process This also would be true for compliance with other environmental review requirements such as state NEPA-like laws (eg California Environmental Quality Act) and permitting or approval requirements

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

6 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 1

Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation

211 Purpose Sources of opposition to projects such as an EGS project often arise from a variety of possible issues ranging from local politics to community preferences or regulations Technical considerations such as those associated with seismic risk although often secondary must also be evaluated to decide if the project can proceed Therefore before going forward in the planning and engineering of an EGS facility the feasibility of such a project and the associated socioeconomic and financial risks must be evaluated to determine whether there are any obvious ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo This first step is therefore a ldquoscreeningrdquo analysis designed to eliminate sites that would present a low probability of success and to confirm those that have manageable risks and remain strong contenders This provides an initial measure of project acceptability and should include consistency with Executive Order 12898 Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations (February 11 1994)

Although not intended to be a complete analysis Step 1 should have enough rigor and credibility to support early technical communications identify potential impacts and establish credible plans to go forward with enough confidence to demonstrate that public and regulatory acceptability is achievable This step focuses on expected ground motion damages and nuisance Its goals are to identify projects that have a low likelihood of technical success or of being accepted by local populationsmdashand to give an opportunity to the responsible developer to make an informed decision as to whether it is viable to proceed and to determine the analysis needs for those projects that do proceed

212 Recommended Approach A bounding type of analysis should be performed to quickly establish the likelihood that the project would obtain regulatory approval to proceed The likelihood should be categorized as one of four levels (I) High-to-very high (II) Medium-to-high (III) Medium-to-low or (IV) Low-to-very low

Potential EGS geographic areas may vary significantly in terms of their populations and the existing level of seismicity The screening analysis for some projects may be quite clear for example a remote site with little natural seismicity would be categorized as a clear Level I and an urban site with active faulting would be a clear Level IV For those projects in all but category Level IV (which should be discarded after initial screening) this process will highlight the areas of risk that need to be addressed

The same general approach to standard risk analysis is suggested for this screening process but with an emphasis on simplicity and using an approximate or qualitative approach rather than the often more onerous quantitative approaches

a Review relevant federal state and local laws and regulations

Generally assess the prospect of proceeding with the project ie determine if the local regulations are so restrictive that any effects of induced seismicity would not be allowed

b Determine the radius of influence within which there could be a negative impact as a result of seismic activity due to EGS

Identify the existing potential seismic hazards for natural seismicity (eg US Geological Survey National Hazard Maps Petersen et al 2008) This radius of influence will be determined by many local factors such as proximity to structures expected seismicity types of structures local geology and expected size of EGS project Estimate the maximum injection-induced seismic event including a realistic maximum estimate of ground motion using similarities with existing EGS projects this will allow a refinement of the radius of influence

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Identify potential impacts including physical damages social disturbances nuisance economic disruption and environmental impacts

d Establish an approximate lower and upper bound of potential damages using both the average expected induced seismicity and the worst case based on 1) the number type and average value of structures impacted and 2) the likely range of ground motion either from observations or from assumed event magnitudes and existing ground motion attenuation relationships

e Based on these results classify the overall risk as one of the four above described categories (Levels I to IV) from which the recommended decision is as follows

I Very Low II Low III Medium IV High

Proceed with planning Can proceed with planning but may require additional analysis to confirm

Probably should not proceed at this site but additional analysis might support proceeding

Do not proceed

Additionally consider and factor in the publicrsquos level of concern regarding the project Therefore the final decision needs to be made after interaction with the local community in recognition of the fact that different communities may have different acceptance levels of risk andor possibly different socioeconomic needs This will allow this risk scale to be calibrated hence outreach and transparency play an important role

If it is decided to proceed with planning the results of the bounding analysis would be presented to the public in the potentially impacted geographical region (as defined in the radius of influence) to facilitate communication and feedback In particular a scientifically credible estimate of the worst-case scenario should be made to quantify its probability of occurrence and to compare the worst-case scenario with events of comparable levels of risk including the risk associated with natural seismicity (See Step 2 which discusses mechanisms for outreach)

At a minimum the following estimates should be included in the screening study

bull A description (location magnitude frequency of occurrence) of the selected natural earthquakes andor induced seismic events considered in the screening study

bull A map of the ground motion people might experience from these earthquakes andor induced seismic event and its frequency of occurrence

bull A description of conditions that could constitute nuisances and what is commonly accepted in other similar cases (mining transportation industrial manufacturing construction etc)

bull The level of impact perceived to be safe by the stakeholders (regulators community operator etc)

bull An estimate of the number of people institutions and industries located in the region that might be exposed to any impact of concern the expected frequency of occurrence and possible mitigation measures

213 Summary Step 1 is an initial screening that should be capable of withstanding regulatory and public scrutiny for the purpose of determining the overall feasibility of the project and identifying possible flaws or circumstances that could become ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo for the EGS project

The recommended process for Step 1 includes the collection of readily available information and scientific and nontechnical information that could be used to assess the potential impact on the communities and stakeholders a simple but rigorous analysis to evaluate the possible minimum impact in routine operations and possible worst-case impact of the proposed project

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

8 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 2

Implement an Outreach and Communications Program

221 Purpose Acceptability to the local community is an important milestone in an EGS project It is critical that public stakeholders are kept informed and their input is considered and acted upon as the project proceeds The outreach and communications program is designed to facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials All of these groups are likely to provide their feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

The outreach program should help the project achieve a level of transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework for interaction

bull The project developer should create an outreach plan at the start of the project and periodically update and modify the plan as needed as the project proceeds addressing stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be related to the specific project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative and multi-directional

bull Multiple meetings should be held as the project progresses and more information is obtained

bull Each group (community stakeholders regulators public officials) should be approached at an appropriate technical level A mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It is expected that there would be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (developer team seismologist civil or structural engineer local utility company and a representative of the funding entity) the community (local project employees community leaders and community members at large) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

222 Recommended Approach The following list is relatively long and tries to envisage many scenarios in which the public may become involved with an EGS project As for the Protocol itself there is no ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach to outreach and communications and it is expected that project proponents will prepare their own outreach plans that are suitable to the issues at hand All of the following are considered as suggestions only some may not be needed depending on the specifics of the project and the local communities

a Evaluate outreach needs

Identify the people and organizations who would be the outreach targets hold preliminary discussions with community leaders regulators and public safety officials to explain the project and determine their concerns identify individuals (community regulatory and public safety) who have the trust of the community at large and engage them in discussions about the project identify community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouses heating systems and swimming pools) consider what the project could reasonably offer the community to increase their involvement appreciation and pride in the project including employment opportunities

9

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

9 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

b Develop plans to approach community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials

c Develop a public relations plan to generate interest in the project from local media

d Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors

e Hold an initial public meeting and site visit that covers both technical and non-technical issues

Assume that the audience is well informed and knowledgeable but also be prepared to explain issues in relatively simple terms Explain how the project is funded and introduce the team and its qualifications If applicable explain that public institutions such as the US Geological Survey universities and national labs may also be involved not only as technical help but as independent agencies to check results Begin with an overview of the project and the motivation for doing it then explain the steps in the project and the approximate timeline Explain why induced seismicity may occur and the history of induced seismicity in other applications This may require an explanation of the difference between induced seismicity and natural earthquakes (size frequency etc) Ideally the public would get involved in the discussion through questions and answers ensuring a two-way dialogue with both sides asking and answering questions The developer can ask about any felt seismicity in the past and should be prepared with a historic earthquake catalogue of the area (if available) If events have occurred nearby the developer could ask if specific events were felt or not and if there was any damage

bull During this discussion it can be acknowledged that EGS projects might have implications that are technical (for the project) safety-related (ensuring no danger to life and property) and economic (a path toward an indigenous stable and renewable energy supply jobs) Explain the specific local benefit (jobs school library heating greenhouse swimming pool etc) Explain the analyses already undertaken and the potential risks and advise the public that a procedure is being developed prior to execution to prevent adverse induced seismicity as well as modifying the planned operations if induced seismicity becomes a problem Similarly advise that a procedure is being developed for evaluating damage and that it may require building inspections before any significant geothermal operations take place

bull Explain the benefits of the project both locally and globally If possible provide some images of what the geothermal power plant might look like If any activity is occurring on site use it as part of the technical explanation if there is no activity at the time the meeting is held use that to demonstrate that the fundamental nature of the site will not change very much

bull The developer should listen to concerns and respond openly and ideally would set up mechanisms to notify the community as work proceeds (phone tree e-mail list website etc) and for the community to ask questions and receive answers about the project

f If feasible hold another site visit during a period of active drilling

This will get people interested and involved since drilling activities are genuinely interesting to most people

g Hold another meeting in advance of the first stimulation

Explain the procedure for monitoring induced seismicity the thresholds that have been set for induced seismicity and their rationale the procedure for modifying the stimulation procedure in the event that the community will find the impacts of the induced seismicity intolerable the call-in line (ldquohot linerdquo) that is available for reporting felt events and how calls will be handled and the liaison between the project and public safety officials

h If feasible bring community members to the site when stimulation is occurring so that they can see the simplicity of the operation (water pumping)

i After stimulation hold another meeting to report on the results Explain what happens next and discuss the positive and any negative effects associated with the project to the community

j As additional operations at the site proceed advise the community via the communications network and seek feedback

k Plan and conduct additional meetings and media events as appropriate

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

10 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

223 Summary The overarching goal of the outreach and communications program is to engage the community in a positive and open manner before onsite activities begin and continuing as operations proceed The first step is to understand the community and its needs and concerns and then to determine creative ways to inform the community engage them in a dialogue and demonstrate the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale In addition to being an information exchange the outreach and communications program should be designed to engender long-term support for the project To the extent that a project is distant from local population the requirements of the outreach program would decrease

11

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

11 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 3

Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise

231 Purpose The geothermal developer should identify and evaluate existing standards and criteria thus becoming informed of the applicable regulations for ground-borne noise and vibration impact assessment and mitigation that have been developed and applied by other industries and could be helpful in evaluating the EGS project These standards and criteria apply to damage to buildings human activity interference industrialcommercialresearchmedical activity interference and wildlife habitat Existing criteria developed for non-EGS industries may or may not apply specifically to EGS and appropriate acceptance criteria for an EGS project would likely be based on a variety of factors such as land use population frequency of occurrence of EGS events magnitudes etc

232 Recommended Approach Steps for selecting environmental noise and vibration impact criteria are outlined below

a Assess Existing Conditions

Evaluate the existing ground vibration and noise environments in areas of potential impact to establish a baseline Then evaluate the impacts anticipated from the project Absolute vibration or noise limits for EGS seismic events would be at least equal to or more likely greater than that associated with existing natural and cultural background levels

b Review Local Ordinances

Identify local ordinances or requirements that may be appropriate as they relate to noise and vibration or other such disturbances For example noise and vibration from railroads or highways are not subject to local noise ordinances while lawn mowers often are

c Review Building Threshold Cosmetic Damage Criteria

Building damage criteria are usually stated in terms of the peak particle velocity (PPV) (equivalent to the peak ground velocity or PGV) measured at the ground surface (typically the building foundation but more appropriately the ground surface in the free-field) Building damage criteria usually focus on cosmetic damage which includes hairline cracking of paint or stucco where the cracks usually do not remain open

Threshold cracking criteria have been recommended in US Bureau of Mines (USBM) Report RI 8507 (Siskind et al 1980) Although these criteria were developed for blasting and construction activities the seismic energy from these activities would be similar to that from induced seismic events (in frequency bandwidth and range) and thus be applicable to induced seismicity cases These criteria are almost universally used by the construction and mining industry to assess the potential for threshold cracking due to blasting and are employed in many commercially available vibration monitoring systems Transient ground vibration from blasting at mining operations is probably most closely related to EGS-induced seismicity and the USBM criteria for threshold cracking due to blasting would appear to be directly applicable to EGS-induced seismicity

Vibration limits are often applied to construction projects to avoid threshold damage to structures Construction vibration limits may be lower than the USBM criteria possibly for two reasons One is the desire to be conservative in assessing damage risk Another is that construction vibration may involve general earth-moving operations and continuous excitation from sources such as vibratory pile drivers soil compactors and impact pile drivers which may operate for several weeks at a major project Examples of construction vibration limits include those used by the California Department of Transportation (2004) and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA 2006) These construction vibration limits may be less applicable to EGS than the USBM criteria for blasting given in RI 8507

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

12 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

d Review Structural Damage Criteria

Local building codes and structure types should be reviewed to determine appropriate ground-motion limits that might be applicable Dowding (1996) suggests that reinforced concrete structures can experience high vibration without damage perhaps as high as 125 to 250 mmsec (5 to 10 insec) peak particle velocity (PPV) These PGVs are considerably higher than thresholds for cosmetic damage Siskind (2000) discusses a number of case histories and experiments that indicate the PGVs at which both cosmetic and structural damage may occur In particular cracking of free-standing masonry walls was found for PGVs of 150 mmsec to 275 mmsec (6 to 11 insec) Continuous exposure of full-scale free-standing concrete masonry unit walls to PGVs of up to 175 mmsec (7 in sec) at 10 Hz for 26 hours did not produce cracking (Siskind 2000)

Soil settlement due to vibration is discussed by Dowding (1996) Pile driving can induce some densification though usually within a distance associated with the length of the pile A review of the literature concerning foundation settlement due to repetitive exposure to ground motions expected for EGS should be conducted Damage criteria for underground structures such as pipelines or basement walls should be reviewed a useful discussion is provided by Dowding (1996)

e Assess Human Exposure to Vibration

Guidelines for assessing human response to vibration are provided in American National Standard Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings This standard corresponds to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 2631 parts 1 and 2 (ISO 2003) The ANSI S271 guidelines include human response curves that define the levels of acceptability for vertical and horizontal third octave velocity and acceleration Dowding (1996) discusses the use of PPV versus ANSI S271 and ANSI S218 criteria for human exposure to vibration

f Assess Interference with Industrial and Institutional Land Uses

Vibration limits for various industrial and institutional activities should be identified The types of industrial and institutional land uses include hospitals university research laboratories biomedical research facilities semiconductor manufacturing facilities recording studios metrology laboratories and the like The Institute for Environmental Sciences (IES 1995) has recommended generic vibration criteria for various types of equipment and instrumentation Where available specifications for specific equipment (such as hospital MRI machines scanning electron microscopes etc) should be relied on

g Assess Ground-Borne Noise

Ground motions produced by an EGS-induced seismic event can produce audible noise inside buildings The FTA provides guidelines for assessing ground-borne noise and vibration impacts from new transit systems (FTA 2006) These criteria may not be directly applicable to EGS but they are likely to be referred to by stakeholders or regulators

233 Summary Numerous criteria standards and equipment specifications exist that may be drawn upon in assessing the impact of EGS seismicity on neighboring communities These should be reviewed in detail and used to develop appropriate criteria for risk assessment Some of the information may be directly applicable to EGS but most would likely require some adjustment considering the short duration and unpredictability of induced seismic events No doubt additional criteria can be found For example European countries where EGS activities have been developed are considering EGS-specific impact assessment criteria or mitigation design provisions

13

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

13 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 4

Establish Local Seismic Monitoring

241 Purpose Gather seismic data from the project area and vicinity to supplement existing seismic data (see Step 5 Section 25) The seismic data will include baseline data collected before operations begin at the site and data collected during operations The seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismicity activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir management purposes

As will be pointed out in Steps 5 and 6 a main element in forecasting the level of induced seismicity is to determine the baseline level of seismic activity that exists before the project starts That is how will the geothermal project modify existing ldquonaturalrdquo seismicity The amount of available seismic data will vary depending on the project location in many areas it is likely that the available baseline data will be from regional seismic monitoring (with distances between seismic monitoring stations on the order of tens of kilometers if not more) Current experience indicates that geothermal projects (particularly EGS projects) require a high sensitivity to seismicity at low magnitude thresholds (magnitude 0 to 1 range) to enable active seismic zones to be properly identified However regional seismic monitoring is usually only reliable at or above magnitude 20 Also in most cases of geothermal induced seismicity a great majority of the seismicity is below the magnitude 20 level thus it is important to know the baseline level of seismicity at the lower magnitudes Once the natural or baseline seismic data have been collected and evaluated they are typically used for making operational decisions that relate to stress directions seismic source types (faulting types) and other characteristics that will be useful for designing and operating the overall project Finally it is necessary to collect a minimum amount of seismic information to perform the screening step (Step 1) including some information on the frequency of occurrence of natural earthquakes that will be needed to estimate the potential impact on any nearby real-estate andor industrial assets

242 Recommended Approach a The seismic monitoring program should strive to collect data that is not biased in time or space in the vicinity

of the potential geothermal project

The overall objective is to collect enough information to characterize background seismicity and identify any active faults that have the potential to be affected by the EGS activities The length of monitoring time before the injection begins will depend upon the existing information on local seismicity If there is existing monitoring that detects small-magnitude events (in the magnitude 10 range) then the duration of seismic monitoring of the potential injection area may be as short as one month Alternatively in areas with no prior monitoring the duration may need to be as long as six months This implies that one should start monitoring with an array of instruments that has enough elements sensitivity and aperture to capture seismicity in the volume at least twice the radius of the anticipated stimulated (reservoir) volume at magnitudes of as small as magnitude 10 and preferably magnitude 00

b The more sensitive the array of instruments the more detail can be collected on fault structure seismicity rates failure mechanisms and state of stress

These are all needed to not only model and forecast seismicity but also to design the EGS resource development program Evaluating the ongoing natural background seismicity also enables an understanding of the mechanisms of stress buildup and release that may be more easily triggered by fluid injection Ideally bandwidth and dynamic range should be maximized to the extent possible however typical seismic networks for capturing seismicity in these types of applications target the frequency range from a few hertz to several hundred hertz Twenty-four bit resolution is now common at these data rates and should be used in EGS projects Borehole installations of wide-bandwidth sensors are better than surface sensors owing to the increased signal-to-noise ratio and the ability to capture small magnitude events increasing resolution and location accuracy The sensors (surface or borehole) should record three-component data in order to provide complete information on the failure mechanisms and wave propagation (compressional and shear waves) attributes in addition to providing data for more precise locations

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

14 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c The minimum data processing should provide the location magnitude and source mechanisms

More sophisticated analysis such as advanced location schemes (double difference locations tomographic analysis for improved velocity models moment tensor analysis and joint inversions etc) will probably be needed in the operational phases of the project but are unlikely to be needed during the background monitoring phase Procedures for almost all of these methods are available in the public domain To estimate the instrumentation requirements we have defined a ldquotypical geothermal projectrdquo as one or two injection wells and several production wells all located in an area with a diameter of 5 km or less In such a ldquotypicalrdquo project achieving the above objectives requires at least eight three-component stations distributed over and around the area Deep or wider area projects may require more than eight stations keeping in mind that at least five stations are needed to collect enough data to reliably locate events As the project advances and the seismic events are characterized more stations may be needed to ldquofollowrdquo and characterize the seismic activity and utilize the events to develop strategies not only for mitigation of induced seismicity but also for reservoir enhancement and management In certain instances it may be beneficial or required to ldquoin-fillrdquo the main array with temporary stations to increase array sensitivity and achieve better location accuracy and focal mechanism coverage particularly at the time of reservoir creation or when the overall operational strategy is changed The final issue with regard to instrumentation is the decision regarding continuous recording vs triggered recording In any case especially during the injection phase the data should be processed in close to real time for location and magnitude to enable rapid feedback for both technical analyses and any required mitigation

d The monitoring should be maintained throughout the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators on optimal injection volumes and rates

Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed The local monitoring should include less sensitive recorders that only record ground shaking that can be felt Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong motion recorders near any sensitive structure to record vibrations that may be problematic It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as feasible The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer however if the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring

243 Summary Seismic monitoring should be commenced as soon as a project site is selected It should be comprehensive enough to allow complete spatial coverage of background or baseline seismicity over an area that is at least twice as large as the largest anticipated enhanced reservoir The monitoring should be maintained for the lifetime of the project and possibly longer depending on seismicity created and volume affected Instrumentation should be able to detect events at least as small as magnitude 10 and preferably to magnitude 00

15

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

15 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 5

Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events

251 Purpose Estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity Hazard is defined as the result of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that can cause damage or loss There are several types of hazards that can result from an earthquake however for induced seismic events we are only concerned with ground shaking and to a much lesser extent noise

The preferred approach to characterizing ground shaking is to characterize it in terms of a quantifiable measure such as acceleration velocity or displacement Instrumental recordings of ground shaking are generally in terms of acceleration or velocity Seismology engineers prefer acceleration because that is the measure they use in their practice In the absence of recording instruments and particularly before the development of seismographs the qualitative measure called ldquointensityrdquo was used in seismology to describe ground shaking In the United States the Modified Mercalli Intensity scale is used However intensity is difficult to equate to acceleration or velocity making it of limited value in evaluating hazard and in engineering

Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulation and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is very difficult and assessments must be made based upon the empirical data from other case histories and numerical models which include specific site characteristics

Two approaches can be taken to assess the seismic ground motion at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is magnitude 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded magnitude 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes The Protocol recommends that PSHAs be performed for magnitude 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude should be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

The ground-motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) and PGV Since induced earthquakes are generally small magnitude durations will be short and not of structural concern PGV or PPV will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration-sensitive research and manufacturing and for human activity interference

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

16 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

252 Recommended Approach PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then the EGS-induced seismicity should be superimposed on top of that

a Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity

bull Evaluate historical seismicity and calculate frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on a catalog of natural earthquakes If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area incorporate the data into the catalog Account for the incompleteness of the catalog and remove dependent events (eg aftershocks and foreshocks) Examine any focal mechanisms of natural seismicity to assess the tectonic stress field

bull Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis The maximum earthquake that can occur on a fault is a function of the available fault area and the amount of displacement that will occur in an event Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate magnitude from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement

bull For communities that may be impacted by EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface beneath the potentially impacted communities The shear-wave velocity profile is often used in ground-motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses

bull Select appropriate ground-motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground-motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific conditions at the potentially affected site(s)

bull Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity prior to the occurrence of any induced seismicity De-aggregate the hazard results in terms of seismic source contributions

b Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity

Estimating the hazard from induced seismicity is more difficult than for natural seismicity because of the small database of induced seismicity observations both in terms of seismic source characterization and ground-motion prediction However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be re-calculated and the uncertainties reduced Possible steps that should be taken include the following

bull Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on earthquake focal mechanisms the structural framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring To the extent practicable given the available data develop a 3D model of the geothermal area with particular focus on 1) the stratigraphy 2) pre-existing faults and fractures which could be sources of future induced seismicity and 3) the prevailing stress field in which they exist This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data)

bull Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and structural framework from those cases with the potential geothermal area In particular examine and compile the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of the induced seismicity

bull Evaluate the geologic framework of the project area the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures the tectonic stress field etc (See Step 4 Section 242) This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults which could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required (see Step 1 Section 21 above)

17

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

17 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

bull Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity (eg Shapiro et al 2007 McGarr 1976) that also estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity but based on injection parameters This is an active area of research and there are models being developed as this document is being written The models that are referred to here are only examples and others should be considered Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ stress conditions lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

bull Review and select empirical ground-motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (magnitude lt 50) Almost all existing ground-motion models have been developed for magnitude 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than magnitude 50 the ground-motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 10 to 20 km Include the uncertainty in the ground-motion models

bull Calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

253 Summary Compare the hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

18 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 6

Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events

261 Purpose The purpose of this step is to develop a rigorous and credible estimate of the risk associated with the design construction and operation of the proposed EGS facility and to compare the future expected risk associated with the operation to the baseline risk existing prior to operation Conceptually this step is the same as Step 1 but instead of aiming at an order of magnitude and a bounding of the risk only for the purpose of screening Step 6 is intended to generate a higher resolution and more precise estimate for the purpose of making decisions on design and operations of the planned EGS It will provide a measure of the variation of risk during future operation and helps in evaluating alternative operational procedures including those that could mitigate the negative effects and minimize the risk of induced seismicity

262 Recommended Approach The standard method (Kaplan and Garrick 1981 US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Whitman et al 1997 McGuire 1984 Molina et al 2010) of characterizing seismic risk concentrates on the impact of moderate-to-large earthquakes that have greater magnitudes than those generally seen in injection-induced seismicity To date the maximum observed earthquakes attributed to EGS operations have been magnitude 30 to 37 and the largest geothermal injection-related event was magnitude 46 (Majer et al 2007) For all types of fluid injection the largest events have been about magnitude 50 which occurred at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal (Majer et al 2007 Cladouhos et al 2010) The vast majority of EGS induced events are less than magnitude 30 Therefore the dominant risk is associated with events that have low magnitudes and cause low-to-very-low ground motions Consequently the attention to risk will shift relatively from the high-level risk of physical damage associated with large natural earthquakes to the more mundane level of a nuisance and possibly the related economic impacts

The fundamentals of the risk estimation method do not change for small ground motions Physical damages to structures are deemed to be very small to nil but some of the basic elements used to describe the damages will have to account for this shift by for example considering the appearance of small cracks and other minor architectural damages that usually constitute a very small portion of the damage Also human perception of small vibrations and the associated nuisance need to be considered as elements of the risk This nuisance produced by small vibrations is difficult to quantify as it depends not only on the dominant frequency of the vibration but also how frequently it occurs

The elements of a detailed risk analysis are as follows (see example of existing risk-analysis software such as HAZUS 2010 or SELENA 2010)

a Characterize the ground motion at each location within the area potentially impacted (See Step 5 Section 51)

b Identify the assets that could be adversely affected and that could contribute to the total risk

Ground shaking from EGS operations may impact the quality of peoplersquos lives the built environment and the economy in several ways for which the risk needs to be evaluated Contributing to the risk are those elements of our socioeconomic and living environment for which ground-motion impact would be perceived as negative because of its consequences on the financial environmental or personal well-being of the affected community (Mileti 1982) Including all the possible risk contributors would be a daunting task and difficult to achieve and it is reasonable to restrict the range of consideration to the most important areas of concern Some of the impacts to consider are purely physical such as damage to structures and there are well-accepted methods to assess them and to quantify their associated risks usually in monetary terms (see HAZUS SELENA) Other impacts dealing with human perception and sensitivity are more difficult to assess and quantify However there are existing methods albeit not as well established as those associated with damage

19

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

19 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Four classes of impacts can be identified as follows

I Physical damage to residential housing and community facilities

Damage to structures would probably be the main concern of any community Much has been published concerning damage from medium-to-large earthquakes (see Applied Technology Council (ATC) publications particularly ATC-3 Tentative Provisions for the Development of Seismic Regulations for Buildings For small magnitude and small ground-motion events the existing information is largely based on USBM research conducted in the 1970s with respect to vibration from controlled blasting (controlled detonation) Damage to the built environment to be considered (eg structures) must be separated into at least two categories 1) minor cosmetic (threshold cracking) and 2) major structural damage

II Physical damage to the infrastructure of industrialcommercialresearchmedical facilities

It is unlikely that strong ground shaking generated by EGS-induced seismic events would occur however stakeholders nevertheless tend to be concerned with infrastructure damage Significant structural damage to infrastructures by EGS is also equally unlikely but should damage occur its assessment should be based on design seismic code requirements and in the absence of such data site visit and observation of structural characteristics Adverse effects should at least be considered for all the vital elements of the infrastructure in the potentially impacted area including industrial facilities (eg manufacturing chemicaloil processing) and research facilities (both industrial and medical)

III Human activity interference

Human activity interference includes interference with sleep conversation enjoyment of recreation or entertainment and the like Of these sleep disturbance is probably the defining activity interference and induced seismicity from EGS activity may occur at any time of day or night Speech interference is not likely as seismicity usually does not radiate sufficient noise to be audible However secondary noise radiation such as squeaking walls may occur and conversations may be suspended in response to perceptible seismic events This can become problematic if it occurs often enough during the course of a day

IV Socioeconomic impact from damaged infrastructure and operation interference in businesses and industrial facilities

Social and economic activity and personal well-being rely heavily on the reliability of complex utility networks (telephone internet water gas electricity public transportation systems) that are vital to conducting business and for maintaining quality of life The potential damage to infrastructure is consequently an important potential contributing component of the risk and any damage leading to operational malfunctions (eg telephone service becoming unavailable) creates interruptions that can be very costly Sometimes very little physical damage can lead to a cascade of network consequences in a ldquodomino effectrdquo particularly (but not exclusively) in communications (eg Internet interruptions leading to the loss of data)

c Characterize the damage potential (vulnerability) from the risk contributors

The potential damages are usually characterized in terms of a relation (called a vulnerability function) that gives the level of damages (physical damage nuisance and economic losses) for that contributor or a class of contributors as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location In a detailed probabilistic risk analysis the vulnerability function gives the probability of failure of a structure in response to a particular stimulus (eg a given level of ground motion) Alternatively it gives the average cost of replacement for an entire class (see HAZUS 2010 SELENA 2010 and ATC publications)

d Estimate the risk

The elemental risk associated with one risk contributor at a given location is the product of the damage that would be observed at this location for a given level of seismic ground motion and the probability that this ground-motion level would occur The value of interest is the total risk at this location which is obtained by summing the elemental risks for all possible ground-motion levels using the probabilistic seismic hazard curve developed in Step 5 A risk

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

20 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

map or map of expected losses can be obtained by repeating this calculation for all points within the impacted area Usually modern probabilistic risk analyses provide a full probability distribution of the total risk which enables an estimate of the probability that a certain level of risk (monetary loss) will be exceeded In that case if the annual probability of exceedance of risk (losses) of X dollars ($) is p it is customary to say that the ldquoreturn periodrdquo in years of $X of risk (losses) is T=1p years

e Present the results

The general purpose for presenting the results of the risk analysis is to demonstrate that the probable (or a certain percentile) future negative effects of the EGS operation are within a range that will be tolerated by the regulators and community with consideration of the overall benefits of the project as judged by the community and all the stakeholders It is also meant to provide input for comparing benefits and adverse effects on a rational probabilistic and rigorous basis

For this purpose results for all locations in the area impacted need to be presented and displayed in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) map format The results should be separated into a least three categories physical damage nuisance and economic losses At a minimum maps should be developed for each category using a simple calculation of the estimate of the risk Ideally risk maps would be developed for one or several return periods providing useful information on the range of possible risk and contributing to the development of mitigation procedures

The following is a list of possible useful presentation materials

bull Map of region impacted as a function of time (months years decades centuries)

bull Map of short-term (10 to 20 years) probable (expected) impact showing the potential for physical damages These maps will be prepared for several levels of confidence to express the uncertainty in the models

bull Map of short-term impacts in terms of the probable (expected) number of people experiencing ground shaking or exceeding design expectations as a function of time and proximity to the project

bull A map showing the ldquored-flagrdquo locations either because they are specially sensitive or likely to experience high ground motion because of specific local site geological conditions the nature of their business or the fact that they are eg a particularly sensitive node in a socioeconomic system or utility network

bull A table showing the total probable cost by category (physical nuisance economic) each year in the future as a function of time

263 Summary The purpose of Step 6 is to identify the different types of risks and develop a quantitative estimate for each type using well-accepted methods of risk assessment The risk estimates should be revised after each update of the seismic hazard analysis described in Step 6 The estimate of risk should be a function of time and of the various possible future alternative plans of operation of the planned EGS to permit evaluations and comparisons between the alternatives and help in the decision making Results should be presented in ways that account for the nature of the potential risks and the parties that may be affected by the risk in space and time and with estimates of the potential costs associated with the risks

21

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

21 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 7

Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

271 Purpose This step presents some suggested mitigation measures Several types of mitigation can be applied For example direct mitigation might include modifying the injection rates andor production rates Indirect mitigation might include some sort of incentive for the affected community Establishing a bond or insurance policy to mitigate potential liability claims may be a prudent option for an EGS developer It is hoped that by properly carrying out the preceding 6 steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

272 Recommended Approach

a Direct Mitigation

If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to put mitigation measures in place and establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity One obvious direct mitigation measure is to stop injection This may stop induced seismicity in the long run but because the induced seismicity probably did not start immediately it will not stop immediately That is the stress states have been altered and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects magnitude 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shot in (Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease pressures and injections until the designeddesired levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations that continuously calculates and plots a cumulative window of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull REDmdashthe lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to set in Pumping suspended immediately

bull AMBERmdashthe amber zone was defined by ground-motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be unlikely Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull GREENmdashthe green zone was defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or at higher ground-motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will stop as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) one should consider indirect mitigation activities (see next section) In any case monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

22 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

The results of one such application at the Berlin geothermal field in El Salvador (see Majer et al 2007 and Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures On the one hand the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural El Salvador (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of magnitude 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events

b Indirect Mitigation

Different methods of indirect mitigation may be considered a few are described below

bull Seismic Monitoringmdashas has been discussed previously in this Protocol seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public is needed The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers so these may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

bull Increased Outreachmdashalthough it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity

bull Community Supportmdashin addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish good will This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project

bull Compensationmdashif any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

23

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

23 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Liability and Insurance

Legal studies specifically related to geothermal-induced seismicity and its effect on man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations points out the following

Liability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However there are numerous analogous cases that support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerousrsquo activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anotherrsquos land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damage

In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity

273 Summary Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations and provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that certain seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be needed Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that the community specifically needs

24 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

25

3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

25 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

3 Acknowledgements

This work was primarily funded by the Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Geothermal Technologies Program of the US Department of Energy under Contract No DE-AC02-05CH11231 at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

26 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

27

4 references

27 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

4 ReferencesAmerican Standards Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (R2006) (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) httpwwwatcouncilorgonlinestorehtml

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology v 83 pp 287-306

California Department of Transportation 2004 Transportation- and Construction-Induced Vibration Guidance Manual

Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 ldquoGround-motion attenuation model for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction modelsrdquo Earthquake Spectra v26 pp 907-926

Cladouhos T Petty S Foulger G Julian B and Fehler M 2010 ldquoInjection induced seismicity and geothermal energyrdquo Geothermal Research Council Transactions v 34 pp 1213-1220

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics v 289 pp 239-255

Dowding CH 1996 Construction Vibrations Prentice Hall

Federal Transit Administration (FTA) 2006 Transit Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment FTA-VA-90-1003-06

HAZUS 2010 FEMArsquos Methodology for Estimating Potential Losses from Disasters httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazus

Institute of Environmental Sciences 1995 Contamination Control Division Recommended Practice Considerations in Cleanroom Design IES-RP-CC0121 Appendix C

International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 2631-2 2003 Mechanical vibration and shock mdash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration mdash Part 2 Vibration in buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz)

Kaplan S and Garrick BJ1981 ldquoOn the Quantitative Assessment of Riskrdquo Risk Analysis Vol 1 No 1 pp 11-27

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermics v 36 pp 185-222

Majer E Baria R and Stark M (2009) rdquoProtocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

McGarr A 1976 ldquoSeismic moments and volume changerdquo J Geophysical Res v 81 pp 1487-1494

McGuire RK 1984 ldquoSeismic Hazard and Risk Analysisrdquo Earthquake Engineering Research Institute Monograph 10 p 221

Mileti D 1982 ldquoPublic perceptions of seismic hazards and critical facilitiesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 72 pp S13-S18

MIT 2006 The Future of Geothermal Energy ndash Impact of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) on the United States in the 21st Century MIT Press Boston USA

Molina S DH Lang and CD Lindholm 2010 SELENA ndash ldquoAn open-source tool for seismic risk and loss assessment using logic tree computation procedurerdquo Computer amp Geosciences Vol 36 Issue 3 pp 257-269

Petersen MD Frankel AD Harmsen SC Mueller CS Haller KM Wheeler RL Wesson RL Zeng Y Boyd OS Perkins DM Luco N Field EH Wills CJ and Rukstales KS 2008 Documentation for the 2008 update of the United States National Seismic Hazard Maps US Geological Survey Open-File Report 2008-1128 61 p

SELENA 2010 The SELENA-RISE Open Risk Package downloadable at httpsourceforgenetprojectsselena

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 ldquoProbability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injectionrdquo Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Siskind D E 2000 Vibrations from Blasting International Society of Explosives Engineers Cleveland OH USA

Siskind D E Stagg M S Kopp J W and Dowding C H 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report RI 8507

US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Fault Tree Handbook NUREG-0492

Whitman RV Anagnos T Kircher C A Lagorio H J Lawson R S and Schneider Pl 1997 ldquoDevelopment of a national earthquake loss estimation methodologyrdquo Earthquake Spectra Vol 13 No 4 pp 643-661

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

28

29

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

29 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix A Background and Motivation

Summary To produce economic geothermal energy sufficient fluid heat and permeability must be present in a rock mass In many cases there is sufficient heat especially if one drills deep enough however there is often a need to enhance permeability andor fluid content ie to enhance geothermal systems This could be true in not only new geothermal projects but in existing geothermal projects where one would want to expand current production One of the issues associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) is the effect and role of induced seismicity during the creation or expansion of the underground reservoir and the subsequent long-term extraction of the geothermal energy Induced seismicity has been the cause of delays and possibly cancellation of at least two EGS projects worldwide although to date there have been no or few adverse physical effects on the operations or on surrounding communities from existing geothermal projects Still there is public concern over the possible amount and magnitude of the seismicity associated with current and future geothermal operations One of the more publicized incidents was the magnitude 34 event that occurred in the vicinity of the Basel Switzerland EGS project on December 7 2006 It caused local officials to stop the project and ultimately the project was cancelled This is an example of where a more comprehensive understanding of the type and nature of seismicity would be of benefit to the operators as well as the public

It should also be noted that induced seismicity is not new it has successfully been dealt with in many different environments ranging from a variety of injection and engineering applications including waste and water disposal mining oil and gas and reservoir impoundment (Majer et al 2007) Nevertheless in order to address public and regulatory acceptance as well as maintain industry buy-in of geothermal energy development a set of recommendationsprotocols are needed to be set out on how to deal with induced seismicity issues Presented here are summaries of several case histories in order to illustrate a variety of technical and public acceptance issues It is concluded that EGS induced seismicity needs do not pose any threat to the development of geothermal resources if community issues are properly handled and the operators understand the underlying mechanisms causing the seismicity and develop procedures for mitigating any adverse effects it is perceived to cause In fact induced seismicity by itself provides benefits because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir

Background Naturally fractured hydrothermal systems provide the easiest method of extracting heat from the earth but the total resource and its availability tend to be restricted to certain areas Reasons for pursuing the development of the EGS technology are two-fold (1) to bring uneconomic hydrothermal systems into production by improving underground conditions (stimulation) and (2) to engineer an underground condition that creates a hydrothermal system whereby injected fluids can be heated by circulation through a hot fractured region at depth and then produced to deliver heat to the surface for power conversion The process of enhancing the permeability and the subsequent extraction of energy however may create seismic events In addition to the above-mentioned seismicity at Basel events as small as magnitude 2 and above near certain projects (eg the Soultz project in France Baria et al 2005) have raised residentsrsquo concern for both damage from single events and the effect on seismicity over long time periods as the EGS project continues over many years (Majer et al 2005) Some residents believe that the induced seismicity may cause structural damage similar to that caused by larger natural earthquakes There is also fear and uncertainty that the small events may be an indication of larger events to follow Recognizing the potential of the extremely large geothermal energy resource worldwide and recognizing the possibility of misunderstanding about induced seismicity the Geothermal Implementing Agreement under the International Energy Agency (IEA) initiated an international collaboration The purpose of this collaboration is to ldquopursue an effort to address an issue of significant concern to the acceptance of geothermal energy in general but EGS in particularhellip The objective is to investigate these events to obtain a better understanding of why they occur so that they can either be avoided or mitigatedhelliprdquo

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

30 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity Seismicity has been linked to a number of human activities such as miningrock removal (Richardson and Jordan 2002 McGarr 1976) fluid extraction in oil and gas (Grasso 1992 Segall 1989 Segall et al 1994) waste fluid injection (Raleigh et al 1972) reservoir impoundment (Simpson 1976) and cavity collapses created as a result of an underground nuclear explosion (Boucher et al 1969)

Seismicity in general occurs over many different time and spatial scales Growth faults in the overpressurized zones of the Gulf Coast of the United States are one example of a slowly changing earthquake stress environment as they creep along an active fault zone (Mauk et al 1981) The size of an earthquake (or how much energy is released from one) depends on how much slip occurs on the fault how much stress there is on the fault before slipping how fast it fails and over how large an area its ruptures occur (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Damaging earthquakes (usually greater than magnitude 4 or 5 Bommer et al 2001) require the surfaces to slip over relatively large distances (kilometers) In most regions where there are economic geothermal resources there is usually tectonic activity These areas of high tectonic activity are more prone to seismicity than more stable areas such as the central continents (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Note however that one of the largest earthquakes ever to occur in the United States was the New Madrid series of events the early 1800s in the center of the United States It must also be noted that seismic activity is only a risk if it occurs above a certain level and close enough to an affected community

Large or damaging earthquakes tend to occur on developed or active fault systems In other words large earthquakes rarely occur where no fault exists and the small ones that do occur do not last long enough to release substantial energy Also it is difficult to create a large new fault because there is usually a pre-existing fault that will slip first For example all significant historical activity above magnitude 50 that has been observed in California has occurred on preexisting faults (bulletins of the Seismographic Stations University of California) When large earthquakes occur on previously unknown faults it is generally discovered that these faults already existed but were unmapped as was the case of the Northridge California earthquake (Southern California Earthquake Center httpwwwearthquakecountryinforootssocal-faultshtml)

One last important feature to note regarding earthquake activity is that the size of the fault (in addition to the forces available) and the strength of the rock determine how large an event may potentially be It has been shown that in almost all cases large earthquakes (magnitude 6 and above) start at depths of at least 5 to 10 km (Brune and Thatcher 2002) It is only at depth that sufficient energy can be stored to provide an adequate amount of force to move the large volumes of rock required to create a large earthquake

Water injection seems to be one of the most common causes of induced seismicity Rubey and Hubbert (1959) suggested that a pore pressure increase would reduce the ldquoeffective strength of rockrdquo and thus weaken a fault The seismicity (many events over a 10-year period with the largest having a magnitude of 53) associated with the Rocky Mountain Arsenal fluid disposal operations (injection rates of up to thirty million liters per month over a four-year period) was directly related to this phenomenon involving a significant increase in the pore pressure at depth which reduced the ldquoeffective strengthrdquo of the rocks in the subsurface (Brune and Thatcher 2002) The size rate and manner of seismicity is controlled by the rate and amount of fluid injected in the subsurface the orientation of the stress field relative to the pore pressure increase how extensive the local fault system is and last (but not least) the deviatoric stress field in the subsurface ie how much excess stress there is available to cause an earthquake (Cornet et al 1992 Cornet and Scotti 1992 Cornet and Julien 1993 Cornet and Jianmin 1995 Brune and Thatcher 2002)

31

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

31 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) An Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) is an engineered subsurface heat exchanger designed to either extract geothermal energy under circumstances in which conventional geothermal production is uneconomic or to improve and potentially expand the production operations so that they become more economic Most commonly EGS is needed in cases where the reservoir is hot but permeability is low In such systems permeability may be enhanced by hydraulic fracturing high-rate water injection andor chemical stimulation (Allis 1982 Batra et al 1984 Beauce et al 1991 Fehler 1989) Once the permeability has been increased production can be sustained by injecting water (supplemented as necessary from external sources) into injection wells and circulating that water through the newly created permeability where it is heated as it travels to the production wells As the injected water cools the engineered fractures slippage on the fractures and faults from the induced seismicity and chemical dissolution of minerals may also create new permeability continually expanding the reservoir and exposing more heat to be mined In most EGS and hydrothermal applications the pressures are kept below the ldquohydrofracturerdquo pressure and are designed to induce failure on preexisting fractures and faults ie shear failure on preexisting fractures and faults The idea being that one wants to open an interconnected region of fractures in order to maximize the surface area exposed to the injected fluids which in turn optimizes the heat extraction from the rock

A hydrofracture on the other hand has the potential to create a ldquofast pathrdquo which may not allow an optimal ldquosweeprdquo of injected fluid throughout the rock formation Hydrofractures are used in the oil and gas industry to enhance permeability by creating a large fracture (hundreds of feet long) that connects existing fractures and porosity which will then allow one to ldquodrainrdquo the formation of fluids (oil andor gas) Subsidiary shear failure does occur during the ldquoleak-offrdquo of the fluids from the hydrofracture intersecting the existing fractures (assuming they are oriented in the right direction with the principal stresses) by the same mechanism used in EGS but it is temporary mainly happening only during the hydrofracturing process Thus actual hydrofracturing for geothermal applications may not be as common as in oil and gas applications Other EGS schemes focus on improving the chemistry of the natural reservoir fluid Steam impurities such as noncondensable gases decrease the efficiency of the power plants and acid constituents (principally HCl and H2SO4) cause corrosion of wells pipelines and turbines (Baria et al 2005) Water injection is again an important EGS tool to help manage these fluid chemistry problems

Each of the major EGS techniquesmdashhydrofracturing fluid injection and acidizationmdashhas been used to some extent in selected geothermal fields and in most cases there is some information on the seismicity (or lack thereof ) induced by these techniques Specific examples are summarized below and discussed in detail in Majer et al (2007)

As pointed out and observed injection at sub-hydrofracture pressures can also induce seismicity as documented in a number of EGS projects (Ludwin et al 1982 Mauk et al 1981 OrsquoConnell and Johnson 1991 Stevenson 1985) These studies of low-pressure injection-induced seismicity in geothermal fields have concluded that the seismicity is predominantly of low magnitude The largest recorded event associated with a geothermal operation has been a magnitude 46 at The Geysers field in northern California in the 1980s when production was at its peak Since then there have been more magnitude 4 events but none as large as the event in the early 1980s Almost all other seismicity at other geothermal fields has been in the range of magnitude 3 or less (Majer et al 2007)

Mechanisms of Induced Seismicity in Geothermal Environments

In the geothermal world induced seismicity has been documented in a number of operating geothermal fields and EGS projects In the most prominent cases thousands of earthquakes are induced annually These are predominantly microearthquakes that are not felt by people but also include earthquakes of magnitudes up to the mid-magnitude 4s At other sites the induced seismicity may be entirely of very low magnitudes or may be a short-lived transient phenomenon In the majority of the dozens of operating hydrothermal fields around the world there is no evidence whatsoever of any induced seismicity causing significant structural damage to the surrounding community (Majer et al 2005 Baria et al 2006) However as mentioned above depending on where the geothermal project is located the induced seismicity may still exceed previously agreed-upon levels to any near-by communities for a variety of reasons

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

32 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Several different mechanisms have been hypothesized to explain these occurrences of induced seismicity in geothermal settings

1 Pore-pressure increase As explained above in a process known as effective stress reduction increased fluid pressure can reduce static frictional resistance and thereby facilitate seismic slip in the presence of a deviatoric stress field In such cases the seismicity is driven by the local stress field but triggered on an existing fracture by the pore-pressure increase In many cases the pore pressure required to shear favorably oriented joints can be very low and vast numbers of microseismic events occur as the pressure migrates away from the well bore in a preferred direction associated with the direction of maximum principal stress In a geothermal field one obvious mechanism is fluid injection Point injection from wells can locally increase pore pressure and thus possibly account for high seismicity around injection wells if there are local regions of low permeability At higher pressures fluid injection can exceed the rock strength actually creating new fractures in the rock (as discussed above)

2 Temperature changes Cool fluids interacting with hot rock can cause contraction of fracture surfaces in a process known as thermoelastic strain As with effective stress the slight opening of the fracture reduces static friction and triggers slip along a fracture that is already near failure in a regional stress field Alternatively cool fluids interacting with hot rock can create fractures and seismicity directly related to thermal contraction In some cases researchers have detected non-shear components indicating tensile failure contraction or spalling mechanisms

3 Volume change due to fluid withdrawalinjection As fluid is produced (or also injected) from an underground resource the reservoir rock may compact or be stressed These volume changes cause a perturbation in local stresses which are already close to the failure state (geothermal systems are typically located within faulted regions under high states of stress) This situation can lead to seismic slip within or around the reservoir A similar phenomenon occurs where solid material is removed underground such as in mines leading to ldquorockburstsrdquo as the surrounding rock adjusts to the newly created void

4 Chemical alteration of fracture surfaces Injecting non-native fluids into the formation (or allowing fluids to flow into the reservoir due to extraction) may cause geochemical alteration of fracture surfaces thus reducing or increasing the coefficient of friction on the surface In the case of reduced friction microearthquakes (smaller events) would be more likely to occur Pennington et al (1986) hypothesized that if seismic barriers evolve and asperities form (resulting in increased friction) events larger than microearthquakes may become more common

All four mechanisms are of concern for EGS applications The extent to which these mechanisms are active within any specific situation is influenced by a number of local and regional geologic conditions that can include the following

a Orientation and magnitude of the deviatoric stress field in relation to existing faults

b Extent of faults and fractures The magnitude of an earthquake is related to the area of fault slippage and the stress drop across the fault Larger faults have more potential for a larger event with a large proportion of the seismic energy being at the dominant frequency of the seismic event related to the length of the shearing fault (ie the larger the fault the lower the emitted frequency which brings it closer to the ranges of frequencies where soils and structures are directly affected and therefore the greater likelihood of structural damage) Large magnitude can also be generated by high stress drop on smaller fault ruptures but the frequency emitted is too high to cause structural damage As a general rule EGS projects should be careful with any operation that includes direct physical contact or hydrologic communication with large active faults

c Rock mechanical properties such as compaction coefficient shear modulus damping and ductility

d Hydrologic factors such as the static pressure profile existence of aquifers and aquicludes rock permeability and porosity

e Historical natural seismicity In some cases induced seismicity has occurred in places where there was little or no baseline record of natural seismicity In other cases exploitation of underground resources in areas of high background seismicity has resulted in little or no induced seismicity Still any assessment of induced seismicity potential should include a study of historical earthquake activity

33

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

33 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

As stated above several conditions must be met for significant (damaging) earthquakes to occur There must be a fault system large enough to allow significant slip there must be forces present to cause this slip along the fault (as opposed to some other direction) and these forces must be greater than the forces holding the fault together (the sum of the forces perpendicular to the fault plus the strength of the material in the fault) Also as pointed out above the larger earthquakes that can cause damage to a structure usually can only occur at depths greater than 5 km Consequently it is easy to see why the occurrence of large magnitude events is not a common phenomenon In fact a variety of factors must come together at the right time (enough energy stored up by the earth to be released) and in the right place (on a fault large enough to produce a large event) for a significant earthquake to occur It is also easy to see why seismicity may take the form of many small events

III Geothermal Case Histories Several case histories are summarized to demonstrate the different experiences with and the technical and public perception issues encountered with EGS systems These represent a variety of different conditions (but see also Knoll 1992 Guha 2000 Talebi 1998)

The primary issues addressed in these case histories include the following (for details see Majer et al 2007)

Technical Approach

The objective of the injection is to increase the productivity of the reservoir Each case history will have different technical specifications and conditions Important parameters in the design of injection programs are

bull Injection pressure

bull Volume of injection

bull Rate of injection

bull Temperature of fluids

bull Chemistry of fluid

bull Continuity of injection

bull Location and depth of injections

bull In situ stress magnitudes and patterns

bull Fracturepermeability of rocks

bull Historical seismicity

Public Concerns

Each site will also present different levels and types of public concerns Some sites are very remote and thus there is little public concern regarding induced seismicity On the other hand some sites are near or close to urban areas Felt seismicity may be perceived as an isolated annoyance or there may be concern about the cumulative effects of repeated events and the possibility of larger earthquakes in the future

Commonalities and Lessons Learned

In order to recommend how to best mitigate the effects of induced seismicity one must examine the common aspects of the different environments and determine what has been learned to date For example a preliminary examination of data in certain cases has revealed an emerging pattern of larger events occurring on the edges of the injection areas even occurring after injection has stopped In other cases there is an initial burst of seismicity as injection commences but then seismicity decreases or even ceases as injection stabilizes If one can learn from previous EGS projects then past lessons can help prevent future mistakes

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

34 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

In this study (Majer et al 2007) the case histories included are the following

a The Geysers USA A large body of seismic and productioninjection data have been collected over the last 35 years and induced seismicity has been tied to both steam production and water injection Supplemental injection projects were faced with substantial community opposition despite prior studies predicting less than significant impact The opposition has abated somewhat because of improved communication with residents and actual experience with the increased injection

b Cooper Basin Australia This is an example of a new project that has the potential for massive injection Test injections have triggered seismic events over magnitude 30 The project is however in a remote area and there is little or no community concern

c Berlin El Salvador This was an EGS project on the margins of an existing geothermal field The proponents have developed and implemented a procedure for managing injection-induced seismicity that involves simple criteria to determine whether to continue injection or not This procedure may be applicable to other EGS projects

d Soultz France This is a well-studied example with many types of data collected over the last 15 years in addition to the seismic data EGS reservoirs were created at two depths (3500 m and 5000 m) with the deeper reservoir aimed at proving the concept at great depth and high temperature (200ordmC) Concern about induced seismicity has curtailed activity at the project and no further stimulations are planned until the issue with the local communitymdashassociated with microseismicity and possible damage to structures from an event of around magnitude 29mdashis resolved

IV Gaps in Knowledge As stated above following the six international workshops held on induced seismicity under the auspices of the International Energy Agencyrsquos Geothermal Implementing Agreement (IEA-GIA) DOE and GEISER it has been shown that existing scientific research case histories and industrial standards provide a solid basis for characterizing induced seismicity and the planning of its monitoring Therefore the focus for additional study should be not only on understanding how to mitigate and control the seismicity if necessary but on the beneficial use of induced seismicity as a tool for creating sustaining and characterizing the improved subsurface heat exchangers whose performance is crucial to the success of future EGS projects Following is a list of the primary scientific issues that were discussed at the workshops These are in no particular priority order and are not meant to exclude other issues but were the ones most discussed

1 Do the larger seismic events triggered during EGS operations have a pattern with respect to the general seismicity It was pointed out that at Soultz The Geysers and other sites the largest events tend to occur on the fringes even outside the ldquomain cloudrdquo of events and often well after injection has been stopped Moreover large apparently triggered events are often observed after shut-in of EGS injection operations making such events still more difficult to control The development and use of suitable coupled reservoir fluid flowgeomechanical simulation programs will offer a great help in this respect and advances are being made in this area see for example Hazzard et al (2002) Cornet and Julien (1993) Kohl and Meacutegel (2005) Ghassemi and Tarasovs (2005) By looking at an extensive suite of such models it should be possible to determine what features are correlated to the occurrence of this phenomenon and would eventually allow the development of predictive models of seismicity Laboratory acoustic emission work would greatly help in this effort by complementing the numerical studies and helping to calibrate the models used

2 What are the source parameters and mechanisms of induced events The issue of stress drop versus fault size and moment is important There is some evidence that large stress drops may be occurring on small faults resulting in larger-magnitude events than the conventional models would predict (Brune and Thatcher 2002 and Kanamori and Rivera 2004) It was pointed out that understanding stress heterogeneity may be a key to understanding EGS seismicity Some results support this hypothesis (Baria et al 2005) For example the regional stress field must be determined before any stability analysis is done which (it was concluded) requires integration of various techniques such as borehole stress tests and source mechanism studies It was also found that the existence of induced seismicity does not prove that the rock mass is close to failure it merely outlines local stress concentrations (Cornet et al 1992) In addition it was found that at Soultz it took a 4 to 5 megapascal (MPa) pore-pressure increase over

35

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

35 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

in situ stress at around 3500 m depth to induce seismicity into a fresh fault that ignores large-scale pre-existing fractures Finally it is difficult to identify the failure criterion of large-scale pre-existing faults many of which do not have significant cohesion

3 Are there experiments that can be performed that will shed light on key mechanisms causing EGS seismicity Over the years of observing geothermal induced seismicity many different mechanisms have been proposed Pore-pressure increase thermal stresses volume change chemical alteration stress redistribution and subsidence are just a few of the proposed mechanisms Are repeating events a good sign or not Does similarity of signals provide clues to overall mechanisms One proposed experiment is to study the injection of hot water versus cold water to determine if thermal effects are the cause of seismicity If we can come up with a few key experiments to either eliminate or determine the relative effects of different mechanisms we would be heading in the right direction

4 How does induced seismicity differ in naturally fractured systems from hydrofracturing environments The variability of natural systems is quite largemdashthey vary from systems such as The Geysers to low-temperature systems each varying in geologic and structural complexity Do similar mechanisms apply and will it be necessary to start afresh with each system or can we learn from each system such that subsequently encountered systems would be easier to address

5 Is it possible to mitigate the effects of induced seismicity and optimize production at the same time In other words can EGS fracture networks be engineered to have both the desirable properties for efficient heat extraction (large fracture surface area reasonable permeability etc) and yet be generated by a process in which the associated induced seismicity does not exceed well-defined thresholds of tolerable ground shaking The traffic light system developed by Bommer et al (2006) goes some way to achieving this end but the idea of fracture network engineering (as introduced in Hazzard et al 2002) should be further investigated Microearthquake activity could be a sign of enhanced fluid paths fracture openingmovement and possibly permeability enhancement (especially in hydrofracture operations) or a repeated movement on an existing fault or parts of a fault The generation of seismicity is a measure of how we are perturbing an already dynamic system as a result of fluid injection or extraction

6 Does the reservoir reach equilibrium Steady state may be the wrong term but energy can be released in many different ways Steamhot water releases energy as does seismicity creep subsidence etc (local and regional stress are the energy inputs or storage) It has been pointed out that while the number of events at The Geysers is increasing the average energy release (as measured by cumulative magnitude of events) is actually constant or slightly decreasing (Majer and Peterson 2005) If this decrease in energy occurs as the result of many small events then this is good if it occurs as the result of a few big events then this is undesirable Thus an understanding of magnitude distribution in both space and time is necessary

V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward At least six international workshops that have been convened in the last four years to date to address the issue of EGS-induced seismicity have come to the conclusion that induced seismicity poses little threat to produce damaging seismicity but it must be taken seriously and dealt with to make the project acceptable to regulators and any affected communities If properly planned and executed it should not pose any threat to the overall development of the geothermal resources In fact induced seismicity provides a direct benefit because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir It was pointed out many times in these workshops that even in nongeothermal cases where there has been significant induced seismicity (reservoir impoundment (Koyna) hydrocarbon production (Gazli) and waste disposal activities (Rocky Mountain Arsenal Hoover and Dietrich 1969 and Hsieh and Bredehoft 1981)) effects of induced seismicity has been dealt with in a successful manner as not to hinder the objective of the primary project

During these workshops scientists and engineers working in this field have guided us toward a short- and long-term path The short-term path is to ensure that there is open communication between the geothermal energy producer and the local inhabitants This involves early establishment of a monitoring and reporting plan communication of the plan to the affected community and diligent follow-up in the form of reporting and meeting commitments The establishment of good working relationships between the geothermal producer and the local inhabitants is essential Adoption of best

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

36 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

practices from other industries should also be considered For example in the Netherlands gas producers adopt a good neighbor policy based on a proactive approach to monitoring reporting investigating and if necessary compensating for any damage (see NAM 2002) Similarly geothermal operators in Iceland have consistently shown that it is possible to gain public acceptance and even vocal support for field development operations by ensuring that local inhabitants see the direct economic benefit of those activities (Gudni Axelsson personal communication)

The long-term path must surely be the achievement of a step-change in our understanding of the processes underlying induced seismicity so that any associated benefit can be correctly applied and thus reduce any risk At the same time subsurface fracture networks with the desired properties must be engineered Seismicity is a key piece of information in understanding fracture networks and is now routinely being used to understand the dynamics of fracturing and the all-important relationship between the fractures and the fluid behavior Future research will be most effective by encouraging international cooperation through data exchange sharing results of field studies and research at regular meetings and engaging industry in the research projects Additional experience and the application of the practices discussed above will provide further knowledge helping us to successfully utilize EGS-induced seismicity and achieve the full potential of EGS

References for Appendix A Allis RG (1982) ldquoMechanisms of induced seismicity at The Geysers geothermal reservoirrdquo California Geophys Res Lett 9 629

Baria R S Michelet J Baumgaumlrtner B Dyer J Nicholls T Hettkamp D Teza N Soma H Asanuma J Garnish and T Megel (2005) ldquoCreation and mapping of 5000 m deep HDRHFR Reservoir to produce electricityrdquo Proceedings Paper 1627pdf World Geothermal Congress 2005 Antalya Turkey April 24ndash29 2005

Baria R E Majer M Fehler N Toksoz C Bromley and D Teza (2006) ldquoInternational cooperation to address induced seismicity in geothermal systemsrdquo Thirty-First Workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 30-February 1 2006 SGP-TR-179

Batra R JN Albright and C Bradley (1984) ldquoDownhole seismic monitoring of an acid treatment in the Beowawe Geothermal Fieldrdquo Trans Geothermal Resources Council 8 479

Beauce A H Fabriol D LeMasne CCavoit P Mechler and X K Chen (1991) ldquoSeismic studies on the HDR Site of Soultz-forets (Alsace France)rdquo Geotherm Sci Tech 3 239

Bommer JJ G Georgallides and IJ Tromans (2001) ldquoIs there a near field for small-to-moderate-magnitude earthquakesrdquo Journal of Earthquake Engineering 5(3) 395ndash423

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology 83(4) 287ndash306

Boucher G A Ryall and AE Jones (1969) ldquoEarthquakes associated with underground nuclear explosionsrdquo J Geophys Res 74 3808

Brune J and W Thatcher (2002) International Handbook of Earthquake and Engineering Seismology V 81A Intl Assoc Seismology and Phys of Earthrsquos Interior Committee on Education pp 569ndash588

Cornet FH and Yin Jianmin (1995) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for stress field determinationrdquo Pure and Applied Geophys 145 677

Cornet FH and O Scotti (1992) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for fault zone identificationrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 30 789

Cornet FH Y Jianmin and L Martel (1992) ldquoStress heterogeneities and flow paths in a granite Rock Massrdquo Pre-Workshop Volume for the Workshop on Induced Seismicity 33rd US Symposium on Rock Mechanics 184

Cornet FH and P Julien (1993) ldquoStress determination from hydraulic test data and focal mechanisms of induced seismicityrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 26 235

Cypser DA SD Davis (1998) ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics 289(1) 239ndash255

Fehler M(1989) ldquoStress control of seismicity patterns observed during hydraulic fracturing experiments at the Fenton Hill hot dry rock geothermal energy site New Mexicordquo International J of Rock Mech and Mining Sci amp Geomech Abstracts V 26 p 211- 219

Ghassemi A and S Tarasovs (2005) ldquoA three-dimensional study of the effects of thermo-mechanical loads on fracture slip in enhanced geothermal reservoirsrdquo Submitted to International Journal of Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech

37

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

37 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Grasso J (1992) ldquoMechanics of seismic instabilities induced by the recovery of hydrocarbonsrdquo Pure amp Applied Geophysics 139 507

Guha SK (2000) Induced Earthquakes Kluwer Academic Publishers Dordrecht The Netherlands

Hazzard JF RP Young and SJ Oates (2002) ldquoNumerical modeling of seismicity induced by fluid injection in a fractured reservoirrdquo Mining and Tunnel Innovation and Opportunity Proceedings of the 5th North American Rock Mechanics Symposium Toronto Canada 1023-1030 University of Toronto Press

Hoover DB and JA Dietrich (1969) ldquoSeismic activity during the 1968 test pumping at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal disposal wellrdquo US Geological Survey Circular 613

Hsieh PA and JD Bredehoft (1981) ldquoA reservoir analysis of the Denver earthquakes a case of induced seismicityrdquo J Geophys Res 86 (B2) 903-920

Kanamori H and L Rivera (2004) ldquoStatic and Dynamic Scaling Relations for Earthquakes and their implications for Rupture Speed and Stress Droprdquo Bull Seismol Soc Am v 94 no 1 p 314-319

Knoll P (Ed) (1992) Induced Seismicity AA Balkema Rotterdam The Netherlands

Kohl T and T Meacutegel (2005) ldquoCoupled hydro-mechanical modelling of the GPK3 reservoir stimulation at the European EGS site Soultz-Sous-Foretsrdquo Proceedings Thirtieth workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 31-February 2 2005

Ludwin RS V Cagnetti and CG Bufe (1982) ldquoComparision of seismicity in the Geysers geothermal area with the surrounding areardquo Bulletin Seismol Soc Am 72 863

Majer EL and JE Peterson (2005) ldquoApplication of microearthquake monitoring for evaluating and managing the effects of fluid injection at naturally fractured EGS Sitesrdquo GRC Transactions 29 103ndash107

Majer E R Baria and M Fehler (2005) ldquoCooperative research on induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermal Resources Council Transactions 29 GRC 2005 Annual Meeting Sept 25ndash28 2005

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Mauk F GG Sorrells and B Kimball (1981) ldquoMicroseismicity associated with development of Gulf Coast geopressured-geothermal wells Two studies Pleasant Bayou No 2 and Dow LR Sweezy No 1rdquo Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 105 (Proc 5th US Gulf Coast Geopressured-Geothermal Energy Conf DG Bebout and AL Bachman eds)

McGarr A (1976) ldquoSeismic moment and volume changerdquo J Geophys Res 81 1487

NAM (2002) Aardtrillingen Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM) public information leaflet available from wwwnamnl September 2002

OrsquoConnell DRH and LR Johnson (1991) ldquoProgressive Inversion for Hypocenters and P Wave and S Wave Velocity Structure Application to the Geysers California Geothermal Fieldrdquo Journal of Geophysical Research v 96 B4 6223-6236 doi10102991JB00154

Pennington WD SD Davis SM Carlson J DuPree and TE Ewing (1986) ldquoThe evolution of seismic barriers and asperities caused by the depressuring of fault planes in oil and gas fields of South Texasrdquo Bull of the Seismological Soc of America 76(4) 939ndash948

Raleigh CB JH Healy and JD Bredehoeft (1972) ldquoFaulting and crustal stress at Rangely Coloradordquo AGU Geophysical Monograph 16 275ndash284

Richardson E and T Jordan (2002) ldquoSeismicity in deep gold mines of South Africa Implications for tectonic earthquakesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America 92(5) 1766ndash1782

Ruby W W and Hubbert M K 1959 ldquoRole of pore pressure in mechanics of overthrust faulting IIrdquo ldquoOverthrust belt in geosynclinals area of western Wyoming in light of fluids pressure hypothesisrdquo GSA Bulletin V 70 no 2 p 167-206

Segall P (1989) ldquoEarthquakes triggered by fluid extractionrdquo Geology 17 942ndash946

Segall P JR Grasso and A Mossop (1994) ldquoPoroelastic stressing and induced seismicity near the Lacq gas field southwestern Francerdquo Jour Geophys Res 99 15423ndash15438

Simpson DW (1976) ldquoSeismicity changes associated with reservoir loadingrdquo Engineering Geology 10 123

Stevenson DA (1985) ldquoLouisiana Gulf Coast seismicity induced by geopressured-geothermal well developmentrdquo 6th Conf Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 319 (MH Dorfman amp RA Morton ed 1985)

Talebi S (Ed) 1998 Seismicity Associated with Mines Reservoirs and Fluid Injection Birkhaumluser Verlag Basel

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems38

39

APPENDIX B LIST OF AcrOnymS

39 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix B List of Acronyms

ANSI American National Standard Institute

ATC Applied Technology Council

DSHA Deterministic Seismic Hazard Analysis

EGS Enhanced Geothermal System

GIS Geographic Information Systems

IES Institute for Environmental Sciences

ISO International Organization for Standardization

FTA Federal Transportation Administration

km Kilometer

m Meter

MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging

MW Megawatt

PGA Peak Ground Acceleration

PGV Peak Ground Velocity

PPV Peak Particle Velocity

PSHA Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Analysis

USBM US Bureau of Mines

40 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

41

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

41 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix C Glossary of Terms

Amplitude Peak-to-peak measure of a parameter associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value Amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of such events summed over all possible earthquakes and all possible consequences of each earthquake

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis Estimation of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event

Earthquake Result of slip or displacement on a geologic fault resulting in the release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinducedrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that is intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism Description of the rupture process of an earthquake ie style of faulting and the rupture fault plane on which it occurs

Focal mechanism Graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake calculated by seismologists

Ground-motion prediction model Relationship usually based on strong motion data that predicts the amplitude of a specified ground-motion parameter eg peak ground acceleration (PGA) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

Human response curves Graphic representation of a humanrsquos sensitivity and response to vibration as a function of frequency

Induced seismic event Seismic event eg an earthquake that is induced by manmade activities such as fluid injection reservoir impoundment mining and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and in this report

Moment magnitude Preferred method to calculate the magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than 70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Peak ground velocity (PGV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis Probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period

Probability of exceedance Probability or more accurately the frequency at which the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded

Quad Unit of energy equal to 1015 BTU 1055 x 1018 Joule and 29307 Terrawatt-hours

Rock permeability Ability of a rock to transmit fluids (oil water gas etc)

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

42 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Seismic hazard Effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage such as ground shaking liquefaction and landslides

Seismic hazard curve Result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground-motion parameter eg PGA and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or return period

Seismic risk Probability of loss or damage due to seismicity

Shear-wave velocity profile Relationship between the shear-wave velocity of the earth and depth Shear-wave velocities of the near-surface (top hundreds of meters) of the ground control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking

Spectral frequency Frequencies that constitute the ground-motion record They are the frequencies for which it is necessary to know the energy they carry to be able to reconstitute the full record in the time domain

Tectonic stresses Stresses in the earth due to geologic processes such as movement of the tectonic plates

Temperature gradient Physical quantity that describes (in this context) the change in temperature with depth in the earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in units of degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm)

Thermal contraction Contracting response of hot materials when interacting with cool fluids

Tomography Imaging by sections or sectioning through the use of any kind of penetrating wave A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram

Transient ground vibration Temporarily sustained ground vibration

Triggered seismic event Seismic event that is the result of failure along a preshyexisting zone of weakness eg a fault that is already critically stressed and is pushed to failure by a stress perturbation from natural or manmade activities

Vibration Dynamic motion of an object characterized by direction and amplitude

Vibration exposure Personrsquos exposure to vibrations in this case ground-motion vibrations

Vulnerability function Function that characterizes potential damages in terms of a relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location

APPENDIX D workshop pArTICIpANTsrEVIEwErs

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers

Affiliation Name Affiliation Name

AltaRock Energy Joe Iovenitti Massachusetts Institute Michael Fehler

Will Osborn of Technology

Anderson Springs Community Alliance

Jeff Gospe Michigan Technological University

Wayne Pennington

Northern California Bill Smith APEX Ken Maher Power Agency

Bureau of Land Management

Linda Christian People Wise Lucy Fine

Calpine Corporation Mark Walters Savy Risk Consulting Jean Savy

Melinda Wright Southern Methodist University

Brian Stump

Rosemary Antonopoulos Stanford University Mark Zoback

Consultant John R Haught

Cumming Geoscience William Cumming

Friends of Cobb Mt Hamilton Hess

GeothermEx Inc Ann Robertson-Tait

Institute of Earth Science Mike Hasting and Engineering (NZ)

Lake County Mark Dellinger Special Districts

Lawrence Berkeley National Lab

Bob Budnitz

Ernie Majer

Larry Hutchings

Larry Myer

Mack Kennedy

Pat Dobson

Lawrence Livermore Bill Foxall National Lab

The University of Texas Cliff Frohlich at Austin

US Department of Energy Alexandra Pressman

Alison LaBonte

Avi Gopstein

Brian Costner

Chris Carusona

Christy King-Gilmore

Douglas Kaempf

Jay Nathwani

Lauren Boyd

US Geological Survey Art McGarr

Dave Oppenheimer

Steve Hickman

URS Corporation Ivan Wong

Los Alamos National Lab James Ruthledge Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Jim Nelson

43

43

44 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

45

APPENDIX E RElEVANT WEbsiTEs

45 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix E Relevant Websites

US Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologiesrsquo Program

httpwwweereenergygovgeothermal

Original Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsEGS-IS-Protocol-Final-Draft-20110531pdf

IEA-GIA Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpwwwiea-giaorgdocumentsProtocolforInducedSeismicityEGS-GIADoc25Feb09pdf

Lawrence Berkeley National Labrsquos Induced Seismicity Website

httpesdlblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicity

Primer on EGS Induced Seismicity

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsprimeregspdf

- -

EERE Information Center For information on the 1-877-EERE-INFO (1-877 337 3463) Geothermal Technologies Program wwweereenergygovinformationcenter visit geothermalenergygov

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Appendix B EGS Best Practices

This page intentionally left blank

VERSION APRIL 8 2016

Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated With Enhanced

Geothermal Systems (EGS)

By

Ernie Majer Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory Berkeley CA 94720 James Nelson Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Emeryville CA 94608 Ann Robertson-Tait GeothermEx Inc Richmond CA 94806

Jean Savy Savy Risk Consulting Oakland CA 94610 Ivan Wong URS Corporation Oakland CA 94612

ONE

TWO

THREE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abbreviations vi

Glossaryviii

Units xiv

Forewordxv

Section 1 Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation1-1

11 Purpose 1-1 12 Guiding Principles for Site Screening 1-1 13 Evaluate Risks With Simple Bounding Methods 1-2

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria 1-3

132 Impact On Local Community 1-3 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic

Risk1-4 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced

Earthquake and Associated Risk 1-4 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS 1-5 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not

Completing a Project 1-5 14 EGS Project Benefits 1-6 15 Documentation for Initial Project Phase Decision Making1-6

151 Full Technical Documentation 1-6 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk1-6

16 Case Studies1-7

Section 2 Step 2 Outreach and Communications2-1

21 Purpose 2-1 22 Main Elements2-1 23 Examples 2-2

231 Other Industrial Projects2-2 232 EGS Projects2-6 233 Project Near a Community 2-6 234 Project Distant From a Community2-8

24 Recommended Approach 2-9 25 Summary2-11

Section 3 Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise3-1

31 Purpose 3-1 32 Building Damage Criteria3-2

321 Threshold Cracking 3-3 322 Minor and Major Damage 3-10

33 Damage Criteria for Civil Structures3-10

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ii

FOUR

FIVE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

34 Damage Criteria for Buried Structures3-11 341 Wells3-11 342 Pipelines 3-11 343 Basement Walls 3-12 344 Tunnels 3-12

35 Landslide and Rockslide3-13 36 Human Response 3-13

361 Third Octave Filters3-13 362 Vibration3-14 363 Ground-Borne Noise 3-25

37 Laboratory and Manufacturing Facilities 3-27 371 Criteria 3-27

38 Summary3-30 39 Suggested Reading 3-31

Section 4 Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data4-1

41 Purpose 4-1 42 Gathering Data to Establish BackgroundHistorical Seismicity

Levels Regional 4-1 421 Possible Sources of Background Data4-2 422 Data Requirements 4-2

43 Local Seismic Monitoring 4-4 431 Basic Requirements 4-4 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage 4-5 433 Instrumentation and Deployment 4-6 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements 4-9

44 Summary4-11 45 Suggested Reading 4-11

Section 5 Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events 5-1

51 Purpose 5-1 52 Overview of Approach 5-2

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard From Natural Seismicity 5-2 522 Estimate the Hazard From Induced Seismicity 5-2

53 PSHA Methodology and Computer Programs 5-3 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity 5-3 532 Characterize Seismic Sources5-5 533 Areal Sources5-8 534 Characterize Site Conditions 5-8 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models 5-9 536 PSHA Products 5-9

54 Additional Steps In Characterizing EGS for PSHA 5-10 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field5-11 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model5-11 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories5-11

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iii

SIX

SEVEN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model 5-11 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced

Seismicity 5-13 546 Products 5-13

55 Summary5-13 56 Suggested Reading 5-13

Section 6 Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS6-1

61 Purpose 6-1 62 Overview of Best Practice Approach 6-1

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure 6-1 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for

EGS6-2 63 Seismic Hazard Characterization for Risk Assessment6-4

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard6-4 632 Size of the Assessment Area 6-4 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest 6-5 634 Time Dependence 6-5

64 Vulnerability and Damage Characterization of Elements Contributing to the Seismic Risk6-5 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions 6-7 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock6-7 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities6-7 644 Infrastructure 6-8 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference In

Business and Industrial Facilities 6-8 646 Nuisance 6-8

65 Available Tools Needed Data and Available Resources 6-9 651 HAZUS6-9 652 SELENA6-10 653 RiskScape 6-10 654 CRISIS6-10 655 OpenRisk 6-11 656 QLARM6-11

66 Presentation of Results Needed for Risk-Informed EGS Decision-Making6-11 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity6-12 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation 6-12

67 Summary6-12 68 Suggested Reading 6-12

Section 7 Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan7-1

71 Purpose 7-1 72 Recommended Approach 7-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iv

EIGHT

NINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

721 Direct Mitigation 7-1 722 Indirect Mitigation7-3 723 Receiver Mitigation 7-4 724 Liability 7-5 725 Insurance7-5

73 Summary7-6

Section 8 Acknowledgements 8-1

Section 9 References9-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 v

ABBREVIATIONS

1-D one-dimensional 3-D three-dimensional

ANSI American National Standards Institute ATC Applied Technology Council

BLM Bureau of Land Management BRGM Bureau de Recherches Geologiques et Miniegraveres

CCS Carbon capture and sequestration DC direct current

DOENETL Department of Energy National Energy Technology Laboratory DSHA deterministic seismic hazard analysis

EGS enhanced geothermal system FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency

GIS geographic information systems GPL GNU Public License

GPS global positioning system HAZUS-MH HAZUS-Multi-Hazard

IES Institute of Environmental Sciences ISO International Standard Organization

KML Keyhole Markup Language M (earthquake) moment magnitude

MDR mean damage ratio MRI magnetic resonance imaging ndash machine or picture

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NIBS National Institute of Building Sciences

NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission Pa Pascal (unit of pressure or stress)

PEER Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research PGA peak ground acceleration

PGV peak ground velocity PPV peak particle velocity

PSHA probabilistic seismic hazard analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vi

RMS root-mean-square SCEC Southern California Earthquake Center

SEM scanning electron microscope SERIANEX Trinational SEismic RIsk ANalysis EXpert Group

SPL sound pressure level ndashdecibels ( dB) relative 20x10-6Pascal RMS SRA seismic risk analysis

STEM scanning transmission electron microscopes TEM transmission electron microscope

USBM US Bureau of Mines USGS US Geological Survey

VEL velocity level ndash decibels (dB) relative to one micronsecond V-L L M H very-low low medium high

VS shear-wave (S-wave) velocity VP compression-wave (P-wave) velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vii

GLOSSARY Acceleration level ndash dB The level of acceleration is twenty times the common

logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the acceleration amplitude to the reference acceleration amplitude

Amplitude Half the peak-to-peak amplitude associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity etc) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value The amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of event summed over all possible events (ie earthquakes) and all possible consequences of each event

Corner frequency The frequency of an electronic filter (iethe system) that characterizes the transition between high-frequncy energy which loses energy when flowing through the system compared to lower frequency energy passing unaltered through (bandpass) the system

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis The characterization of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event (DSHA)

Earthquake or event The result of slip or other discontinuous displacement (ie ldquorupturerdquo) across a geologic fault resulting in the sudden release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinduced or triggeredrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume (ie rock formations) via injecting into and withdrawing fluids from the rock formations with the intent of increasing the ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism The description of the rupture process of an earthquake includes the forces or displacement history of the slip across the activated geologic fault

Focal mechanism A graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake used by seismologists

Ground-borne noise Noise due to vibration of room surfaces (walls and floors)

Ground motion prediction model A relationship usually based on strong motion data (ie motion recorded near an earthquake) that predicts the amplitude of a specified or desired ground motion parameter (eg peak ground acceleration (PGA)) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 viii

Human response curves A graphic representation of human sensitivity and human response to ground vibration as a function of frequency as provided in ISO 2631 and derivative standards

Hydraulic fracturing Sometimes called ldquofracrsquoingrdquo in the oil industry and ldquofrackingrdquo in the news media the technique consists of injecting high-pressure fluids below the surface into a rock targeted mass through a borehole causing new fractures and displacing native fluids The fractures increase the permeability of the rock which aids in the extraction of natural gas andor crude oil

Induced seismic event A seismic event (eg an earthquake) that is induced by man-made activities such as fluid injection retention dam reservoir impoundment mining quarrying and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and Section 1 of this report

Inter-event interval The time interval between earthquake events Same as recurrence interval

Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI) A 12-class categorization of earthquake ground shaking based on the observed effects of the event on the Earthrsquos surface humans objects of nature and man-made structures Class I is the lowest (eg no damage) and XII the highest category (ietotal destruction)

Moment magnitude (M) The preferred metric for the size or magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than M70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak ground velocity (PGV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Poisson process A stochastic process where the occurrence of an event has no effect on the probability of an occurrence of any earlier or later event (ie all events are random and independent of each other

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ix

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) The probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that

are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period of events

Probability of exceedance The probability that the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded within a given time period In the PSHA it is interpreted as the frequency of exceedance

Quad A unit of energy equal to 1015

Joule = 29307 Terrawatt-hours BTU = 1055 x 1018

Rate of occurrence Number of events per unit of time Usually expressed as the annual rate of occurrence (unitsyear)

Recurrence interval The average earthquakes

time period between individual

Return period It is the inverse of the annual probability of exceedanceCommonly used in place of the annual probability ofexceedance

Rock permeability The measure of transmissivity of fluids (oil water natural gas etc) through a rock mass

rms vibration The square root of the integral of the square of the vibration amplitude with respect to time divided by the integration time The root-mean-square vibration is often measured over a period of one second for transient phenomena such as short-period seismic motion The integration time must be indicated for nonstationary events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration units but the units must be indicated

Scenario earthquake A projected earthquake that is constructed purposes of defining a set of actions

for the

Seismic hazard curve The result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground motion parameter (eg PGA) and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or its inverse the return period

Seismic hazard The effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage Examples include ground shaking liquefaction landslides and tsunamis

Seismic moment The seismic moment Mo is the product of the shear modulus of the rock material the area of slip and the (average) displacement discontinuity across the slip

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 x

Seismic risk Shear-wave velocity profile

Slip rate

Sound pressure level-dB

Spectral frequency

Structural damage

Tectonic stresses

Temperature gradient

Thermal contraction

Threshold Damage

area The relationship between moment magnitude M and moment Mo can vary from site to site but one accepted relation is M = (23)Log10[Mo(dyne-cm)] -107

The probability of loss or damage due to seismicity The relationship between the shear-wave velocity and depth in the Earth Shear-wave velocities of the material in the top few kilometers of the Earth control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking The speed of slip across a fault in an earthquake Specifically the fault displacement divided by the time period in which the displacement occurred

The sound pressure level is equal to 20 times the common logarithm of the root-mean-square sound pressure p divided by the reference sound pressure of 20x10-6 Pa The sound pressure level is abbreviated as SPL Mathematically SPL = 20 Log10 (p(Pa) 20x10-6

Pa) in dB

The range of frequencies that constitute the ground motion record Knowledge of both the energy distribution spanning these frequencies and how their arrivals are timed is the necessary data for the reconstruction of the full record (ie full waveform of the recorded signal) in the time domain The time domain arrival rate is called ldquophasingrdquo in the frequency domain

Serious weakening or distortion of structure resulting in large open cracks in walls and masonry and buckled walls The stresses in the earth due to natural (ie geologic) processes such as movement of the tectonic plates The change in temperature with depth in the Earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm) The contracting of a material when in contact with something of a cooler temperature For example the contracting hot rock when subjected with cool fluids

Cosmetic damage involving cracks that do not remain open after vibration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xi

Minor Damage

Major Damage

Tomography

Transient ground vibration

Triggered seismic event

Vibration

Vibration exposure

Vibration level

Broken windows dislodged articles on shelves broken glass and dishes

Large open cracks structural damage due to shifting or settlement of foundation warping of walls and floors loss of structural integrity Imaging of a solid body divided into sections and characterizing a property of each section by the quality of waves passing through the section A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram Examples include X-Ray tomography acoustic tomography and CAT Scans Temporarily sustained ground vibration usually occurring over a time period of less than a few seconds A seismic event that is the result of failure along a pre-existing zone of weakness (eg a fault) that is critically stressed and fails by a stress perturbation from natural or man-made activity See Foreword The dynamic and repetitive motion of an object or part of an object characterized by direction and amplitude The vibration exposure is the integral (ie the sum) of the square of the vibration amplitude integrated over time in seconds The vibration exposure is measured over the entire duration of a seismic event Duration is the seismic motion discernable above the ambient motion The exposure duration is typically 2 to 5 seconds for small magnitude seismic events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration but the unit must be specified

The level of vibration in decibels (dB) is 20 times the common logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the vibration amplitude and reference amplitude The vibration amplitude may be the peak vibration amplitude but is typically the root-mean-square amplitude The unit must be indicated such as ldquovibration velocity level in dB relative to 1micro-insecrdquo Common reference amplitudes are

Acceleration One millionth of earthrsquos gravitation acceleration or 10-6g One millionth of one meter per second squared or 10-6msec2

Velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xii

One millionth of one meter per second or 10-6msec One millionths of one centimeter per second or 10-8msec One millionth of one inch per second or 10-6insec

Displacement One millionth of one meter or one micron

Vulnerability function A function that characterizes potential damage as a mathematical relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground-motion at a location

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiii

UNITS cmsec2 acceleration in centimeters per second per second cmsec velocity in centimeters per second

dB decibel dBA A-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal

dBC C-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal g acceleration of earth gravity (1g = 981 cmsec2)

GHz gigaHertz GWh giga Watt-hour

Hz frequency in Hertz or one cycle per second insec velocity inches per second

km kilometer 103 meters m meter

msec velocity in meter per second Mhz megahertz 106 Hertz

micro-insec velocity in 1 micro-inchsec = 10-6 insec micronsec velocity in 1 micronsec = 10-6 msec

mm millimeter 10-3 m mmsec velocity in millimeter per second

MW mega-Watt 106 Watts Pa Pascal 1Nm2 = 145x10-4 psi

psi pound per square inch sec second

VdB Velocity level ndash decibels relative to 1x10-6 insec

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiv

FOREWORD Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term This is especially true if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) As with the development of any new technology however some aspects are acceptable and others need clarification and study

One of the main issues often associated with subsurface fluid injection an integral part of all the EGS technologies is the impact and the utility of microseismicity (microearthquakes) that often occur during fluid injections Recent publicity surrounding injection-induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate potential problems that induced seismicity may cause (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community be assured that geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks to acceptable levels This will ensure that the resource is safe and cost-effective

Addressing the impacts and the utility of induced seismicity the US Department of Energy (DOE) in 2004 initiated and participated in an international activity to develop a Protocol to address both technical and public acceptance issues surrounding EGS-induced seismicity This resulted in an International Energy Agency (IEA) Protocol (Majer et al 2009) followed by an updated Protocol in 2012 (Majer et al 2012) These Protocols serve as general guidelines for the public regulators and geothermal operators In comparison this document provides a set of general guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents could take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are NOT a prescription but instead suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public to facilitate the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

Although the Protocols are being used and followed by a number of geothermal stakeholders DOE felt another document a ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document was needed by the geothermal operators This document is the ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document and provides more detail than the Protocols while still following the seven main steps in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) Like the Protocol this Best Practices document is intended to be a living document it is intended to supplement the existing IEA Protocol and the new DOE Protocol As practically as possible this document is up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical

As methods experience knowledge and regulations change so will this document We recognize that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit all geothermal projects and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions will call for different actions Variations will result from factors including the population density around the project past seismicity in the region the size of the project the depth and volume of injection and its relation to the geologic setting (eg faults) etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the DOErsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is intended to help industry identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity and aiding in the utilization of the seismicity to optimize EGS reservoir performance We note that determining site-specific criteria for any particular project is beyond the scope of this document it is the obligation of project developers to meet any and all federal state or local regulations

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xv

Finally induced seismicity has historically occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (eg retention dam reservoir impoundment mining construction waste fluid disposal oil and gas production etc) Although projects have been stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies and to optimize either extraction or injection of fluids into the earth

As described in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) the seven basic steps are Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Step 2 Outreach and Communications Step 3 Criteria For Damage Vibration and Noise

Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

These steps are described in detail in the following sections Each of the following sections addresses these steps individually and in order

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xvi

1 Section 1 ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

11 PURPOSE The goal of a preliminary screening evaluation is to evaluate the relative merit of candidate EGS site locations without investing substantial amounts of time effort and money This section describes this approach a screening evaluation based on simple analytical methods and acceptability criteria (see Section 3) One aspect of this screening is to determine if a candidate EGS site presents any problems that could impede its licensing or its acceptance by local institutions or community

When considering several candidate sites the purpose of this step is to perform a ranking and pre-selection The Protocol (Majer et al 2012) recommends a simple approach that calls for evaluating the worthiness of a candidate EGS site and when several sites are considered to compare the relative merit of each based on a bounding estimation of the seismic risk associated with the planned EGS operation

12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING Many factors influence the type and location of energy projects including EGS projects Choosing sites for energy projects (and other large infrastructure projects) has been a subject of formal studies since the early 1970rsquos Lesbirel and Shaw (2000) summarize the evolution of methods used to select the sites for major projects

bull Early 1970s Least Cost Analysis

bull Late 1970s to 1980s Decide Announce and Defend (DAD)

bull Late 1980s to 1990s Development of a more comprehensive framework for managing conflicts and the emergence of comparative studies of various project alternatives

Building on this Davy (1997) noted that through the 1980rsquos the common procedure in siting facilities focused on four criteria

1 Profitability (facility under consideration must yield a benefit to the operator regardless of its status as private or public)

2 Functionality (the development of a facility must consider all technical aspects to ensure a functional operation)

3 Safety (the development must avoid all harm risks and other adverse effects to human health and environment)

4 Legality (the facility must meet legal standards) This approach presupposes that profitable functional safe and legal facilities should be built While the above criteria are important they will not necessarily have much of a relationship to the degree of public support Therefore the criteria need to be broadened to encompass the issues that are important to the community and other non-project stakeholders Since the 1990s there has been a significant body of work about gaining public acceptance of projects The work of experts such as Kunreuther et al (1993) and Raab and Susskind (2009) have made significant contributions to understanding the relationship between public opinion

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-1

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

and the success or failure of a project These experts and others laid the groundwork for dialogue in selecting sites for infrastructure projects (including power plants and transmission lines)

The general tendency for siting critical or controversial facilities is developing a realistic risk profile and ensuring that all the stakeholders including local communities are well informed and understand what is at stake Section 13 lays down the framework using risk evaluation for comparing candidate sites It describes how to assess the negative aspects of risk (safety possible damages nuisance) and it recommends how to present those results along with benefits to the stakeholders

13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS The screening evaluation in Step 1 is not meant to provide a definitive estimate of risk It is meant to identify the sites that would most likely be inappropriate based on risk of exceeding acceptability criteria of ground shaking This criteria is developed from experience in other sites with similar issues (see Section 3) It is intended to avoid extensive studies of sites that would have very low likelihood of gaining acceptance Therefore the emphasis on using simple bounding methods is to minimize the work before final site selection It is based on using onset of damage and nuisance criteria to define risk acceptability rather than full fledged vulnerability functions (see Section 6) to calculate risk

No method or process is generally endorsed to achieve the goals in this step but common sense and recent projects not all specifically for EGS can give useful insights For example studies performed by US Department of EnergyNational Energy Technology Laboratory (DOENETL) for the carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) projects can be used for site screening (DOENETL 2010 Screenings are often not formally risk based The present Best Practices document emphasizes the use of risk information to help make decisions It assumes that a technical screening based on the geology and other physical considerations has already been done

The process recommended in Step 1 is summarized in Figure 1-1 and starts with examining local regulations In this process each of the separate risk quantification parts can be simple but must convey reasonable confidence in the bounding results or complete and high resolution knowing that once the screening is done and the site selected a detailed risk analysis will be performed (Step 6 of the Protocol Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-2

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Source NETL 2009

Figure 1-1 Elements of a Bounding Risk Analysis

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria As part of project definition developers should establish criteria to quantify and rank potential EGS areas using acceptance criteria including criteria of the type described in Section 3 of this document The criteria should also include primary factors leading to a gono-go decisions and factors that may lead to a contingent set of analyses For exampleprimary factors might include

bull Verifying that the site can be permitted under federal state and local regulations including zoning regulations

bull For projects with federal funding assuring National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requirements can be met

bull Verifying that mechanisms can be established for obtaining access from surface and subsurface owners for storage surface facilities and pipelines

132 Impact on Local Community There should be a complete list of possible impacts on the local community For the social impact and nuisance this list should be completed concurrently with the outreach program (see Section 2) to permit the development of simple consequence metrics These metric will be used in the bounding risk analysis with classification of very-low (V-L) low (L) medium (M) or high (H) consequence as suggested in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-3

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk Step 1 is not intended to require extensive calculations and comprehensive research field work efforts or development of extensive databases on seismicity or vulnerability of buildings Risk from natural seismicity can be estimated by available techniques and software using methods reliable enough to give orders of magnitude We recommend using seismicity data ground motion recordings and updating or installing a local network as soon as possible (see Section 4) An estimate of probabilistic seismic hazard can be taken from existing hazard maps (see for example US Geologic Survey [USGS 2008]) However adjustments should be made to include natural seismic events as small as moment magnitude M 4 or M 35 if possible This will create a base-line that can differentiate natural risk from risk induced by the EGS where earthquakes are typically smaller than M 35 The updating effort should cover local seismic source zones or faults and ground motion prediction models for small distances and very small magnitudes Given the complexity of the induced earthquake generation we recommend performing this update using case studies of other similar EGS projects Current efforts to physically model small earthquakes in the areas of crustal stress disturbance are still in research mode they are very complex and require extensive calculations ndash not what is envisioned here

Whenever possible site-specific ground motion that takes into account the local characteristics and geology should be included within the scope and level of effort commensurate with the level envisioned for this section In most cases building-code (see FEMA 232 [FEMA 2006] and FEMA P-749 FEMA [2010]) approaches and data bases can be used

Risk of physical damage economic loss estimate and loss of life need only be estimated using standard methods with existing data bases either generic or with analogs

Long-term risk is usually expressed in terms of monetary loss and loss of lives and the goal is only to be able to determine whether the risk is V-L L M or H (see definition of risk levels in the Protocol [Majer et al 2012])

134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk Earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally in a magnitude ranging Mlt -2 (insignificant) to about M 35 (locally feelable) (Majer et al 2007) Somewhat larger earthquakes have been observed but very infrequently The largest earthquake to date believed to be associated with an EGS operation is M 47 However note that every site will be different depending on whether there are pre-existing faults within the EGS field which implies a very good knowledge of the subsurface geology and therefore may not be applicable at this stage (ie in the screening Step 1) If enough information is available to perform a simple analysis the case of the Basel Switzerland EGS study can be used as an example of best practice (SERIANEX 2009) In the SERIANEX study it is believed that all faults within 15 km of the injection were identified and characterized to determine the maximum possible earthquake These calculations included fault geometry orientation and the best-estimates for the orientations and directions of crustal stresses Assuming an earthquake could be triggered by changes in rock properties the largest modeled event was retained as the maximum possible magnitude that could be induced by the EGS By necessity this magnitude will always be small since the existence of a large fault capable of being stimulated to generate very large earthquakes should automatically disqualify a site from EGS development

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-4

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS Because of its approximate and bounding nature the metric of risk estimates as suggested in the Protocol for Step 1 is expressed on a scale of four values V-L L M and H These have to be interpreted as levels of failing to fulfill needs and regulations and failing to obtain acceptance from the community That is a V-L risk signifies that the project is practically without risk and is a ldquogordquo The likelihood of passing all hurdles is very high On the opposite end of the risk spectrum is the H risk estimate a ldquono-gordquo indicator Here there is too much uncertainty in fulfilling regulations or acceptance criteria or there is a high likelihood that opposition to the project will force abandonment Note that only risks in the form of negative consequences (physical damage nuisance) need to be considered Benefits resulting from EGS operations do not need to be formally considered in this step This provides a level of conservatism in the pre-selection We note that one can introduce benefit parameters to differentiate between close candidate sites Rather than expressing risk on a scale of 1 to 4 (V-L L M and H) it is recommended to translate the estimate into a qualitative description of the expected effects This would better communicate the risk and facilitate interaction with local communities and populations

Short of performing a detailed risk analysis (Step 6) once a site has been selected the overall risk of the planned EGS should include

bull The baseline risk from natural seismicity in standard metrics (physical damage monetary terms loss of lives)

bull An estimate of the added risk from EGS as a function of time correlated with the planned injection program This estimate should be for small earthquakes that would potentially occur in the volume occupied by the geothermal field The estimate should be expressed in relative terms at the four levels V-L L M and H

bull An estimate of the added risk also correlated with injection for earthquakes that could be triggered on nearby existing faults (V-L L M and H) using maximum possible magnitude(s) and location(s) of triggered earthquakes

bull A rough estimate of areas where the impact of the induced seismicity would be highest and which groups of the population would most likely be affected This would include an upper-bound on the possible effects

136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project Some of the possibilities for not completing a project are

bull Technical The geology and general characteristics of the planned EGS field do not comply with acceptable physical criteria This analysis is performed in the first phase of the site selection

bull Regulations Regulations and local ordinances can limit or forbid certain types of operations For example there are limitations on hydraulic fracturing exist in some areas

bull Lack of Acceptance State or local communities may have ordinances or vote in ordinances similar to hydraulic fracturing of the previous item

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-5

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Financial Infeasibility This can be due to the characteristics of the EGS field or can be compounded by additional expenses for mitigation of the expected induced risk

bull Abandonment The project can be abandoned by the developer for various reasons including company strategic re-directions bankruptcy etc

The overall risk analysis in Step 1 should rank the possible scenarios of non-completion This should include relative ranking for each alternative and propose possible mitigation alternatives

14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS For the purpose of helping - decision-makers and local communities evaluate a project pragmatically there should be an identification and assessment of possible benefits of completing the EGS projectThese could possibly include

bull Ecological maintenance and protection of the environment on the EGS site

bull Provisions for new roads and general local infrastructure

bull Benefits to the developer including financial improved strategic alignment

bull Financial benefits to local communities through negotiated electricity prices

bull Social benefits including increased employment in the region Identifying and clearly characterizing and documenting possible benefits are necessary to provide meaningful information to the stakeholdersrsquo decision making

15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING

151 Full Technical Documentation Detailed documentation of the processes and analyses should be transparent complete and accessible The documentation should describe all assumptions used in the analyses a clear description of the methods of analysis and a full accounting of data bases Simplicity and approximate bounding methods should be carefully documented to give confidence that the approaches are rigorous rational and provide some level of conservatism in spite of their simplicity The completeness and appropriateness of the documentation should clearly efficiently and convincingly support the decisions

152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk To inform all stakeholders including non-experts and the general public the documentation should contain a summary evaluation of the information that led to the decisions This shoule include all of the following

bull A summary of the dominant risk issues

bull A summary of benefits

bull A description of mitigation measures and a plan to address risk issues

bull An explanation of the decision to pursue or not pursue the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-6

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Finally if a decision to pursue a plan for completing the project

16 CASE STUDIES Substantial projects are usually the subject of a feasibility analysis prior to making the decision to proceed However there are no documented cases to date that followed a process such as the one advocated in Step 1 Most of the time decisions on whether or not to proceed have been ad hoc They have not been based on a rigorous screening processor lack the level of communication accessible to all stakeholders In some cases risk analyses have been performed that pertain to Step 6 of the Protocol and are usually full detailed analyses rather than the simple or bounding type of approach advocated in this step

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-7

2 Section 2 TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

21 PURPOSE Since stakeholder acceptability is an important component of an EGS project outreach and communication become important elements of the project Poor communication and outreach can ldquomakerdquo ldquobreakrdquo or seriously delay a project (Majer et al 2007) Since all EGS projects in the US require environmental permits that address a variety of safety and environmental issues (air quality water traffic etc) and induced seismicity it is critical to keep public stakeholders informed as part of the permitting process For later reference it is also critical for project operators to consider and act upon public stakeholdersrsquo input as the project proceeds The outreach and communication program should facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community the regulators and the public safety officials All are likely to provide feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

Since to date few EGS projects have been implemented we cite principles and examples from other similar types of projects to provide a context for EGS outreach and communications Much of this comes from publications about siting of industrial facilities including several energy projects and their outreach and communication approaches Experiences from two different EGS projects are also cited one near a population center and one far from any population center Also some of the referenced non-EGS projects deal with hazards different from induced seismicity and by comparison have higher overall risk potential Nevertheless valuable lessons can be learned from these examples and incorporated into the outreach and communication program for an EGS project As with all steps outlined in this document the effort expended on this step can vary significantly For example if the EGS project is far away from any assets of concern (eg areas with dense population critical facilities or particular environmental sensitivities) then much less effort will be required compared to a project that is close to many assets andor under more stringent regulatory control

22 MAIN ELEMENTS The EGS outreach and communication program should help the project achieve transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework

bull To develop the most effective outreach and communications program the project developer should make an initial assessment of the level of induced seismic risk to nearby communities (see Sections 3 and 4) and the level of community awareness and concern

bull At the start of the project the project developer should make an outreach plan and periodically update the plan as the project proceeds This includes modifying the plan as needed to address stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be specific to the project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative multi-directional and invite enquiries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-1

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull As the project progresses and more information is obtained meetings should be held periodically

bull The stakeholder groups (eg community regulators public officials etc) should be approached at their appropriate technical levels and a mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It must must be recognized that there could be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (eg developer team seismologist(s) civil or structural engineer(s) local utility company and representative(s) of the funding entity) the community (eg local project employees community leaders and at-large community members) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (eg law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

23 EXAMPLES In this section we summarize experiences related to siting industrial facilities and energy projects to suggest some guiding principles for an EGS outreach and communications program

Few examples exist of outreach and programs associated directly with geothermal projects so this section begins with two examples of outreach programs from other industries Also included are summaries of the outreach activities from two EGS projects one near a population center and the otherfar from any population These two geothermal projects can be viewed as possible end-members of effort that may be required for EGS projects

231 Other Industrial Projects Relevant information and experiences from two different waste disposal projects are summarized below It is not implied here however that EGS-induced seismicity has the same risk potential as those hazards associated with waste disposal (we know of no case of structural damage associated with induced seismicity from an EGS site let alone any lethal hazards) Both projects developed community outreach and communication programs (Community Relations Plans) It must be noted that the overall project scopes of these two energy applications are much larger than most EGS projects thus financial resources are much larger in these types of projects and more resources were used on outreach than would be expected in a typical EGS project Both plans were aimed at interested stakeholders including individuals organizations special interest groups governmental agencies tribal governments and tribal members The purpose was to provide information and facilitate participation in the permitting process related to waste disposal and other activities at the sites Before the implementation of the Community Relations Plans (the ldquoPlansrdquo) there was a significant outreach effort to establish open working relationships and the Plans provided a vehicle to expand public participation in the dialogue Overall the Plans addressed six objectives related to outreach and communications

bull Establishing working relationships with communities and interested members of the public

bull Establishing productive relations between the operator and affected local groups including the participation of government agencies regulators

bull Informing communities and interested parties of permit activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-2

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull Minimizing disputes and resolving differences with communities and interested members of the public

bull Providing timely responses to individual requests for information

bull Establishing mechanisms for communities and interested members of the public to provide feedback and input

In one case a web page was developed to provide information on permits permit-related activities and meetings (including the Permit itself as well as other pertinent documents relating to the operation of the project) and featured a well-received comment and response tool for the public The Plans also specified that notices about activities at the site andor the Permit were to be published in local newspapers and that the local regulatory agency would maintain a mailing list of interested parties to receive notices about the project An e-mail notification service was implemented as well

In essence the Plans formalized a significant amount of outreach aimed at local governments civic organizations schools and anyone interested in learning about the project A key tenet of the outreach programs was to ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo As noted in the preceding section openness and transparency have been found to be the most effective ways for the various stakeholders to understand the project thus enabling the project to gain public acceptance

Operators approached the issue of public acceptance by following a hierarchical approach 1 Discuss the project with elected officials to gauge their interest in having the project

within their jurisdiction(s) 2 Make presentations to the local officials (in this case the Chamber of Commerce) which

included many community business leaders to generate interest in the project 3 Engage with various civic organizations to educate the members of these organizations

and show them the site Education programs and site visits were repeated periodically as the projects progressed enabling the new stakeholders to be informed The operators took a proactive approach toward information dissemination by requesting invitations to public meetings so they would be included on the agenda Although they participated in many such meetings in the early stages of the projects at present they meet with local organizations on an annual basis The operators began building public support by providing information to the community and making a management-level commitment to answer all questions that were asked even about sensitive issues that might have ldquopainfulrdquo answers The operators accepted that attempting to hide information would be detrimental overall because if the community were to discover the facts on their own the credibility of the project proponents would be undermined Furthermore by providing the data the operators could ensure that the facts were correct Today these projects are highly supported by the community to the point where attendance at public meetings has gradually declined as members of the community have grown more comfortable with time At the start of one project the local economy was in trouble with many in the community unemployed (an ongoing concern worldwide) However the desire for jobs did not outweigh the concerns about the safety risks associated with the project The project managers considered

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-3

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

what they could offer to the public beyond employment and realized that they could offer the following

bull Provide expertise that was previously unavailable (ie provide an in-kind service to the local city for assistance with issues that involve advanced engineering andor scientific expertise)

bull Make donations to local organizations including the donation of computer equipment to schools

bull Purchase specialized equipment for school education programs or other specific local needs

bull Through an MOU with the City provide training to emergency personnel and support the Cityrsquos emergency facilities Specifically this included the training of local emergency and hospital personnel and dispatching local Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) to accident sites

bull Get engineers and scientists more involved in the community by volunteering to teach at the local Community College and public schools (enabling students to learn from highly skilled PhDs who graduated from top-tier academic institutions)

bull Participate in community events like the National Environmental Week bull Provide an information and visitor center with a video tour of the facility display boards

and other information and have management actively encourage the public to come and talk to them at the Information Center

Another plan to develop a Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) project within depleted gas fields provides a useful case history ndash particularly in terms of the timing and type of communications between the project stakeholders and the local community ndash on what activities could have been avoided to maintain mutual trust between all parties and the project Some valuable lessons were learned and can be used as guidelines for EGS projects It is also worthwhile to mention some factors to avoid in these activities

bull The project was presented to the community as a final plan therefore stakeholder input was not obtained or addressed before the plan was finalized

bull Even at the initial phase no open dialogue existed between the project developer and the appropriate governmentregulator agency This led to a situation in which the project was presented and interpreted as a project of the developer alone instead of a project that was mutually beneficial to different stakeholders This made the developer an easy target for opposition

bull After local opposition became clear a dialogue between stakeholders was set up via an ldquoadministrative consultation grouprdquo (government consultant) however the dialogue was limited only to government entities The project developer non-governmental organizations research institutes and community groups were not involved Although the consultation group did improve communication between the different levels of government it did not bring the viewpoints of the members closer to each other or decrease local opposition to the project

bull The debate between the stakeholders took place mostly in public via formal procedures organized events press releases or through the media Little informal andor direct contact occurred between the project developers and opponents This made the situation

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-4

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

worse Direct contact should have been established at the beginning when stakeholders had not already taken their positions This could have been achieved using a neutral facilitator to build mutual trust and openness The needs and values of the community could then have been taken into account in planning and implementing the project Although implementation of the project might not be consistent with the wishes of all stakeholders the fact that they had been involved in an open fair and transparent process in which stakeholders trusted each other would limit resistance to the project

bull Through various institutional procedures the national government gradually withdrew executive decision-making abilities from the municipal government These changes in procedures (which were often not announced to the municipality in advance) increased the distrust in the national government by the local stakeholders and increased their opposition to the project Had these changes in procedures been discussed openly with the local stakeholders (especially with the municipal government) in advance a more unified approach would have been taken probably leading to a less negative tenor of the debate

bull Absent an understanding of national and international energy policy (ie CCS climate change energy security etc) the public had difficulties understanding why the project was required at all and why their community had been chosen More attention to contextual aspects and the involvement of the national government might have led the public to interpret the project differently and accept it more readily

bull The initial presentation of the project was considered to be too technical and too complicated for the public to understand raising many questions A better adaptation of the presentation to the demands and needs of the public was required Underestimating the intelligence of the local community can have similar consequences the abundance and accessibility of information via the internet provides a powerful tool for information to the public

bull Because the project developer and government agency were both invested in the project they were not considered to be suppliers of trustworthy information The lack of openness and transparency from the beginning contributed strongly to this sentiment If the project developers had shared with the public the underlying reasons for the project and the associated technical challenges and uncertainties more trust would have developed

bull Opponents and proponents of the project both communicated to the residents each providing their own (and sometimes inconsistent) information Almost no communal communication efforts occurred in which opponents and proponents cooperated with each other or simply sat down at the same table This lack of communal communication increased the idea that members of the public had to choose sides making a ldquoblack or whiterdquo type of decision More nuanced viewpoints were never heard

This experience shows how a lack of outreach and communication could lead to opposition to a project This could lead to increased opposition with time leading to an impasse that would leave little room for open dialogue

Therefore here are some useful lessons to be taken from these cases

bull Community and local stakeholders should be involved early in the project process to create mutual trust and commitment to the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-5

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull The values needs and opinions of stakeholders and the community should be taken into account in discussing possible project designs There should be room for adaptation leading to acceptable compromises in the project design

bull Regular formal and informal contact should take place during project implementation and operation

bull Discussion should move beyond the proposed project to include the relevant policies and context and how the project serves to meet the broader societal goals

232 EGS Projects The examples given above are not specific to EGS and it would be surprising if such efforts were required for gaining project acceptance (both regulatory and public acceptance) as in the two examples above To illustrate this point we give two examples of successful community outreach for two ongoing EGS projects one with high seismicity near a somewhat cautious community that had experience with induced seismicity and another one with low seismicity somewhat distant from a community that had no experience with induced seismicity This second project however was located in a tectonically active geologic province where residents have experienced natural seismicity It should be noted that other EGS projects are in the process of obtaining final approval for operations but because they have not advanced to the stimulation phase they cannot be considered as ldquobest practicesrdquo yet Currently no US examples illustrate the process starting from ldquoscratchrdquo (ie no geothermal production at all) but these two examples will cover the range of activities

233 Project near a Community As EGS becomes more successful there will be cases where EGS projects may be located near communities where small levels of induced seismicity may be perceived either as an annoyance nuisance or even damaging In these cases more outreach education and communication will probably be needed when compared to more isolated projects In the case described here the particular subject project was an existing geothermal field The developer wanted to augment the production from the hydrothermal system with an EGS project In addition there was already a history of injectionproduction-related seismicity for over 30 years In one way this was beneficial because the operators residents and regulators had experience with seismicity issues In other ways this was detrimental Some residents were wary because it was perceived that the EGS project may increase felt seismicity above the current levels of seismicity (which are still not acceptable to some residents see mitigation Section 7)

It should be noted that in the early days of the hydrothermal operations the previous owners of the project were not the model of community outreach and even denied that the seismicity was induced by the geothermal operations but it was natural and would occur anyway (this added to the effort required for community acceptance in later years) As time went on and the USGS continued its earthquake monitoring direct correlations could be made between injection and seismicity the owners realized that it was to their benefit to change their stance on the causes of the seismicity and started an improved community outreach program Over the years as ownership changed the outreach and communication program has greatly improved

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-6

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

While there is still some degree of community concern and opposition regulators and policy makers have accepted the project and allowed operations to continue It is doubtful that this would have happened without an effective outreach and education program The existing (pre-EGS) outreach education and community relations consisted of the following elements

1 Open access and communication with all stake holders on a routine basis

2 Up-to-date information on various aspects of the project (regular community newsletters) 3 Sensitivity to community concerns (special meeting arranged if necessary)

4 Periodic meetings with all stakeholders 5 A public visitor center with up-to-date information about all aspects of the geothermal

project with a section for EGS 6 A public hotline that can be called for any concerns

7 Third party monitoring of seismicity for unbiased results (the USGS and other institutions had been monitoring for many years as part of the USGS earthquake hazards program and various research efforts) All of these data were publically available

8 Funds contributed to community needs (see mitigation section of this document Section 7)

Additional efforts that were implemented as part of the EGS-specific phase of the project are outlined below As can be seen prior to the EGS project there was already a considerable outreach program in place However once the EGS project was undertaken the residents expressed additional concerns regarding different injection procedures and possible generation of increased induced seismicity over current levels This required further education and outreach for both the regulators and the community

These outreach activities were based on the above principles but the education and community outreach were focused on the perceived impacts from the EGS project itself instead of educating the community and regulators about the aspects of the project that were designed to limit the induced seismicity as described below

1 It was in the best interest of the project to control the seismicity rather than maximize the seismicity (ie some community members having limited information about EGS assumed that the operators wanted to maximize the seismicity believing that the larger the fractures the better) Once the community was shown that the best case for the operator was many small fractures rather than a few large fractures the community was more at ease with the project

2 The EGS project was in the part of the field that was the most distant from the community thus reducing the impact of the seismicity in general

3 Injection would be done in steps such that one could monitor the seismicity as it developed and thus have better chances for control

4 Regular (monthly or more) public updates would be providedabout the seismicity and project aspects to the public

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-7

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

5 Timely responses would be made to any inquiries to the hot-line 6 Updated visitor center would include EGS activities and education (eg ldquoWhat is EGSrdquo

FAQs etc) This project is a good example of where community education about the project (emphasizing the good practices and engineering aspects) convinced the regulators and the community that the risk of induced seismicity was minimal This was done by partnering with public institutions such as universities the USGS and similar third parties to assure the community that the project operator was following best practices In any case it is clear that a variety of outreach options are available to assure the community that the project can be in its best interest

As of this writing the subject project is approaching the six-month time frame without any induced seismicity issues Strong community outreach showing timely results and demonstrating the tangible benefits of the project to the community have allowed the project to move ahead smoothly

234 Project Distant From a Community The second project is one that is located in a rural area with the closest community approximately 25 kilometers away This community has less than a few thousand people with few if any sensitive assets (such as electronics assembly facilities or research institutes) with a rural community and small structures The closest large city is about 75 kilometers away The project is in a tectonic area that has experienced large seismicity over the last 50 plus years (M 60 plus within 50 kilometers) but the subject project is in a 25 km diameter ldquoholegaprdquo of seismicity

This is also an ongoing geothermal area that has implemented an EGS project to supplement existing production Prior to the EGS project the only regional seismic monitoring was done by the state university The detection threshold was between M 10 to 15 below any felt events at the field let alone at the community 25 kilometers away Thus there was no pre-existing community concern due to any induced seismicity during the previous 10 years of operation The community interaction consisted of the project director requesting a series of meetings with the public to inform them in an ldquoopenrdquo forum about the project itself including the potential for induced seismicity Additionally the operator requested a meeting with local officials and regulators (state and federal) At this two-hour meeting the basics of EGS were explained and the various components of the EGS project were laid out This was done as part of an overall environmental assessment for such factors as air and water qualitysupply impacts noise construction impacts and land disturbance From this meeting it was agreed that an induced seismicity protocol would be developed based on the existing IEA (Majer et al 2009)

This protocol was fairly simple with the key component being that if the seismicity due to EGS ever exceeded M= 20 the project would stop and reassess the injection parameters The public was continually informed via news media and community presentations as to the progress and nature of the project This informed and transparent approach developed a positive relationship between the operator and the public receiving interested inquiries instead of backlash after a number of seismic events were felt by the community members

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-8

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH The preceding discussion illustrates the four main requirements of a ldquobest practicesrdquo approach to outreach and communications about EGS projects Those four requirements and their essential components are listed below Again to re-emphasize in some cases much less effort will be required and in other cases a significant effort as previously described may be required

1 Identify key stakeholders early in the process Particularly for pilot projects that may gain significant attention it is critical to identify and engage all stakeholders early in the project lifecycle so that the outreach is properly targeted Evaluating opinions and concerns in the early stages of the project will ensure that the outreach is responsive to the stakeholder community Surveys focus groups and interactive meetings with a select group of representatives of the community can help ensure that the right participants are involved and that the right issues are being discussed

2 Establish an appropriate outreach team clearly defining the processes for both internal and external communications for the project This team will become the ldquofacerdquo of the project and thus will have a direct impact on how the community perceives the project and the project developers Important elements include the following a Understand the audience and tailor the information to match the intended audiencersquos

degree of interest education and time constraints b Adapt the format detail and complexity of the outreach to the specific needs of the

audience c Maintain consistency of messages delivered to the public particularly about real or

perceived public risks This is especially important to coordinate when the project developer is made up of several operators or agencies

d Monitor the community ldquobuzzrdquo to gauge perceptions note any relative pre-existing community issues identify misconceptions and develop strategies to counteract them

e Develop a multi-disciplinary outreach team that may include project managers scientists government officials company spokespersons safety personnel technical service providers and other personnel who are involved in key decision making processes for the project

f Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors (ie visitor center)

g Institute a mechanism for community feedback such as community meetings and hotlines

3 Provide the community with complete and credible information about the project necessarily including contentious issues This includes such elements as

a Providing a context for the project in the form of a national energy policy for example Having a government representative discuss the project with the community may help to gain the public trust

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-9

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

b Provide appropriate and relevant data to the community this may include a website with seismicity data gathered by an independent third party

c Assembling the evidence and analyzing the options in advance demonstrating that the project is well conceived and placing any associated risk in the proper context

d Fully addressing all aspects of the project including those that may be perceived as negative and explaining the trade-offs that are made in choosing particular options

e Reaching consensus on the basic justification of the project This means demonstrating that the project provides the best solution to the problem(s) at hand

f Actively managing the outreach and communication program to ensure that requests for information are being fulfilled

g As the project advances changing the dialogue appropriately The dialogue will naturally shift from addressing concerns to sharing progress and results thus keeping the community engaged

4 Gain a community perspective as a pathway for gaining public trust A developer who has better insights into the diverse concerns of the community will be better equipped to demonstrate how the project can support the community This typically requires

a Gaining an in-depth understanding of the local situation (economy employment education energy needs environmental issues etc) to provide a context for understanding the underlying views about the project and its risks and benefits

b Providing a venue and method for the community to express their views in a way that is comfortable to them thus helping to open the lines of communication This requires a fundamental acknowledgement of public perspectives particularly about the key factors that cause people to worry about the project andor its risks and permits a proactive and constructive discussion

c Enabling ldquovigorous public debaterdquo about the pros and cons of the project and maintaining fairness in the siting process (ldquosocial justicerdquo or ldquoenvironmental justicerdquo) This may be difficult to accommodate in the EGS process as it is common to have a pre-determined location for such a project based on the ownership of the land and the ownership or leasing of mineral (geothermal) rights That is there is rarely an option for moving an entire EGS project and resource considerations may dictate a very limited set of possible well locations

d Initiating stakeholder involvement process as early as possible and setting realistic but firm timetables

e Including broad representation of legitimate stakeholder groups (including government agencies and citizen groups) and seeking consensus perhaps by using ldquoprofessional neutralsrdquo to facilitate collaborative decision-making

f Identifying community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouse heating system swimming pool etc)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-10

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

g Conveying information about project safety including the mandates and responsibilities of the project operator and local safety officials

h Structuring the stakeholder involvement processes to supplement (but not supplant) the formal back-stop process while modifying formal processes to better accommodate consensus-building opportunities

Additional suggestions about how to approach the community are included in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012) As noted in the Protocol it is expected that the approach presented herein will be suitably modified according to the needs and nature of the project and the surrounding environment

25 SUMMARY The outreach and communication program should be designed to engage the community in a positive and open manner thus building credibility and trust The program should begin with an analysis of the concerns and needs of the community to ensure that the outreach is properly targeted A hierarchical approach (approaching elected leaders and safety officials first then safety officials and then the public) can help set the tone and scope of the dialogue The project should be presented in the larger context of national energy policy and the underlying drivers and the potential benefits to the local community providing nuance and dimension to the discussion

Outreach and communication should be undertaken before activities begin on site and should continue as operations proceed Information should be delivered proactively by the developer avoiding the need to go on the defensive As noted by examples given above an outreach program should ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo The developer should strive to be seen as a positive force that understands and responds to community needs and concerns and provides an overall benefit to the community By understanding the community and its needs and concerns the developer can determine creative ways to engage in a dialogue that demonstrates the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale Although it will have a strong focus on the exchange of information a successful outreach and communication program will also engender long-term support for the project It should also be reiterated that induced seismicity will not be the only need for outreach and education As stated above water issues air quality traffic noise and construction impacts will all require similar efforts (more or less) and thus induced seismicity should not be singled out as a standalone issue in fact in some cases it will be a minor issue

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-11

3 Section 3 THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

31 PURPOSE This section provides guidelines for selecting criteria for vibration and ground-borne noise to assess the potential impact of EGS-induced seismicity on the built environment and human activity These criteria may be used for impact assessment real-time monitoring and control or post-event assessment The criteria described below are base criteria that define thresholds of acceptability They do not address the severity of impact as a function of magnitude That is they do not provide guidelines for assessing the cost or extent of damage to structures the percentage of people ldquohighly annoyedrdquo or the level of disruption to manufacturing activities These impacts and risks are represented by a vulnerability curve as described in Section 6 where the methods of risk analysis are discussed The guidelines discussed in this section are based primarily on common practices in the mining transportation medical research and manufacturing industries and on published standards for assessing human annoyance Criteria may be developed to suit particular situations related to EGS These guidelines are intended to be simple easily understood and easily applied while addressing common standards for vibration impact assessment Even so they are perhaps unfamiliar to the EGS industry Vibration and noise control engineers are familiar with and can readily interpret these guidelines and can apply them to predicted or measured ground motion and ground-borne noise using commonly available instrumentation and analysis techniques While the magnitude and spectral character of transportation-related vibration and noise can be predicted with a modest degree of certainty EGS seismicity must necessarily be described in probabilistic terms The assessment of the acceptability of an EGS project has to be based on the probabilities of occurrence of various ground motions and an identification of an acceptable change in these probabilities relative to natural or background seismicity Requiring that EGS-induced ground motion never exceed a certain magnitude in areas where that magnitude is often exceeded by natural seismicity is unreasonable However an EGS project that increases the probability of occurrence at a given magnitude within a given time period relative to the seismic background by less than some agreed-upon percentage might be considered acceptable These probabilities can in principle be translated into cost and nuisance risk thereby aiding the selection of appropriate criteria This is necessarily a socio-economic problem and is discussed in greater detail in the context of risk analysis in Step 6 of this document Some experience has been gained with respect to building damage activity interference and human response to seismicity related to EGS projects in Europe other geothermal fields and more recently to hydraulic fracturing in the US Such experience can be combined with that of the transportation and mining industry to help develop acceptable criteria for a given project Levels or magnitudes of vibration and noise can be identified below which no impact would occur based on experience with these industries These ldquothresholdsrdquo and higher impact levels are discussed below

While an impact assessment of an EGS project may employ particular criteria the actual vibration or noise that may occur during EGS activity including any that may exceed these criteria might not actually produce an impact in the form of identifiable building damage interruption of service interference with manufacturing or interference with domestic human activity The post-EGS assessment of damage or activity interference resulting from EGS

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-1

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

activity should be based on actual damage or activity interference for which pre-EGS surveys of existing conditions and building conditions are necessary

Table 3-1 is a guide to various sub-sections of this section as a function of ground motion For example if a site would be located in proximity to a hospital or medical laboratory no concern would be expected if the expected maximum ground motion would be less than 005 mmsec RMS measured over a time period of one second Where EGS-induced ground motions in excess of 005 mmsec might be expected one should refer to Section 37 for a more detailed discussion of the effects on laboratory and manufacturing facilities If the hospital also has an MRI Section 37 should still be consulted if the projected root-mean-square vibration velocity exceeds 00063 mmsec or the projected PGV exceeds 00005 g The values shown in Table 3-1 are not criteria as these are discussed in the indicated sections Rather Table 3-1 is a guide for using this document

To the extent that EGS facilities would be located in a remote area distant from cultural features the considerations of this section might not apply However communities or structures of some type would invariably be located within a few miles of an EGS site necessitating an assessment of potential impact on them be it slight Many of the potentially impacted receivers are subjected to naturally occurring ground motions and the occasional EGS-induced ground motion may be more of a nuisance than a cause for alarm or damage

Table 3-1 Impact Guide

Impact Maximum Velocity Acceleration Section Bridges Reinforced concrete structures

125 mmsec PGV 02 g PGA 33 34

Building Damage 125 mmsec PGV 002 g PGA 32 Human Disturbance 01 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

04 mmsec PGV 000036 g RMS (1-sec) 36

Hospital laboratories wet chemistry laboratories

005 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

000018 g RMS (1-sec) 37

MRIs scanning electron micro-scopes

00063 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

00005 g PGA 37

Semiconductor manufacturing research laboratories scanning transmission electron microscopes

32 mmsec RMS (1-sec) 10 micro-g RMS (1-sec)

37

32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA Dowding (1996 pg 110) has categorized building damage into the following categories (1) threshold cracking (2) minor damage and (3) major damage A threshold cracking criterion identifies an acceptable level of ground shaking above which cosmetic damage due to cracking of stucco plaster or gypsum board walls might occur and where crack closure may be expected Minor damage involves cracking without permanent opening damage to dishes fallen objects

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-2

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and broken windows Major damage is indicated by permanent opening of cracks due to structural damage involving weakening or deformation of the structure shifting of foundations and significant settlement as might be associated with liquefaction Major damage criteria are typically much higher than threshold damage criteria by an order of magnitude Major damage criteria are of a type that may be called consequence criteria and have a more complex representation that allows estimating the full probability of damage for a given set of ground shaking and local conditions Major damage criteria are of a type that may be used to develop the vulnerability functions that are used in standard methods of detailed risk analysis (see Step 6) The various building damage categories are discussed in greater detail below with particular emphasis on threshold cracking criteria as these are likely to be most relevant for EGS-induced seismicity Moreover meeting threshold cracking criteria would imply that minor damage would be unlikely or perhaps confined to a very small fraction of structures and that major damage would be highly improbable

321 Threshold Cracking The US Bureau of Mines (Syskind Staggg Kopp and Dowding 1980) has defined threshold cracking limits for blasting-induced peak particle velocities (PPV) or peak ground velocities (PGV) to avoid cosmetic damage These threshold cracking limits as a function of the principal frequency are provided in Figure 3-1 The principal frequency is usually determined by zero-crossings of the waveform (controlled primarily by the response of the stratified earth) The limit is typically given as peak particle velocity or PPV which is often applied to building foundations and structures as well as ground near to but not adjacent to the structure For the purposes of this document PPV is assumed to be equivalent to PGV for all practical purposes unless otherwise stated The limit would apply to the ground surface in the absence of structures The PPV of the foundation structures should generally be less than the free surface PGV The limit of 19 mmsec (075 insec) between 4 and 16 Hz is for gypsum board walls while the limit of 125 mmsec (05 insec) between 28 and 10 Hz is for plaster walls Plaster walls are generally of older construction are unreinforced and thus crack more readily than modern gypsum board walls with taped joints The difference between threshold cracking criteria for gypsum board walls and plaster walls is small compared to the uncertainties inherent in the prediction of actual cosmetic cracking Interior surfaces trimmed with wood panels or un-finished interiors would withstand higher levels of vibration Tiled surfaces are generally backed by core board gypsum board or other substrate that resists cracking for which the limit shown for gypsum board may apply PGAs of 0025 g 005 g 01 g and 02 g are also plotted in Figure 3-1 Using a comparison of MMI with PGA adapted from Wald (1999) the Modified Mercalli Intensities (MMI) corresponding to these constant acceleration curves are indicated in Figure 3-1 The MMI scale describes qualitative effects of seismic ground motion and are compared with PGA and PGV in Table 3-2 Wald (1999) provides relationship between MMI as defined by Richter (1958) and PGA and PGV based on a regression analysis of horizontal ground motions for various seismic events in California Assigning a PGA or PGV to an MMI (or vice versa) is subject to considerable uncertainty The observations given in Table 3-2 were obtained from Richter

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-3

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

(1958) because Wald (1999) cited Richter in defining the MMI The observations assigned by the USGS to each MMI differ slightly from those defined by Richter (1958)

Table 3-2 Modified Mercalli Intensity and Peak Ground Acceleration (Wald 1999)

MMI Description PGA g

PGV-mmsec

Observations (Richter 1958)

III Weak 00017 to 0014

1 to 11 Felt indoors Hanging objects swing May not be recognized as an earthquake

IV Light 0014 to 0039

11 to 34 Hanging objects swing Vibration like passing of heavy trucks or sensation of a jolt like a heavy ball striking the walls Standing motor cars rock Windows dishes doors rattle Glasses clink Crockery clashes In the upper range of IV wooden walls and frame creak

V Moderate 0039 to 0092

34 to 81 Felt outdoors direction estimated Sleepers awakened Liquids disturbed some spilled Small unstable objects displaced or upset Doors swing close open Shutters pictures move Pendulum clocks stop start change rate

VI Strong 0092 to 018

81 to 160

Felt by all Many frightened and run outdoors Persons walk unsteadily Windows dishes glassware broken Knickknacks books etc off shelves Pictures off walls Furniture moved or overturned Weak plaster and masonry D cracked Small bells ring (church school) Trees bushes shaken

VII Very Strong 018-034

160 to 310

Difficult to stand Noticed by drivers of motor cars Hanging objects quiver Furniture broken Damage to masonry D including cracks Weak chimneys broken at roof line Fall of plaster loose bricks stones tiles cornices un-braced parapets and architectural ornaments Some cracks in masonry C Waves on ponds water turbid with mud Small slides and caving in along sand or gravel banks Large bells ring Concrete irrigation ditches damaged

VIII Destructive 034 to 065

310 to 600

Steering of motor cars affected Damage to masonry C partial collapse Some damage to masonry B none to masonry A Fall of stucco and some masonry walls Twisting fall of chimneys factory stacks monuments towers elevated tanks Frame houses moved on foundations if not bolted down loose panel walls thrown out Decayed piling broken off Branches broken from trees Changes in flow or temperature of springs and wells Cracks in wet ground and on steep slopes

Masonry A Good workmanship mortar and design reinforced especially laterally and bound together by using steel concrete etc designed to resist lateral forces

Masonry B Good workmanship and mortar reinforced but not designed to resist lateral forces Masonry C Ordinary workmanship and mortar no extreme weaknesses like failing to tie in at corners

but neither reinforced nor designed to resist horizontal forces Masonry D Weak materials such as adobe poor mortar low standards of workmanship weak

horizontally

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-4

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The PGV limit shown for plaster-walled structures between 10 Hz and 40 Hz corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement limit of 02 mm (0008 in) This is a relatively trivial displacement that structures should be able to tolerate even though the associated peak ground acceleration at 40Hz is well above an MMI of VI This suggests that the MMI scale is poorly correlated with PGV at spectral peaks above 10 Hz The USBM vibration limits shown in Figure 3-1 indicate a decreasing PGV (or PPV) limit with decreasing frequency below 25 Hz This variation corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement curve of 08 mm (0032 in) At these low frequencies dynamic strains within buildings should be proportional to the ground acceleration rather than ground displacement The USBM criteria for threshold damage are widely used for construction vibration and blasting vibration monitoring but the constant displacement limit shown below 25 Hz is both puzzling and not well founded A review of USBM RI 8507 suggests that the constant displacement below 25Hz is not clearly supported by measurement data or correlation of any such data with building damage The USBM criterion curve is actually recommended as an ldquoAlternative Blasting Level Criteriardquo in Appendix B of RI 8507 with the statement that ldquoAn ultimate maximum displacement of 0030 inch (presumably zero-to-peak) is recommended which would only be of concern where very low frequencies are encounteredrdquo The report also reviews various literature concerning low frequency ground motion such as by Thoenen and Windes (1942) However Thoenen and Windes (1942) indicate that an acceleration limit of 01g is safe down to at least 2Hz Other references referred to in USBM 8507 are discussed with reference to ldquolow frequenciesrdquo that are not defined No examples of threshold damage are presented for PGVs of less than 125 mmsec (05 insec) at frequencies below 25Hz Thus applying the 08 mm (0032 in) 0-P criterion at frequencies below 25 may be unreasonable and if so would place severe and unnecessary restrictions on EGS-induced seismicity where such events would include low frequency ground motion Rather building damage criteria for ground motion of any kind at frequencies below roughly 25Hz should be based on experience with earthquake ground motions Accordingly a composite building damage criterion curve is suggested in Figure 3-2 to address the inconsistancy between threshold cracking limits and seismological experience The criterion is equivalent to the USBM RI 8507 criterion curve above 25 Hz Below 25 Hz the curve is drawn such that a constant acceleration of 002g with respect to frequency equates to the PGV criterion of 125mmsec (05 insec) at 25 Hz The criterion curve of 002 g shown below 25 Hz is comparable to an MMI of IV The PGV criterion of 125mmsec between 25 and 10 Hz also corresponds to an MMI of IV as indicated in Table 3-2 That is the suggested threshold cracking criterion of Figure 3-2 is consistent with an MMI IV The modified curve thus rationalizes the MMI scale with the USBM RI 8507 building threshold damage criteria with some degree of conservatism The minimum of 125 mmsec (05 insec) of the curve between 25 and 10 Hz corresponds to the typical range of resonance frequencies of wood-frame structures This curve is suggested as an appropriate PGV threshold cracking criterion for EGS-induced seismicity one which is based on experience with seismic ground motion as well as mining- and construction-generated ground motions and one which is generally considered conservative for a wide variety of wood-frame structures

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-5

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The threshold damage criterion is given as a function of frequency for which an estimate of the spectral peak associated with the PGV is needed The determination of the spectral peak of the PGV is typically made by counting ldquozero-crossingsrdquo of the velocity motion This method is subject to some interpretation where the velocity waveforms contain substantial high frequency content but it is widely used in the blasting and construction industry More sophisticated techniques apply Fourier analysis to the transient velocity waveform to define the spectral peak The quantity plotted in Figure 3-2 against the criterion curve is the magnitude of the velocity waveform along the vertical axis and the spectral peak along the horizontal axis

Neglecting the maximum permissible PGV at 40Hz and higher frequencies (50mmsec) one may simply determine the vector-sum PGA PGV and zero-to-peak (0-P) ground displacement by differentiation and integration of the velocity waveforms If all three of these amplitudes exceed respectively 002g 125mmsec and 02mm 0-P (04 mm P-P) then the event would be in excess of the suggested threshold cracking criterion regardless of the spectrum If any one or more of these peak amplitudes did not exceed its respective threshold then the ground motion might be within the threshold cracking limit This would be a less-than-conservative test but would not require determination of a spectral peak by counting zero-crossings or Fourier analysis thus simplifying real-time data analysis and interpretation Additional investigation of this technique is needed High amplitude PGVrsquos at spectral peak frequencies in excess of 40Hz are likely to be rare However if this does occur then an additional criterion would be a maximum PGV of 50mmsec if the 0-P displacement is less than 02 mm respectively Adjustment of these acceleration velocity and displacement thresholds might be appropriate based on a review of seismic waveforms and local building types However distinction between building types (for example wood frame or masonry) is usually not made when applying criteria Figure 3-3 is an example output of an Instantel Minimate blast vibration monitor that illustrates the velocity waveform and PGVs plotted against the USBM criteria This chart is typical of the type of output that is used for monitoring blasting- and construction-related transients as well as continuous vibration The PGVs in three orthogonal axes are listed together with the vector sum The peak vector sum indicates the maximum PGV in any direction This type of display can be used for assessing EGS-induced seismicity though the modified criterion curve of Figure 3-2 is suggested here in lieu of the USBM RI 8507 criteria shown in Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-3

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-8

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-3 Example Event Report

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-9

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

322 Minor and Major Damage Dowding (1996) summarizes work by Edwards and Northwood (1960) and Northwood et al (1963) who characterize minor and major damage Minor damage would include superficial damage not causing weakening of the structure but would include broken windows loosened or fallen plaster and hairline cracks in masonry Minor damage would be associated with a moderate earthquake of MMI VI or higher

Major damage would include serious weakening of the structure This would be indicated by the presence of large cracks or shifting of the foundation or bearing walls or major settlement resulting in distortion or weakening of the superstructure Dowding (1985) indicates that threshold cracking occurred in older structures at about 76 mmsec (3 insec) minor damage at 114 mmsec (45 insec) and major damage at 203 mmsec (8 insec) The spectral frequencies associated with these damages were not identified From these examples a reasonable criterion for major damage would be 125 mmsec (5 insec) However damage at lower amplitudes of PGV may occur and would depend on the quality of construction age condition etc For example unreinforced masonry structures may be more prone to structural damage than modern reinforced masonry structures Construction vibration damage criteria for historical structures are generally lower or more restrictive than those of modern structures even though historical structures may easily withstand substantially greater motion than modern structures of the same type Minor and major damage to residential wood frame and masonry structures should be nil if EGS seismicity remains within threshold cracking criteria Hazard and risk assessment methods are described in Sections 5 and 6 respectively

33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES Civil structures include the following

Dams Bridges

Highways Railroads

Tunnels Power Plants

Pipe Lines Runways

Damage criteria for civil structures would depend on the nature of the structure Modern civil structures are by regulation designed to withstand substantial earthquake ground motions Ground motions induced by EGS activities are not expected to exceed those of natural origin in seismically active areas Hence damage due to EGS seismicity would not be expected to damage civil structures such as those listed above if they are designed to seismic codes for seismic areas The construction design drawings and specifications should be reviewed for seismic design criteria that may be applicable to EGS seismicity However seismic criteria may be defined in

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-10

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

terms of acceleration and are probably excessively conservative for frequencies above 10Hz (See the discussion above regarding Figure 3-2)

34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES The estimate of probable damage to buried structures is based on the strain induced by the passing seismic shear wave and the strength of the material forming the structure The strains due to passing shear waves in buried structures can conservatively be assumed to be the same as those of the surrounding soil Buried structures are not subject to resonance amplification in the same manner as a building due to the loading of the soil and damping related to re-radiation of waves into the soil by the structure Thus buried structures should withstand much higher ground motion amplitudes than those that would damage surface structures Dowding (1996) discusses vibration damage to buried structures in some detail The probability of damage should be based on expected maximum ground strains and the flexibility of the buried structures which may require finite-element analysis In any case EGS seismicity that would not cause cosmetic damage to surface structures would very likely not damage underground structures

341 Wells Dowding (1996) describes results obtained from a USBM study concerning water wells The study indicated no loss of well capacity with PGVs produced by blasting as high as 84 mmsec (33 insec) and no loss of water level with PGVs as high as 141 mmsec (55 insec) This does not stop well owners from claiming that construction-related vibration damages their wells Thus inspection of deep water wells prior to project implementation should be conducted to assess well condition prior to EGS stimulation This pertains to ground motions dewatering or changes to aquifers are another matter to be considered by others

342 Pipelines Failure of gas transmission lines due to weld failures and other defects are of concern with respect to pipeline operations Relatively large tensile hoop stresses in the pipe wall due to high pressure gas would be superposed with strains induced by passing ground motion waves Old pipelines especially those manufactured with welded seams have some history of rupturing under excessive pressure However a properly maintained and designed pipeline should offer substantial margin of safety against normal soil movement over time with resulting strains in the soil that may exceed those associated with passing low amplitude seismic waves from induced seismicity

Assuming a shear-wave velocity in soil of 200 msec and PGV of perhaps 025 msec (10 insec) the peak strain in the soil due to the passing wave would be on the order of 025200 = 000125 giving a stress in the pipeline wall of 260 MPa (37500 psi) comparable with the yield strength of mild steel Designing an EGS project to limit PGVs to threshold damage criteria on the order of 50 mmsec (2 insec) would give a peak stress in the steel of 22 MPa (7500 psi) well within the yield strength of mild steel Dynamic stresses in the pipe wall should be less due to the higher modulus of the steel relative to that of the soil though a complete analysis would include the stresses due to pressurization

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-11

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Dowding (1996) describes pipe wall strain measurements conducted during blasting at short range PGVs on the order of 114 msec (45 insec) produced strains in the pipe wall on the order of 500E-6 giving a pipe wall stress on the order of 100 MPa (15000 psi) Scaling down to PGVs on the order of 5 insec would imply a pipe wall stress of 12 MPa (1700 psi) a relatively small amount Again the seismically induced stresses must be combined with operating pipeline wall stresses due to pressure

As with any civil structure pipelines would be expected to be constructed to meet large ground motion seismic criteria Pipeline plan and profile drawings operating pressures and fluid types should be reviewed and discussed with the pipeline operator Gas transmission lines in poor condition should be identified and considered carefully Inspection of any nearby gas transmission line may be considered prior to EGS startup

343 Basement Walls Basement walls are usually constructed of either concrete block or reinforced concrete Dowding (1996) indicates that the former exhibited cracking of mortar joints at 75 mmsec (3 insec) Reinforced concrete walls cracked when the PPV exceeded 250 mmsec (10 insec) though in this case the failure was at the juncture of two walls

Again EGS projects designed to limit PPV or PGV to threshold cracking criteria should cause no cracking of basement walls The existing conditions of basement walls and structures should be documented with pre-construction surveys prior to EGS stimulation

344 Tunnels Dowding and Rozen (1978) summarize damages to tunnel structures of various types caused by earthquakes The summary considers 71 tunnel structures and 13 different earthquakes with Richter magnitudes ML 58 to 83 and with focal depths ranging from 13 to 40 km The review included four types of tunnels (a) unlined rock tunnels (b) temporary steel liners with wood blocking (c) final concrete lining and (d) final masonry lining The conclusions are

(1) Tunnels are less prone to seismic damage than surface structures for a given surface ground motion

(2) No damage to tunnels of any type occurred for estimated ground surface PGVs of 02 msec (8 insec) and PGAs of 019 g

(3) In cases where shaking was identified as causing tunnel damage the tunnels were in ground or rock of poor condition

(4) Total collapse of a tunnel was found only in cases of an intersecting fault and (5) Tunnels are much safer than surface structures for the same intensity of shaking

However the estimated ground motions are for the ground surface and lower amplitudes of ground motion likely occurred at tunnel depth Some amplification of tunnel stresses might occur for seismic wavelengths comparable with the tunnel diameter Tunnels in soil with liquefaction potential or tunnel portals near landslide-prone areas or tunnels intersected by faults or poor soil or rock conditions are at greater risk than tunnels in competent rock or tunnels with concrete liners and grouted soil Tunnels within an EGS seismic zone should be identified and reviewed with the responsible agencies to determine damage potential A survey of any such tunnels

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-12

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

should be conducted as part of the EGS impact assessment Tunnels may include (but not be limited to) railroad highway mining or water transport tunnels Tunnels should be inspected prior to EGS activities to identify pre-existing defects cracks seepage etc

35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE Landslides and rockslides caused by ground motion are difficult to predict though they have been documented in the case of large earthquakes Landslides may involve very slow movement of soil over time or may be abrupt as with an avalanche Rock slides may involve an avalanche of rock or the occasional motion of rocks or boulders that after a period of time result in the accumulation of rock mounts and slopes

Loose rock such as talus slopes may be viewed as colluvium deposited at its angle of repose Ground motions associated with blasting are usually too small to cause landslides of colluvium However the potential for rockslide in response to ground motion exists This is of particular interest to highway construction engineers for blasting at the base of talus slopes Landslide triggering associated with strong-motion seismic events of the order of M 6 or higher is discussed by Wieczorek (Transportation Research Board 1996) Evidently landslide triggering by smaller events is relatively rare Historical seismicity should define an acceptable limit for PGVs associated with EGS

36 HUMAN RESPONSE Human response to ground vibration includes perceptible vibration and low frequency ground-borne noise one or both of which are common with rail transportation construction and mining operations Some of the substantial literature that exists for human response to floor vibration and ground-borne noise caused by these sources is applicable to transient induced seismicity specifically that regarding mining and construction activities Evidently both ground motion and ground-borne noise from EGS activity near Basel Switzerland has caused human annoyance and the literature regarding this should be consulted Criteria for assessing the significance of vibration and ground-borne noise are discussed below

361 Third Octave Filters Third octave filters are commonly used for assessing human response to both noise and vibration (Third octave filters are also used for describing the vibration tolerance of sensitive instrumentation as discussed below) A third octave filter is a unity-gain filter with a bandwidth of approximately 23 of its nominal center frequency The third octave filter response is ldquomaximally flatrdquo with typically a 6-pole filter roll-characteristic of 36dB per octave outside of the filter pass-band Third octave filters are normally provided with high quality commercial sound level meters or vibration analyzers and can be used in a practical manner for monitoring of ground motions The responses of third octave filters are specified in ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R2009) The response time of a third octave filter increases with its order and is inversely proportional to its bandwidth That is the response time of 6th order filter is longer than the response time of a 3rd order filter Older analog third octave filters were usually 3rd order and referred to as Class III filters in the ANSI standards Modern digital sound and vibration meters almost universally provide 6th order filters The response time is important for short-period transient events such as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-13

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

those produced by induced seismicity A third octave filter with center frequency of 4 Hz will have a filter bandwidth of slightly less than 1-Hz with a corresponding response time of the order of one second Induced seismic events by EGS projects will likely have durations less than one second The averaging time used for measuring the root-mean-square vibration needs to be long enough to include the filter response time The vibration ldquodoserdquo analysis approach discussed below is intended to circumvent this issue

362 Vibration

Metrics ISO 2631-1 (1997) is a standard for assessing human response to acceleration for people standing sitting or lying Frequency weightings are specified for application to third octave vibration acceleration spectra extending from 05 to 80 Hz together with methods for combining the weighted acceleration in all six degrees of freedom Two procedures are recommended in ISO 2631-1 for assessing transient acceleration the running RMS evaluation method and the fourth-power dose method The running RMS method involves determining the RMS amplitude of the weighted acceleration continuously with an integration time of one second Exponential weighting with respect to time may be employed The maximum RMS amplitude occurring during a transient event is called the Maximum Transient Vibration Value (MTVV) The fourth-power vibration dose is defined as the fourth root of the integral with respect to time of the weighted acceleration amplitude raised to the fourth power This approach is intended to represent the peak value within a given time period

Siskind et al (1980) suggest using a second-power vibration velocity dose computed by integrating the square of the vibration velocity amplitude over the entire signature with respect to time As with the fourth power approach this method is also independent of the integration time The integration times used in the dose procedures must be short enough to avoid introduction of background vibration into the estimate In the absence of background vibration the result would be independent of the integration time provided that the integration time covers or spans the duration of the transient event The second-power dose approach may be used with virtually any good quality sound level meter or vibration analyzer and the results should be comparable with the ISO 2631 fourth-power dose Some sound level meters or vibration analyzers can measure the fourth-power dose

ISO 2631-2 (2003) recommends limits for human exposure to vibration in buildings using the measurement methods outlined in the ISO 2631-1 standard The standard recommends a single weighting network or filter to be applied to analog ground acceleration to obtain the weighted acceleration regardless of the axis of vibration The filter is a simple low-pass filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz giving a constant acceleration response below 56 Hz and a constant velocity response above 56 Hz Band limiting filters are also recommended with corner frequencies of 08Hz (high pass) and 100 Hz (low pass) to define the overall bandwidth The filter response is tabulated at third octave band center frequencies for application to third octave acceleration data The 08 Hz high pass and 100 Hz low pass filters are probably unnecessary as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-14

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

the spectral peak of EGS seismic acceleration and velocity associated with induced seismicity by EGS projects would likely be between 1 Hz and 100 Hz

ANSI S271-1983 (R2006) recommends third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves for characterizing human response to vibration referring to ANSI S318-1979 The third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves are plotted in Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5 respectively The base-response curves are approximately twice the threshold of perception Base-response curves are provided for each axis and a composite curve is also recommended (ANSI S318-1979 is no longer in publication as of this writing supplanted by ANSI S272-1 which primarily follows ISO 2631-1) A simple (single-pole) low-pass filter response function is recommended in ANSI S271 for filtering analog acceleration data equivalent to the weighting function recommended in ISO 2631-2 (2003) but without band limiting filters at 08 and 100Hz The corresponding filter for analog velocity data would be a (single-pole) high-pass filter with corner frequency of 56Hz The ANSI S271 standard suggests that the root-mean-square (RMS) amplitude should be determined over the duration of the transient which for EGS seismicity would typically be of the order of a second or less

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-15

FREQUENCY - HZ 1 10 100

Z-AXIS ACCEL XY AXIS ACCEL COMBINED-AXIS ACCEL

1

10

100

1000 1

3 O

CTA

VE R

MS

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N

mmsec2

1010

100 g

10

1

01

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-4 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Acceleration Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-16

1 10 100

FREQUENCY - HZ

Z-AXIS VELOC XY-AXIS VELOCI COMBINED-AXIS VELOC

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

13

OCT

AVE

RM

S VE

LOCI

TY -

MM

SEC

1

01

Figure 3-5 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Velocity Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-17

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Examples Figure 3-6 illustrates two example seismograms One is the un-weighted ground surface acceleration (measured in one particular axis) and the other is the weighted acceleration obtained by low-pass filtering the acceleration with a single-pole (6 dB attenuation per octave) filter with corner frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The peak amplitude of the weighted acceleration signal is less than the PGA by only a modest amount as much of the spectrum of the acceleration signature is above the corner frequency of 56Hz A shorter period acceleration transient with higher frequency content would produce a significantly lower weighted acceleration waveform Third octave spectra of the un-weighted acceleration are plotted in Figure 3-7 The acceleration spectra are the peak the fourth-power dose the second power dose and the MTVV of the third octave band filtered signals The corresponding values for the overall (broadband un-weighted) PGA the overall fourth-power acceleration dose the overall second acceleration dose and the overall MTVV are plotted at the left hand side of Figure 3-7 The corresponding weighted peak acceleration the weighted fourth-power acceleration dose the weighted second-power dose and the weighted MTVV are plotted at the right-hand side

The fourth-power and the second-power dose curves are almost indistinguishable from one another suggesting that either the second-power acceleration dose approach or the fourth-power dose may be used for characterizing this particular transient ground motion The peak values of the overall and weighted acceleration are roughly about 50 to 100 higher than either of the dose magnitudes The MTVV (the maximum root-mean-square amplitude determined over any one-second time period) is generally significantly less than the dose magnitudes This makes the dose approach most attractive for event characterization relative to human response However the dose units include the square root of or fourth root of time and thus differ from the MTVV units which is a root-mean-square acceleration The third octave analyses indicate that the acceleration dose is between 64 and 128 times the ANSI S271 base response curve and thus highly perceptible to humans The peak third octave acceleration is plotted for illustration but should not necessarily be used for comparison with the ANSI S271 base response curve as these specifically apply to RMS third octave acceleration or dose Even so the peak values are not much greater than the dose values

The spectrum of this particular seismogram is such that its peak occurs at the transition frequency between constant acceleration and constant velocity regions of the ANSI curves As a result employing only the acceleration or velocity for assessing human annoyance potential is not entirely adequate However filtering the acceleration signal with a 56-Hz low pass filter as recommended in ANSI S271 and ISO 2631-2 provides a single number of weighted acceleration for assessing human annoyance potential The weighted accelerations are plotted at the right hand side of Figure 3-7

Measurement Location The ISO 2631-2 and ANSI S271 standards recommend measuring vibration acceleration (or velocity) in the buildings in which people would be located This may be impractical for EGS monitoring activity and would be difficult from a prediction point of view because building

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-18

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

response may vary considerably from one to the next The most practical approach for both prediction and monitoring would be to use the ground surface acceleration

Sidewalks and asphalt surfaces are ideal measurement surfaces for monitoring EGS vibration as the sidewalk has a large bearing surface relative to its mass assuming intimate contact between sidewalk and soil Transducers buried in pits at a depth of at most 1 m provide excellent permanent monitoring points However the back-fill of the pit must be of the same density as the surrounding soil That is the transducers should not be encased in concrete blocks that are in turn buried in the soil as the massive concrete block and soil will act as a spring-mass isolation system with a damped resonance of the order of perhaps 10 to 30Hz This may be acceptable for strong-motion seismicity with spectral peak at 3Hz but could be problematic for high spectral peak events From a practical point of view the building interior floor vibration acceleration or velocity will be roughly one to two times the exterior ground surface velocity or acceleration This comparison may be the result of measuring too closely to the foundation of the building as the ground surface response is reduced by the presence of the building foundation Considerable uncertainty exists in characterizing building response to vibration and considering the large number of building types and people that may be present near an EGS project the better approach would be to estimate a reasonable amplification factor that is representative of the buildings in the area In the absence of more information one may simply take the ground surface incident acceleration as a first estimate especially for transient motions with spectral peaks at frequencies below the fundamental floor resonance frequencies of structures These fundamental frequencies are usually of the order of 12Hz or higher for residential wood frame structures The incident ground surface acceleration or velocity can be multiplied by a factor of two if an additional safety factor is desired

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-19

006

-006

-004

-002

0

002

004

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N -

G

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

10 11 12 13 14 15

TIME - SEC

ACCELERATION

WEIGHTED ACCELERATION

Figure 3-6 Example Ground Acceleration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-20

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Recommended Practice for Assessing Human Response to EGS Vibration The ISO 2631-1 ANSI S271 and ANSI S271 standards provide excellent guidelines for assessing building interior floor vibration Of the various methods the recommended approach is to employ a second-power acceleration dose method with a good quality precision integrating sound level meter or vibration meter or the fourth-power dose method as recommended by ISO 2631-1 As shown above the second-power dose method gives results that are very similar to the fourth-power acceleration dose method for transient events of the order of one second or less In the event that a transient duration extends several seconds both the second-power and fourth-power dose methods will reflect the effect of increasing transient duration ANSI S271 Acceleration

Examples of limits for third octave acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-3 in terms of multiples of the composite base response curve given in ANSI S271 The base response curve corresponds to third octave acceleration and velocity limits of 000036 g and 100 micronsec (01 mmsec) for frequencies below and above 56 Hz respectively These limits would be applied to third octave vibration acceleration dose as described above The composite acceleration base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-4 and the corresponding composite third octave velocity base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-5 Third octave acceleration data are plotted against these criteria curves in Figure 3-7 The dose responses shown in Figure 3-7 fall between 32 and 64 times the base response curve The prototype limits are given as a function of recurrence interval Thus events that recur over time periods of less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable provided that their third octave acceleration dose was within the base response curve Events recurring over a time period of less than one hour but not less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable if their acceleration doses were within twice the base response curve These limits would be multiplied by a factor of two for daytime periods The daytime limits are extended in multiples of two for larger time periods However the ability to control or predict the time of day during which an induced seismic event occurs is severely limited Therefore the night time limits should probably be applied as a conservative measure A maximum limit of 64 times the base the response curve is suggested as this would correspond to an RMS magnitude of 0023 g with a PGA of perhaps 005 g (MMI V) and would exceed the threshold cracking criterion

The limits listed in Table 3-3 may require adjustment based on hazard assessment accuracy practicality receiver type land use etc A similar table may be developed for hospitals nursing homes schools and other land uses where vibration may interfere with activity Also higher limits might be considered during EGS stimulation over a short period of time with more restrictive post-stimulation limits for production over much longer time periods though such an approach must be vetted with stakeholders Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits

The single number weighted acceleration approach is recommended to reduce the complexity of assessing human response to ground motion As indicated above this involves filtering the acceleration signal with a low pass single-pole filter with roll-off frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The weighted acceleration should then be squared and integrated with respect to time over the transient duration The results should be summed over each axis and the square root of the sum should be taken to obtain the composite vector-sum dose This

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-22

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

process will generally yield a higher value that would be obtained by comparison of third octave spectra with the response curves

Prototype limits for weighted composite acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-4 The prototype acceleration limits are derived by taking the multiple of the base response curve acceleration limit at the low frequency limit (below 56Hz) and multiplying by the square root of two (+3dB) Thus the low frequency acceleration limit for the ANSI S271 acceleration base response curve at 2Hz is 000036 g and multiplying by 14 gives a weighted acceleration limit of 00005 g The factor of root two is intended to accommodate the difference between the weighted acceleration and the maximum value obtained in any third octave band which is necessarily less than the weighted acceleration (A more conservative and acceptable approach would be to not employ the factor of 14) An event with maximum weighted acceleration dose of 00005 g would be largely unnoticed Events of this nature would correspond to a weighted velocity of about 100 micronsec typically considered as a threshold impact on human occupancy though the threshold of human perception is actually less than this by perhaps a factor of two (ANSI Standard S271) Events of this type could occur repeatedly throughout the night without generating significant annoyance A weighted acceleration dose of 0001g occurring repeatedly through the day time period would probably be acceptable for daytime residential occupancy However above these dose amplitudes human annoyance may rise rapidly Repeated exposure to perceptible vibration with high occurrence rate (short recurrence period) would likely generate significant reaction A maximum dose of 0032 g-sec12 or 0032 g-sec14 is suggested as the PGA associated with such an even would be 005 g or 006 g corresponding to an MMI V and could be above the threshold cracking criterion of 002g Weighted Velocity Dose Limits

Table 3-5 contains prototype vibration dose limits that correspond to the prototype limits given in Table 3-4 The weighted vibration velocity would be obtained by applying a high-pass single-pole filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz to the velocity waveform This may be most appropriate for velocity data obtained with a 1-Hz or 2-Hz seismometer or geophone Typical EGS vibration is expected to have most of its energy at frequencies below 10 Hz Thus either the weighted velocity or the weighted acceleration are probably of equal merit The choice may depend more on transducer selection and instrumentation simplicity PGA and PGV Limits

Detailed prediction of EGS ground acceleration or velocity signatures with spectral content is perhaps impracticable whereas prediction of the PGA or PGV may be straight-forward given appropriate EGS seismic models and statistics Thus human annoyance may have to be based on PGA and PGV rather than weighted RMS or dose acceleration In this case the PGA and PGV would be about 50 to 100 higher than the un-weighted acceleration or velocity dose judging from the results given in Figure 3-7 If spectral characteristics can be predicted the weighted peak acceleration can be estimated in which case the prototype limits would be roughly 50 to 100 higher than the prototype limits shown for the weighted acceleration dose in Table 3-4 or the weighted velocity dose limits given in Table 3-5 If the joint probability of recurrence of an event with given un-weighted PGA and PGV can be predicted then the PGA and PGV may be compared directly with the limits given in Table 3-4

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-23

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and Table 3-5 respectively perhaps with a multiplier of two to account for peak versus RMS magnitudes to determine an acceptable recurrence period As an example if events with predicted PGAs and PGVs in excess of 0001 g and 0280 mmsec respectively are predicted to recur within ten minutes then the suggested night time criterion would be exceeded On the other hand if either the un-weighted PGA or the PGV or both are less than 0001 g and 028 mmsec then the event would be within the suggested criterion for a 10-minute recurrence interval The un-weighted PGA and PGV limits can be taken as twice the acceleration and velocity dose limits given in Table 3-4 and Table 3-5

Table 3-3 Suggested Criteria for Third Octave Ground Surface Acceleration Dose versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Multiple of Third Octave Composite Base Response Curve (Figure 3-4) for Residential Occupancy

ANSI S271 lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 2 4 8 16 32 64 Night 1 2 4

Table 3-4 Suggested Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy g-sec12 or g-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 0001 0002 0004 0008 0016 0032 Night 00005 0001 0002

Table 3-5 Suggested Weighted Velocity Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Velocity Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy (mmsec)-sec12 or (mmsec)-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 028 056 112 224 448 896 Night 014 028 056

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-24

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

363 Ground-Borne Noise Ground-borne noise is radiated into rooms by vibrating walls and floors The interior noise is computed by estimating the input sound power resulting from vibrating surfaces accounting for radiation efficiency of various modes of wall vibration and accounting for the acoustical absorption present in the room As a practical matter the average absorption coefficient can be assumed to be 05 and the radiation efficiency of the room may be assumed to be 50 Thus without going into the details the interior third-octave band sound pressure in decibels relative to 20 micro-Pascal can be estimated by adding 32dB to the room surface third-octave band vibration velocity level in dB re one micronsec energy-averaged over the room surfaces That is for each third octave band

SPL (dB re 20 x 10-6 Pa) = VEL (dB re 10-6 msec) + 32dB Here SPL is the sound pressure level and VEL is the velocity level both in decibels This approach is employed for the prediction of ground-borne noise produced by rail transit systems (Federal Transit Administration 2006) The uncertainty in this conversion is roughly five decibels (Often the decibel is abbreviated as VdB in the US for example VdB relative to 1 micro-insec) (The ISO standard reference level for vibration velocity is 10-8 msec This may be preferable to using 10-6 msec as a reference level to maintain uniformity between international standards)

The room surface vibration velocity level is difficult to predict as it depends on foundation response to incident ground vibration and structure design (See above discussion regarding interior versus exterior vibration) The A-Weighted sound level is perhaps the most universal metric for assessing the noise environment of human beings as it has been employed throughout the world for well over 50 years The A-Weighted sound level is obtained by filtering the analog sound pressure with an A-Weighting network and analyzing the resulting signal with an RMS detector The A-Weighting network is universally provided with sound level meters so that monitoring EGS-induced ground-borne noise is entirely practicable However a precision sound level meter with low input noise and accurate response down to 10 Hz is needed for accurate assessment Other weighting networks are also provided such as the C-Weighting network that has been proposed by some for assessing low-frequency noise The C-weighting is essentially flat between 315 Hz and 8 KHz The response of the A-Weighting network is plotted in Figure 3-8

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-25

A-Weighting 35929 PM 7222011

16 316 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K 16K

FREQUENCY - HZ

A-WEIGHTING

-70

-60

-50

-40

-30

-20

-10

0

10

RES

PON

SE -

DEC

IBEL

S

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-8 A-Weighting Network Filter Response

The A-Weighted sound level can be obtained by applying the A-Weighting response curve to the estimated third-octave band sound pressure spectrum and summing the third-octave band sound energies To do this one must estimate the spectrum of sound pressure Where no estimate is available a peak frequency of 31 Hz is perhaps adequate for small magnitude events recognizing that the peak could be at sub-audible frequencies The A-weighting response in decibels can also be added to narrow band spectra or Fourier power spectra given in decibels The adjusted spectral levels can then be energy-summed to obtain the A-weighed sound (Energy-summing is also known as ldquodecibel additionrdquo The energy in each band is 10(01L) These energies are summed over all bands The resulting sound level is then 10Log10 [sum of band energies])

Audible ground-borne noise due to EGS activities would be unlikely unless the loss factor of the surficial soil is low For example rock or very stiff glacial tills support efficient transmission of ground-borne noise from rail transit subway systems in Toronto The quality factor of these soils Q is of the order of 40 corresponding to a loss factor of Q-1 of 0025 Audible ground-borne noise would typically involve frequencies above 20 Hz below which frequency a personrsquos aural response is very low and decreases rapidly with decreasing frequency as illustrated by the A-weighted response curve given in Figure 3-8 Perceptible ground vibration with spectral peaks at 31 Hz and above may be particular audible Short-period low-magnitude seismic events can be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-26

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

audible As a practical matter extending the measurement range down to include the 125 Hz third octave band is desirable to cover the sub-audible range Precision sound levels meters with high quality condenser microphones can extend the range down to about 4 Hz or even lower with special microphones

A limit of 35dBA averaged over the duration of the transient event is reasonable for residential occupancy where sleeping is a normal activity Lower limits of 25dBA would apply to concert halls or structures where low background noise is a basis for use However audible EGS-induced ground-borne noise may be infrequent in which case higher limits would likely be appropriate for these specialized public spaces especially in view of typical background noise due to HVAC systems door closings automobile and truck traffic and aircraft The limit might also be relaxed for residential structures located near highways with heavy truck traffic at night or near airports Seismic vibration events that are not perceptible may yet produce audible noise if the spectral peak frequency is high enough Conversely seismic events that are above the threshold of tactile perception may go un-noticed if the noise produced by such events is not audible above the background Audibility may be greater at night when background noise levels are least in which case greater awareness of ground vibration may exist

37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES Ground vibration may impact sensitive laboratory and manufacturing equipment such as scanning electron micro-scopes (SEM) scanning transmission electron micro-scopes (STEM) photolithography machines electron deposition machines laser interferometers laser metrology systems machining equipment and the like The nature of such operations is such that manufacturing productivity may be lessened or in some cases prevented The impact would be increased cost of production due to higher product defect rates

371 Criteria Vibration criteria published by the Institute of Environmental Sciences are plotted in Figure 3-9 and listed in Table 3-6 for sensitive equipment Also plotted for comparison are vibration limits for typical spaces used for human activity The limits given in Figure 3-9 and Table 3-6 apply to third-octave band RMS velocities measured over the duration of the vibration event The time duration of transient vibration from EGS activities would be one second or less The typical practice for such transients is to analyze the transient waveforms continuously with an integration time of one second and choose the maximum value obtained for each third-octave band which is the MTVV discussed in the ISO 2631 standard This approach may be unnecessarily severe but is nevertheless practicable for transient analysis and is commonly employed In any case measurement procedures given in manufacturerrsquos specifications for sensitive equipment should be used if available

Custom Laboratory Apparatus Custom-designed laboratory experimental apparatuses common in university research laboratories are not necessarily designed to control floor vibration As a result custom laboratory equipment may be particularly sensitive to vibration for which no published criteria are available The limits given in Table 3-6 can be applied based on the descriptions of equipment and line-widths involved The limits relevant to sensitive equipment are labeled as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-27

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

VC-A through VC-G and are recommended by the IES as floor vibration criteria for sensitive laboratory equipment

Figure 3-9 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012) (See Table 3-6)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-28

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Table 3-6 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012)

Equipment Category

Description Detail Size ndash

microns

10-6msec rms

Workshop (ISO)

Distinctly perceptible vibration NA 800

Office (ISO) Perceptible Vibration NA 400 Residential Day (ISO)

Barely perceptible Adequate for computer equipment probe test equipment and low power micro-scopes

75 200

Operating Theater (ISO)

Suitable for hospital operating theaters without OR Scopes optical microscopes up to 100X mechanical balances

25 100

VC-A Adequate for most optical microscopes up to 400X micro-balances optical balances proximity and projection aligners

8 50

VC-B Optical microscopes to 1000X inspection and lithography equipment to 3micron line widths

3 25

VC-C Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 1micron line width scanning electron micro-scopes optical tables

1 125

VC-D Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 300 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X laser interferometers

03 63

VC-E Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 100 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X long-path laser interferometers1 scanning tunneling electron micro-scopes1

01 32

VC-F Scanning Transmission electron microscopes1 16

VC-G Scanning Transmission Electron microscopes at highest resolution atomic force micro-scopes atomic tweezers1

08

NOTE 1 These equipment are inferred by the writer

Medical Every major medical center today has one or more magnetic resonance imaging systems (MRI) that typically have low tolerance to ground motion Site specifications for vibration environments of MRIs are provided by manufacturers and should be reviewed to estimate the potential for vibration impact Each manufacturer has its own vibration tolerance specification and these vary from one model to the next Absent specific information the following limits on third-octave band vibration velocity measured in any 1-second interval (MTVV) represent reasonable criteria (based on the writerrsquos experience)

15 Tesla 125 micronsec (VC-C Table 3-6)

3 Tesla 63 micronsec (VC-D Table 3-6) The typical General Electric MRI (as of 2010) can withstand PGAs of up to 00005 g without requiring additional study PGAs due to EGS activities may exceed this criterion in which case

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-29

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

estimates of the spectral energy of the acceleration with a bin bandwidth of typically 0125Hz may be required for frequencies from 0 to 50 Hz the typical range of the GE specification These estimates would be compared with criterion curves specified by the manufacturer which criteria may be of the order of 100 micro-g at low frequencies

Other medical equipment that may be subject to vibration includes optical microscopes micro-balances operating room micro-scopes (OR Scopes) and other laboratory analysis equipment While these might be impacted by short transient ground vibration the nature of their use is such that observations might be repeated with little loss of efficiency A typical vibration velocity limit for such laboratory equipment would be an RMS velocity of 50 micronsec in any third-octave band between 5Hz and 100Hz measured over any one-second period (VC-A Table 3-6)

CT scanners and PET scanners while achieving high resolution do not appear to be particularly sensitive to vibration judging from an apparent lack of vibration tolerance specifications for these machines Even so frequent exposure of equipment to floor vibration in excess of 100 micronsec may interfere with operations A VC-A limit of 50 micronsec (RMS) may be appropriate Manufacturersrsquo specifications should be obtained for such equipment and carefully reviewed

The floor vibration criterion for operating theaters is indicated in Figure 3-9 to be 100 micronsec (4000 micro-insec) while the American National Standards Institute (ANSI-S271) recommends a limit to 70 micronsec (2800 micro-insec) Operating room microscopes due to their cantilevered supports must be supported or mounted at points where structural vibration is less than perhaps 125 micronsec (500 micro-insec) (VC-C) Modern OR scopes can be provided with gyroscopic stabilizers that increase their tolerance to vibration

Biological Research Many biological research institutions use medical mice and other animals for research purposes Of particular concern is maintenance of the environment of experimental and control mice to ensure that both experience the same environment Otherwise environmental differences may influence the outcome of an experiment This is a difficult area to assess though some progress has been made In any case vibration and ground-borne noise have become an issue for the assessment of transportation and construction vibration impacts on medical mice and other animals One may assume that laboratory researchers would be concerned over possible effects of EGS induced seismicity on medical mice

38 SUMMARY The assessment of seismic impact on human activity can be a daunting task and criteria for assessment should be simple and easily applied to ground motion and vibration estimates Fortunately ground-borne noise and vibration impact criteria are available from the transportation construction and mining industries that can be applied to seismic hazard estimates with little adjustment Doing so at an early stage in the EGS development process may facilitate acceptance and allow mitigation of adverse seismic impacts The preceding discussion summarizes the most widely used impact criteria and the EGS developer can draw upon the experiences gained in these other industries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-30

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

39 SUGGESTED READING Beranek L L (Editor) Noise and Vibration Control McGraw-Hill 650 p 1971 Barkan D D Dynamics of Bases and Foundations McGraw-Hill 434 p 1962

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Richart F D Hall H R and Woods R D Vibrations of Soils and Foundations Prentice-

Hall 414p 1970 Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and

Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-31

4 Section 4 FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

41 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to gather the data on seismicity that will be needed to accomplish the objectives of the EGSGeothermal project Also included will be suggested goals for and means to process the data This section will deal primarily with seismic data It is obvious that to accurately estimate or forecast induced seismicity otherdata will aso be critical Examples will be stress data faults and lithology injection parametersetc Seismicity data will primarily be used for two related but different needs The first need is to address any issues related to the publicregulatory acceptance of any induced seismicity The second need is to aid in the design and successful operation of the EGS project In short the seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismic activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir-management purposes Not included in this step would be any collection or analysis of any active seismic data required to characterize the subsurface characteristics of the EGS system or surroundings (although the results of those efforts would be useful for processing the earthquake data)

42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL

The first step in understanding the potential for induced seismicity as well as in providing data for the EGS design is to identify past and present natural seismicity These data will be needed for the induced seismicity hazard and risk analysis (Sections 5 and 6) as well as for understanding current stressfaultsfracture patterns For example Step 1 of the Protocol is to screen the potential EGS area for any obvious ldquoshowstoppersrdquo In areas of high naturalbackground seismicity it may be undesirable to consider developing an EGS project On the other hand if the EGS project is in a relatively unpopulated area the high levels of seismicity may indicate a high potential for EGS project success (zones of high fracture heat etc) Also the tolerance for seismicity in active seismic areas may be higher than in areas where the public has not experienced any significant levels of seismicity

This does not imply however that if the anticipated induced seismicity is not over background seismicity levels (in maximum size only) there will not be a public acceptance issue For example there may have been historical seismicity above magnitude 4 and even if the anticipated induced seismicity maximum seismicity is all below a 30 the number of events below 30 may cause public concern That is it is important to determine public acceptance levels of any induced seismicity

On the positive side if the potential EGS site is in an earthquake-prone area structures may have been built to more stringent codes than in areas of low seismic activity In any case the use and need for gathering historicalbackground seismicity will be specific to each area Background seismicity data will be needed at both the regional level and local level (scale of EGS project) Today almost all parts of the US are monitored with seismographic networks that are capable of detecting and locating seismicity at M 20 and above and in many areas at M 15 and above This is adequate for any background regional seismic studies but may not be adequate for local seismic studies at the individual EGS scale

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-1

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

421 Possible Sources of Background Data In the US there have been a number of ongoing seismic monitoring programs run by the USGS as part of their National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program (NEHRP) Access to the data is supplied through the USGS website httpearthquakeusgsgov A variety of other information is also available at this site such as Shake Maps risk estimates and other useful information that will be needed to assess hazard and risks of the seismicity In addition the USGS can provide links to other data sets that may be useful for understanding historicalbackground seismicity (httpearthquakeusgsgovother_eqsitesphp) By accessing these data sets the reader can specify the area and time period of interest While much of the data collected in the US is either sent to the USGS or to the data center operated by the Incorporated Research Institutes of Seismology (IRIS httpwwwiriseduhq) individual universities also operate their own seismographic networks such as CaltechUniversity of Southern California (Southern California Earthquake Center (SCEC) httpwwwdatascecorg UC Berkeley Seismographic Stations (httpwwwncedcorg) University of Nevada Reno (httpwwwseismounredu ) and the University of Washington (httpwwwesswashingtoneduSEISPNSN ) to name a few There also may be available data that was collected for ldquoprivaterdquo purposes These would include any seismic networks installed for locating or monitoring past or current geothermal resources or other natural resources State offices related to natural resources or oil and gas resources may also have records of such data Additionally the construction of critical structures such as large power plants dams or nuclear power plants may have required seismic studies These studies are often comprehensive and require detailed hazard assessments and thus could possibly provide the amount of information needed for EGS hazard assessments

If all else fails a background seismic study may be required specifically for the project This would require either installing a regional network or augmenting an existing network A large number of stations (more than five or six) would likely be unnecessary owing to the existing coverage of USGS and or other networks in the US

422 Data Requirements The time required for seismic monitoring (ie the amount of background data) and the magnitude range of the data will also depend on the area under study In general the developer would need enough data to perform a credible probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) (Section 6) Accomplishing this would require sufficient data over a wide-enough magnitude range to derive the occurrence rate ie sufficient data to construct an accurate ldquob-valuerdquo from the data (Figure 4-1) This may require access to data that has been recorded over many years Correct calculation of the b-value is critical because it is related to the physical mechanisms of the earthquakes which is important to the hazard analysis (See httpadsabsharvardeduabs2006AGUFMS42C08F) A common mistake is to use a least-squares method for calculating the slope of the magnitude versus cumulative numbers of events plot rather than a maximum likelihood approach (Aki 1965) as well as not having a large-enough data set Note that there is no evidence for significant b value variation with location onoff of major faults in California (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzer AGU2006Talkpdf) Seismic data are also required to provide information on stress patterns that will affect the nature of any induced seismicity To provide useful data for both a PSHA and stress analysis a representative sampling of the earthquakes in the area of interest will be necessary A number often used is 2000 events for a

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-2

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

credible b-value (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzerAGU2006Talkpdf ) In most cases it will be difficult to gather enough seismicity data to satisfy the 2000 event criteria ie if there have been no seismic networks in the area this will be difficult For example assuming a b-value of 10 and an occurrence rate of one M 20 per month it will be necessary to monitor down to M 00 for 20 months to gather enough data On the other hand if the b-value is 15 it will be necessary to monitor for several months In terms of enough data for stress analysis a few well-recorded tens of events (ie with enough azimuthal coverage to fill the focal sphere with good and well-defined first motions) would be necessary for calculating composite stress directions which would be useful for determining background stress levels in the area of interest

Figure 4-1 Earthquake Recurrence of The Geysers (b value = 125)

However recent studies have shown that if one has at least two orders of magnitude on a log-log plot then that may be sufficient to obtain a reliable b-value (Stump and Porter 2012) The area to cover will also depend on the specific site but the minimum should be (for the regional studies) an area that encompasses the maximum anticipated fault lengths that the EGS zone may be near For example if the EGS reservoir zone were ultimately anticipated to lie within a 5 km diameter circle it will be necessary to know what regional and local stresses are acting on this zone Within the Basin and Range Province we would want to know what the seismicity has been in a particular valley (for a horst and graben structure) and possibly in adjacent valleys In most regions of the US wider areas of seismicity are almost always available through the various

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-3

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

data sources listed above In some instances adding a few stations to existing networks for 6 to 12 months may be necessary to ldquofill inrdquo data gaps

43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING Once the EGS area has been narrowed down to potential well sites more detailed earthquake data will most likely be needed than are provided from the regional seismicity data Consequently local seismic monitoring should be undertaken at that time if it is not under way already Depending on what was performed as part of background monitoring this could be an expansion of an existing effort or a new effort The seismic monitoring will again be conducted for two main purposes for addressing public-regulatory concerns and for addressing optimal commercial development of the EGS resource Both require an understanding of earthquake mechanisms and causes The better that these can be understood the more confidence all stakeholders will have in ensuring that the EGS project is being operated in a safe fashion

431 Basic Requirements The basic information required will be

1 The location and time (x y z t) of the events

2 The magnitude of the events

3 Focal mechanisms of the events (not necessarily the full moment tensor see the discussion below on moment tensors)

4 Rate of seismicity (Gutenberg-Richter recurrence parameters)

5 Data provided in real time once the EGS project begins stimulation and production

It is best to strive for as much sensitivity and accuracy as is economically possible As in the case of background monitoring the regulatory needs will vary depending on the location of the project with respect to the location of any public or private ldquoassetsrdquo For example if the project is in a remote area that has a history of seismic inactivity (not a lack of monitoring however) the regulatory requirements may be minimal (see Step 3) However for operational needs it is advisable that detailed monitoring be carried out For both regulatory and operational needs the local seismic monitoring should be performed before during and after the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators with respect to optimal injection volumes and rates as well as any necessary mitigation actions Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as possible especially during initial and ongoing injections that are designed to ldquocreate the reservoirrdquo The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer If however the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring soon after the project ends (after a few months)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-4

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage To meet the basic needs listed in (Section 431) the seismic array must be designed in light of the known background seismicity as well as the total extent and desired size of the EGS reservoir Other factors are of course the known stress fields fault locations depth of the EGS reservoir and seismic properties (attenuation and velocity of the formation) Although it was written in the early 1980s the book Principles and Applications of Microearthquake Networks by HK Lee and SW Stewart (1981) is an excellent reference In designing an array there will be tradeoffs among cost sensitivity and spatial coverage (ie boreholes may be necessary to derive the necessary sensitivity but may involve sacrificing spatial coverage) As new technology is developed (drilling and sensors) or as new processing methods are developed to ldquopull signal from noiserdquo such tradeoffs may become less of an issue In general an array of seismic sensors should have enough elements to have a location accuracy of 100 to 200 m in the horizontal dimensions and 500 m in depth Precision can be much better (few meters to a few 10rsquos of meters) using modern location schemes but uncertainty in earth models will determine accuracy Again this will depend on the size of the site and the nature of the recorded seismicity (rate magnitude ranges etc)

A typical EGS area with a 5 km diameter would preferably have at a minimum an 8-element array of seismic stations covering the 5 km area and a portion of the area outside of the target area especially if nearby faults and or public assets may be affected (Figure 4-2) Also it will probably be necessary to detect and reliably locate events down to M 00 or less Note that for regulatory purposes it may only be necessary to achieve the M 00 to 10 level but the lower the detection level the more ldquoheadroomrdquo there will be for mitigation control as well as more events for calculating occurrence rates (b values) which provide insight on failure mechanisms The goal is to have enough stations not only to locate the events to the desired threshold but to calculate focal mechanisms and (if necessary) moment tensors Seismologists use information from seismograms to calculate the focal mechanism and typically display it on maps as a beach ball symbol This symbol is the projection on a horizontal plane of the lower half of an imaginary spherical shell (focal sphere) surrounding the earthquake source (A) A line is scribed where the fault plane intersects the shell Because the stress-field orientation at the time of rupture governs the direction of slip on the fault plane the beach ball also depicts this stress orientation In this way it is possible to define the tension axis (T) which reflects the minimum compressive stress direction and pressure axis (P) which reflects the maximum compressive stress direction (httpearthquakeusgsgovlearntopicsbeachballphp) These studies may have been done to select the target EGS area but if not these data will be required to perform that particular analysis for estimating the nature and potential of any induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-5

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Figure 4-2 Example Local Seismic Array Moment tensor calculations (httponlinelibrarywileycomdoi101111j1365-246X1976tb04162xabstract) are useful for deriving the characteristic earthquake process which may be useful in determining how the fracture creationslip is occurring during the stimulation activities which in turn may be useful in guiding injection activities However reliable moment tensor calculations require a denser coverage of stations than the location and focal mechanism solutions used in ldquomonitoringrdquo arrays (which would only provide the basic requirementsmdashhttpwwwduracukgrfoulgerOffprintsRossGRL1996pdf) This is because the reliability and accuracy of the moment tensor solutions are a function of how comprehensive the radiation pattern has been captured Up to two times the number of stations may be required to gain enough data for reliable moment-tensor calculations This may be achieved by installing temporary ldquoin-fillrdquo stations deployed during main injections or when there is a change in injection patterns Obtaining reliable moment tensor solutions with small microearthquake networks is not straight forward with high frequency data such solutions require detailed (100 to 200 m resolution) velocity and attenuation models (Greenrsquos functions) Ideally data would be gathered from 10 Hz up to the maximum content of the small events (which could be as high as 100 Hz or more especially if borehole deployments are used)

433 Instrumentation and Deployment Collecting and analyzing the necessary data requires the proper sensors electronics and computational capability Again there are two broad reasons for collecting the data for (1) regulatory and (2) operational needs Except for strong motion data the requirements will be the same at the regional and local scales For regulatory needs local monitoring should also include

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-6

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

less sensitive recorders mainly for recording ground shaking that can approach or surpass the threshold of human perception Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong-motion recorders near any sensitive structureslocal public assets to record vibrations that may be problematic and to monitor ground motion as a function of event magnitudes geologic structure and proximity of the events to items identified by the regulatory agencies Ideally a weak-motion array (instruments more sensitive than the strong motion recorders) would record data with a broad bandwidth (ldquoflatrdquo in the range of 1 Hz to several hundred Hz) with low noise (equivalent to 100 nano grsquos per root hertz) on three-component sensors (X Y Z) with at least 24-bit dynamic range and installed in boreholes that allows 60 dB reduction in surface noise However to do so would require multiple types of sensors in the borehole If the borehole were in a hot zone (greater than 100degC) the technology may not be available However sensors based on advanced technology (fiber optic) may soon be available (in 2013) at a reasonable cost In terms of current technology the standard technology of using geophones with modern digitizers is currently the best choice in the few Hz to a few hundred Hz range Accelerometers are also available (piezoelectric or force balance based) but more costly than and not as robust as geophones but do provide a good flat frequency response over a broad frequency range If boreholes are not available modern three-component 2 Hz phones are the best choice For higher frequency data exclusively the standard three-component 45 Hz phones are also acceptable If boreholes are available (100 m to 150 m depth or deeper) it is best to use ldquoomnidirectionalrdquo geophones which are capable of recording higher frequency data Because most boreholes are not exactly vertical (ie they deviate) the higher frequency geophones are smaller and thus will fit into slimmer boreholes and can tolerate more tilt (15deg or more) However most borehole phones have a 8 Hz corner frequency response (3 dB point) thus sacrificing low frequency data Lower frequency sensors are available using gimbaled geophones or accelerometers but they are more expensive (a few thousand to ten thousand dollars) but the expense may be worthwhile to collect the necessary data

The exact instrumentation will again depend upon the expected seismicity levels Experience to date indicates the need for reliably detecting seismicity from M -10 up to M 40+ range If the instrumentation can detect and locate M -10 events it is obvious that it can also detect and locate the larger events but ldquoclipped datardquo in the upper magnitude ranges must be avoided Thus attention must be paid to the dynamic ranges of the sensors as well as to the digitizing and recording electronics Also attention must be paid to the digitization rates of the data ie for small arrays timing to the millisecond may be necessary to accurately locate the events as well as to prevent aliasing the data Therefore the electronics should digitize at a rate of at least 500 samplessec obtaining 24-bit resolution from sensors with 120 dB of dynamic range In addition the data must be time stamped with a common time base as it is collected

Most seismic arrays are set up such that solar-powered electronics are deployed at each sensor site (be it a surface sensor or a borehole sensor) (Figure 4-3) The practice now is that the data from each site are digitized time stamped and sent via radio to a central site where the data are archived andor initially processed Modern radio-transmission methods usually use spread spectrum radios in the 900 MHz to 1 GHz plus band These radios do not require special licenses and can be deployed almost anywhere The downside to these radios is that the transmission paths must be ldquoline of sightrdquo thus all of the stations must be able to be ldquoseenrdquo by the central stations Repeaters can be used but this of course increases the cost

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-7

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Several commercial vendors can supply all of the necessary components An option becoming more attractive is cell phone technology however this requires cell phone access which in some remote areas is not possible or reliable Satellite transmission is possible but up load time are long with reasonably priced systems

A key issue when locating stations is land-ownership Surface stations are minimally invasive and permitting on public lands is usually easy If borehole stations are being used on public lands (BLM US Forest Service [USFS] etc) time should be allowed for some lengthy permitting processes (up to months) Even if the permittingland ownership issues are solved the actual topography and access may not permit ideal location of the stations As noted above real-time telemetry is important so it may not be possible to have line-of-sight (or even relay) stations everywhere where needed Usually however with enough forethought and planning most issues can be solved As noted above the aperture of the array of stations will depend on the number of EGS wells their spacing and depths Good depth control of the event locations will be necessary (+- 500 m accuracy or less) as well as east-west control (100 m accuracy or less)

Figure 4-3 Radio Transmission Equipment and Solar Panel at a Typical Seismic Station

All of this information is important for achieving a successful EGS project To date most EGS projects use a mixed array of borehole and surface stations which surround the injection point with an aperture large enough to locate events (with the desired accuracy as pointed out above) of the anticipated radius of influence (see Steps 1 and 5) Theoretically four data points (stations) are sufficient to locate an event assuming that these stations reasonably surround the event and assuming an accurate velocity model However owing to both heterogeneity and errors in ldquopickingrdquo the arrival times of the events (P and S waves) rarely can adequate locations of the events be determined with only four recording stations (although it is possible with both good P and S readings) Therefore usually 8 to 10 stations are needed to surround and cover the EGS project area down to small magnitude events (M -1 or less) (Figure 4-2) Note that the area

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-8

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

of seismicity will grow over time this must be accounted for in station coverage and layout Accurate velocity models (3-D) are also needed to correct for wave path effects as well as any temporal changes in velocity structure as the reservoir evolves Note also that as the EGS operation proceeds it may be necessary to add andor move stations to adequately cover the seismicity Finally it is important to calibrate the sensors and array before operation begins Needed is the polarity of the sensors ( ie is up motion on the recorded data up ground motion is up east on the east-west horizontal is up on the north-south horizontal north etc) Very careful tracing of the signals (from the ground all the way through the system to the final seismogram) is necessary This can be done with a known source (explosion that records well all first motions at each station) side-by-side comparisons of all stations before deployment recording a large regional event with known ground motions etc) This is necessary for accurate focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions In addition if possible calibration shots (deep sources where the location of the shot (preferably at the reservoir level) can be used for first motion detection as well as obtaining velocity models to be used in event locations Although this sounds simple in theory local geologic complexity and heterogeneity often complicate data interpretation

434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements Once data collection starts the usual procedure is to collect the data at a central point and have software in place to detect events of interest For regulatory compliance operational understanding and public communication real time analysis will be needed The order and timing of processing may be different before the main EGS injection begins versus after the injection has begun In either case it will be necessary to have initial real-time locations and magnitudes of events posted to a publicly available web site This can be accomplished with available commercial software that can be customized for any site A variety of commercial products are in place to do so but usually the application must be customized for the particular site depending on the amount and magnitude range of the seismicity These commercial packages which are often sold with the microearthquake recording hardware usually offer such capability as automatic real-time detection of the events (based on user-specified criteria such as number of individual triggers which are in turn based on signal-to-noise ratio and the frequency content of each signal at each individual station in a specified time window) Once an event is detected a pre-specified time window of all channels of data (usually based on size of the detected event) is saved for processing either in real time with automatic picking or at a later time by a person who ldquohand picksrdquo the events In either case it is important to save the total waveforms of all channels of data from each event In most cases the data are continuously coming into a central collection point Consequently it is possible with todayrsquos large memory disks (terabytes of storage are very affordable) to not only store the automatically detected events but also to store all of the continuous data for later analysis This would allow going back and sifting through all of the data to see if any events were missed While such effort may not be necessary if hundreds of events are being detected it may be worthwhile especially in some areas of low seismicity to have all of the continuous data

Depending on the location of the project and collaborators with public entities it may be possible to interest such organizations as the USGS and IRIS to archive the data at reasonable costs A

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-9

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

certain amount of processing is also available from these organizations if the data are of high quality

With good waveform data in hand there are a variety of options and ways to process the data The objective in this document is not to give an entire summary of earthquake analysis (books have been written about it [Aki and Richards 2009] but to point out basic needs and sources of information (It is assumed that the operators who need to understand the microearthquake data will have access to an experienced seismologist) The minimal needs are accurate locations especially depths times magnitude determinations and some source mechanism information Location programs are commercially available (using both P and S wave data) that use either 1-D or 3-D models these are usually least-squared types of solutions and sometimes cubic spline models The challenge in using 3-D location programs is to derive accurate 3-D velocity models The usual practice is to use the seismicity to invert for 3-D velocity structure and location together using tomographic inversion methods (Tomo 3-D is one such program in use) Programs incorporating anisotropy are being developed but are not available yet the drawback to these programs versus location programs such as the USGS Hypoinverse and various versions is the amount of data required to derive an accurate model with adequate resolution These programs need many seismic events that are distributed throughout the volume of interest That is many ray paths are needed to image the volume in enough detail to derive an accurate velocity model In tomography the pixel size is determined by how many ray paths penetrate each pixel The more ray paths the smaller the pixels can be The more complex the geologic structure the smaller the pixels need to be One way to address resolution and precision issues is to use differencing methods with either 1-D or 3-D velocity models ie ldquodouble differencerdquo methods This technique cancels out the ray path differences by using events close to one another (common stations for close events) which largely removes the path effects The double-difference (DD) earthquake location method was developed to relocate seismic events in the presence of measurement errors and earth model uncertainty (See httpwwwldeocolumbiaedu~felixwDDhtml [Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000] [Waldhauser F 2001] [Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002]) The method is an iterative least-squares procedure that relates the residual between the observed and predicted phase travel-time difference for pairs of earthquakes observed at common stations to changes in the ray path connecting their hypocenters through the change of the travel times for each event with respect to the unknown When the earthquake location problem is linearized using the double-difference equations the common mode errors cancel principally those related to the receiver-side structure Thus avoided is the need for station corrections or high-accuracy of predicted travel times for the portion of the ray path that lies outside the focal volume This approach is especially useful in regions with a dense distribution of seismicity ie where distances between neighboring events are only a few kilometers or less But there must be enough events close together to do this (USGS uses a combination of both ie Tomo DD) Magnitude determination is not straightforward for smaller events (see httpvulcanwrusgsgovGlossarySeismicitydescription_earthquakeshtml and httpwwwseisutaheduEQCENTERLISTINGSmagsumhtm) One approach is to take the spectra of events and filter to simulate as if the data were recorded on a Wood-Anderson instrument and determine the Richter magnitude but this is not often done Sometimes coda

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-10

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

magnitudes are used based on empirical data for each region using larger events and extrapolating to smaller events

What is more common and more reliable is using moment magnitude (M) However proper instrumentation is required to capture the low frequency level of the event which may not be possible if high frequency geophones are used It is derived by taking the waveform data into the frequency domain and correcting for instrument response such that the displacement spectra are obtained From the DC level of the spectra the moment can be derived and a moment magnitude determined using empirical formulas One such formula is M = 23 log10(Mo) - 107 (Hanks and Kanamori 1979) (Mo = seismic moment in dyne-cm) The moment magnitude relation may also be different for different region and should be calibrated for each area

Source-mechanism studies are important but as mentioned before routine moment tensor calculations are difficult using high-frequency arrays that typically cover only part of the total radiation pattern of an earthquake In addition at higher frequencies usually recorded with smaller events the earth structure has a larger effect on wave paths Thus it is more difficult to obtain reliable moment tensor solutions If moment tensor solutions are desired (they are important for gaining an understanding of the failure mechanisms associated with the reservoir creation process) it will be necessary to set out instrumentation that can record the low-frequency component of the seismic waveforms as well as having a detailed velocity model of the geology

44 SUMMARY Gathering the correct seismic array data is essential at all stages of the EGS project This will allow a variety of processing to be done both in real time and after data have been collected There are a few reasons for properly collecting seismic data achieving public acceptance performing risk assessment and monitoringunderstanding the EGS reservoir Accurate real time data are necessary for all of those reasons The detail and amount of data will depend on site conditions and the EGS reservoir characteristics and the proximity to populated communities and the anticipated risk and hazards

45 SUGGESTED READING Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks

Academic Press 293 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-11

5 Section 5 FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

51 PURPOSE The purpose of Step 5 is to estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural (tectonic) seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity This is a critical step to assessing the probability of exceeding the criteria specified in Step 3 Hazard is defined as the effect of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that will result in an unacceptable consequence (damage loss annoyance etc) Structural (non-cosmetic) damage can only result when a structure undergoes several cycles of ground shaking The resulting seismic loading induces strains in the structure resulting in failure of structural components No cases are known to date where geothermal-induced seismicity has caused structural (non-cosmetic) damage (see definition) because in general the seismic events are of small magnitude (lt M 40) However because the potential may exist given some specific circumstances hazard analyses need to be performed An earthquake can present several types of hazards however for induced seismic events we are primarily concerned with ground shaking Once the ground shaking hazard is quantified associated secondary hazards such as liquefaction and slope failure (eg landsliding) can be evaluated Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulations and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is a very complex and difficult problem thus assessments must be based on case histories and numerical modeling that incorporates specific site characteristics The hazard analyses should be updated once data and information on the EGS seismicity become available

Two approaches can be taken to assess the ground shaking hazard at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis as described in Section 6 Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

Several physical factors control the level and character of earthquake ground shaking These factors are in general (1) rupture dimensions geometry orientation rupture type and stress drop of the causative fault (2) distance from the causative fault (3) magnitude of the earthquake (4) the rate of attenuation of the seismic waves along the propagation path from the source to site and (5) site factors including the effects of near-surface geology particularly from soils and unconsolidated sediments Other factors which vary in their significance depending on specific conditions include slip distribution along the fault rupture directivity footwallhanging-wall effects and the effects of crustal structure such as basin effects

The ground motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) peak ground velocity (PGV) and velocity spectra PGV (or PPV) will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration sensitive research and manufacturing facilities and for human activity interference

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-1

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then for the EGS-induced seismicity (an addition to the natural hazard) As discussed in Section 1 the hazard from natural seismicity for sites in the US can be obtained from the USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps However the hazard estimates from the USGS maps are not site-specific Because a comparison of the hazard from natural and induced seismicity is required site-specific analyses are needed at this stage The PSHA methodology and each step in the hazard evaluation process are described in detail in the next sections DSHAs can be performed for additional insight into the seismic hazard

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity The major steps to be performed to evaluate the baseline hazard from natural seismicity are

1 Evaluate the historical seismicity in the site region and calculate the frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on the earthquake catalog If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area that data should be incorporated into the earthquake catalog

2 Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis

3 For communities that may be impacted by future EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions beneath the communities and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface

4 Select appropriate ground motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis

5 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity before any induced seismicity occurs

522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity For comparison to natural seismicity estimating the hazard from EGS-induced seismicity particularly before EGS operations are initiated is more difficult The database of induced seismicity observations in terms of both seismic source characterization and ground motion prediction is also much smaller than for natural seismicity However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be updated and the uncertainties in the hazard results reduced Possible steps that should be taken include

1 Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on focal mechanisms of natural earthquakes the geologic framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring

2 Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and geologic framework from those cases with the potential EGS area

3 Evaluate the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity as related to the tectonic stress field

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-2

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

4 Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity that estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity based on injection parameters

5 Review and select empirical ground motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (moment magnitude [M] lt 50)

6 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the EGS-induced seismicity hazard

7 An optional step is to calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS The objectives in a PSHA are to evaluate and characterize potential seismic sources the likelihood of earthquakes of various magnitudes occurring on or within those sources and the likelihood of the earthquakes producing ground motions over a specified level (Figure 5-1) The PSHA methodology allows for the explicit inclusion of the range of possible interpretations in components of the seismic hazard model including seismic source characterization and ground motion estimation Uncertainties in models and parameters can be incorporated into the PSHA through the use of logic trees

The PSHA methodology is based on the model developed principally by Cornell (1968) The occurrence of earthquakes on a fault is assumed to be a Poisson process The Poisson model is widely used and is a reasonable assumption in regions where data are sufficient to provide only an estimate of average recurrence rate (Cornell 1968) The occurrence of ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is also a Poisson process if (1) the occurrence of earthquakes is a Poisson process and (2) the probability that any one event will result in ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is independent of the occurrence of other events There are publically available computer programs that can be used to perform a PSHA We recommend the two most available programs that have been validated in the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research (PEER) Center-sponsored Validation of PSHA Computer Programs Project (Thomas et al 2010) They include the HAZ program developed by Norm Abrahamson which is available from the author upon request and EZ-FRISK which can be obtained through license from Risk Engineering Inc The following describes in more detail the steps to perform a PSHA for natural seismicity outlined in Section 621

531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity In Step 4 a historical earthquake catalog is compiled The value of evaluating the historical seismicity of the site region is two-fold (1) it can be used to characterize the natural seismicity and (2) it can provide some insight into the potential for induced seismicity Note there certainly are exceptions the most important being that induced seismicity can occur in regions with low historical seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-3

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Figure 5-1 The Steps in Performing a PSHA

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-4

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

532 Characterize Seismic Sources Seismic source characterization is concerned with three fundamental elements (1) the identification location and geometry of significant sources of earthquakes (2) the maximum sizes of the earthquakes associated with these sources and (3) the rate at which the earthquakes occur Two types of earthquake sources are typically characterized in PSHAs (1) fault sources and (2) areal source zones Fault sources are modeled as three-dimensional fault surfaces and details of their behavior are incorporated into the source characterization Areal source zones are regions where earthquakes are assumed to occur randomly Uncertainties in the seismic source parameters can be incorporated into PSHA using a logic tree approach In this procedure values of the source parameters are represented by the branches of logic trees with weights that define the distribution of values A sample logic tree is shown in Figure 5-2

Figure 5-2 Seismic Hazard Model Logic Tree

In a PSHA earthquakes of a certain magnitude are assumed to occur randomly along the length of a given fault or segment (Figure 5-1) The distance from an earthquake to the site is dependent on the source geometry the size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane and the likelihood of the earthquake occurring at different points along the fault length The distance to the fault is

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-5

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

defined to be consistent with the specific ground motion prediction model used to calculate the ground motions The distance therefore is dependent on both the dip and depth of the fault plane and a separate distance function is calculated for each geometry and each ground motion prediction model The size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane are dependent on the magnitude of the earthquake larger events rupture over longer and wider portions of the fault plane Rupture dimensions are modeled following standard magnitude-rupture area and rupture-width relationships

5321 Fault Geometry

The first step in characterizing potential seismic sources is to identify which known faults are ldquoactiverdquo and hence seisenic seismogenic ie capable of producing earthquakes in the future The criteria for defining an active fault varies widely among US government regulatory agencies For example in California a fault that has moved in the past 35000 years is considered an ldquoactiverdquo fault A ldquoconditionally activerdquo fault is defined as a fault that has ruptured in Quaternary time (past 16 million years) but its displacement history is unknown in the past 35000 years The USGS maintains the Quaternary Fault and Fold Database that can be used to identify active faults during the Quaternary and included in the site-specific PSHA The database also contains many of the parameters such as fault location strike and dip that are needed although parameter uncertainties may not be included

For each active fault to be included in the hazard analysis the location and orientation (strike dip and dip direction) segmentation model thickness of the seismogenic zone style of faulting (strike-slip normal or reversethrust) are needed (Figure 5-3) This information can generally be adopted from the USGS database The top and bottom of each fault are also required If the fault is expressed at the surface the top is zero For buried faults an estimate must be made unless subsurface information is available such as seismic data The bottom of the fault can be estimated from the seismicity data which will delineate the bottom of the seismogenic crust usually 12 to 20 km in the western US If the fault is long greater than 60 to 80 km the fault may be segmented That is portions of the fault rather than the whole fault may rupture If such information exists from paleoseismic andor historical data the rupture segmentation model needs to be included in the PSHA

5322 Maximum Magnitude

The maximum earthquake that a fault or fault segment can generate is usually derived by the use of empirical relationships between magnitude and either rupture length or rupture area (rupture length times rupture width) unless the maximum earthquake has been observed historically There are other approaches but the use of rupture dimensions is most common The most commonly used set of empirical relationships are by Wells and Coppersmith (1994) For example based on rupture length a 40 km-long fault can generate a M 69 earthquake based on Wells and Coppersmith (1994) The USGS Fault and Fold Database also provides values of maximum magnitude although uncertainties are not included

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-6

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Source Brumbaugh 1999

Figure 5-3 The three principal types of faults (a) strike-slip faults (b) reverse faults and (c) normal faults

5323 Recurrence Parameters

The recurrence parameters include recurrence model recurrence rate (slip rate or average recurrence interval for the maximum event) slope of the recurrence curve (b-value) and maximum magnitude The recurrence relationships for the faults are modeled using the truncated exponential characteristic earthquake and the maximum magnitude recurrence models (Figure 5-2) These models are generally weighted in a PSHA to represent onersquos judgment on their applicability to the sources For the areal source zones only an exponential recurrence relationship is assumed to be appropriate

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-7

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

The truncated exponential model is a form of the classical Gutenbeg-Richter model The model where faults rupture with a ldquocharacteristicrdquo magnitude on specific segments is described by Schwartz and Coppersmith (1984) The characteristic model often used in PSHAs is the numerical model of Youngs and Coppersmith (1985)

The maximum magnitude (or moment) model can be regarded as an extreme version of the characteristic model (Wesnousky 1986) In the maximum magnitude model there is no exponential portion of the recurrence curve ie events are modeled with a normal distribution about the characteristic magnitude

The average recurrence interval for the characteristic or maximum magnitude event defines the high magnitude (low likelihood) end of the recurrence curve When combined with the relative frequency of different magnitude events from the recurrence model the recurrence curve is established

5324 Recurrence Rates

The recurrence rates for the fault sources are defined either by the slip rate or by the average recurrence interval for the maximum or characteristic event and the recurrence b-value An example of recurrence intervals sometimes referred to as inter-event times would be the approximately 300-year interval of the North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault which ruptured in the Great 1906 M 78 San Francisco California earthquake Slip rate is defined as fault displacement divided by the time period in which displacement occurred Slip rate is a proxy for activity rate Recurrence interval is the time period between individual earthquakes (The North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault has a slip rate of about 20 mmyr)

533 Areal Sources Areal sources are usually used to account for ldquobackgroundrdquo earthquakes The hazard from background (floating or random) earthquakes that are not associated with known or mapped faults must be incorporated into the hazard analysis In most of the western US the maximum magnitude for earthquakes not associated with known faults usually ranges from M 6 to 7 Repeated events larger than these magnitudes probably produce recognizable fault-or fold-related features at the earthrsquos surface For areal source zones only the areas maximum magnitude and recurrence parameters (based on the historical earthquake record) need to be defined

534 Characterize Site Conditions The geologic conditions beneath a site can significantly influence the level and nature of ground shaking In very general terms soil sites will have a higher level of ground motions than rock sites due to site amplification Hence to be able to predict the ground shaking at a site particularly a soil site the underlying shear-wave velocity (VS) structure is needed to a depth of at least 30 m and deeper if possible The parameter VS30 (the average VS in the top 30 m) is used in ground motion prediction models and in the US building code (called the International Building Code or IBC) to classify different site conditions For example the NEHRP site classification has six site classes hard rock rock very dense soil and soft rock stiff soil soft soil and soft liquefiable soil The VS profile (VS versus depth) is often used in ground motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses The VS profile at a site can

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-8

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

be obtained through geophysical surveys such as downhole and crosshole surveys surface wave techniques and microtremor surveys

535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models To characterize the ground motions at a specified site as a result of the seismic sources considered in the PSHA and DSHA ground motion prediction models for spectral accelerations are used These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific site conditions at the potentially affected site(s) Examples of ground motion prediction models are the recently developed Next Generation of Attenuation (NGA) models developed by the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center (Figure 5-4) These models are appropriate for earthquakes of M 50 and greater A model by Chiou and Youngs (2010) was developed for earthquakes of M 30 to 55

The uncertainty in ground motion models is included in the PSHA by using the log-normal distribution about the median values as defined by the standard error associated with each ground motion prediction model

Source Abrahamson et al 2008

Figure 5-4 Comparison of Distance Scaling of PGA for Strike-Slip Earthquakes for VS30 760 msec

536 PSHA Products The primary products of a PSHA are hazard curves that show the annual frequency of exceedance for some specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA Figure 5-5) Often the term ldquoreturn periodrdquo which is the inverse of the annual frequency of exceedance is used The IBC uses an annual frequency of exceedance of 1 in 2475 or a return period of 2475 years The

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-9

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

results of a PSHA can also be deaggregated to evaluate what seismic sources are contributing most of the hazard at a site

Figure 5-5 Seismic Hazard Curves for Peak Horizontal Acceleration

54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is M 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded M 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes We suggest that PSHAs be performed for M 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard from tectonic earthquakes To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude may be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-10

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field Most induced seismic events will occur on pre-existing zones of weakness eg faults and fractures that are favorably oriented to the tectonic stress field Knowledge of the local and regional stress field can thus help identify a priori which features are more likely to be the sources of induced seismicity The characterization of the stress field can be obtained from in situ stress measurements (eg hydraulic fracturing borehole breakouts and core-induced fractures) The orientations and magnitudes of the maximum intermediate and minimum principal stresses are required A combination of image log analysis and a diagnostic hydraulic fracturing (extended leak-off test or ldquominifracrdquo) is the best approach for measuring in situ stresses With knowledge of the in situ stress field a Mohr-Coulomb stress analysis can be performed to assess the critical stress required to trigger slip on favorably-oriented faults that are critically stressed and near failure

Earthquake focal mechanisms can provide information on the principal stresses but not their absolute magnitudes Stress fields can be categorized by which style of faulting will be dominant strike-slip normal (extensional) and reversethrust (compressional) (Figure 5-2)

542 Develop 3D Geologic Model To the extent practicable and given the available data a 3D structural and stratigraphic model of the EGS area should be developed that includes pre-existing faults and fractures that could be sources of future induced seismicity Characterizing any significant favorably oriented fault is critical for assessing the maximum earthquake that could occur (see below) Often 2-D and 3-D models are developed to evaluate the EGS potential of an area in the early stages of a project This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs seismic reflection data and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data etc)

543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories In particular the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of case histories of induced seismicity should be reviewed Numerous publications are available that describe cases of EGS and geothermal-induced seismicity Majer et al (2007) summarizes some of the most significant case histories Geothermal-induced seismicity has occurred in several countries including most notably the US Japan Australia France and Switzerland

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability etc) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering of a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-11

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

Maximum magnitudes and earthquake rates are the two most important inputs into seismic hazard analyses The magnitude of an earthquake is proportional to the area of the fault that slips in an event and the amount of that slip Several conditions must be met for a large and potentially damaging earthquake to occur There must be a large enough fault stresses must be high enough to cause slip and the fault needs to be pre-stressed and near failure Predicting the maximum magnitudes of earthquakes due to EGS activities has been a difficult challenge As recognized by many the characteristics of induced seismicity are controlled by the nature and distribution of pre-existing fractures and faults the local stress field in the volume of rock surrounding the well where fluid is being introduced (eg Majer et al 2007) and the characteristics of the pore pressure field due to injection Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate the magnitude of an earthquake from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults that could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required A number of theoretical approaches have been developed to predict maximum magnitude All the approaches above depend on an a priori knowledge of the rupture characteristics of future induced seismicity which requires subsurface characterization of the affected volume of rock around the well McGarr (1976) relates the sums of the seismic moment released in earthquakes to a change in volume In the case of fluid injection this change is the volume added to the system by injection A second approach is to relate the seismic moment or maximum magnitude to the maximum length or area of pre-existing faults in the volume of rock that will be affected by fluid injection A third approach has been proposed by Shapiro et al (2010) using the parameter ldquoseismogenic indexrdquo Shapiro et al (2007) observed that under ldquogeneral conditionsrdquo the number of fluid-induced earthquakes with a magnitude larger than a given value increases approximately proportionally to the injected fluid volume The seismogenic index depends on the local maximum critical pressure for shear fracturing the volume concentration of pre-existing fractures and the poroelastic uniaxial storage coefficient (Shapiro et al 2010) Along with the injection parameters the seismogenic index can be used to estimate the probability of a given number of such events during an injection period Shapiro et al (2010) applied this technique for six case studies of injection induced seismicity including Cooper Basin Basel and Ogachi

Estimating the rate of EGS seismicity a priori is a significant challenge because the problem is very site-specific and not all factors that can impact rate are quantifiable at this time However efforts are underway in the US and Europe where induced seismicity is an important issue (eg Basel) to develop probabilistic approaches to estimating ground motions in near-real time for alarm systems A traffic-light alarm system which is based on public response magnitude and PGV has been used in experiments such as Basel (Section 7) For example Bachmann et al (2011) are developing a forecast model by modeling the Basel sequence and testing various statistical models such as the aftershock model for California earthquakes The intent is to translate the forecast model to probabilistic hazard eg probability for exceeding a ground motion level

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-12

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity Almost all existing ground motion prediction models have been developed for M 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) To our knowledge no ground motion prediction model for EGS seismicity or geothermal-induced seismicity has been developed and made publically available In lieu of a model for induced seismicity the model proposed by Chiou et al (2010) for small to moderate natural earthquakes (M 3 to 55) in California is the next best alternative Ground motion models for earthquakes smaller than M 5 are being developed by PEER and should be available in 2013 Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than M 50 the ground motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 20 km

546 Products The products of a PSHA are the same as described in Section 536 the only difference being is the results will now include potential induced seismicity in addition to background tectonic seismicity

55 SUMMARY The hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes should be compared to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

56 SUGGESTED READING McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research

Institute MNO-10 221 p

Reiter L 1990 Earthquake hazard analysis issues and insights Columbia University Press New York 254 p

Yeats RS Sieh K and Allen CR 1997 The geology of earthquakes Oxford University Press 568 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-13

6 Section 6 SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

61 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to give guidance for performing a risk analysis whose results will help make decisions with the intent of minimizing the risk of damage annoyance or losses that the design and operation of an EGS project might produce and possibly to maximize the benefits to the operators and to local communities The detailed risk analysis needs to be time-dependent because the stress conditions in the EGS field will change in relation to the injection schedule The risk profile will change accordingly and finally return to the natural seismicity risk after all the stress perturbations caused by the EGS operation in and around the EGS field have dissipated which could take several decades after stopping injection

62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH Formal seismic risk analysis started in the mid 20th century to analyze the design of complex systems and in the 1970s it developed considerably in its application to the nuclear industry It is now a mature field that is routinely used with geographic information systems to analyze projects at the community state or regional level Seismic risk analysis is a well-accepted approach and its methods and tools are extensively used by local and regional governments and by the insurance industry to predict possible losses from natural catastrophes and to help decide on such things as premiums fees and compensation

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure Seismic risk is usually expressed as a probability of all the relevant adverse impacts of the ground shaking occurring For EGS projects we are concerned with the impact of the seismicity induced by the EGS operation which if it does not have all the attributes of the standard type of analysis performed for natural catastrophes still possesses some of its most important elements Some of the effects of the seismic ground shaking are in the form of ldquophysicalrdquo consequences such as structural damage to houses and other engineered structures or to the physical environment There is also ldquonon-physicalrdquo damage to humans physiological and psychological in nature For example peoplersquos sleep can be disturbed or they can develop anxieties from the frequent occurrence of small earthquakes that are otherwise physically non-damaging Much of this anxiety is caused by concern over property and homes even if the ground motion is insufficient to cause structural or cosmetic damage

As described in Section 5 the seismic hazard that is of importance here is the ground shaking that is produced at a location by the occurrence of an earthquake and seismic hazard analysis describes the potential for this ground shaking It is expressed by a probability distribution of the selected ground shaking parameter (eg PGA PGV andor response spectra)

Vulnerability describes how the component of a system can fail or lose its function For a building or an engineered facility it describes probabilistically the state or level of damage that it will be in after being subjected to a seismic ground shaking (eg four possible states of damage V-L L M and H) It is expressed as a probability of being in a given state of damage for a given level of ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-1

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Exposure is typically the cost of repair for a given building For non-physical damage such as annoyance loss of life or way-of-life disturbances there is no agreed-upon associated monetary cost measure and it is more appropriate to predict how populations are affected in terms of the number of lives lost or the number of people potentially inconvenienced or whose way of life would be potentially disturbed by the ground shaking Loss is a monetary expression of the damage caused to items exposed such as cost of re-painting room interiors broken windows structural repairs and so on

622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS The elements at risk comprise essentially all the items of the living environment affected by ground shaking in the vicinity of the EGS field This includes residential and commercial buildings industrial facilities business offices infrastructures etc and people animals and the environment In some cases where damage to components (buildings etc) in the study area can affect others outside of the area this must be included in the study such as in the case of business interruptions A simple example would be the failure of a bridge that is the only access to a remote community The communityrsquos inhabitants may not suffer any damage physical or annoyance but their way-of-life may be drastically affected by the failure of the bridge Businesses in the community might lose business opportunities More common during small earthquakes is the loss of power due to damage to power poles

For the case of physical damage the first parameter of interest is the monetary value of the losses caused by the ground shaking As important as the monetary loss is a measure of the level of annoyance for non-physical damage Loss of life should also be considered but it has been found to be a negligible risk in previous studies (SERIANEX 2009) especially if it can be demonstrated that the maximum magnitudes of EGS-induced earthquake are small (ie M lt 4) The general framework to estimate a useful figure of merit is summarized by the risk equation

Risk = Hazard bull Vulnerability bull Cost of consequences Eq (6-1)

The elements at risk (buildings etc) in the area of study constitute the ldquosystemrdquo to be analyzed An earthquake will damage part of the system the final result being uncertain due to the uncertain behavior of each of the components in the system For a given magnitude earthquake there could be many possible final states of the system depending on which buildings are damaged and how much damage they suffered

In the above expression

bull The Hazard is characterized in probability terms by a hazard curve that describes the probability distribution of the future ground shaking

bull Vulnerability is also characterized probabilistically by a representation of the uncertain behavior of the element considered at risk (eg a structure) Even if the amplitude of the ground shaking were perfectly known the damage outcome would be uncertain and would be described by vulnerability curves that give the probability of damage outcome levels as a function of the amplitude of the ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-2

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

bull Cost of Consequences For physical damage the cost of consequences is what it will cost to replace or repair a damaged building or to repair it Strictly the cost of repair or replacement should also be treated as an uncertain parameter but in practice it is relatively better known than the other parameters (hazard and vulnerability) and consequently it is often quantified deterministically as the value of repair for a particular level of damage In the case of non-physical damage it would be difficult to assign a monetary value on damage such as annoyance and it is suggested to estimate a level of annoyance and the number of persons annoyed

Eq 61 represents the risk (or the monetary loss) of the total effect of all possible expected ground shaking that will be experienced combined with all possible damage outcomes with their respective cost Mathematically it is a double integration (summation) first over all ground shaking values weighted by their probability densities (from the hazard) and second over damage levels weighted by the probability density of achieving the various levels of damage and multiplied by the cost of repair for each possible outcome In a standard risk analysis the first step consists of identifying all the possible outcomes or end-states of the system after an earthquake A number of different techniques are available to model the behavior of the system and identify the possible end-states The fault tree analysis method (USNRC 1981) is often used for this purpose However this method needs to consider every possible combination of different failure states for each of the components in the system For EGS which is concerned with areas with possibly many impacted buildings (the components of the system) this would lead to a quasi-infinite set of combinations (for example if there are 2 buildings each with 4 possible damage states [V-L L M and High] the number of combinations is 16 For n buildings each with 4 possible damage states the number is 4n) This could not be handled with present computational power Instead the risk is estimated for aggregation of small sub-areas (such as zip code areas) and for classes of structures (wood residential structures 1 story 2 stories concrete structures steel structures etc see HAZUS 2010 for examples) Then the risks are added for the entire study region The sub-areas are generally considered to be statistically independent to allow simple summation of the numerical value of the risk but some methods account for spatial correlation Notable differences exist in the nature of the hazard and the range of possible consequences between standard application cases (ie natural seismicity) and EGS that require choice of customized methods for which no dominant method exists yet The main differences are in the range of earthquake magnitudes and consequently the range of damage to consider SRA applications in the last few decades considered earthquakes with magnitudes greater than M 45 or 5 They were mostly concerned with dominant earthquakes in the range of magnitudes M 55 to 75 that could potentially damage well-engineered civil engineering facilities such as dams bridges nuclear power plants etc They also considered all large earthquakes within several hundreds of kilometers typically 250 to 300 km and for earthquakes at depths of 5 to 20 km which are the dominant contributors to risk in critical facilities Consequently the models used in the characterization of the seismic hazard were calibrated for these ranges of magnitudes and distances and do not represent well the very small magnitude and shallow earthquakes of induced seismicity and the very short distances and small depths

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-3

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Recent seismic risk studies for EGS and other similar projects have started developing more appropriate models (SERIANEX 2009) but they are region-dependent and every new EGS study will need its own set of customized models A similar situation exists for the characterization of vulnerabilities Most existing models were developed for natural catastrophes for which damage is often substantial with building collapses losses of life infrastructure demolished etc and little interest in annoyance In contrast EGS damage if any is generally concentrated in the range of small damage primarily cosmetic and annoyance may be an important part of the consequences

63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard It is customary to base the design of expensive or critical facilities on expected risk estimates to compare the various alternative designs and operational options to select the most appropriate one that will minimize the long-term risk and satisfy a variety of other not necessarily technical or financial criteria This requires a probabilistic estimate of the seismic hazard However it is also necessary to provide information on rdquoWhat would happen in the reasonably worst caserdquo if only to check that general safety is preserved but also largely to communicate and reassure the potentially affected population Therefore a scenario earthquake must be constructed that will reflect reasonably and accurately such possibility This will include selecting a magnitude and a location of the earthquake from which a ground shaking mean value and probability distribution will be estimated for each point of interest in the affected area

632 Size of the Assessment Area Performing a seismic risk assessment requires knowledge of the level of ground shaking at the location of each item at risk (buildings etc) For a probabilistic risk estimate a hazard curve for a single parameter is needed (ie PGA or PGV) For a scenario estimate the hazard curve is replaced by a probability distribution of the ground shaking parameter for the selected scenario earthquake The hazard curve is also provided in the form of a probability of exceedance curve and is used in the same fashion as the hazard curve of the probabilistic case but it is not necessarily associated with any annual probability of occurrence (ie how frequently it occurs)

In both cases (probabilistic and scenario analysis) the ground-shaking predictions must be done for each location in the entire area potentially affected by the induced seismicity of the EGS field This area of risk assessment is of radius R centered on the injection well(s) The size of R (km) depends on the local geological environment on the size of the EGS field and on the injection parameters but the deciding parameter is the distance at which the effects of induced seismicity are likely to be negligible It is unlikely that structural or any physical damage potential will be the determining factor because damage is expected to be very small as all existing EGS operations have shown to date including the Basel experiment The value of the radius R can be determined by selecting the value for what is assumed to be the minimum annoying ground shaking felt by humans as discussed in Section 3 Step 3 and calculating R as the maximum distance at which the threshold of perception (or annoyance) ground shaking would be equaled or exceeded Typical values for R would be in the range of 12 to 15 km

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-4

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest As mentioned in the previous section experience has shown that very low amplitude ground shaking (threshold of 1 cmsec2 or 0001 g PGA) can create annoyance to humans In projects where there are residents within the assessment area (ie within radius R) the choice of a minimum magnitude for the seismic hazard analysis must be based on this threshold and on the potential location of the induced microseismicity

634 Time Dependence In most cases the composition of the system at risk will not change drastically during the time period of interest Then the time dependency of the risk is only governed by that of the time-dependent seismic hazard which has a potential for changing due to the injection operational changes Therefore at least four separate analysis periods have to be considered for the hazard and risk estimates

1 Period of natural seismicity pre-EGS stimulation and injection

2 Period of stimulation (in days) 3 Period of circulation and production (in months or years of operation)

4 Period of relaxation and return to natural seismicity (after close of operation)

64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK

Vulnerability of standard construction is a well-documented field Specific examples of vulnerability functions for a number of classes of buildings and the infrastructure representing mostly California can be found in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 14 (1987) and ATC 40 (1996) and standard default models are included in several publicly available analysis software packages such as HAZUS-MH (2010) However these vulnerability functions were developed essentially for earthquakes larger than those of interest to EGS-induced seismicity studies and are more specialized Site-specific vulnerability functions might need to be developed in particular to better estimate the probability of damage for very small ground shaking and for humans The general approach to modeling vulnerability follows Kennedyrsquos work on fragility curves (Kennedy et al 1980) This was followed by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) study of consequences for large earthquakes on six cities of the Mississippi Valley region (Allen and Hoshall 1983) which is the basis of todayrsquos practice as follows

The conditional probability of being in or exceeding a particular damage state R given the seismic ground shaking parameter S is defined by the function

119875 119877 |119878 = ɸ 119897119899 Eq (6-2) 13

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-5

SECTIGISIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analvsis and Tools tor Design and operation of EG s

where Sis the value of the independent variable ground shaking parameter ie the value of the expected ground shaking

5iis the value of the ground shaking for which there is 5050 percent chance that the building will be a complete loss It can also be interpreted as the ground shaking value for which the loss incurred would be 50 percent of the total loss

~i is the standard deviation of the natural logarithm of the ground shaking parameter It describes the sensitivity of the building to the ground shaking S and complete loss above it A large would indicate large uncertainty in the behavior of the building Very large~ would lead to quasi-constant probability of 50 percent of total oss (or equivalently constant 50 percent I oss of the building)

Pis the standard normal cumulative distribution function

In this approach the parameter 5i sets the median (501h percentile level) and ~ characterizes the natural variability (uncertainty) specific to a certain class of building Typical vulnerability curves are shown in Figure 6-1 for several types (classes) of buildings with different vulnerability functions The horizontal axis is the demand (load) in terms of the parameter of ground shaking (PGA PGV etc) and the vertical axis gives the mean damage ratio (MDR) in which is interpreted as the mean proportion (a unit-Ies s number) of a total I oss Additional refinement is often made in the characterization of the total uncertainty by also considering that vulnerability models are not perfect and only reflect the limited knowledge about the true behavior of the structure under seismic loading For this purpose an additional uncertainty factor is included in the vulnerability function (Porter 2007)

bull Ulterability ch s A

bull Uterability chs 8 -ltln-erab~middotelm C

--~-- -ln-erabifubullchss D

100

9()

so shy

70 0 0 li 60 ~

o

4C 30 Q e 0 20

10

0

Figure6-l Generic shape ofvulnerability curve for several classes

The most appropriate way to develop vulnerability functions for an EGS-induced risk assessment area would be to use the kind of information available in the insurance industry for the specific area of interest but it is usually proprietary and therefore not available However much

BEST PRACTCes B3S I~IOUCEO SEISIUrrv 8-APRIL-3l16l 6-6

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

information is available in the public records and censuses for buildings to construct area-specific models

641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions For structural damage of the kind observed in earthquakes greater than about M 4 a large body of information and models exist that can be used directly as described in the following paragraphs

For the kind of damage caused by low amplitude ground motions such as cosmetic damage or annoyance the above vulnerability functions need to be modified using the criteria described in Step 3 One acceptable method to modify them would be to estimate the level of ground motion that on average would cause small losses for example a 1 or 5 loss and fit the βi value in Eq (6-2) to match the estimate A similar approach can be used for modeling nuisance vulnerability as shown in Section 646 below

642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock The residential building stock is generally very diverse and can have a very large number of buildings at risk It is impossible to characterize specifically every single building by its own vulnerability function The practice is to classify buildings depending on a number of parameters and to use the available information to characterize each class The parameters of interest usually include

bull Location (state laws and building codes local geological conditions)

bull Occupation type (purely residential commercial or mixed)

bull Type of construction (eg shear wall moment frame wood concrete or steel frame)

bull Date of construction

bull Number of floors Standard models are available in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 13-1 (2002) HAZUS MH-MR4 (2010) and specific models can be developed using other methods (for example see ASCE-31-03 2003 or Porter et al 2007)

643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities For these classes of elements at risk the vulnerability characterization needs to be in some cases specific Some documents provide models for generic commercial and industrial buildings such as HAZUS-MH (2010) but some facilities (such as research and medical facilities) usually have unique building designs or special equipment that require a building-specific vulnerability analysis It is usually possible to adopt the generic formulation as described above and to adjust the parameters of the vulnerability function by using simple engineering considerations Some cases will require more detailed engineering analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-7

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

644 Infrastructure The infrastructure of a community (roads public transportation systems sewage water and electricity distribution) forms a complex network where every component failure can affect the rest of the entire network Each component of the network can be analyzed separately with the standard methods available and this is often sufficient if it can be demonstrated that the failing components have limited or negligible effect on the rest of the network However it is important to identify the components that are important nodes of the network and account for their overall effect Given that general or large scale catastrophic failures are not likely for EGS-induced seismicity it is not recommended to embark on sophisticated complex and costly network analyses It will be sufficient in most cases to rely on generic type of analyses of a good quality using with publicly available tools However some possible but rare damage scenarios could necessitate detailed analyses If such a scenario cannot be considered likely a standard generic analysis is sufficient

645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities

In general the level of economic damage caused by EGS-induced seismicity will not warrant detailed complex economic modeling Standard tools provide a sufficient level of modeling to get a reasonable estimate of the economic impact But as purely economic losses are largely correlated with damage to the overall infrastructure it must be demonstrated that there is no reasonably possible scenario that could generate the rare combination of events that could cause large economic losses At a minimum the following types of damage must be considered

bull Business interruptions where offices cannot operate without basic utilities

bull Business interruption for lack of supply of raw material

bull Loss of communications internet telephone cable TV etc

bull Effect on the real-estate property value

646 Nuisance Nuisance refers to the annoyance that is created by low-level ground shaking that does not necessarily generate physical damage on the built and natural environment but can be felt by humans Some vibration or noise although of very small amplitude if repeated often enough can create anxieties or negatively impact peoplersquos way of life and can be a hazard to their health or psychological well being This type of impact is difficult to quantify and there is no well-accepted methodology to do so for induced EGS seismicity At this point it is only recommended to follow practices used in other fields such as mining or transportation to select vibration or noise criteria that can be used in the formulation of vulnerability functions for this purpose Section 3 gives some information on the criteria that can be used to develop threshold criteria These criteria can also be used to develop human threshold criteria for perception These criteria can also be used to calibrate standard models of vulnerability functions specifically to predict human responses to small ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-8

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

For example it would be desirable to estimate as an annual probability the number or percentage of people mildly normally or severely inconvenienced by the induced seismicity Figure 6-2 with data taken from ISO 2631-1 (1997) shows an example of a vulnerability function that describes the six possible states of annoyance (1) not uncomfortable (2) a little uncomfortable (3) fairly uncomfortable (4) uncomfortable (5) very uncomfortable and finally (6) very uncomfortable For a given level of ground motion the curve of Fig 6-2 gives the probability that a person would find the ground shaking unacceptable

Figure 6-2 Typical Nuisance Vulnerability Function

With this formulation of the vulnerability and with information on the density and location of population it would be possible to estimate the average number of persons that would be inconvenienced with what probability and estimate the number for whom the ground motion would be unacceptable This number would constitute the measure of the nuisance risk

65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES The following is a brief description of some of the operational tools available to assess risk The tools mentioned here are all available online as open or free software (or for a modest fee) Many more proprietary tools exist that require licenses or contracting with software or companies that perform risk analysis for a more substantial fee Several new free tools are in development and could be available in the coming years

651 HAZUS The Hazards US Multi-Hazard software (HAZUS-MH4 2010) is a regional risk and impact assessment tool that is nationally applicable using a standardized methodology that estimates

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-9

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

potential losses from earthquakes hurricanes and floods FEMA developed HAZUS-MH under contract with the National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS)

HAZUS-MH uses state-of-the-art GIS software to map and display hazard data and the results of damage and economic loss estimates for buildings and infrastructure and it allows users to estimate the impacts of earthquakes hurricanes and floods on populations Estimating losses is essential to decision-making at all levels of government providing a basis for developing mitigation plans and policies emergency preparedness and response and recovery planning

HAZUS-MH is distributed free of charge by NIBS and is used in its standard configuration and with standard parameters by sufficiently trained people Customization of hazard parameters and vulnerabilities is possible but difficult and thus requires experienced persons for the task

652 SELENA SELENA is a regional risk and impact assessment tool The SELENAndashRISe Open Risk Package (Lang et al 2007) consists of the two separate software tools SELENA (Seismic Loss Estimation using a Logic Tree Approach) and RISe (Risk Illustrator for SELENA) While SELENA is the computational platform for earthquake damage and loss assessment for any given study area RISe can be used to illustrate all geo-referenced input inventory and output files on GoogleTM Earth RISe thereby translates SELENArsquos ASCII files into KML files that can be read by GoogleTM Earth Both tools are provided free of charge and are distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL[see web site wwwgnuorg]) In addition to the accessibility of the source code both tools are provided with open documentation and detailed technical user manuals that can be downloaded in various file formats or accessed online

653 RiskScape RiskScape is a regional risk and impact assessment tool (RiskScape 2010) Its primary purpose is to provide a framework in which the risk of impact to assets due to various hazards can be calculated This information can be used for a wide range of applications from planning to hazard management to asset management RiskScape is not intended to be a tool for visualization or analysis of these impacts once calculated although a limited range of visualization options are included An important feature of RiskScape is its modularity The RiskScape ldquoEnginerdquo is little more than a plug-in engine which allows various plugins or modules to interact with one another This means that as well as the default models (hazard and impact) provided by RiskScape users can easily import their own hazard models (for example) to interact with the default impact models

654 Crisis CRISIS (Ordaz et al 2007) allows the complete definition of a seismic model for probabilistic hazard assessment and the calculation of stochastic scenarios for risk evaluation CRISIS2007 was developed at the Engineering Institute of the National University of Mexico (UNAM) (see M Ordaz A Aguilar and J Arboleda 2007)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-10

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

655 OpenRisk OpenRisk (Porter et al 2007) extends the capabilities of the open-source seismic hazard analysis software OpenSHA (see wwwopenshaorg) developed by the USGS and SCEC OpenSHArsquos developers encode the state-of-the-art in seismic hazard knowledge as it develops and is generally 1 to 2 years ahead of commercial risk software OpenRisk adds vulnerability and risk capabilities to OpenSHA that enable a researcher to estimate loss-exceedance curves for a single asset perform benefit-cost analysis for retrofit or other change to a single asset or calculate expected annualized loss for a portfolio of assets The researcher can explore the sensitivity of the results to changes in the earthquake rupture forecast ground motion prediction equations site soil conditions or vulnerability model In current development is the ability to estimate the loss-exceedance relationship for a portfolio of assets Another OpenRisk application calculates fragility functions based on empirical damage evidence of various types and an open-source vulnerability model cracks the ldquoopen saferdquo of the HAZUS-MH vulnerability relationships for repair costs and indoor casualties for 128 combinations of model building type and code era All the data and software can be downloaded for free from wwwrisk-agoraorg

656 QLARM QLARM (Trendafiloski 2009) is an expert system software tool for estimating losses (building damage injured fatalities) due to earthquakes The purposes are to trigger rapid humanitarian responses and analyze the risk in scenario or probabilistic mode The scope is global with focus on developing countries Some of the features of QLARM are

bull Client-server application based on open software

bull Web-based user interface

bull Server-side distributed calculation modules implemented in Java

bull Model output to GIS-enabled database

66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING

The following gives a list of different formats to present the results of the risk analysis for the purpose of making rational decisions

1 An estimate of the total monetary loss expected annually and as a function of time from the start of operation

2 A range of the amount of possible losses and possibly a full probability distribution

3 A geographic map showing the spatial distribution of expected value losses in the region as a function of time and for several annual probabilities of exceedance For example the most commonly used are 10-2 210-3 and 10-3 (unit of time-1) Note that the hazard community often uses the inverse of the probability with unit of time That is if we select a ldquo1000 year return periodrdquo map it will show contours of regions where the losses have approximately a 11000 probability of occurring per year

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-11

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

4 Same as the above in (1) to (3) as a function of time to reflect the fact that the loading conditions underground will be changing as the EGS injection parameters change (rate quantity etc)

5 Same as the above (1) to (3) for the relevant earthquake scenarios considered

6 Same as above (1) to (4) for characterization of annoyance in terms of number of people that find the situation unacceptable

661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity Estimation of risk under natural seismicity is essential to enable decision-makers to determine a base line against which later time risk estimates will be compared It is necessary to produce all the type of results described above for this purpose The risk estimates will be time invariant and will be estimated on a per year basis and the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (the nuisance) will be assumed negligible and will not be needed

662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation Risk estimates for the period of drilling injection and operation of the EGS project may be compared with the estimates of risk for natural seismicity It will be necessary to put the estimates on a common time basis that is either on an annual basis or for a common period of time For example the total risk estimate for a period of 10 years since drilling and injection started and again for several other periods of interest Great care should be taken in characterizing the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (nuisance)

As EGS operational parameters change over time sometimes in response to a prediction of future risk mitigation procedure will be implemented that will again impact the prediction of future risk All these changes should trigger updates of the risk prediction

67 SUMMARY Performing a comprehensive risk assessment to estimate the possible risk associated with the EGS operation is recommended Risk estimates should be provided for the pre-EGS period and for several periods after the operation has started In the mid- and long-term prediction phase all envisioned mitigation procedures should be considered to compare their associated risk Once the operation is started and new data are being collected these risk estimates should be updated

Separate estimates for specific scenario earthquakes should be provided in particular for the case of what would be considered as the worst induced earthquake

68 SUGGESTED READING ASTM E 2026-99 2006 Standard Guide for the Estimation of Building Damageability in

Earthquakes

FEMA 154 155 2002 Rapid Visual Screening of Buildings for Potential Seismic Hazards FEMA 356 2000 Prestandard and Commentary for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings

FEMA E-74 2011 Reducing the Risk of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage- A Practical Guide

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-12

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

FEMA-310 1998 Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Buildings FEMA 178 1992 NEHRP Handbook for Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings

Kircher CA AA Nassar O Kustu and Holmes WT 1997 Development of Building Damage Functions for Earthquake Loss Estimation Earthquake Spectra November

Lang K 2002 Seismic vulnerability of existing buildings Dissertation ETH No 14446 Zurich Suisse

Porter KA Kiremidjian AS LeGrue IS 2001 Assembly-Based Vulnerability of Buildings ndash Its Use in Performance Evaluation Earthquake Spectra Volume 17 No2

Porter KA Beck JL and Seligson HA Scawthorn CR Tobin LT Young R and Boyd T 2002 Improving Loss Estimation for Woodframe Buildings Volume 1 Technical Report and Volume 2 Appendices CaltechEERL2002EERL-2002-01 and -02 Consortium of Universities for Research in Earthquake Engineering Richmond CA

Steinbrugge KV and Algermissen S T 1990 Earthquake Losses to Single-Family Dwellings California Experience United States Geological Survey Bulletin 1939A Study was made in cooperation with the California Insurance Department

Steinbrugge KV 1987 Earthquakes Volcanoes and Tsunamis Skandia America Group

Taylor CE VanMarcke E and Davis J 1998 Evaluating Models of Risks from Natural Hazards for Insurance and Government Appendix B in Paying the Price The Status and Role of Insurance Against Natural Disasters in the United States Edited by H Kunreuther and Richard J Roth Sr Washington DC Joseph Henry Press

Thiel C C Jr and Zsutty T C 1987 Earthquake Characteristics and Damage Statistics EERI Spectra Vol 3 No4

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Wen Y K B R Ellingwood and Bracci J A Vulnerability Function Framework for Consequence-based Engineering MAE Center Project DS-04 Report

Wesson R L D M Perkins E V Leyendecker R J Roth Jr and Petersen M D 2004 Losses to Single-Family Housing from Ground Motions in the 1994 Northridge California Earthquake Spectra August 2004

Wiggins JH CE Taylor and Yessaie G 1987 Damage ability of Low-Rise Construction NTS Engineering Technical Report No 1442 Prepared under partial support of the National Science Foundation NSF Grant No CEE-8109607

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-13

7 Section 7 SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

71 PURPOSE The first six steps of this document suggest various activities to address the impact of any induced seismicity If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to perform additional actions A number of suggestions are presented in this step that could be used to mitigate any adverse or unwanted effects of induced seismicity The mitigation measures are separated into two broad areas The first is direct mitigation (ie those that are engineered to either reduce the seismicity directly or relieve the effects of the seismicity) Examples of this approach include modification of the injection or production rates

The second broad area of action would be indirect mitigation (ie those activities that are not engineered but involve such issues as publicregulatory acceptance or operator liability) Again the level and amount of mitigation will be specific to each application of EGS In some cases little or no mitigation may be required from the regulatorypublic acceptance point of view On the other hand in cases where the project is close to critical facilities that are experiencing unacceptable ground motion it may be required to perform extensive mitigation measures It is anticipated that by properly carrying out the preceding six steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH

721 Direct Mitigation A direct mitigation step is to establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity such as to stop injection This may eliminate induced seismicity in the long run but it is unlikely to have an instantaneous impact That is the local tectonic stress states have been altered as a result of the injection and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the in situ reservoir pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects M 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shut off(Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease the injection rates and pressures until acceptable levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations which relies on continuous measurements of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull Red The lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to occur prompting the following response Pumping suspended immediately

bull Amber The amber zone is defined by ground motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-1

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

unlikely and prompting the following response Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull Green The green zone is defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or if at higher ground motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area which requires no response Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will subside as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) then indirect mitigation activities should be considered (see next section) In any case seismic monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began The results of one such application in areas of poor or older construction (Majer et al 2007 Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures In some cases the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural country sides (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of M 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events It should be noted that the different descriptions of the levels (red amber and green) are not absolute In some areas of high public sensitivity the red level may be reached if there is a large amount of public nuisance associated with the project rather than defining the threshold at the point of structural damage The definition of the color levels will be specific to each project (ie when to stop when to reduce injection etc) It will also depend on the use of indirect mitigation measures employed (see below) Last but not least it should be mentioned that other types of prediction methods are being developed that provide alternatives to the stoplight method These involve real time estimation of future seismicity based upon current seismicity rates and energy release (Bachmann et al 2011)

Other direct mitigation measures may be accomplished by altering the injectionproduction rates locations of injections fluid temperatures or other parameters associated with the EGS projects This will depend of course on how well the subsurface parameters are known that are controlling the seismicity If the unwanted seismicity occurs early in the project then these conditions may not be known well enough or the system response may not be calibrated yet Other engineering approaches may involve modifications to assets affected by any unwanted seismicity An example could be noise or vibration isolation of sensitive instruments structures or facilities that are of concern or strengthening weak structures such as landmarks and

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-2

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

historical buildings These actions may appear to be somewhat excessive but they may be worthwhile if it allows to project to continue in harmony with the local community

722 Indirect Mitigation Various methods of indirect mitigation may also be considered either in conjunction with direct methods or as standalone measures several examples are described below Seismic Monitoring As has been discussed previously in this document seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of structural damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public are essential The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers which may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

Increased Outreach Although it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity Regular newsletters are an effective way of keeping the local public interested in the project and also of informing them of the future activities such as stimulation potential rig noise etc Additional activities related to the local area or special articles on renewable energy for example may be another way to make the newsletters more interesting thereby ensuring a broader readership Community Support In addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish goodwill This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project Compensation If any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-3

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Benefit to the local community from the presence of an EGS plant It is important to demonstrate the financial benefit for the local community from the existence of such a project The benefits may take many forms from royalties to the countystate providing jobs in the area free hot water for the local community based swimming pools support to the local library sponsoring prizes for schools and other learned institutions sponsoring university grants to supporting environmental policies Experience has shown that a key method to access local residents is to sponsor primary schools and to give instruction about the EGS program along with its benefits to the children at school School children will raise this topic at home for discussion with their parents and the parents will supplement the information by researching the subject independently to support their children

Contracting and employment policy As a general policy local subcontractors should be used when possible so that the local residents can see the benefit of the EGS in their area Through this practice money flows into the local community bringing an indirect benefit Wherever possible local staff should be recruited to work directly at the EGS plant thereby stimulating the local economy through the project operations

723 Receiver Mitigation Receiver mitigation involves vibration control provisions for structures and equipment to reduce or attenuate ground-borne vibration and noise Base isolation of building structures is probably not practical to control EGS ground motions due to the frequency range and cost unless only a few structures would require such modification On the other hand vibration isolation of sensitive instruments such as scanning transmission electron microscopes or even magnetic resonance imaging system may be quite practical and necessary

Equipment may be pneumatically isolated from the floor with isolation frequencies of the order of 1 to 2 Hz to reduce or eliminate impact by low amplitude EGS ground motions Commercially available active piezo-electric vibration isolation systems can isolate equipment from ground motion at frequencies as low as 1 Hz by a factor of almost ten in amplitude (20 dB) which may be most effective for low level seismicity with high recurrence rates Steel spring isolation systems may have isolation frequencies of the order of 5 Hz well within the range of EGS seismic ground motions and would thus amplify ground motion The selection of an isolation system must be made in view of the expected spectrum of ground motion and spectral tolerance curve of the particular equipment Equipment specifications may even provide data regarding its vibration tolerance as a function of frequency which may be particularly useful when selecting the appropriate isolation system Simple massive concrete foundations used for supporting sensitive instruments may have a soil structure resonance frequency in vertical or couple horizontal and rocking modes of the order of 5 to 15 Hz possibly coincident with low-level EGS ground motion spectral peaks In these situations soil treatments or foundation reinforcement may be most practical for certain types of sensitive instruments Light-weight box foundations supported on friction piles or end-bearing piles would have vertical support resonance frequencies in excess of 30 Hz and with high damping values due to vibration wave scattering ideal for supporting sensitive instruments such as magnetic resonance imaging systems and scanning electron microscopes Thick reinforced concrete slabs would not amplify vibration at EGS ground motion spectral peak frequencies

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-4

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Activities involving sensitive equipment or processes may require coordination with EGS stimulation schedules assuming that such EGS stimulation is temporary in nature Seismic activity extending over several days weeks or months would be another matter

724 Liability Legal studies specifically related to geothermal induced seismicity and its effect on the man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations makes the following observations

ldquoLiability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However numerous analogous cases support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerous activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anothers land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damagerdquo

725 Insurance In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity An insurance policy (or bond) should be established with an insurance company to cover all aspects of structural damage and the procedure for claim should be streamlined to help claimants obtain the appropriate compensation without undue stress and long duration

A document will need to be prepared which shows various types of structural damage and their link to the seismic parameters It is also imperative for the person who has suffered the damage to report it within a reasonable time period of the ldquooffendingrdquo seismicity and estimate the time when the damage might have occurred A dedicated form that assists the local residents in providing relevant details required by the arbitrator and the insurance company should be established to facilitate this process Local residents should also have access to consultation or assistance to properly file the forms and the form should carry a statement of liability for prosecution by the insurance company if incorrect details are presented with a motive to obtain money under false pretense It is highly recommended that prior to injection complete documentation is made of the state of the existing structures This could be complete photographing of foundations and walls of preexisting cracks soil conditions type of structures etc It should be kept in mind that many other things such as diurnal temperature changes soil drying and landslides will also cause structures to ldquocrack and shiftrdquo which should not be attributed to induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-5

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

73 SUMMARY Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisanceannoyance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations in that it provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that specific seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be required Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that may be tailored to the specific needs of the community

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-6

8 Section 8 EIGHT Acknowledgements

SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements

The preparation of this document was supported by the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratoryrsquos contract DE-AC02-05CH11231 with the US Department of Energy Our thanks to Melinda Lee for her assistance in the preparation of this document

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 8-1

9 Section 9 NINE References

SECTIONNINE References

Abrahamson N Atkinson G Boore D Bozorgnia Y Campbell K Chiou B Idriss IM Silva W and Youngs R 2008 Comparisons of the NGA ground motion relations Earthquake Spectra v 24 p 45-66

Aki K 1965 Maximum likelihood estimate of b in the formula log N=a-bM and its confidence limits Bulletin of Earthquake Research Institute University of Tokyo v 43 p 237-239

Aki K and Richards P Quantitative Seismology 2nd edition 2009 WH Freeman and Company

Allen and Hoshall 1983 An assessment of Damage and Casualty for Six Cities in the Central United States Resulting from Two Earthquakes M=76 and M=86 in the New Madrid Seismic Zone Report by Allen amp Hoshall Memphis TN for FEMA

AltaRock Energy 2011 Induced Seismicity Mitigation Plan Newberry EGS Demonstration Project (downloaded from AltaRock website earlier URL does not appear to be active now)

ANSI Standard S318-1979 Guide for the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg) (This standard has evidently been supplanted by S272)

ANSI Standard S271-1983 (R 2006) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S272Part 1 ndash 2002 (R 2007) Amendment 1 - 2010 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration ndash Part 1 General Requirements American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R 2009) Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13 (C Rojahn and Sharpe RL) 1985 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for California Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13-1 (S King and Rojahn C) 2002 Commentary on the Use of ATCmiddot13 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for Probable Maximum Loss Studies of California Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 14 1987 Evaluating the seismic resistance of existing Buildings ATC-14 Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 40 1996 Seismic evaluation and retrofit of concrete Buildings Redwood City California

ASCESEI 31-03 2003 Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings Bachmann CE Wiemer S Woessneri J and Hainzl S 2011 Statistical analysis of the

induced Basel 2006 earthquake sequences introducing a probability-based monitoring

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-1

SECTIONNINE References

approach for Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geophysical Journal International v 186 p 793-807

Bolt BA Abridged Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale Earthquakes ndash Newly Revised and Expanded Appendix C WH Freeman amp Co 1993 331 p

Bommer JJ Oates S Cepeda JM Lindholm C Bird J Torres R Marroquiacuten G and Rivas J 2006 Control of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal project Engineering Geology v 83 p 287-306

BRGM 2010 ENGINE Coordination Action Best Practice Handbook for the development of Unconventional Geothermal Resources with a focus on Enhanced Geothermal System 2008 Orleans BRGM Editions Collection ActesProceedings ISBN 978-2-7159-2482-6 ISSN 1773-6161 Available at [httpenginebrgmfrDocumentsENGINE_ BestPracticeHandbookpdf] January 25 2010

Brumbaugh DS 1999 Earthquakes science and society Prentice Hall 251 p Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 Ground-motion attenuation model

for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction models Earthquake Spectra v 26 p907-926

Cornell CA 1968 Engineering seismic risk analysis Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 58 p 1583-1606

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 Induced seismicity and the potential for liability under US law Tectonophysics v 289 239-255

Davy B 1997 Essential Injustice - When Legal Institutions Cannot Resolve Environmental and Land Use Disputes Springer New York

DOENETL 2010 Site Screening Selection and Initial Characterization for Storage of CO2 in Deep Geologic Formations wwwnetldoegov 401090808

Dowding CH 1985 Blast vibration monitoring and control Northwestern University

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Dowding CH and Rozen A 1978 Damage to Rock Tunnels from Earthquake Shaking

Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers v 104 No GT2 March 22 1978

Facebookcom Newberry Geothermal EGS Demonstration Project Facebook page httpwwwfacebookcomNewberryEGS

Feenstra CFJ T Mikunda and S Brunsting 2010 What happened in Barendrecht Case study on the planned onshore carbon dioxide storage in Barendrecht the Netherlands Report prepared by ECN (Energy Center for the Netherlands) and Global CCS Institute 44 pp Available on-line at several locations including the Global CCS Institute website (httpwwwglobalccsinstitutecompublicationswhat-happened-barendrecht)

FEMA 2006 Homebuilderrsquos Guide to Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Building Seismic Safety Council FEMA 232

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-2

SECTIONNINE References

FEMA 2010 Earthquake-Resistant Design Concepts An Introduction to the NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Seismic Safety Council FEMA P-749

Hanks TC and Kanamori H 1979 Moment magnitude scale Journal of Geophysical Research v 84 p 2348ndash2350

HAZUS-MH 2011 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

HAZUS-MH-MR4 2010 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

IES Recommended Practice IEST-RP-CC0122 Considerations in Clean Room Design Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology Arlington Heights IL 60005-4516

ISO 2631-1 1997 Mechanical vibration and shock ndash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration ndash Part 1 General requirements Available at the ISO store httpwwwisoorgisoiso_cataloguecatalogue_tccatalogue_detailhtmcsnumber=7612

ISO 2631-2 2003 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration and Shock Part 2 Vibration in Buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz) International Organization for Standardization Geneva

Kennedy RP CA Cornell RD Campbell S Kaplan and Perla HF 1980 Probabilistic seismic safety study of an existing nuclear power plant Nuclear Engineering and Design v 59 p 315-318

Kunreuther H K Fitzgerald and TD Aarts 1993 Siting noxious facilities a test of the Facility Siting Credo Risk Analysis v 13 p 301-318

Kunreuther H LE Susskind and T D Aarts 1993 The facility siting credo guidelines for an effective facility siting process Environmental Impact Assessment Review Publication Services University of Pennsylvania Available on-line at several locations including this URL httpwebmitedupublicdisputespracticecredohtml

Lang DH Molina Palacios S and Lindholm CD 2007 The seismic risk and loss assessment tool SELENA and its applicability for (near-)real-time damage estimation International Workshop on Seismicity and Seismological Observations of the Baltic Sea Region and Adjacent Territories September 10-12 Vilnius Lithuania

Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks Academic Press 293 p

Lesbirel SH and D Shaw 2000 Facility siting issues and perspectives In SH Lesbirel and D Shaw eds Challenges and Issues in Facility Siting Proceedings of a Conference Columbia Earthscape New York Columbia University Press (on-line) Available at the following URL httpwwwccccolumbiaedusecdlcearthscaperrlframehtml

Majer E Baria R and Stark M 2009 Protocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-3

SECTIONNINE References

comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

Majer E Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Majer E Nelson JT Robertson-Tait A Savy J and Wong I 2012 Protocol for addressing induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 45 p

McGarr A 1976 Seismic moments and volume changes Journal of Geophysical Research v 81 p 1487

McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research Institute MNO-10 221 p

National Energy Technology Laboratory (NETL) 2009 Public outreach and education for carbon storage projects Report no DOENETL-20091391

NETL 2009 Site screening selection and characterization of CO2 stored in deep geologic formations Regional Carbon Sequestration Partnerships Annual Review November

Ordaz M Aguilar A and Arboleda J 2007 CRISIS2007 ndash Ver 11 Program for Computing Seismic Hazard Instituto de Ingenieria UNAM Mexico The CRISIS code installer is available at httpecapraorgcapra_wikien_wikiindexphptitle=CRISIS2007

Porter KA R Kennedy and Bachman R 2007 Earthquake Engineering Practice Creating Fragility Functions for Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering EERI Earthquake Spectra v 23 no 2 p 471-489 May

Porter KA and Scawthorn C 2007 OPENRISK Open-source risk software access for the insurance industry Available on the AGORA site at httpwwwrisk-agoraorg

Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002 Fault structure and kinematics of the Long Valley Caldera region California revealed by high-accuracy earthquake hypocenters and focal mechanism stress inversions Journal of Geophysical Research v 107 p 1397

PRWeb 2010 Newberry Enhanced Geothermal Systems Demonstration Community Outreach Positive BLM Initiates Environmental Assessment PRWebcom October 2010 httpwwwprwebcomreleases201010prweb4610704htm

Raab J and L Susskind 2009 New approaches to consensus building and speeding up large-scale energy infrastructure project Paper presented at the Conference for the Expansion of the German Transmission Grid Goumlttingen University June 2009

Richter CF 1958 Elemental seismology WH Freeman San Francisco CA 768 p

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009a Tackling public risk ndash a practical guide for policy makers UK Department for Business Enterprise and Regulator Reform Report No URN 09972 May 2009 60 pp

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009b Examples of public risk communication UK Department for Business Innovation and Skills Report No URN 091424 October 2009 47 pp

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-4

SECTIONNINE References

RiskScape 2010 Riskscape User Manual version 0230 GNS Sciences amp NIWA available at wwwriskscapeorgnz

Schwartz DP and Coppersmith KJ 1984 Fault behavior and characteristic earthquakes--examples from the Wasatch and San Andreas fault zones Journal of Geophysical Research v 89 p 5681-5698

SERIANEX 2009 AP5000 report - Seismic hazard and risk assessments during three reference time periods (Normal stimulation and circulation) GEOTER SAS October 15

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 Probability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injection Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Shapiro SA Dinske C Langebruch C and Wenzel F 2010 Seismogenic index and magnitude probability of earthquakes induced during reservoir fluid stimulations The Leading Edge Special Section Microseismic p 304-309

Siedentop S 2010 Locating sites for locally unwanted land uses successfully coping with NIMBY resistance In A C de Pina Filho and A C de Pina eds Methods and Techniques in Urban Engineering ISBN 978-953-307-096-4 InTech

Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

Stump MPH and MA Porter 2012 Critical Truths About Power LawsScience v 335 p 665-666

Thoenen JR and SL Windes 1942 Seismic Effects of Quarry Blasting US Bureau of Mines Bulletin 442 NTIS

Thomas PA Wong IG and Abrahamson N 2010 Verification of probabilistic seismic hazard analysis software programs PEER Report 2010106 Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center College of Engineering University of California Berkeley 173 p

Transportation Research Board 1996 Landslides investigation and mitigation Special Report 247 Chapter 4 National Academy Press Washington DC

Trendafiloski G M Wyss and Rosset Ph 2009 Loss estimation module in the second generation software QLARM World Agency of Planetary Monitoring and Earthquake Risk Reduction Geneva Switzerland (wwwwapmerrorgQLARM_Paper-Cambridge-defpdf)

US Geological Survey (USGS) 2008 Lower 48 states maps and data available at httpearthquakeusgsgov hazardsproductsconterminous

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Waldhauser F 2001 hypoDD A computer program to compute double-difference earthquake locations US Geological Survey Open File Rep 01-113

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-5

SECTIONNINE References

Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000 A double-difference earthquake location algorithm Method and application to the northern Hayward fault Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 90 p1353-1368

Wells DL and Coppersmith KJ 1994 New empirical relationships among magnitude rupture length rupture width rupture area and surface displacement Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 84 p 974-1002

Wesnousky SG 1986 Earthquakes Quaternary faults and seismic hazard in California Journal Geophysical Research v 91 p 12587-12631

WIPP 2011 Waste Isolation Pilot Project Community Relations Plan website Information can be accessed at httpwwwwippenergygovWPPCommunityRelationsindexhtml

Youngs RR and Coppersmith KJ 1985 Implications of fault slip rates and earthquake recurrence models to probabilistic seismic hazard estimates Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 75 p 939-964

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-6

Appendix C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental

Protection Measures and Best Management Practices

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX E

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

In addition to the requirements and conditions stated in the project permits

geothermal lease stipulations and conditions of approval the project

proponents are committed to implementing the best management practices

(BMPs) discussed below as appropriate for each of the proposed actions These

measures have been divided into the following categories General Measures

Air Quality SoilErosion Control Blasting Water Resources Noxious Weeds

Vegetation Wildlife and Sensitive Species Cultural and Paleontological

Resources Noise Visual Resources and Public Health and Safety

General Measures

1 Prior to construction the limits of the temporary construction ROW would

be recorded using a global positioning system unit

2 The operator would obtain agency authorization prior to borrowing soil or

rock material from agency lands

3 Prior to construction all construction personnel would be instructed on the

protection of sensitive biological cultural and paleontological resources

that have the potential to occur on site

4 Construction in residential areas would be limited to between daylight and

dusk seven days a week

5 All construction vehicle movement would be restricted to the ROW pre-

designated access roads and public roads

6 Fences and gates if damaged or destroyed by construction activities would

be repaired or replaced to their original preconstruction condition as

required by the landowner or land-management agency

7 Temporary gates would be installed only with prior permission of the

landowner or land management agency

8 All existing roads would be left in a condition equal to or better than their

preconstruction condition

9 All vehicle traffic associated with the projects would be restricted to

designated access roads

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-1

Appendix E

10 Where possible new access roads would be located to follow natural

contours and minimize side hill cuts and fills Excessive grades on roads

road embankments ditches and drainages would be avoided especially in

areas with erodible soils

11 New roads would be designed so that changes to surface water runoff are

minimized and new erosion is not initiated

12 New access roads would be located to minimize stream crossings All

structures crossing streams would be located and constructed so that they

do not decrease channel stability or increase water velocity Operators

would obtain all applicable federal and state water crossing permits

13 New roads would be located away from drainage bottoms and avoid

wetlands if practicable

14 Road use would be restricted during the wet season if road surfacing is not

adequate to prevent soil displacement rutting etc and resultant stream

sedimentation

15 Access roads and on-site roads would be surfaced with aggregate materials

where necessary to provide a stable road surface support anticipated

traffic reduce fugitive dust and prevent erosion

16 Non-specular conductors would be installed on transmission lines to reduce

visual impacts Speed limits of 25 miles per hour would be observed on all

unpaved roads in each project area in order to minimize dust and avoid

collision with and incidental death of local wildlife

17 Pipelines constructed above ground due to thermal gradient induced

expansion and contraction would rest on cradles above ground level

allowing small animals to pass underneath

Air Quality

1 Construction and operation of the proposed developments would comply

with all applicable federal and state air quality standards

2 BMPs for dust control would be implemented during construction of the

access roads well pads power plant sites pipelines and electrical

interconnection lines

3 Vulcan Power Company has obtained a Surface Area Disturbance (SAD)

permit from the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau of Air

Pollution Control and would use the following dust-control measures from

the BMP section of that permit within the Vulcan Project Area

Two water trucks would pre-water areas to be disturbed and apply

water on disturbed areas and material storage piles on a regular

basis

Roads would be graveled and vehicle speeds limited to 25 miles per

hour

E-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4

5

6

7

8

Subcontractors would be informed of their responsibilities to

control fugitive dust

Construction equipment operators would be trained to recognize

excessive fugitive dust generation and call for a water truck to spray

water on the disturbed areas

Construction contractors would use equipment that is maintained

per manufacturerrsquos specifications and meets all applicable US

Environmental Protection Agency standards for criteria pollutants

from diesel engines including particulates

The drilling contractor would use state-of-the-art drill rigs certified to meet

current EPA standards for non-methane hydrocarbons nitrogen oxides and

particulates

Fugitive emissions from any hydrocarbon working fluids

(isopentanepentane) would be minimized by utilizing the latest industry

technology flanges seals vapor-recovery units leak-detection system and

routine maintenance procedures

Sensors located around major equipment would continuously provide

information regarding hydrocarbon levels to the control room and the

annunciators The annunciators would alert the plant operators when a

certain level of hydrocarbon is detected by the sensors This would enable

quick response time to alleviate potential problems and would keep plant

personnel safe while minimizing hydrocarbon emissions

Whenever maintenance needs to be performed on the turbine-generator

equipment or the hydrocarbon system the hydrocarbon would be

recovered to prevent a release into the atmosphere by installing a system

that would evacuate the hydrocarbon from the network of piping and

equipment sub-cool the vapor back into a liquid and pump it back into the

hydrocarbon storage tank

As part of the POD SPPC or its contractor would prepare and implement a

Dust Control Plan to minimize fugitive dust emissions generated from

project construction activities The Dust Control Plan would be submitted

to the Churchill County Planning Department and would be prepared in

accordance with the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau

of Air Pollution Controlrsquos SAD Permit At a minimum the Dust Control

Plan would discuss

Enforcement of dust control requirements

Environmental training and

Dust-control measures to be implemented during construction

As part of the POUPOD the operator would prepare and submit to the

agency an Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan for managing diesel exhaust

An Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan would identify actions to reduce

9

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-3

Appendix E

diesel particulate carbon monoxide hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides

associated with construction and drilling activities The Equipment Emissions

Mitigation Plan would require that all drillingconstruction-related engines

are maintained and operated as follows

Are tuned to the engine manufacturerrsquos specification in accordance

with an appropriate time frame

Do not idle for more than five minutes (unless in the case of

certain drilling engines it is necessary for the operating scope)

Are not tampered with in order to increase engine horsepower

Include particulate traps oxidation catalysts and other suitable

control devices on all drillingconstruction equipment used at the

project site

Use diesel fuel having a sulfur content of 15 parts per million or

less or other suitable alternative diesel fuel unless such fuel

cannot be reasonably procured in the market area

Include control devices to reduce air emissions The determination

of which equipment is suitable for control devices should be made

by an independent Licensed Mechanical Engineer Equipment

suitable for control devices may include drilling equipment work

over and service rigs mud pumps generators compressors

graders bulldozers and dump trucks

Soil Disturbance

1 In areas where significant grading would be required topsoil where present

would be segregated stockpiled and stabilized until later reapplication

2 Construction would be prohibited when the soil is too wet to adequately

support construction equipment or would result in ruts of 4 inches or

greater

3 An approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) would be

prepared as part of the POD and implemented to minimize erosion from

the project construction worksites and contain sediment The SWPPP

would be prepared in accordance with the National Pollutant Disposal

Elimination System General Construction Stormwater Permit At a

minimum it would identify the existing drainage patterns of the

construction work sites and ROW nearby drainages and washes potential

pollutant sources other than sediment and the BMPs that that would be

implemented to minimize off-site erosion and sedimentation The SWPPP

would include maps of the project area with potential locations for

appropriate BMPs The SWPPP would be kept on site throughout the

duration of construction Measures identified in the SWPPP would be

inspected on the ground at least once per week as well as before and after

rain events of 05-inch or more in a 24-hour period

E-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4 Compaction of the soils would be in accordance with the recommendations

in the geotechnical report and the detailed civil design

5 All disturbed lands not required for plant operations would be revegetated

upon completion of construction

Blasting (if required and approved)

1 At a minimum all explosive storage facilities would be weather resistant

fire resistant bullet resistant and theft resistant

2 Potential rockslidelandslide areas would be identified and avoided to the

maximum extent possible and a blasting geologist would be consulted prior

to blasting in these areas

3 Blasts would be designed to minimize ground vibrations that can cause slope

instability and impacts to wells andor springs

4 Blasting within 500 feet of wells andor springs would be avoided to the

maximum extent possible

5 Precautions would be taken to minimize or avoid damaging structures or

utilities located within 150 feet of blasting operations Precautions may

include rippling the charge detonations further apart or reducing the

amount of charge material that detonates simultaneously

6 To prevent or minimize the amount of rock particles cast into the air

following detonation blasting mats would be used

7 A signaling system would be used to alert individuals of an impending blast

The signaling system would include the following components

A warning signal five minutes prior to the blasting signal a one-

minute series of long audible signals would be sounded at the blast

site

A blasting signal one minute prior to the blast a series of short

audible signals would be sounded at the blast site

An all-clear signal a prolonged audible signal would be sounded at

the blast site following the post-blast inspection of the blast area

8 To inform construction personnel of the signaling protocol signs explaining

the protocol would be posted at the staging areas and at other appropriate

areas along the construction ROW

9 The proponent andor its contractor would perform pre- and post-blast

inspections of existing structures that may sustain damage due to blasting

operations

10 If any damage to structures occurs due to blasting operations the

proponent andor its contractor would repair the damage as quickly as

possible after becoming aware of the damage In the event of damage to any

water supply systems the proponent andor its contractor would provide

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-5

Appendix E

an alternative water source until the original water supply system is

restored

Water Resources

1 In coordination with State regulatory agencies the operator would comply

with all State and Federal surface and ground water rules and regulations for

all phases of development and reclamation

2 All construction vehicle and equipment staging or storage would be located

at least 100 feet away from any streams wetlands and other water features

3 Freshwater-bearing and other usable water aquifers would be protected

from contamination by assuring all well casing (excluding the liner) is

required to be cemented from the casing shoe (below the lowest

groundwater aquifer) to the surface

4 Site drainage including the plant finish grade ditches swales and other

drainage features would be designed to meet local weather conditions and

the mean average rainfall The drainage would be designed to ensure that

there would be no stormwater runoff that would adversely affect nearby

surface waters (eg wetlands canals) The design would also incorporate

containment for oil-filled equipment where required This would allow

runoff from the oil-filled equipment to be inspected to avoid contaminated

discharge to a pond or local drainage

5 Appropriate oil separation and disposal measures would be taken as

required prior to release of runoff to the surface drainage

6 Operators would develop a storm water management plan as part of the

POU to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and prevent off-site

migration of contaminated storm water or increased soil erosion

7 Stormwater from the well pad would be directed to the reserve pit and

contained on site

8 The geothermal wells would be drilled using non-toxic drilling mud to

prevent the loss of drilling fluids into the rock and the risk of contamination

to any aquifers from the drilling fluid

9 Reserve pits would be constructed at each Ormat well site for the

containment and temporary storage of drilling mud drill cuttings

geothermal fluid and storm water runoff from each constructed well pad

Because non-toxic drilling mud would be used the reserve pits would not

be lined Additionally the bentonite drilling muds discharged into the

reserve pits would act as a liner in the same way they prevent the loss of

drilling fluids in the well bore into the rock Therefore contamination of the

local ground water aquifers as a result of the temporary discharges into the

reserve pits would be unlikely

10 Culverts would be strategically placed to allow for the natural drainage in

any disturbed areas in the project area to be maintained

E-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

11 The well pads would be set back at least 100 feet from the boundary of the

Carson Lake and Pasture and would have berms that would prevent spills

from draining west to the wildlife refuge

12 Operators would avoid creating hydrologic conduits between discrete

aquifers during foundation excavation and other activities

Noxious Weeds

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all

noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and

provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any

noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would

treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan

component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning)

of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto

public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves

the project site

Vegetation

1 Wherever possible vegetation would be left in place Where vegetation

must be removed it would be cut at ground level to preserve the root

structure and allow for potential resprouting

2 All temporary construction areas that have been disturbed including

stringing sites and transmission structure work areas would be recontoured

and restored as required by the landowner or land-management agency

The method of restoration typically would consist of seeding or

revegetating with native plants (if required) installing cross drains for

erosion control and placing water bars in the road or centerline travel

route Seed used for revegetation would be certified as weed-free

Wildlife and Sensitive Species

1 If land-clearing activities are conducted during the avian breeding season

(March 15 to July 15) nesting bird surveys would be conducted to identify

nests and evidence of breeding birds

2 Excavations left open overnight would be covered or fenced securely to

prevent wildlife from falling into open excavations

3 Structures would be constructed to conform to those practices described in

the Suggested Practices for Avian Protection on Power Lines (APLIC 2006)

4 Any toxic or hazardous material or any other items that present a risk to

wildlife would be fenced netted or include some other measure to exclude

wildlife

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-7

Appendix E

Livestock Grazing

1 The operator would coordinate with livestock operators during the life of

the project to minimize impacts to livestock operations

Cultural and Paleontological Resources

1 A Class III cultural resource inventory would be conducted prior to

construction Unevaluated cultural sites would be tested to determine their

eligibility status Wherever possible the proponent would avoid cultural

sites identified as eligible for inclusion on the National Register of Historic

Places Where avoidance is not possible a treatment plan would be

developed through consultation between the BLM State Historic

Preservation Office (SHPO) and applicable tribes

2 Prior to construction the proponent andor its contractors would train

workers and individuals involved with the project regarding the potential to

encounter historic or prehistoric sites and objects proper procedures in

the event that cultural items or human remains are encountered

prohibitions on artifact collection and respect for Native American religious

concerns As part of this training all construction personnel would be

instructed to inspect for paleontological and cultural objects when

excavating or conducting other ground-disturbing activities

3 If potential resources are found work would be halted immediately within a

minimum distance of 300 feet from the discovery and a professional

archaeologist (holding a valid Cultural Resources Permit from Nevada BLM)

would be mobilized to the site to evaluate the find Any potential resources

would not be handled or moved The professional archaeologist would then

determine whether the find needs to be evaluated by a paleontologist or

Native American representative The appropriate specialist(s) would then

make a recommendation of the significance of the find and the steps to be

followed before proceeding with the activity Any cultural andor

paleontological resource discovered during construction on public or

federal land would be reported immediately to the BLM Work would not

continue until the BLM issues a notice to proceed The BLM would notify

and consult with SHPO and appropriate tribes on eligibility and suitable

treatment options If significant resources are discovered they would be

recovered transported and stored at an approved curation facility that

meets the standards specified in Title 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations

(CFR) Part 79

4 If human remains are encountered during project construction all work

within 300 feet of the remains would cease and the remains would be

protected If the remains are on land managed by the BLM BLM

representatives would be immediately notified If the remains are Native

American the BLM would follow the procedures set forth in 43 CFR Part

10 Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Regulations If the

remains are located on state or private lands the Nevada SHPO and the

BLM would be notified immediately Native American human remains

E-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

discovered on state or private lands would be treated under the provisions

of the Protection of Indian Burial Sites section of the Nevada Revised

Statutes Chapter 383 The Nevada SHPO would consult with the Nevada

Indian Commission and notify the appropriate Native American tribe

Procedures for inadvertent discovery are listed under Nevada Revised

Statutes 383170

Noise

1 Noise mufflers would be used on all drill rig and air compressor engines

Each well pad may have one rock muffler Rock mufflers are approximately

30 feet tall with a diameter of about 10 feet and are used to separate and

attenuate steam venting noise during well testing

2 Ormat employs proprietary turbine designs having rotation speeds matching

generator output rotations per minute This process eliminates the need for

gear reduction units and the resulting associated noise As a result the

facilities operate at approximately 65dbA at 200 feet Ormat would also

employ the best available noise control technology on cooling tower fans

Visual Resources

1 The operator would incorporate visual design considerations into the

planning and design of the project to minimize potential visual impacts of the

proposal and to meet the Visual Resource Management objectives of the

area and the agency

2 Structures would be constructed with low profiles whenever possible to

reduce structure visibility

3 Materials and surface treatments would be selected and designed to repeat

or blend with landscape elements

4 Placement of facilities on ridgelines summits or other locations would be

avoided in order to prevent the buildings from being silhouetted against the

sky from important viewing locations

5 Facilities would be collocated to the extent possible to use existing and

shared rights-of-way existing and shared access and maintenance roads and

other infrastructure in order to reduce visual impacts Facilities would not

bisect ridge tops or run down the center of valley bottoms

6 Site linear features (aboveground pipelines rights-of-way and roads) would

follow natural land contours rather than straight lines (particularly up

slopes) when possible Fall-line cuts should be avoided

7 Site facilities especially linear facilities would take advantage of natural

topographic breaks (ie pronounced changes in slope) to avoid siting

facilities on steep side slopes

8 Where available site linear features such as rights-of-way and roads would

follow the edges of clearings (where they would be less conspicuous) rather

than passing through the centers of clearings

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-9

Appendix E

9 Site facilities would take advantage of existing clearings to reduce vegetation

clearing and ground disturbance where possible

10 Site linear features (eg trails roads rivers) would cross other linear

features at right angles whenever possible to minimize viewing area and

duration

11 Site and design structures and roads would minimize and balance cuts and

fills and to preserve existing rocks vegetation and drainage patterns to the

maximum extent possible

12 All buildings insulation jacketing and visible structures would be painted

according to the BLM ldquoStandard Environmental Colors Chartrdquo designations

for facilities on BLM lands in order to minimize the visual impacts in the

area

13 Non-reflective or low-reflectivity materials coatings or paints would be

used whenever possible

14 Grouped structures would be painted the same color to reduce visual

complexity and color contrast

15 Efficient facility lighting would be designed and installed so that the minimum

amount of lighting required for safety and security is provided but not

exceeded and so that upward light scattering (light pollution) is minimized

This may include for example installing shrouds to minimize light from

straying off-site properly directing light to only illuminate necessary areas

and installing motion sensors to only illuminate areas when necessary

16 Construction staging areas and laydown areas would be sited outside of the

viewsheds of publically accessible vantage points and visually sensitive areas

where possible including siting in swales around bends and behind ridges

and vegetative screens

17 Visual impact mitigation objectives and activities would be discussed with

equipment operators prior to commencement of construction activities

18 Slash from vegetation removal would be mulched or scattered and spread

to cover fresh soil disturbances or if not possible buried or composted

19 If slash piles are necessary piles would be staged out of sight of sensitive

viewing areas

20 Installing gravel and pavement would be avoided where possible to reduce

color and texture contrasts with existing landscape

21 Excess fill would be used to fill uphill-side swales resulting from road

construction in order to reduce unnatural-appearing slope interruption and

to reduce fill piles

22 Downslope wasting of excess fill material would be avoided

E-10 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

23 Road-cut slopes would be rounded and cut and fill pitch would be varied to

reduce contrasts in form and line Slopes would be varied to preserve

specimen trees and nonhazardous rock outcroppings

24 Planting pockets would be left on slopes where feasible

25 Where required areas would be revegetated with native vegetation

establishing a composition consistent with the form line color and texture

of the surrounding undisturbed landscape

26 Benches would be provided in rock cuts to accent natural strata

27 Split-face rock blasting would be used to minimize unnatural form and

texture resulting from blasting

28 Topsoil would be segregated from cut and fill activities and spread on

freshly disturbed areas to reduce color contrast and to aid rapid

revegetation

29 Signage would be minimized and reverse sides of signs and mounts painted

or coated to reduce color contrast with existing landscape

30 Trash burning would be prohibited trash would be stored in containers to

be hauled off-site for disposal

31 Interim restoration would be undertaken as soon as possible after

disturbances during the operating life of the project During road

maintenance activities blading would avoid existing forbs and grasses in

ditches and along roads

32 Cut slopes would be randomly scarified to reduce texture contrast with

existing landscape and to aid in revegetation

33 Disturbed areas would be covered with stockpiled topsoil or mulch and

revegetated with a mix of native species selected for visual compatibility

with existing vegetation

34 Rocks brush and natural debris would be restored whenever possible to

approximate preexisting visual conditions

Health and Safety

1 All potential spark-emitting equipment would be fitted with spark arresters

2 Trash and other non-hazardous solid waste would be collected and stored

on site and periodically disposed of at an off-site disposal facility authorized

to accept waste

3 Blowout prevention equipment would be utilized while drilling below the

surface casing to ensure that any geothermal fluids encountered do not flow

uncontrolled to the surface The blowout prevention equipment would be

installed on the well head which is welded to the casing and kept in

operating condition and tested in compliance with federal regulations and

industry standards

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-11

Appendix E

4 A spill and disposal contingency plan would be developed within the POD

which would describe the methods for cleanup and abatement of any

petroleum hydrocarbon or other hazardous material spill

5 A health and safety program would be developed as part of the POU to

protect both workers and the general public during construction and

operation of geothermal projects

6 Regarding occupational health and safety the program would identify all

applicable federal and state occupational safety standards establish safe

work practices for each task (eg requirements for personal protective

equipment and safety harnesses Occupational Safety and Health

Administration standard practices for safe use of explosives and blasting

agents and measures for reducing occupational electric and magnetic fields

exposures) establish fire safety evacuation procedures and define safety

performance standards (eg electrical system standards and lightning

protection standards) The program would include a training program to

identify hazard training requirements for workers for each task and establish

procedures for providing required training to all workers Documentation

of training and a mechanism for reporting serious accidents to appropriate

agencies would be established

7 Access to the drill pads and reserve pit would be limited to authorized

personnel and appropriate safety and warning signs would be posted at

each pad site and entrance road

8 Drill cuttings may be used at the discretion of the surface manager in this

case BLM as fill material for projects such as road repair and pad

construction Before use of the cuttings for construction the cuttings from

test wells would be tested by a certified lab for hazardous wastes Using the

federally mandated toxicity characteristics and leaching profile testing

methods each sample would be tested for heavy metals and volatile and

semi-volatile organic properties These results would be provided to the

BLM upon the request for authorization of use of cuttings in construction

9 All machinery drilling platforms and oil and fuel storage areas on the drill

pads would have secondary containment up to 110 percent of volume and

as a secondary precaution would drain to the reserve pit

10 Over the operational life of the project accidental discharges of geothermal

fluids which could contaminate surface or ground waters are unlikely

because of frequent inspections and ultrasonic testing of the geothermal

pipelines pipeline flow and pressure monitoring and well pump and pipeline

valve shutdown features

11 Portable sanitary facilities and potable water would be provided at the drill

sites and maintained in accordance with applicable health standards

12 Emergency showers and eyewash stations would be located in areas where

chemical irritants would be used as required by code

E-12 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

13 Outside emergency showerseyewash stations would be provided with

freezesummer high temperature protection as appropriate

14 Well pad sites would be surrounded by a berm to contain accidental spills

and runoff on-site and would be sloped to drain into collection ditches

which in turn would drain into the on-site reserve pit

15 Power plant sites would be sloped and graded with a drainage system to

collect all runoff

16 Liquids would be stored in the reserve pit until the liquid evaporates is

pumped out and injected back into the wells or is disposed of in accordance

with BLM and Nevada regulations Should drainage swales be encountered

they would be diverted around the site or otherwise handled in accordance

with BLM and other applicable regulations

17 Each power plant site would be fenced

18 Perimeter and switchyard fencing would be properly grounded to provide

personnel protection All fence fabric posts barbed wire hardware and

gates would be galvanized

19 Permanent sensors for detecting hydrocarbon leakage would be located in

areas of potential leakage such as near the hydrocarbon storage tanks

turbines and hydrocarbon pumps They can be responded to manually or

interlocked with the fire protection system to provide automatic response

20 All construction vehicles would be maintained in accordance with the

manufacturersrsquo recommendations All vehicles would be inspected for leaks

prior to entering the job site All discovered leaks would be contained with

a bucket or absorbent materials until repairs can be made

21 All hazardous waste materials would be properly labeled in accordance with

40 CFR Part 262 A list of hazardous materials expected to be used during

project construction is presented in Table E-1 Hazardous Materials

Proposed for Project Use

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

2-Cycle Oil Lubricating Grease

ABC dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher Mastic Coating

Acetylene Gas Methyl Alcohol

Air Tool Oil North Wasp and Hornet Spray (111-

Trichloroethane)

Ammonium Hydroxide Oxygen

Antifreeze Paint

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-13

Appendix E

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

Automatic Transmission Fluid Paint Thinner

Battery Acid Petroleum Products

Bee Bop Insect Killer Prestone II Antifreeze

Canned Spray Paint Puncture Seal Tire Inflator

Chain Lubricant (Methylene Chloride) Safety Fuses

Connector Grease Safety Solvent

Contact Cleaner 2000 Starter Fluid

Eye Glass Cleaner (Methylene Chloride) Trichloroethane

Gas Treatment Wagner Brake Fluid

Gasoline WD-40

Insulating Oil

22 Hazardous material storage equipment refueling and equipment repair

would be conducted at least 100 feet from streams or other water features

to the maximum extent feasible If these activities must be conducted within

100 feet of streams or other water features secondary containment would

be used to protect these water features

23 Spilled material of any type would be cleaned up immediately A shovel and

spill kit would be maintained on site at all times to respond to spills

24 All sanitary wastes would be collected in portable self-contained toilets at

all construction staging areas and other construction operation areas and

managed in accordance with local requirements

25 The proponent would designate a Fire Marshall (Project Fire Marshall) who

would coordinate with a Fire Marshall to be designated by the prime

contractor (Contractor Fire Marshall) and the BLMrsquos fire-management

representative as necessary

26 The Contractor Fire Marshall would be responsible for the following tasks

Conducting regular inspections of tools equipment and first aid kits

for completeness

Conducting regular inspections of storage areas and practices for

handling flammable fuels to confirm compliance with applicable laws

and regulations

Posting smoking and fire rules at centrally visible locations on site

E-14 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

Coordinating initial response to contractor-caused fires within the

project area

Conducting fire inspections along the ROW and access roads

Ensuring that all construction workers and subcontractors are

aware of all fire protection measures

Remaining on duty and on site when construction activities are in

progress and during any additional periods when fire safety is an

issue or designating another individual to serve in this capacity

when absent

Reporting all wildfires in accordance with the notification

procedures described below

Initiating and implementing fire-suppression activities until relieved

by agency or local firefighting services in the event of a project-

related fire Project fire suppression personnel and equipment

including water tenders would be dispatched within 15 minutes

from when a fire is reported

Coordinating with the Project Manager regarding current fire

conditions potential and fire safety warnings from the BLM and

communicating these to the contractorrsquos crews

27 The Construction Foreman or Contractor Fire Marshal would immediately

notify firefighting services of any fires on site

28 Contractors would be notified to stop or reduce construction activities that

pose a significant fire hazard until appropriate safeguards are taken

29 If an accidental fire occurs during construction immediate steps to

extinguish the fire if it is manageable and safe to do so would be taken

using available fire suppression equipment and techniques Fire-suppression

activities would be initiated by the proponent andor its contractor until

relieved by agency or local firefighting services

30 Smoking would only be permitted in designated cleared areas and would be

prohibited while walking or working in areas with vegetation or while

operating equipment In areas where smoking is permitted all burning

tobacco and matches would be completely extinguished and discarded in ash

trays not on the ground

31 ldquoNo smokingrdquo signs and fire rules would be posted at construction staging areas helicopter fly yards and key construction sites during the fire season

32 Fire-suppression equipment would be present in areas where construction

tools or equipment have the potential to spark a fire

33 Extra precautions would be taken when fire danger is considered to be high

34 All field personnel would be instructed regarding emergency fire response

The contractors would receive training on the following

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-15

Appendix E

Initial fire-suppression techniques

Fire event reporting requirements

Methods to determine if a fire is manageable

Fire-control measures to be implemented by field crews on site

When the worksite should be evacuated

How to respond to wildfires in the vicinity and

How to maintain knowledge of and plans for evacuation routes

35 All flammable material including dead vegetation dry grasses and snags

(fallen or standing dead trees) would be cleared for a minimum of 10 feet

from areas of equipment operation that may generate sparks or flames

36 No open burning campfires or barbeques would be allowed along the

ROW at construction staging areas at substations on access roads or in

any other project-related construction areas

37 All welding or cutting of power line structures or their component parts

would be approved by the Construction Foreman Approved welding or

cutting activities would only be performed in areas cleared of vegetation a

minimum of 10 feet around the area Welding or cutting activities would

cease one hour before all fire-response personnel leave a construction area

to reduce the possibility of welding activities smoldering and starting a fire

Welder vehicles would be equipped with fire-suppression equipment

38 All internal combustion engines both stationary and mobile would be

equipped with approved spark arresters that have been maintained in good

working condition Light trucks and cars with factory-installed mufflers in

good condition may be used on roads cleared of all vegetation with no

additional equipment required Vehicles equipped with catalytic converters

are potential fire hazards and would be parked on cleared areas only

39 The use of torches fuses highway flares or other warning devices with

open flames would be prohibited The proponent and its contractors would

only use electric or battery-operated warning devices on site

40 Equipment parking areas small stationary engine sites and gas and oil

storage areas would be cleared of all extraneous flammable materials ldquoNo

smokingrdquo signs would be posted in these areas at all times

41 All fuel tanks would be grounded

42 The proponent and the contractors would provide continuous access to

roads for emergency vehicles during construction

43 All motorized vehicles and equipment would be equipped with the following

fire-protection items

One long-handled round point shovel

One ax or Pulaski fire tool

E-16 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

One five-pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher

One five-gallon water backpack (or other approved container) full

of water or other extinguishing solution and

Hard hat work gloves and eye protection

44 Project construction worksites would include the following equipment

Power saws if required for construction equipped with an

approved spark arrester and accompanied by one five-pound ABC

Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher and a long-handled round-point

shovel when used away from a vehicle

Fuel service trucks with one 35-pound capacity fire extinguisher

charged with the necessary chemicals to control electrical and fuel

fires At least two long-handled round-point shovels and two five-

pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers at wood-cutting

welding or other construction work sites that have a high risk of

starting fires

At least one radio andor cellular telephone to contact fire-

suppression agencies or the project management team

Back pumps filled with water (two at each wood-cutting site one at

each welding site and two at each tower installation or

construction site or any activity site at risk of igniting fires)

45 During periods of increased fire danger a fire-suppression vehicle would be

available in the construction area or stationed near high-risk construction

work sites and would be equipped with the following items

One water tank with a minimum capacity of 500 gallons

250 feet of 075-inch heavy-duty rubber hosing

One pump with a discharge capacity of at least 20 gallons per

minute (the pump would have fuel capacity to operate for at least a

2-hour period) and

One tool cache (for fire use only) containing at a minimum two

long-handled round point shovels two axes or Pulaski fire tools

and one chainsaw of 35 (or more) horsepower with a cutting bar of

at least 20 inches in length

46 The government may require emergency measures including the necessary

shutting down of equipment or portions of operations during periods of

high fire danger

47 If a fire is unmanageable field crews would evacuate and call ldquo911rdquo or the

Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center 775-883-5353 (wildland fire

emergency line)

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-17

Appendix E

48 The Contractor would report ALL wildland fires on or in the vicinity of the

project to the Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center (SFIDC) When

reporting a fire provide the following information name callback telephone

number project name location and fire description The emergency phone

number for SFIDC dispatch is 775-883-5353

49 The fire protection system at each constructed plant site would consist of a

300000-gallon water storage tank two 100-percent diesel pumps a water-

distribution piping system control panel automatic valves instrumentation

and hydrants In addition handheld fire extinguishers would be located in

key areas throughout the plant

50 Infrared flame detection sensors would be strategically located adjacent to

major equipment and hydrocarbon storage tanks When a flame is detected

a signal is transmitted to the fire protection control panel which opens a

valve and the zone where the flame was detected is deluged until the valve

is manually shut off In the outdoor area the fire water system would be

tied into the leak detection and annunciator systems

51 A separate waterless fire suppression system would be installed in the

control building This product would not damage motor control center and

electrical equipment yet is safe to use in the control room where personnel

would be located

52 Current wildland fire information can be found on line at the Sierra Front

Interagency Dispatch Centerrsquos (SFIDC) websites httpwwwsierrafrontnet

under the Intelligence link This site will provide current and expected

weather conditions posting of Red Flan watches and warnings as well as

areas of current fire activity

53 Under Title 43 CFR 9212 the holder of this permit may be held liable for

any and all costs should a wildland fire occur caused by the activities

associated with the construction maintenance or operation of this project

Fire trespass action might be initiated and wildfires suppression costs may

be collected from the holder of this permit

E-18 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and

Conditions of Approval

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX B

LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF

APPROVAL

STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY

FIELD OFFICE

The following Standard Stipulations for all Geothermal Leases in the Carson

City Field Office apply to Vulcan lease numbers N-79310 N-79662 N-79663

N-79665 N-79666 N-79667 and N-79668

Native American Consultation All development activities proposed

under the authority of this lease are subject to the requirement for

Native American consultation prior to BLM authorizing the activity

Depending on the nature of the lease developments being proposed

and the resources of concerns to tribes potentially effected Native

American consultation and resulting mitigation measures to avoid

significant impacts may extend time frames for processing

authorizations for development activities as well as change in the

ways in which developments are implemented

Riparian Areas No surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal

measurement) of any surface water bodies riparian areas wetlands

playas or 100-year floodplains to protect the integrity of these

resources (as delineated by the presence of riparian vegetation and

not actual water) Exceptions to this restriction may be considered

on a case-by-case basis if the BLM determines at least one of the

following conditions apply 1) additional development is proposed in

an area where current development has shown no adverse impacts

2) suitable off-site mitigation will be provided if habitat loss is

expected or 3) BLM determines development proposed under any

plan of operations ensures adequate protection of the resources

Endangered Species The lease area may now or hereafter contain

plants animals or their habitats determined to be threatened

endangered or other special status species BLM may recommend

modifications to exploration and development proposals to further

its conservation and management objective to avoid BLM-approved

activity that will contribute to a need to list such a species or their

habitat BLM may require modifications to or disapprove proposed

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-1

ndash

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

activity that is likely to result in jeopardy to the continued existence

of a proposed or listed threatened or endangered species or result

in the destruction or adverse modifications of a designated or

proposed critical habitat BLM will not approve any ground-

disturbing activity that may affect any such species or critical habitat

until it completes its obligations under applicable requirements of

the Endangered Species Act 16 USC 1531 as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Sage Grouse The following stipulations apply to protect sage

grouse and their habitat Known habitat is defined as those areas

where sage grouse have been observed Potential habitat is those

areas where sage grouse may occur

Known Breeding Habitat and Leks February through June but

may vary on site specific basis

a Avoid all activity within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks

during the mating season - March through May or as

determined by Field Office and Wildlife Personnel No

surface occupancy within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks at

all times

Nesting Habitat and Brood-rearing habitats (April through

August per Interim NY Guidelines) and Winter Habitats

(October through March)

a Known Habitat Avoid all development or exploration

activities within 33 km (2 miles) or other appropriate

distance based on site-specific conditions of leks or within I

km (06 mi) of known nesting brood-rearing and winter

habitat

b Potential Habitat Avoid permanent occupancy of potential

habitat

General Sage Grouse Stipulations

a Prior to entry on any lease areas that include known or

potential habitat the lessee (operator) shall contact the

appropriate BLM Field Office to discuss any proposed

activities

b All power poles and potential raptor perches will be

designed or retrofitted to eliminate use by raptors and

ravens

B-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

c All surface disturbance occurring in potential or known

habitat shall be reclaimed as soon as possible in such a way

as to result in conditions suitable for sage grouse habitat

d All areas of disturbance will be graded and reseeded with a

seed mixture appropriate for the soils climate and

landform Attempt to restore the ecological processes and

potential natural vegetation and prevent the invasion of

noxious weeds or other invasive species

Migratory Birds Surface disturbing activities during the migratory

birds nesting season (March to July) may be restricted in order to

avoid potential violation of the Migratory Bird Act Appropriate

inventories of migratory birds shall be conducted during analysis of

actual site development If active nests are located the proponent

will coordinate with BLM to establish appropriate protection

measures for the nesting sites which may include avoidance or

restricting or excluding development during certain areas to times

when nests and nesting birds will not be disturbed During

development and production phases if artificial ponds potentially

detrimental to migratory birds are created these shall be fitted with

exclusion devices such as netting or floating balls

Noxious Weeds During all phases of exploration and development

the lessee will maintain a noxious weed control program consisting

of monitoring and eradication for species listed on the Nevada

Designated Noxious Weed List (NRS 555010)

Surface Occupancy Surface Occupancy and use is subject to all valid

existing surface rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as All potential KGRA and

noncompetitive lease sections

BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

The following Bureau of Reclamation Special Stipulations apply to Vulcan lease

number N-79664 and Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

The Lessor reserves the ownership of brines and condensates and

the right to receive or take possession of all or any part thereof

following the extraction or utilization by Lessee of the heat energy

and byproducts other than demineralized water associated

therewith subject to such rules and regulations as shall be

prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior If the Lessor elects to

take the brines and condensates the Lessee shall deliver all or any

portion thereof to the Lessor at any point in the Lessees

geothermal gathering system after separation of the steam and brine

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-3

ndash

Appendix B

products or from the disposal system as specified by the Lessor for

the extraction of said brines and condensates by such means as the

Lessor may provide and without cost to the Lessee

There is not obligation on the part of the Lessor to exercise its

reserved rights The Lessor shall not be liable in any manner if those

rights are not exercised and in that event the Lessee shall dispose

of the brines and condensates in accordance with applicable laws

rules and regulations

The Lessor reserves the right to conduct on the leased lands

testing and evaluation of geothermal resources which the Lessor

determines are required for its desalinization research programs for

utilization of geothermal fluids These programs may include shallow

temperature gradient hole underground exploration if they are

conducted in a manner compatible with lease operations and the

production by Lessee of geothermal steam and associated

geothermal resources

Lessor reserves the right to erect maintain and operate any and all

facilities pipelines transmission lines access roads and

appurtenances necessary for desalinization on the leased premises

Any desalting plants piping wells or other equipment installed by

the Lessor on the leased premises shall remain the property of the

Lessor and the Lessee shall conduct his operations in a manner

compatible with the operation and maintenance of any desalting

plants piping wells or other equipment installed by the Lessor Any

brines and condensates removed by the Lessor shall be replaced

without cost to the Lessee with fluids as compatible with reservoir

fluids as the brines or condensates that the Lessor removed and

where the Lessor and Lessee determine that they are needed by the

Lessee for his operation or for reinjection into the geothermal

anomalies

The Lessor and the Lessee if authorized by law may enter into

cooperative agreements for joint development and production of

geothermal resources from the leased premises consistent with

applicable laws and regulations Any geophysical geological

geochemical and reservoir hydraulic data collected by either the

Bureau of Reclamation or the Lessee will be made available upon

request to the other party and the data furnished to Reclamation

by the Lessee shall be considered confidential so long as the

following conditions prevail

Until the Lessee notifies Reclamation that there is no

requirement to retain the submitted data in confidential status

or until Lessee relinquishes all interest in the leased area from

where the information was obtained

B-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

Reclamation shall not incorporate data received from the

Lessee in its publications or reports during the period that

confidential data are being retained without written

authorization from the Lessee

Information obtained by Reclamation and upon request

submitted to the Lessee shall not be used in publications or

reports issued by Lessee without written consent of

Reclamation until the data have been published or otherwise

given distribution by Reclamation

The United States reserves the right to flood seep and overflow the

lands permanently or intermittently in connection with the

operation or maintenance of the Newlands Project Prior to use of

operation or maintenance roads within the Newlands Project the

Lessee will notify the Project Manager in order to be appraised of

areas that should be avoided to prevent interference with the

operation and maintenance of the project There is also reserved to

the United States the right of its officers agents employees

licensees and permittees at all proper times and places freely to

have ingress to passage over and egress from all of said lands for

the purpose of exercising and protecting the rights reserved herein

The Lessee further agrees that the United States its officers agents

and employees and its successors and assigns shall not be held liable

for any damage to the Lessees improvements or works by reason

of the exercise of the rights here reserved nor shall anything

contained in this paragraph be construed as in any manner limiting

other reservations in favor of the Unites States contained in this

lease

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE

MANAGEMENT AREA

The following Special Stipulations for All Leases in the Carson City Field Office

Management Area apply to Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

Surface occupancy No surface occupancy or disturbance will be

allowed within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water bodies riparian areas wetlands playas or 100-year

floodplains to protect the integrity of these resources (as delineated

by the presence of riparian vegetation and not actual water) Other

buffer zones and areas of restricted surface occupancy may be

required to protect other resource values including but not limited

to critical or rare or endangered species habitat

Endangered Species Act Section 7 Consultation The lease area may

now or hereafter contain plants animals or their habitats

determined to be threatened endangered or other special status

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-5

Appendix B

species BLM may recommend modifications to exploration and

development proposals to further its conservation and management

objective to avoid BLM-approved activity that will contribute to a

need to list such a species or their habitat BLM may require

modifications to or disapprove proposed activity that is likely to

result in jeopardy to the continued existence of a proposed or

listed threatened or endangered species or result in the destruction

or adverse modifications of a designated or proposed critical

habitat BLM will not approve any ground-disturbing activity that

may affect any such species or critical habitat until it completes its

obligations under applicable requirements of the Endangered

Species Act 16 USC sect 1531 et seq as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Archaeology (BLM 1M 2005-003) This lease may be found to

contain historic properties or resources protected under the

National Historic Preservation Act American Indian Religious

Freedom Act Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation

Act EO 13007 or-other statutes and executive orders The BLM

will not approve any ground-disturbing activities that may affect any

such properties or resources until it completes its obligations under

applicable requirements of the NHPA and other authorities The

BLM may require exploration or development proposals to be

modified to protect such properties or it may disapprove any

activity that is likely to result in adverse effects that could not be

successfully avoided minimized or mitigated

To secure specific compliance with the stipulations under Section 6

paragraph (2) of the geothermal resources lease form the lessee

shall prior to operations furnish to the AO a certified statement

that either no archaeological values exist or that they may exist on

the leased lands to be disturbed or occupied to the best of the

lessees knowledge and belief and that they might be impaired by

geothermal resource operations Such a certified statement must be

completed in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol by an

archaeologist permitted by BLM for the Carson City Field Office If

the lessee furnishes a statement that archaeological values may exist

where the land is to be disturbed or occupied the lessee will

engage a qualified archaeologist acceptable to the AO to survey

and salvage in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol in

advance of any operations such archaeological values on the lands

involved

The responsibility for the cost for the certificate survey and salvage

will be borne by the lessee and such salvaged property shall remain

the property of the Lessor or the surface owner

B-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

Surface occupancy and use is subject to all valid existing surface

rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as all potential

lease sections

Water Resources As exploration and development activities begin

the lessee will institute and pay for a hydrologic monitoring

program which will be site specific and its intensity will be

commensurate with the level of exploration For example if the

proponent were to conduct seismic studies the monitoring would

be limited to identifying water resources to be monitored as

activities continue if a drilling program were to be undertaken the

number of aquifers encountered their properties their quality and

their saturated thickness would be documented The information

collected would be submitted to the BLM and would be used to

support future NEPA documentation as development progresses

Adverse impacts on surface expressions of the geothermal reservoir

(hot springs) and threatened and endangered species habitat are

not acceptable The lessee will monitor the quality quantity and

temperature of any hot springs or other water resource within the

project area when conducting activities that could affect those

resources If adverse impacts do occur the BLM will require the

lessee to take corrective action to mitigate the impact Corrective

action may include shutting down the operation These are lease

stipulations not operational and the information gathered under

the monitoring stipulation will be used to identify future impacts at

the operational stage

Native American Consultation All proposed exploration and

development is subject to the requirement for Native American

consultation before the BLM will authorize the activity Depending

on the nature of the proposed lease development and the resource

of concern the time to complete Native American consultation and

to conduct any mitigation measures may extend the time for

authorization It may also change the ways in which developments

are implemented New lease applications would require Native

American consultation

CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS

The following Contingency Rights stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers

NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

BLM has reviewed existing information and planning resources

documents and except as noted in other attached stipulations

knows of no reason why normal development subject to the

controls of applicable laws and regulations and the lease terms and

conditions cannot proceed on the leased lands However specific

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-7

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

development activities could not be identified prior to lease

issuance since the nature and extent of geothermal resources were

not known and specific operations have not been proposed The

lessee is hereby made aware that consistent with 43 CFR 32004 all

post lease operations will be subject to appropriate environmental

review and may be limited or denied only if unmitigable and

significant impacts on other land uses or resources would result

MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS

The following Material Site stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers NVN-

79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

The Lessee accepts this lease subject to the right of the State of

Nevada to remove material from the land embraced in Material

Sites and agrees that operations performed by the lessee will not

interfere with operations of the State of Nevada Department of

Transportation

NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS

The following No Surface Occupancy stipulation applies to Ormat lease

numbers NVN-79104 and NVN-79105

No surface occupancy due to high resource values on the following

lands

NVN-79104

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 28 all

sec 32 E2 NW

sec 33 all

NVN-79105

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 19 E2

sec 20 all

sec 29 all

sec 30 NE

Should the operator determine the occupancy of additional surface is needed

for resource development in the public interest the current No Surface

Occupancy stipulation may be revised if both BLM and the operator mutually

agree

B-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-1

APPENDIX E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

WATER QUALITY AND QUANTITY The proponent would develop a monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal springs which the BLM and Navy would approve and would submit for approval before the agenciesrsquo determination of a Finding of No Significant Impact for the project

Monitoring would include collection of baseline data at least 1 to 2 years before operations begin depending on previously collected and available data

The BLM and Navy would determine the frequency and duration of monitoring and baseline data collection Monitoring would include collecting discharge and flow rates water stage and levels water quality temperature and other appropriate field parameters determined by the BLM and Navy

A draft monitoring and mitigation plan and a draft proposal for baseline data collection would be submitted to the BLM and Navy for approval before any data are collected

If the aboveground water line has no flow the line would be drained to prevent freezing and bursting

To keep any potentially leaked or spilled geothermal brine from encroaching on wetland and riparian areas erosion control devices and catchment systems would be installed around couplings and in natural drainages in and leading into any riparian areas crossed by the temporary pipeline

To ensure there is no leaking the length of the temporary pipeline would be regularly inspected daily

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If a leak is detected along the length of the temporary pipeline from 84-31 or 88-24 to the productioninjection wells pumping would be shut down to repair the leak If a prolonged repair time is necessary pumping would be decreased and if needed it would be shut down to allow for pipeline repair

WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS No disturbance or cross-country travel would occur on or in wetlandriparian vegetation

The proponent would adhere to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011)

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponent would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area under federal lease This would be done to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers previously identified in the project area In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature

Applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and Appendix E of this EA would apply to the Proposed Action These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and preventing noxious weed spread

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not be completely avoided the project proponent would obtain regulatory approval for any wetland removal or fill All mitigation measures determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT Any pits including sumps that present a wildlife trapping hazard would be fitted or constructed with an escape ramp These measures would conform to Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS and NDOWrsquos Geothermal Sump Guidelines (no date)

Open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped or covered so they would not pose a wildlife trap hazard

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-3

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures would include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

The BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during construction or operation

BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES The project proponents would conduct pre-project clearance surveys for BLM sensitive animal species with the potential to occur in or close to the project area that could be affected by the Proposed Action Qualified biologists would conduct surveys for all known and potential BLM sensitive animal species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM the Navy and NDOW as applicable If BLM sensitive animal species or their dens are identified impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing and by applying appropriate avoidance buffers as determined by the qualified biologist and the BLM Navy or NDOW If avoidance is not feasible the BLM or Navy would determine the timing restrictions or other mitigation in coordination with NDOW

The project proponent would conduct pre-project surveys for BLM sensitive plant species in the well assessment areas or any area where disturbance is proposed during the appropriate season Qualified botanists would conduct surveys for known and potential species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM and the Navy If these species are observed impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing the populations and by applying an appropriate avoidance buffer determined by the qualified botanist and the BLM and Navy If avoidance is not feasible the BLM would determine potential mitigation measures to ensure no net loss of sensitive plants Potential mitigation measures could include transplanting them to suitable undisturbed habitat or by collecting seeds

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

MIGRATORY BIRDS Surface-disturbing activities would not occur during the migratory bird nesting season If surface-disturbing activities must occur during this period qualified BLM-approved biologists would conduct pre-construction avian surveys not

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

more than 7 days before surface-disturbing activities begin The specific area to be surveyed would be based on the scope of the surface-disturbing activities as determined by the qualified biologist in coordination with the BLM If surface-disturbing activities do not take place within 7 days of the surveys the areas would be resurveyed If nesting migratory birds are detected during surveys appropriate buffers determined by the BLM in coordination with other state and federal wildlife agencies would be applied Buffers will remain in effect until the qualified biologist determines that young have fledged or the nest has failed this determination would be communicated to the BLM for review and approval

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury and minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEEDS The proponents would prepare and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan before construction The plan would include a description and map of noxious weeds in the project area The plan would also outline proposed weed treatments including a pesticide use plan and annual monitoring The plan would detail best practices for preventing project-related weed establishment and spread which include at a minimum minimizing surface disturbance using certified weed-free gravel or fill materials and washing off-road construction equipment before using it on-site

In summary the plan would describe measures necessary to ensure that the project would not cause a net increase in noxious weeds in the project area and that any project-related weed infestations are controlled

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Appendix F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX I

NAS FALLON WETLANDS

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Marshes

This category includes seasonally to semipermanently flooded natural marsh habitats characterized by graminoids (grass-like plants) such as Baltic rush (Juncus balticus) bulrushes (Scirpus spp) spikerushes (Eleocharis spp) cattails (Typha spp) and sedges (Carex spp) as well as grasses such as saltgrass (Distichilis spicata) that typically occur in Great Basin marshes These areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are at least seasonally flooded Small shallow ponds are also included within this category if they are surrounded by marsh habitats Willows (Salix spp) cottonwoods (Populus fremontii) or other woody species may be present as scattered individuals but not as a continuous overstory the vegetation is predominantly herbaceous Marsh-like habitats that are associated with excavated ditches and impoundments are considered separately under the Manmade Ponds and Ditches category

Natural marshes occur primarily on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Natural marsh habitats are also scattered on Main Station although most of the wetland habitat on the Main Station occurs in association with manmade ponds and ditches The only natural marsh that occurs on FRTC is associated with Stinking Springs which provides a small-area permanent shallow water habitat as well as vegetated wetlands on the western part of B-19

Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats

This category includes natural habitats that are temporarily to intermittently flooded and typically support low-growing plants that tolerate seasonal flooding and saline soils These habitats are often transitional between wetlands and uplands As with marshes this category may also encompass small areas of shallow ponds or temporarily flooded depressions that are included in or adjacent to the vegetated areas Most of these areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are unpredictably flooded for brief periods Saltgrass meadows on playas classified as lacustrine emergent wetlands also fall into this group Typical vegetation of these habitats includes saltgrass sharp-pointed bulrush (Scirpus pungens) western niterwort (Nitrophila occidentalis) and iodinebush (Allenrolfea occidentalis) Iodinebush wetland is also included in this habitat type It does not include the borders of manmade ditches and ponds and often support similar vegetation

These habitats are most extensive on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Moist-saline meadows and flats are also scattered on NAS Fallon There are several hundred acres of iodinebush wetland surrounding the large playa on B-19

Page I-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

These areas should be considered to have ecological significance depending on the ecological context in which they occur For example saline (saltgrass) meadows are more likely to provide important wildlife habitat when they are connected to larger areas of wetlands than when they are isolated and of limited extent

Riparian Wetlands

This category includes natural habitats with significant shrub or tree cover along natural streams that range from temporarily to permanently flooded The overstory consists of shrub or tree species that are typically found on stream banks in Nevada This habitat type is classified as palustrine scrub-shrub or forested wetlands often associated with an emergent wetland understory Fremont cottonwood is typically present although often only as saplings in disturbed or relatively dry sites Other native or nonnative shrubs or trees such as willows (Salix amygdaloides) wild rose (Rosa woodsii) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) or Russian-olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) may be present Woodland habitats associated with manmade ditches and ponds on NAS Fallon are described below

Natural riparian woodland habitat is associated with the perennial stretch of Horse Creek Many acres of riparian scrub habitat also occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley Additional areas of riparian woodland habitat are at the north end of B-16 where this habitat apparently established along drainages fed by agricultural runoff but which are now mostly dry Riparian woodlands are generally important for both resident and migratory wildlife

Natural Streams and Drainages

This category consists of natural drainage channels that range from temporarily to semi-permanently flooded They are unvegetated or support nonwetland vegetation These habitats are classified as riverine streambeds if they are intermittently flooded and as riverine lower perennial or upper perennial if they are flooded on a regular (at least seasonal) basis

Natural streams with regular seasonal or perennial flows have ecological and regulatory significance and the management of these areas should emphasize the maintenance and enhancement of their functions and values In some cases (eg along Horse Creek) these areas provide opportunities to enhance fish and wildlife habitat by managing flows and encouraging the establishment of riparian vegetation Stream channels with temporary or intermittent flows that are connected to other wetland and aquatic habitats are likely to be ecologically important within the context of the areas to which they are connected

Page I-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Horse Creek is the only perennial stream on Navy-administered lands Cottonwood Creek an intermittent stream was historically used to irrigate the Boyer Ranch in northern Dixie Valley Scattered throughout NAS Fallon are over a hundred miles of intermittent drainages that are only a few feet wide and flow temporarily in response to episodes of rainfall and runoff Otherwise the vast majority of surface water flows in excavated ditches which are considered a separate category and discussed below

Manmade Ponds and Ditches

This category consists of shallow ponds and ditches that are manmade through excavation impoundment or artificial flooding and they may be vegetated or unvegetated This habitat is classified as palustrine manmade ponds and riverine manmade ditches as well as all wetland inventory features identified and mapped as excavated impounded or artificially flooded The vegetated portions of manmade ponds and ditches may support vegetation similar in form and function to that described in the preceding categories

Manmade ponds and ditches are extensive on NAS Fallon with ditches providing about 120 acres of seasonal to permanent open water habitat and a roughly equal area of associated marshes and moist-saline meadows and flats Ponds provide an additional 4 acres Additional areas (less extensive than on the Main Station) of manmade open water and wetland habitat occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley The ecological significance of manmade ditches and ponds varies greatly but it is generally highest where such features support adjacent marsh or woodland vegetation

Playas

This category essentially consists of unvegetated normally dry saline flats that are situated in topographic low areas with poor drainage Playas experience shallow temporary to intermittent flooding followed by prolonged drying periods during which salts accumulate at the surface A few small areas of regular seasonal flooding that are distinguished in the wetland inventory are included here as part of the larger less regularly flooded areas

Playa habitat contiguous with or surrounded by larger areas of vegetated marsh wet meadow or moist saline flats are included with those wetland categories Playas that are smaller than 20 acres are classified as palustrine-unconsolidated shore habitat Larger playas are classified as lacustrine-littoral-unconsolidated shore habitat

Page I-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

Page I-4 July 2014

Appendix G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX H

VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Black Sagebrush Dominant

Black sagebrush (Artemisia nova) occurs as a dominant shrub species on B-17 only covering 3320 acres total Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass (Hilaria jamesii) cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum) shadscale and rabbitbrush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate is primarily rocky or rocky sand with some located in a wash on gravelly sand Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Big Sagebrush Dominant

Big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata) is dominant on 5470 acres total on B-17 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass cheatgrass shadscale rabbitbrush burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) and spiny hopsage (Grayia spinosa) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly sand rocky sand and rocky gravel with some located in a sandy wash Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant

Fourwing saltbush andor shadscale (Atriplex spp) are dominant (or co-dominant) on 2589 acres on B-16 B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass mustard Russian thistle (Salsola tragus) desert wheatgrass (Agropyron desertorum) burrobush Baileyrsquos greasewood and bud sagebrush (Picrothamnus desertorum) Mean shrub cover is approximately 30 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 10 percent Substrate is primarily sand or loamy sand flats gravelly clay playas gravelly slopes and clay soils Topography ranges from flats to medium slopes

Rabbitbrush Dominant

Rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus) is the dominant shrub species on 2996 acres total on B-16 B-17 Dixie Valley Settlement Area and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass cheatgrass basin wildrye (Leymus cinereus) saltbush black greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var vermiculatus) burrobush and green molly (Kochia americana) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy flats coarse sand rocky gravelly washes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Page H-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Ephedra Dominant

Ephedra species in particular Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) and Mormon tea (Ephedra viridis) are dominant on 1595 acres on B17 B19 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass lemon scurf-pea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) Nevada jointfir Baileyrsquos greasewood veiny dock (Rumex venosus) Bottlebrush squirreltail (Leymus elymoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) burrobrush spiny hopsage black sagebrush rabbitbrush and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 33 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats gravelly sandy washes gravelly sandy clay and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant

Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) occurs as a dominant shrub species on 83569 total acres on B16 B17 B19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass Indian ricegrass Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass saltlover (Halogeton glomeratus) Nevada dalea (Psorothamnus polydenius) Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood black sagebrush Mormon tea big sagebrush bud sagebrush fourwing saltbush rabbitbrush shadscale spiny hopsage winterfat alkali seepweed and burrobush Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 15 percent Substrate is primarily clay playas sandy clay loamy sandy flats coarse sand gravelly sandy flats gravelly sandy clay gravelly loamy sandy flats rocky loamy sand rocky sand rocky sandy clay rocky gravelly flats and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats and washes to ridge tops and steep slopes

Black Greasewood Dominant

Black greasewood (S vermiculatus var vermiculatus) is a dominant shrub on 4441 total acres on B-16 B-19 Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood alkali seepweed rabbitbrush and basin wildrye Mean shrub cover is approximately 50 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily rocky loam loamy sandy flats sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy mounds gravelly loamy sand gravelly sandy washes and rocky loamy flats Topography ranges from flats and washes to low mounds

Other Shrub-Dominant Types

Dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) is the sole dominant shrub species on 2582 acres on B-17 with Jamesrsquo galleta grass and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 25 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly loamy soils on low slopes

Page H-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) is a dominant shrub on 22828 total acres on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 20 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy loam sandy washes coarse sandy washes gravelly sandy washes rocky loamy sandy washes rocky gravelly sandy flats and rocky washes Topography ranges from medium to steep slopes

Winterfat (Krascheninnikovia lanata) is a dominant shrub on 482 acres total on B-17 and and B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Russian thistle cheatgrass Baileyrsquos greasewood shadscale and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 40 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats and rocky loamy sand Topography ranges from low slopes

Alkali seepweed (Suaeda moquini) occurs as the sole dominant shrub species on 63 acres of Bshy16 on clay playas with identified Brassicaceae

Fourpart horsebrush (Tetradymia tetrameres) is a dominant shrub species on 1169 total acres on B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass burrobush Nevada dalea and fourwing saltbush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily sandy dunes Topography ranges from low slopes

Communities with Trees Dominant

There are few areas on NAS Fallon where tree species are the dominant component of the overall canopy (ie trees comprising 50 percent or more cover) However there are areas especially in B-17 where trees such as single-leaf pinyon pine (Pinus monophylla) and Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) are a prominent addition to the shrub-dominated communities described above

Single-leaf pinyon pines) are found on 1137 acres in the mountains on the eastern side of B-17 occurring in either more-or-less closed stands or open woodlands over a predominantly shrub andor grassland community Additional species found in this vegetation community include Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) Jamesrsquo galleta grass black sagebrush and mormon tea Mean shrub cover is approximately 35 percent and mean herbaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate and topography are primarily rocky steep slopes sandy dunes Topography is generally low slopes

Fremont cottonwood (Populus fremontii)-Willow (Salix sp) riparian woodlands are found on 13 acres only at Horse Creek along the stream that runs east to west through the site Additional species found in this vegetation community include roses (Rosa sp) stinging nettle (Urtica dioica) milkweed (Asclepias sp) and willow dock (Rumex salicifolius) In the Settlement Area there are many cottonwoods and willows There are two very small stands (04 acres) of cottonwoods on a remote stretch of streambed in the extreme north end of Dixie Valley

Page H-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

There are hundreds of cottonwoods and willows on the Main Station along the irrigation canals and ditches There are also cottonwoods and willows around the wetlands in the Dixie Valley Settlement Area Russian olives are spreading in the wetland areas also Russian olives were mapped in the 2007 weed survey on the Main Station Horse Creek and the Settlement Area 1507 acres Saltcedar(Tamarisk) 1395 acres

Saltcedar (Tamarisk spp) occurs in one location over 12 acres with saltgrass (Distichlis spicata) was mapped in a sandy clay wash in B-16 Saltcedar also occurs in other communities but not as a dominant plant There is also a small stand (09 acres) of non-native trees at the picnic area in Horse Creek These were large mature trees most likely locust pear and apple

Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species

While most areas on NAS Fallon are characterized by the dominant shrub species present some areas have no shrub species present at more than trace levels (lt5 percent total shrub cover) Such areas are of limited extent but represent some very unique community types being dominated by perennial grasses and forbs

Indian ricegrass occurs as the sole dominant perennial species on sandy flats in B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass and Russian thistle

Indian ricegrass-Lemon scurfpea was found in combination only on the flat areas on the active dunes in B-19 Indian ricegrass and lemon scurfpea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) were the most prominent species present making up at least two-thirds of the overall herbaceous cover of 60 percent Additional species found in this vegetation community include shortspine horsebrush (Tetradymia spinosa) fourwing saltbush needle-and-thread grass (Heterostipa comata) phacelia (Phacelia sp) an annual buckwheat (Eriogonum sp) and Russian thistle

Basin wildrye-salt grass occurs only in the Settlement Area where they occur at 11 percent total cover on sandy clay flats

Bottlebrush squirreltail-Jamesrsquo galleta grass occurs on 15 acres in B-17 was mapped with 50 percent total herbaceous cover plus some cheatgrass Mormon tea and rabbitbrush were present but at very low cover on a rocky slope

Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species

There are also large areas with no prominent perennial shrubs or herbaceous species Some of these annual species are also included in the weed mapping efforts (eg Russian thistle and saltlover) and are presented with invasive species

Cheatgrass is found on 5133 acres as a dominant species on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include shadscale big sagebrush rabbitbrush bud sagebrush Baileyrsquos greasewood saltlover and Russian thistle Mean shrub

Page H-4 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate and topography are primarily sandy clay flats loamy sand gravelly sandy flats rocky steep slopes and wash benches Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Russian thistle is found on 4983 acres on B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include fourwing saltbush Baileyrsquos greasewood mustard and Russian thistle Mean shrub cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate and topography are primarily loamy sandy flats Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Mustard (unidentified species) occurs in some areas at fairly high densities as the sole dominant species on approximately 575 acres on Dixie Valley and B-17

Miscellaneous Cover Types

The following cover types have little or no vegetation but are unique habitats

bull Playas with little or no vegetative cover comprise approximately 2123 ac in NAS Fallon on B-16 B-17 B-19 and Dixie Valley Playas have clay soils and are seasonally wet Baileyrsquos greasewood black greasewood and alkali seepweed are the most commonly seen shrubs in these areas but at low cover Although playa habitat occurs on B-19 a large rock formation ldquoLone Rockrdquo occurs within the central portion of the Range which is not considered Playa habitat

bull Barren hills are found on 28 acres in B-16 and are small steep-sided hills of loamy sand with little vegetation aside from a few small stunted forbs and grasses

bull Sand dunes cover almost 700 acres in B-19 with expansive active sand dunes with little or no vegetation aside from a few scattered shrubs and sparsely distributed grasses and forbs

bull Sparsely vegetated areas are found in a few small areas in Dixie Valley totaling approximately 24 acres They are not much more than gaps amidst the surrounding Baileyrsquos greasewood stands These areas tend to be near roads and show other signs of past disturbance

bull Disturbedweedy flats occur on 12 acres in several small patches near roads in Shoal Site with clear indications of ground disturbance

Page H-5 July 2014

Appendix H Agency Consultation

This page intentionally left blank

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

BLM FORGE EA data request

Morgan Trieger

Fri 11102017 200 PM

To Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndow org gt

CcPeter Gower lt petergowerempsicom gt

J 2 attachments (162 KB)

N DOW -Data-Request- Form_Trieger_20171110docx Fallon_FORG Ezi p

Good afternoon Bonnie Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EM PSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4 7 41 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSinc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex rM

GSA Contract GS10F-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside information Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc= 1033ampmoduri=Oamppath=mailsentitems 11

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

Data Analysis Request Response - Fallon FORGE Project

Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworg gt

Mon 11132017 916 AM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

CcBonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworggt David Catalano ltdcatalanondoworggt Jasmine Kleiber ltjkleiberndoworggt Jinna Larkin ltjh larkinndoworggt Kim Tisdale ltktisdalendoworggt Mark Freese ltmarkfreesendoworggt Matt Maples ltmmaplesndoworggt Mike Scott ltmscottndoworggt

1 attachments (765 KB)

Fallon FORGE Project- Analysis Responsepdf

Dear Morgan Trieger

Here is the response to your request for wildlife resource information in the vicinity ofthe Fallon FORGE Project in Churchill County Nevada Please let me know if you have any questions or require additional information

Bonnie Weller- GIS Analyst Data and Technology Services Nevada Department of Wildlife 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Ste 120 Reno Nevada 89511 (775 688-1439 bwe llerndoworg

Support NevadaJ Wildlife BlJ a H unting and FiJhing Liceme

State of Nevada Confidentiality Disclaimer This message is intended only for the named recipient If you are not the intended recipient you

are notified that disclosing copying distributing or taking any action in reliance on the contents of this information is strictly prohibited

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 11

BRIAN SANDOVAL Governor

TONY WASLEY Director

ELIZABETH OrsquoBRIEN Deputy Director

JACK ROBB Deputy Director

STATE OF NEVADA

DEPARTMENT OF WILDLIFE 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Suite 120

Reno Nevada 89511

(775) 688-1500 bull Fax (775) 688-1495

Morgan Trieger November 13 2017 Biologist EMPSi 4741 Caughlin Pky Reno Nevada 89519

Re Fallon FORGE Project

Dear Morgan Trieger

I am responding to your request for information from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) on the known or potential occurrence of wildlife resources in the vicinity of the Fallon FORGE Project located in Churchill County Nevada In order to fulfill your request an analysis was performed using the best available data from the NDOWrsquos wildlife occurrences raptor nest sites and ranges greater sage-grouse leks and habitat and big game distributions databases No warranty is made by the NDOW as to the accuracy reliability or completeness of the data for individual use or aggregate use with other data These data should be considered sensitive and may contain information regarding the location of sensitive wildlife species or resources All appropriate measures should be taken to ensure that the use of this data is strictly limited to serve the needs of the project described on your GIS Data Request Form Abuse of this information has the potential to adversely affect the existing ecological status of Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and could be cause for the denial of future data requests

To adequately provide wildlife resource information in the vicinity of the proposed project the NDOW delineated an area of interest that included a four-mile buffer around the project area provided by you on Friday November 10 2017 Wildlife resource data was queried from the NDOW databases based on this area of interest The results of this analysis are summarized below

Big Game - Occupied mule deer and pronghorn antelope distributions exist within portions of the project area and four-mile buffer area No known occupied bighorn sheep or elk distributions exist in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the attached maps for details regarding big game distributions relative to the proposed project area

Greater Sage-Grouse - Greater sage-grouse habitat in the vicinity of the project area has primarily been classified as Other habitat by the Nevada Sagebrush Ecosystem Program (httpsagebrusheconvgov) Please refer to the attached map for details regarding greater sage-grouse habitat relative to the proposed project area There are no known radio-marked greater sage-grouse tracking locations in the vicinity of the project area There are no known greater sage-grouse lek sites in the vicinity of the project area

Raptors - Various species of raptors which use diverse habitat types may reside in the vicinity of the project area American kestrel bald eagle barn owl burrowing owl Coopers hawk ferruginous hawk golden eagle great horned owl long-eared owl merlin northern goshawk northern harrier northern saw-whet owl osprey peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk rough-legged hawk sharp-shinned hawk short-eared owl Swainsons hawk turkey vulture and western screech owl have distribution ranges that include the project area and four-mile buffer area Furthermore the following raptor species have been directly observed in the vicinity of the project area

bald eagle prairie falcon rough-legged hawk

great horned owl red-shouldered hawk sharp-shinned hawk

peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk Swainsons hawk

Raptor species are protected by State and Federal laws In addition bald eagle burrowing owl California spotted owl ferruginous hawk flammulated owl golden eagle northern goshawk peregrine falcon prairie falcon and short-eared owl are NDOW species of special concern and are target species for conservation as outlined by the Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Per the Interim Golden Eagle Technical Guidance Inventory and Monitoring Protocols and Other Recommendations in Support of Golden Eagle Management and Permit Issuance (United States Fish and Wildlife Service 2010) we have queried our raptor nest database to include raptor nest sites within ten miles of the proposed project area There are 54 known raptor nest sites within ten miles of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these raptor nest sites

Other Wildlife Resources

There are no water developments in the vicinity of the project area Additional species have also been observed in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these species

The proposed project area may also be in the vicinity of abandoned mine workings which often provide habitat for state and federally protected wildlife especially bat species many of which are protected under NAC 503030 To request data regarding known abandoned mine workings in the vicinity of the project area please contact the Nevada Division of Minerals (httpmineralsstatenvus)

The above information is based on data stored at our Reno Headquarters Office and does not necessarily incorporate the most up to date wildlife resource information collected in the field Please contact the Habitat Division Supervising Biologist at our Western Region Reno Office (7756881500) to discuss the current environmental conditions for your project area and the interpretation of our analysis Furthermore it should be noted that the information detailed above is preliminary in nature and not necessarily an identification of every wildlife resource concern associated with the proposed project Consultation with the Supervising Habitat biologist will facilitate the development of appropriate survey protocols and avoidance or mitigation measures that may be required to address potential impacts to wildlife resources

Mark Freese - Western Region Supervising Habitat Biologist (7756881145)

Federally listed Threatened and Endangered species are also under the jurisdiction of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service Please contact them for more information regarding these species

2

If you have any questions regarding the results or methodology of this analysis please do not hesitate to contact our GIS office at (775) 688-1439

Sincerely

3

Appendix A Raptor Nest Sites Table

Probable Use Last Check Last Active TownshipRangeSection

Buteo 6161982 6161982 21 0170N 0280E 035

Buteo 5271985 5271985 21 0180N 0290E 016 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0170N 0290E 007 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 021 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 024 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 027 Buteo 311986 21 0170N 0290E 008 Buteo 5271986 5271986 21 0190N 0290E 036 Buteo 6181986 6181986 21 0190N 0290E 030 Buteo 571987 21 0180N 0280E 023

Buteo 5141987 21 0180N 0280E 024

Buteo 5181987 21 0180N 0280E 011

Buteo 611987 21 0190N 0290E 030

Buteo 5242014

Buteo 6262014 6262014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

Corvid 5242014

Eagle 441975 21 0180N 0300E 011

Eagle 111976 21 0160N 0290E 001

Eagle 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 024

Eagle 111977 21 0170N 0300E 028

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0300E 013

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0310E 031

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 21 0160N 0290E 016

EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014

Falcon - Confirmed 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015

Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 011 Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014

Falcon - Probable 441975 441975 21 0180N 0300E 021

Falcon - Probable 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003 Falcon - Probable 111980 111980 21 0180N 0300E 011

Falcon - Probable 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 471987 471987 21 0180N 0300E 029

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 020

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 021

Owl 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003

Owl 161987 161987 21 0170N 0290E 008

5

Appendix B Other Wildlife Species Table

Common Name ESA State SWAP SoCP

acorn woodpecker Protected

American avocet Protected Yes

American bittern Protected Yes

American coot Arizona myotis band-tailed pigeon

big brown bat

black-crowned night-heron Protected

black-necked stilt Protected

black bullhead

Brazilian (Mexican) free-tailed bat Protected Yes

bullfrog

California myotis

chisel-toothed kangaroo rat

cinnamon teal

common carp

common raven Protected

common sagebrush lizard

common side-blotched lizard

desert horned lizard Yes

desert spiny lizard

eastern collared lizard

European starling Unprotected

fringed myotis Protected Yes

gadwall

Great Basin collared lizard Yes

Great Basin gophersnake

Great Basin whiptail

green-winged teal

long-nosed leopard lizard Yes

mallard

Merriams kangaroo rat

northern pintail Yes

northern shoveler

northern shrike Protected

northern zebra-tailed lizard

pallid bat Protected

red racer

redhead Yes

ruddy duck

Sacramento blackfish

Sacramento perch

tiger whiptail

Townsends big-eared bat Sensitive Yes

tui chub

western least bittern Protected Yes

western mosquitofish

western patch-nosed snake

western small-footed myotis Yes

whimbrel

white-crowned sparrow Protected

white-faced ibis Protected Yes

white bass

white crappie

yellow-backed spiny lizard

Yuma myotis

zebra-tailed lizard

ESA Endangered Species Act Status State State of Nevada Special Status SWAP SoCP Nevada State Wildlife Action Plan (2012) Species of Conservation Priority

7

--------------------------------------

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

RE Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

eric Miskow ltemiskowheritagenvgovgt

Tue 11142017 122PM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

J 3 attachments (159 KB)

EMPSi_Forge_2017zip NNHP Data License Agreement 2017-05-0lpdf EMP2017mt01altrdocx

Hi Morgan

Please find the data request for the Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA project attached I placed a signed hard copy of the cover letter and invoice in the terrestrial mail Let me know if you have any questions Oh I attached our Data License agreement as well can you sign this for me I was told your company did not have one in our files (its done every 12 months) Thanks

Best Regards

Eric

Eric Miskow BiologistData Manager Nevada Natural Herit1ge Program Department of Conservation and Natural Resources 901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002

~~~_I_l_~~tx_~--i~_QI_-~-~ (775) 684-2905 (voice) (775) 684-2909 (fax) emiskowheritagenvgov

From Morgan Trieger [mailtomorgantriegerempsicom] Sent Friday November 10 2017 205 PM To eric Miskow Cc Peter Gower Subject Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

Good afternoon Eric Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 12

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSnc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex TM

GSA Contract GSIOF-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside infonnation Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 22

Brian Sandoval Governor

Bradley Crowell STATE OF NEVADA Director

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES Kristin Szabo Nevada Natural Heritage Program Administrator

14 November 2017

Morgan Trieger Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc 4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4 Reno NV 89519

Dear Mr Trieger

Please find shape files containing the recorded endangered threatened candidate and At Risk plant and animal elements (taxa) within the BLM Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Project recorded in Nevada (assumed to be extant unless mentioned otherwise) This data set is packaged in GIS ArcMap10 Format (projected UTM Zone 11 NAD 1983) The files contain a shape file set which represent the recorded element source feature occurrence records within Nevada and their associated attributes The files are labeled EMPSi_Forge_polyxxx and EMPSi_Forge_poly_dsxxx Please refer to the Biotics Metadata (in the xml files included) for explanations and interpretations of each data set along with its respective attributes

The shapefile sets with the ldquodsrdquo in the file name contain Data Sensitive record occurrences with general locational data This represents Data Sensitive occurrences for which precise locations are considered sensitive Precise data may be supplied upon request if sufficient need can be demonstrated and confidentiality can be guaranteed

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) manages protects and restores Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and associated habitat Please contact Bonnie Weller NDOW GIS Biologist (775) 688-1439 to obtain further information regarding wildlife resources within and near your area of interest Removal or destruction of state protected flora species (NAC 527010) requires a special permit from Nevada Division of Forestry (NRS 527270)

Please note that your use of these data is contingent upon your acknowledgment of the enclosed DATA LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS (revised 30 November 2010) In particular please be aware that we furnish data with the understanding that these data are privileged and are not to be provided to a third party without our consent Products derived from our data should cite the Nevada Natural Heritage Program as a source along with the month and year in which we provided the data

Many of our documents including species lists and keys to our symbols can be found on our website wwwstatenvusnvnhp Please visit our website to learn more about our program and the sensitive species of Nevada

Sincerely

Eric S Miskow BiologistData Manager

901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City NV 89701-5245 Tel 775-684-2900 Fax 775-684-2909 httpheritagenvgov

United States Department of the Interior FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234

Reno NV 89502-7147 Phone (775) 861-6300 Fax (775) 861-6301

httpwwwfwsgovnevada

In Reply Refer To November 10 2017 Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Subject List of threatened and endangered species that may occur in your proposed project location andor may be affected by your proposed project

To Whom It May Concern

The attached species list indicates threatened endangered proposed and candidate species and designated or proposed critical habitat that may occur within the boundary of your proposed project andor may be affected by your proposed project The species list fulfills the requirements of the US Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) under section 7(c) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended (ESA 16 USC 1531 et seq) for projects that are authorized funded or carried out by a Federal agency Candidate species have no protection under the ESA but are included for consideration because they could be listed prior to the completion of your project Consideration of these species during project planning may assist species conservation efforts and may prevent the need for future listing actions For additional information regarding species that may be found in the proposed project area visit httpwwwfwsgovnevadaesipachtml

The purpose of the ESA is to provide a means whereby threatened and endangered species and the ecosystems upon which they depend may be conserved Under sections 7(a)(1) and 7(a)(2) of the ESA and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 402 et seq) Federal agencies are required to utilize their authorities to carry out programs for the conservation of threatened and endangered species and to determine whether projects may affect threatened and endangered species andor designated critical habitat

A Biological Assessment is required for construction projects that are major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment as defined in the National Environmental Policy Act (42 USC 4332(2) (c)) For projects other than major construction activities the Service suggests that a biological evaluation similar to a Biological Assessment be prepared to determine whether the project may affect listed or proposed species andor

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

designated or proposed critical habitat Guidelines for preparing a Biological Assessment can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmidwestendangeredsection7ba_guidehtml

If a Federal action agency determines based on the Biological Assessment or biological evaluation that listed species andor designated critical habitat may be affected by the proposed project the agency is required to consult with the Service pursuant to 50 CFR 402 In addition the Service recommends that candidate species proposed species and proposed critical habitat be addressed within the consultation More information on the regulations and procedures for section 7 consultation including the role of permit or license applicants can be found in the Endangered Species Consultation Handbook at httpwwwfwsgovendangeredesa-librarypdfTOC-GLOSPDF

New information based on updated surveys changes in the abundance and distribution of species changed habitat conditions or other factors could change this species list Please feel free to contact us if you need more current information or assistance regarding the potential impacts to federally listed proposed and candidate species and federally designated and proposed critical habitat Please note that under 50 CFR 40212(e) of the regulations implementing section 7 of the ESA the accuracy of this species list should be verified after 90 days This verification can be completed formally or informally as desired The Service recommends that verification be completed by visiting the ECOS-IPaC website at regular intervals during project planning and implementation for updates to species lists and information An updated list may be requested through the ECOS-IPaC system by completing the same process used to receive the attached list

The Nevada Fish and Wildlife Office (NFWO) no longer provides species of concern lists Most of these species for which we have concern are also on the Animal and Plant At-Risk Tracking List for Nevada (At-Risk list) maintained by the State of Nevadas Natural Heritage Program (Heritage) Instead of maintaining our own list we adopted Heritages At-Risk list and are partnering with them to provide distribution data and information on the conservation needs for at-risk species to agencies or project proponents The mission of Heritage is to continually evaluate the conservation priorities of native plants animals and their habitats particularly those most vulnerable to extinction or in serious decline In addition in order to avoid future conflicts we ask that you consider these at-risk species early in your project planning and explore management alternatives that provide for their long-term conservation

For a list of at-risk species by county visit Heritages website (httpheritagenvgov) For a specific list of at-risk species that may occur in the project area you can obtain a data request form from the website (httpheritagenvgovget_data) or by contacting the Administrator of Heritage at 901 South Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City Nevada 89701-5245 (775) 684-2900 Please indicate on the form that your request is being obtained as part of your coordination with the Service under the ESA During your project analysis if you obtain new information or data for any Nevada sensitive species we request that you provide the information to Heritage at the above address

Furthermore certain species of fish and wildlife are classified as protected by the State of Nevada (httpwwwlegstatenvusNACNAC-503html) You must first obtain the appropriate

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

license permit or written authorization from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) to take or possess any parts of protected fish and wildlife species Please visit httpwwwndoworg or contact NDOW in northern Nevada (775) 688-1500 in southern Nevada (702) 486-5127 or in eastern Nevada (775) 777-2300

Please be aware that bald and golden eagles are protected under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (16 USC 668 et seq) and projects affecting these species may require development of an eagle conservation plan ( httpwwwfwsgovwindenergyeagle_guidancehtml) Additionally wind energy projects should follow the Services wind energy guidelines (httpwwwfwsgovwindenergy) for minimizing impacts to migratory birds and bats

The Services Pacific Southwest Region developed the Interim Guidelines for the Development of a Project Specific Avian and Bat Protection Plan for Wind Energy Facilities (Interim Guidelines) This document provides energy facility developers with a tool for assessing the risk of potential impacts to wildlife resources and delineates how best to design and operate a bird-and bat-friendly wind facility These Interim Guidelines are available upon request from the NFWO The intent of a Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy is to conserve wildlife resources while supporting project developers through (1) establishing project development in an adaptive management framework (2) identifying proper siting and project design strategies (3) designing and implementing pre-construction surveys (4) implementing appropriate conservation measures for each development phase (5) designing and implementing appropriate post-construction monitoring strategies (6) using post-construction studies to better understand the dynamics of mortality reduction (eg changes in blade cut-in speed assessments of blade ldquofeatheringrdquo success and studies on the effects of visual and acoustic deterrents) including efforts tied into Before-AfterControl-Impact analysis and (7) conducting a thorough risk assessment and validation leading to adjustments in management and mitigation actions

The template and recommendations set forth in the Interim Guidelines were based upon the Avian Powerline Interaction Committees Avian Protection Plan template (httpwwwaplicorg) developed for electric utilities and modified accordingly to address the unique concerns of wind energy facilities These recommendations are also consistent with the Services wind energy guidelines We recommend contacting us as early as possible in the planning process to discuss the need and process for developing a site-specific Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy

The Service has also developed guidance regarding wind power development in relation to prairie grouse leks (sage-grouse are included in this) This document can be found at httpwwwfwsgovsouthwestesOklahomadocumentste_specieswind20powerprairie20grouse20lek20520mile20publicpdf

Migratory Birds are a Service Trust Resource Based on the Services conservation responsibilities and management authority for migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 as amended (MBTA 16 USC 703 et seq) we recommend that any land clearing or other surface disturbance associated with proposed actions within the project area be timed to avoid potential destruction of bird nests or young or birds that breed in the area Such destruction may be in violation of the MBTA Under the MBTA nests with eggs or young of

4 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

migratory birds may not be harmed nor may migratory birds be killed Therefore we recommend land clearing be conducted outside the avian breeding season If this is not feasible we recommend a qualified biologist survey the area prior to land clearing If nests are located or if other evidence of nesting (ie mated pairs territorial defense carrying nesting material transporting food) is observed a protective buffer (the size depending on the habitat requirements of the species) should be delineated and the entire area avoided to prevent destruction or disturbance to nests until they are no longer active

Guidance for minimizing impacts to migratory birds for projects involving communications towers (eg cellular digital television radio and emergency broadcast) can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerstowershtm httpwwwtowerkillcom and httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerscomtowhtml

If wetlands springs or streams are are known to occur in the project area or are present in the vicinity of the project area we ask that you be aware of potential impacts project activities may have on these habitats Discharge of fill material into wetlands or waters of the United States is regulated by the US Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE) pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act of 1972 as amended We recommend you contact the ACOEs Regulatory Section regarding the possible need for a permit For projects located in northern Nevada (Carson City Churchill Douglas Elko Esmeralda Eureka Humboldt Lander Lyon Mineral Pershing Storey and Washoe Counties) contact the Reno Regulatory Office at 300 Booth Street Room 3060 Reno Nevada 89509 (775) 784-5304 in southern Nevada (Clark Lincoln Nye and White Pine Counties) contact the St George Regulatory Office at 321 North Mall Drive Suite L-101 St George Utah 84790-7314 (435) 986-3979 or in California along the eastern Sierra contact the Sacramento Regulatory Office at 650 Capitol Mall Suite 5-200 Sacramento California 95814 (916) 557-5250

We appreciate your concern for threatened and endangered species Please include the Consultation Tracking Number in the header of this letter with any request for consultation or correspondence about your project that you submit to our office

The table below outlines lead FWS field offices by county and land ownershipproject type Please refer to this table when you are ready to coordinate (including requests for section 7 consultation) with the field office corresponding to your project and send any documentation regarding your project to that corresponding office Therefore the lead FWS field office may not be the office listed above in the letterhead

Lead FWS offices by County and OwnershipProgram

County OwnershipProgram Species Office Lead

Alameda Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 5

Alameda All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Alpine Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Alpine Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Alpine Stanislaus National Forest All SFWO

Alpine El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

Colusa Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Colusa Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Contra Costa Legal Delta (Excluding All BDFWO ECCHCP)

Contra Costa Antioch Dunes NWR All BDFWO

Contra Costa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Contra Costa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Del Norte All All AFWO

El Dorado El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

El Dorado LakeTahoe Basin Management RFWO Unit

Glenn Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Glenn Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Humboldt All except Shasta Trinity National All AFWO Forest

Humboldt Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Lake Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 6

Lake Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Lassen Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Lassen Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Lassen Toiyabe National Forest All RFWO

Lassen BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Lassen BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Lassen Lassen Volcanic National Park All (includes SFWO Eagle Lake trout on all ownerships)

Lassen All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Marin Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Marin All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Mendocino Russian River watershed All SFWO

Mendocino All except Russian River All AFWO watershed

Modoc Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Modoc BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Modoc Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Modoc BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Modoc All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Mono Inyo National Forest All RFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 7

Mono Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Napa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Napa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Nevada Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Nevada All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Placer Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Placer All other ownerships All SFWO

Sacramento Legal Delta Delta Smelt BDFWO

Sacramento Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

San Francisco Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Francisco All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Mateo Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Mateo All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Joaquin Legal Delta excluding San All BDFWO Joaquin HCP

San Joaquin Other All SFWO

Santa Clara Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 8

smelt

Santa Clara All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Shasta Shasta Trinity National Forest except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

All YFWO

Shasta Hat Creek Ranger District All SFWO

Shasta Bureau of Reclamation (Central Valley Project)

All BDFWO

Shasta Whiskeytown National Recreation Area

All YFWO

Shasta BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Shasta Caltrans By jurisdiction SFWOAFWO

Shasta Ahjumawi Lava Springs State Park

Shasta crayfish

SFWO

Shasta All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Shasta Natural Resource Damage Assessment all lands

All SFWOBDFWO

Sierra Humboldt Toiyabe National Forest

All RFWO

Sierra All other ownerships All SFWO

Siskiyou Klamath National Forest (except Ukonom District)

All YFWO

Siskiyou Six Rivers National Forest and Ukonom District

All AFWO

Siskiyou Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Siskiyou Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Siskiyou Modoc National Forest All KFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 9

Siskiyou Lava Beds National Volcanic All KFWO Monument

Siskiyou BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Siskiyou Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Siskiyou All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Solano Suisun Marsh All BDFWO

Solano Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Solano All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Solano Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Sonoma Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Sonoma All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Tehama Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Tehama Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

Tehama All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Trinity BLM All AFWO

Trinity Six Rivers National Forest All AFWO

Trinity Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Trinity Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Trinity BIA (Tribal Trust Lands) All AFWO

10 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Trinity County Government All

Trinity All other ownerships All

Yolo Yolo Bypass All

Yolo Other All

All FERC-ESA All

All FERC-ESA Shasta crayfish

All FERC-Relicensing (non-ESA) All

Office Leads

AFWO=Arcata Fish and Wildlife Office

BDFWO=Bay Delta Fish and Wildlife Office

KFWO=Klamath Falls Fish and Wildlife Office

RFWO=Reno Fish and Wildlife Office

YFWO=Yreka Fish and Wildlife Office

Attachment(s)

Official Species List

USFWS National Wildlife Refuges and Fish Hatcheries

Migratory Birds

Wetlands

AFWO

By jurisdiction (See map)

BDFWO

By jurisdiction (see map)

By jurisdiction (see map)

SFWO

BDFWO

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Official Species List This list is provided pursuant to Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and fulfills the requirement for Federal agencies to request of the Secretary of the Interior information whether any species which is listed or proposed to be listed may be present in the area of a proposed action

This species list is provided by

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234 Reno NV 89502-7147 (775) 861-6300

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Summary Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085

Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Project Type Department of Energy Operations

Project Description The Fallon FORGE project proposes to drill up to 9 geothermal production wells With these wells Fallon FORGE would provide a dedicated subsurface test site and field laboratory where the scientific and engineering community could develop test and improve technologies and techniques for the creation of cost-effective and sustainable enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) in a controlled ideal environment In total there would be a combination of 9 production and monitoring wells each with an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by 450 feet) pad

Project Location Approximate location of the project can be viewed in Google Maps httpswwwgooglecommapsplace3938855337809139N11867213430794828W

Counties Churchill NV

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Endangered Species Act Species There is a total of 1 threatened endangered or candidate species on this species list Species on this list should be considered in an effects analysis for your project and could include species that exist in another geographic area For example certain fish may appear on the species list because a project could affect downstream species See the Critical habitats section below for those critical habitats that lie wholly or partially within your project area under this offices jurisdiction Please contact the designated FWS office if you have questions

Fishes

NAME STATUS

Lahontan Cutthroat Trout Oncorhynchus clarkii henshawi No critical habitat has been designated for this species

Threatened

Species profile httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3964 Species survey guidelines

httpsecosfwsgovipacguidelinesurveypopulation233office14320pdf

Critical habitats THERE ARE NO CRITICAL HABITATS WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA UNDER THIS OFFICES JURISDICTION

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

USFWS National Wildlife Refuge Lands And Fish Hatcheries Any activity proposed on lands managed by the National Wildlife Refuge system must undergo a Compatibility Determination conducted by the Refuge Please contact the individual Refuges to discuss any questions or concerns

THERE ARE NO REFUGE LANDS OR FISH HATCHERIES WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Migratory Birds 1Certain birds are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle

2Protection Act

Any activity that results in the take of migratory birds or eagles is prohibited unless authorized 3by the US Fish and Wildlife Service There are no provisions for allowing the take of

migratory birds that are unintentionally killed or injured Any person or organization who plans or conducts activities that may result in the take of migratory birds is responsible for complying with the appropriate regulations and implementing appropriate conservation measures as described below

1 The Migratory Birds Treaty Act of 1918

2 The Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act of 1940

3 50 CFR Sec 1012 and 16 USC Sec 668(a)

The birds listed below are USFWS Birds of Conservation Concern that might be affected by activities in this location The list does not contain every bird you may find in this location nor is it guaranteed that all of the birds on the list will be found on or near this location To get a better idea of the specific locations where certain species have been reported and their level of occurrence please refer to resources such as the E-bird data mapping tool (year-round bird sightings by birders and the general public) and Breeding Bird Survey (relative abundance maps for breeding birds) Although it is important to try to avoid and minimize impacts to all birds special attention should be given to the birds on the list below To get a list of all birds potentially present in your project area visit the E-bird Explore Data Tool

NAME BREEDING SEASON

Brewers Sparrow Spizella breweri Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9291

Breeds May 15 to Aug 10

Clarks Grebe Aechmophorus clarkii Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Jan 1 to Dec 31

Golden Eagle Aquila chrysaetos Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies1680

Breeds Apr 1 to Aug 31

Green-tailed Towhee Pipilo chlorurus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9444

Breeds May 1 to Aug 10

Long-billed Curlew Numenius americanus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Apr 1 to Jul 31

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies5511

Lewiss Woodpecker Melanerpes lewis Breeds Apr 20 to Sep 30 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9408

Lesser Yellowlegs Tringa flavipes Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9679

Marbled Godwit Limosa fedoa Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9481

Olive-sided Flycatcher Contopus cooperi Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3914

Pinyon Jay Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus Breeds Feb 15 to Jul 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9420

Red Knot Calidris canutus ssp roselaari Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies8880

Sagebrush Sparrow Artemisiospiza nevadensis Breeds Mar 15 to Jul 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Sage Thrasher Oreoscoptes montanus Breeds Apr 15 to Aug 10 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9433

Snowy Plover Charadrius alexandrinus Breeds Mar 5 to Sep 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Willow Flycatcher Empidonax traillii Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3482

Willet Tringa semipalmata Breeds Apr 20 to Aug 5 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Additional information can be found using the following links Birds of Conservation Concern httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementmanaged-species birds-of-conservation-concernphp

Measures for avoiding and minimizing impacts to birds httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementproject-assessment-tools-and-guidance conservation-measuresphp

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Nationwide conservation measures for birds httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdspdfmanagementnationwidestandardconservationmeasurespdf

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Wetlands Impacts to NWI wetlands and other aquatic habitats may be subject to regulation under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act or other StateFederal statutes

For more information please contact the Regulatory Program of the local US Army Corps of Engineers District

FRESHWATER EMERGENT WETLAND

PEM

Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-1

APPENDIX I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

Table Appendix I below lists sensitive species that the BLM has determined to have potential to occur in the FORGE project area and that have been documented there

Table Appendix I also has additional BLM sensitive species not considered in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS but documented in or near the FORGE project area or that could occur there The BLM identified these species following consultation with the NDOW and NNHP

Finally Table Appendix I includes species that were considered in the Salt Wells EIS but for which information has subsequently been updated in terms of distribution or range or other changed conditions

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence BIRDS Bald eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus

SDelisted Nests in tall trees or on cliffs near bodies of water that provide a food base Usually roosts in thick cottonwood groves but sometimes in conifers or other sheltered sites Winters throughout the state

Potential to occur no nesting or roosting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area associated with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017)

Burrowing owl Athene cunicularia

Smdash Burrow sites in open dry annual or perennial grasslands deserts and scrublands with low-growing vegetation and burrowing mammal populations

Potential to occur limited burrow opportunities present in project area Known to occur near Fallon and Carson Lake and Pasture (Floyd et al 2007)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Golden eagle Aquila chrysaetos

SBCC Nests on rocky scarps with large expanses of hunting territory

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but suitable foraging habitat is present In 2010 nests were located within 062 miles of Vulcan wells (BLM 2011) this location is approximately 3 miles from the FORGE project area NDOW (2017) also lists observations in the vicinity of the project area

Least bittern Ixobrychus exilis

S Tall emergent vegetation in marshes primarily freshwater Prefers marshes with scattered bushes or other woody growth Forages in shallow water or along banks Heavy growth of cattail bulrush wild rice water smartweed and reeds are favored feeding sites

Potential to occur No nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known to occur in the vicinity of the project area likely associated with the Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017)

Loggerhead shrike Lanius ludovicianus

SBCC Uses a wide range of open habitats including shrublands pinyon juniper pastures and agricultural fields

Known to occur Suitable habitat present Observed during the 2010 surveys conducted for Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and have been documented within Lahontan Valley (Floyd et al 2007 NO)

Long-billed curlew Numenius americanus

SBCC Nests in naturally short grasslands and agricultural fields with flooded fields or near wetlands with mudflats wet soils along shallow shorelines

Known to occur Observed during 2010 surveys for the Salt Wells EIS Known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture Agricultural fields meadow and playa wetland habitats provide suitable nesting sites (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007)

Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus

Smdash Nests on a ledge or hole on the face of a rocky cliff or crag also uses ledges of city high-rise buildings Hunts in various open environments including open water desert shrub and marshes usually in close association with suitable nesting cliffs

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-3

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Sandhill crane (greater and lesser) Antigone canadensis

Smdash Breeds in open wetland habitats with shrubs or trees nests in marshes bogs wet meadows prairies other moist habitats with standing water winter roosting on shallow lakes or rivers at night and spending the day in irrigated croplands pastures grasslands or wetlands

Potential to occur suitable foraging habitat is present and this species may use the project area during migration Breeds in northern and northeastern Nevada but not in the project vicinity (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Short-eared owl Asio flammeus

Smdash Nests on ground Expansive wet meadow or pasture and hay crops or similar grassland buffered by open shrublands marsh component beneficial little or no urban encroachment

Potential to occur Marginally suitable foraging or breeding habitat may be present in the project area much higher-quality habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and Pasture area south of the project area where it is known to occur

Swainsonrsquos hawk Buteo swainsoni

Smdash Nests in single old growth cottonwoods next to foraging habitat of open riparian woodlands with significant expanses of pasture agricultural fields wet meadows or open shrublands with grass cover in the vicinity

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known in the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017) and has been documented to nest within 1 mile of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Western snowy plover Charadrius alexandrines

SBCC Associated with barren shorelines of playa lakes that contain water but have little or no emergent or shoreline vegetation

Likely to occur known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017) and other sites in the Lahontan Valley (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007) wetland playa sites provide suitable nesting habitat

MAMMALS Arizona myotis M occultus

Smdash Most commonly found in conifer forests between 6000 and 9000 feet though it forages at lower elevations at orchards permanent water and riparian vegetation Roosts in buildings attics bridges and

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Arizona myotis is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence cavities in dead conifer trees No information on winter habits is available

Big brown bat Eptesicus fuscus

Smdash Occurs in a variety of habitats including pinyon-juniper blackbrush creosote sagebrush and agricultural and urban habitats Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Big brown bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Bottarsquos pocket gopher Thomomys botae

Smdash Associated with a wide range of vegetation and soil types Resident of open habitats and meadows where soils are deep enough to maintain permanent burrow systems

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Brazilian free-tailed bat Tadarida brasiliensis

Smdash Most commonly associated with dry lower elevation habitats occasionally at higher elevations in mountain ranges Roosts primarily in caves and rock crevices on cliffs

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Brazilian free-tailed bat is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017) it was observed on the southern portion of the NAS Fallon Main Base in 1996 (NNHP 2017)

California myotis Myotis californicus

Smdash Found in a variety of habitats from desert scrub to forests but more common in the Mojave Desert Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there California myotis is known from the vicinity including being observed foraging over canals at the NAS Fallon Main Base (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NAS Fallon 2014)

Canyon bat Parastrellus hesperus

Smdash Rocky canyons and outcrops roosts in small crevices in rocks mines and caves

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Canyon bat is known from a 1939 occurrence in the Bunejug Mountains approximately 2 miles from the project area (NNHP 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-5

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Fringed myotis M thysanodes

SSP Found in a wide range of habitats from low desert scrub to high elevation coniferous forest Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Fringed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Hoary Bat Lasiurus cinereus

Smdash Tree-associated species Found primarily in forested upland habitats as well as in gallery-forest riparian zones and agriculture habitats Roots primarily in trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006)

Little brown myotis M lucifugus

Smdash Found primarily at higher elevations and higher latitudes often associated with coniferous forest Requires a nearby water source Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Little brown myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Long-eared myotis M evotis

Smdash Semiarid shrublands sage chaparral and agricultural areas but usually associated with coniferous forests Roosts under exfoliating tree bark and in hollow trees caves mines cliff crevices sinkholes and rocky outcrops on the ground sometimes roosts in buildings and under bridges

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

Pallid bat Antrozous pallidus

SSP Found in a variety of habitats from low desert to brushy terrain to coniferous forest and nonconiferous woodlands Roosts in a variety of settings such as rocks trees buildings caves and adits1

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Pallid bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Spotted bat Euderma maculatum

Smdash Uses vegetation types that range from desert to sub-alpine meadows including desert-scrub pinyon-juniper woodland ponderosa pine mixed conifer forest canyon

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

1 A passage leading into a mine

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence bottoms rims of cliffs riparian areas fields and open pasture but distribution closely tied to cliff roosting habitat

Townsendrsquos Big-eared Bat Corynorhinus townsendii

Smdash Highly associated with caves and mines Found primarily in rural settings from deserts to lower mid to high-elevation mixed coniferous-deciduous forest

Potential to occur only foraging habitat available Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006) and in the vicinity of the project area (NDOW 2017)

Western red bat Lasiurus blossevillii

Smdash Primarily found in wooded habitats including mesquite bosque and cottonwoodwillow riparian areas Roosts in tree foliage and possibly in leaf litter on the ground

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Summer resident in the Fallon area Breeding has been confirmed in a private orchard in Fallon (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Western small-footed myotis M ciliolabrum

Smdash Inhabits a variety of habitats including desert scrub grasslands sagebrush steppe blackbrush greasewood pinyon-juniper woodlands pine-fir forests and agricultural and urban areas Roosts in caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Small-footed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Yuma myotis M yumanensis

Smdash Usually associated with permanent sources of water typically rivers and streams Occurs in a variety of habitats including riparian arid scrublands and deserts and forests Roosts in bridges buildings cliff crevices caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Yuma myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

REPTILES Desert horned lizard Phrynosoma platyrhinos

Smdash Open sandy areas in desert chaparral grassland vegetation often near ant hills Often seen basking on asphalt roads or low rocks in morning or afternoon

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-7

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Long-nosed leopard lizard Gambelia wislizenii

Smdash Sandy and gravelly desert and semi-desert areas with scattered shrubs or other low plants especially areas with abundant rodent burrows

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

INSECTS Nevada alkali skipperling Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus

Smdash Desert saltgrass on alkali flats

Potential to occur Host plants likely present in project area originally collected from Stillwater Marsh northeast of the project area

Pallid wood nymph Cercyonis oetus pallescens

Smdash Alkaline flats Potential to occur potentially suitable habitat exists along playas where alkali meadows occur Has been documented in Churchill County

PLANTS Lahontan milkvetch Astragalus porrectus

S Open calcareous or alkaline sandy to gravelly washes alluvium or gullies on clay badlands knolls or playa edges in the shadscale zone

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area This species has been documented in the Lahontan Valley northeast of Hazen

Nevada dune beardtongue Penstemon arenarius

S Deep loose sandy soil in valley bottoms eolian deposits and alkaline areas in shadscale habitats Blooms May-June

Potential to occur Potentially suitable habitat is present Known to occur in northern Churchill County along the Carson Sink (Morefield 2001)

Playa phacelia Phacelia inundata

S Alkali playas and seasonally inundated areas with clay soils Aquatic or wetland-dependent in Nevada

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area It has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys have not been completed

Sources Morefield 2001 NatureServe 2017 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017 BLM GIS 2017

Key to Status codes S = BLM Sensitive species BCC = USFWS bird of conservation concern SP = State-protected

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Listed below are BLM sensitive species for the Carson City District Office (NV-IM-2018-003) that are not present in the FORGE project area due to a lack of suitable habitat or a known or restricted distribution outside of the FORGE project area

Amphibians Western toad (Anaxyrus boreas) Dixie Valley toad (Anaxyrus williamsi) Northern leopard frog (Lithobates pipiens)

Arachnids Nevada water mite (Thermacarus nevadensis)

Birds Black rosy finch (Leucosticte atrata) Brewerrsquos sparrow (Spizella breweri) Ferruginous hawk (Buteo regalis) flammulated owl (Psiloscops flammeolus) gray-crowned rosy finch (L tephrocotis) Great Basin willow flycatcher (Empidonax traillii adastus) Greater sage-grouse2 (Centrocercus urophasianus) Lewisrsquos woodpecker (Melanerpes lewis) mountain quail (Oreortyx pictus) northern goshawk (Accipiter gentilis) pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus) sage thrasher (Oreoscoptes montanus)

Fish Mountain whitefish (Prosopium williamsoni)

Mammals Allenrsquos chipmunk (Neotamias senex) American marten (Martes americana M caurina) American pika (Ochotona princeps) American water shrew (S palustris) bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) Dark kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops megacephalus ssp) Inyo shrew (S tenellus) long-legged myotis (Myotis volans) Merriamrsquos shrew (Sorex merriami) mountain pocket gopher (Thomomys montcola) northern river otter (Lontra canadensis) pale kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops pallidus) pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus idahoensis) and Silver-haired bat (Lasionycteris noctivagans)

Reptiles Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus bicinctores) Northern rubber boa (Charina bottae) Sierra alligator lizard (Elgaria coerulea palmeri) and western pond turtle (Actinemys marmorata)

2 When the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) was published greater sage-grouse was a candidate for listing under the ESA however on September 21 2015 the Director of the BLM and the Assistant Secretary of Land and Minerals Management signed the Record of Decision and Approved Resource Management Plan Amendments for the Great Basin Sub-Region (BLM 2015) The USFWS had determined that the greater sage-grouse did not warrant protection under the ESA however the BLM considers the greater sage-grouse a sensitive species and it is protected under the BLMrsquos decision as a special status species and is thus considered in this EA

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-9

Insects Carson Valley silverspot (Speyeria nokomis carsonensis) Carson Valley wood nymph (Cercyonis pegala carsonensis) early blue (Euphilotes enoptes primavera) Great Basin small blue (Philotiella speciosa septentrionalis) Hardyrsquos aegialian scarab (Aegialia hardyi) monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus plexippus) Mono Basin skipper (Hesperia uncas giulianii) Reese River skipper (Hesperia uncas reeseorum) Sand Mountain aphodius scarab (Aphodius sp 3) Sand Mountain blue (E pallescens arenamontana) Sand Mountain pygmy scarab (Coenonycha pygmaea) and Sand Mountain serican scarab (Serica psammobunus)

Molluscs California floater (Anodonta californiensis) Dixie Valley pyrg (Pyrgulopsis dixensis) Pyramid Lake pebblesnail (Fluminicola dalli) Virginia Mountains pebblesnail (F virginius) Western Lahontan pyrg (P longiglans) and Wongrsquos pyrg (P wongi)

Plants Alexanderrsquos buckwheat (Eriogonum alexanderae) Alkali ivesia (Ivesia kingii var kingii) altered andesite buckwheat (E robustum) altered andesite popcornflower (Plagiobothrys glomeratus) Ames milkvetch (Astragalus pulsiferae var pulsiferae) Beatley buckwheat (E beatleyae) Bodie Hills draba (Cusickiella quadricostata) Bodie Hills rockcress (Boechera bodiensis) Callaway milkvetch (Astragalus callithrix) Candelaria blazingstar (Mentzelia candelariae) Carson Valley monkeyflower (Erythranthe carsonensis) Churchill Narrows buckwheat (E diatomaceum) Eastwood milkweed (Asclepias eastwoodiana) Inyo blazing star (Mentzelia inyoensis) Lahontan Basin buckwheat (Eriogonum rubricaule) Lahontan beardtongue (Penstemon palmeri var macranthus) Lavin eggvetch (A oophorus var lavinii) Lemmon buckwheat (E lemmonii) Long Valley milkvetch (A johannis-howellii) Margaret Rushy milkvetch (A convallarius var margaretiae) Masonic Mountain jewelflower (Streptanthus oliganthus) Mojave thistle (Virgin River thistle) (Cirsium mohavense [C virginense]) Mono County phacelia (P monoensis) Nevada suncup (Camissonia nevadensis) oryctes (Oryctes nevadensis) Pine Nut Mountains mousetails (I pityocharis) Reese River phacelia (Phacelia glaberrima) sagebrush pygmyleaf (Loeflingia squarrosa ssp artemisiarum) Sand cholla (Grusonia pulchella) Schoolcraft buckwheat (E microthecum var schoolcraftii) Shevock bristlemoss (Orthotrichum shevockii) Sodaville milkvetch (A lentiginosus var sesquimetralis) Sierra Valley mousetails (Ivesia aperta var aperta) smooth dwarf greasebush (Glossopetalon pungens var glabrum) Steamboat buckwheat (E ovalifolium var williamsiae) Steamboat monkeyflower (Diplacus ovatus [Mimulus o]) Tahoe yellowcress (Rorippa subumbellata) Tiehm blazingstar (M tiehmii) Tiehm peppercress (Stroganowia tiehmii) Tonopah milkvetch (A pseudiodanthus) Washoe pine (P ponderosa ssp washoensis) Wassuk beardtongue (Penstemon rubicundus) Watson spinecup (Oxytheca watsonii) Whitebark pine (Pinus albicaulis) Williamrsquos combleaf (Polyctenium williamsiae) and windloving buckwheat (E anemophilum)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Appendix J Weed Management Plan Outline

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE J-1

J1 Introduction J-1 J11 Project Description J-1 J12 Responsible Parties J-1 J13 Weed Management Plan Need J-2 J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species J-2

J2 Current Site Conditions J-3 J21 Project Area Overview J-3

J3 Pre-Construction Actions J-4 J31 Baseline Inventory J-4 J32 Pre-Construction Treatment J-4 J33 Best Management Practices J-4

J4 Treatment Plan J-5 J41 [Weed Species 1] J-5 J42 [Weed Species 2] J-5 J43 [Weed Species 3] J-5 J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices J-5

J5 Monitoring Plan J-6 J51 Annual Monitoring J-6 J52 Annual Reporting J-6

J6 References J-7

ATTACHMENT 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

J-ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-1

APPENDIX J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE

J1 INTRODUCTION

J11 Project Description Those leading the Fallon FORGE program (the proponents) are proposing a subsurface geothermal field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist

The proponents would drill up to 13 new geothermal wells Up to three of these wells would be intended for stimulation and would act as productioninjection wells The remaining wells would be drilled for monitoring and testing of advanced drilling and diagnostic tools that are part of EGS technology This would be done to facilitate research of EGS on the Fallon FORGE site

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of sections 19 25 26 30 31 and 36 Township 18 North Range 30 East Mount Diablo Baseline and Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy owned and operated tactical air warfare training center

J12 Responsible Parties [Insert Responsible Party or Parties] is responsible for implementing all aspects of this plan Where needed contractors will assist by providing the technical skills

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

and experience to successfully implement the activities described in this plan Contractors may be responsible for the following activities

bull Completing weed monitoring surveys and collecting accurate and useful data

bull Recommending appropriate treatment methods for weed occurrences and

bull Implementing treatment and maintaining records of treatment methods treatment area and effectiveness

J13 Weed Management Plan Need Noxious weed environmental protection measures and best management practices in the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix E page E-7 BLM 2011) call for development of a Weed Management Plan to identify and treat noxious weeds Specifically the following measures would be required

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning) of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species The National Invasive Species Council (established under Executive Order 3112) provides guidance to the BLM relative to control and management of any alien species that which may cause economic or environmental harm or impact human health Invasive species and weedy species are not synonymous with noxious species which is a formal designation Invasive species are not formally regulated by Nevada state statutes

The State of Nevada regulates noxious weeds (Nevada Revised Statutes [NRS] 555005ndash201) and maintains a list of noxious weeds divided into three categories which indicate the treatment requirements as follows (NRS 555130)

bull Category A ndash These species are generally not found or have a limited distribution in the State of Nevada These species are

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-3

actively excluded from the state and should be eradicated wherever found

bull Category B ndash These species are generally established in scattered populations in some counties of the State These species are actively excluded where possible

bull Category C ndash These species are generally established and generally widespread in many counties of the State

J2 CURRENT SITE CONDITIONS

J21 Project Area Overview The project area is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province which is characterized by north-south trending mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys with internally drained closed basins

Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project (SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004) present in the project area (in order of prevalence) are Inter-Mountain Basins Greasewood Flat Agriculture North American Arid West Emergent Marsh Inter-Mountain Basins Mixed Salt Desert Scrub Inter-Mountains Basins Playa and Invasive Annual and Biennial Forbland (FORGE GIS 2017)

Noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plant species in the project area are [Insert results of comprehensive weed inventory in the project area]

[Insert figure depicting baseline noxious weed locations]

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017 numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

Previous biological surveys in portions of the project area and adjacent lands (see Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds of the FORGE EA) have documented numerous species of invasive nonnative and noxious weeds Russian knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) hoary cress (Cardaria draba) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near other developed or disturbed areas

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

J3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIONS

J31 Baseline Inventory Prior to start of construction a baseline survey will be completed to identify and map areas of noxious and invasive weeds All locations will be marked with a global positioning system (GPS) and mapped Accurate baseline mapping will allow treatment progress to be tracked

Due to the prevalence of nonnative invasive plant species in and around the project area only noxious species will be flagged for subsequent treatment and monitoring

J32 Pre-Construction Treatment All known noxious weeds within the project area will be treated andor removed via mechanical or chemical means prior to construction This will be done to reduce the spread of noxious weed seed or plant parts across the project area during construction Plant material at treatment areas will be removed from the project area and disposed of in a landfill Vehicles or equipment used to remove noxious weeds will be cleaned before proceeding with other work on the project area

Pre-construction treatment would be carried out in accordance with the treatment plan described in Chapter 4 of this plan

J33 Best Management Practices The goal of these measures will be to prevent the spread of noxious and invasive weeds across the project site and into adjacent habitat

Weed-free Materials Only certified weed-free materials will be used during site preparation and construction This shall include but not be limited to certified weed-free aggregate and erosion control materials

Weed-free Equipment To minimize the transport of vehicle-borne seeds roots or other weed materials all vehicles and equipment to be used off-road during any preparation construction or maintenance activities will be free of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to use on public land To accomplish this vehicles and equipment will be power- or high-pressure washed prior to entering the project site

Vehicles and equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

[Insert and describe other BMPs as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-5

J4 TREATMENT PLAN This section describes the proposed treatment methods for identified noxious weed infestations in the project area The treatment plan may undergo future modifications if the results of annual noxious weeds monitoring indicate treatments are not effective at control

The proponents would submit a pesticide use plan (PUP) to the BLM for review and approval prior to any herbicide use as described in the treatment plan below

Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all herbicides proposed for use are provided at the end of this plan

J41 [Weed Species 1] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 1 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J42 [Weed Species 2] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 2 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J43 [Weed Species 3] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 3 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

[Add additional treatment plans for additional weed species as necessary]

J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices The following general practices are designed to reduce potential unintended impacts to the environment from herbicide application Any additional requirements identified on the herbicide label will be strictly adhered to

bull Do not apply herbicides directly to water or saturated soils

bull Whenever feasible reduce vegetation biomass by mowing cutting or grubbing before applying herbicide to reduce the amount of herbicide needed

bull In riparian habitats or other wet areas use only aquatically approved herbicides and apply them by direct injection into the plant or by spot application targeting individual plants

bull Ensure that herbicide adjuvant and dye containers are securely situated on the ground and will not tip and spill during filling

bull Accurately measure amounts by using proper measuring devices

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

bull Protect against spills and splashes by slowly mixing and filling all components over leak-proof tubs

bull Ensure that the tank lid is tightly secured and that the o-ring is in place and not broken or cracked test the lid by vigorously shaking the full sprayer before donning a backpack sprayer

bull Set spray nozzle to as coarse a spray or stream as is appropriate for the job to reduce the chance of drift

bull Do not apply herbicide immediately prior to forecasted rain

bull Do not apply herbicide during windy conditions when winds are light enough for spraying spray between gusts and work from downwind toward upwind

bull Use the lowest effective application rates and concentrations that do not exceed the label requirements

J5 MONITORING PLAN

J51 Annual Monitoring A survey of the project area will be conducted once per year during operations and will be timed to occur during September or October to identify any noxious and invasive weeds that have sprouted following summer rains The fall survey period can also be used to examine the effectiveness of any treatment that was done earlier in the season The exact timing of these surveys will be dependent on local weather conditions

The surveyor will collect GPS data that identify the extent of the occurrence give the name of the weed species and collect representative photos Field data will be collected on a data form to facilitate accurate and repeatable data collection for subsequent surveys

[Describe additional annual monitoring details and requirements as necessary such as specific weed treatment areas to focus on]

J52 Annual Reporting All survey data will be summarized in a brief report for submittal to the BLM each year The report will include coordinates and maps showing occurrence locations and describe treatments carried out that year The report will document the progress toward control of identified infestations Any new infestations observed during annual monitoring will be described and treatment plans proposed

[Describe additional annual reporting requirements as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-7

J6 REFERENCES BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2011 Final

Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through various means

SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets

[Placeholder]

This page intentionally left blank

  • Fallon FORGE__Cover_TOC_508pdf
    • FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Draft Environmental Assessment
      • Mission Statements
      • Table of Contents
      • Acronyms and Abbreviations
          • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_1_508pdf
            • 1 IntroductionPurpose and Need
              • 11 Introduction
                • 111 Location of Proposed Action
                • 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA
                  • 12 Background
                  • 13 Purpose and Need
                  • 14 Decision to be Made
                  • 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification
                    • 151 Scoping
                    • 152 Public Involvement
                    • 153 Issue Identification
                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_2_508pdf
                        • 2 Proposed Action and Alternatives
                          • 21 Description of Proposed Action
                            • 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells
                              • Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins
                              • Drilling
                              • Access Roads and Site Trailer
                              • Operations
                              • Decommissioning and Reclamation
                                • 212 Well Stimulation
                                  • Water Source
                                  • Stimulation Techniques
                                  • Monitoring
                                    • EGS Effectiveness
                                    • Seismicity
                                    • Water
                                        • 213 Schedule of Activities
                                        • 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas
                                          • 22 No Action Alternative
                                          • 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail
                                          • 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement
                                          • 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans
                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_3_508pdf
                                                • 3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences
                                                  • 31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered
                                                    • 311 Additional Affected Resources
                                                      • 32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis
                                                      • 33 Method
                                                      • 34 Water Resources
                                                        • 341 Affected Environment
                                                          • Surface Water
                                                          • Groundwater
                                                          • Water Rights
                                                          • Geothermal Resources
                                                            • Thermal Spring (Well 6)
                                                                • 342 Environmental Consequences
                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                    • Surface Water Quantity
                                                                    • Surface Water Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quantity
                                                                    • Water Rights
                                                                    • Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring
                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                          • 35 Geology
                                                                            • 351 Affected Environment
                                                                              • Seismicity
                                                                                • 352 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                  • Seismicity
                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                      • 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                        • 361 Affected Environment
                                                                                        • 362 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                              • 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                • 371 Affected Environment
                                                                                                  • General Wildlife
                                                                                                  • Game Species
                                                                                                    • 372 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                          • 38 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                            • 381 Affected Environment
                                                                                                              • Amphibians
                                                                                                              • Birds
                                                                                                              • Mammals
                                                                                                              • Reptiles
                                                                                                              • Insects
                                                                                                              • Plants
                                                                                                              • Threatened and Endangered Species
                                                                                                                • 382 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                    • Birds
                                                                                                                    • Mammals
                                                                                                                    • Reptiles
                                                                                                                    • Insects
                                                                                                                    • Plants
                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                          • 39 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                            • 391 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                            • 392 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                  • 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species
                                                                                                                                    • 3101 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                    • 3102 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                          • 311 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                            • 3111 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                            • 3112 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                  • 312 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                    • 3121 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                      • Land Use
                                                                                                                                                      • Military Training and Airspace
                                                                                                                                                      • Access
                                                                                                                                                        • 3122 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                          • Direct Impacts
                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                              • 313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                • 3131 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                • 3132 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                      • 314 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3141 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3142 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_4_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                • 4 Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 42 Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 43 Geology
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 46 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 47 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 49 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 410 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 412 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 413 No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource Productivity
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_5_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5 Consultation and Coordination
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Native American Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Federal Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • State Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cooperating Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Entities
                                                                                                                                                                                              • 52 List of Preparers
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_6_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_A_EGS_IS_Protocol_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                        • A EGS Protocol
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Cover Page13
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Preface
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 Intended Use
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 1 Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 211 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 212 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 213 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 2 Implement an Outreach andCommunications Program
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 221 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 222 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 223 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 3 Review and Select Criteriafor Ground Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 241 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 242 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 243 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 251 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 252 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 253 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 261 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 262 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 263 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 271 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 272 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 273 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 3 Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 4 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Appendix A Background and Motivation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • III Geothermal Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • IV Gaps in Knowledge
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • References for Appendix A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix B List of Acronyms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix C Glossary of Terms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix E Relevant Websites
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_B_EGS_Best_Practices_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • B EGS Best Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • COVER PAGE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • ABBREVIATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • GLOSSARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • UNITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • FOREWORD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 132 Impact on Local Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 151 Full Technical Documentation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 16 CASE STUDIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 21 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 22 MAIN ELEMENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 23 EXAMPLES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Other Industrial Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 EGS Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Project near a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 234 Project Distant From a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 25 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 31 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 321 Threshold Cracking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 322 Minor and Major Damage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 341 Wells
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 342 Pipelines
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 343 Basement Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 344 Tunnels
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 36 HUMAN RESPONSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 361 Third Octave Filters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 362 Vibration
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 363 Ground-Borne Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 371 Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 38 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 39 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 41 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 421 Possible Sources of Background Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 422 Data Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 431 Basic Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 433 Instrumentation and Deployment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 44 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 45 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 51 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 532 Characterize Seismic Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5321 Fault Geometry
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5322 Maximum Magnitude
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5323 Recurrence Parameters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5324 Recurrence Rates
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 533 Areal Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 534 Characterize Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 536 PSHA Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 546 Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 55 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 56 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 61 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 632 Size of the Assessment Area
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 634 Time Dependence
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 644 Infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 646 Nuisance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 651 HAZUS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 652 SELENA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 653 RiskScape
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 654 Crisis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 655 OpenRisk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 656 QLARM
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 67 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 68 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 71 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 721 Direct Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 722 Indirect Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 723 Receiver Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 724 Liability
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 725 Insurance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 73 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION NINE References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_C_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_E_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • E ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • General Measures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Air Quality
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Soil Disturbance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Blasting (if required and approved)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Vegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Wildlife and Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Livestock Grazing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cultural and Paleontological Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Visual Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Health and Safety
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_D_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_B_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • B LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE MANAGEMENT AREA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_E_FORGE_EnvProtect_Measures_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Water Quality and Quantity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_F_NASF_appxI_wets_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • I NAS FALLON WETLANDS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Marshes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Riparian Wetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Natural Streams and Drainages
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Manmade Ponds and Ditches
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Playas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_G_NASF_AppxH_veg_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • H VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Big Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Rabbitbrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Ephedra Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Shrub-Dominant Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities with Trees Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Miscellaneous Cover Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_H_Agency_consults_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • H Agency Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_I_BLM_Sensitive_Species_Appendix_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Amphibians
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Arachnids
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fish
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Mammals
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Reptiles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Insects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Molluscs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Plants
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_J_FORGE_Weed_Management_Plan_Outline_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • J Weed Management Plan Outline
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J11 Project Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J12 Responsible Parties
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J13 Weed Management Plan Need
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J2 Current Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J21 Project Area Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J3 Pre-Construction Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J31 Baseline Inventory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J32 Pre-Construction Treatment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J33 Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Equipment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J4 Treatment Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J41 [Weed Species 1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J42 [Weed Species 2]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J43 [Weed Species 3]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J5 Monitoring Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J51 Annual Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J52 Annual Reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets
Page 2: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

DOI-BLM-NV-C010-2018-0005-EA

It is the mission of the Bureau of Land Management to sustain the health diversity

and productivity of the public lands for the use and enjoyment of present and future

generations

The mission of the Navy is to maintain train and equip combat-ready Naval forces

capable of winning wars deterring aggression and maintaining freedom of the seas

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

1 INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED 1-1

11 Introduction 1-1 111 Location of Proposed Action 1-2 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA 1-5

12 Background 1-6 13 Purpose and Need 1-8 14 Decision to be Made 1-9 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification 1-9

151 Scoping 1-9 152 Public Involvement 1-9 153 Issue Identification 1-9

2 PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES 2-1

21 Description of Proposed Action 2-1 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells 2-3 212 Well Stimulation 2-10 213 Schedule of Activities 2-12 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-13

22 No Action Alternative 2-14 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail 2-14 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement 2-15 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans 2-15

3 AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 3-1

31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered 3-1 311 Additional Affected Resources 3-3

32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis 3-6 33 Method 3-6 34 Water Resources 3-7

341 Affected Environment 3-7 342 Environmental Consequences 3-13

35 Geology 3-20 351 Affected Environment 3-20 352 Environmental Consequences 3-21

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-25 361 Affected Environment 3-25 362 Environmental Consequences 3-27

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat 3-28 371 Affected Environment 3-28 372 Environmental Consequences 3-32

38 BLM Sensitive Species 3-35 381 Affected Environment 3-35 382 Environmental Consequences 3-39

39 Migratory Birds 3-43 391 Affected Environment 3-43 392 Environmental Consequences 3-44

Table of Contents

ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species 3-47 3101 Affected Environment 3-47 3102 Environmental Consequences 3-48

311 Native American Religious Concerns 3-49 3111 Affected Environment 3-49 3112 Environmental Consequences 3-51

312 Land Use Airspace and Access 3-51 3121 Affected Environment 3-51 3122 Environmental Consequences 3-53

313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 3-54 3131 Affected Environment 3-55 3132 Environmental Consequences 3-55

314 Socioeconomics 3-57 3141 Affected Environment 3-57 3142 Environmental Consequences 3-58

4 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 4-1

41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-1 42 Water Resources 4-3 43 Geology 4-3 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 4-4 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat 4-5 46 BLM Sensitive Species 4-6 47 Migratory Birds 4-7 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed 4-8 49 Native American Religious Concerns 4-9 410 Land Use Airspace and Access 4-9 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 4-10 412 Socioeconomics 4-11 413 No Action Alternative 4-11 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts 4-11 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources 4-11 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment

and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource

Productivity 4-12

5 CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION 5-1

51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted 5-1 52 List of Preparers 5-2

6 REFERENCES 6-1

TABLES Page

1-1 Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area 1-2 2-1 Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action) 2-3 2-2 Proposed Wells 2-4 2-3 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-14 2-4 Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals 2-16

Table of Contents

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment iii

3-1 Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action 3-1 3-2 Other Resources Considered 3-4 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area 3-12 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics 3-12 3-5 Wetlands 3-25 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation 3-30 3-7 Acres of Potential Prime Farmland 3-55 3-8 Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area 3-57 3-9 Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015) 3-58 4-1 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-2 5-1 List of Preparers 5-2

FIGURES Page

1 Project Vicinity 1-3 2 Project Location 1-4 3 Existing Infrastructure 1-7 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) 2-2 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions 2-6 6 Surface Water 3-8 7 Aquifer Location 3-10 8 Water Rights 3-11 9 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry 3-14 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-section 3-23 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-26 12 Vegetation Classes 3-31 13 Farmland 3-56

APPENDICES

A EGS Protocol

B EGS Best Practices

C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and

Best Management Practices

D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval

E Fallon FORGE Project Environmental Protection Measures

F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

H Wildlife Agency Consultation

I BLM Sensitive Species

J Draft Weed Management Plan Outline

Table of Contents

iv FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment v

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Full Phrase

degF degrees Fahrenheit AICUZ air installation compatible use zone

APZ accident potential zone

BASH bird-aircraft strike hazard

BHCA Bird Habitat Conservation Area

BLM United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management

BMP best management practice CCD BLM Carson City District

CEQ Council on Environmental Quality

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CRMP BLM CCD Consolidated Resource Management Plan DOD US Department of Defense

DOE US Department of Energy

DOI US Department of the Interior EA environmental assessment

EGS enhanced geothermal systems

EIS environmental impact statement

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

ESA Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended FAA Federal Aviation Administration

FLPMA Federal Land Policy Management Act

FORGE Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy GBBO Great Basin Bird Observatory

GIS geographic information system

gpm gallons per minute IBA Important Bird Areas

INRMP Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan

LDDD lower deep diagonal drain

MBTA Migratory Bird Treaty Act NAS Fallon Naval Air Station Fallon

Navy US Department of the Navy

NDA Nevada Department of Agriculture

NDEP Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

NDOM Nevada Division of Minerals

NDOW Nevada Department of Wildlife

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act

NHPA National Historic Preservation Act

NNHP Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Acronyms and Abbreviations

vi FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

NOTAMs notices to airmen

NRCS Natural Resources Conservation Service

NWI US Fish and Wildlife Service National Wetland Inventory

NWR National Wildlife Refuge ppm parts per million

psi pounds per square inch Reclamation US Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation

RMP resource management plan

ROW right-of-way SHPO State Historic Preservation Office

SNL Sandia National Laboratories

SWReGAP Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project TCID Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

TDS total dissolved solids UNR University of Nevada Reno

USDA US Department of Agriculture

USFWS US Fish and Wildlife Service

USGS US Geological Survey

WMA Wildlife Management Area

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED

The United States Department of Interior (DOI) Bureau of Land Management

(BLM) Carson City District (CCD) Stillwater Field Office and the United States

Department of the Navy (Navy) as co-lead agencies have prepared this

environmental assessment (EA) The agencies prepared it in accordance with

the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) as implemented by the Council

on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Regulations Navy regulations and BLM

regulations for implementing NEPA Its purpose is to analyze potential impacts

on the human and natural environment that may result from geothermal

productioninjection and monitoring well development and hydraulic well

stimulation in the Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal

Energy (FORGE) site

11 INTRODUCTION

Those leading the Fallon FORGE program are proposing a subsurface geothermal

field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in

conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the

US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the

University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well

stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in

a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist The

Fallon FORGE project is one of two sites being considered by the US

Department of Energy (DOE) to test EGS technologies Implementing the

Proposed Action is contingent on the DOE selecting the Fallon FORGE site

More information regarding the DOErsquos FORGE program is available at

httpsenergygoveereforgeforge-home

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because there is hot rock at

depths of approximately 5000 feet below ground surface but the rock has little

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

to no natural permeability During EGS development subsurface permeability

would be enhanced by injecting pressurized fluid which would enlarge existing

fissures in the rock or create new ones These conduits would increase

permeability and allow fluid to circulate through the rock thereby increasing the

temperature of the water Through this process EGS has the potential to

enhance the development of geothermal resources in the area (See Section

212 for more information regarding proposed well stimulation activities)

The Fallon FORGE program would facilitate scientific understanding of the key

mechanisms controlling a successful EGS project and would make this

information available to the public via the Fallon FORGE website

wwwfallonforgeorg

The Fallon FORGE site would be open to outside researchers and there would

be various opportunities to conduct research One opportunity would be

through a competitive research solicitation that would provide funds for

researchers to use the FORGE field laboratory Another would be where

researchers fund their own work and have access to the FORGE facility

Decisions on the research to be performed would be based on

recommendations from the Science and Technology Advisory Team made up of

FORGE team members outside experts in geothermal research a

representative from the Navy and representatives from the DOE

111 Location of Proposed Action

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County

Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of

Sections 19 30 and 31 Township 18 North Range 30 East and Sections 24 25

26 and 36 Township 18 North Range 29 East Mount Diablo Baseline and

Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy

owned and operated tactical air warfare training center (see Figure 1 Project

Vicinity and Figure 2 Project Location) The Navy manages 62 percent of the

project area surface (Table 1-1) while the BLM manages 32 percent of the

federal geothermal leases on US Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) lands in

the project area Non-federal lands in the project area are included in the

federal geothermal leases and are privately owned

Table 1-1

Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area

Surface Administrator

Acres in the

Proposed Project

Area

Percent of the

Proposed

Project Area

Acres within

Federal

Geothermal Leases

US Navy 690 62 0

Private 70 6 70

Reclamation (managed by the

BLM)

360 32 360

Total 1120 100 430

Source FORGE GIS 2017

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-5

112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA

There has been extensive geothermal exploration activity and monitoring within

and surrounding the FORGE project area especially within the past ten years

This activity is within the three BLM leases held by Ormat (lease numbers NVN-

079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-79106) and includes 12 geothermal wells and

34 temperature gradient holes

The Navy Geothermal Program Office has been conducting exploration and

testing of the geothermal resources at NAS Fallon since 1979 (NAS Fallon

1990) In the FORGE project area there are seven geothermal wells and four

temperature gradient holes (SNL 2016)

The Salt Wells Energy Projects Environmental Impact Statement (Salt Wells EIS

BLM 2011a) and NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy

Development (NAS Fallon 1990) are the primary NEPA documents supporting

the ongoing geothermal exploration monitoring and related activity in the

project area The Salt Wells EIS analyzed the environmental impacts of a

proposed geothermal energy production facility on lands overlapping the

FORGE project area (see Figure 1) The BLM was the lead agency on this EIS

and the Navy was a cooperating agency The 1990 programmatic EIS while

dated provides relevant background information and analysis associated with

geothermal activities in the project area

Where applicable this EA refers to the affected environment description and

analysis of potential impacts included in the Salt Wells EIS The NAS Fallon

Programmatic EIS analyzed impacts associated with geothermal exploration and

development at NAS Fallon and is similarly referenced in this EA

An additional NEPA document completed for geothermal exploration within

and surrounding the FORGE project area includes the Carson Lake Exploration

Project EA (BLM 2008a) which analyzed environmental impacts associated with

the construction of 11 well pads associated access roads and three geothermal

exploration wells at each well pad The BLM and Navy were co-lead agencies on

that EA

Consistent with the BLM NEPA Planning Handbook (H-1790-1) and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) this

EA incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA

documents to describe the affected environment and potential environmental

impacts from well drilling and well pad construction It describes any new

different or additional information related to the affected environment since

2011 It also analyzes the environmental impacts of using EGS technologies

specific to the FORGE program which were not analyzed in prior NEPA

documents

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

12 BACKGROUND

Commercially viable geothermal resources are those with the potential to

generate electricity To be commercially viable there must be sufficient

subsurface heat and permeability for water to move through the hot rocks and

create steam which can then move a turbine that generates electricity While

there are adequate temperatures throughout much of the West especially at

greater depths there are few locations with sufficient subsurface permeability

The DOE is funding the FORGE program to explore opportunities for using

EGS in low permeability areas In the long term EGS could support

commercially viable geothermal energy production in previously noncommercial

locations For example the knowledge gained through the FORGE program

could be used to design and test a method for developing large-scale

economically sustainable heat exchange systems

The DOE began with several potential FORGE sites and has since narrowed the

list to two locations Fallon Nevada and another location near Milford Utah

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because of its geophysical

attributes as follows

Good understanding of the subsurface

Low permeability at depth (ie not suitable for commercial

development)

Low magnitude natural seismic activity

Subsurface temperatures between 350 degrees Fahrenheit (degF) and

450degF at a depth of between 5000 and 13000 feet

Additionally in accordance with the DOErsquos FORGE program criteria the site is

not within an operational geothermal field the nearest commercial geothermal

production facility is the Enel Facility approximately 7 miles away The Fallon

FORGE site has been extensively explored in the past for geothermal

development potential most recently by the US Navy Geothermal Program

Office and Ormat (see Figure 3 Existing Infrastructure) Testing in these wells

has shown the site to have low permeability which is a requirement for testing

EGS concepts (SNL 2016)

The Fallon FORGE project has three phases Phases 1 and 2 began in 2015 and

are ongoing Phase 1 includes a paper study wherein known data are being

gathered analyzed and presented to the DOE Phase 2 consists of further site

evaluations such as drilling additional exploration and monitoring boreholes and

installing associated instrumentation updating the 3-dimensional geologic model

and doing preliminary reservoir modeling Under Phase 2 which includes

constructing up to four well pads and drilling four monitoring wells

environmental consequences were determined to be the same as those analyzed

in previous NEPA documents such as the BLMrsquos Salt Wells EIS (2011) and the

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Navyrsquos Geothermal Programmatic EIS (NAS Fallon 1990) The Navy issued a

categorical exclusion (No 100616b) for Phase 2 which fulfilled the NEPA

requirements for those activities Sandia also obtained the necessary state-level

permits for Phase 1 and 2 activities

Phase 3 is the Proposed Action being evaluated in this EA It could not be

included in the categorical exclusions because it proposes hydraulic well

stimulation which has not been previously analyzed in other NEPA documents

covering the project area

Under Phase 3 the BLM and Navy would authorize the drilling of up to three

additional productioninjection wells and additional monitoring wells (see

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative)) to inject

fluids under pressure into the basement rocks and expand tiny fissures in those

geologic formations This technique is used to increase permeability in the hot

basement rocks and stimulate geothermal activity Geophysical and well data

from Phases 1 and 2 are helping to define the approximate locations of the

proposed productioninjection wells Phase 3 activities constitute the Proposed

Action under this EA

In the FORGE site and the surrounding area the top of the basement rock is

approximately 4200 to 5900 feet below ground level The basement rock is

Mesozoic in age and includes various specific rock types meta-tuffs quartzite

meta-basalt granite slate and marble The basement rock is overlain by

Miocene age volcanic rocks Above the Miocene volcanic rocks is Late Miocene

to Quaternary age basis fill rocks

Previous testing has shown the permeability to be less than is needed to

support commercial development The goal of the Proposed Action is to

provide the scientific community with a dedicated subsurface test site and field

laboratory to develop test and improve EGS technologies and techniques in a

controlled environment This research would support future EGS-based

geothermal systems (SNL 2016)

13 PURPOSE AND NEED

The purpose of the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to facilitate

where appropriate the research and development of geothermal resources

including EGS technologies on federally managed and leased lands The

Proposed Action would support the development testing and improvement of

new EGS technologies and techniques consistent with the Energy Act of 2005

and related policies This would be done in a manner that would prevent

unnecessary or undue degradation of federal lands resources and uses

The need for the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to respond to a

request for permission to drill new geothermal wells and implement EGS

technologies on public lands These are Navy Reclamation and private lands

with geothermal leases that were issued by and are administered by the BLM

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-9

and Navy The BLM and Navy need to respond to the request as directed by

the Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025) 43 CFR

Subpart 3207 as amended and Executive Order 13212 as amended by

Executive Order 13302 Actions to Expedite Energy-Related Projects

14 DECISION TO BE MADE

The BLM and Navy would decide to grant grant with modification or deny

SNLrsquos proposal to drill and stimulate geothermal wells in compliance with BLM

and Navy leasing regulations and other federal laws Conditions of approval

would be applied to the applicable drilling permits and authorizations The

decision would apply to Phase 3 activities only as described in Section 12 of

this EA Future activities outside the scope of the Proposed Action would be

subject to further NEPA analysis

15 SCOPING PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT AND ISSUE IDENTIFICATION

151 Scoping

On November 2 2017 SNL representatives provided a presentation at the

Churchill County Commissionrsquos regular commission meeting The presentation

described the Fallon FORGE project outlined the EA process and solicited

comments on the proposal This meeting served as the public meeting for the

EA scoping process Commissioners voiced support for the project There was

no other public comment on the item during the meeting

152 Public Involvement

Fallon FORGE is engaged with community and scientific stakeholders who have

a vested interest in the EGS research opportunities There is a dedicated Fallon

FORGE project website (httpswwwfallonforgeorg) Here the public can view

information about the FORGE program learn about upcoming events and

obtain geographic information system (GIS) and near real-time seismic data

In the fall of 2017 the Fallon FORGE team hosted a booth at the Fallon Heart

of Gold Cantaloupe Festival to invite the public to learn about the FORGE

project Additionally representatives from the Fallon FORGE team met with the

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribersquos Business Council on September 7 2017 to

discuss the project The council was generally supportive of the proposed

project

153 Issue Identification

The BLM CCD Stillwater Field Office held an interagency interdisciplinary team

meeting on October 16 2017 which included representatives from BLM Navy

SNL Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc (EMPSi a BLM

contractor) and Ormat The purpose of the meeting was for SNL to present

the Proposed Action and for BLM and Navy participants to identify preliminary

issues and concerns

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following this meeting there was a 30-day internal scoping period during which

BLM and Navy representatives could identify and provide input on additional

issues related to the Proposed Action Comments received at the kickoff

meeting and during internal scoping recommended that the EA should reference

the Salt Wells EIS where appropriate While other resources could be analyzed

in the EA the analyses should incorporate by reference the analysis in the Salt

Wells EIS and other NEPA documents as applicable

BLM and Navy representatives identified water resources and geology (including

seismicity) as the two primary resources needing to be addressed in the EA

These resources are addressed in Chapter 3 Resources not specifically

identified or discussed during scoping but that are also analyzed in Chapter 3

are wetlands and riparian areas wildlife BLM sensitive species migratory birds

invasive nonnative and noxious weed species Native American religious

concerns land use airspace and access farmlands and socioeconomics

For these resources this EA considers only those elements of the Proposed

Action that could have impacts that are new or different from those analyzed in

the Salt Wells EIS or other NEPA documents

The following issues were identified as not being present or meaningfully

affected in the proposed project area

Areas of Critical Environmental Concern

Environmental justice

Forests and rangelands

Threatened and endangered species

Hazardous or solid wastes

Wild and Scenic Rivers

Paleontological resources

Lands with wilderness characteristics

Wilderness and wilderness study areas

Recreation

Wild horses and burros

The supporting rationale for these determinations is provided in Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action in

Chapter 3

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-1

CHAPTER 2

PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES

21 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED ACTION

The Proposed Action includes the following components

Construction of up to 12 productioninjection and monitoring well

pads with drilling sumps

Construction of two stimulation fluid containment basins

Drilling of up to three productioninjection wells and up to nine

monitoring wells

Construction of access roads and support facilities

Installation of a temporary aboveground water pipeline

Implementation of hydraulic well stimulation using EGS technology

All elements of the Proposed Action would be conducted as outlined in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) except for the proposed well stimulation which was

not a part of that EIS

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) displays the

approximate locations of the proposed project components Because of the

inherent uncertainty in placing new geothermal wells the Proposed Action

includes productioninjection and monitoring well pad assessment areas

Assessment areas indicate the range of locations in the FORGE project area

where wells and pads could be developed The exact locations would be based

on preconstruction site surveys and ongoing subsurface geologic modeling and

monitoring

The Proposed Action would occur on Navy lands and federal lease lands

administered by Reclamation For the federal lease lands the BLM has the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-3

delegated authority to manage the geothermal leases This includes decision-

making authority for actions proposed on and below the surface such as those

described below

Table 2-1 below summarizes the proposed new facilities with an estimated

area of surface disturbance for each component

Table 2-1

Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action)

Disturbance Type

Disturbance Area

(Approximate

Acres)

Productioninjection well pads including drilling sumps and

containment basins

11

Monitoring well pads including drilling sumps 27

Access roads 7

Water line lt1

Site trailer 2

Total 47

The Fallon Forge Project would implement applicable environmental protection

measures from the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix C) Throughout project

construction and operation the proponent would comply with applicable

geothermal lease stipulations (see Appendix D) and Fallon FORGE Project

Environmental Protection Measures (Appendix E) In addition Fallon FORGE

would prepare a monitoring plan for a thermal spring (well 6) and a noxious

weed monitoring and treatment plan to address specific resource issues

Drilling operation and emergency contingency plans outlined in the Salt Wells

EIS would also be in place these are an injury contingency plan a fire

contingency plan and a spill or discharge contingency plan

A detailed description of each component of the Proposed Action and the

proposed project schedule are provided in the following sections

211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells The productioninjection wells would be used

for injecting fluids into basement rock to stimulate geothermal activity

Monitoring wells would be drilled to collect data about the stimulation activities

The nature of these wells would be the same as those that were approved in

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Potential locations for the productioninjection

and monitoring wells under the Proposed Action are depicted in Figure 4 well

locations and attributes are listed in Table 2-2 below

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-2

Proposed Wells

Location by Ownership

Management

Well Type

Production

Injection Monitoring

Navy mdash 6

BLM (federal Lease) 3 3

Private lands (federal lease) mdash mdash

Total 3 9

Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins

Each of the 12 proposed wells would have an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by

450 feet) pad Drill pad preparation would include clearing earthwork drainage

and other improvements necessary for efficient and safe operation and for fire

prevention Each site would be graded flat with an unpaved surface Well pads

would not be fenced They would be constructed in accordance with BLM

Navy State of Nevada and Churchill County requirements and would be

consistent with the typical construction methods outlined in Appendix A of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) The construction of each drill pad would take

approximately 1 to 2 weeks to complete

Each pad area would include an approximately 1-acre (150 feet by 300 feet)

drilling sump Each sump would be excavated to approximately 7 feet deep and

would have the capacity of about 2000000 gallons Sumps would be

constructed in accordance with best management practices identified in the

Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development (Gold Book BLM 2007) and NDOW guidelines for geothermal

sumps

The purpose of the drilling sumps is to store spent water-based drilling fluids

cuttings and flowback waters from drilling operations and stimulation activities

Following drilling operations or precipitation that leads to sustained standing

water in the drilling sumps Fallon FORGE would implement environmental

protection measures to prevent attracting wildlife to standing water These

measures would include covering the sumps with floating fabric or another

approved technique

In accordance with Nevada standards (Nevada Administrative Code Chapter

445AmdashWater Controls) and consistent with the Salt Wells EIS sumps used to

store cuttings from monitoring wells would be unlined As described in the Salt

Wells EIS (page 2-30) the naturally occurring clay content of the soils being

removed from the well cavity and discharged into the sumps would seal the

sump and would limit fluids from percolating into local groundwater

There would be two approximately 150- by 300-foot lined storage basins next

to the injectionproduction pads to store injection and flowback waters used for

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-5

stimulations These basins would be lined with a low permeability high density

polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM and Navy approval Basins

would be covered with floating fabric or another approved technique to

prevent attracting wildlife The basin cover system and materials would be

selected in coordination with the BLM the US Fish and Wildlife Service

(USFWS) and NDOW Fallon FORGE would also coordinate with NDOW as

applicable to ensure that neither the basins nor sumps are toxic to wildlife

Drilling

Proposed productioninjection and monitoring wells would be drilled on the

proposed well pads All types of wells would be drilled to a depth of

approximately 5000 feet but potentially as deep as 8500 feet depending on the

location of the geothermal resources intended for monitoring and stimulation

Productioninjection wells would be directionally drilled likely in a west to

northwest direction (see Figure 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions) to

access preferred hot rock locations however the exact orientation of the wells

would not be determined until further site characterization could be completed

All wells including directionally drilled productioninjection wells would be

within the FORGE project area boundary

Drill rigs and equipment would be transported to the proposed well sites via

existing and proposed access roads Once in place on the well pads the drill rigs

would be approximately 120 feet tall Transmitting devices and lights would be

placed on top of the rigs to ensure the safety of aircraft These devices would

comply with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and NAS Fallon frequency

management and night flight regulations and restrictions

Consistent with the environmental protection measures in Appendix C

lighting specifications would conform to the BLMrsquos dark sky guidelines Drill rig

materials would consist of low reflectivity materials to avoid glare that would

distract aircraft pilots at NAS Fallon

Drill rigs and associated drilling equipment would be in place for up to 60 days

for monitoring wells and up to 120 days for productioninjection wells Once

drilling is completed drill rigs would be removed from the project area Typical

equipment on well pads during construction would include an aboveground

diesel fuel storage tank a metal equipment building piping valves pipe rack and

drillers

Casing depths blowout prevention equipment and disposition of cuttings and

spent drilling fluids would follow BLM Navy and Nevada Division of Minerals

(NDOM) regulations Blowout prevention equipment is typically inspected and

approved by the BLM and NDOM The wells would include surface and down-

hole casing to protect local groundwater and to ensure safe drilling of the well

The well casing would be fully cemented from the bottom of the well to the

surface During well drilling the casing would be pressure tested to ensure that

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-7

the casing is properly cemented and forms an effective seal Standard

geophysical logging tools would measure conditions such as temperature and

rock density These activities would be consistent with those described in the

Salt Wells EIS (pages 2-29ndash2-32 and Appendix A pages A-3ndashA-7)

The well bore would be drilled using nontoxic temperature-stable drilling mud

composed of a bentonite clay-water or polymer-water mix Variable

concentrations of standard approved drilling additives would be added to the

drilling mud as needed to prevent corrosion and mud loss and to increase mud

weight Additional drilling mud would be mixed and added to the mud system as

needed to maintain the required quantities Spent drilling fluids and materials

would be placed in the drilling sumps These materials would be tested and

buried in place

Hazardous materials and hazardous waste would be transported handled used

and disposed of properly and according to federal and state requirements for

each product Safety practices including the safe and proper handling of waste

and hazardous materials would follow the Fallon FORGE Environmental Safety

and Health Plan (SNL 2016) Material safety data sheets for all hazardous

chemicals would be kept on-site with copies submitted to the BLM and Navy

before operations begin

Secondary containment structures such as a portable containment berm or spill

containment pallets would be provided for all chemical and petroleumoil

storage areas during operations Additionally absorbent pads or sheets would

be placed under likely spill sources spill kits would be maintained on-site during

operations to provide prompt response to accidental leaks or spills of chemicals

and petroleum products On federal lease lands any releases above reportable

quantities would be reported to the Nevada Division of Environmental

Protection (NDEP) and the BLM In accordance with the NAS Fallon Integrated

Contingency Plan for Oil and Hazardous Substance Spill Prevention and

Response (Navy 2014) all releases or spills regardless of quantity would be

reported to NAS Fallon NAS Fallon would report it to the NDEP if the release

or spill is above reportable quantities

Solid wastes generated by the Proposed Action would be stored on-site until

transported off-site to an appropriate disposal site in accordance with federal

state and local regulations Hazardous materials hazardous wastes and solid

wastes would be handled stored and disposed of in conformance with federal

and state regulations This would be done to prevent soil groundwater or

surface water contamination and associated adverse impacts on the

environment or worker health and safety

After drilling is complete all drilling and testing equipment would be removed

from the site Interim reclamation would occur on areas of the well pad not

needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim reclamation would follow

the standards outlined in Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The surface

facilities remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and

locked valves on top of the surface casing Steel plates would be placed over

well cellars1 and the wellhead area would be fenced to prevent humans and

wildlife from entering the well cellar The completed wells would be

approximately 5 feet tall

Access Roads and Site Trailer

Primary access to the FORGE project area would be from US Highway 50

which is directly east of the project area To the extent possible access to the

work locations would be via a network of unpaved access roads in and next to

the project area

Up to an additional 21 miles of new access roads may be constructed to expand

access to proposed well pads New access roads would be approximately 15

feet wide with 5-foot-wide shoulders The roads would have a design speed of

10 to 30 miles per hour The approximate locations of proposed access roads

are shown in Figure 4 Existing and proposed roads would require maintenance

during well pad construction and operations which may include the application

of gravel to repair damage especially to fill potholes or tire ruts following rains

An average of about 4 inches of gravel would be applied to the new access

roads as necessary to create an all-weather all-season surface Gravel would

be obtained from an approved local mineral material site and would be

transported to the site via trucks on existing roadways

It may be necessary to implement BLM- and Navy-approved dust abatement

measures such as watering via water truck or applying tackifiers to control

dust These measures are described in Appendix C Additionally to support

geophysical monitoring personnel may need to access the project area on foot

This type of nonmotorized pedestrian access would occur off access roads and

well pads

Site trailers would provide office research and meeting space for Fallon FORGE

personnel and visitors (see Figure 4) Together the trailers would provide

approximately 3000 square feet of temporary indoor meeting space They

would be placed on a 2-acre pad that would include worker and visitor vehicle

parking Permanent security fencing with an access gate would be installed

around the site trailer to protect against vandalism

Operations

Operations of the Fallon FORGE geothermal facility would consist of scientists

geothermal professionals and other stakeholders visiting the site to observe

field results The Fallon FORGE team would work closely with the NAS Fallon

Operations Department and Geothermal Program Office to avoid conflicts with

1 An open area below the ground surface that contains components of the well head

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-9

base operations and maintain conformance with the NAS Fallon air installation

compatible use zone (AICUZ) and procedures for avoiding obstruction If there

were the potential for a temporary obstruction Fallon FORGE would work

with NAS Fallon to prepare notices to airmen (NOTAMs)

While the project would create minimal steam Fallon FORGE would work

closely with the NAS Fallon Operations Department to ensure conformance

with AICUZ requirements and to assist with any NOTAMs If NAS Fallon

determines that steam would pose a hazard to base operations Fallon FORGE

would work with NAS Fallon to develop steam mitigation measures These

would include aboveground piping in the proposed disturbance area footprint to

condense the stream

Decommissioning and Reclamation

Following completion of each well drilling all drilling and testing equipment

would be removed from the site and interim reclamation would occur on areas

of the well pad not needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim

reclamation would follow interim reclamation standards outlined in Appendix D

Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008

Geothermal Leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The Fallon FORGE team would develop

the interim reclamation plans before construction begins The surface facilities

remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and locked

valves on top of the surface casing The valves would allow access in case

additional testing is desired

After well drilling and testing are completed the containment basins would

remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are evaporated The

solid contents remaining in each of the reserve pits typically consisting of

nonhazardous nontoxic drilling mud and rock cuttings would be tested after all

liquids have evaporated These tests would be done to confirm that pH metals

and total petroleum hydrocarbon or oil and grease concentrations are not

hazardous If the test results indicate that these solids are nonhazardous the

solids would then be dried mixed with the excavated rock and soil and buried

by backfilling the basin If any hazardous materials were identified they would be

removed and properly disposed of off-site in accordance with all applicable

local state and federal laws

Wells not needed for future monitoring or productioninjection would

eventually be plugged and abandoned in conformance with the well

abandonment requirements of the BLM Navy and NDOM Abandonment

typically involves filling the well bore with clean heavy abandonment mud and

cement until the top of the cement is at ground level This ensures that

geothermal fluids would not move into the well column and then out into

aquifers The well head and any other equipment would then be removed the

casing would be cut off well below ground surface and the hole would be

backfilled to the surface

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following abandonment access roads and well pads would be reclaimed by de-

compacting the soil using tilling machines or similar techniques and removing

any applied gravel Disturbed areas would be reseeded with a BLM-approved

seed mix

212 Well Stimulation

Water Source

Simple hydraulic injections using geothermal waters would be the predominant

method for stimulation activities Water used for the proposed hydraulic

stimulation processes would be obtained from geothermal well 84-31 (see

Figure 4) Water from well 84-31 is sourced from an unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer at a depth of approximately 680 feet This is more than 650

feet below the shallower groundwater at a depth of approximately 50 feet (see

Section 34 Water Resources)

Source water is approximately 265degF and contains high levels of sulfur salt and

other minerals Because of this it would not be suitable for human consumption

or agricultural use without advanced water treatment Water could also be

drawn from well 88-24 (see Figure 4) which has a similar temperature profile

as well 84-31 (see Table 3-4) and higher concentrations of sulfur and total

dissolved solids (TDS)

An approximately 12-inch-diameter temporary aboveground water line would

transport the nonpotable geothermal water from the source well to the

proposed productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) The temporary water line

would run along and be within the disturbance footprint of existing or proposed

access roads The line would not be insulated however the high temperature of

the geothermal water would prevent the water from freezing and damaging the

line The water line would be removed when the EGS activities are complete

Using the proposed productioninjection wells source water would be injected

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site at depths greater than 5500

feet These new deep wells would be fully cased down into the Mesozoic

basement rocks (over 5500 feet deep) This is so that the injected fluid would

not interact with any shallow aquifers during injection

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE stimulation program would

be approximately 100 acre-feet (approximately 33 million gallons) For

comparison this is less than the amount of water that evaporates annually from

a 20-mile-long 15-foot-wide irrigation canal (TCID 2010) Stimulation activities

would be the focus of the latter portion of Phase 3 and would occur throughout

the latter half of the project The DOE and Fallon FORGE would determine the

exact timing and duration of stimulation activities after reviewing proposals

from the research community

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-11

Flow testing results provided by Ormat Nevada Inc for well 84-31 suggest that

it can deliver approximately 2300 gallons per minute (gpm) This produced

geothermal water would be stored in lined storage basins or enclosed tanks for

later use as the stimulation fluid for EGS experiments at the site Typically the

flow from well 84-31 would be approximately 100 to 200 gpm which is the flow

rate needed to maintain stimulation fluid in and to fill the lined covered

stimulation fluid containment basins The water in the basins would be

replenished following an injection at one of the productioninjection wells

During well stimulation it may be necessary to temporarily pump at rates that

exceed the normal pumping rates of 100 to 200 gpm

Stimulation Techniques

Fluids would be injected at a range of pressures depending on what would be

necessary to expand and create new fractures in the rock The temperature of

the water used for stimulation would be approximately the same as the ambient

air temperature This is because it would be stored in the lined covered basins

before injection The typical maximum wellhead pressure would be 2000

pounds per square inch (psi) but it could be up to 3000 psi To prevent casing

failure applied pressures at the wellhead would not exceed the rated maximums

for the casing

Stimulation fluids would be injected into the basement rocks approximately 5500

to 8500 feet below the ground surface The hydraulic injections are expected to

increase the size and connectivity of existing fissures in the subsurface rocks

allowing for geothermal fluids carrying heat to more easily move through the

network of cracks Stimulation water that flows back up through the well cavity

would be discharged into a stimulation fluid containment basin and could be

reused If left over at the end of the project stimulation fluid would either be

allowed to evaporate or would be reinjected into the source well

Additional techniques may be used as part of the research objective for the

FORGE program This would be done to explore the advantages or

disadvantages of mixing small amounts of other materials such as sand

ceramics surfactants acids and corrosion inhibitors with the water to augment

and accelerate stimulation activities Fallon FORGE would disclose the exact

amount or mix of stimulation agents to the BLM Navy NDEP and NDOM

before use during the stimulation process The FORGE program proponents

would obtain the necessary permits such as a Nevada water pollution control

permit before executing any stimulation activities that involve stimulation agents

other than water

Monitoring

EGS Effectiveness

The site would be extensively monitored to determine the extent of the

stimulated volume A real-time EGS monitoring program would provide an

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

understanding of how fluids and heat in the stimulated section of the basement

rock move This monitoring would inform stimulation activity in real time so as

to ensure that the stimulated natural fractures and injected fluids would stay

within the basement rock beneath the project area

Two to four monitoring wells drilled in 2017 as part of Phase 2 of the FORGE

project would be used to monitor and test the effectiveness of EGS techniques

from the first productioninjection well Data from the existing monitoring wells

would inform the stimulation techniques used for the second and third

productioninjection wells Data collected throughout Phase 3 from the two to

four Phase 2 wells and the additional proposed wells would support ongoing

EGS research

Seismicity

There has been monitoring equipment in place at the Fallon FORGE site since

November 2016 to detect microseismic events These small subsurface

vibrations are generally not perceptible by humans and can only be detected

with monitoring equipment Seismic information for the FORGE site is available

online at httpesd1lblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsfallon

forgehtml The data are updated daily The Fallon FORGE website would also

provide weekly updates during stimulation activities The microseismic

monitoring network would be supplemented with additional monitoring

equipment and the proposed monitoring wells This would be done to track the

number and extent of fractures created or expanded during stimulation and any

associated seismicity

Water

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned well is acting as a thermal spring system

with wetland characteristics including riparian vegetation and wildlife Extracting

geothermal fluid from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow from the

spring because the water originates from separate groundwater aquifers (see

Section 34 for additional analysis) however Fallon FORGE would develop a

monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal spring which it would submit to

the BLM Navy and NDOW for approval Monitoring would include collecting

discharge rate water stage water quality temperature and other appropriate

field parameters The thermal spring would be monitored for at least 1 year

before any water is used for well stimulation and would continue throughout the

well stimulation process (approximately 3 years) The monitoring plan would

describe monitoring protocols and actions if there are any potential changes to

the spring from the Proposed Action (see Appendix E)

213 Schedule of Activities

In late 2018 and early 2019 there would be two to four monitoring wells

drilled One productioninjection well would be drilled in 2019 and would be

tested logged and thoroughly characterized to account for pertinent EGS

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-13

development variables After those initial wells are drilled five to seven

additional monitoring wells would be sited to optimize seismic monitoring

during stimulation The total number of monitoring wells would not exceed

nine For financial reasons any subsequent productioninjection wells would not

be drilled until year three or four of Phase 3 currently planned for 2021 and

2022 The siting and design of subsequent productioninjection wells would be

like the first well with if necessary adjustments to account for new data

acquired from the first well

Following the completion of the first productioninjection well in 2019 the

FORGE team would begin testing activities that directly support full-scale well

stimulation (see Section 21) While full-scale stimulation is not planned until

the second productioninjection well is completed in 2021 limited stimulation of

the first drilled productioninjection well is proposed for 2019 Its purpose

would be to assist in the design of the full-scale stimulation testing After the

second productioninjection well is completed full-scale stimulation activities

would begin

The monitoring wells would be instrumented with high resolution seismic

sensors and other diagnostic equipment There would be geophysical logs

created that would aid in understanding the rock properties and existing

fractures Stress measurements would be made by pressurizing sections of the

monitoring wells to determine the subsurface stress This test would inform the

siting of future monitoring and productioninjection wells To accommodate the

research objectives of FORGE a total of nine deep monitoring wells would be

drilled

Access roads well pads and the site trailer would be constructed beginning in

2018 concurrent with the drilling of the first wells

214 Well Pad Assessment Areas

Based on the results from the Phase 1 and 2 activities the FORGE team is

evaluating specific sites for the wells that would best support the Fallon FORGE

experimental facility Due to siting constraints or field adjustments the

Proposed Action includes two types of well pad assessment areas one each for

monitoring and productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) These are areas in

the project area where the Proposed Action components may occur subject to

lease stipulations Navy and BLM regulations and other legal authorities outlined

in Section 25 (see Table 2-3) Any adjustments in the location of well pads

access roads or the site trailer would not result in surface disturbance

exceeding the amounts identified in Table 2-1 and the number and type of

wells exceeding those identified in Table 2-2

The monitoring well pad assessment area includes lands within 820 feet of each

proposed monitoring well or approximately 340 acres Regardless of any field

adjustments all monitoring wells and the site trailer would remain in the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-3

Well Pad Assessment Areas

Well Pad

Assessment Area

Buffer from

Proposed Well

(Feet)

Acres Percent of

Project Area

Proposed Action

Components

Monitoring 820 340 30 Monitoring wells

access roads site

trailer

Production Injection 985 110 10 Productioninjection

wells access roads

well stimulation

monitoring well pad assessment area The productioninjection well pad

assessment area includes lands within 985 feet of each productioninjection well

or approximately 110 acres All productioninjection wells would be in the

productioninjection well pad assessment area

22 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative the DOE would not provide financial support

to implement the Proposed Action Seismic geochemistry and other data

would continue to be collected from existing monitoring wells however the

long-term use of those wells would depend on future need Because the

Proposed Action would not be implemented none of its potential direct

indirect or cumulative environmental impacts would occur

23 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED BUT NOT ANALYZED IN DETAIL

The DOErsquos FORGE program staff considered sites where scientists and

engineers could develop test and accelerate EGS technologies and techniques

In the process of determining the Fallon FORGE site the DOE evaluated and

rejected other potential FORGE sites This is because they did not include the

appropriate geothermal resource conditions to meet the purpose and need

Similarly other locations at NAS Fallon or on federally leased land cannot

support the FORGE program This is due either to inadequate geothermal

resource conditions or physical or operational barriers such as the NAS Fallon

runways and other base infrastructure

The BLM and Navy also considered but did not analyze in detail an alternative

involving fewer than three productioninjection wells in the Fallon FORGE

project area Three productioninjection wells would be necessary to provide

comparative data from multiple well locations in the project area The proposed

combinations and locations of the productioninjection wells and monitoring

wells under the Proposed Action would be necessary to develop test and

collect sufficient data to understand and improve EGS technologies and

techniques An alternative with fewer wells would not provide sufficient

opportunities to develop and test EGS technologies and techniques therefore it

does not meet the purpose and need

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-15

24 LAND USE PLAN CONFORMANCE STATEMENT

The Proposed Action described above is in conformance with the BLM CCD

Consolidated Resource Management Plan (CRMP) Specifically the desired

outcome for minerals and energy management under the CRMP is to

ldquoencourage development of energy and mineral resources in a timely manner to

meet national regional and local needs consistent with the objectives for other

public land usesrdquo (BLM 2001)

The environmental protection measures included as part of the Proposed

Action and described in Appendix E are consistent with the NAS Fallon Final

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (INRMP) The INRMP includes

NAS Fallonrsquos general ecosystem management goal to ldquoprovide good stewardship

to protect manage and enhance land water and wildlife resources of NAS

Fallon while fulfilling the military missionrdquo (Navy 2014)

25 RELATIONSHIP TO LAWS REGULATIONS POLICIES AND PLANS

The Proposed Action is consistent with federal laws and regulations state and

local government laws and regulations and other plans programs and policies

to the extent practicable within federal law regulation and policy Some specific

approvals and permits would be required for Phase 3 of the Fallon FORGE

project (see Table 2-4)

This EA has been prepared in accordance with the following statutes and

implementing regulations policies and procedures

NEPA as amended (Public Law 91-190 42 United States Code

[USC] 4321 et seq)

40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1500 et seq regulations

for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA

Considering cumulative impacts under NEPA (CEQ 1997)

43 CFR Part 46 Implementation of NEPA of 1969 Final Rule

effective November 14 2008

DOI requirements (Departmental Manual 516 Environmental

Quality Program [DOI 2008])

BLM NEPA Handbook (H-1790-1) as updated (BLM 2008b)

The Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025)

43 CFR Part 3200 Geothermal Resources Leasing and Operations

Final Rule May 2 2007

The Energy Policy Act of 2005 the National Energy Policy

Executive Order 13212 and best management practices (BMPs) as

defined in Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and

Gas Exploration and Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book BLM

2007)

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Geothermal Energy Research Development Demonstration

Act of 1974

The Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA

Public Law 94-579 43 USC Section 1761 et seq)

Rights-of-Way (ROWs) under the FLPMA and the Mineral Leasing

Act (43 CFR Part 2880) Final Rule April 22 2005

The Materials Act of July 31 1947 as amended (30 USC Part 601

et seq)

Navy Environment Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction

50901D)

Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Policy for Environmental

Protection Natural Resources and Cultural Resources Programs

(Navy 2006)

DOD (Department of Defense) Instruction Number 471503 (Navy

1996)

Navy Strategy for Renewable Energy (Navy 2012)

The Proposed Action would be subject to other applicable permits listed in

Table 2-4 below before construction begins

Table 2-4

Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals

Regulatory Agency Authorizing Action

BLM and US Navy EA (FONSI) or EIS (Record of Decision) pursuant to

NEPA

ROW authorization

Temporary use permits for construction

BLM Geothermal drilling permit

Geothermal sundry notice

FAA FAA Notice of proposed construction permit (FAA

Form 7460-1)

NDOM Permit to drill an oil and gas and geothermal well

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Air Pollution Control

Class II surface area disturbance permit

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Water Pollution Control

Construction stormwater permit

Underground injection control permit

Nevada Division of Water Resources Temporary consumptive water use permit

Nevada Department of Wildlife Industrial artificial pond permit

BLM Nevada State Historic Preservation

Office (SHPO)

Section 106 compliance with the National Historic

Preservation Act

Churchill County Special use permit

Grading permit

Surface area disturbance permit

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-1

CHAPTER 3

AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES

This section identifies and describes the current condition and trend of

elements or resources in the human environment that may be affected by the

Proposed Action or No Action Alternative Also described are the

environmental consequences or impacts of the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative on the affected environment To the extent possible this section

incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and other prior

NEPA analyses covering the project area to describe the affected environment

and environmental impacts from the Proposed Action

31 SUPPLEMENTAL AUTHORITIES AND RESOURCE AREAS CONSIDERED

Appendix 1 of the BLMrsquos NEPA Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) identifies

supplemental authorities or resource areas that are subject to requirements

specified by statute or executive order and must be considered in all BLM

environmental analysis documents Similarly the Navyrsquos Environmental Readiness

Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) requires all relevant resource

areas be included in the analysis Table 3-1 below identifies resource areas in

the project area and whether there is the potential for environmental impacts

Resources that could be affected by the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative are further described in this EA

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Air quality X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for air quality

beginning on page E-2 Air quality

mitigation measures for fugitive dust

and vehicle emissions listed starting

on page 4-11 of the EIS would

mitigate or avoid air quality impacts

from ground-disturbing activities and

equipment operations associated with

the Proposed Action

Areas of Critical

Environmental

Concern

X None present

Cultural resources X This EA incorporates by reference

the stipulations contained in

Appendix D and environmental

protection measures in Appendix E

of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) As

concluded in the EIS (page 4-119) it

would mitigate or avoid impacts from

ground-disturbing activities

associated with the Proposed Action

Also incorporated by reference are

the findings of the cultural resources

overview and Class III Inventory of

Selected Areas Technical Report in

the NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for

Geothermal Development (Navy

1991)

Environmental justice X Based on a review of 2016 US

Census Bureau data for Churchill

County and the city of Fallon no

minority or low-income populations

would be disproportionately affected

by the Proposed Action or No

Action Alternative Refer to the Salt

Wells EIS for the criteria used to

define environmental justice

populations (BLM 2011a)

Farmlands (prime or

unique)

X Carried forward in Section 313

Forests and rangeland X Not present

Floodplains X Carried forward in Section 34

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-3

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Invasive nonnative

and noxious species

X Carried forward in Section 310

Migratory birds X Carried forward in Section 39

Native American

religious concerns

X Carried forward in Section 311

Paleontology X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) If

workers encounter paleontological

resources Fallon FORGE would

notify the BLM and Navy

paleontological resource contact

Federally threatened

or endangered species

X No threatened endangered

candidate or proposed species or

designated critical habitat are present

in the action area thus none would

not be affected by the Proposed

Action (see Section 38)

Wastes Hazardous or

Solid

X Refer to description of the Proposed

Action in Section 21

Water quality (surface

water and

groundwater)

X Carried forward in Section 34

Wetlands and riparian

zones

X Carried forward in Section 36

Wild and Scenic Rivers X None present

WildernessWilderness

Study Areas

X None present

a See BLM Handbook H-1790-1(BLM 2008b) Appendix 1 Supplemental Authorities to be Considered and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) b Supplemental authorities that are determined to be not present or presentnot affected need not be carried

forward or discussed further in the document c Supplemental authorities that are determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the

document

311 Additional Affected Resources

There are resources or uses that are not supplemental authorities as defined by

BLM Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) in the project area BLM and Navy

specialists have evaluated the potential impact of the Proposed Action on these

resources and documented their findings in Table 3-2 below Resources or

uses that may be affected by the Proposed Action are further described in this

EA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

BLM sensitive species X Carried forward in Section 38

Lands with wilderness

characteristics (BLM

only)

X None present

Land use airspace

and access

X Carried forward in Section 312

Livestock grazing X Impacts would be negligible because

development would occur on a very small

percentage of each allotment overlapping the

project site

Minerals X No geothermal resources would be

consumed no other mineral resource would

be affected by the Proposed Action

Recreation X There are no recreation uses in the project

area

Seismicity X Addressed under Geology in Section 35

Socioeconomics X Carried forward in Section 313

Soils X The impacts of soil disturbance during the

installation of productioninjection and

monitoring well pads were analyzed and

addressed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Stimulation activities would not affect the soil

surface this is because these activities are

occurring at the subsurface level Soil

disturbance and associated impacts from

installing proposed new access roads would

be the same as those described in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Hydric soils were

identified using the Natural Resource

Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil

Survey There were 18 soil map units

identified in the project area one is rated as

having approximately 94 percent hydric soils

occupying approximately 19 acres or 02

percent of the project area three map units

occupy a combined total of 1183 acres or

105 percent of the project area Each is rated

as having approximately 5 percent of hydric

soils in each map unit

The extent that hydric soils occupy the

project area is relatively low and all hydric

soils are associated with wetlands and riparian

areas The potential impacts on hydric soils

would be similar to and associated with

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-5

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

potential impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas as analyzed in Section 36 Wetlands

and Riparian Areas

Soil compaction could affect the water-holding

capacity and thus saturation of hydric soils in

the area however avoiding these areas

making lease stipulations and implementing

mitigation measures would reduce these

impacts to less than significant

These measures would include all

construction vehicle and equipment staging or

storage would be located at least 100 feet

away from any streams wetlands and other

water features (Appendix E Salt Wells EIS)

there would be no surface grading vegetation

clearing or overland travel near or on

wetlands riparian areas or sensitive resource

areas identified by the BLM

Adhering to the no surface occupancy

geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers

NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-

079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt

Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would

further avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in

these areas or within 650 feet of them This

stipulation would apply to all delineated

wetland and riparian areas as well as to

surface water bodies (except canals) playas

and 100-year floodplains in the lease areas

(see Appendix D)

Because hydric soils occupy a very small

amount of the project area and potential

impacts are similar to those analyzed in

Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas

hydric soils were not carried forward for

further analysis

Travel management

and access

X Carried forward under Land Use Airspace

and Access in Section 312

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

Vegetation X Carried forward under Wildlife and Key

Habitat in Section 37

Visual resources X This EA incorporates by reference the

environmental protection measures and best

management practices contained in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for visual resources

beginning on page E-9 These measures

would mitigate or avoid visual impacts from

ground-disturbing activities and operations

associated with the Proposed Action

Wild horses and

burros

X None present

Wildlifekey habitat X Carried forward in Section 37 a Resources or uses determined to be not presentnot affected need not be carried forward or discussed further in

the document b Resources or uses determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the document

32 RESOURCES OR USES PRESENT AND BROUGHT FORWARD FOR ANALYSIS

The following resources are present in the project area and may be affected by

the Proposed Action they are carried forward for analysis

Water resources including surface and groundwater quality

quantity and rights

Geology including seismicity

Wetlands and riparian areas

Wildlife and key habitat including vegetation

BLM sensitive species

Migratory birds

Invasive nonnative and noxious weed species

Native American religious concerns

Land use airspace and access

Farmlands (prime or unique)

Socioeconomics

33 METHOD

For each of the resources identified in Section 32 above this EA identifies

and describes the current conditions in the human environment that may be

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-7

affected by the Proposed Action Where appropriate reference is made to the

Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA documents to supplement the descriptions

Potential impacts are those that could occur from implementing the Proposed

Action Impacts are assessed in terms of their duration (temporary or

permanent) and context (local or regional) A temporary impact is one that

occurs only during implementation of the alternative while a permanent impact

could occur for an extended period after implementation of the alternative

Where appropriate the analysis provides recommended mitigation and

monitoring measures to avoid or reduce impacts on the specified resource

34 WATER RESOURCES

341 Affected Environment

The general descriptions of groundwater and surface water in the project area

are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and are

summarized where appropriate Updated information relevant to the FORGE

project area where available is described below

Surface Water

The Proposed Action is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and

northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The

project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is

in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province (Basin and

Range Province) This province is characterized by north-south trending

mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys

with internally drained closed basins Major surface water features in or near

the Fallon FORGE project area (Figure 6 Surface Water) are as follows

The Truckee Canal

Irrigation canals laterals and drains

FEMA flood zone

Hot and warm springs and seeps

Non-geothermal springs

Emergency canal

Irrigation water is delivered to large areas of agricultural land in the Fallon area

by a complex array of irrigation works including canals laterals and drains (see

Figure 6) This irrigation system is part of the Newlands Project one of the

first irrigation projects built by Reclamation in Nevada

The Newlands Project is operated by the Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

(TCID) and has approximately 60000 irrigated acres and two divisions the

Truckee Division with water diverted at Derby Dam from the Truckee River

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-9

into the Truckee Canal and irrigation delivery system for service to

approximately 5000 acres of irrigated lands and the Carson Division with

water released from the Carson River near the Lahontan Reservoir

(Reclamation 2014) The Carson Diversion Dam 5 miles below the Lahontan

Dam diverts water into two main canals for irrigation

In 2017 Reclamation constructed an emergency canal to mitigate potential flood

impacts in Churchill County The canal intersects the project area for 2 miles

(see Figure 6) The future status of this canal is unknown though the Proposed

Action would protect and preserve the integrity of the emergency canal

One water body in the project area is listed as impaired on the Clean Water

Actrsquos current 303(d) list of impaired waters An impaired water body is

considered too polluted or otherwise degraded to meet water quality standards

set by states territories or recognized tribes in the United States Under

Section 303(d) states territories and recognized tribes are required to develop

lists of impaired waters

One stretch of drain ditch 13 miles of the ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is listed as impaired

on the 303(d) list for mercury in fish tissue The presence of mercury may be a

result of past practices in the area that used mercury such as historic gold

mining The ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is in the Lahontan Valley in Churchill County near

Fallon (see Figure 6)

The emergency canal is also connected to the Lower Deep Diagonal Drain

(LDDD) which has associated impaired beneficial uses for arsenic boron

Escherichia coli (bacteria) iron mercury in fish tissue and sediment total

phosphorus and total dissolved solids The emergency canal is also impaired

because it is hydrologically connected to the LDDD however since the canal is

newly constructed it is not on the NDEP or EPA 303(d) list

Groundwater

General descriptions of groundwater in the project area are consistent with

those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Surrounding the project

area four groundwater subsystems were identified A shallow unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer extends from the land surface to a depth of about 50 feet

An intermediate depth unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer is positioned from

50 feet to 500ndash1000 feet below the land surface Then a deep generally

unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer begins 500ndash1000 feet below the land

surface

Transecting all three sedimentary aquifers is a basalt aquifer that is highly

permeable it is beneath a volcanic feature named Rattlesnake Hill (BLM 2011a)

This basalt aquifer does not extend under the project area as shown in

Figure 7 below Domestic and industrial water supplies for the City of Fallon

NAS Fallon and the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribe are obtained from the basalt

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 7

Aquifer Location

aquifer Rural populations in the Carson Desert area obtain domestic water from

private wells in the quaternary basalt aquifer Infiltration from the Newlands

Project canals and drains can cause water levels to rise in the shallow aquifer

The FORGE project area is within Basin and Range basin fill aquifers Basin and

Range basin-fill aquifers consist primarily of sediment-filled basins separated by

mountain ranges Basin-fill deposits range from about 1000 to 5000 feet thick in

many basins but they are thicker in some basins Groundwater in the area is

mostly unconfined and is recharged when infiltration of mountain streams

precipitation and inflow from fractured bedrock typically enters the aquifers

along mountain fronts (USGS 2016)

Water Rights

Within a two-mile buffer of the project boundary there are seven permitted

certified or vested water rights (see Table 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles

of the Project Area and Figure 8 Water Rights) These water rights are for

irrigation environmental use effluent commercial use storage recreation and

stock watering as shown in the table below

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-3

Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area

Application Application Status Source Type of Use

13472 Certificate Stream Irrigation

13473 Certificate Stream Irrigation

57351E Permit Underground Environmental

67710 Certificate Underground Commercial

79614 Permit Effluent Storage

79614S01 Certificate Storage Recreation

V09744 Vested right Underground Stock watering

Source Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018

These sources have the same coordinates (Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018)

Geothermal Resources

There are two distinct components of the hydrothermal system in the project

area a shallow hydrothermal system consisting of a thermal spring near the

surface and a deep geothermal system consisting of higher temperatures and

depths greater than 1300 feet below the ground General descriptions of

geothermal resources in the project area are consistent with those described in

Section 37 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) for

geothermal flow systems

Geothermal well characteristics are shown in Table 3-4 below Apart from the

thermal spring (well 6) these wells have all been drilled over 5000 feet below

the surface however well 84-31 has a perforated casing depth of 679 feet Its

purpose is to extract water from that depth without drawing from the

unconsolidated shallow aquifer or deep geothermal system

Table 3-4

Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics

Well Number

Well characteristics FOH-3D 61-36 88-24 84-31 82-36 6

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Easting)

355920 355750 356211 357854 356230 356641

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Northing)

4360916 4360984 4362830 4360300 4360752 4357646

Total well depth (feet) 8747 6962 5003 5912 9469 160

Casing depth (feet) 2887 2464 2005 3970 3990 NA

Slotted liner depth (feet) open hole 6955 5003 5869 8970 NA

Perforated casing depth

(feet)

NA NA NA 679 NA NA

Maximum measured

temperature in well (degF)

397 378 280 343 417 167

Source SNL 2018

NA = not applicable

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-13

Thermal Spring (Well 6)

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned 160-foot-deep well is acting as a

thermal spring system (see Figure 8) The area exhibits wetland characteristics

including riparian vegetation and wildlife The surface water temperature at the

well is 162degF the bottom hole temperature is 171degF at a depth of 160 feet (Hinz

et al 2016) This well was drilled before 1980 (exact date unknown) before any

geothermal exploration in the Carson Sink it predates the Fallon FORGE

project

Geochemical analyses of water samples collected from well 6 indicate that it has

TDS of approximately 4000 parts per million (ppm) This fluid is chemically

distinct from fluids sampled from well 84-31 with lower lithium (Li) calcium

(Ca) sulphate (SO4) and fluorine (F) content therefore the thermal spring (well

6) and well 84-31 are not hydrologically connected (see Figure 9)

Differences in local geology have resulted in more faulting and fracturing of the

rock units near the well This has provided fluid flow pathways (and

permeability) and has allowed deeper geothermal fluids to move to shallower

depths (lt150 feet) In contrast fluids sampled from the deep basement wells

such as FOH-3D are from low-permeability rock units in the Mesozoic

basement These units do not support vertical groundwater movement

342 Environmental Consequences

Indicators of impacts on water resources include any change in water quality or

quantity affected by the Proposed Action The region of influence for direct and

indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

Surface Water Quantity

No direct impacts on surface water quantity are anticipated from stimulating the

wells under Phase 3 This is because surface water would not be used in the

Proposed Action unless it is trucked in from a separate location consistent with

US Navy and Ormat operations Water used for well stimulation is anticipated

to be sourced from an adjacent geothermal reservoir via well 84-31 or it may

be sourced from well 88-24 It is approximately 7 miles from the basalt aquifer

used by the City of Fallon There may be a nominal amount of supplemental

water needed during drilling which would be trucked to the site This water

would be purchased from sources with existing water rights no water rights

would be purchased that would affect surface water quantity in the surrounding

area

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the thermal spring

south of the project area This is because there would be a negligible change in

the amount or temperature of water in shallower aquifers

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 9

Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry

Source SNL 2018

Geochemical data from water samples collected from the identified thermal

spring (well 6) and the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 indicate that the

fluids are chemically distinct and originate from separate groundwater aquifers

therefore pumping from the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 is not

expected to affect temperature or flow to the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-15

The thermal spring (well 6) is over 2 miles from the source of stimulation

activities and the deep Mesozoic basement rock where the geothermal fluid

originates is highly impermeable therefore potential indirect impacts on water

quantity of the thermal spring (well 6) are anticipated to be negligible This is

because of the proximity of pumping and impermeability of the source rocks

Extracting groundwater from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow

from the spring (well 6) because the water originates from separate

groundwater aquifers Nevertheless Fallon FORGE would monitor the spring

for at least 1 year before any water is used for well stimulation (see Appendix

E) Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to

ensure that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge

from the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a

monitoring plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and

actions in the event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Surface Water Quality

The Proposed Action could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring

and productioninjection well pad assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If

facilities are near surface water resources impacts on surface water quality

could occur Examples of these impacts are sedimentation from construction

activities and a higher potential for surface water contamination from any spill

from EGS Phase 3 activities If a spill were to occur fluids used in stimulations

could affect surface water quality however measures have been incorporated

as described under the Proposed Action to reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water quality

Applicable fluid mineral leasing stipulations (see Appendix D) would reduce or

avoid potential impacts on surface water quality in the project area including

the impaired emergency canal and drain These include such stipulations as no

surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water body on BLM-administered land (BLM 2014a) As required by

Reclamation there would be no surface occupancy within 100 feet of the canals

which would result in negligible impacts on the surface water quality of those

features

Fallon FORGE would store stimulation water in containers such as water pits

drilling sumps or Baker tanks2 to prevent impacts on water quality It would

reuse the stimulation or hydraulic fracturing waters from one well to another to

reduce the potential for contaminating surface water resources or groundwater

infiltration Sumps pits or Baker tanks to contain fluids and drill cuttings would

be used only infrequently and then only temporarily such as during well drilling

and testing Drilling sumps would comply with applicable Nevada regulations and

2 A steel tank for storing liquid

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

would not be lined however any excess liquid would be mitigated by pumping

excess water off the top of the expended drill cuttings or by covering the

drilling sump to prevent birds from being attracted to the water

After the well drilling and testing operations are completed the containment

basins would remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are

evaporated The reserve pit would no longer be needed and would be closed

and backfilled recontoured to pre-construction topography and reseeded

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) however the Navy installed a 10-station micro earthquake array to

detect local seismicity in the FORGE site

The FORGE program is monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented

with deep monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring

boreholes These would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than

magnitude 20) associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If

seismic monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be

curtailed or managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quality

In order to prevent groundwater infiltration basins used to store water for well

stimulation or for flowback from productioninjection wells would be lined with

a low permeability high density polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM

and Navy approval Any pit storing water for use in stimulation or for flowback

water would be lined and the surface would be covered to deter birds and

other wildlife Floating continuous covers or floating tilesballs may be used to

protect water resources and wildlife

The quality of fluids collected in the reserve pits would vary This would depend

on the amount of each source such as drilling fluids and additives stormwater

and geothermal water Once the wells are finished and put into production or

used for other purposes the reserve pit would no longer be needed Any

remaining liquids would be removed and the pit would be closed in accordance

with applicable regulations

The geothermal water used for stimulation would be diverted temporarily

through a temporary water line to a lined sump or Baker tank next to the well

This would be done to provide a buffer between withdrawal and injection

points which would prevent impacts on shallow groundwater resources

Indirect impacts on groundwater quality would be any potential connection

between the EGS reservoir and local and regional aquifers The planned EGS

stimulations would occur in the basement rocks approximately 5000 to 8000

feet below ground surface If these fractures were to extend upward from the

top of the EGS reservoir zone it would be several thousand feet below the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-17

bottom of regional and local aquifers Given the very low permeability of the

receptor rock throughout the length of the vertical borehole below the regional

aquifer there is little chance that fluids could migrate vertically during

stimulation

In addition to the cement well casing (see Table 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well

Characteristics for casing depths) the impermeability of the deep Mesozoic

formations would also ensure that the injected fluid would remain isolated from

the sedimentary aquifer associated with well 84-31

If spilled stimulation water were to infiltrate groundwater there could be

indirect impacts on shallow groundwater resources however the potential for

contamination is low This is because there is low permeability in the project

area and temporary pits and sumps would prevent infiltration

Thickener agents and proppants3 potentially used in stimulations could affect

groundwater quality however implementing environmental protection

measures described under the Proposed Action and those analyzed in Section

47 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

reduce or avoid impacts on shallow groundwater quality

This reservoir would be hydrologically separate from the shallow aquifer

directly below the surface as shown in Figure 7 Water at temperatures

roughly equivalent to the ambient air temperature would be injected into the

stimulated hot basement rock It would be heated by the hot rocks and

withdrawn as hot geothermal fluids

The geothermal reservoir would have its own pressure system balanced by the

productioninjection wells The water removed would be reintroduced into the

deep reservoir thereby creating a closed circuit This method which would

isolate injected fluids in the deep aquifer would avoid impacts on groundwater

quality or quantity from introducing injected fluids into the shallow aquifer

There could be a negligible change in the amount or temperature of water in

shallower aquifers in the project area Additionally the environmental

protection measures outlined in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

and included as Appendix C of this EA would protect groundwater resources

from potential contamination These measures which include complying with

the stormwater pollution prevention plan and any applicable provisions of the

state general permit along with ensuring that all well casing is cemented from

the bottom of the well to the surface would reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

3 Solid materials typically sand treated sand or human-made ceramic materials

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-18 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) There is a 10-station micro earthquake array that was installed by the

Navy to detect local seismicity in the FORGE site The FORGE program is

currently monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented with deep

monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring boreholes These

would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than magnitude 20)

associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If the seismic

monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be curtailed or

managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quantity

Up to thirteen deep wells including monitoring and productionstimulation

wells would be drilled in the project area to depths ranging from 5000 to

8500 feet As shown in Figure 7 the wells would be nearly 10 miles south of

the basalt aquifer which is used for irrigation and drinking water in the Fallon

area Proposed wells would not interact with groundwater in the basalt aquifer

including shallow groundwater in and surrounding the site

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE program would be

approximately 33 acre-feet (11 million gallons) per productionstimulation well

up to three wells are expected to be stimulated so approximately 100 acre-feet

(33 million gallons) of water are expected to be used none of which is

considered as a consumptive use

The primary source of water for stimulations and other activities would be the

geothermal fluid produced from well 84-31 one of the wells already drilled by

Ormat Nevada Inc or potentially from well 88-24 another existing well This

water is from a deeper source that is unrelated to shallower groundwater

aquifers used for irrigation or drinking water supplies Accordingly there would

be no impact on those shallower aquifers Removing water from the deep

geothermal groundwater sources could modify groundwater flow patterns and

pressures in those locations during pumping

Extracting geothermal water from well 84-31 for stimulation experiments on

the FORGE site would have a negligible impact on the water flow from the

thermal spring (well 6) This is because the two groundwater sources are not

interconnected as demonstrated by the chemistry and separation of these

hydrologically distinct aquifers (see Figure 7 and Figure 9)

Similarly during EGS experiments injecting the fluid produced from well 84-31

into geological formations greater than 5500 feet on the FORGE site would not

affect flow from the thermal spring (well 6) The proposed productioninjection

wells used for the EGS experiments would be approximately 2 miles north of

the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-19

Due to the complexity of the subsurface geology in the Carson Lake region and

the measured low permeability of the deep geological reservoirs on the FORGE

site (5500 to 8000 feet deep) injecting fluids on the FORGE site would have

negligible impact on flow from the thermal spring (well 6) Fallon FORGE would

monitor well 6 for at least 1 year before any water being extracted from well

84-31 to be used for well stimulation on the FORGE site (see Appendix E)

Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to ensure

that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid into

deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge from

the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a monitoring

plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and actions in the

event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Water Rights

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the seven water rights

holders within 2 miles of the Project Area (see Table 3-3 and Figure 8) Wells

would be cased which would protect groundwater from contamination Water

rights would not be affected by withdrawing 33 million gallons This is because

this geothermal well water would not be consumptive use Moreover it is not

hydrologically connected to existing groundwater and surface water rights

within 2 miles of the Project Area

Underground water rights are not anticipated to be affected because of their

distance from pumping and because they are in geologically separate aquifers

Surface water rights may be affected in the event of a spill or structural failure

of ditchescanals from induced seismicity Again due to proximity BMPs and

environmental protection measures direct impacts on surface water quantity or

quality are not anticipated however the water quality and quantity would be

monitored to ensure that potential impacts on water rights are negligible

Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a E-6) would apply under the

Proposed Action Before the FORGE Phase III activities begin an inventory of

currently accessible water wells and other wells around the Fallon FORGE site

would be performed

These wells would continue to be monitored through Phase III activities This

would be done to identify and mitigate potential impacts on water resources

from Fallon FORGE activities and to characterize the other seasonal climate-

related and human variables such as other consumptive groundwater users in

the vicinity These other factors could also affect the local water table at the

FORGE site and the behavior of flow from the thermal spring (well 6)

Monitoring would be for depth to water table water chemistry and water

temperature (see Appendix E) These measures would comply with the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-20 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

stormwater pollution prevention plan and would ensure that all well casings are

cemented from the bottom of the well to the surface They also would reduce

or avoid impacts on surface water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

35 GEOLOGY

351 Affected Environment

The region of influence for geology is the project area

The Basin and Range Province formed through regional crustal extension of the

western part of the North American continental plate with fault blocks sliding

downward forming basins separated by mountain ranges (BLM 2011a)

Mountain ranges surrounding the Proposed Action consist of Tertiary volcanic

rocks including basalt rhyolite silicic tuffs and other related rocks Also

present in the mountain ranges are Tertiary and Mesozoic intrusive rocks such

as granite and dioritic rocks These rocks may also include Tertiary silicic

intermediate and mafic porphyritic or aphanitic intrusive rocks The closest

mountains to the project area are the Lahontan and Bunejug Mountain Ranges

(BLM 2011a)

Valleys contain Quaternary alluvial deposits that may include parent materials of

Tertiary age (BLM 2011a) The Proposed Action would be on Quaternary

deposits These are Piedmont alluvial deposits (upper and middle quaternary)

(FORGE GIS 2017 USGS GIS 2005)

The Lahontan Valley is a portion of Pleistocene age Lake Lahontan which

existed in northwestern Nevada between 20000 and 9000 years before

present At its peak approximately 12700 years before present Lake Lahontan

had a surface area of over 8500 square miles with its largest component

centered at the location of the Lahontan Valley and Carson Sink The Carson

Lake Wetland area immediately southwest of the Proposed Action

encompasses a portion of the Lahontan Valley wetland at the terminus of the

Carson River This wetland is one of the remaining natural features of Lake

Lahontan (BLM 2011a)

Seismicity

Although there are other types of faults in the Basin and Range Province the

extension and crustal stretching that have shaped the present landscape

produce mostly normal faults A normal fault occurs when one side of the fault

moves downward with respect to the other side The upthrown side of these

faults form mountains that rise abruptly and steeply and the down-dropped side

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-21

creates low valleys The fault plane along which the two sides of the fault move

extends deep in the crust usually at an angle of 60 degrees In places the relief

or vertical difference between the two sides is as much as 10000 feet (USGS

2017)

The Proposed Action is in a region that is part of the most active seismic belt in

the Basin and Range province Because of the relative recent history of major

faulting (Holocene age within the last 12000 years) some of these faults are

considered active (BLM 2013)

Eetza Mountain is just east of the site of the Proposed Action on the north side

of Highway 50 The closest faults are north and south of Eetza Mountain

(Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017)

The moment magnitude scale for measuring earthquakes is based on the total

moment release of the earthquake Magnitude 25 or less is usually not felt but

can be recorded by a seismograph Magnitude 26 to 54 is often felt but causes

only minor damage Earthquakes above a Magnitude 55 may slightly damage

buildings and other structures (Michigan Technological University 2017) The

occurrence of damage depends on various factors such as proximity to an

earthquake and the integrity of structures

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public

and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the

DOE commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power

development and risk assessment This group wrote the Protocol for

Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

(Appendix A)

The protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public

officials regulators and the public It provides a set of general guidelines

detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the impacts of induced seismicity

related to EGS projects The protocol emphasizes safety while allowing

geothermal technology to move forward in a cost-effective manner (Majer et al

2012)

The DOE also developed Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated

with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (Appendix B) It provides a set of general

guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents can take

to deal with induced seismicity issues It provides more detail than the protocol

while still following the main steps in the protocol (Majer et al 2016)

352 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

In total there would be a combination of nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells The productioninjection wells would be drilled using

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-22 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

advanced directional drilling technologies to increase permeability in the desired

geologic structures The test results would contribute to scientistsrsquo

understanding of the interconnected fracture network that is needed for

efficient and sustained geothermal heat extraction under low-pressure injection

and production

The 3-acre pad area for each well would include an approximately 1-acre sump

Each sump would be approximately 7 feet deep The wells pads sumps and

stimulation fluid containment basins would permanently disturb 38 acres The

assumption is that any disturbance from roads or site trailers would not occur

at depths that would affect the geology of the area

Direct negligible impacts on surface geology would be limited to the pads

sumps and containment basins due to the well drilling and the construction of

the pads sumps and containment basins These impacts would last until the

beginning of any required reclamation subsequent to any implementation of the

Proposed Action

Seismicity

All stimulations would occur in the Mesozoic basement rocks underlying the

basement sediments and volcanics (see Figure 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-

section) A microseismic monitoring system is currently operational at the

Fallon FORGE site and additional monitoring would be implemented before any

full-scale stimulation begins It is reasonable to assume that direct impacts on

seismicity may occur due to microseismic events resulting from stimulations

This is due to the physical shifting of the minute cracks in the rock at this depth

As shown in Appendix B earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally on a

magnitude ranging from 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible to

humans) The Proposed Action would follow the guidelines in the protocol

(Appendix A) and the useful steps in the Best Practices document (Appendix

B) The potential induced seismicity is estimated to be minor and would occur

only during the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-23

Figure 10

Fallon FORGE Cross-section

Meters

Meters

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-24 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-25

36 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

361 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wetlands and riparian areas in the project area are

consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and NAS

Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy Development (Navy 1991)

Additional information relevant to the Fallon FORGE project area where

available is described below

NAS Fallon conducted a wetland inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the FORGE project area is in the inventory study area thus the results of the

inventory were incorporated into this EA The inventory classified wetlands

based on the methods employed by the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)

National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) This inventory uses a classification system

encompassing a broad spectrum of vegetation and non-vegetation features only

some of which are likely to be regulated as jurisdictional wetlands (Cowardin et

al 1979)

The NAS Fallon inventory did not cover the entire FORGE project area For

areas not covered which are generally the areas south of Macari Lane the NWI

was queried to characterize wetlands The results of the NWI query were

grouped into the same features used in the NAS Fallon inventory (see

Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas)

The results of both the NAS Fallon wetland inventory and NWI query in the

FORGE project area are summarized in Table 3-5 below Descriptions of each

wetland type are included in Appendix I of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon

2014) which is included as Appendix F of this EA There has not been a

wetland delineation completed for the 630 acres of lease lands in the project

area

Table 3-5

Wetlands

Wetland Type Inventoried by

NAS Fallon

Other Areas

(NWI)

Total Wetland

Acres

Freshwater emergent wetland1 mdash 50 50

Moist saline meadows and flats 30 mdash 30

Human-made ponds and ditches 10 mdash 10

Playas 130 mdash 130

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 NAS Fallon GIS 2017 USFWS GIS 2017a

1 This NWI category includes primarily marshes as described by NAS Fallon (2014) It also includes smaller areas

of moist saline meadows flats and playas these wetland types are described in Appendix F

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-27

362 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are the acres and function

of wetlands and riparian areas affected by the Proposed Action The region of

influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas would be the same as those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a

see Section 48 Floodplains Wetlands and Riparian Zones page 4-62 of the

EIS) These impacts are from the direct removal of wetland vegetation

increased sedimentation leading to decreased water quality in these areas and

wetland degradation from weed establishment and spread Potential impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas in the Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of

the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection well

pad assessment areas There are 90 acres of well pad assessment areas

overlapping identified wetland and riparian areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If facilities

are in or near wetland areas there could be impacts on these areas such as

wetland vegetation removal or fill increased sedimentation and noxious weed

introduction and spread These impacts could decrease the acres or function of

wetlands and riparian areas in the project area

Measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to reduce or

avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian areas These measures are summarized

in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures The

impacts of incorporating these measures are described below

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would avoid

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of

them

This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas as well

as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in

these lease areas (see Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage

on Reclamation lands would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy

buffer

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponents would

conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area

under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose of the delineation would be

to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-28 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

associated no surface occupancy buffers identified in the project area (see

Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature For the

proposed well pads within the buffer area of the playa should the delineation

verify the current playa boundaries the well pads would be located in another

portion of the monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas

outside the buffer area Incorporating these measures would reduce potential

impacts on wetlands and other riparian areas by ensuring that all wetlands and

riparian areas in the project area are adequately avoided

Further applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management

Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and

preventing noxious weed spread They would reduce or avoid impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas by preventing or minimizing sedimentation into

wetland areas preventing damage to wetland vegetation from overland travel

and minimizing the potential for weed spread into wetlands and riparian areas

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not

be completely avoided the project proponents would obtain regulatory

approval for any wetland removal or fill Any and all mitigation measures

determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers and Nevada Division of

Environmental Protection in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

37 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

371 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wildlife and wildlife habitat in the project area are

consistent with those described in Section 311 Wildlife (page 3-94) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the FORGE project

area where available is described below

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) Wildlife Action Plan (Wildlife

Action Plan Team 2012) groups Nevadarsquos vegetation cover into broad ecological

system groups and links those with 22 key habitat types in the state The

Wildlife Action Plan is based on the Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project

(SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-29

Along with survey data key habitats can be used to infer likely occurrences of

wildlife species assemblages SWReGAP land cover types are discussed in

Section 39 Vegetation (page 3-82) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) however

the BLM queried this database once again during preparation of this EA to

account for any potential updates

Each key habitat type is thoroughly described in the NDOW Wildlife Action

Plan (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) which is incorporated by reference

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture Wildlife Management Area (WMA) is south

of the project area the southern boundary of the project area shares a portion

of the WMArsquos northern boundary (a Navy micro earthquake seismometer

shown on Figure 3 is in the WMA) The Carson Lake Pasture is described in

Section 31 Introduction (page 3-6) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Salt

Wells EIS project boundary is depicted on Figure 1 Project Vicinity The

Reclamation emergency canal also traverses the WMA to the south of the

project area

NAS Fallon conducted a vegetation inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the inventory study area overlaps with the FORGE project area thus the

results of the inventory were incorporated into this EA Results of the NAS

Fallon vegetation inventory are compared with the corresponding SWReGAP

land cover type Descriptions of each vegetation class are found in Appendix H

of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon 2014) which is in Appendix G of this

EA

Acres of key habitat types and corresponding SWReGAP land cover and NAS

Fallon vegetation classes in the project area and associated common wildlife

species are summarized in Table 3-6 below SWReGAP land cover types are

shown in Figure 12 Vegetation Classes

General Wildlife

Habitats in and around the project support numerous native and nonnative

general wildlife species (NDOW 2017) Small mammals observed in the vicinity

are Chisel-toothed kangaroo rat (Dipodomys microps) and Merriamrsquos kangaroo

rat (D merriami)

Desert scrub habitats support numerous reptiles Those observed in and near

the project area are common sagebrush lizard (Sceloporus graciosus) common

side-blotched lizard (Uta stansburiana) eastern collared lizard (Crotaphytus

collaris) Great Basin gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer deserticola) Great Basin

whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris tigris) Pleasant Valley tui chub (Gila bicolor) red racer

(Coluber flagellum piceus) tiger whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris) western patch-nosed

snake (Salvadora hexalepis) yellow-backed spiny lizard (Sceloporus uniformis) and

zebra-tailed lizard (Callisaurus draconoides)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-30 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-6

Key Habitats and Vegetation

Key Habitat Corresponding

SWReGAP Type

Corresponding

NAS Fallon

Vegetation

Acres Associated Common

Wildlife Species

Cold Desert

Scrub

Inter-Mountain

Basins Mixed Salt

Desert Scrub and

Inter-Mountain

Basins Greasewood

Flat

Alkali seepweed

black

greasewood

rubber

rabbitbrush

630 Pronghorn antelope (Antilocapra

americana) coyote (Canis latrans)

Great Basin pocket mouse

(Perognathus parvus) black-tailed

jackrabbit (Lepus californicus)

Great Basin rattlesnake (Crotalus

oreganus lutosus) side-blotched

lizard (Uta stansburiana) black-

throated sparrow (Amphispiza

bilineata) horned lark (Eremophila

alpestris)

Desert Playas

and Ephemeral

Pools

Inter-Mountain

Basins Playa

NA1 801 Pocket gopher (Thomomys sp)

voles (Microtus sp) killdeer

(Charadrius vociferus) American

avocet (Recurvirostra americana)

black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) spadefoot toad (Spea

intermontana)

Marshes North American

Arid West

Emergent Marsh

NA1 1401 Yellow-headed blackbird

(Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus)

marsh wren (Cistothorus palustris)

spotted sandpiper (Actitis

macularius) cinnamon teal (Anas

cyanoptera) bullfrog (Rana

catesbeiana)

NA Invasive Annual and

Biennial Forbland

NA lt10 Common raven (Corvus corax)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis)

horned lark pronghorn antelope

Agricultural

Lands

Agriculture Pasture pasture

(remnant)

280 Birds including foraging raptors

ground squirrels pocket mice and

other rodents barn swallow

(Hirundo rustica) western fence

lizard (Sceloporus occidentalis)

gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer)

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 BLM 2011a

1 See Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas for descriptions of wetlands including playas in the project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-32 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Aquatic habitats such as Carson Lake and canals and ditches on NAS Fallon

support the following amphibian and fish species American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) black bullhead (Ameiurus melas) common carp (Cyprinus carpio)

Sacramento blackfish (Orthodon microlepidotus) Sacramento perch (Archoplites

interruptus) western mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis) white bass (Morone

chrysops) and white crappie (Pomoxis annularis) American bullfrogs are common

in NAS Fallon main station canals and ditches such as those within the project

area

Game Species

Most of the FORGE project area is mapped by NDOW as mule deer

distribution and the far southern portion of the project area is mapped as

pronghorn antelope distribution (NDOW 2017)

372 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wildlife and key habitat are as follows wildlife

disturbance injury or mortality interference with wildlife movement corridors

or migration routes and acres of key habitats affected by the Proposed Action

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wildlife would be the

same as those described in the wildlife section of Salt Wells EIS (BLM 201a1 see

Section 411 Wildlife page 4-87) These are visual and noise disturbance during

construction and operation habitat loss and fragmentation and impacts on

migratory patterns

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on key habitats would be the

same as those described in the vegetation section of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a see Section 49 Vegetation page 4-70) These are vegetation removal

reduced function community structure change increased competition from

noxious weeds and nonnative plant species and reduced function due to fugitive

dust deposition

Potential impacts on wildlife and key habitat in the FORGE project area that are

outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below Impacts on bird

species are discussed in Section 39 Migratory Birds

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

wildlife habitat thereby reducing the acres of key habitats in the project area

Final well pad site trailer and road locations and thus the exact amount of

disturbance in each key habitat type are not known at this time however the

amount of permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-33

be small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region There would likely

be no permanent population-level impact on wildlife species due to habitat loss

Construction and drilling could directly and indirectly affect wildlife via

disturbance injury mortality and interference with movements or migration

Two proposed wells four existing wells and a proposed site trailer are within

approximately 1 mile of NDOWrsquos Carson Lake Pasture WMA A Navy micro

earthquake seismometer is also in the WMA (see Figure 3) Wildlife

movements in the WMA could be disturbed during construction and operation

of these features They also could be disturbed by noise from and the presence

of humans and equipment

As discussed in Section 35 Geology geothermal stimulation associated with

the proposed project may result in microseismic events due to physical

movements of minute cracks in underlying basement rock As discussed these

events typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally

perceptible to humans)

The BLM (2011b) searched scientific literature for impacts of induced seismic

events on wildlife and migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project (DOI‐BLM‐OR‐P000‐2011‐0003‐EA) in eastern Oregon

however they identified no impacts The Brady Hot Springs EGS project (DOI-

BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA) in Churchill County did not include a review of

impacts on wildlife from EGS activities

A magnitude 35 induced seismic event could result in acoustic visual and tactile

stimuli that would be detectable by wildlife in the area It would be in the form

of short‐duration low‐to‐high frequencies of sound and physical shaking

however these stimuli may be masked by or mistaken for natural ambient

environmental conditions and may not induce a response in wildlife including

large mammals (BLM 2011b) therefore the magnitude and intensity of any

induced seismic events may minimally and temporarily disturb or displace

wildlife including large mammals

Impacts would occur only during the stimulation period of the Proposed Action

As stated in Section 212 the exact timing and duration of stimulation

activities would be determined by the DOE and Fallon FORGE after reviewing

proposals from the research community Further data on observed induced

seismicity would be reported to the BLM appropriate measures if necessary

could be implemented following data review

Ponds tanks and impoundments containing liquids including drilling reserve

pits can present hazards to birds bats and other wildlife (BLM 2008c) Hazards

can be from access to any liquids contaminated by substances that may be toxic

fur or feathers fouled by detergents and oils or excessive temperatures The

Proposed Action would include such protections as covering sumps with fabric

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-34 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

using floating cover systems or implementing other approved techniques to

prevent attracting wildlife Similarly containment basins used to store

stimulation fluids would be covered so this impact is not anticipated to occur

Similarly wildlife species can become trapped in open pipes and other small

spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment To

prevent wildlife mortalities in open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings

openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent

unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife

escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped

or covered so they do not pose a wildlife trap hazard This would prevent injury

or mortality from wildlife entrapment in these features

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area by preventing

surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of them This stipulation

would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas surface water bodies

(except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in these lease areas (see

Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands

would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would

minimize impacts from noise or visual disturbances on wildlife inhabiting these

areas

Additional measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to

reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and key habitat As described in Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas before implementing the Proposed Action

the project proponents would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre

portion of the project area under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose

of the delineation would be to verify the boundaries acreage and types of

wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers

identified in the project area (see Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature Should the

delineation verify the current playa boundaries the pads for the proposed wells

within the buffer area of the playa would be located in another portion of the

monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas outside the

buffer area Incorporating these measures would minimize impacts from noise

or visual disturbances on wildlife in these areas

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed

management plan as described in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weeds A draft plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA

Implementing the plan would help maintain acres of key habitats in the project

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-35

area by preventing the establishment and spread of noxious weeds as a result of

the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix J of

this EA They would reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and their habitat Such

measures would include providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Finally the BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours

of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during

construction or operation This would allow corrective measures to be taken to

avoid further wildlife injury or mortality

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

38 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

381 Affected Environment

BLM sensitive animal and plant species are discussed in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the

FORGE project area where available is provided below

BLM Instructional Memorandum NV-IM-2018-003 updated the sensitive species

list for Nevada This sensitive species list was used in the analysis for BLM

sensitive species

The USFWS NDOW and Nevada Natural Heritage Program (NNHP) were

consulted for lists of sensitive species in the vicinity of the project area (records

of coordination are included in Appendix H) Using these lists in conjunction

with the list of BLM sensitive species in Table 3-33 (page 3-109) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and the updated Nevada BLM sensitive species list (NV-

IM-2018-003) the BLM formulated a list of BLM sensitive species with the

potential to occur in the project area This list which includes rationales for

determining the likelihood of occurrence in the FORGE project area is included

as Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-36 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

As described in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS surveys

for BLM-sensitive species were

conducted between 2005 and 2010

surveys included a portion of the

FORGE project area Because the list

of BLM sensitive species has been

updated since surveys were

conducted and due to the length of

time since surveys were conducted

the BLM and Navy did not rely on

them when making determinations of

sensitive species presence or absence

in the FORGE project area Rather

the BLM made this determination by

considering the results of previous

surveys including those conducted by

NAS Fallon reviewing existing

recent data sources of known

occurrences from the NDOW and

NNHP and suitable habitat (see

Section 37 Wildlife and Key

Habitat) and by drawing on

knowledge of the project area

Amphibians

Suitable habitat for BLM sensitive amphibian species is likely present in the

project area however dense populations of American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) in these areas (NAS Fallon 2014) likely preclude presence of

sensitive amphibian species due to predation competition and disease

Birds

Surveys in 2010 for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) documented golden eagle

(Aquila chrysaetos) nests about 3 miles from the project area and a Swainsonrsquos

hawk (Buteo swainsoni) nest within 1 mile (NDOW 2017) (also see Table 3-21

page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) These nests may or may not be active but

the presence of potential nesting habitat for these species remains

Similarly bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) and peregrine falcon (Falco

peregrinus) have been observed within 4 miles of the project area associated

with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017) These raptor species may hunt in the project

area but there is no nesting habitat there The emergency canal installed in

2016 may have increased foraging habitat value for these raptors by increasing

the prevalence of waterfowl and other small wildlife in the project area

The objectives of the BLM sensitive

species policy in Manual 6840mdash

Special Status Species Management

are twofold as follows

1 To conserve or recover

species listed under the

Endangered Species Act of

1973 (ESA 16 USC Section

1531 et seq) as amended and

the ecosystems on which they

depend so that ESA

protections are no longer

needed for these species

2 To initiate proactive

conservation measures that

reduce or eliminate threats to

BLM sensitive species to

minimize the likelihood of and

need for listing these species

under the ESA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-37

Western burrowing owl (Athene cunicularia) could occur in the FORGE project

area and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017) however

those conducting surveys for the Salt Wells EIS did not locate any of the

species Marginally suitable foraging and breeding habitat for short-eared owl

(Asio flammeus) is likely present in the project area but much higher-quality

habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and pasture area south of the

project area where it is known to occur

A loggerhead shrike (Lanius ludovicianus) was observed in the Salt Wells project

area during biological surveys and NDOW (2017) documented it in the vicinity

this species has potential to nest in the project area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100

of the Salt Wells EIS)

Sandhill crane (Antigone canadensis) and least bittern (Ixobrychus exilis) may use

wetland habitats in the project area for foraging and during migration Both

species breed in open wetland habitats however the sandhill crane does not

breed in the project area region in Nevada and the least bittern prefers

breeding habitats with woody riparian vegetation which is not present in the

project area NDOW (2017) documented least bittern in the vicinity of the

project area presumably at the Carson Lake and Pasture south of the project

area

Long-billed curlew (Numenius americanus) was documented to nest in the Salt

Wells projects area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) and

suitable breeding habitat for this species may be present in wetland habitats in

the FORGE project area Western snowy plover (Charadrius alexandrinus) may

also occur in wetland (playa) habitats in the FORGE project area This species is

known to nest at Carson Lake and pasture south of the project area (NDOW

2017) (also see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS)

Black tern (Chlidonias niger) was analyzed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) as a

BLM sensitive species however this species has subsequently been removed

from the Nevada BLM sensitive species list and is discussed in Section 3-9

Migratory Birds

Mammals

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) several bat species

have been documented in the Salt Wells project area and the region These

species are pallid bat (Antrozous pallidus) big brown bat (Eptesicus fuscus)

western red bat (Lasiurus blossevillii) California myotis (Myotis californicus) small-

footed myotis (M ciliolabrum) little brown myotis (M lucifugus) Arizona myotis

(M occultus) fringed myotis (M thysanodes) Yuma myotis (M yumanensis)

canyon bat (Parastrellus hesperus) and Brazilian free-tailed bat (Tadarida

brasiliensis) NDOW (2017) listed the big brown bat Brazilian free-tailed bat

small-footed myotis and Yuma myotis in the vicinity

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-38 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Spotted bat (Euderma maculatum) and long-eared myotis (M evotis) have not

been documented in the vicinity though suitable foraging habitat for these

species is also present Suitable foraging habitat may also be present for

Townsendrsquos big-eared bat (Corynorhinus townsendii) and hoary bat (Lasiurus

cinereus) which have been documented in the Lahontan Valley (NDOW 2017)

No bat roosting habitat such as abandoned buildings mine workings (eg

shafts adits and inclines) trees rock outcrops or cliffs is present in the

immediate project area however such features are present in the vicinity

Western red bat little brown myotis and Yuma myotis have all been

documented to roost in the project area vicinity

While NDOW (2017) has also documented pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus

idahoensis) in the vicinity of the project area from a 1981 observation from

Churchill County Fallon suitable sagebrush-dominated habitat is not present in

the project area thus this species is unlikely to occur there

Reptiles

Two BLM sensitive lizards long-nosed leopard lizard (Gambelia wislizenii) and

desert horned lizard (Phrynosoma platyrhinos) may use habitats in the project

area especially those areas with sandy soils The project area is within the range

of these two species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) and both have been

documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

NDOW (2017) has also documented Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus

bicinctores) in the vicinity of the project area however suitable xeric rocky

habitat is not present so this species is unlikely to occur there

Insects

Nevada alkali skipperling (Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus) relies on saltgrass

(Distichlis spicata) grasslands on alkali flats as a larval host The butterfly has been

collected in the Stillwater National Wildlife Refuge north of the project area

(Butterflies of America 2018) Suitable habitat is likely present in the project

area in close association with wetland areas and playa edges (see Section 36

Wetlands and Riparian Areas for a map of these areas in the project area) This

species has not been documented in the project area

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) the BLM sensitive

butterfly the pallid wood nymph (Cercyonis oetus pallescens) also has potential to

use alkali meadows in the project area but it has not been observed there

Plants

Three BLM sensitive plant species have potential to occur in the project area

though none have been documented there As described in Table 3-22 of the

Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) Nevada dune beardtongue (Penstemon arenarius)

occurs in alkaline areas in shadscale habitat and is known in northern Churchill

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-39

County along the Carson Sink Those conducting surveys for this species in the

Salt Wells project area did not locate it (BLM 2011a)

Lahontan milkvetch (Astragalus porrectus) and playa phacelia (Phacelia inundata)

both grow in open alkaline areas such as along playa edges Suitable habitats are

present in the FORGE project area for both of these species but surveys for

them during the appropriate season have not been conducted Lahontan

milkvetch has been recorded in northern Churchill County along the Carson

Sink Playa phacelia has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe

Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys of suitable habitat in Nevada

have not been completed (Morefield 2001)

Remaining BLM sensitive plant species are unlikely to occur in the project area

due either to lack of suitable habitat or soils or a known restricted range

outside of the project area

Threatened and Endangered Species

No threatened endangered candidate or proposed species are known to exist

in the project area The official USFWS Information for Planning and

Consultation (IPaC) species list generated for the project (see Appendix I)

listed the Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarkia henshawi threatened)

as the only species that should be considered in an impacts analysis for the

Proposed Action (USFWS 2017) however no suitable habitat for this species

occurs in the project area or in the wider Lahontan Valley where the project

area is located The nearest locations of this species are the Truckee River

approximately 35 miles northwest of the project area and Walker Lake

approximately 43 miles south of the project area Surface flows from the

Lahontan Valley do not enter either of these waterbodies There is no

designated or proposed critical habitat for Lahontan cutthroat trout

The western yellow-billed cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus occidentalis threatened)

breeds in large blocks of riparian woodlands with cottonwoods and willows It

nests in willows but uses cottonwoods extensively for foraging (Wildlife Action

Plan Team 2012) This species has been documented migrating through the

Lahontan Valley (Chisholm and Neel 2002 NNHP 2017) but no breeding or

foraging habitat is in the project area Critical habitat has been proposed but

none is in or near the project area The nearest critical habitat unit is in the

Carson River upstream of Lahontan Reservoir approximately 23 miles to the

west (USFWS GIS 2017b)

382 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on BLM sensitive species are the potential for direct

impacts on individuals or populations acres of suitable habitat affected by the

Proposed Action and the potential for the Proposed Action contributing to the

need to list a BLM sensitive species under the ESA The region of influence for

direct and indirect impacts is the project area and a buffer around it where

there may be indirect impacts from noise and visual disturbances

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-40 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive species

would generally be the same as those described in Section 413 BLM-

Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants) of the Salt Wells EIS (page

4-110 BLM 2011a) These potential impacts are visual or noise disturbance

during construction or operation loss of or displacement from suitable

breeding or foraging habitat injury or mortality from vehicle or equipment

strike direct removal (sensitive plants) and decreased habitat suitability from

weed establishment or spread

Potential impacts on BLM sensitive species in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of those described in the Salt Wells EIS are

described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

suitable habitat for BLM sensitive species which would reduce the acres of

suitable habitat in the project area Final well pad road and site trailer locations

and thus the exact amount of disturbance in each habitat type are not known

at this time

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from induced seismicity and noxious

weed establishment and spread would be the same as those described for

general wildlife species in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

The impacts on BLM sensitive species that use wetland and riparian areas would

be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section 37

Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about from adhering to the no

surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104

NVN-079105 and NVN-079106

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from their attraction to open water

sources would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about by covering

sumps and containment basins with fabric covers using floating cover systems

or using other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would apply to the Proposed

Action (see Appendix C of this EA) These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on BLM sensitive wildlife and plant species and their habitat Examples

of such measures are providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-41

Additional specific potential impacts on BLM sensitive birds mammals reptiles

insects and plants are described below

Birds

As described above the BLM sensitive raptor species golden eagle bald eagle

Swainsonrsquos hawk and peregrine falcon have been observed in the project area

vicinity These species likely forage in the area but there is no nesting habitat

there

Direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive raptor species from loss of

foraging habitat and temporary disturbance from construction noise and human

presence would generally be as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-99) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) For example BLM sensitive raptors

may avoid hunting in the project area during construction but ample foraging

habitat is available in the immediate vicinity As described in Appendix E of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) ground disturbance and vegetation removal would

be limited to the minimum extent necessary to install the project components

This would reduce or avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species from

foraging habitat loss

As described above the nearest known golden eagle nest is approximately 3

miles from the FORGE project area The nearest other known raptor nest that

of a Swainsonrsquos hawk is approximately 1 mile away These nests were observed

during surveys for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) No nesting habitat for these

species is present in the project area or immediate vicinity Due to the distance

between the project area and known past nesting locations no impacts on these

nesting locations are anticipated

As described above several other BLM sensitive avian species may occur in the

project area western burrowing owl short-eared owl snowy plover sandhill

crane least bittern and loggerhead shrike (this species was observed during

surveys for the Salt Wells EIS) The project area likely provides only marginal or

unsuitable breeding habitat for most of these species higher-quality breeding

habitat is present in the nearby Carson Lake and Pasture area Nonetheless to

avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species during the breeding season the

project proponent would conduct pre-construction avian surveys and would

establish avoidance buffers around active nests Surveys are described in detail in

Section 39 Migratory Birds This would ensure that impacts on nesting BLM

sensitive avian species are avoided Impacts from loss of foraging habitat and

disturbance during construction would be as described above

Mammals

Although the project area does not provide roosting habitat several BLM

sensitive bat species likely forage there Direct and indirect impacts on bat

species from loss of foraging habitat temporary construction noise and human

presence would be as described in Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-89) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-42 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of foraging habitat in the region so there would be

no likely permanent population-level impact on the species due to habitat loss

Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas (see Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest quality foraging

habitat in the project area Because there is no roosting habitat in the project

area impacts on roosting bats are not anticipated

Reptiles

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive reptiles would generally be as described in

Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-88 through 4-90) of the Salt Wells EIS These

include injury or mortality from vehicle strike disturbance or displacement from

habitat due to construction noise and habitat quality decline through loss of

rodent burrows or food sources such as ant colonies

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of habitat in the region so there would be no likely

permanent population-level impact on BLM sensitive reptile species due to

habitat loss Further the project proponent would conduct pre-construction

surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species with potential to occur in the

project area as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental

Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive reptile species in work

areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM Navy or NDOW

would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Insects

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive insects would generally be as described in

Section 413 BLM-Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants page 4-116)

of the Salt Wells EIS These include removal of potential habitat including host

and nectar plants disturbance or displacement from habitat

Any permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be

small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region (eg at Carson Lake

and Pasture) Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas

(see Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest

quality alkali wet meadow habitat for these species Also the project proponent

would conduct pre-construction surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species

with potential to occur in the project area as described in Appendix E Fallon

FORGE Environmental Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive

insect species in work areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM

Navy or NDOW would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Plants

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive plant species would be similar to those

described in Section 49 Vegetation (page 4-71 through 4-73) of the Salt Wells

EIS These include direct removal during construction and habitat quality decline

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-43

through weed establishment and spread soil erosion and fugitive dust

deposition

Lease stipulations protecting playa areas (see Section 36 Wetlands and

Riparian Areas) would preserve most suitable potential habitat for BLM sensitive

plants in the project area however direct impacts would still be possible

outside of these areas if these species were present there Conducting a

wetland delineation and pre-construction surveys described in Appendix E

would prevent impacts This would be the result of ensuring that construction

activities avoid any BLM sensitive plants in the work areas

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

39 MIGRATORY BIRDS

391 Affected Environment

Migratory birds4 including USFWS bird species of conservation concern and

game birds below desired condition are discussed in Section 312 (page 3-96) of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information on migratory birds

relevant to the FORGE project area where available is provided below

As discussed in detail in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Lahontan Valley is considered an Important Bird

Area (IBA) by several organizations In particular the Carson Lake and Pasture

to the south of the project area and its extensive shallow ponds and marshes

are an important stopover on the Pacific Flyway for migrating shorebirds and

waterfowl The FORGE project area is fully encompassed by the IBA

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture WMA encompasses a substantial portion of

the Lahontan Valley wetlands at the Carson River terminus This area is

described in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt Wells EIS

(BLM 2011a) The WMA shares a portion of its northern boundary with the

southern project area boundary

Further the proposed project is next to portions of the Stillwater National

Wildlife Refuge (NWR) on Navy lands which is less than 1 mile to the west of

the project area In addition to the IBA this area is part of the Carson Sink Bird

Habitat Conservation Area (BHCA) an area rich in priority bird species and

habitats (Ivey and Herziger 2006)

4 The Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA) (16 USC Section 703 et seq) protects migratory birds and their nests

The list of birds protected under this regulation (50 CFR Part 10) is extensive and the project area could support

many of these species and their nests including BLM sensitive avian species (see Section 38)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-44 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Upland and wetland habitats in the FORGE project area provide habitat for

numerous species of migratory birds including raptors songbirds and

waterfowl Table 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation summarizes migratory

birds typical of habitats in the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) indicates that several raptor species have been directly

observed in the vicinity of the project area including great horned owl (Bubo

virginianus) prairie falcon (Falco mexicanus) red-shouldered hawk (Buteo lineatus)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) rough-legged hawk (Buteo lagopus) and

sharp-shinned hawk (Accipiter striatus) A prairie falcon nest has been

documented approximately 15 miles east of the project area east of Highway

50 on Eetz Mountain Great Basin Bird Observatory (GBBO) reports5 an

American kestrel (Falco sparverius) was observed near the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) and GBBO indicate numerous other waterfowl

shorebird and songbird species have been observed in the vicinity of the project

area acorn woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus) American avocet

(Recurvirostra americana) American bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) American coot

(Fulica americana) American crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos) American robin

(Turdus migratorius) American white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) band-

tailed pigeon (Patagioenas fasciata) barn swallow (Hirundo rustica) black tern

black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) black-throated sparrow (Amphispiza bilineata) California quail

(Callipepla californica) cinnamon teal (Anas cyanoptera) common grackle

(Quiscalus quiscula) common raven (Corvus corax) dowitcher (Limnodromus spp)

double-crested cormorant (Phalacrocorax auritus) gadwall (Anas strepera)

goldfinches (Spinus spp) great blue heron (Ardea herodias) grebe (Podicipedidae

spp) green-winged teal (Anas carolinensis) magpie (Pica spp) mallard (Anas

platyrhynchos) northern pintail (Anas acuta) northern shoveler (A clypeata)

northern shrike (Lanius excubitor) redhead (Aythya americana) sandpipers (family

Scolopacidae) ruddy duck (Oxyura jamaicensis) whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus)

white-crowned sparrow (Zonotrichia leucophrys) and white-faced ibis (Plegadis

chihi)

The emergency canal constructed in 2017 through the FORGE project area

increases the amount of waterfowl habitat there A great blue heron was

observed hunting along the canal edges during a site visit in fall 2017 The

emergency canal also likely increases foraging habitat value for raptors by

attracting additional waterfowl and small mammals that are potential prey

species

392 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on migratory birds are the potential for direct or indirect

impacts on individuals or populations These could reduce population numbers

5 GBBO data for species observed supplied by Melanie Cota Biologist BLM Stillwater Field Office

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-45

cause substantial loss of or disturb habitat interfere with migratory bird

movement or migration or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites Such

impacts could also violate the MBTA or applicable BLM regulations or guidance

such as IM 2010-156 or IM 2008-050

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on migratory birds would

generally be the same as those described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-97) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) These include visual or noise

disturbance during construction and operation potential displacement from

habitat or nest abandonment and loss of habitat in the IBA

Described below are the potential impacts on migratory bird species in the

Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of the scope of those described in

the Salt Wells EIS

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) This would result in permanent

habitat loss in the Lahontan Valley IBA Final well pad road and site trailer

locations and thus the exact amount of disturbance are not known at this

time

As discussed in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat geothermal stimulation

associated with the proposed project may result in microseismic events which

typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible

to humans) The BLM (2011b) searched the scientific literature for the impacts

of induced seismic events on migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project in eastern Oregon The BLM identified no documented

impacts

The impact of induced seismic events on nesting birds could vary from stress

responses in adults to nest abandonment and failure and mortality of eggs or

fledglings however it is unknown if the level of disturbance that birds may

experience following an induced seismic event would be substantially different

from natural ambient stimuli Because of this it is unknown whether nest

abandonment is likely to occur This potential impact was considered unlikely to

result from the demonstration EGS project (BLM 2011b) and is similarly

considered unlikely to occur as a result of the Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action transmission lines would not be installed and impacts

from these structures such as risk of collision or electrocution of birds would not

occur Drill rigs used during well installation would pose a temporary collision

hazard to birds as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page 4-98) of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) This impact would last only during drilling

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-46 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If well sumps contained backflow fluids for prolonged periods they may attract

avian species This could increase the potential for direct impacts on migratory

birds from bird-aircraft strike due to proximity to the NAS Fallon runway To

minimize this risk sumps would be covered with an approved material that

deters wildlife

Given this measure the Proposed Action is expected to negligibly increase the

potential for a bird-aircraft strike hazard (BASH) In addition to being covered

the total surface area of the proposed sump ponds is small compared to the

amount of available surface waters in the emergency canal and irrigation ditches

in and around the project area (see Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian

Areas) Further the sumps would retain water for short durations only as

described above In contrast water in the canal and irrigation ditches is present

for longer durations or even year-round

The impacts on migratory birds from being attracted to open water sources

would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would be the result of such protections as

covering sumps and containment basins with fabric using floating cover systems

or implementing other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Noise or visual disturbance during construction may cause nest abandonment

Vegetation removal may also result in nest loss damage or abandonment

depending on the proximity to the nest This could result in mortality of chicks

or loss of eggs Avoiding construction during the nesting season6 or conducting

pre-construction breeding bird surveys during the nesting season (see

Appendix E) would prevent this impact If nesting birds are observed in or

near the work area an appropriate buffer would be established to avoid impacts

from noise visual disturbance or nest damage

Migratory birds may also nest in or become trapped by open pipes and other

small spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment

Capping screening or otherwise covering these spaces as described in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat would prevent this impact

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area This would

be the result of preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet

of them This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian

areas as well as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year

floodplains in these lease areas (see Appendix D)

6 Typically the nesting season is when avian species are most sensitive to disturbance which generally occurs from

March 1 through August 31 in the Great Basin

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-47

Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands would be

avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would minimize impacts

from noise or visual disturbances on migratory birds inhabiting these areas

The impacts on migratory bird species from noxious weed establishment and

spread would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

Further the project proponents would apply additional applicable environmental

protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) to the Proposed Action These measures

are included in Appendix C of this EA These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on migratory birds and their habitat by taking the following measures

Providing environmental education for workers

Preventing overland travel

Minimizing vegetation removal

Implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in

migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None

of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action

would occur

310 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEED

SPECIES

3101 Affected Environment

To characterize the affected environment

for invasive nonnative and noxious weed

species the BLM reviewed information

relevant to the project area including

Section 310 Invasive Nonnative Species

(page 3-92) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a) and the NAS Fallon Integrated

Natural Resources Management Plan

(NAS Fallon 2014) Additional sources

reviewed are cited in the discussion

below The BLM recognizes and targets

for treatment noxious weeds from the US

Department of Agriculture (USDA)

A noxious weed is any plant

designated as undesirable by a federal

state or county government as

injurious to public health agriculture

recreation wildlife or property

Noxious weeds are nonnative and

invasive Their control is based on

resource or treatment priorities and

is governed by budgetary constraints

Invasive plants include not only

noxious weeds but also other plants

that are not native to the United

States The BLM considers plants

invasive if they have been introduced

into an environment where they did

not evolve and as a result usually

have no natural enemies to limit their

reproduction and spread

(Westbrooks 1998)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-48 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Federal Noxious Weed List (USDA 2017) and the Nevada Department of

Agriculture (NDA)-maintained Nevada Noxious Weed List (NDA 2017) The

latter lists 47 noxious weed species in the state that require control

Numerous invasive nonnative and noxious weeds are present on the Ormat

project area described in the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-94 BLM 2011a) a portion

of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area These weeds are Russian

knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium)

tamarisk (Tamarix spp) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive

(Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near

other developed or disturbed areas

The most common noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants on the NAS

Fallon main station (a portion of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area)

are Russian olive tamarisk Russian knapweed hoary cress (Cardaria draba)

curlycup gumweed (Grindelia squarrosa var serrulata) Russian thistle (Salsola

tragus) and cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum NAS Fallon 2014) Weeds on NAS

Fallon were mapped in 2008 and 2012 Weed control programs are ongoing

34000 acres of NAS Fallon were treated between 2009 and 2014

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake

and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area

Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious

weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017

numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were

observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

3102 Environmental Consequences

An indicator of impacts from invasive nonnative and noxious weeds is the

potential for population establishment and spread as a result of the Proposed

Action The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts from invasive nonnative and

noxious weeds (hereinafter referred to collectively as weeds) would be the

same as those described in Section 410 Invasive Nonnative Species of the Salt

Wells EIS (page 4-80 BLM 2011a) These include habitat degradation from weed

establishment and spread Potential impacts in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer

could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection

wells assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) As described in Section 410 (page

4-81) of the Salt Wells EIS surface disturbance can facilitate weed establishment

and spread To minimize this impact applicable measures to prevent weed

establishment and spread from the approved weed management plan developed

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-49

for the Salt Wells projects would be incorporated into the Proposed Action

This would reduce or prevent weed establishment and spread from surface

disturbance during well pad and other project component construction

The potential for the Proposed Action to increase weed spread would be

minimized by preparing and implementing a noxious weed management plan

before construction begins as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE

Environmental Protection Measures This would entail taking an accurate

baseline inventory of noxious weeds in the project area and tracking the

progress of weed treatments The plan would also outline best practices for

preventing weed establishment and spread such as using certified weed-free

materials and washing construction equipment before using it on-site A draft

plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA Developing and implementing

this plan would reduce the potential for weed establishment and spread as a

result of the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures which include minimizing vegetation removal and

preventing noxious weed spread would reduce the potential for noxious weed

establishment and spread during all phases of development

As described above the emergency canal has created extensive areas of bare

side-cast soils in the project area which are becoming infested with weeds

These areas will continue to provide suitable substrate for weed establishment

unless they are proactively managed If weed populations become established

they will create large amounts of seeds and propagules7 increasing the potential

for weed establishment and spread in other portions of the project area This

impact would continue to occur regardless of preventive weed measures

incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New weed populations originating

from this source may reduce the efficacy of adopted preventive measures

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur New weed propagation from

the emergency canal would continue

311 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

3111 Affected Environment

Native American resources are defined under various authorities including the

FLPMA the American Indian Religious Freedom Act Executive Order 13007

7 A bud sucker or spore

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-50 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act and the National

Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) Under these authorities federal agencies

have the responsibility for managing Native American resources They pursue

this by in part taking such resources into consideration in land use planning and

environmental documentation and mitigating where possible impacts on places

or resources important to contemporary Native Americans and federally

recognized tribes

Slight differences in definitions among the authorities notwithstanding these

resources can be generally defined as places or resources such as plants and

animals associated with cultural practices or beliefs of a living community These

practices and beliefs are rooted in a tribal communityrsquos oral traditions or history

and are important in maintaining its continuing cultural identity In practice this

means identifying evaluating and managing ethnohistoric sites and resources

traditional use areas sacred and ceremonial sites and traditional cultural

properties

Since tribal heritage resources are defined culturally by the people and groups

who value them these resources can be identified and managed only in

consultation with the people who infuse them with cultural value In the final

analysis and decision-making a federal agency has the legal authority to

determine how these resources would be managed and what if any mitigation

would be used to avoid undue and unnecessary impacts on these resources

Ethnographic information indicates that Northern Paiute occupied the general

area including the project area and their way of life is characterized by the

concept of living in harmony with the natural environment Rituals and

ceremonies ensure that plants animals and physical elements flourish The

continued welfare of the people depends on these rituals and ceremonies being

performed properly and the resources being available The manner of

performing the rituals and ceremonies the places where they are performed

and perhaps even the time of their performance are often prescribed (BLM

2011a Salt Wells EIS)

Overall management of Native American resources are addressed by an

integrated cultural resource management plan (NAS Fallon 2013) For

withdrawn lands the Navy and the BLM have joint responsibility under a 2011

programmatic agreement between the Navy BLM and the Nevada State

Historic Preservation Office it defines how NAS Fallon and the BLM will

implement the NHPA Proposed BLM and Navy activities on withdrawn lands

are subject to NHPA Section 106 review which includes tribal consultation The

BLM consults with federally recognized tribes for all undertakings that may

affect historic properties places or resources important to contemporary

Native Americans in accordance with the Nevada Protocol Agreement (BLM

2014b)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-51

3112 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

The BLM sent consultation notification letters to the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone

Tribal Council During consultation as part of the Salt Wells EIS the following

concerns were identified cultural resources including historic properties

continued access and use of the traditional sites and other resources that may

be affected No direct permanent impacts on access to or the use of traditional

use sites in the Salt Wells project area were identified and none are anticipated

as part of the Fallon FORGE Proposed Action Impacts on areas of Native

American religious concern often overlap with impacts on water quantity and

quality cultural resources visual resources and national and historic trails

Mitigation as part of the Salt Wells EIS required consultation and coordination

to maintain access to and use of any traditional sites To date no new locations

of Native American religious concerns have been identified If ongoing

consultation identifies locations or concerns these would be reviewed and as

appropriate and necessary additional monitoring and mitigation measures would

be developed Accordingly no impacts are anticipated

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

312 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

3121 Affected Environment

Land Use

This section discusses the current landownership and use airspace

requirements and access in the proposed project area for the Fallon FORGE

site

The 1120-acre Fallon FORGE project area covers an area next to and including

a portion of the southeast section of the NAS Fallon main station The primary

uses in and near this area are agriculture the Newlands Project recreation

wildlife conservation naval air operations and ROWs for natural gas pipelines

transmission lines and communication facilities

As displayed in Figure 2 the Fallon FORGE project area and surrounding lands

consist of private lands and federal lands administered by the BLM US Navy

and Reclamation Land management and ownership acreages and percentages

are shown in Table 1-1 in Section 11 above

The federally administered lands near the proposed project area are the Carson

Lake and Pasture (administered by Reclamation) Stillwater National Wildlife

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-52 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Refuge (administered by the USFWS) Grimes Point Archaeological Site

(administered by the BLM) the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Indian Reservation

(administered by the US Bureau of Indian Affairs) and NAS Fallon (administered

by the DOD)

The Navy Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (NAS Fallon 2014)

outlines how resources on Navy lands in the project vicinity are to be managed

The INRMP is a long-term planning document to guide the Navy in managing

natural resources while protecting and enhancing installation resources for

multiple use sustainable yield and biological integrity The primary purpose of

the INRMP is to maintain public access for wildlife viewing and other

recreational activities on lands not closed to the public for security or safety

The Navy promotes agricultural outleasing and other multiple land uses to the

maximum degree compatible with military operation requirements Parcels of

Navy-administered lands are opened for bid to local ranchers with the highest

bidder awarded a 5-year lease Use of the leased lands includes irrigation (on

water-righted acres) cattle grazing farming of alfalfa corn sudangrass and hay

and combinations of these uses (NAS Fallon 2014)

Reclamation-administered lands in the area are part of the Newlands Project

which TCID operates through a contract with Reclamation The Lahontan Basin

Area Office of Reclamation oversees the operation of the Newlands Project in

consultation with TCID the Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe the USFWS the Fallon

Paiute-Shoshone Tribe and other regional stakeholders

Military Training and Airspace

NAS Fallon is the Navyrsquos primary air-to-air and air-to-ground training facility

Churchill County Code 1608240 contains provisions for land uses in the NAS

Fallon notification area which includes lands around the main station Section

1608240(J) requires notifying the NAS Fallon Commanding Officer of any new

redeveloped or rehabilitated buildings and structures This includes those used

for transmission communications or energy generation planned or proposed

within 3 miles of NAS Fallon boundary Structures with heights exceeding 75

feet will also require that NAS Fallon be notified to ensure navigable airspace

for military training (Churchill County 2017)

The project area is south of NAS Fallon main station which includes an airport

with control towers radar and runways industrial facilities for maintenance of

aircraft and support equipment business facilities for everyday operations retail

and recreation facilities housing for military personnel and their families and

utility support facilities such as for water and sewer (NAS Fallon 2014)

The runways and aprons comprising a flat paved asphalt area run in a northwest-

southeast orientation through the center of the station (see Figure 1) Land uses

next to each end of the runways are primarily agriculture and open space which

ensures compatibility with flight takeoff and landing operations

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-53

In the early 1970s the DoD established the AICUZ Program to balance the

need for aircraft operations with community concerns over aircraft noise and

accident potential The program goals are to protect the safety welfare and

health of those who live and work near military airfields while preserving the

military flying mission (NAS Fallon 2013) Through the AICUZ program the

Navy has modeled accident potential zones (APZs) at its air facilities APZs give

land use planners a tool to promote development that is compatible with airfield

operations

There are three APZ classifications (US Navy 2008)

1) The clear zone which has the greatest accident potential where no

structures except navigational aids and airfield lighting are allowed

2) APZ1 which is the area beyond the clear zone that still possesses a

measurable potential for accidents relative to the clear zone

3) APZ2 which has a measurable but lower potential for aircraft

accidents relative to clear zones and APZ1

Access

The project area can be accessed via US Highways 50 and 95 using Union Road

Pasture Road Berney Road Depp Road Shaffer Lane or Macari Lane There

are two segments of the Lincoln Highway (known as Berney Road in the north

and Macari Lane in the south) bisecting the project area The segments are

approximately 04 and 02 miles long

Beginning in April 2017 Reclamation authorized TCID to construct a new canal

in Churchill County for an emergency flood prevention project The

approximately 60-foot-wide and 16-mile-long emergency canal bisects the

project area in three areas for a total of 2 miles There are no culverts or

bridges where roads bisect the canal This prevents vehicle crossings and limits

access to portions of the proposed project area

3122 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Indicators of impacts on land uses airspace and access include consistency with

federal state and local land uses compatibility with NAS Fallon and other

surrounding uses change in landownership and any change in the level of access

to or in the project area The region of influence for impacts on land use

airspace and access are all lands within the proposed project area boundary

Direct Impacts

Implementing the Proposed Action would not change any land uses or

landownership in the proposed project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-54 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Proposed Action would be consistent with the Churchill County 2015

Master Plan For example Goal CNR 4 identifies one of the Countyrsquos

conservation and natural resources goals Policy CNR 41 (Churchill County

2015) states ldquoEncourage and support development of renewable energy and

geothermal activity which provides benefit to Churchill County without

adversely impacting the surrounding community and environment including

migration routes nestingroosting sites unique habitats of wildlife and plant

species and monitor for no adverse impacts to wildlife and plant populationsrdquo

Impacts on wildlife from the Proposed Action would be expected to be minor

and localized and are further analyzed in Section 37

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells These wells would allow for subsequent EGS

development and monitoring During construction drill rigs that are

approximately 120 feet tall would be used for drilling wells an activity that is

expected to last about 60 days per each of the nine monitoring wells and up to

120 days for the productioninjection wells This would have temporary impacts

on the APZs south of NAS Fallon

Nighttime lighting and transmitters on drill rigs would mitigate the potential for

interference with NAS Fallon operations After construction is completed the

permanent wellhead height would be less than 6 feet During well development

and operations the project proponent would coordinate closely with NAS

Fallon and the FAA to ensure compatibility with military aircraft operations and

to minimize the temporary impacts on accident potential zones

Direct access to the proposed project area would be via Highway 50 from

Berney Road or Macari Lane Impacts on access would occur if the historic

segments of the Lincoln Highway in the proposed project area were damaged

during construction and operation under the Proposed Action

Access to work locations in the project area would use to the extent possible

existing roads however an additional 21 miles of access roads may be

constructed to provide expanded access to proposed well pads

No indirect impacts on land use airspace or access have been identified in

relation to the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

313 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The following data and information is presented to assist with agency

compliance with the Farmlands Protection Policy Act The locations and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-55

acreages of prime and unique farmlands in the proposed project area are

identified based on information in the Natural Resources Conservation Service

(NRCS) online soils database (NRCS GIS 2017)

3131 Affected Environment

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area however

any potential prime farmland in the project area would require irrigation and

reclamation of salts and sodium There are 780 acres throughout the project

area that are considered potential prime farmland if reclaimed of salts (see

Table 3-7) Areas of non-prime farmland are generally in the northern portion

of the project area (see Figure 13 Farmland)

Table 3-7

Acres of Potential Prime Farmland

Not Prime

Farmland

Prime Farmland

if Irrigated

Prime Farmland If

Reclaimed of Salts

and Sodium

Total

Proposed project

area

300 40 780 1120

Source NRCS GIS 2017

3132 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

This section presents the consequences that the Proposed Action is likely to

have on Prime or Unique Farmlands Mitigation measures are discussed for

reducing any impacts that surface disturbance and constructed features may

have to agricultural operations

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area all

potential prime farmland would require irrigation and salt abatement

The consequences of the project on potential prime farmland include temporary

disruption of agricultural activities during construction of productioninjection

and monitoring wells and new access routes

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts on prime or unique

farmlands includes areas where soil would be directly disturbed in the proposed

project area

In the potential prime farmland in the proposed project area 260 acres would

be in the monitoring and productioninjection well pad assessment areas There

could be up to 47 acres of disturbance in these areas however this amount of

disturbance would be unlikely given that not all wells and access roads would be

clustered in those portions of the assessment areas Disturbed areas would be

converted directly to non-farmland

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-57

The footprint of well pads and access roads would be the only locations where

occupancy would not allow agricultural use areas between well pads and access

roads could be available for farming The Proposed Action would be compatible

with agriculture uses and would not reduce opportunities to implement

agricultural practices on the remaining prime farmlands

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

314 SOCIOECONOMICS

Demographic and economic data is generally provided at the county level

therefore the socioeconomic study area is defined as Churchill County

General descriptions of social and economic setting in the socioeconomic study

area are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Updated information relevant to the FORGE socioeconomic study area where

available is described below

3141 Affected Environment

Population in the socioeconomic study area is displayed in Table 3-8

Population estimates from 2012ndash2016 indicate that population has declined

slightly since 2010 in Churchill County and the city of Fallon

Table 3-8

Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area

Geography Population 2015 Population 2010 Population

Change

Churchill County 24148 24877 -29

City of Fallon 8410 8606 -23

Source US Census Bureau 2016 2010

Note 2016 data represent 2012ndash2016 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates 2010 data are from the

2010 census

Annual unemployment levels in Churchill County for 2016 (54 percent) were

similar to those of the state (57 percent Headwater Economics 2017)

Current employment sectors in the socioeconomic study area are shown in

Table 3-9 Employment generated by the Proposed Action is likely to be in the

agriculture forestry fishing-hunting mining category Employment in this sector

currently represents 8 percent of employment This is much larger than the

state average due to the importance of farming and mining including

geothermal development Construction employment may also be generated by

the Proposed Action this sector has a similar level of employment as the county

and the state

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-58 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-9

Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015)

Economic Sector

Churchill County Nevada

(Number of employees [percent employment]

for civilian employed population above age 16)

Agriculture forestry fishing-hunting and mining 739 (8) 21817 (17)

Construction 579 (62) 6664 (60)

Manufacturing 734 (79) 52723 (42)

Wholesale trade 135 (15) 26001 (21)

Retail trade 1057 (114) 151987 (120)

Transportation and warehousing 618 (67) 64333 (51)

Information 166 (18) 20940 (17)

Finance insurance and real estate 235 (25) 72784 (57)

Professional scientific management and administration 766 (83) 138342 (109)

Education health care and social assistance 1804 (195) 195743 (154)

Arts entertainment and recreation 872 (94) 328665 (259)

Other services 589 (64) 58360 (46)

Public administration 980 (106) 58935 (47)

TOTAL 9274 1267312

Source Headwater Economics 2017

3142 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action construction and operation of up to three

productioninjection wells and nine monitoring wells may result in impacts on

local residents during the construction period from noise dust and traffic

Impacts would be short term and limited to the area immediately surrounding

the proposed disturbance areas

Specific to EGS potential impacts from induced seismicity would include the

threat of property damage and non-physical damage to humans such as sleep

disturbance (Majer et al 2007 Majer et al 2016) The potential for damage or

disturbance depends on the magnitude of a seismic event and the distance of the

property or human receptor from the source

Seismicity is influenced by the type of stimulation well depth geology and other

site specific factors (see Section 35 Geology for additional details) Literature

suggests that the potential to detect seismicity is generally limited to

approximately 74ndash93 miles of a drilling site and that impacts on structures are

limited to a narrower range (Majer et al 2016) For the project area a buffer of

5 miles was examined to determine the number of residences and other

structures with a potential for impact Based on aerial photos there are more

than 50 potential residences or other structures within the buffer area

Implementation of best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the

level of impacts on these residences (see Appendix B) Seismic monitoring

would be implemented before full-scale stimulation begins

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-59

The Fallon FORGE project represents the potential for additional employment

particularly in the construction sector Based on estimates in the Salt Wells EIS

well pads and associated wells typically require a crew of six workers for

construction The number of employees needed at a given time would depend

on the timing of development and the degree to which well drilling overlaps

Well depth and other factors influence costs and the number of employees

required EGS stimulation would also require additional costs and employment

for the length of the stimulation period

Some of the construction or operation jobs may be filled by workers already

residing in Churchill County some workers may come from outside the region

to fill new jobs or as contracted employees particularly for temporary

construction positions Employment data suggest that some qualified workers in

the sector may be available in the county accordingly the addition of these

temporary jobs would not increase the population employment or spending in

the county or strain public services

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-60 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-1

CHAPTER 4

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

Cumulative impacts are defined by the CEQ in 40 CFR Subpart 15087s as

ldquoimpacts on the environment which result from the incremental impact of the

action when added to other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes

such other actionsrdquo

Cumulative impacts can result from individually minor but collectively significant

actions taking place over time The analysis area for cumulative impact analysis is

stated for each resource

41 PAST PRESENT AND REASONABLY FORESEEABLE FUTURE ACTIONS

Past actions considered are those whose impacts on one or more of the

affected resources have persisted to today Present actions are those occurring

at the time of this evaluation and during implementation of the Proposed

Action Reasonably foreseeable future actions constitute those actions that are

known or could reasonably be anticipated to occur in the project area within a

time frame appropriate to the expected impacts from the Proposed Action

The primary past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that would

contribute to cumulative impacts of the Proposed Action are military training

activities at NAS Fallon continued use of existing unpaved roads in the FORGE

project area continued exploration and development of geothermal resources

in leased areas continued use of land use authorizations the continued use of

the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching Table 4-1 identifies

known past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the FORGE

cumulative impacts assessment areas

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 4-1

Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions

Action Location Description Completion

Date

Existing geothermal

exploration and

monitoring

Project area

and immediate

vicinity

There are numerous geothermal

exploration and monitoring wells in

and around the project area including

four deep wells in the project area

operated by Ormat

Ongoing

Salt Wells Geothermal

Project

Project area

and vicinity

Proposed 120-megawatt geothermal

power plant and transmission lines

Construction has

not begun

Enel Geothermal

Power Plant

18-megawatt geothermal power plant

approximately 8 miles southeast of the

project area

In operation

Newlands Project Churchill

Lyon Storey

and Washoe

Counties

Network of canals and irrigation

ditches that provide water to

agricultural lands in Lyon and Churchill

Counties

Operation and

maintenance is

ongoing

Emergency canal Project area

and immediate

vicinity

Emergency flood relief canal that was

constructed to relieve flooding in

Carson Lake

Spring 2017

Carson Lake and

Pasture land transfer

Churchill

County

In 1990 Congress passed Public Law

101-618 Section 206(e) of which

authorizes the Secretary of the Interior

to transfer title of the 22700 acres

comprising the Carson Lake and

Pasture area to the State of Nevada to

be managed by NDOW as a wildlife

management area The transfer is

pending completion

Transfer not

completed

Livestock grazing Project area

and vicinity

There is grazing on the privately

owned lands in the project area This

use is expected to continue

Ongoing

NAS Fallon military

training activities

Churchill

County

Military training at NAS Fallon will

continue on Navy lands next to the

project area

Ongoing

Grimes Point

Archaeological Area

Approximately

2 miles east of

the project

area

The Grimes Point Archaeological Area

and Petroglyph Trail managed by the

BLM provides visitors with a self-

guided interpretive trail experience

Year-round

visitation

Invasive nonnative

species and noxious

weeds

Project area Noxious weeds and nonnative species

continue to contribute to the

propagation of noxious weeds in the

project area

Ongoing

Churchill County

Master Plan

Churchill

County

The master plan establishes the

Countyrsquos vision for the future and

provides a decision-making framework

on matters relating to growth and

development throughout the county

2015

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-3

42 WATER RESOURCES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for surface water and groundwater is

the Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Combined with the other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions listed in Table 4-1 the Proposed Action would not result in

cumulatively significant impacts on water quality and quantity Water resources

in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable future

actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) the Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring

These projects would have impacts on water resources similar to those

described for the Proposed Action For example the primary potential impacts

from surface water quality would be short term from any additional

construction completed at one or more of the well pads Impacts on surface

water could occur from increased erosion and sedimentation caused by ground

disturbance and removal of vegetation however mitigation using BMPs would

control these temporary impacts on surface water quality

Implementing stipulations applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 34 Water Resources would

minimize cumulative impacts on water resources Examples are imposing the

controlled surface use stipulation and complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan Additionally the environmental protection measures in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (included as Appendix C of this EA) would

help prevent contamination of surface water and groundwater from additional

drilling

The use of groundwater from adjacent geothermal wells could cumulatively

affect the quality and quantity of flows from the thermal spring (well 6) and

seeps due to pumping could reduce groundwater storage and could modify

deep groundwater flow paths and pressures These impacts would occur during

the period of deep groundwater pumping and for some time thereafter until the

affected deep groundwater system recovers to near equilibrium conditions

Any surface water impacts would require a permit from the US Army Corps of

Engineers all mitigation measures outlined in the permit would be strictly

adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts Accordingly based on

potential impacts from past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

in the assessment area no cumulatively significant impacts on water resources

are anticipated from implementing the Proposed Action

43 GEOLOGY

The cumulative impacts assessment area for geology is the same as that

identified under the environmental consequences for the Proposed Action

which is the project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Geology in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable

future actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring These projects would have impacts on geology

similar to those described for the Proposed Action For example direct impacts

on surface geology would occur from the reasonably foreseeable future actions

This is because they likely would involve excavation which would disturb the

upper layers of the ground These impacts would likely last until the beginning of

any reclamation

Under the Proposed Action there would be direct and indirect impacts on

geology and seismicity The impacts would be negligible and minor

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity These would occur by constructing infrastructure and inducing

microseismic events however it is not unreasonable to assume that continued

exploration and development of geothermal resources would be implemented

under practices similar to those of the Proposed Action that would minimize

impacts on geology Therefore the cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity from the Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future

actions would be minor

44 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wetlands and riparian areas is the

Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wetlands and riparian areas in the

assessment area are as follows existing and future exploration and development

of geothermal resources in leased areas military training activities at NAS

Fallon continued use of unpaved roads in the project area continued use of

land use authorizations and livestock grazing and ranching

There are numerous geothermal exploration and monitoring wells in and

around the project area including four deep wells in the project area operated

by Ormat The proposed 120-megawatt Salt Wells Geothermal Project would

also likely use geothermal resources in the analysis area Implementing the

Proposed Action in combination with these present and reasonably foreseeable

projects could cumulatively affect wetland and riparian areas Depending on the

hydraulic connection between the geothermal resources and surrounding

wetland areas saturation and flow volumes supporting wetland areas could be

altered by more geothermal wells Altered flow characteristics could in turn

alter wetland plant species composition total wetland area or surface or

subsurface water levels in wetlands

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-5

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action could also incrementally contribute to impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas from wetland and riparian area disturbance or

removal Disturbance or removal may come about during well pad or other

military livestock grazing or infrastructure construction or from increased

sedimentation or weed spread into the areas facilitated by these activities

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian

Areas would minimize cumulative impacts on wetlands and riparian areas

Specifically these stipulate no surface occupancy around wetland surface water

riparian and playa features complying with the stormwater pollution prevention

plan minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Conducting a wetland delineation on federal lease lands would ensure

compliance with the applicable lease stipulations relating to no surface

occupancy BLM approval of compliance would ensure impacts are minimized

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

If necessary disturbance or fill in wetlands may require a permit from the US

Army Corps of Engineers and all mitigation measures outlined in the permit

would be strictly adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts

45 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wildlife and key habitat is the Fallon

FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wildlife and key habitat in the

assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of existing land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for general wildlife species in the assessment area

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on wildlife and

key habitat The primary potential impacts would come from key habitat

disturbance or removal during well pad construction and from the potential

interference with wildlife disturbance injury mortality or movement

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 37 would minimize cumulative

impacts on wildlife and key habitat These are stipulating no surface occupancy

around wetlands and playa habitats imposing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wildlife and key habitat are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

46 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for BLM sensitive species is the project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect BLM sensitive species in the sensitive

species cumulative assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for BLM-sensitive species in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-7

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on BLM

sensitive plants and wildlife The primary impacts would be the potential for

foraging habitat loss for raptors and bat species from habitat loss during well

pad construction and the potential for disturbance during construction The

Proposed Action could also reduce the amount of suitable habitat for BLM-

sensitive plants either through habitat disturbance or weed establishment and

spread

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 38 BLM Sensitive Species

would minimize cumulative impacts on these species These measures are as

follows adhering to applicable measures in the approved avian protection plan

for the Salt Wells projects imposing the no surface occupancy stipulation

around wetlands and playa habitats implementing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on BLM sensitive species are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

47 MIGRATORY BIRDS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for migratory birds is the project area

plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect migratory birds in the cumulative assessment area are

as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon and the NAS Fallon BASH program

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal projects and

construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals

Construction and use of the emergency canal

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for numerous species of migratory birds including

waterfowl in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on migratory

birds The primary impacts would be the potential for habitat loss and

disturbance or displacement from habitat during construction Disturbance

during the nesting season could result in songbird or waterfowl nest

abandonment however conducting surveys for and avoiding nests would

eliminate the potential for this

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices would reduce or avoid impacts on migratory birds and their habitat

This would come about by providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal and implementing

measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on migratory birds are anticipated from implementing the Proposed

Action

48 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS SPECIES WEED

The cumulative impacts assessment area for weeds is the Fallon FORGE project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect weeds in the cumulative impacts

assessment area are as follows

Military training activities at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on weeds The

primary potential impact would be the potential for weed establishment and

spread during construction resulting in surface disturbance and vegetation

removal Side-cast soils along the emergency canal would continue to provide

suitable substrate for weed establishment and propagation throughout the

project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-9

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weed Species would minimize cumulative impacts Even so weeds

would continue to become established due to canal disturbance regardless of

preventive weed measures incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New

weed populations originating from this source may reduce the efficacy of

adopted preventive measures such as those from the approved Salt Wells

projects

49 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

The cumulative impacts study area for Native American religious concerns in

the project area and surrounding lands that tribes and individual Native

Americans value for religious or traditional cultural purposes In this area

cumulative impacts have occurred on lands that have provided and continue to

provide sustenance and spiritual and religious renewal for the indigenous

people Mineral development water conveyance systems cattle grazing and

other actions cumulatively have affected or would affect these resources and

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone tribal tradition and lifeways

No additional impacts are anticipated from the Proposed Action therefore no

change in the nature type or extent of cumulative impacts is anticipated when

combined with reasonably foreseeable future actions

410 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for land use airspace and access is the

same as that identified under impacts for the Proposed Action

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect land use airspace and access in the

cumulative impacts assessment area are military training activities at NAS Fallon

(including within accident potential zones) continued use of existing and newly

created unpaved roads in the project area continued exploration and

development of geothermal resources continued use of existing land use

authorizations use of the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on land use

airspace and access The primary potential impact would be from conflicts with

nearby land uses from the increase or modification of access in the region of

influence or from the conflict with airspace safety zones designated by the

Navy however any future projects would require approval from the land

management agency with jurisdiction over the project lands The projects would

be developed to be consistent with federal state and local land use plans and

policies therefore potential cumulative impacts on land uses airspace or access

would be minimized

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

There would be ongoing cumulative impacts on access through the project area

from the emergency canal Until new road crossings are constructed or it is

filled in the canal would prevent through-travel on any access road that the

canal bisects Where the canal prevents access there may be a cumulative

impact on access in the project area unless new roads can compensate for the

loss of access

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on land use airspace and access are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

411 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on farmlands includes areas

where soil would be directly disturbed in the Proposed Action area

The largest threat to potential Prime Farmlands near Fallon is the removal of

water rights Changes in upstream water rights and the purchases of water

rights in the area could change the number of water rights available NAS Fallon

has instituted a program to purchase and conserve adjacent lands in agricultural

uses and Churchill County has an easement purchasing program to promote

farmland conservation Residential development pressure has occurred but has

been partially offset by the previously described conservation programs (BLM

2011a)

Due to the deficiency in precipitation (approximately 5 inches per year

[Western Regional Climate Center 2016]) compared to evapotranspiration

(over 60 inches per year [Western Regional Climate Center 1992]) irrigation is

necessary for productive farming near Fallon however the Proposed Action

would not divert irrigation water from agricultural application Water needed

for the EGS testing operations would be supplied from groundwater sources

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on potential

Prime Farmlands This would result from implementing activities or construction

that would preclude lands from being used for agricultural purposes such as

construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal Project

Also projects that increase surface water availability for irrigation such as

construction of additional canals in the Newlands Project could affect potential

Prime Farmlands Cumulative impacts on potential Prime Farmlands from the

Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future actions are expected to

be minor

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-11

412 SOCIOECONOMICS

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on socioeconomics is the same

as that identified under the impacts for the Proposed Action which is Churchill

County

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect socioeconomics are regional employment and potential

seismicity from EGS Proposed actions including future geothermal

development (see Table 4-1) represent additional regional employment needs

The level of demand for employment would depend on the degree of overlap

with the Proposed Action Although the Proposed Action presents the potential

for additional employment particularly in the construction sector the jobs

would be either temporary or would only nominally increase the permanent

population employment or spending in the region The Proposed Action would

not strain public services therefore contributions to cumulative impacts on

socioeconomics would be minimal

The potential for damage or disturbance from induced seismicity depends on

the distance from the source and the magnitude of the seismic event

Implementing best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the level

of cumulative impacts (see Section 35 Geology for additional discussion of

induced seismicity)

413 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative there would be no additional wells drilled to

support geothermal research There would be no impacts on any of the

identified resources or activities

414 SUMMARY OF CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

All resource values have been evaluated for cumulative impacts Cumulative

impacts from implementing the Proposed Action or No Action Alternative have

been determined to be negligible

415 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES

The irreversible commitment of resources is described as the ldquoloss of future

optionsrdquo It applies primarily to nonrenewable resources such as cultural

resources or resources that are renewable after a regeneration period such as

soil productivity The term may also apply to the loss of an experience as an

indirect impact of a permanent change in the nature or character of the land

An irretrievable commitment of resources is defined as the loss of production

harvest or use of natural resources The amount of production foregone is

irretrievable but the action is not irreversible No irreversible and irretrievable

commitment of resources is expected as a result of the Proposed Action

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

416 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCAL SHORT-TERM USE OF THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT OF LONG-TERM NATURAL RESOURCE PRODUCTIVITY

Development and construction proposed to occur from implementing the Proposed Action is not expected to result in the types of impacts that would reduce environmental productivity have long-term impacts on natural resources or resource uses affect biodiversity or narrow the range of long-term beneficial uses of the environment As discussed in Chapter 3 the Proposed Action would not result in short- and long-term significant environmental effects

Short-term uses of the environment associated with the Proposed Action would include constructing well pads and drilling productioninjection and monitoring wells to support EGS activities Project-related construction activities would result in localized temporary impacts such as noise from vehicles and well drilling Noise from construction activities would be short-term and would not be expected to result in permanent damage or long-term changes in wildlife productivity or habitat use

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 5-1

CHAPTER 5

CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION

51 AGENCIES GROUPS AND INDIVIDUALS CONTACTED

The following agencies groups and individuals were contacted for the

preparation of the Fallon FORGE Geothermal Research Project EA

Native American Consultation

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribal Council

Federal Agencies

US Fish and Wildlife Service

US Department of Energy

State Agencies

Nevada Department of Wildlife

Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Cooperating Agencies

US Navy

US Bureau of Reclamation

Other Entities

Ormat Nevada Inc

Sandia National Laboratories

5 Consultation and Coordination

5-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

52 LIST OF PREPARERS

Table 5-1

List of Preparers

Name Project Expertise

BLM Carson City District Stillwater Field Office

Dave Schroeder Project Lead geothermal resources wastes hazardous or solid

Kenneth Collum Stillwater Field Office Manager

Carla James Stillwater Assistant Field Manager

Linda Appel Vegetation wild horses and burros

Keith Barker Fire management vegetation

Melanie Cota Migratory birds threatened or endangered species special status

species (BLM Sensitive Species) general wildlife

Kenneth Depaoli Geologist

Jason Grasso Realty Specialist

Melanie Hornsby Recreation ACEC travel management wildernessWSA lands with

wilderness characteristics environmental justice NEPA compliance

Mark Mazza Rangeland noxious and invasive nonnative species

Michelle Stropky Hydrology air quality farm lands (Prime and Unique) floodplains

surface water and groundwater quality soils

Jason Wright Cultural resources Native American religious concerns visual

resources paleontology

US Department of the Navy

Nathan Accoraci US Navy NAS Fallon

Mike Klapec US Navy NAS Fallon

Andrew Tiedeman US Navy Geothermal Program Office

Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

Peter Gower Project Manager

Jacob Accola Geographic information systems

Sean Cottle Land use airspace and access administrative record

Kevin Doyle Native American and religious concerns

Zoe Ghali Socioeconomics

Derek Holmgren Geology

Jenna Jonker Geographic information systems

Laura Patten Water resources

Cindy Schad Word processing

Jennifer Thies NEPA Specialist

Morgan Trieger Wildlife and key habitat BLM sensitive species invasive nonnative and

noxious weed species wetlands and riparian areas migratory birds

Randolph Varney Technical editing

Meredith Zaccherio Quality assurancequality control

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-1

CHAPTER 6

REFERENCES

BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2001 Carson City District

Consolidated Resource Management Plan Carson City Nevada

_____ 2007 Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book) Internet website httpswwwblmgov

stylemedialibblmwoMINERALS__REALTY__AND_RESOURCE_PROTECTION_energyoil

_and_gasPar18714FiledatOILgaspdf

_____ 2008a Carson Lake Geothermal Exploration Project Environmental Assessment (EA-NV-030-

07-006) July 2008 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2008b BLM National Environmental Policy Act Handbook H-1790-1 January 2008 Washington

DC

_____ 2008c Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement for Geothermal Leasing in the

Western United States FES 08-44 Internet website wwwblmgovwostenprog

energygeothermalgeothermal_nationwideDocumentsFinal_PEIShtml

_____ 2011a Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District

Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2011b Newberry Volcano Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) Demonstration Project

Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-OR-P000-2011-0003-EA Prineville Oregon

_____ 2013 Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA DOEEA-1944 Brady

Hot Springs Well 15-12 Hydro-Stimulation Winnemucca Nevada January 2013

_____ 2014a Draft Resource Management Plan and Environmental Impact Statement Carson City

District November 2014 Carson City Nevada

6 References

6-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014b State Protocol Agreement between the Bureau of Land Management Nevada and the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Office as amended December 2014 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2015 Nevada and Northeastern California Greater Sage-Grouse Approved Resource

Management Plan Amendment Bureau of Land Management Nevada State Office Reno

Nevada

BLM and Forest Service (US Department of Agriculture Forest Service) 2007 Surface Operating

Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development (Gold Book) Fourth

Ed Washington DC

BLM GIS 2017 GIS data of BLM NVCA ARMPA GRSG Habitat updated 6302017 Internet website

httpsnavigatorblmgovdatakeyword=GRSGampfs_publicRegion=Nevada

Bradley P V M J OrsquoFarrell J A Williams and J E Newmark (editors) 2006 The Revised Nevada Bat

Conservation Plan Nevada Bat Working Group Reno Nevada

Butterflies of America 2018 Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus Austin amp J Emmel 1998 (Alkali Skipper)

Internet website httpwwwbutterfliesofamericacompseudocopaeodes_eunus_flavushtm

CEQ (Council on Environmental Quality) 1997 Considering Cumulative Effects Under the National

Environmental Policy Act Internet website httpsenergygovsitesprodfilesnepapubnepa_

documentsRedDontG-CEQ-ConsidCumulEffectspdf

Churchill County 2015 Churchill County Master Plan Internet website httpwwwchurchill

countyorgDocumentCenterView8884

_____ 2017 Nevada County Code Internet website httpwwwsterlingcodifierscom

codebookindexphpbook_id=351

Chisholm G and L A Neel 2002 Birds of the Lahontan Valley A Guide to Nevadarsquos Wetland Oasis

University of Nevada Press Reno

Cowardin L M V Carter F C Golet and E T LaRoe 1979 Classification of Wetlands and

Deepwater Habitats of the United States US Department of the Interior US Fish and Wildlife

Service FWSOBS-7931 Washington DC

DOD (US Department of Defense) 1996 Department of Defense Instruction Number 471503

Internet website httpwwwdodnaturalresourcesnetfilesDoDI_4715_03pdf

DOI (US Department of the Interior) 2009 Department of the Interior Departmental Manual 516

Washington DC

EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) GIS 2015 GIS data of 303(d) listed impaired waters Internet

website httpswwwepagovwaterdatawaters-geospatial-data-downloads

FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) GIS 2017 GIS data of flood zones Internet website

httpsgdgscegovusdagovGDGOrderaspx

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-3

Floyd T C Elphick G Chisholm K Mack R Elston E Ammon and J Boon 2007 Atlas of the Breeding

Birds of Nevada University of Nevada Press Reno

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through

various means

Headwater Economics 2017 Economic Profile System Internet website httpsheadwaters

economicsorgtoolseconomic-profile-systemabout

Hinz N H J E Faulds D L Siler B Tobin K Blake A Tiedeman A Sabin D Blankenship M

Kennedy G Rhodes J Nordquist S Hickman J Glen C Williams A Robertson-Tait W

Calvin 2016 Stratiagraphic and Structural Framework of the Proposed Fallon FORGE Site

Nevada Standford University Stanford CA

Ivey G L and C P Herziger 2006 Intermountain West Waterbird Conservation Plan Version 12 A

plan associated with the Waterbird Conservation for the Americas Initiative Published by US

Fish and Wildlife Service Pacific Region Portland Oregon

Majer E L R Baria M Stark S Oates J Bommer B Smith and H Asanuma 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity

associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Geothermics 36 (2007) 185ndash222

Majer E L J Nelson A Robertson-Tait J Savy and I Wong 2012 Protocol for Addressing Induced

Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 January 2012

Washington DC

_____ 2016 Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal

Systems (EGS) April 8 2016 Washington DC

Michigan Technological University 2017 How Are Earthquake Magnitudes Measured Internet website

httpwwwgeomtueduUPSeisintensityhtml

Morefield J D 2001 Nevada Rare Plant Atlas Internet website httpheritagenvgovatlas

NAS Fallon (Naval Air Station Fallon) 1990 Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement

Geothermal Energy Development Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada February 1990

_____ 2012 Final Integrated Cultural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Nevada

Volumes I and II

_____ 2013 Final Environmental Assessment for Airfield Operations at Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada August 2013

NAS Fallon and State of Nevada 2011 Programmatic Agreement among Naval Air Station Fallon the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Officer and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation

Regarding the Identification Evaluation and Treatment of Historic Properties on Lands Managed

by Naval Air Station Fallon July 2011

6 References

6-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014 Final Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon

Nevada Naval Facilities Engineering Command Southwest Report Contract N62473-07-D-

32010011 San Diego California NASF GIS 2017 GIS data on file with Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada

NatureServe 2017 NatureServe Explorer An online encyclopedia of life [web application] Version 71

NatureServe Arlington Virginia Internet website httpexplorernatureserveorg

Navy (US Department of the Navy) 2008 OPNAVINST 1101036C Air Installations Compatible Use

Zones Program October 9 2008 Fallon Nevada

_____ 2006 Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymil

eieASN20EIE20PolicySECNAVINST_50908Apdf

_____ 2014 OPNAV Manual M-50901D Environmental Readiness Program Manual Internet website

httpwwwnavseanavymilPortals103DocumentsSUPSALVEnvironmentalOPNAVINST205

090-1Dpdf

_____ 2012 Strategy for Renewable Energy Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymileie

ASN20EIE20PolicyDASN_EnergyStratPlan_Finalv3pdf

NDA (Nevada Department of Agriculture) 2017 Nevada Noxious Weed List Internet website

httpagrinvgovPlantNoxious_WeedsNoxious_Weed_List

NDEP (Nevada Division of Environmental Protection) 2014 Nevada 2012 Water Quality Integrated

Report With EPA Overlisting Internet website httpsndepnvgovuploads

documentsIR2012_Report_Finalpdf

NDOW (Nevada Department of Wildlife) 2017 Letter from Bonnie Weller NDOW to Morgan

Trieger EMPSi Re Fallon FORGE Project November 13 2017 NDOW Reno Nevada

_____ No date Design Features and Tools to Reduce Wildlife Mortalities Associated with Geothermal

Sumps NDOW Reno Nevada

Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017 Quaternary Faults in Nevada Internet website

httpsgiswebunreduQuaternaryFaults Accessed on November 20 2017

Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018 Permit Information Internet website

httpwaternvgovPermitSearchaspx

NHD (National Hydrography Dataset) GIS 2017 National Hydrography Dataset high resolution

geospatial dataset Internet website httpsnhdusgsgovNHD_High_Resolutionhtml

NNHP (Nevada Natural Heritage Program) 2017 Re Data RequestmdashFORGE Geothermal EA NNHP

Reno Nevada

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-5

NRCS (Natural Resources Conservation Service) GIS 2017 GIS data of soils and soil attributes from

the Web Soil Survey United States Department of Agriculture Internet website

httpswebsoilsurveyscegovusdagovAppWebSoilSurveyaspx

Reclamation (US Bureau of Reclamation) 2014 Newlands Project Resource Management Plan and Final

Environmental Impact Statement November 18 2014 Internet website httpswwwusbrgov

mpnepanepa_project_detailsphpProject_ID=2822

Reclamation GIS 2017 GIS data of emergency canal approximate location and existing canal network

SNL (Sandia National Laboratories) 2016 Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Phase 1 Topical Report (Sandia Report SAND2016-8929) Internet website httpsenergygov

sitesprodfiles201609f33Fallon20Topical20Report_20168929_Sept2016_1pdf

_____ 2018 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Data

Truckee-Carson Irrigation District 2010 Newlands Project Water Conservation Plan Internet website

httpwwwtcidorgpdfwcp10fpdf

US Census Bureau 2015 American Community Survey 2012-2015 5 year data Internet website

httpsfactfindercensusgovfacesnavjsfpagessearchresultsxhtmlrefresh=t

USDA (US Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Service) 2017 Introduced

Invasive and Noxious PlantsmdashFederal Noxious Weeds Internet website httpsplantsusda

govjavanoxious

USDOE 2017 EGS About Fallon FORGE Internet website httpesd1lblgovresearchprojects

induced_seismicityegsfallonforgehtml

USFWS (US Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service) 2017 Official Species List Fallon

Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and

Monitoring Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 November 10 2017 USFWS Reno

Nevada

USFWS GIS 2017a National Wetland Inventory GIS data of wetlands Internet website

httpswwwfwsgovwetlandsdatadata-downloadhtml

_____ 2017b GIS data of mapped critical habitat Internet website httpsecosfwsgovecp

reporttablecritical-habitathtml

USGS (US Department of the Interior US Geological Survey) 2017 Geologic Provinces of the United

States Basin and Range Province Internet website httpsgeomapswrusgsgovparks

provincebasinrangehtml

_____ 2016 Groundwater Quality in the Basin and Range Basin-Fill Aquifers Southwestern United

States Internet website httpspubsusgsgovfs20163080fs20163080pdf

6 References

6-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States

Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

Westbrooks R 1998 Invasive Plants Changing the Landscape of America Fact Book Federal

Interagency Committee for the Management of Noxious and Exotic Weeds Washington DC

Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Nevada Department of Wildlife Reno

Internet website httpwwwndoworgNevada_WildlifeConservationNevada_Wildlife_Action

_Plan

Western Regional Climate Center 1992 Evaporation Stations Nevada Monthly Average Pan

Evaporation Internet website httpswrccdrieduhtmlfileswestevapfinalhtmlNEVADA

_____ 2016 Climate Summary Fallon EXP STN Nevada (262780) Period of Record June 1 1903 to

April 30 2016 Internet website httpswrccdrieducgi-bincliMAINplnv2780

Appendix A EGS Protocol

This page intentionally left blank

GEOTHERMAL TECHNOLOGIES PROGRAM

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

by

Ernie Majer James Nelson Ann Robertson-Tait Jean Savy and Ivan Wong

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Cover Image

Courtesy of Katie L Boyle Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

i

i Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Preface

In June 2009 the New York Times published an article about the public fear of geothermal development causing earthquakes The article highlighted a project funded by the US Department of Energyrsquos (DOE) Geothermal Technologies Program bringing power production at The Geysers back up to capacity using Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) technology The Geysers geothermal field is located two hours north of San Francisco California and therefore the article drew comparisons to a similar geothermal EGS project in Basel Switzerland believed to cause a magnitude 34 earthquake

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the US Department of Energy commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power development and risk assessment to write a revised Induced Seismicity Protocol The authors met with the domestic and international scientific community policymakers and other stakeholders to gain their perspectives and incorporate them into the Protocol They also incorporated the lessons learned from Basel Switzerland and other EGS projects around the world to better understand the issues associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects The Protocol concludes that with proper study and technology development induced seismicity will not only be mitigated but will become a useful tool for reservoir management

This Protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public officials regulators and the general public that provides a set of general guidelines detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the effects of induced seismicity related to EGS projects This Protocol puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

The goal of this Protocol is to help facilitate the successful deployment of EGS projects thus increasing the availability of clean renewable and domestic energy in the United States

Project developers should work closely with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) compliance officials of the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process The authors emphasize this Protocol is neither a substitute nor a panacea for regulatory requirements that may be imposed by federal state or local regulators

I would like to acknowledge everyone who gave their time and expertise at the induced seismicity workshops (see Appendix D) that led to this updated Protocol Their input was critical to develop an informed and useful document In addition I would like to thank the authors of this document whose ideas and support came together to write a clear and concise Protocol

This document was put out for public comment and reviewed by NEPA the US Department of Energy and General Counsel Special thanks to Christy King-Gilmore and Brian Costner for their guidance

Sincerely

Jay Nathwani

US Department of Energy

ii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

iii

iii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Table of Contents1 Introduction 1

11 Intended Use 1

12 Objective 2

13 Background 2

2 Steps in Addressing Induced Seismicity 5

STEP 1 Perform Preliminary Screening Evaluation 6 211 Purpose 6

212 Recommended Approach 6

213 Summary 7

STEP 2 Implement an Outreach and Communication Program 8 221 Purpose 8

222 Recommended Approach 8

223 Summary 10

STEP 3 Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise 11 231 Purpose 11

232 Recommended Approach 11

233 Summary 12

STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring 13 241 Purpose 13

242 Recommended Approach 13

243 Summary 14

STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events 15 251 Purpose 15

252 Recommended Approach 16

253 Summary 17

STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events 18 261 Purpose 18

262 Recommended Approach 18

263 Summary 20

STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan 21 271 Purpose 21

272 Recommended Approach 21

273 Summary 23

3 Acknowledgements 25

4 References 27

Appendices A Background amp Motivation Induced Seismicity Associated with Geothermal Systems 29

B List of Acronyms 39

C Glossary of Terms 41

D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers 43

E Relevant Websites 45

iv Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1

1 INTRODUCTION

1 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1 Introduction

Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term The energy estimated from hydrothermal systems is large but the total supply from geothermal systems has the potential to become orders of magnitude larger if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie through Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) EGS is defined as any activities that are undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that are intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source This can be done through such approaches as fluid pressurization hydrofracture and chemical stimulation As with the development of any new technology some aspects are accepted and others need clarification and study In the case of EGS fluid injection is used to enhance rock permeability and recover heat from the rock During the process of creating an underground heat exchanger by injection or the subsequent circulation of the system stress patterns in the rock may change resulting in seismic events (see Appendix A Background and Motivation) In almost all cases these events have been of relatively small magnitude and by the time the energy reaches the surface the vast majority are rarely felt (Majer et al 2007) The impacts of a seismic event created by EGS can be significantly different from those associated with a natural earthquake the former generally falls into the category of an annoyance as with the passing of a rail transit vehicle or large truck whereas the latter may cause damage in a moderate to large event Although to date there is no recorded instance of a significant danger or damage (significant is defined here as damage that would affect a structurersquos physical integrity this is not to say that seismicity has not caused less severe damage such as cracks in walls or similar damage) associated with induced seismicity related to geothermal energy production the introduction of EGS technology in populated areas could be regarded by some as an intrusion on the peace and tranquility of populated areas due to its potential ldquoannoyance factorrdquo

Historically induced seismicity has occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (reservoir impoundment mining construction waste disposal and oil and gas production) Although certain projects have stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies Recent publicity surrounding induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate any potential problems that induced seismicity may cause in geothermal projects (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community are assured geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks ensuring the resource is developed in a safe and cost effective manner

11 Intended Use The Protocol is intended to be a living document for the public and regulators and geothermal operators This version is intended to supplement the existing International Energy Agency (IEA) protocol (Majer et al 2009) and as practically as possible be kept up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical As methods experience knowledge and regulations change with respect to induced seismicity so should the Protocol It also recognizes that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit every geothermal project and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions at each site will call for different types of action Variations in procedures will result from such factors as the population density around the project past seismicity in the area the size of the project the depth and amount of injection and its relation to any faults etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the U S Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is an advisory document intended to assist industry and regulators to identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity Determination of actual site-specific criteria that must be met by a particular project is beyond the scope of this document it remains the obligation of project developers to meet any and all applicable federal state or local regulations

1 INTRODUCTION

2 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

12 Objective

Provide a flexible protocol that puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

To promote the safety of EGS projects and to help gain acceptance from the general public for geothermal activities in general and EGS projects specifically it is beneficial to clarify the role and risks of induced seismicity which can occur during the development stages of the EGS reservoir and the subsequent extraction of the geothermal energy This document provides a set of general procedures that detail useful steps geothermal project proponents can take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are not prescriptive but suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public at large facilitating the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

With respect to the existing IEA protocol (Majer et al 2009) this document addresses many of the same issues and others that arose after the protocol was published For example it provides a more accurate approach to address and estimate the seismic risk associated with EGS induced seismic events Regulators the public the geothermal industry and investors need to have a framework to estimate such a risk Another significant change is a shift toward addressing ground motions rather than event magnitudes to measure the impact of seismicity This led to a discussion of the thresholds for vibration which involve not only the amplitude of the ground motions but also such factors as the duration frequency content and other measures of impact Also attention was paid to the legal implications with respect to the impact or effect of any recommended actions Lastly an effort was made to base recommendations on existing and accepted engineering standards that are used in such industries as mining construction or similar activities that produce or have the potential for producing unwanted ground motions and noise

13 Background To access geothermal resources wells are drilled to depths at which the required high temperatures and thermal capacities are reached The depth required to reach that temperature depends upon the temperature gradient (the rate of temperature increase with depth) which varies significantly from place to place Therefore the depths of geothermal wells vary over a wide range from less than 1000 to 5000 meters (m) in rare cases In addition to elevated temperatures a geothermal well for commercial development must also intersect sufficient permeability to enable the extraction andor circulation of fluids at certain flow rates ie at least a sustained production of 5 megawatts (MW) over a 30-year period

The combination of sufficiently high temperature and good natural permeability occurs in certain areas of the earth such as some areas of active tectonism and volcanism However these comprise only a fraction of the earth elsewhere permeability is lower even though the desired temperature may be accessible by drilling In such cases the permeability of the rock must be enhanced to enable commercial flow rates To date the only method of adequate permeability enhancement in EGS is through fluid injection which can have the side-effect of causing induced seismicity In an important way this side-effect is beneficial EGS project developers monitor and map induced seismicity to understand and manage the EGS reservoir The induced event locations show where fractures have slipped slightly in response to increasing pore pressure andor temperature change during injection a process that can increase the aperture and conductive length of some fractures and therefore the permeability of the reservoir Typically monitoring and mapping of induced seismicity is used to help site and target deep wells

The orientation of the fractures that tend to slip most easily in response to fluid injection depends upon the orientation of the ambient stresses acting on the reservoir rock In turn these depend on the regional tectonic framework and the local geologic structure The ease with which fractures slip during injection depends upon the strength of the reservoir rock the magnitudes of the stresses acting on it and the pore pressure increase The size of the seismic event will depend upon the amount of stress available to cause the slip and the dimensions of the slip area Injection may cause thermal contraction which also may play a role The amount of fracture slip (the main cause of induced seismicity in EGS projects) depends upon the interplay between these elements This explains the importance of understanding the geomechanics temperature and hydraulics in EGS planning assessment and development

3

1 INTRODUCTION

3 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

It is noted that there is little if any potential for induced seismicity in geothermal applications where no fluid is injected or withdrawn from the native formations or if the fluids that are injected andor withdrawn are at a shallow depth (less than 300 to 600 m) Therefore such applications as heat pumps and shallow injections are not considered in this EGS Protocol because of the low potential for induced seismicity

In this Protocol we use the terms ldquovibrationrdquo and ldquoground shakingrdquo or ldquoground motionrdquo We use ldquovibrationrdquo when referring to the regulatory aspects of ground motions since vibrations can be and are regulated We use ldquoground shakingrdquo and ldquoground motionrdquo interchangeably when referring to the ground motions resulting from natural earthquakes and induced seismic events We also distinguish between natural tectonic ldquoearthquakesrdquo and ldquoinduced seismic eventsrdquo even though the processes of generation are generally the same

Finally we also note that the terms ldquoinducedrdquo and ldquotriggeredrdquo are often used interchangeably in the literature on induced seismicity and by practitioners in those fields and in the field of seismology In terms of the process of causing a seismic event the two terms should be used differently although admittedly it is difficult to define where an induced seismic event should be called a triggered seismic event and vice versa As an example of the discussion that is ongoing in the induced seismicity community the US Society of Dams has officially adopted the use of the term ldquoreservoir-triggered seismicityrdquo rather than the traditional 50-year old phrase ldquoreservoir-induced seismicityrdquo In this Protocol we use the term ldquoinducedrdquo to include all seismic events that result from fluid injection and will only use the term ldquotriggeredrdquo in well-defined situations A glossary of terms can be found in Appendix C

4 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

5

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

5 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity

A series of recommended steps to meet the objective stated above is included below This is not a ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach and stakeholders should tailor their actions to project-specific needs and circumstances

This document outlines the suggested steps a developer should follow to address induced seismicity issues implement an outreach campaign and cooperate with regulatory authorities and local groups With the goal in mind of gaining acceptance by non-industry stakeholders and promoting safety the Protocol is a series of technical steps to inform the project proponent as well as complementary outreach andor education steps to inform and involve the public

The following steps are proposed for addressing induced seismicity issues as they relate to the whole project

Step 1 Perform a preliminary screening evaluation

Step 2 Implement an outreach and communication program

Step 3 Review and select criteria for ground vibration and noise

Step 4 Establish seismic monitoring

Step 5 Quantify the hazard from natural and induced seismic events

Step 6 Characterize the risk of induced seismic events

Step 7 Develop risk-based mitigation plan

The steps above are listed in the order generally expected to be followed but it is anticipated that each developer will organize its own program Regulatory or other requirements may affect the order or approach to undertaking these steps For example when a Federal agency is involved (eg Federal lands funding permitting) compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) may be required This document is not intended to be a substitute for such activities but instead seeks to advise stakeholders who may be involved with such regulatory activities Project proponents should work closely with NEPA compliance officials with the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process This also would be true for compliance with other environmental review requirements such as state NEPA-like laws (eg California Environmental Quality Act) and permitting or approval requirements

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

6 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 1

Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation

211 Purpose Sources of opposition to projects such as an EGS project often arise from a variety of possible issues ranging from local politics to community preferences or regulations Technical considerations such as those associated with seismic risk although often secondary must also be evaluated to decide if the project can proceed Therefore before going forward in the planning and engineering of an EGS facility the feasibility of such a project and the associated socioeconomic and financial risks must be evaluated to determine whether there are any obvious ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo This first step is therefore a ldquoscreeningrdquo analysis designed to eliminate sites that would present a low probability of success and to confirm those that have manageable risks and remain strong contenders This provides an initial measure of project acceptability and should include consistency with Executive Order 12898 Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations (February 11 1994)

Although not intended to be a complete analysis Step 1 should have enough rigor and credibility to support early technical communications identify potential impacts and establish credible plans to go forward with enough confidence to demonstrate that public and regulatory acceptability is achievable This step focuses on expected ground motion damages and nuisance Its goals are to identify projects that have a low likelihood of technical success or of being accepted by local populationsmdashand to give an opportunity to the responsible developer to make an informed decision as to whether it is viable to proceed and to determine the analysis needs for those projects that do proceed

212 Recommended Approach A bounding type of analysis should be performed to quickly establish the likelihood that the project would obtain regulatory approval to proceed The likelihood should be categorized as one of four levels (I) High-to-very high (II) Medium-to-high (III) Medium-to-low or (IV) Low-to-very low

Potential EGS geographic areas may vary significantly in terms of their populations and the existing level of seismicity The screening analysis for some projects may be quite clear for example a remote site with little natural seismicity would be categorized as a clear Level I and an urban site with active faulting would be a clear Level IV For those projects in all but category Level IV (which should be discarded after initial screening) this process will highlight the areas of risk that need to be addressed

The same general approach to standard risk analysis is suggested for this screening process but with an emphasis on simplicity and using an approximate or qualitative approach rather than the often more onerous quantitative approaches

a Review relevant federal state and local laws and regulations

Generally assess the prospect of proceeding with the project ie determine if the local regulations are so restrictive that any effects of induced seismicity would not be allowed

b Determine the radius of influence within which there could be a negative impact as a result of seismic activity due to EGS

Identify the existing potential seismic hazards for natural seismicity (eg US Geological Survey National Hazard Maps Petersen et al 2008) This radius of influence will be determined by many local factors such as proximity to structures expected seismicity types of structures local geology and expected size of EGS project Estimate the maximum injection-induced seismic event including a realistic maximum estimate of ground motion using similarities with existing EGS projects this will allow a refinement of the radius of influence

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Identify potential impacts including physical damages social disturbances nuisance economic disruption and environmental impacts

d Establish an approximate lower and upper bound of potential damages using both the average expected induced seismicity and the worst case based on 1) the number type and average value of structures impacted and 2) the likely range of ground motion either from observations or from assumed event magnitudes and existing ground motion attenuation relationships

e Based on these results classify the overall risk as one of the four above described categories (Levels I to IV) from which the recommended decision is as follows

I Very Low II Low III Medium IV High

Proceed with planning Can proceed with planning but may require additional analysis to confirm

Probably should not proceed at this site but additional analysis might support proceeding

Do not proceed

Additionally consider and factor in the publicrsquos level of concern regarding the project Therefore the final decision needs to be made after interaction with the local community in recognition of the fact that different communities may have different acceptance levels of risk andor possibly different socioeconomic needs This will allow this risk scale to be calibrated hence outreach and transparency play an important role

If it is decided to proceed with planning the results of the bounding analysis would be presented to the public in the potentially impacted geographical region (as defined in the radius of influence) to facilitate communication and feedback In particular a scientifically credible estimate of the worst-case scenario should be made to quantify its probability of occurrence and to compare the worst-case scenario with events of comparable levels of risk including the risk associated with natural seismicity (See Step 2 which discusses mechanisms for outreach)

At a minimum the following estimates should be included in the screening study

bull A description (location magnitude frequency of occurrence) of the selected natural earthquakes andor induced seismic events considered in the screening study

bull A map of the ground motion people might experience from these earthquakes andor induced seismic event and its frequency of occurrence

bull A description of conditions that could constitute nuisances and what is commonly accepted in other similar cases (mining transportation industrial manufacturing construction etc)

bull The level of impact perceived to be safe by the stakeholders (regulators community operator etc)

bull An estimate of the number of people institutions and industries located in the region that might be exposed to any impact of concern the expected frequency of occurrence and possible mitigation measures

213 Summary Step 1 is an initial screening that should be capable of withstanding regulatory and public scrutiny for the purpose of determining the overall feasibility of the project and identifying possible flaws or circumstances that could become ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo for the EGS project

The recommended process for Step 1 includes the collection of readily available information and scientific and nontechnical information that could be used to assess the potential impact on the communities and stakeholders a simple but rigorous analysis to evaluate the possible minimum impact in routine operations and possible worst-case impact of the proposed project

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

8 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 2

Implement an Outreach and Communications Program

221 Purpose Acceptability to the local community is an important milestone in an EGS project It is critical that public stakeholders are kept informed and their input is considered and acted upon as the project proceeds The outreach and communications program is designed to facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials All of these groups are likely to provide their feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

The outreach program should help the project achieve a level of transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework for interaction

bull The project developer should create an outreach plan at the start of the project and periodically update and modify the plan as needed as the project proceeds addressing stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be related to the specific project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative and multi-directional

bull Multiple meetings should be held as the project progresses and more information is obtained

bull Each group (community stakeholders regulators public officials) should be approached at an appropriate technical level A mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It is expected that there would be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (developer team seismologist civil or structural engineer local utility company and a representative of the funding entity) the community (local project employees community leaders and community members at large) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

222 Recommended Approach The following list is relatively long and tries to envisage many scenarios in which the public may become involved with an EGS project As for the Protocol itself there is no ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach to outreach and communications and it is expected that project proponents will prepare their own outreach plans that are suitable to the issues at hand All of the following are considered as suggestions only some may not be needed depending on the specifics of the project and the local communities

a Evaluate outreach needs

Identify the people and organizations who would be the outreach targets hold preliminary discussions with community leaders regulators and public safety officials to explain the project and determine their concerns identify individuals (community regulatory and public safety) who have the trust of the community at large and engage them in discussions about the project identify community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouses heating systems and swimming pools) consider what the project could reasonably offer the community to increase their involvement appreciation and pride in the project including employment opportunities

9

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

9 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

b Develop plans to approach community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials

c Develop a public relations plan to generate interest in the project from local media

d Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors

e Hold an initial public meeting and site visit that covers both technical and non-technical issues

Assume that the audience is well informed and knowledgeable but also be prepared to explain issues in relatively simple terms Explain how the project is funded and introduce the team and its qualifications If applicable explain that public institutions such as the US Geological Survey universities and national labs may also be involved not only as technical help but as independent agencies to check results Begin with an overview of the project and the motivation for doing it then explain the steps in the project and the approximate timeline Explain why induced seismicity may occur and the history of induced seismicity in other applications This may require an explanation of the difference between induced seismicity and natural earthquakes (size frequency etc) Ideally the public would get involved in the discussion through questions and answers ensuring a two-way dialogue with both sides asking and answering questions The developer can ask about any felt seismicity in the past and should be prepared with a historic earthquake catalogue of the area (if available) If events have occurred nearby the developer could ask if specific events were felt or not and if there was any damage

bull During this discussion it can be acknowledged that EGS projects might have implications that are technical (for the project) safety-related (ensuring no danger to life and property) and economic (a path toward an indigenous stable and renewable energy supply jobs) Explain the specific local benefit (jobs school library heating greenhouse swimming pool etc) Explain the analyses already undertaken and the potential risks and advise the public that a procedure is being developed prior to execution to prevent adverse induced seismicity as well as modifying the planned operations if induced seismicity becomes a problem Similarly advise that a procedure is being developed for evaluating damage and that it may require building inspections before any significant geothermal operations take place

bull Explain the benefits of the project both locally and globally If possible provide some images of what the geothermal power plant might look like If any activity is occurring on site use it as part of the technical explanation if there is no activity at the time the meeting is held use that to demonstrate that the fundamental nature of the site will not change very much

bull The developer should listen to concerns and respond openly and ideally would set up mechanisms to notify the community as work proceeds (phone tree e-mail list website etc) and for the community to ask questions and receive answers about the project

f If feasible hold another site visit during a period of active drilling

This will get people interested and involved since drilling activities are genuinely interesting to most people

g Hold another meeting in advance of the first stimulation

Explain the procedure for monitoring induced seismicity the thresholds that have been set for induced seismicity and their rationale the procedure for modifying the stimulation procedure in the event that the community will find the impacts of the induced seismicity intolerable the call-in line (ldquohot linerdquo) that is available for reporting felt events and how calls will be handled and the liaison between the project and public safety officials

h If feasible bring community members to the site when stimulation is occurring so that they can see the simplicity of the operation (water pumping)

i After stimulation hold another meeting to report on the results Explain what happens next and discuss the positive and any negative effects associated with the project to the community

j As additional operations at the site proceed advise the community via the communications network and seek feedback

k Plan and conduct additional meetings and media events as appropriate

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

10 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

223 Summary The overarching goal of the outreach and communications program is to engage the community in a positive and open manner before onsite activities begin and continuing as operations proceed The first step is to understand the community and its needs and concerns and then to determine creative ways to inform the community engage them in a dialogue and demonstrate the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale In addition to being an information exchange the outreach and communications program should be designed to engender long-term support for the project To the extent that a project is distant from local population the requirements of the outreach program would decrease

11

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

11 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 3

Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise

231 Purpose The geothermal developer should identify and evaluate existing standards and criteria thus becoming informed of the applicable regulations for ground-borne noise and vibration impact assessment and mitigation that have been developed and applied by other industries and could be helpful in evaluating the EGS project These standards and criteria apply to damage to buildings human activity interference industrialcommercialresearchmedical activity interference and wildlife habitat Existing criteria developed for non-EGS industries may or may not apply specifically to EGS and appropriate acceptance criteria for an EGS project would likely be based on a variety of factors such as land use population frequency of occurrence of EGS events magnitudes etc

232 Recommended Approach Steps for selecting environmental noise and vibration impact criteria are outlined below

a Assess Existing Conditions

Evaluate the existing ground vibration and noise environments in areas of potential impact to establish a baseline Then evaluate the impacts anticipated from the project Absolute vibration or noise limits for EGS seismic events would be at least equal to or more likely greater than that associated with existing natural and cultural background levels

b Review Local Ordinances

Identify local ordinances or requirements that may be appropriate as they relate to noise and vibration or other such disturbances For example noise and vibration from railroads or highways are not subject to local noise ordinances while lawn mowers often are

c Review Building Threshold Cosmetic Damage Criteria

Building damage criteria are usually stated in terms of the peak particle velocity (PPV) (equivalent to the peak ground velocity or PGV) measured at the ground surface (typically the building foundation but more appropriately the ground surface in the free-field) Building damage criteria usually focus on cosmetic damage which includes hairline cracking of paint or stucco where the cracks usually do not remain open

Threshold cracking criteria have been recommended in US Bureau of Mines (USBM) Report RI 8507 (Siskind et al 1980) Although these criteria were developed for blasting and construction activities the seismic energy from these activities would be similar to that from induced seismic events (in frequency bandwidth and range) and thus be applicable to induced seismicity cases These criteria are almost universally used by the construction and mining industry to assess the potential for threshold cracking due to blasting and are employed in many commercially available vibration monitoring systems Transient ground vibration from blasting at mining operations is probably most closely related to EGS-induced seismicity and the USBM criteria for threshold cracking due to blasting would appear to be directly applicable to EGS-induced seismicity

Vibration limits are often applied to construction projects to avoid threshold damage to structures Construction vibration limits may be lower than the USBM criteria possibly for two reasons One is the desire to be conservative in assessing damage risk Another is that construction vibration may involve general earth-moving operations and continuous excitation from sources such as vibratory pile drivers soil compactors and impact pile drivers which may operate for several weeks at a major project Examples of construction vibration limits include those used by the California Department of Transportation (2004) and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA 2006) These construction vibration limits may be less applicable to EGS than the USBM criteria for blasting given in RI 8507

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

12 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

d Review Structural Damage Criteria

Local building codes and structure types should be reviewed to determine appropriate ground-motion limits that might be applicable Dowding (1996) suggests that reinforced concrete structures can experience high vibration without damage perhaps as high as 125 to 250 mmsec (5 to 10 insec) peak particle velocity (PPV) These PGVs are considerably higher than thresholds for cosmetic damage Siskind (2000) discusses a number of case histories and experiments that indicate the PGVs at which both cosmetic and structural damage may occur In particular cracking of free-standing masonry walls was found for PGVs of 150 mmsec to 275 mmsec (6 to 11 insec) Continuous exposure of full-scale free-standing concrete masonry unit walls to PGVs of up to 175 mmsec (7 in sec) at 10 Hz for 26 hours did not produce cracking (Siskind 2000)

Soil settlement due to vibration is discussed by Dowding (1996) Pile driving can induce some densification though usually within a distance associated with the length of the pile A review of the literature concerning foundation settlement due to repetitive exposure to ground motions expected for EGS should be conducted Damage criteria for underground structures such as pipelines or basement walls should be reviewed a useful discussion is provided by Dowding (1996)

e Assess Human Exposure to Vibration

Guidelines for assessing human response to vibration are provided in American National Standard Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings This standard corresponds to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 2631 parts 1 and 2 (ISO 2003) The ANSI S271 guidelines include human response curves that define the levels of acceptability for vertical and horizontal third octave velocity and acceleration Dowding (1996) discusses the use of PPV versus ANSI S271 and ANSI S218 criteria for human exposure to vibration

f Assess Interference with Industrial and Institutional Land Uses

Vibration limits for various industrial and institutional activities should be identified The types of industrial and institutional land uses include hospitals university research laboratories biomedical research facilities semiconductor manufacturing facilities recording studios metrology laboratories and the like The Institute for Environmental Sciences (IES 1995) has recommended generic vibration criteria for various types of equipment and instrumentation Where available specifications for specific equipment (such as hospital MRI machines scanning electron microscopes etc) should be relied on

g Assess Ground-Borne Noise

Ground motions produced by an EGS-induced seismic event can produce audible noise inside buildings The FTA provides guidelines for assessing ground-borne noise and vibration impacts from new transit systems (FTA 2006) These criteria may not be directly applicable to EGS but they are likely to be referred to by stakeholders or regulators

233 Summary Numerous criteria standards and equipment specifications exist that may be drawn upon in assessing the impact of EGS seismicity on neighboring communities These should be reviewed in detail and used to develop appropriate criteria for risk assessment Some of the information may be directly applicable to EGS but most would likely require some adjustment considering the short duration and unpredictability of induced seismic events No doubt additional criteria can be found For example European countries where EGS activities have been developed are considering EGS-specific impact assessment criteria or mitigation design provisions

13

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

13 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 4

Establish Local Seismic Monitoring

241 Purpose Gather seismic data from the project area and vicinity to supplement existing seismic data (see Step 5 Section 25) The seismic data will include baseline data collected before operations begin at the site and data collected during operations The seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismicity activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir management purposes

As will be pointed out in Steps 5 and 6 a main element in forecasting the level of induced seismicity is to determine the baseline level of seismic activity that exists before the project starts That is how will the geothermal project modify existing ldquonaturalrdquo seismicity The amount of available seismic data will vary depending on the project location in many areas it is likely that the available baseline data will be from regional seismic monitoring (with distances between seismic monitoring stations on the order of tens of kilometers if not more) Current experience indicates that geothermal projects (particularly EGS projects) require a high sensitivity to seismicity at low magnitude thresholds (magnitude 0 to 1 range) to enable active seismic zones to be properly identified However regional seismic monitoring is usually only reliable at or above magnitude 20 Also in most cases of geothermal induced seismicity a great majority of the seismicity is below the magnitude 20 level thus it is important to know the baseline level of seismicity at the lower magnitudes Once the natural or baseline seismic data have been collected and evaluated they are typically used for making operational decisions that relate to stress directions seismic source types (faulting types) and other characteristics that will be useful for designing and operating the overall project Finally it is necessary to collect a minimum amount of seismic information to perform the screening step (Step 1) including some information on the frequency of occurrence of natural earthquakes that will be needed to estimate the potential impact on any nearby real-estate andor industrial assets

242 Recommended Approach a The seismic monitoring program should strive to collect data that is not biased in time or space in the vicinity

of the potential geothermal project

The overall objective is to collect enough information to characterize background seismicity and identify any active faults that have the potential to be affected by the EGS activities The length of monitoring time before the injection begins will depend upon the existing information on local seismicity If there is existing monitoring that detects small-magnitude events (in the magnitude 10 range) then the duration of seismic monitoring of the potential injection area may be as short as one month Alternatively in areas with no prior monitoring the duration may need to be as long as six months This implies that one should start monitoring with an array of instruments that has enough elements sensitivity and aperture to capture seismicity in the volume at least twice the radius of the anticipated stimulated (reservoir) volume at magnitudes of as small as magnitude 10 and preferably magnitude 00

b The more sensitive the array of instruments the more detail can be collected on fault structure seismicity rates failure mechanisms and state of stress

These are all needed to not only model and forecast seismicity but also to design the EGS resource development program Evaluating the ongoing natural background seismicity also enables an understanding of the mechanisms of stress buildup and release that may be more easily triggered by fluid injection Ideally bandwidth and dynamic range should be maximized to the extent possible however typical seismic networks for capturing seismicity in these types of applications target the frequency range from a few hertz to several hundred hertz Twenty-four bit resolution is now common at these data rates and should be used in EGS projects Borehole installations of wide-bandwidth sensors are better than surface sensors owing to the increased signal-to-noise ratio and the ability to capture small magnitude events increasing resolution and location accuracy The sensors (surface or borehole) should record three-component data in order to provide complete information on the failure mechanisms and wave propagation (compressional and shear waves) attributes in addition to providing data for more precise locations

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

14 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c The minimum data processing should provide the location magnitude and source mechanisms

More sophisticated analysis such as advanced location schemes (double difference locations tomographic analysis for improved velocity models moment tensor analysis and joint inversions etc) will probably be needed in the operational phases of the project but are unlikely to be needed during the background monitoring phase Procedures for almost all of these methods are available in the public domain To estimate the instrumentation requirements we have defined a ldquotypical geothermal projectrdquo as one or two injection wells and several production wells all located in an area with a diameter of 5 km or less In such a ldquotypicalrdquo project achieving the above objectives requires at least eight three-component stations distributed over and around the area Deep or wider area projects may require more than eight stations keeping in mind that at least five stations are needed to collect enough data to reliably locate events As the project advances and the seismic events are characterized more stations may be needed to ldquofollowrdquo and characterize the seismic activity and utilize the events to develop strategies not only for mitigation of induced seismicity but also for reservoir enhancement and management In certain instances it may be beneficial or required to ldquoin-fillrdquo the main array with temporary stations to increase array sensitivity and achieve better location accuracy and focal mechanism coverage particularly at the time of reservoir creation or when the overall operational strategy is changed The final issue with regard to instrumentation is the decision regarding continuous recording vs triggered recording In any case especially during the injection phase the data should be processed in close to real time for location and magnitude to enable rapid feedback for both technical analyses and any required mitigation

d The monitoring should be maintained throughout the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators on optimal injection volumes and rates

Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed The local monitoring should include less sensitive recorders that only record ground shaking that can be felt Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong motion recorders near any sensitive structure to record vibrations that may be problematic It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as feasible The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer however if the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring

243 Summary Seismic monitoring should be commenced as soon as a project site is selected It should be comprehensive enough to allow complete spatial coverage of background or baseline seismicity over an area that is at least twice as large as the largest anticipated enhanced reservoir The monitoring should be maintained for the lifetime of the project and possibly longer depending on seismicity created and volume affected Instrumentation should be able to detect events at least as small as magnitude 10 and preferably to magnitude 00

15

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

15 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 5

Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events

251 Purpose Estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity Hazard is defined as the result of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that can cause damage or loss There are several types of hazards that can result from an earthquake however for induced seismic events we are only concerned with ground shaking and to a much lesser extent noise

The preferred approach to characterizing ground shaking is to characterize it in terms of a quantifiable measure such as acceleration velocity or displacement Instrumental recordings of ground shaking are generally in terms of acceleration or velocity Seismology engineers prefer acceleration because that is the measure they use in their practice In the absence of recording instruments and particularly before the development of seismographs the qualitative measure called ldquointensityrdquo was used in seismology to describe ground shaking In the United States the Modified Mercalli Intensity scale is used However intensity is difficult to equate to acceleration or velocity making it of limited value in evaluating hazard and in engineering

Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulation and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is very difficult and assessments must be made based upon the empirical data from other case histories and numerical models which include specific site characteristics

Two approaches can be taken to assess the seismic ground motion at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is magnitude 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded magnitude 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes The Protocol recommends that PSHAs be performed for magnitude 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude should be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

The ground-motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) and PGV Since induced earthquakes are generally small magnitude durations will be short and not of structural concern PGV or PPV will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration-sensitive research and manufacturing and for human activity interference

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

16 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

252 Recommended Approach PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then the EGS-induced seismicity should be superimposed on top of that

a Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity

bull Evaluate historical seismicity and calculate frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on a catalog of natural earthquakes If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area incorporate the data into the catalog Account for the incompleteness of the catalog and remove dependent events (eg aftershocks and foreshocks) Examine any focal mechanisms of natural seismicity to assess the tectonic stress field

bull Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis The maximum earthquake that can occur on a fault is a function of the available fault area and the amount of displacement that will occur in an event Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate magnitude from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement

bull For communities that may be impacted by EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface beneath the potentially impacted communities The shear-wave velocity profile is often used in ground-motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses

bull Select appropriate ground-motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground-motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific conditions at the potentially affected site(s)

bull Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity prior to the occurrence of any induced seismicity De-aggregate the hazard results in terms of seismic source contributions

b Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity

Estimating the hazard from induced seismicity is more difficult than for natural seismicity because of the small database of induced seismicity observations both in terms of seismic source characterization and ground-motion prediction However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be re-calculated and the uncertainties reduced Possible steps that should be taken include the following

bull Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on earthquake focal mechanisms the structural framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring To the extent practicable given the available data develop a 3D model of the geothermal area with particular focus on 1) the stratigraphy 2) pre-existing faults and fractures which could be sources of future induced seismicity and 3) the prevailing stress field in which they exist This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data)

bull Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and structural framework from those cases with the potential geothermal area In particular examine and compile the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of the induced seismicity

bull Evaluate the geologic framework of the project area the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures the tectonic stress field etc (See Step 4 Section 242) This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults which could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required (see Step 1 Section 21 above)

17

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

17 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

bull Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity (eg Shapiro et al 2007 McGarr 1976) that also estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity but based on injection parameters This is an active area of research and there are models being developed as this document is being written The models that are referred to here are only examples and others should be considered Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ stress conditions lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

bull Review and select empirical ground-motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (magnitude lt 50) Almost all existing ground-motion models have been developed for magnitude 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than magnitude 50 the ground-motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 10 to 20 km Include the uncertainty in the ground-motion models

bull Calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

253 Summary Compare the hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

18 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 6

Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events

261 Purpose The purpose of this step is to develop a rigorous and credible estimate of the risk associated with the design construction and operation of the proposed EGS facility and to compare the future expected risk associated with the operation to the baseline risk existing prior to operation Conceptually this step is the same as Step 1 but instead of aiming at an order of magnitude and a bounding of the risk only for the purpose of screening Step 6 is intended to generate a higher resolution and more precise estimate for the purpose of making decisions on design and operations of the planned EGS It will provide a measure of the variation of risk during future operation and helps in evaluating alternative operational procedures including those that could mitigate the negative effects and minimize the risk of induced seismicity

262 Recommended Approach The standard method (Kaplan and Garrick 1981 US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Whitman et al 1997 McGuire 1984 Molina et al 2010) of characterizing seismic risk concentrates on the impact of moderate-to-large earthquakes that have greater magnitudes than those generally seen in injection-induced seismicity To date the maximum observed earthquakes attributed to EGS operations have been magnitude 30 to 37 and the largest geothermal injection-related event was magnitude 46 (Majer et al 2007) For all types of fluid injection the largest events have been about magnitude 50 which occurred at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal (Majer et al 2007 Cladouhos et al 2010) The vast majority of EGS induced events are less than magnitude 30 Therefore the dominant risk is associated with events that have low magnitudes and cause low-to-very-low ground motions Consequently the attention to risk will shift relatively from the high-level risk of physical damage associated with large natural earthquakes to the more mundane level of a nuisance and possibly the related economic impacts

The fundamentals of the risk estimation method do not change for small ground motions Physical damages to structures are deemed to be very small to nil but some of the basic elements used to describe the damages will have to account for this shift by for example considering the appearance of small cracks and other minor architectural damages that usually constitute a very small portion of the damage Also human perception of small vibrations and the associated nuisance need to be considered as elements of the risk This nuisance produced by small vibrations is difficult to quantify as it depends not only on the dominant frequency of the vibration but also how frequently it occurs

The elements of a detailed risk analysis are as follows (see example of existing risk-analysis software such as HAZUS 2010 or SELENA 2010)

a Characterize the ground motion at each location within the area potentially impacted (See Step 5 Section 51)

b Identify the assets that could be adversely affected and that could contribute to the total risk

Ground shaking from EGS operations may impact the quality of peoplersquos lives the built environment and the economy in several ways for which the risk needs to be evaluated Contributing to the risk are those elements of our socioeconomic and living environment for which ground-motion impact would be perceived as negative because of its consequences on the financial environmental or personal well-being of the affected community (Mileti 1982) Including all the possible risk contributors would be a daunting task and difficult to achieve and it is reasonable to restrict the range of consideration to the most important areas of concern Some of the impacts to consider are purely physical such as damage to structures and there are well-accepted methods to assess them and to quantify their associated risks usually in monetary terms (see HAZUS SELENA) Other impacts dealing with human perception and sensitivity are more difficult to assess and quantify However there are existing methods albeit not as well established as those associated with damage

19

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

19 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Four classes of impacts can be identified as follows

I Physical damage to residential housing and community facilities

Damage to structures would probably be the main concern of any community Much has been published concerning damage from medium-to-large earthquakes (see Applied Technology Council (ATC) publications particularly ATC-3 Tentative Provisions for the Development of Seismic Regulations for Buildings For small magnitude and small ground-motion events the existing information is largely based on USBM research conducted in the 1970s with respect to vibration from controlled blasting (controlled detonation) Damage to the built environment to be considered (eg structures) must be separated into at least two categories 1) minor cosmetic (threshold cracking) and 2) major structural damage

II Physical damage to the infrastructure of industrialcommercialresearchmedical facilities

It is unlikely that strong ground shaking generated by EGS-induced seismic events would occur however stakeholders nevertheless tend to be concerned with infrastructure damage Significant structural damage to infrastructures by EGS is also equally unlikely but should damage occur its assessment should be based on design seismic code requirements and in the absence of such data site visit and observation of structural characteristics Adverse effects should at least be considered for all the vital elements of the infrastructure in the potentially impacted area including industrial facilities (eg manufacturing chemicaloil processing) and research facilities (both industrial and medical)

III Human activity interference

Human activity interference includes interference with sleep conversation enjoyment of recreation or entertainment and the like Of these sleep disturbance is probably the defining activity interference and induced seismicity from EGS activity may occur at any time of day or night Speech interference is not likely as seismicity usually does not radiate sufficient noise to be audible However secondary noise radiation such as squeaking walls may occur and conversations may be suspended in response to perceptible seismic events This can become problematic if it occurs often enough during the course of a day

IV Socioeconomic impact from damaged infrastructure and operation interference in businesses and industrial facilities

Social and economic activity and personal well-being rely heavily on the reliability of complex utility networks (telephone internet water gas electricity public transportation systems) that are vital to conducting business and for maintaining quality of life The potential damage to infrastructure is consequently an important potential contributing component of the risk and any damage leading to operational malfunctions (eg telephone service becoming unavailable) creates interruptions that can be very costly Sometimes very little physical damage can lead to a cascade of network consequences in a ldquodomino effectrdquo particularly (but not exclusively) in communications (eg Internet interruptions leading to the loss of data)

c Characterize the damage potential (vulnerability) from the risk contributors

The potential damages are usually characterized in terms of a relation (called a vulnerability function) that gives the level of damages (physical damage nuisance and economic losses) for that contributor or a class of contributors as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location In a detailed probabilistic risk analysis the vulnerability function gives the probability of failure of a structure in response to a particular stimulus (eg a given level of ground motion) Alternatively it gives the average cost of replacement for an entire class (see HAZUS 2010 SELENA 2010 and ATC publications)

d Estimate the risk

The elemental risk associated with one risk contributor at a given location is the product of the damage that would be observed at this location for a given level of seismic ground motion and the probability that this ground-motion level would occur The value of interest is the total risk at this location which is obtained by summing the elemental risks for all possible ground-motion levels using the probabilistic seismic hazard curve developed in Step 5 A risk

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

20 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

map or map of expected losses can be obtained by repeating this calculation for all points within the impacted area Usually modern probabilistic risk analyses provide a full probability distribution of the total risk which enables an estimate of the probability that a certain level of risk (monetary loss) will be exceeded In that case if the annual probability of exceedance of risk (losses) of X dollars ($) is p it is customary to say that the ldquoreturn periodrdquo in years of $X of risk (losses) is T=1p years

e Present the results

The general purpose for presenting the results of the risk analysis is to demonstrate that the probable (or a certain percentile) future negative effects of the EGS operation are within a range that will be tolerated by the regulators and community with consideration of the overall benefits of the project as judged by the community and all the stakeholders It is also meant to provide input for comparing benefits and adverse effects on a rational probabilistic and rigorous basis

For this purpose results for all locations in the area impacted need to be presented and displayed in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) map format The results should be separated into a least three categories physical damage nuisance and economic losses At a minimum maps should be developed for each category using a simple calculation of the estimate of the risk Ideally risk maps would be developed for one or several return periods providing useful information on the range of possible risk and contributing to the development of mitigation procedures

The following is a list of possible useful presentation materials

bull Map of region impacted as a function of time (months years decades centuries)

bull Map of short-term (10 to 20 years) probable (expected) impact showing the potential for physical damages These maps will be prepared for several levels of confidence to express the uncertainty in the models

bull Map of short-term impacts in terms of the probable (expected) number of people experiencing ground shaking or exceeding design expectations as a function of time and proximity to the project

bull A map showing the ldquored-flagrdquo locations either because they are specially sensitive or likely to experience high ground motion because of specific local site geological conditions the nature of their business or the fact that they are eg a particularly sensitive node in a socioeconomic system or utility network

bull A table showing the total probable cost by category (physical nuisance economic) each year in the future as a function of time

263 Summary The purpose of Step 6 is to identify the different types of risks and develop a quantitative estimate for each type using well-accepted methods of risk assessment The risk estimates should be revised after each update of the seismic hazard analysis described in Step 6 The estimate of risk should be a function of time and of the various possible future alternative plans of operation of the planned EGS to permit evaluations and comparisons between the alternatives and help in the decision making Results should be presented in ways that account for the nature of the potential risks and the parties that may be affected by the risk in space and time and with estimates of the potential costs associated with the risks

21

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

21 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 7

Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

271 Purpose This step presents some suggested mitigation measures Several types of mitigation can be applied For example direct mitigation might include modifying the injection rates andor production rates Indirect mitigation might include some sort of incentive for the affected community Establishing a bond or insurance policy to mitigate potential liability claims may be a prudent option for an EGS developer It is hoped that by properly carrying out the preceding 6 steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

272 Recommended Approach

a Direct Mitigation

If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to put mitigation measures in place and establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity One obvious direct mitigation measure is to stop injection This may stop induced seismicity in the long run but because the induced seismicity probably did not start immediately it will not stop immediately That is the stress states have been altered and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects magnitude 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shot in (Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease pressures and injections until the designeddesired levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations that continuously calculates and plots a cumulative window of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull REDmdashthe lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to set in Pumping suspended immediately

bull AMBERmdashthe amber zone was defined by ground-motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be unlikely Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull GREENmdashthe green zone was defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or at higher ground-motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will stop as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) one should consider indirect mitigation activities (see next section) In any case monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

22 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

The results of one such application at the Berlin geothermal field in El Salvador (see Majer et al 2007 and Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures On the one hand the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural El Salvador (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of magnitude 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events

b Indirect Mitigation

Different methods of indirect mitigation may be considered a few are described below

bull Seismic Monitoringmdashas has been discussed previously in this Protocol seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public is needed The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers so these may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

bull Increased Outreachmdashalthough it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity

bull Community Supportmdashin addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish good will This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project

bull Compensationmdashif any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

23

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

23 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Liability and Insurance

Legal studies specifically related to geothermal-induced seismicity and its effect on man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations points out the following

Liability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However there are numerous analogous cases that support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerousrsquo activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anotherrsquos land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damage

In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity

273 Summary Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations and provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that certain seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be needed Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that the community specifically needs

24 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

25

3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

25 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

3 Acknowledgements

This work was primarily funded by the Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Geothermal Technologies Program of the US Department of Energy under Contract No DE-AC02-05CH11231 at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

26 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

27

4 references

27 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

4 ReferencesAmerican Standards Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (R2006) (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) httpwwwatcouncilorgonlinestorehtml

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology v 83 pp 287-306

California Department of Transportation 2004 Transportation- and Construction-Induced Vibration Guidance Manual

Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 ldquoGround-motion attenuation model for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction modelsrdquo Earthquake Spectra v26 pp 907-926

Cladouhos T Petty S Foulger G Julian B and Fehler M 2010 ldquoInjection induced seismicity and geothermal energyrdquo Geothermal Research Council Transactions v 34 pp 1213-1220

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics v 289 pp 239-255

Dowding CH 1996 Construction Vibrations Prentice Hall

Federal Transit Administration (FTA) 2006 Transit Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment FTA-VA-90-1003-06

HAZUS 2010 FEMArsquos Methodology for Estimating Potential Losses from Disasters httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazus

Institute of Environmental Sciences 1995 Contamination Control Division Recommended Practice Considerations in Cleanroom Design IES-RP-CC0121 Appendix C

International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 2631-2 2003 Mechanical vibration and shock mdash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration mdash Part 2 Vibration in buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz)

Kaplan S and Garrick BJ1981 ldquoOn the Quantitative Assessment of Riskrdquo Risk Analysis Vol 1 No 1 pp 11-27

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermics v 36 pp 185-222

Majer E Baria R and Stark M (2009) rdquoProtocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

McGarr A 1976 ldquoSeismic moments and volume changerdquo J Geophysical Res v 81 pp 1487-1494

McGuire RK 1984 ldquoSeismic Hazard and Risk Analysisrdquo Earthquake Engineering Research Institute Monograph 10 p 221

Mileti D 1982 ldquoPublic perceptions of seismic hazards and critical facilitiesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 72 pp S13-S18

MIT 2006 The Future of Geothermal Energy ndash Impact of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) on the United States in the 21st Century MIT Press Boston USA

Molina S DH Lang and CD Lindholm 2010 SELENA ndash ldquoAn open-source tool for seismic risk and loss assessment using logic tree computation procedurerdquo Computer amp Geosciences Vol 36 Issue 3 pp 257-269

Petersen MD Frankel AD Harmsen SC Mueller CS Haller KM Wheeler RL Wesson RL Zeng Y Boyd OS Perkins DM Luco N Field EH Wills CJ and Rukstales KS 2008 Documentation for the 2008 update of the United States National Seismic Hazard Maps US Geological Survey Open-File Report 2008-1128 61 p

SELENA 2010 The SELENA-RISE Open Risk Package downloadable at httpsourceforgenetprojectsselena

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 ldquoProbability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injectionrdquo Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Siskind D E 2000 Vibrations from Blasting International Society of Explosives Engineers Cleveland OH USA

Siskind D E Stagg M S Kopp J W and Dowding C H 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report RI 8507

US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Fault Tree Handbook NUREG-0492

Whitman RV Anagnos T Kircher C A Lagorio H J Lawson R S and Schneider Pl 1997 ldquoDevelopment of a national earthquake loss estimation methodologyrdquo Earthquake Spectra Vol 13 No 4 pp 643-661

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

28

29

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

29 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix A Background and Motivation

Summary To produce economic geothermal energy sufficient fluid heat and permeability must be present in a rock mass In many cases there is sufficient heat especially if one drills deep enough however there is often a need to enhance permeability andor fluid content ie to enhance geothermal systems This could be true in not only new geothermal projects but in existing geothermal projects where one would want to expand current production One of the issues associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) is the effect and role of induced seismicity during the creation or expansion of the underground reservoir and the subsequent long-term extraction of the geothermal energy Induced seismicity has been the cause of delays and possibly cancellation of at least two EGS projects worldwide although to date there have been no or few adverse physical effects on the operations or on surrounding communities from existing geothermal projects Still there is public concern over the possible amount and magnitude of the seismicity associated with current and future geothermal operations One of the more publicized incidents was the magnitude 34 event that occurred in the vicinity of the Basel Switzerland EGS project on December 7 2006 It caused local officials to stop the project and ultimately the project was cancelled This is an example of where a more comprehensive understanding of the type and nature of seismicity would be of benefit to the operators as well as the public

It should also be noted that induced seismicity is not new it has successfully been dealt with in many different environments ranging from a variety of injection and engineering applications including waste and water disposal mining oil and gas and reservoir impoundment (Majer et al 2007) Nevertheless in order to address public and regulatory acceptance as well as maintain industry buy-in of geothermal energy development a set of recommendationsprotocols are needed to be set out on how to deal with induced seismicity issues Presented here are summaries of several case histories in order to illustrate a variety of technical and public acceptance issues It is concluded that EGS induced seismicity needs do not pose any threat to the development of geothermal resources if community issues are properly handled and the operators understand the underlying mechanisms causing the seismicity and develop procedures for mitigating any adverse effects it is perceived to cause In fact induced seismicity by itself provides benefits because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir

Background Naturally fractured hydrothermal systems provide the easiest method of extracting heat from the earth but the total resource and its availability tend to be restricted to certain areas Reasons for pursuing the development of the EGS technology are two-fold (1) to bring uneconomic hydrothermal systems into production by improving underground conditions (stimulation) and (2) to engineer an underground condition that creates a hydrothermal system whereby injected fluids can be heated by circulation through a hot fractured region at depth and then produced to deliver heat to the surface for power conversion The process of enhancing the permeability and the subsequent extraction of energy however may create seismic events In addition to the above-mentioned seismicity at Basel events as small as magnitude 2 and above near certain projects (eg the Soultz project in France Baria et al 2005) have raised residentsrsquo concern for both damage from single events and the effect on seismicity over long time periods as the EGS project continues over many years (Majer et al 2005) Some residents believe that the induced seismicity may cause structural damage similar to that caused by larger natural earthquakes There is also fear and uncertainty that the small events may be an indication of larger events to follow Recognizing the potential of the extremely large geothermal energy resource worldwide and recognizing the possibility of misunderstanding about induced seismicity the Geothermal Implementing Agreement under the International Energy Agency (IEA) initiated an international collaboration The purpose of this collaboration is to ldquopursue an effort to address an issue of significant concern to the acceptance of geothermal energy in general but EGS in particularhellip The objective is to investigate these events to obtain a better understanding of why they occur so that they can either be avoided or mitigatedhelliprdquo

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

30 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity Seismicity has been linked to a number of human activities such as miningrock removal (Richardson and Jordan 2002 McGarr 1976) fluid extraction in oil and gas (Grasso 1992 Segall 1989 Segall et al 1994) waste fluid injection (Raleigh et al 1972) reservoir impoundment (Simpson 1976) and cavity collapses created as a result of an underground nuclear explosion (Boucher et al 1969)

Seismicity in general occurs over many different time and spatial scales Growth faults in the overpressurized zones of the Gulf Coast of the United States are one example of a slowly changing earthquake stress environment as they creep along an active fault zone (Mauk et al 1981) The size of an earthquake (or how much energy is released from one) depends on how much slip occurs on the fault how much stress there is on the fault before slipping how fast it fails and over how large an area its ruptures occur (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Damaging earthquakes (usually greater than magnitude 4 or 5 Bommer et al 2001) require the surfaces to slip over relatively large distances (kilometers) In most regions where there are economic geothermal resources there is usually tectonic activity These areas of high tectonic activity are more prone to seismicity than more stable areas such as the central continents (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Note however that one of the largest earthquakes ever to occur in the United States was the New Madrid series of events the early 1800s in the center of the United States It must also be noted that seismic activity is only a risk if it occurs above a certain level and close enough to an affected community

Large or damaging earthquakes tend to occur on developed or active fault systems In other words large earthquakes rarely occur where no fault exists and the small ones that do occur do not last long enough to release substantial energy Also it is difficult to create a large new fault because there is usually a pre-existing fault that will slip first For example all significant historical activity above magnitude 50 that has been observed in California has occurred on preexisting faults (bulletins of the Seismographic Stations University of California) When large earthquakes occur on previously unknown faults it is generally discovered that these faults already existed but were unmapped as was the case of the Northridge California earthquake (Southern California Earthquake Center httpwwwearthquakecountryinforootssocal-faultshtml)

One last important feature to note regarding earthquake activity is that the size of the fault (in addition to the forces available) and the strength of the rock determine how large an event may potentially be It has been shown that in almost all cases large earthquakes (magnitude 6 and above) start at depths of at least 5 to 10 km (Brune and Thatcher 2002) It is only at depth that sufficient energy can be stored to provide an adequate amount of force to move the large volumes of rock required to create a large earthquake

Water injection seems to be one of the most common causes of induced seismicity Rubey and Hubbert (1959) suggested that a pore pressure increase would reduce the ldquoeffective strength of rockrdquo and thus weaken a fault The seismicity (many events over a 10-year period with the largest having a magnitude of 53) associated with the Rocky Mountain Arsenal fluid disposal operations (injection rates of up to thirty million liters per month over a four-year period) was directly related to this phenomenon involving a significant increase in the pore pressure at depth which reduced the ldquoeffective strengthrdquo of the rocks in the subsurface (Brune and Thatcher 2002) The size rate and manner of seismicity is controlled by the rate and amount of fluid injected in the subsurface the orientation of the stress field relative to the pore pressure increase how extensive the local fault system is and last (but not least) the deviatoric stress field in the subsurface ie how much excess stress there is available to cause an earthquake (Cornet et al 1992 Cornet and Scotti 1992 Cornet and Julien 1993 Cornet and Jianmin 1995 Brune and Thatcher 2002)

31

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

31 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) An Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) is an engineered subsurface heat exchanger designed to either extract geothermal energy under circumstances in which conventional geothermal production is uneconomic or to improve and potentially expand the production operations so that they become more economic Most commonly EGS is needed in cases where the reservoir is hot but permeability is low In such systems permeability may be enhanced by hydraulic fracturing high-rate water injection andor chemical stimulation (Allis 1982 Batra et al 1984 Beauce et al 1991 Fehler 1989) Once the permeability has been increased production can be sustained by injecting water (supplemented as necessary from external sources) into injection wells and circulating that water through the newly created permeability where it is heated as it travels to the production wells As the injected water cools the engineered fractures slippage on the fractures and faults from the induced seismicity and chemical dissolution of minerals may also create new permeability continually expanding the reservoir and exposing more heat to be mined In most EGS and hydrothermal applications the pressures are kept below the ldquohydrofracturerdquo pressure and are designed to induce failure on preexisting fractures and faults ie shear failure on preexisting fractures and faults The idea being that one wants to open an interconnected region of fractures in order to maximize the surface area exposed to the injected fluids which in turn optimizes the heat extraction from the rock

A hydrofracture on the other hand has the potential to create a ldquofast pathrdquo which may not allow an optimal ldquosweeprdquo of injected fluid throughout the rock formation Hydrofractures are used in the oil and gas industry to enhance permeability by creating a large fracture (hundreds of feet long) that connects existing fractures and porosity which will then allow one to ldquodrainrdquo the formation of fluids (oil andor gas) Subsidiary shear failure does occur during the ldquoleak-offrdquo of the fluids from the hydrofracture intersecting the existing fractures (assuming they are oriented in the right direction with the principal stresses) by the same mechanism used in EGS but it is temporary mainly happening only during the hydrofracturing process Thus actual hydrofracturing for geothermal applications may not be as common as in oil and gas applications Other EGS schemes focus on improving the chemistry of the natural reservoir fluid Steam impurities such as noncondensable gases decrease the efficiency of the power plants and acid constituents (principally HCl and H2SO4) cause corrosion of wells pipelines and turbines (Baria et al 2005) Water injection is again an important EGS tool to help manage these fluid chemistry problems

Each of the major EGS techniquesmdashhydrofracturing fluid injection and acidizationmdashhas been used to some extent in selected geothermal fields and in most cases there is some information on the seismicity (or lack thereof ) induced by these techniques Specific examples are summarized below and discussed in detail in Majer et al (2007)

As pointed out and observed injection at sub-hydrofracture pressures can also induce seismicity as documented in a number of EGS projects (Ludwin et al 1982 Mauk et al 1981 OrsquoConnell and Johnson 1991 Stevenson 1985) These studies of low-pressure injection-induced seismicity in geothermal fields have concluded that the seismicity is predominantly of low magnitude The largest recorded event associated with a geothermal operation has been a magnitude 46 at The Geysers field in northern California in the 1980s when production was at its peak Since then there have been more magnitude 4 events but none as large as the event in the early 1980s Almost all other seismicity at other geothermal fields has been in the range of magnitude 3 or less (Majer et al 2007)

Mechanisms of Induced Seismicity in Geothermal Environments

In the geothermal world induced seismicity has been documented in a number of operating geothermal fields and EGS projects In the most prominent cases thousands of earthquakes are induced annually These are predominantly microearthquakes that are not felt by people but also include earthquakes of magnitudes up to the mid-magnitude 4s At other sites the induced seismicity may be entirely of very low magnitudes or may be a short-lived transient phenomenon In the majority of the dozens of operating hydrothermal fields around the world there is no evidence whatsoever of any induced seismicity causing significant structural damage to the surrounding community (Majer et al 2005 Baria et al 2006) However as mentioned above depending on where the geothermal project is located the induced seismicity may still exceed previously agreed-upon levels to any near-by communities for a variety of reasons

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

32 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Several different mechanisms have been hypothesized to explain these occurrences of induced seismicity in geothermal settings

1 Pore-pressure increase As explained above in a process known as effective stress reduction increased fluid pressure can reduce static frictional resistance and thereby facilitate seismic slip in the presence of a deviatoric stress field In such cases the seismicity is driven by the local stress field but triggered on an existing fracture by the pore-pressure increase In many cases the pore pressure required to shear favorably oriented joints can be very low and vast numbers of microseismic events occur as the pressure migrates away from the well bore in a preferred direction associated with the direction of maximum principal stress In a geothermal field one obvious mechanism is fluid injection Point injection from wells can locally increase pore pressure and thus possibly account for high seismicity around injection wells if there are local regions of low permeability At higher pressures fluid injection can exceed the rock strength actually creating new fractures in the rock (as discussed above)

2 Temperature changes Cool fluids interacting with hot rock can cause contraction of fracture surfaces in a process known as thermoelastic strain As with effective stress the slight opening of the fracture reduces static friction and triggers slip along a fracture that is already near failure in a regional stress field Alternatively cool fluids interacting with hot rock can create fractures and seismicity directly related to thermal contraction In some cases researchers have detected non-shear components indicating tensile failure contraction or spalling mechanisms

3 Volume change due to fluid withdrawalinjection As fluid is produced (or also injected) from an underground resource the reservoir rock may compact or be stressed These volume changes cause a perturbation in local stresses which are already close to the failure state (geothermal systems are typically located within faulted regions under high states of stress) This situation can lead to seismic slip within or around the reservoir A similar phenomenon occurs where solid material is removed underground such as in mines leading to ldquorockburstsrdquo as the surrounding rock adjusts to the newly created void

4 Chemical alteration of fracture surfaces Injecting non-native fluids into the formation (or allowing fluids to flow into the reservoir due to extraction) may cause geochemical alteration of fracture surfaces thus reducing or increasing the coefficient of friction on the surface In the case of reduced friction microearthquakes (smaller events) would be more likely to occur Pennington et al (1986) hypothesized that if seismic barriers evolve and asperities form (resulting in increased friction) events larger than microearthquakes may become more common

All four mechanisms are of concern for EGS applications The extent to which these mechanisms are active within any specific situation is influenced by a number of local and regional geologic conditions that can include the following

a Orientation and magnitude of the deviatoric stress field in relation to existing faults

b Extent of faults and fractures The magnitude of an earthquake is related to the area of fault slippage and the stress drop across the fault Larger faults have more potential for a larger event with a large proportion of the seismic energy being at the dominant frequency of the seismic event related to the length of the shearing fault (ie the larger the fault the lower the emitted frequency which brings it closer to the ranges of frequencies where soils and structures are directly affected and therefore the greater likelihood of structural damage) Large magnitude can also be generated by high stress drop on smaller fault ruptures but the frequency emitted is too high to cause structural damage As a general rule EGS projects should be careful with any operation that includes direct physical contact or hydrologic communication with large active faults

c Rock mechanical properties such as compaction coefficient shear modulus damping and ductility

d Hydrologic factors such as the static pressure profile existence of aquifers and aquicludes rock permeability and porosity

e Historical natural seismicity In some cases induced seismicity has occurred in places where there was little or no baseline record of natural seismicity In other cases exploitation of underground resources in areas of high background seismicity has resulted in little or no induced seismicity Still any assessment of induced seismicity potential should include a study of historical earthquake activity

33

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

33 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

As stated above several conditions must be met for significant (damaging) earthquakes to occur There must be a fault system large enough to allow significant slip there must be forces present to cause this slip along the fault (as opposed to some other direction) and these forces must be greater than the forces holding the fault together (the sum of the forces perpendicular to the fault plus the strength of the material in the fault) Also as pointed out above the larger earthquakes that can cause damage to a structure usually can only occur at depths greater than 5 km Consequently it is easy to see why the occurrence of large magnitude events is not a common phenomenon In fact a variety of factors must come together at the right time (enough energy stored up by the earth to be released) and in the right place (on a fault large enough to produce a large event) for a significant earthquake to occur It is also easy to see why seismicity may take the form of many small events

III Geothermal Case Histories Several case histories are summarized to demonstrate the different experiences with and the technical and public perception issues encountered with EGS systems These represent a variety of different conditions (but see also Knoll 1992 Guha 2000 Talebi 1998)

The primary issues addressed in these case histories include the following (for details see Majer et al 2007)

Technical Approach

The objective of the injection is to increase the productivity of the reservoir Each case history will have different technical specifications and conditions Important parameters in the design of injection programs are

bull Injection pressure

bull Volume of injection

bull Rate of injection

bull Temperature of fluids

bull Chemistry of fluid

bull Continuity of injection

bull Location and depth of injections

bull In situ stress magnitudes and patterns

bull Fracturepermeability of rocks

bull Historical seismicity

Public Concerns

Each site will also present different levels and types of public concerns Some sites are very remote and thus there is little public concern regarding induced seismicity On the other hand some sites are near or close to urban areas Felt seismicity may be perceived as an isolated annoyance or there may be concern about the cumulative effects of repeated events and the possibility of larger earthquakes in the future

Commonalities and Lessons Learned

In order to recommend how to best mitigate the effects of induced seismicity one must examine the common aspects of the different environments and determine what has been learned to date For example a preliminary examination of data in certain cases has revealed an emerging pattern of larger events occurring on the edges of the injection areas even occurring after injection has stopped In other cases there is an initial burst of seismicity as injection commences but then seismicity decreases or even ceases as injection stabilizes If one can learn from previous EGS projects then past lessons can help prevent future mistakes

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

34 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

In this study (Majer et al 2007) the case histories included are the following

a The Geysers USA A large body of seismic and productioninjection data have been collected over the last 35 years and induced seismicity has been tied to both steam production and water injection Supplemental injection projects were faced with substantial community opposition despite prior studies predicting less than significant impact The opposition has abated somewhat because of improved communication with residents and actual experience with the increased injection

b Cooper Basin Australia This is an example of a new project that has the potential for massive injection Test injections have triggered seismic events over magnitude 30 The project is however in a remote area and there is little or no community concern

c Berlin El Salvador This was an EGS project on the margins of an existing geothermal field The proponents have developed and implemented a procedure for managing injection-induced seismicity that involves simple criteria to determine whether to continue injection or not This procedure may be applicable to other EGS projects

d Soultz France This is a well-studied example with many types of data collected over the last 15 years in addition to the seismic data EGS reservoirs were created at two depths (3500 m and 5000 m) with the deeper reservoir aimed at proving the concept at great depth and high temperature (200ordmC) Concern about induced seismicity has curtailed activity at the project and no further stimulations are planned until the issue with the local communitymdashassociated with microseismicity and possible damage to structures from an event of around magnitude 29mdashis resolved

IV Gaps in Knowledge As stated above following the six international workshops held on induced seismicity under the auspices of the International Energy Agencyrsquos Geothermal Implementing Agreement (IEA-GIA) DOE and GEISER it has been shown that existing scientific research case histories and industrial standards provide a solid basis for characterizing induced seismicity and the planning of its monitoring Therefore the focus for additional study should be not only on understanding how to mitigate and control the seismicity if necessary but on the beneficial use of induced seismicity as a tool for creating sustaining and characterizing the improved subsurface heat exchangers whose performance is crucial to the success of future EGS projects Following is a list of the primary scientific issues that were discussed at the workshops These are in no particular priority order and are not meant to exclude other issues but were the ones most discussed

1 Do the larger seismic events triggered during EGS operations have a pattern with respect to the general seismicity It was pointed out that at Soultz The Geysers and other sites the largest events tend to occur on the fringes even outside the ldquomain cloudrdquo of events and often well after injection has been stopped Moreover large apparently triggered events are often observed after shut-in of EGS injection operations making such events still more difficult to control The development and use of suitable coupled reservoir fluid flowgeomechanical simulation programs will offer a great help in this respect and advances are being made in this area see for example Hazzard et al (2002) Cornet and Julien (1993) Kohl and Meacutegel (2005) Ghassemi and Tarasovs (2005) By looking at an extensive suite of such models it should be possible to determine what features are correlated to the occurrence of this phenomenon and would eventually allow the development of predictive models of seismicity Laboratory acoustic emission work would greatly help in this effort by complementing the numerical studies and helping to calibrate the models used

2 What are the source parameters and mechanisms of induced events The issue of stress drop versus fault size and moment is important There is some evidence that large stress drops may be occurring on small faults resulting in larger-magnitude events than the conventional models would predict (Brune and Thatcher 2002 and Kanamori and Rivera 2004) It was pointed out that understanding stress heterogeneity may be a key to understanding EGS seismicity Some results support this hypothesis (Baria et al 2005) For example the regional stress field must be determined before any stability analysis is done which (it was concluded) requires integration of various techniques such as borehole stress tests and source mechanism studies It was also found that the existence of induced seismicity does not prove that the rock mass is close to failure it merely outlines local stress concentrations (Cornet et al 1992) In addition it was found that at Soultz it took a 4 to 5 megapascal (MPa) pore-pressure increase over

35

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

35 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

in situ stress at around 3500 m depth to induce seismicity into a fresh fault that ignores large-scale pre-existing fractures Finally it is difficult to identify the failure criterion of large-scale pre-existing faults many of which do not have significant cohesion

3 Are there experiments that can be performed that will shed light on key mechanisms causing EGS seismicity Over the years of observing geothermal induced seismicity many different mechanisms have been proposed Pore-pressure increase thermal stresses volume change chemical alteration stress redistribution and subsidence are just a few of the proposed mechanisms Are repeating events a good sign or not Does similarity of signals provide clues to overall mechanisms One proposed experiment is to study the injection of hot water versus cold water to determine if thermal effects are the cause of seismicity If we can come up with a few key experiments to either eliminate or determine the relative effects of different mechanisms we would be heading in the right direction

4 How does induced seismicity differ in naturally fractured systems from hydrofracturing environments The variability of natural systems is quite largemdashthey vary from systems such as The Geysers to low-temperature systems each varying in geologic and structural complexity Do similar mechanisms apply and will it be necessary to start afresh with each system or can we learn from each system such that subsequently encountered systems would be easier to address

5 Is it possible to mitigate the effects of induced seismicity and optimize production at the same time In other words can EGS fracture networks be engineered to have both the desirable properties for efficient heat extraction (large fracture surface area reasonable permeability etc) and yet be generated by a process in which the associated induced seismicity does not exceed well-defined thresholds of tolerable ground shaking The traffic light system developed by Bommer et al (2006) goes some way to achieving this end but the idea of fracture network engineering (as introduced in Hazzard et al 2002) should be further investigated Microearthquake activity could be a sign of enhanced fluid paths fracture openingmovement and possibly permeability enhancement (especially in hydrofracture operations) or a repeated movement on an existing fault or parts of a fault The generation of seismicity is a measure of how we are perturbing an already dynamic system as a result of fluid injection or extraction

6 Does the reservoir reach equilibrium Steady state may be the wrong term but energy can be released in many different ways Steamhot water releases energy as does seismicity creep subsidence etc (local and regional stress are the energy inputs or storage) It has been pointed out that while the number of events at The Geysers is increasing the average energy release (as measured by cumulative magnitude of events) is actually constant or slightly decreasing (Majer and Peterson 2005) If this decrease in energy occurs as the result of many small events then this is good if it occurs as the result of a few big events then this is undesirable Thus an understanding of magnitude distribution in both space and time is necessary

V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward At least six international workshops that have been convened in the last four years to date to address the issue of EGS-induced seismicity have come to the conclusion that induced seismicity poses little threat to produce damaging seismicity but it must be taken seriously and dealt with to make the project acceptable to regulators and any affected communities If properly planned and executed it should not pose any threat to the overall development of the geothermal resources In fact induced seismicity provides a direct benefit because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir It was pointed out many times in these workshops that even in nongeothermal cases where there has been significant induced seismicity (reservoir impoundment (Koyna) hydrocarbon production (Gazli) and waste disposal activities (Rocky Mountain Arsenal Hoover and Dietrich 1969 and Hsieh and Bredehoft 1981)) effects of induced seismicity has been dealt with in a successful manner as not to hinder the objective of the primary project

During these workshops scientists and engineers working in this field have guided us toward a short- and long-term path The short-term path is to ensure that there is open communication between the geothermal energy producer and the local inhabitants This involves early establishment of a monitoring and reporting plan communication of the plan to the affected community and diligent follow-up in the form of reporting and meeting commitments The establishment of good working relationships between the geothermal producer and the local inhabitants is essential Adoption of best

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

36 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

practices from other industries should also be considered For example in the Netherlands gas producers adopt a good neighbor policy based on a proactive approach to monitoring reporting investigating and if necessary compensating for any damage (see NAM 2002) Similarly geothermal operators in Iceland have consistently shown that it is possible to gain public acceptance and even vocal support for field development operations by ensuring that local inhabitants see the direct economic benefit of those activities (Gudni Axelsson personal communication)

The long-term path must surely be the achievement of a step-change in our understanding of the processes underlying induced seismicity so that any associated benefit can be correctly applied and thus reduce any risk At the same time subsurface fracture networks with the desired properties must be engineered Seismicity is a key piece of information in understanding fracture networks and is now routinely being used to understand the dynamics of fracturing and the all-important relationship between the fractures and the fluid behavior Future research will be most effective by encouraging international cooperation through data exchange sharing results of field studies and research at regular meetings and engaging industry in the research projects Additional experience and the application of the practices discussed above will provide further knowledge helping us to successfully utilize EGS-induced seismicity and achieve the full potential of EGS

References for Appendix A Allis RG (1982) ldquoMechanisms of induced seismicity at The Geysers geothermal reservoirrdquo California Geophys Res Lett 9 629

Baria R S Michelet J Baumgaumlrtner B Dyer J Nicholls T Hettkamp D Teza N Soma H Asanuma J Garnish and T Megel (2005) ldquoCreation and mapping of 5000 m deep HDRHFR Reservoir to produce electricityrdquo Proceedings Paper 1627pdf World Geothermal Congress 2005 Antalya Turkey April 24ndash29 2005

Baria R E Majer M Fehler N Toksoz C Bromley and D Teza (2006) ldquoInternational cooperation to address induced seismicity in geothermal systemsrdquo Thirty-First Workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 30-February 1 2006 SGP-TR-179

Batra R JN Albright and C Bradley (1984) ldquoDownhole seismic monitoring of an acid treatment in the Beowawe Geothermal Fieldrdquo Trans Geothermal Resources Council 8 479

Beauce A H Fabriol D LeMasne CCavoit P Mechler and X K Chen (1991) ldquoSeismic studies on the HDR Site of Soultz-forets (Alsace France)rdquo Geotherm Sci Tech 3 239

Bommer JJ G Georgallides and IJ Tromans (2001) ldquoIs there a near field for small-to-moderate-magnitude earthquakesrdquo Journal of Earthquake Engineering 5(3) 395ndash423

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology 83(4) 287ndash306

Boucher G A Ryall and AE Jones (1969) ldquoEarthquakes associated with underground nuclear explosionsrdquo J Geophys Res 74 3808

Brune J and W Thatcher (2002) International Handbook of Earthquake and Engineering Seismology V 81A Intl Assoc Seismology and Phys of Earthrsquos Interior Committee on Education pp 569ndash588

Cornet FH and Yin Jianmin (1995) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for stress field determinationrdquo Pure and Applied Geophys 145 677

Cornet FH and O Scotti (1992) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for fault zone identificationrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 30 789

Cornet FH Y Jianmin and L Martel (1992) ldquoStress heterogeneities and flow paths in a granite Rock Massrdquo Pre-Workshop Volume for the Workshop on Induced Seismicity 33rd US Symposium on Rock Mechanics 184

Cornet FH and P Julien (1993) ldquoStress determination from hydraulic test data and focal mechanisms of induced seismicityrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 26 235

Cypser DA SD Davis (1998) ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics 289(1) 239ndash255

Fehler M(1989) ldquoStress control of seismicity patterns observed during hydraulic fracturing experiments at the Fenton Hill hot dry rock geothermal energy site New Mexicordquo International J of Rock Mech and Mining Sci amp Geomech Abstracts V 26 p 211- 219

Ghassemi A and S Tarasovs (2005) ldquoA three-dimensional study of the effects of thermo-mechanical loads on fracture slip in enhanced geothermal reservoirsrdquo Submitted to International Journal of Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech

37

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

37 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Grasso J (1992) ldquoMechanics of seismic instabilities induced by the recovery of hydrocarbonsrdquo Pure amp Applied Geophysics 139 507

Guha SK (2000) Induced Earthquakes Kluwer Academic Publishers Dordrecht The Netherlands

Hazzard JF RP Young and SJ Oates (2002) ldquoNumerical modeling of seismicity induced by fluid injection in a fractured reservoirrdquo Mining and Tunnel Innovation and Opportunity Proceedings of the 5th North American Rock Mechanics Symposium Toronto Canada 1023-1030 University of Toronto Press

Hoover DB and JA Dietrich (1969) ldquoSeismic activity during the 1968 test pumping at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal disposal wellrdquo US Geological Survey Circular 613

Hsieh PA and JD Bredehoft (1981) ldquoA reservoir analysis of the Denver earthquakes a case of induced seismicityrdquo J Geophys Res 86 (B2) 903-920

Kanamori H and L Rivera (2004) ldquoStatic and Dynamic Scaling Relations for Earthquakes and their implications for Rupture Speed and Stress Droprdquo Bull Seismol Soc Am v 94 no 1 p 314-319

Knoll P (Ed) (1992) Induced Seismicity AA Balkema Rotterdam The Netherlands

Kohl T and T Meacutegel (2005) ldquoCoupled hydro-mechanical modelling of the GPK3 reservoir stimulation at the European EGS site Soultz-Sous-Foretsrdquo Proceedings Thirtieth workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 31-February 2 2005

Ludwin RS V Cagnetti and CG Bufe (1982) ldquoComparision of seismicity in the Geysers geothermal area with the surrounding areardquo Bulletin Seismol Soc Am 72 863

Majer EL and JE Peterson (2005) ldquoApplication of microearthquake monitoring for evaluating and managing the effects of fluid injection at naturally fractured EGS Sitesrdquo GRC Transactions 29 103ndash107

Majer E R Baria and M Fehler (2005) ldquoCooperative research on induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermal Resources Council Transactions 29 GRC 2005 Annual Meeting Sept 25ndash28 2005

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Mauk F GG Sorrells and B Kimball (1981) ldquoMicroseismicity associated with development of Gulf Coast geopressured-geothermal wells Two studies Pleasant Bayou No 2 and Dow LR Sweezy No 1rdquo Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 105 (Proc 5th US Gulf Coast Geopressured-Geothermal Energy Conf DG Bebout and AL Bachman eds)

McGarr A (1976) ldquoSeismic moment and volume changerdquo J Geophys Res 81 1487

NAM (2002) Aardtrillingen Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM) public information leaflet available from wwwnamnl September 2002

OrsquoConnell DRH and LR Johnson (1991) ldquoProgressive Inversion for Hypocenters and P Wave and S Wave Velocity Structure Application to the Geysers California Geothermal Fieldrdquo Journal of Geophysical Research v 96 B4 6223-6236 doi10102991JB00154

Pennington WD SD Davis SM Carlson J DuPree and TE Ewing (1986) ldquoThe evolution of seismic barriers and asperities caused by the depressuring of fault planes in oil and gas fields of South Texasrdquo Bull of the Seismological Soc of America 76(4) 939ndash948

Raleigh CB JH Healy and JD Bredehoeft (1972) ldquoFaulting and crustal stress at Rangely Coloradordquo AGU Geophysical Monograph 16 275ndash284

Richardson E and T Jordan (2002) ldquoSeismicity in deep gold mines of South Africa Implications for tectonic earthquakesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America 92(5) 1766ndash1782

Ruby W W and Hubbert M K 1959 ldquoRole of pore pressure in mechanics of overthrust faulting IIrdquo ldquoOverthrust belt in geosynclinals area of western Wyoming in light of fluids pressure hypothesisrdquo GSA Bulletin V 70 no 2 p 167-206

Segall P (1989) ldquoEarthquakes triggered by fluid extractionrdquo Geology 17 942ndash946

Segall P JR Grasso and A Mossop (1994) ldquoPoroelastic stressing and induced seismicity near the Lacq gas field southwestern Francerdquo Jour Geophys Res 99 15423ndash15438

Simpson DW (1976) ldquoSeismicity changes associated with reservoir loadingrdquo Engineering Geology 10 123

Stevenson DA (1985) ldquoLouisiana Gulf Coast seismicity induced by geopressured-geothermal well developmentrdquo 6th Conf Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 319 (MH Dorfman amp RA Morton ed 1985)

Talebi S (Ed) 1998 Seismicity Associated with Mines Reservoirs and Fluid Injection Birkhaumluser Verlag Basel

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems38

39

APPENDIX B LIST OF AcrOnymS

39 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix B List of Acronyms

ANSI American National Standard Institute

ATC Applied Technology Council

DSHA Deterministic Seismic Hazard Analysis

EGS Enhanced Geothermal System

GIS Geographic Information Systems

IES Institute for Environmental Sciences

ISO International Organization for Standardization

FTA Federal Transportation Administration

km Kilometer

m Meter

MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging

MW Megawatt

PGA Peak Ground Acceleration

PGV Peak Ground Velocity

PPV Peak Particle Velocity

PSHA Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Analysis

USBM US Bureau of Mines

40 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

41

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

41 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix C Glossary of Terms

Amplitude Peak-to-peak measure of a parameter associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value Amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of such events summed over all possible earthquakes and all possible consequences of each earthquake

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis Estimation of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event

Earthquake Result of slip or displacement on a geologic fault resulting in the release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinducedrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that is intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism Description of the rupture process of an earthquake ie style of faulting and the rupture fault plane on which it occurs

Focal mechanism Graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake calculated by seismologists

Ground-motion prediction model Relationship usually based on strong motion data that predicts the amplitude of a specified ground-motion parameter eg peak ground acceleration (PGA) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

Human response curves Graphic representation of a humanrsquos sensitivity and response to vibration as a function of frequency

Induced seismic event Seismic event eg an earthquake that is induced by manmade activities such as fluid injection reservoir impoundment mining and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and in this report

Moment magnitude Preferred method to calculate the magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than 70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Peak ground velocity (PGV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis Probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period

Probability of exceedance Probability or more accurately the frequency at which the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded

Quad Unit of energy equal to 1015 BTU 1055 x 1018 Joule and 29307 Terrawatt-hours

Rock permeability Ability of a rock to transmit fluids (oil water gas etc)

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

42 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Seismic hazard Effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage such as ground shaking liquefaction and landslides

Seismic hazard curve Result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground-motion parameter eg PGA and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or return period

Seismic risk Probability of loss or damage due to seismicity

Shear-wave velocity profile Relationship between the shear-wave velocity of the earth and depth Shear-wave velocities of the near-surface (top hundreds of meters) of the ground control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking

Spectral frequency Frequencies that constitute the ground-motion record They are the frequencies for which it is necessary to know the energy they carry to be able to reconstitute the full record in the time domain

Tectonic stresses Stresses in the earth due to geologic processes such as movement of the tectonic plates

Temperature gradient Physical quantity that describes (in this context) the change in temperature with depth in the earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in units of degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm)

Thermal contraction Contracting response of hot materials when interacting with cool fluids

Tomography Imaging by sections or sectioning through the use of any kind of penetrating wave A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram

Transient ground vibration Temporarily sustained ground vibration

Triggered seismic event Seismic event that is the result of failure along a preshyexisting zone of weakness eg a fault that is already critically stressed and is pushed to failure by a stress perturbation from natural or manmade activities

Vibration Dynamic motion of an object characterized by direction and amplitude

Vibration exposure Personrsquos exposure to vibrations in this case ground-motion vibrations

Vulnerability function Function that characterizes potential damages in terms of a relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location

APPENDIX D workshop pArTICIpANTsrEVIEwErs

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers

Affiliation Name Affiliation Name

AltaRock Energy Joe Iovenitti Massachusetts Institute Michael Fehler

Will Osborn of Technology

Anderson Springs Community Alliance

Jeff Gospe Michigan Technological University

Wayne Pennington

Northern California Bill Smith APEX Ken Maher Power Agency

Bureau of Land Management

Linda Christian People Wise Lucy Fine

Calpine Corporation Mark Walters Savy Risk Consulting Jean Savy

Melinda Wright Southern Methodist University

Brian Stump

Rosemary Antonopoulos Stanford University Mark Zoback

Consultant John R Haught

Cumming Geoscience William Cumming

Friends of Cobb Mt Hamilton Hess

GeothermEx Inc Ann Robertson-Tait

Institute of Earth Science Mike Hasting and Engineering (NZ)

Lake County Mark Dellinger Special Districts

Lawrence Berkeley National Lab

Bob Budnitz

Ernie Majer

Larry Hutchings

Larry Myer

Mack Kennedy

Pat Dobson

Lawrence Livermore Bill Foxall National Lab

The University of Texas Cliff Frohlich at Austin

US Department of Energy Alexandra Pressman

Alison LaBonte

Avi Gopstein

Brian Costner

Chris Carusona

Christy King-Gilmore

Douglas Kaempf

Jay Nathwani

Lauren Boyd

US Geological Survey Art McGarr

Dave Oppenheimer

Steve Hickman

URS Corporation Ivan Wong

Los Alamos National Lab James Ruthledge Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Jim Nelson

43

43

44 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

45

APPENDIX E RElEVANT WEbsiTEs

45 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix E Relevant Websites

US Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologiesrsquo Program

httpwwweereenergygovgeothermal

Original Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsEGS-IS-Protocol-Final-Draft-20110531pdf

IEA-GIA Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpwwwiea-giaorgdocumentsProtocolforInducedSeismicityEGS-GIADoc25Feb09pdf

Lawrence Berkeley National Labrsquos Induced Seismicity Website

httpesdlblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicity

Primer on EGS Induced Seismicity

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsprimeregspdf

- -

EERE Information Center For information on the 1-877-EERE-INFO (1-877 337 3463) Geothermal Technologies Program wwweereenergygovinformationcenter visit geothermalenergygov

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Appendix B EGS Best Practices

This page intentionally left blank

VERSION APRIL 8 2016

Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated With Enhanced

Geothermal Systems (EGS)

By

Ernie Majer Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory Berkeley CA 94720 James Nelson Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Emeryville CA 94608 Ann Robertson-Tait GeothermEx Inc Richmond CA 94806

Jean Savy Savy Risk Consulting Oakland CA 94610 Ivan Wong URS Corporation Oakland CA 94612

ONE

TWO

THREE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abbreviations vi

Glossaryviii

Units xiv

Forewordxv

Section 1 Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation1-1

11 Purpose 1-1 12 Guiding Principles for Site Screening 1-1 13 Evaluate Risks With Simple Bounding Methods 1-2

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria 1-3

132 Impact On Local Community 1-3 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic

Risk1-4 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced

Earthquake and Associated Risk 1-4 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS 1-5 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not

Completing a Project 1-5 14 EGS Project Benefits 1-6 15 Documentation for Initial Project Phase Decision Making1-6

151 Full Technical Documentation 1-6 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk1-6

16 Case Studies1-7

Section 2 Step 2 Outreach and Communications2-1

21 Purpose 2-1 22 Main Elements2-1 23 Examples 2-2

231 Other Industrial Projects2-2 232 EGS Projects2-6 233 Project Near a Community 2-6 234 Project Distant From a Community2-8

24 Recommended Approach 2-9 25 Summary2-11

Section 3 Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise3-1

31 Purpose 3-1 32 Building Damage Criteria3-2

321 Threshold Cracking 3-3 322 Minor and Major Damage 3-10

33 Damage Criteria for Civil Structures3-10

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ii

FOUR

FIVE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

34 Damage Criteria for Buried Structures3-11 341 Wells3-11 342 Pipelines 3-11 343 Basement Walls 3-12 344 Tunnels 3-12

35 Landslide and Rockslide3-13 36 Human Response 3-13

361 Third Octave Filters3-13 362 Vibration3-14 363 Ground-Borne Noise 3-25

37 Laboratory and Manufacturing Facilities 3-27 371 Criteria 3-27

38 Summary3-30 39 Suggested Reading 3-31

Section 4 Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data4-1

41 Purpose 4-1 42 Gathering Data to Establish BackgroundHistorical Seismicity

Levels Regional 4-1 421 Possible Sources of Background Data4-2 422 Data Requirements 4-2

43 Local Seismic Monitoring 4-4 431 Basic Requirements 4-4 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage 4-5 433 Instrumentation and Deployment 4-6 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements 4-9

44 Summary4-11 45 Suggested Reading 4-11

Section 5 Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events 5-1

51 Purpose 5-1 52 Overview of Approach 5-2

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard From Natural Seismicity 5-2 522 Estimate the Hazard From Induced Seismicity 5-2

53 PSHA Methodology and Computer Programs 5-3 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity 5-3 532 Characterize Seismic Sources5-5 533 Areal Sources5-8 534 Characterize Site Conditions 5-8 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models 5-9 536 PSHA Products 5-9

54 Additional Steps In Characterizing EGS for PSHA 5-10 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field5-11 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model5-11 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories5-11

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iii

SIX

SEVEN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model 5-11 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced

Seismicity 5-13 546 Products 5-13

55 Summary5-13 56 Suggested Reading 5-13

Section 6 Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS6-1

61 Purpose 6-1 62 Overview of Best Practice Approach 6-1

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure 6-1 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for

EGS6-2 63 Seismic Hazard Characterization for Risk Assessment6-4

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard6-4 632 Size of the Assessment Area 6-4 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest 6-5 634 Time Dependence 6-5

64 Vulnerability and Damage Characterization of Elements Contributing to the Seismic Risk6-5 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions 6-7 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock6-7 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities6-7 644 Infrastructure 6-8 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference In

Business and Industrial Facilities 6-8 646 Nuisance 6-8

65 Available Tools Needed Data and Available Resources 6-9 651 HAZUS6-9 652 SELENA6-10 653 RiskScape 6-10 654 CRISIS6-10 655 OpenRisk 6-11 656 QLARM6-11

66 Presentation of Results Needed for Risk-Informed EGS Decision-Making6-11 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity6-12 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation 6-12

67 Summary6-12 68 Suggested Reading 6-12

Section 7 Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan7-1

71 Purpose 7-1 72 Recommended Approach 7-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iv

EIGHT

NINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

721 Direct Mitigation 7-1 722 Indirect Mitigation7-3 723 Receiver Mitigation 7-4 724 Liability 7-5 725 Insurance7-5

73 Summary7-6

Section 8 Acknowledgements 8-1

Section 9 References9-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 v

ABBREVIATIONS

1-D one-dimensional 3-D three-dimensional

ANSI American National Standards Institute ATC Applied Technology Council

BLM Bureau of Land Management BRGM Bureau de Recherches Geologiques et Miniegraveres

CCS Carbon capture and sequestration DC direct current

DOENETL Department of Energy National Energy Technology Laboratory DSHA deterministic seismic hazard analysis

EGS enhanced geothermal system FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency

GIS geographic information systems GPL GNU Public License

GPS global positioning system HAZUS-MH HAZUS-Multi-Hazard

IES Institute of Environmental Sciences ISO International Standard Organization

KML Keyhole Markup Language M (earthquake) moment magnitude

MDR mean damage ratio MRI magnetic resonance imaging ndash machine or picture

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NIBS National Institute of Building Sciences

NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission Pa Pascal (unit of pressure or stress)

PEER Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research PGA peak ground acceleration

PGV peak ground velocity PPV peak particle velocity

PSHA probabilistic seismic hazard analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vi

RMS root-mean-square SCEC Southern California Earthquake Center

SEM scanning electron microscope SERIANEX Trinational SEismic RIsk ANalysis EXpert Group

SPL sound pressure level ndashdecibels ( dB) relative 20x10-6Pascal RMS SRA seismic risk analysis

STEM scanning transmission electron microscopes TEM transmission electron microscope

USBM US Bureau of Mines USGS US Geological Survey

VEL velocity level ndash decibels (dB) relative to one micronsecond V-L L M H very-low low medium high

VS shear-wave (S-wave) velocity VP compression-wave (P-wave) velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vii

GLOSSARY Acceleration level ndash dB The level of acceleration is twenty times the common

logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the acceleration amplitude to the reference acceleration amplitude

Amplitude Half the peak-to-peak amplitude associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity etc) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value The amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of event summed over all possible events (ie earthquakes) and all possible consequences of each event

Corner frequency The frequency of an electronic filter (iethe system) that characterizes the transition between high-frequncy energy which loses energy when flowing through the system compared to lower frequency energy passing unaltered through (bandpass) the system

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis The characterization of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event (DSHA)

Earthquake or event The result of slip or other discontinuous displacement (ie ldquorupturerdquo) across a geologic fault resulting in the sudden release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinduced or triggeredrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume (ie rock formations) via injecting into and withdrawing fluids from the rock formations with the intent of increasing the ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism The description of the rupture process of an earthquake includes the forces or displacement history of the slip across the activated geologic fault

Focal mechanism A graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake used by seismologists

Ground-borne noise Noise due to vibration of room surfaces (walls and floors)

Ground motion prediction model A relationship usually based on strong motion data (ie motion recorded near an earthquake) that predicts the amplitude of a specified or desired ground motion parameter (eg peak ground acceleration (PGA)) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 viii

Human response curves A graphic representation of human sensitivity and human response to ground vibration as a function of frequency as provided in ISO 2631 and derivative standards

Hydraulic fracturing Sometimes called ldquofracrsquoingrdquo in the oil industry and ldquofrackingrdquo in the news media the technique consists of injecting high-pressure fluids below the surface into a rock targeted mass through a borehole causing new fractures and displacing native fluids The fractures increase the permeability of the rock which aids in the extraction of natural gas andor crude oil

Induced seismic event A seismic event (eg an earthquake) that is induced by man-made activities such as fluid injection retention dam reservoir impoundment mining quarrying and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and Section 1 of this report

Inter-event interval The time interval between earthquake events Same as recurrence interval

Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI) A 12-class categorization of earthquake ground shaking based on the observed effects of the event on the Earthrsquos surface humans objects of nature and man-made structures Class I is the lowest (eg no damage) and XII the highest category (ietotal destruction)

Moment magnitude (M) The preferred metric for the size or magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than M70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak ground velocity (PGV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Poisson process A stochastic process where the occurrence of an event has no effect on the probability of an occurrence of any earlier or later event (ie all events are random and independent of each other

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ix

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) The probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that

are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period of events

Probability of exceedance The probability that the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded within a given time period In the PSHA it is interpreted as the frequency of exceedance

Quad A unit of energy equal to 1015

Joule = 29307 Terrawatt-hours BTU = 1055 x 1018

Rate of occurrence Number of events per unit of time Usually expressed as the annual rate of occurrence (unitsyear)

Recurrence interval The average earthquakes

time period between individual

Return period It is the inverse of the annual probability of exceedanceCommonly used in place of the annual probability ofexceedance

Rock permeability The measure of transmissivity of fluids (oil water natural gas etc) through a rock mass

rms vibration The square root of the integral of the square of the vibration amplitude with respect to time divided by the integration time The root-mean-square vibration is often measured over a period of one second for transient phenomena such as short-period seismic motion The integration time must be indicated for nonstationary events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration units but the units must be indicated

Scenario earthquake A projected earthquake that is constructed purposes of defining a set of actions

for the

Seismic hazard curve The result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground motion parameter (eg PGA) and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or its inverse the return period

Seismic hazard The effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage Examples include ground shaking liquefaction landslides and tsunamis

Seismic moment The seismic moment Mo is the product of the shear modulus of the rock material the area of slip and the (average) displacement discontinuity across the slip

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 x

Seismic risk Shear-wave velocity profile

Slip rate

Sound pressure level-dB

Spectral frequency

Structural damage

Tectonic stresses

Temperature gradient

Thermal contraction

Threshold Damage

area The relationship between moment magnitude M and moment Mo can vary from site to site but one accepted relation is M = (23)Log10[Mo(dyne-cm)] -107

The probability of loss or damage due to seismicity The relationship between the shear-wave velocity and depth in the Earth Shear-wave velocities of the material in the top few kilometers of the Earth control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking The speed of slip across a fault in an earthquake Specifically the fault displacement divided by the time period in which the displacement occurred

The sound pressure level is equal to 20 times the common logarithm of the root-mean-square sound pressure p divided by the reference sound pressure of 20x10-6 Pa The sound pressure level is abbreviated as SPL Mathematically SPL = 20 Log10 (p(Pa) 20x10-6

Pa) in dB

The range of frequencies that constitute the ground motion record Knowledge of both the energy distribution spanning these frequencies and how their arrivals are timed is the necessary data for the reconstruction of the full record (ie full waveform of the recorded signal) in the time domain The time domain arrival rate is called ldquophasingrdquo in the frequency domain

Serious weakening or distortion of structure resulting in large open cracks in walls and masonry and buckled walls The stresses in the earth due to natural (ie geologic) processes such as movement of the tectonic plates The change in temperature with depth in the Earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm) The contracting of a material when in contact with something of a cooler temperature For example the contracting hot rock when subjected with cool fluids

Cosmetic damage involving cracks that do not remain open after vibration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xi

Minor Damage

Major Damage

Tomography

Transient ground vibration

Triggered seismic event

Vibration

Vibration exposure

Vibration level

Broken windows dislodged articles on shelves broken glass and dishes

Large open cracks structural damage due to shifting or settlement of foundation warping of walls and floors loss of structural integrity Imaging of a solid body divided into sections and characterizing a property of each section by the quality of waves passing through the section A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram Examples include X-Ray tomography acoustic tomography and CAT Scans Temporarily sustained ground vibration usually occurring over a time period of less than a few seconds A seismic event that is the result of failure along a pre-existing zone of weakness (eg a fault) that is critically stressed and fails by a stress perturbation from natural or man-made activity See Foreword The dynamic and repetitive motion of an object or part of an object characterized by direction and amplitude The vibration exposure is the integral (ie the sum) of the square of the vibration amplitude integrated over time in seconds The vibration exposure is measured over the entire duration of a seismic event Duration is the seismic motion discernable above the ambient motion The exposure duration is typically 2 to 5 seconds for small magnitude seismic events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration but the unit must be specified

The level of vibration in decibels (dB) is 20 times the common logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the vibration amplitude and reference amplitude The vibration amplitude may be the peak vibration amplitude but is typically the root-mean-square amplitude The unit must be indicated such as ldquovibration velocity level in dB relative to 1micro-insecrdquo Common reference amplitudes are

Acceleration One millionth of earthrsquos gravitation acceleration or 10-6g One millionth of one meter per second squared or 10-6msec2

Velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xii

One millionth of one meter per second or 10-6msec One millionths of one centimeter per second or 10-8msec One millionth of one inch per second or 10-6insec

Displacement One millionth of one meter or one micron

Vulnerability function A function that characterizes potential damage as a mathematical relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground-motion at a location

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiii

UNITS cmsec2 acceleration in centimeters per second per second cmsec velocity in centimeters per second

dB decibel dBA A-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal

dBC C-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal g acceleration of earth gravity (1g = 981 cmsec2)

GHz gigaHertz GWh giga Watt-hour

Hz frequency in Hertz or one cycle per second insec velocity inches per second

km kilometer 103 meters m meter

msec velocity in meter per second Mhz megahertz 106 Hertz

micro-insec velocity in 1 micro-inchsec = 10-6 insec micronsec velocity in 1 micronsec = 10-6 msec

mm millimeter 10-3 m mmsec velocity in millimeter per second

MW mega-Watt 106 Watts Pa Pascal 1Nm2 = 145x10-4 psi

psi pound per square inch sec second

VdB Velocity level ndash decibels relative to 1x10-6 insec

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiv

FOREWORD Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term This is especially true if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) As with the development of any new technology however some aspects are acceptable and others need clarification and study

One of the main issues often associated with subsurface fluid injection an integral part of all the EGS technologies is the impact and the utility of microseismicity (microearthquakes) that often occur during fluid injections Recent publicity surrounding injection-induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate potential problems that induced seismicity may cause (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community be assured that geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks to acceptable levels This will ensure that the resource is safe and cost-effective

Addressing the impacts and the utility of induced seismicity the US Department of Energy (DOE) in 2004 initiated and participated in an international activity to develop a Protocol to address both technical and public acceptance issues surrounding EGS-induced seismicity This resulted in an International Energy Agency (IEA) Protocol (Majer et al 2009) followed by an updated Protocol in 2012 (Majer et al 2012) These Protocols serve as general guidelines for the public regulators and geothermal operators In comparison this document provides a set of general guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents could take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are NOT a prescription but instead suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public to facilitate the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

Although the Protocols are being used and followed by a number of geothermal stakeholders DOE felt another document a ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document was needed by the geothermal operators This document is the ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document and provides more detail than the Protocols while still following the seven main steps in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) Like the Protocol this Best Practices document is intended to be a living document it is intended to supplement the existing IEA Protocol and the new DOE Protocol As practically as possible this document is up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical

As methods experience knowledge and regulations change so will this document We recognize that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit all geothermal projects and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions will call for different actions Variations will result from factors including the population density around the project past seismicity in the region the size of the project the depth and volume of injection and its relation to the geologic setting (eg faults) etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the DOErsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is intended to help industry identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity and aiding in the utilization of the seismicity to optimize EGS reservoir performance We note that determining site-specific criteria for any particular project is beyond the scope of this document it is the obligation of project developers to meet any and all federal state or local regulations

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xv

Finally induced seismicity has historically occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (eg retention dam reservoir impoundment mining construction waste fluid disposal oil and gas production etc) Although projects have been stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies and to optimize either extraction or injection of fluids into the earth

As described in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) the seven basic steps are Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Step 2 Outreach and Communications Step 3 Criteria For Damage Vibration and Noise

Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

These steps are described in detail in the following sections Each of the following sections addresses these steps individually and in order

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xvi

1 Section 1 ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

11 PURPOSE The goal of a preliminary screening evaluation is to evaluate the relative merit of candidate EGS site locations without investing substantial amounts of time effort and money This section describes this approach a screening evaluation based on simple analytical methods and acceptability criteria (see Section 3) One aspect of this screening is to determine if a candidate EGS site presents any problems that could impede its licensing or its acceptance by local institutions or community

When considering several candidate sites the purpose of this step is to perform a ranking and pre-selection The Protocol (Majer et al 2012) recommends a simple approach that calls for evaluating the worthiness of a candidate EGS site and when several sites are considered to compare the relative merit of each based on a bounding estimation of the seismic risk associated with the planned EGS operation

12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING Many factors influence the type and location of energy projects including EGS projects Choosing sites for energy projects (and other large infrastructure projects) has been a subject of formal studies since the early 1970rsquos Lesbirel and Shaw (2000) summarize the evolution of methods used to select the sites for major projects

bull Early 1970s Least Cost Analysis

bull Late 1970s to 1980s Decide Announce and Defend (DAD)

bull Late 1980s to 1990s Development of a more comprehensive framework for managing conflicts and the emergence of comparative studies of various project alternatives

Building on this Davy (1997) noted that through the 1980rsquos the common procedure in siting facilities focused on four criteria

1 Profitability (facility under consideration must yield a benefit to the operator regardless of its status as private or public)

2 Functionality (the development of a facility must consider all technical aspects to ensure a functional operation)

3 Safety (the development must avoid all harm risks and other adverse effects to human health and environment)

4 Legality (the facility must meet legal standards) This approach presupposes that profitable functional safe and legal facilities should be built While the above criteria are important they will not necessarily have much of a relationship to the degree of public support Therefore the criteria need to be broadened to encompass the issues that are important to the community and other non-project stakeholders Since the 1990s there has been a significant body of work about gaining public acceptance of projects The work of experts such as Kunreuther et al (1993) and Raab and Susskind (2009) have made significant contributions to understanding the relationship between public opinion

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-1

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

and the success or failure of a project These experts and others laid the groundwork for dialogue in selecting sites for infrastructure projects (including power plants and transmission lines)

The general tendency for siting critical or controversial facilities is developing a realistic risk profile and ensuring that all the stakeholders including local communities are well informed and understand what is at stake Section 13 lays down the framework using risk evaluation for comparing candidate sites It describes how to assess the negative aspects of risk (safety possible damages nuisance) and it recommends how to present those results along with benefits to the stakeholders

13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS The screening evaluation in Step 1 is not meant to provide a definitive estimate of risk It is meant to identify the sites that would most likely be inappropriate based on risk of exceeding acceptability criteria of ground shaking This criteria is developed from experience in other sites with similar issues (see Section 3) It is intended to avoid extensive studies of sites that would have very low likelihood of gaining acceptance Therefore the emphasis on using simple bounding methods is to minimize the work before final site selection It is based on using onset of damage and nuisance criteria to define risk acceptability rather than full fledged vulnerability functions (see Section 6) to calculate risk

No method or process is generally endorsed to achieve the goals in this step but common sense and recent projects not all specifically for EGS can give useful insights For example studies performed by US Department of EnergyNational Energy Technology Laboratory (DOENETL) for the carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) projects can be used for site screening (DOENETL 2010 Screenings are often not formally risk based The present Best Practices document emphasizes the use of risk information to help make decisions It assumes that a technical screening based on the geology and other physical considerations has already been done

The process recommended in Step 1 is summarized in Figure 1-1 and starts with examining local regulations In this process each of the separate risk quantification parts can be simple but must convey reasonable confidence in the bounding results or complete and high resolution knowing that once the screening is done and the site selected a detailed risk analysis will be performed (Step 6 of the Protocol Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-2

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Source NETL 2009

Figure 1-1 Elements of a Bounding Risk Analysis

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria As part of project definition developers should establish criteria to quantify and rank potential EGS areas using acceptance criteria including criteria of the type described in Section 3 of this document The criteria should also include primary factors leading to a gono-go decisions and factors that may lead to a contingent set of analyses For exampleprimary factors might include

bull Verifying that the site can be permitted under federal state and local regulations including zoning regulations

bull For projects with federal funding assuring National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requirements can be met

bull Verifying that mechanisms can be established for obtaining access from surface and subsurface owners for storage surface facilities and pipelines

132 Impact on Local Community There should be a complete list of possible impacts on the local community For the social impact and nuisance this list should be completed concurrently with the outreach program (see Section 2) to permit the development of simple consequence metrics These metric will be used in the bounding risk analysis with classification of very-low (V-L) low (L) medium (M) or high (H) consequence as suggested in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-3

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk Step 1 is not intended to require extensive calculations and comprehensive research field work efforts or development of extensive databases on seismicity or vulnerability of buildings Risk from natural seismicity can be estimated by available techniques and software using methods reliable enough to give orders of magnitude We recommend using seismicity data ground motion recordings and updating or installing a local network as soon as possible (see Section 4) An estimate of probabilistic seismic hazard can be taken from existing hazard maps (see for example US Geologic Survey [USGS 2008]) However adjustments should be made to include natural seismic events as small as moment magnitude M 4 or M 35 if possible This will create a base-line that can differentiate natural risk from risk induced by the EGS where earthquakes are typically smaller than M 35 The updating effort should cover local seismic source zones or faults and ground motion prediction models for small distances and very small magnitudes Given the complexity of the induced earthquake generation we recommend performing this update using case studies of other similar EGS projects Current efforts to physically model small earthquakes in the areas of crustal stress disturbance are still in research mode they are very complex and require extensive calculations ndash not what is envisioned here

Whenever possible site-specific ground motion that takes into account the local characteristics and geology should be included within the scope and level of effort commensurate with the level envisioned for this section In most cases building-code (see FEMA 232 [FEMA 2006] and FEMA P-749 FEMA [2010]) approaches and data bases can be used

Risk of physical damage economic loss estimate and loss of life need only be estimated using standard methods with existing data bases either generic or with analogs

Long-term risk is usually expressed in terms of monetary loss and loss of lives and the goal is only to be able to determine whether the risk is V-L L M or H (see definition of risk levels in the Protocol [Majer et al 2012])

134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk Earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally in a magnitude ranging Mlt -2 (insignificant) to about M 35 (locally feelable) (Majer et al 2007) Somewhat larger earthquakes have been observed but very infrequently The largest earthquake to date believed to be associated with an EGS operation is M 47 However note that every site will be different depending on whether there are pre-existing faults within the EGS field which implies a very good knowledge of the subsurface geology and therefore may not be applicable at this stage (ie in the screening Step 1) If enough information is available to perform a simple analysis the case of the Basel Switzerland EGS study can be used as an example of best practice (SERIANEX 2009) In the SERIANEX study it is believed that all faults within 15 km of the injection were identified and characterized to determine the maximum possible earthquake These calculations included fault geometry orientation and the best-estimates for the orientations and directions of crustal stresses Assuming an earthquake could be triggered by changes in rock properties the largest modeled event was retained as the maximum possible magnitude that could be induced by the EGS By necessity this magnitude will always be small since the existence of a large fault capable of being stimulated to generate very large earthquakes should automatically disqualify a site from EGS development

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-4

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS Because of its approximate and bounding nature the metric of risk estimates as suggested in the Protocol for Step 1 is expressed on a scale of four values V-L L M and H These have to be interpreted as levels of failing to fulfill needs and regulations and failing to obtain acceptance from the community That is a V-L risk signifies that the project is practically without risk and is a ldquogordquo The likelihood of passing all hurdles is very high On the opposite end of the risk spectrum is the H risk estimate a ldquono-gordquo indicator Here there is too much uncertainty in fulfilling regulations or acceptance criteria or there is a high likelihood that opposition to the project will force abandonment Note that only risks in the form of negative consequences (physical damage nuisance) need to be considered Benefits resulting from EGS operations do not need to be formally considered in this step This provides a level of conservatism in the pre-selection We note that one can introduce benefit parameters to differentiate between close candidate sites Rather than expressing risk on a scale of 1 to 4 (V-L L M and H) it is recommended to translate the estimate into a qualitative description of the expected effects This would better communicate the risk and facilitate interaction with local communities and populations

Short of performing a detailed risk analysis (Step 6) once a site has been selected the overall risk of the planned EGS should include

bull The baseline risk from natural seismicity in standard metrics (physical damage monetary terms loss of lives)

bull An estimate of the added risk from EGS as a function of time correlated with the planned injection program This estimate should be for small earthquakes that would potentially occur in the volume occupied by the geothermal field The estimate should be expressed in relative terms at the four levels V-L L M and H

bull An estimate of the added risk also correlated with injection for earthquakes that could be triggered on nearby existing faults (V-L L M and H) using maximum possible magnitude(s) and location(s) of triggered earthquakes

bull A rough estimate of areas where the impact of the induced seismicity would be highest and which groups of the population would most likely be affected This would include an upper-bound on the possible effects

136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project Some of the possibilities for not completing a project are

bull Technical The geology and general characteristics of the planned EGS field do not comply with acceptable physical criteria This analysis is performed in the first phase of the site selection

bull Regulations Regulations and local ordinances can limit or forbid certain types of operations For example there are limitations on hydraulic fracturing exist in some areas

bull Lack of Acceptance State or local communities may have ordinances or vote in ordinances similar to hydraulic fracturing of the previous item

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-5

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Financial Infeasibility This can be due to the characteristics of the EGS field or can be compounded by additional expenses for mitigation of the expected induced risk

bull Abandonment The project can be abandoned by the developer for various reasons including company strategic re-directions bankruptcy etc

The overall risk analysis in Step 1 should rank the possible scenarios of non-completion This should include relative ranking for each alternative and propose possible mitigation alternatives

14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS For the purpose of helping - decision-makers and local communities evaluate a project pragmatically there should be an identification and assessment of possible benefits of completing the EGS projectThese could possibly include

bull Ecological maintenance and protection of the environment on the EGS site

bull Provisions for new roads and general local infrastructure

bull Benefits to the developer including financial improved strategic alignment

bull Financial benefits to local communities through negotiated electricity prices

bull Social benefits including increased employment in the region Identifying and clearly characterizing and documenting possible benefits are necessary to provide meaningful information to the stakeholdersrsquo decision making

15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING

151 Full Technical Documentation Detailed documentation of the processes and analyses should be transparent complete and accessible The documentation should describe all assumptions used in the analyses a clear description of the methods of analysis and a full accounting of data bases Simplicity and approximate bounding methods should be carefully documented to give confidence that the approaches are rigorous rational and provide some level of conservatism in spite of their simplicity The completeness and appropriateness of the documentation should clearly efficiently and convincingly support the decisions

152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk To inform all stakeholders including non-experts and the general public the documentation should contain a summary evaluation of the information that led to the decisions This shoule include all of the following

bull A summary of the dominant risk issues

bull A summary of benefits

bull A description of mitigation measures and a plan to address risk issues

bull An explanation of the decision to pursue or not pursue the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-6

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Finally if a decision to pursue a plan for completing the project

16 CASE STUDIES Substantial projects are usually the subject of a feasibility analysis prior to making the decision to proceed However there are no documented cases to date that followed a process such as the one advocated in Step 1 Most of the time decisions on whether or not to proceed have been ad hoc They have not been based on a rigorous screening processor lack the level of communication accessible to all stakeholders In some cases risk analyses have been performed that pertain to Step 6 of the Protocol and are usually full detailed analyses rather than the simple or bounding type of approach advocated in this step

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-7

2 Section 2 TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

21 PURPOSE Since stakeholder acceptability is an important component of an EGS project outreach and communication become important elements of the project Poor communication and outreach can ldquomakerdquo ldquobreakrdquo or seriously delay a project (Majer et al 2007) Since all EGS projects in the US require environmental permits that address a variety of safety and environmental issues (air quality water traffic etc) and induced seismicity it is critical to keep public stakeholders informed as part of the permitting process For later reference it is also critical for project operators to consider and act upon public stakeholdersrsquo input as the project proceeds The outreach and communication program should facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community the regulators and the public safety officials All are likely to provide feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

Since to date few EGS projects have been implemented we cite principles and examples from other similar types of projects to provide a context for EGS outreach and communications Much of this comes from publications about siting of industrial facilities including several energy projects and their outreach and communication approaches Experiences from two different EGS projects are also cited one near a population center and one far from any population center Also some of the referenced non-EGS projects deal with hazards different from induced seismicity and by comparison have higher overall risk potential Nevertheless valuable lessons can be learned from these examples and incorporated into the outreach and communication program for an EGS project As with all steps outlined in this document the effort expended on this step can vary significantly For example if the EGS project is far away from any assets of concern (eg areas with dense population critical facilities or particular environmental sensitivities) then much less effort will be required compared to a project that is close to many assets andor under more stringent regulatory control

22 MAIN ELEMENTS The EGS outreach and communication program should help the project achieve transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework

bull To develop the most effective outreach and communications program the project developer should make an initial assessment of the level of induced seismic risk to nearby communities (see Sections 3 and 4) and the level of community awareness and concern

bull At the start of the project the project developer should make an outreach plan and periodically update the plan as the project proceeds This includes modifying the plan as needed to address stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be specific to the project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative multi-directional and invite enquiries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-1

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull As the project progresses and more information is obtained meetings should be held periodically

bull The stakeholder groups (eg community regulators public officials etc) should be approached at their appropriate technical levels and a mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It must must be recognized that there could be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (eg developer team seismologist(s) civil or structural engineer(s) local utility company and representative(s) of the funding entity) the community (eg local project employees community leaders and at-large community members) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (eg law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

23 EXAMPLES In this section we summarize experiences related to siting industrial facilities and energy projects to suggest some guiding principles for an EGS outreach and communications program

Few examples exist of outreach and programs associated directly with geothermal projects so this section begins with two examples of outreach programs from other industries Also included are summaries of the outreach activities from two EGS projects one near a population center and the otherfar from any population These two geothermal projects can be viewed as possible end-members of effort that may be required for EGS projects

231 Other Industrial Projects Relevant information and experiences from two different waste disposal projects are summarized below It is not implied here however that EGS-induced seismicity has the same risk potential as those hazards associated with waste disposal (we know of no case of structural damage associated with induced seismicity from an EGS site let alone any lethal hazards) Both projects developed community outreach and communication programs (Community Relations Plans) It must be noted that the overall project scopes of these two energy applications are much larger than most EGS projects thus financial resources are much larger in these types of projects and more resources were used on outreach than would be expected in a typical EGS project Both plans were aimed at interested stakeholders including individuals organizations special interest groups governmental agencies tribal governments and tribal members The purpose was to provide information and facilitate participation in the permitting process related to waste disposal and other activities at the sites Before the implementation of the Community Relations Plans (the ldquoPlansrdquo) there was a significant outreach effort to establish open working relationships and the Plans provided a vehicle to expand public participation in the dialogue Overall the Plans addressed six objectives related to outreach and communications

bull Establishing working relationships with communities and interested members of the public

bull Establishing productive relations between the operator and affected local groups including the participation of government agencies regulators

bull Informing communities and interested parties of permit activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-2

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull Minimizing disputes and resolving differences with communities and interested members of the public

bull Providing timely responses to individual requests for information

bull Establishing mechanisms for communities and interested members of the public to provide feedback and input

In one case a web page was developed to provide information on permits permit-related activities and meetings (including the Permit itself as well as other pertinent documents relating to the operation of the project) and featured a well-received comment and response tool for the public The Plans also specified that notices about activities at the site andor the Permit were to be published in local newspapers and that the local regulatory agency would maintain a mailing list of interested parties to receive notices about the project An e-mail notification service was implemented as well

In essence the Plans formalized a significant amount of outreach aimed at local governments civic organizations schools and anyone interested in learning about the project A key tenet of the outreach programs was to ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo As noted in the preceding section openness and transparency have been found to be the most effective ways for the various stakeholders to understand the project thus enabling the project to gain public acceptance

Operators approached the issue of public acceptance by following a hierarchical approach 1 Discuss the project with elected officials to gauge their interest in having the project

within their jurisdiction(s) 2 Make presentations to the local officials (in this case the Chamber of Commerce) which

included many community business leaders to generate interest in the project 3 Engage with various civic organizations to educate the members of these organizations

and show them the site Education programs and site visits were repeated periodically as the projects progressed enabling the new stakeholders to be informed The operators took a proactive approach toward information dissemination by requesting invitations to public meetings so they would be included on the agenda Although they participated in many such meetings in the early stages of the projects at present they meet with local organizations on an annual basis The operators began building public support by providing information to the community and making a management-level commitment to answer all questions that were asked even about sensitive issues that might have ldquopainfulrdquo answers The operators accepted that attempting to hide information would be detrimental overall because if the community were to discover the facts on their own the credibility of the project proponents would be undermined Furthermore by providing the data the operators could ensure that the facts were correct Today these projects are highly supported by the community to the point where attendance at public meetings has gradually declined as members of the community have grown more comfortable with time At the start of one project the local economy was in trouble with many in the community unemployed (an ongoing concern worldwide) However the desire for jobs did not outweigh the concerns about the safety risks associated with the project The project managers considered

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-3

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

what they could offer to the public beyond employment and realized that they could offer the following

bull Provide expertise that was previously unavailable (ie provide an in-kind service to the local city for assistance with issues that involve advanced engineering andor scientific expertise)

bull Make donations to local organizations including the donation of computer equipment to schools

bull Purchase specialized equipment for school education programs or other specific local needs

bull Through an MOU with the City provide training to emergency personnel and support the Cityrsquos emergency facilities Specifically this included the training of local emergency and hospital personnel and dispatching local Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) to accident sites

bull Get engineers and scientists more involved in the community by volunteering to teach at the local Community College and public schools (enabling students to learn from highly skilled PhDs who graduated from top-tier academic institutions)

bull Participate in community events like the National Environmental Week bull Provide an information and visitor center with a video tour of the facility display boards

and other information and have management actively encourage the public to come and talk to them at the Information Center

Another plan to develop a Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) project within depleted gas fields provides a useful case history ndash particularly in terms of the timing and type of communications between the project stakeholders and the local community ndash on what activities could have been avoided to maintain mutual trust between all parties and the project Some valuable lessons were learned and can be used as guidelines for EGS projects It is also worthwhile to mention some factors to avoid in these activities

bull The project was presented to the community as a final plan therefore stakeholder input was not obtained or addressed before the plan was finalized

bull Even at the initial phase no open dialogue existed between the project developer and the appropriate governmentregulator agency This led to a situation in which the project was presented and interpreted as a project of the developer alone instead of a project that was mutually beneficial to different stakeholders This made the developer an easy target for opposition

bull After local opposition became clear a dialogue between stakeholders was set up via an ldquoadministrative consultation grouprdquo (government consultant) however the dialogue was limited only to government entities The project developer non-governmental organizations research institutes and community groups were not involved Although the consultation group did improve communication between the different levels of government it did not bring the viewpoints of the members closer to each other or decrease local opposition to the project

bull The debate between the stakeholders took place mostly in public via formal procedures organized events press releases or through the media Little informal andor direct contact occurred between the project developers and opponents This made the situation

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-4

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

worse Direct contact should have been established at the beginning when stakeholders had not already taken their positions This could have been achieved using a neutral facilitator to build mutual trust and openness The needs and values of the community could then have been taken into account in planning and implementing the project Although implementation of the project might not be consistent with the wishes of all stakeholders the fact that they had been involved in an open fair and transparent process in which stakeholders trusted each other would limit resistance to the project

bull Through various institutional procedures the national government gradually withdrew executive decision-making abilities from the municipal government These changes in procedures (which were often not announced to the municipality in advance) increased the distrust in the national government by the local stakeholders and increased their opposition to the project Had these changes in procedures been discussed openly with the local stakeholders (especially with the municipal government) in advance a more unified approach would have been taken probably leading to a less negative tenor of the debate

bull Absent an understanding of national and international energy policy (ie CCS climate change energy security etc) the public had difficulties understanding why the project was required at all and why their community had been chosen More attention to contextual aspects and the involvement of the national government might have led the public to interpret the project differently and accept it more readily

bull The initial presentation of the project was considered to be too technical and too complicated for the public to understand raising many questions A better adaptation of the presentation to the demands and needs of the public was required Underestimating the intelligence of the local community can have similar consequences the abundance and accessibility of information via the internet provides a powerful tool for information to the public

bull Because the project developer and government agency were both invested in the project they were not considered to be suppliers of trustworthy information The lack of openness and transparency from the beginning contributed strongly to this sentiment If the project developers had shared with the public the underlying reasons for the project and the associated technical challenges and uncertainties more trust would have developed

bull Opponents and proponents of the project both communicated to the residents each providing their own (and sometimes inconsistent) information Almost no communal communication efforts occurred in which opponents and proponents cooperated with each other or simply sat down at the same table This lack of communal communication increased the idea that members of the public had to choose sides making a ldquoblack or whiterdquo type of decision More nuanced viewpoints were never heard

This experience shows how a lack of outreach and communication could lead to opposition to a project This could lead to increased opposition with time leading to an impasse that would leave little room for open dialogue

Therefore here are some useful lessons to be taken from these cases

bull Community and local stakeholders should be involved early in the project process to create mutual trust and commitment to the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-5

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull The values needs and opinions of stakeholders and the community should be taken into account in discussing possible project designs There should be room for adaptation leading to acceptable compromises in the project design

bull Regular formal and informal contact should take place during project implementation and operation

bull Discussion should move beyond the proposed project to include the relevant policies and context and how the project serves to meet the broader societal goals

232 EGS Projects The examples given above are not specific to EGS and it would be surprising if such efforts were required for gaining project acceptance (both regulatory and public acceptance) as in the two examples above To illustrate this point we give two examples of successful community outreach for two ongoing EGS projects one with high seismicity near a somewhat cautious community that had experience with induced seismicity and another one with low seismicity somewhat distant from a community that had no experience with induced seismicity This second project however was located in a tectonically active geologic province where residents have experienced natural seismicity It should be noted that other EGS projects are in the process of obtaining final approval for operations but because they have not advanced to the stimulation phase they cannot be considered as ldquobest practicesrdquo yet Currently no US examples illustrate the process starting from ldquoscratchrdquo (ie no geothermal production at all) but these two examples will cover the range of activities

233 Project near a Community As EGS becomes more successful there will be cases where EGS projects may be located near communities where small levels of induced seismicity may be perceived either as an annoyance nuisance or even damaging In these cases more outreach education and communication will probably be needed when compared to more isolated projects In the case described here the particular subject project was an existing geothermal field The developer wanted to augment the production from the hydrothermal system with an EGS project In addition there was already a history of injectionproduction-related seismicity for over 30 years In one way this was beneficial because the operators residents and regulators had experience with seismicity issues In other ways this was detrimental Some residents were wary because it was perceived that the EGS project may increase felt seismicity above the current levels of seismicity (which are still not acceptable to some residents see mitigation Section 7)

It should be noted that in the early days of the hydrothermal operations the previous owners of the project were not the model of community outreach and even denied that the seismicity was induced by the geothermal operations but it was natural and would occur anyway (this added to the effort required for community acceptance in later years) As time went on and the USGS continued its earthquake monitoring direct correlations could be made between injection and seismicity the owners realized that it was to their benefit to change their stance on the causes of the seismicity and started an improved community outreach program Over the years as ownership changed the outreach and communication program has greatly improved

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-6

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

While there is still some degree of community concern and opposition regulators and policy makers have accepted the project and allowed operations to continue It is doubtful that this would have happened without an effective outreach and education program The existing (pre-EGS) outreach education and community relations consisted of the following elements

1 Open access and communication with all stake holders on a routine basis

2 Up-to-date information on various aspects of the project (regular community newsletters) 3 Sensitivity to community concerns (special meeting arranged if necessary)

4 Periodic meetings with all stakeholders 5 A public visitor center with up-to-date information about all aspects of the geothermal

project with a section for EGS 6 A public hotline that can be called for any concerns

7 Third party monitoring of seismicity for unbiased results (the USGS and other institutions had been monitoring for many years as part of the USGS earthquake hazards program and various research efforts) All of these data were publically available

8 Funds contributed to community needs (see mitigation section of this document Section 7)

Additional efforts that were implemented as part of the EGS-specific phase of the project are outlined below As can be seen prior to the EGS project there was already a considerable outreach program in place However once the EGS project was undertaken the residents expressed additional concerns regarding different injection procedures and possible generation of increased induced seismicity over current levels This required further education and outreach for both the regulators and the community

These outreach activities were based on the above principles but the education and community outreach were focused on the perceived impacts from the EGS project itself instead of educating the community and regulators about the aspects of the project that were designed to limit the induced seismicity as described below

1 It was in the best interest of the project to control the seismicity rather than maximize the seismicity (ie some community members having limited information about EGS assumed that the operators wanted to maximize the seismicity believing that the larger the fractures the better) Once the community was shown that the best case for the operator was many small fractures rather than a few large fractures the community was more at ease with the project

2 The EGS project was in the part of the field that was the most distant from the community thus reducing the impact of the seismicity in general

3 Injection would be done in steps such that one could monitor the seismicity as it developed and thus have better chances for control

4 Regular (monthly or more) public updates would be providedabout the seismicity and project aspects to the public

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-7

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

5 Timely responses would be made to any inquiries to the hot-line 6 Updated visitor center would include EGS activities and education (eg ldquoWhat is EGSrdquo

FAQs etc) This project is a good example of where community education about the project (emphasizing the good practices and engineering aspects) convinced the regulators and the community that the risk of induced seismicity was minimal This was done by partnering with public institutions such as universities the USGS and similar third parties to assure the community that the project operator was following best practices In any case it is clear that a variety of outreach options are available to assure the community that the project can be in its best interest

As of this writing the subject project is approaching the six-month time frame without any induced seismicity issues Strong community outreach showing timely results and demonstrating the tangible benefits of the project to the community have allowed the project to move ahead smoothly

234 Project Distant From a Community The second project is one that is located in a rural area with the closest community approximately 25 kilometers away This community has less than a few thousand people with few if any sensitive assets (such as electronics assembly facilities or research institutes) with a rural community and small structures The closest large city is about 75 kilometers away The project is in a tectonic area that has experienced large seismicity over the last 50 plus years (M 60 plus within 50 kilometers) but the subject project is in a 25 km diameter ldquoholegaprdquo of seismicity

This is also an ongoing geothermal area that has implemented an EGS project to supplement existing production Prior to the EGS project the only regional seismic monitoring was done by the state university The detection threshold was between M 10 to 15 below any felt events at the field let alone at the community 25 kilometers away Thus there was no pre-existing community concern due to any induced seismicity during the previous 10 years of operation The community interaction consisted of the project director requesting a series of meetings with the public to inform them in an ldquoopenrdquo forum about the project itself including the potential for induced seismicity Additionally the operator requested a meeting with local officials and regulators (state and federal) At this two-hour meeting the basics of EGS were explained and the various components of the EGS project were laid out This was done as part of an overall environmental assessment for such factors as air and water qualitysupply impacts noise construction impacts and land disturbance From this meeting it was agreed that an induced seismicity protocol would be developed based on the existing IEA (Majer et al 2009)

This protocol was fairly simple with the key component being that if the seismicity due to EGS ever exceeded M= 20 the project would stop and reassess the injection parameters The public was continually informed via news media and community presentations as to the progress and nature of the project This informed and transparent approach developed a positive relationship between the operator and the public receiving interested inquiries instead of backlash after a number of seismic events were felt by the community members

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-8

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH The preceding discussion illustrates the four main requirements of a ldquobest practicesrdquo approach to outreach and communications about EGS projects Those four requirements and their essential components are listed below Again to re-emphasize in some cases much less effort will be required and in other cases a significant effort as previously described may be required

1 Identify key stakeholders early in the process Particularly for pilot projects that may gain significant attention it is critical to identify and engage all stakeholders early in the project lifecycle so that the outreach is properly targeted Evaluating opinions and concerns in the early stages of the project will ensure that the outreach is responsive to the stakeholder community Surveys focus groups and interactive meetings with a select group of representatives of the community can help ensure that the right participants are involved and that the right issues are being discussed

2 Establish an appropriate outreach team clearly defining the processes for both internal and external communications for the project This team will become the ldquofacerdquo of the project and thus will have a direct impact on how the community perceives the project and the project developers Important elements include the following a Understand the audience and tailor the information to match the intended audiencersquos

degree of interest education and time constraints b Adapt the format detail and complexity of the outreach to the specific needs of the

audience c Maintain consistency of messages delivered to the public particularly about real or

perceived public risks This is especially important to coordinate when the project developer is made up of several operators or agencies

d Monitor the community ldquobuzzrdquo to gauge perceptions note any relative pre-existing community issues identify misconceptions and develop strategies to counteract them

e Develop a multi-disciplinary outreach team that may include project managers scientists government officials company spokespersons safety personnel technical service providers and other personnel who are involved in key decision making processes for the project

f Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors (ie visitor center)

g Institute a mechanism for community feedback such as community meetings and hotlines

3 Provide the community with complete and credible information about the project necessarily including contentious issues This includes such elements as

a Providing a context for the project in the form of a national energy policy for example Having a government representative discuss the project with the community may help to gain the public trust

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-9

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

b Provide appropriate and relevant data to the community this may include a website with seismicity data gathered by an independent third party

c Assembling the evidence and analyzing the options in advance demonstrating that the project is well conceived and placing any associated risk in the proper context

d Fully addressing all aspects of the project including those that may be perceived as negative and explaining the trade-offs that are made in choosing particular options

e Reaching consensus on the basic justification of the project This means demonstrating that the project provides the best solution to the problem(s) at hand

f Actively managing the outreach and communication program to ensure that requests for information are being fulfilled

g As the project advances changing the dialogue appropriately The dialogue will naturally shift from addressing concerns to sharing progress and results thus keeping the community engaged

4 Gain a community perspective as a pathway for gaining public trust A developer who has better insights into the diverse concerns of the community will be better equipped to demonstrate how the project can support the community This typically requires

a Gaining an in-depth understanding of the local situation (economy employment education energy needs environmental issues etc) to provide a context for understanding the underlying views about the project and its risks and benefits

b Providing a venue and method for the community to express their views in a way that is comfortable to them thus helping to open the lines of communication This requires a fundamental acknowledgement of public perspectives particularly about the key factors that cause people to worry about the project andor its risks and permits a proactive and constructive discussion

c Enabling ldquovigorous public debaterdquo about the pros and cons of the project and maintaining fairness in the siting process (ldquosocial justicerdquo or ldquoenvironmental justicerdquo) This may be difficult to accommodate in the EGS process as it is common to have a pre-determined location for such a project based on the ownership of the land and the ownership or leasing of mineral (geothermal) rights That is there is rarely an option for moving an entire EGS project and resource considerations may dictate a very limited set of possible well locations

d Initiating stakeholder involvement process as early as possible and setting realistic but firm timetables

e Including broad representation of legitimate stakeholder groups (including government agencies and citizen groups) and seeking consensus perhaps by using ldquoprofessional neutralsrdquo to facilitate collaborative decision-making

f Identifying community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouse heating system swimming pool etc)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-10

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

g Conveying information about project safety including the mandates and responsibilities of the project operator and local safety officials

h Structuring the stakeholder involvement processes to supplement (but not supplant) the formal back-stop process while modifying formal processes to better accommodate consensus-building opportunities

Additional suggestions about how to approach the community are included in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012) As noted in the Protocol it is expected that the approach presented herein will be suitably modified according to the needs and nature of the project and the surrounding environment

25 SUMMARY The outreach and communication program should be designed to engage the community in a positive and open manner thus building credibility and trust The program should begin with an analysis of the concerns and needs of the community to ensure that the outreach is properly targeted A hierarchical approach (approaching elected leaders and safety officials first then safety officials and then the public) can help set the tone and scope of the dialogue The project should be presented in the larger context of national energy policy and the underlying drivers and the potential benefits to the local community providing nuance and dimension to the discussion

Outreach and communication should be undertaken before activities begin on site and should continue as operations proceed Information should be delivered proactively by the developer avoiding the need to go on the defensive As noted by examples given above an outreach program should ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo The developer should strive to be seen as a positive force that understands and responds to community needs and concerns and provides an overall benefit to the community By understanding the community and its needs and concerns the developer can determine creative ways to engage in a dialogue that demonstrates the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale Although it will have a strong focus on the exchange of information a successful outreach and communication program will also engender long-term support for the project It should also be reiterated that induced seismicity will not be the only need for outreach and education As stated above water issues air quality traffic noise and construction impacts will all require similar efforts (more or less) and thus induced seismicity should not be singled out as a standalone issue in fact in some cases it will be a minor issue

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-11

3 Section 3 THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

31 PURPOSE This section provides guidelines for selecting criteria for vibration and ground-borne noise to assess the potential impact of EGS-induced seismicity on the built environment and human activity These criteria may be used for impact assessment real-time monitoring and control or post-event assessment The criteria described below are base criteria that define thresholds of acceptability They do not address the severity of impact as a function of magnitude That is they do not provide guidelines for assessing the cost or extent of damage to structures the percentage of people ldquohighly annoyedrdquo or the level of disruption to manufacturing activities These impacts and risks are represented by a vulnerability curve as described in Section 6 where the methods of risk analysis are discussed The guidelines discussed in this section are based primarily on common practices in the mining transportation medical research and manufacturing industries and on published standards for assessing human annoyance Criteria may be developed to suit particular situations related to EGS These guidelines are intended to be simple easily understood and easily applied while addressing common standards for vibration impact assessment Even so they are perhaps unfamiliar to the EGS industry Vibration and noise control engineers are familiar with and can readily interpret these guidelines and can apply them to predicted or measured ground motion and ground-borne noise using commonly available instrumentation and analysis techniques While the magnitude and spectral character of transportation-related vibration and noise can be predicted with a modest degree of certainty EGS seismicity must necessarily be described in probabilistic terms The assessment of the acceptability of an EGS project has to be based on the probabilities of occurrence of various ground motions and an identification of an acceptable change in these probabilities relative to natural or background seismicity Requiring that EGS-induced ground motion never exceed a certain magnitude in areas where that magnitude is often exceeded by natural seismicity is unreasonable However an EGS project that increases the probability of occurrence at a given magnitude within a given time period relative to the seismic background by less than some agreed-upon percentage might be considered acceptable These probabilities can in principle be translated into cost and nuisance risk thereby aiding the selection of appropriate criteria This is necessarily a socio-economic problem and is discussed in greater detail in the context of risk analysis in Step 6 of this document Some experience has been gained with respect to building damage activity interference and human response to seismicity related to EGS projects in Europe other geothermal fields and more recently to hydraulic fracturing in the US Such experience can be combined with that of the transportation and mining industry to help develop acceptable criteria for a given project Levels or magnitudes of vibration and noise can be identified below which no impact would occur based on experience with these industries These ldquothresholdsrdquo and higher impact levels are discussed below

While an impact assessment of an EGS project may employ particular criteria the actual vibration or noise that may occur during EGS activity including any that may exceed these criteria might not actually produce an impact in the form of identifiable building damage interruption of service interference with manufacturing or interference with domestic human activity The post-EGS assessment of damage or activity interference resulting from EGS

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-1

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

activity should be based on actual damage or activity interference for which pre-EGS surveys of existing conditions and building conditions are necessary

Table 3-1 is a guide to various sub-sections of this section as a function of ground motion For example if a site would be located in proximity to a hospital or medical laboratory no concern would be expected if the expected maximum ground motion would be less than 005 mmsec RMS measured over a time period of one second Where EGS-induced ground motions in excess of 005 mmsec might be expected one should refer to Section 37 for a more detailed discussion of the effects on laboratory and manufacturing facilities If the hospital also has an MRI Section 37 should still be consulted if the projected root-mean-square vibration velocity exceeds 00063 mmsec or the projected PGV exceeds 00005 g The values shown in Table 3-1 are not criteria as these are discussed in the indicated sections Rather Table 3-1 is a guide for using this document

To the extent that EGS facilities would be located in a remote area distant from cultural features the considerations of this section might not apply However communities or structures of some type would invariably be located within a few miles of an EGS site necessitating an assessment of potential impact on them be it slight Many of the potentially impacted receivers are subjected to naturally occurring ground motions and the occasional EGS-induced ground motion may be more of a nuisance than a cause for alarm or damage

Table 3-1 Impact Guide

Impact Maximum Velocity Acceleration Section Bridges Reinforced concrete structures

125 mmsec PGV 02 g PGA 33 34

Building Damage 125 mmsec PGV 002 g PGA 32 Human Disturbance 01 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

04 mmsec PGV 000036 g RMS (1-sec) 36

Hospital laboratories wet chemistry laboratories

005 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

000018 g RMS (1-sec) 37

MRIs scanning electron micro-scopes

00063 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

00005 g PGA 37

Semiconductor manufacturing research laboratories scanning transmission electron microscopes

32 mmsec RMS (1-sec) 10 micro-g RMS (1-sec)

37

32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA Dowding (1996 pg 110) has categorized building damage into the following categories (1) threshold cracking (2) minor damage and (3) major damage A threshold cracking criterion identifies an acceptable level of ground shaking above which cosmetic damage due to cracking of stucco plaster or gypsum board walls might occur and where crack closure may be expected Minor damage involves cracking without permanent opening damage to dishes fallen objects

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-2

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and broken windows Major damage is indicated by permanent opening of cracks due to structural damage involving weakening or deformation of the structure shifting of foundations and significant settlement as might be associated with liquefaction Major damage criteria are typically much higher than threshold damage criteria by an order of magnitude Major damage criteria are of a type that may be called consequence criteria and have a more complex representation that allows estimating the full probability of damage for a given set of ground shaking and local conditions Major damage criteria are of a type that may be used to develop the vulnerability functions that are used in standard methods of detailed risk analysis (see Step 6) The various building damage categories are discussed in greater detail below with particular emphasis on threshold cracking criteria as these are likely to be most relevant for EGS-induced seismicity Moreover meeting threshold cracking criteria would imply that minor damage would be unlikely or perhaps confined to a very small fraction of structures and that major damage would be highly improbable

321 Threshold Cracking The US Bureau of Mines (Syskind Staggg Kopp and Dowding 1980) has defined threshold cracking limits for blasting-induced peak particle velocities (PPV) or peak ground velocities (PGV) to avoid cosmetic damage These threshold cracking limits as a function of the principal frequency are provided in Figure 3-1 The principal frequency is usually determined by zero-crossings of the waveform (controlled primarily by the response of the stratified earth) The limit is typically given as peak particle velocity or PPV which is often applied to building foundations and structures as well as ground near to but not adjacent to the structure For the purposes of this document PPV is assumed to be equivalent to PGV for all practical purposes unless otherwise stated The limit would apply to the ground surface in the absence of structures The PPV of the foundation structures should generally be less than the free surface PGV The limit of 19 mmsec (075 insec) between 4 and 16 Hz is for gypsum board walls while the limit of 125 mmsec (05 insec) between 28 and 10 Hz is for plaster walls Plaster walls are generally of older construction are unreinforced and thus crack more readily than modern gypsum board walls with taped joints The difference between threshold cracking criteria for gypsum board walls and plaster walls is small compared to the uncertainties inherent in the prediction of actual cosmetic cracking Interior surfaces trimmed with wood panels or un-finished interiors would withstand higher levels of vibration Tiled surfaces are generally backed by core board gypsum board or other substrate that resists cracking for which the limit shown for gypsum board may apply PGAs of 0025 g 005 g 01 g and 02 g are also plotted in Figure 3-1 Using a comparison of MMI with PGA adapted from Wald (1999) the Modified Mercalli Intensities (MMI) corresponding to these constant acceleration curves are indicated in Figure 3-1 The MMI scale describes qualitative effects of seismic ground motion and are compared with PGA and PGV in Table 3-2 Wald (1999) provides relationship between MMI as defined by Richter (1958) and PGA and PGV based on a regression analysis of horizontal ground motions for various seismic events in California Assigning a PGA or PGV to an MMI (or vice versa) is subject to considerable uncertainty The observations given in Table 3-2 were obtained from Richter

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-3

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

(1958) because Wald (1999) cited Richter in defining the MMI The observations assigned by the USGS to each MMI differ slightly from those defined by Richter (1958)

Table 3-2 Modified Mercalli Intensity and Peak Ground Acceleration (Wald 1999)

MMI Description PGA g

PGV-mmsec

Observations (Richter 1958)

III Weak 00017 to 0014

1 to 11 Felt indoors Hanging objects swing May not be recognized as an earthquake

IV Light 0014 to 0039

11 to 34 Hanging objects swing Vibration like passing of heavy trucks or sensation of a jolt like a heavy ball striking the walls Standing motor cars rock Windows dishes doors rattle Glasses clink Crockery clashes In the upper range of IV wooden walls and frame creak

V Moderate 0039 to 0092

34 to 81 Felt outdoors direction estimated Sleepers awakened Liquids disturbed some spilled Small unstable objects displaced or upset Doors swing close open Shutters pictures move Pendulum clocks stop start change rate

VI Strong 0092 to 018

81 to 160

Felt by all Many frightened and run outdoors Persons walk unsteadily Windows dishes glassware broken Knickknacks books etc off shelves Pictures off walls Furniture moved or overturned Weak plaster and masonry D cracked Small bells ring (church school) Trees bushes shaken

VII Very Strong 018-034

160 to 310

Difficult to stand Noticed by drivers of motor cars Hanging objects quiver Furniture broken Damage to masonry D including cracks Weak chimneys broken at roof line Fall of plaster loose bricks stones tiles cornices un-braced parapets and architectural ornaments Some cracks in masonry C Waves on ponds water turbid with mud Small slides and caving in along sand or gravel banks Large bells ring Concrete irrigation ditches damaged

VIII Destructive 034 to 065

310 to 600

Steering of motor cars affected Damage to masonry C partial collapse Some damage to masonry B none to masonry A Fall of stucco and some masonry walls Twisting fall of chimneys factory stacks monuments towers elevated tanks Frame houses moved on foundations if not bolted down loose panel walls thrown out Decayed piling broken off Branches broken from trees Changes in flow or temperature of springs and wells Cracks in wet ground and on steep slopes

Masonry A Good workmanship mortar and design reinforced especially laterally and bound together by using steel concrete etc designed to resist lateral forces

Masonry B Good workmanship and mortar reinforced but not designed to resist lateral forces Masonry C Ordinary workmanship and mortar no extreme weaknesses like failing to tie in at corners

but neither reinforced nor designed to resist horizontal forces Masonry D Weak materials such as adobe poor mortar low standards of workmanship weak

horizontally

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-4

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The PGV limit shown for plaster-walled structures between 10 Hz and 40 Hz corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement limit of 02 mm (0008 in) This is a relatively trivial displacement that structures should be able to tolerate even though the associated peak ground acceleration at 40Hz is well above an MMI of VI This suggests that the MMI scale is poorly correlated with PGV at spectral peaks above 10 Hz The USBM vibration limits shown in Figure 3-1 indicate a decreasing PGV (or PPV) limit with decreasing frequency below 25 Hz This variation corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement curve of 08 mm (0032 in) At these low frequencies dynamic strains within buildings should be proportional to the ground acceleration rather than ground displacement The USBM criteria for threshold damage are widely used for construction vibration and blasting vibration monitoring but the constant displacement limit shown below 25 Hz is both puzzling and not well founded A review of USBM RI 8507 suggests that the constant displacement below 25Hz is not clearly supported by measurement data or correlation of any such data with building damage The USBM criterion curve is actually recommended as an ldquoAlternative Blasting Level Criteriardquo in Appendix B of RI 8507 with the statement that ldquoAn ultimate maximum displacement of 0030 inch (presumably zero-to-peak) is recommended which would only be of concern where very low frequencies are encounteredrdquo The report also reviews various literature concerning low frequency ground motion such as by Thoenen and Windes (1942) However Thoenen and Windes (1942) indicate that an acceleration limit of 01g is safe down to at least 2Hz Other references referred to in USBM 8507 are discussed with reference to ldquolow frequenciesrdquo that are not defined No examples of threshold damage are presented for PGVs of less than 125 mmsec (05 insec) at frequencies below 25Hz Thus applying the 08 mm (0032 in) 0-P criterion at frequencies below 25 may be unreasonable and if so would place severe and unnecessary restrictions on EGS-induced seismicity where such events would include low frequency ground motion Rather building damage criteria for ground motion of any kind at frequencies below roughly 25Hz should be based on experience with earthquake ground motions Accordingly a composite building damage criterion curve is suggested in Figure 3-2 to address the inconsistancy between threshold cracking limits and seismological experience The criterion is equivalent to the USBM RI 8507 criterion curve above 25 Hz Below 25 Hz the curve is drawn such that a constant acceleration of 002g with respect to frequency equates to the PGV criterion of 125mmsec (05 insec) at 25 Hz The criterion curve of 002 g shown below 25 Hz is comparable to an MMI of IV The PGV criterion of 125mmsec between 25 and 10 Hz also corresponds to an MMI of IV as indicated in Table 3-2 That is the suggested threshold cracking criterion of Figure 3-2 is consistent with an MMI IV The modified curve thus rationalizes the MMI scale with the USBM RI 8507 building threshold damage criteria with some degree of conservatism The minimum of 125 mmsec (05 insec) of the curve between 25 and 10 Hz corresponds to the typical range of resonance frequencies of wood-frame structures This curve is suggested as an appropriate PGV threshold cracking criterion for EGS-induced seismicity one which is based on experience with seismic ground motion as well as mining- and construction-generated ground motions and one which is generally considered conservative for a wide variety of wood-frame structures

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-5

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The threshold damage criterion is given as a function of frequency for which an estimate of the spectral peak associated with the PGV is needed The determination of the spectral peak of the PGV is typically made by counting ldquozero-crossingsrdquo of the velocity motion This method is subject to some interpretation where the velocity waveforms contain substantial high frequency content but it is widely used in the blasting and construction industry More sophisticated techniques apply Fourier analysis to the transient velocity waveform to define the spectral peak The quantity plotted in Figure 3-2 against the criterion curve is the magnitude of the velocity waveform along the vertical axis and the spectral peak along the horizontal axis

Neglecting the maximum permissible PGV at 40Hz and higher frequencies (50mmsec) one may simply determine the vector-sum PGA PGV and zero-to-peak (0-P) ground displacement by differentiation and integration of the velocity waveforms If all three of these amplitudes exceed respectively 002g 125mmsec and 02mm 0-P (04 mm P-P) then the event would be in excess of the suggested threshold cracking criterion regardless of the spectrum If any one or more of these peak amplitudes did not exceed its respective threshold then the ground motion might be within the threshold cracking limit This would be a less-than-conservative test but would not require determination of a spectral peak by counting zero-crossings or Fourier analysis thus simplifying real-time data analysis and interpretation Additional investigation of this technique is needed High amplitude PGVrsquos at spectral peak frequencies in excess of 40Hz are likely to be rare However if this does occur then an additional criterion would be a maximum PGV of 50mmsec if the 0-P displacement is less than 02 mm respectively Adjustment of these acceleration velocity and displacement thresholds might be appropriate based on a review of seismic waveforms and local building types However distinction between building types (for example wood frame or masonry) is usually not made when applying criteria Figure 3-3 is an example output of an Instantel Minimate blast vibration monitor that illustrates the velocity waveform and PGVs plotted against the USBM criteria This chart is typical of the type of output that is used for monitoring blasting- and construction-related transients as well as continuous vibration The PGVs in three orthogonal axes are listed together with the vector sum The peak vector sum indicates the maximum PGV in any direction This type of display can be used for assessing EGS-induced seismicity though the modified criterion curve of Figure 3-2 is suggested here in lieu of the USBM RI 8507 criteria shown in Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-3

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-8

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-3 Example Event Report

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-9

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

322 Minor and Major Damage Dowding (1996) summarizes work by Edwards and Northwood (1960) and Northwood et al (1963) who characterize minor and major damage Minor damage would include superficial damage not causing weakening of the structure but would include broken windows loosened or fallen plaster and hairline cracks in masonry Minor damage would be associated with a moderate earthquake of MMI VI or higher

Major damage would include serious weakening of the structure This would be indicated by the presence of large cracks or shifting of the foundation or bearing walls or major settlement resulting in distortion or weakening of the superstructure Dowding (1985) indicates that threshold cracking occurred in older structures at about 76 mmsec (3 insec) minor damage at 114 mmsec (45 insec) and major damage at 203 mmsec (8 insec) The spectral frequencies associated with these damages were not identified From these examples a reasonable criterion for major damage would be 125 mmsec (5 insec) However damage at lower amplitudes of PGV may occur and would depend on the quality of construction age condition etc For example unreinforced masonry structures may be more prone to structural damage than modern reinforced masonry structures Construction vibration damage criteria for historical structures are generally lower or more restrictive than those of modern structures even though historical structures may easily withstand substantially greater motion than modern structures of the same type Minor and major damage to residential wood frame and masonry structures should be nil if EGS seismicity remains within threshold cracking criteria Hazard and risk assessment methods are described in Sections 5 and 6 respectively

33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES Civil structures include the following

Dams Bridges

Highways Railroads

Tunnels Power Plants

Pipe Lines Runways

Damage criteria for civil structures would depend on the nature of the structure Modern civil structures are by regulation designed to withstand substantial earthquake ground motions Ground motions induced by EGS activities are not expected to exceed those of natural origin in seismically active areas Hence damage due to EGS seismicity would not be expected to damage civil structures such as those listed above if they are designed to seismic codes for seismic areas The construction design drawings and specifications should be reviewed for seismic design criteria that may be applicable to EGS seismicity However seismic criteria may be defined in

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-10

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

terms of acceleration and are probably excessively conservative for frequencies above 10Hz (See the discussion above regarding Figure 3-2)

34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES The estimate of probable damage to buried structures is based on the strain induced by the passing seismic shear wave and the strength of the material forming the structure The strains due to passing shear waves in buried structures can conservatively be assumed to be the same as those of the surrounding soil Buried structures are not subject to resonance amplification in the same manner as a building due to the loading of the soil and damping related to re-radiation of waves into the soil by the structure Thus buried structures should withstand much higher ground motion amplitudes than those that would damage surface structures Dowding (1996) discusses vibration damage to buried structures in some detail The probability of damage should be based on expected maximum ground strains and the flexibility of the buried structures which may require finite-element analysis In any case EGS seismicity that would not cause cosmetic damage to surface structures would very likely not damage underground structures

341 Wells Dowding (1996) describes results obtained from a USBM study concerning water wells The study indicated no loss of well capacity with PGVs produced by blasting as high as 84 mmsec (33 insec) and no loss of water level with PGVs as high as 141 mmsec (55 insec) This does not stop well owners from claiming that construction-related vibration damages their wells Thus inspection of deep water wells prior to project implementation should be conducted to assess well condition prior to EGS stimulation This pertains to ground motions dewatering or changes to aquifers are another matter to be considered by others

342 Pipelines Failure of gas transmission lines due to weld failures and other defects are of concern with respect to pipeline operations Relatively large tensile hoop stresses in the pipe wall due to high pressure gas would be superposed with strains induced by passing ground motion waves Old pipelines especially those manufactured with welded seams have some history of rupturing under excessive pressure However a properly maintained and designed pipeline should offer substantial margin of safety against normal soil movement over time with resulting strains in the soil that may exceed those associated with passing low amplitude seismic waves from induced seismicity

Assuming a shear-wave velocity in soil of 200 msec and PGV of perhaps 025 msec (10 insec) the peak strain in the soil due to the passing wave would be on the order of 025200 = 000125 giving a stress in the pipeline wall of 260 MPa (37500 psi) comparable with the yield strength of mild steel Designing an EGS project to limit PGVs to threshold damage criteria on the order of 50 mmsec (2 insec) would give a peak stress in the steel of 22 MPa (7500 psi) well within the yield strength of mild steel Dynamic stresses in the pipe wall should be less due to the higher modulus of the steel relative to that of the soil though a complete analysis would include the stresses due to pressurization

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-11

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Dowding (1996) describes pipe wall strain measurements conducted during blasting at short range PGVs on the order of 114 msec (45 insec) produced strains in the pipe wall on the order of 500E-6 giving a pipe wall stress on the order of 100 MPa (15000 psi) Scaling down to PGVs on the order of 5 insec would imply a pipe wall stress of 12 MPa (1700 psi) a relatively small amount Again the seismically induced stresses must be combined with operating pipeline wall stresses due to pressure

As with any civil structure pipelines would be expected to be constructed to meet large ground motion seismic criteria Pipeline plan and profile drawings operating pressures and fluid types should be reviewed and discussed with the pipeline operator Gas transmission lines in poor condition should be identified and considered carefully Inspection of any nearby gas transmission line may be considered prior to EGS startup

343 Basement Walls Basement walls are usually constructed of either concrete block or reinforced concrete Dowding (1996) indicates that the former exhibited cracking of mortar joints at 75 mmsec (3 insec) Reinforced concrete walls cracked when the PPV exceeded 250 mmsec (10 insec) though in this case the failure was at the juncture of two walls

Again EGS projects designed to limit PPV or PGV to threshold cracking criteria should cause no cracking of basement walls The existing conditions of basement walls and structures should be documented with pre-construction surveys prior to EGS stimulation

344 Tunnels Dowding and Rozen (1978) summarize damages to tunnel structures of various types caused by earthquakes The summary considers 71 tunnel structures and 13 different earthquakes with Richter magnitudes ML 58 to 83 and with focal depths ranging from 13 to 40 km The review included four types of tunnels (a) unlined rock tunnels (b) temporary steel liners with wood blocking (c) final concrete lining and (d) final masonry lining The conclusions are

(1) Tunnels are less prone to seismic damage than surface structures for a given surface ground motion

(2) No damage to tunnels of any type occurred for estimated ground surface PGVs of 02 msec (8 insec) and PGAs of 019 g

(3) In cases where shaking was identified as causing tunnel damage the tunnels were in ground or rock of poor condition

(4) Total collapse of a tunnel was found only in cases of an intersecting fault and (5) Tunnels are much safer than surface structures for the same intensity of shaking

However the estimated ground motions are for the ground surface and lower amplitudes of ground motion likely occurred at tunnel depth Some amplification of tunnel stresses might occur for seismic wavelengths comparable with the tunnel diameter Tunnels in soil with liquefaction potential or tunnel portals near landslide-prone areas or tunnels intersected by faults or poor soil or rock conditions are at greater risk than tunnels in competent rock or tunnels with concrete liners and grouted soil Tunnels within an EGS seismic zone should be identified and reviewed with the responsible agencies to determine damage potential A survey of any such tunnels

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-12

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

should be conducted as part of the EGS impact assessment Tunnels may include (but not be limited to) railroad highway mining or water transport tunnels Tunnels should be inspected prior to EGS activities to identify pre-existing defects cracks seepage etc

35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE Landslides and rockslides caused by ground motion are difficult to predict though they have been documented in the case of large earthquakes Landslides may involve very slow movement of soil over time or may be abrupt as with an avalanche Rock slides may involve an avalanche of rock or the occasional motion of rocks or boulders that after a period of time result in the accumulation of rock mounts and slopes

Loose rock such as talus slopes may be viewed as colluvium deposited at its angle of repose Ground motions associated with blasting are usually too small to cause landslides of colluvium However the potential for rockslide in response to ground motion exists This is of particular interest to highway construction engineers for blasting at the base of talus slopes Landslide triggering associated with strong-motion seismic events of the order of M 6 or higher is discussed by Wieczorek (Transportation Research Board 1996) Evidently landslide triggering by smaller events is relatively rare Historical seismicity should define an acceptable limit for PGVs associated with EGS

36 HUMAN RESPONSE Human response to ground vibration includes perceptible vibration and low frequency ground-borne noise one or both of which are common with rail transportation construction and mining operations Some of the substantial literature that exists for human response to floor vibration and ground-borne noise caused by these sources is applicable to transient induced seismicity specifically that regarding mining and construction activities Evidently both ground motion and ground-borne noise from EGS activity near Basel Switzerland has caused human annoyance and the literature regarding this should be consulted Criteria for assessing the significance of vibration and ground-borne noise are discussed below

361 Third Octave Filters Third octave filters are commonly used for assessing human response to both noise and vibration (Third octave filters are also used for describing the vibration tolerance of sensitive instrumentation as discussed below) A third octave filter is a unity-gain filter with a bandwidth of approximately 23 of its nominal center frequency The third octave filter response is ldquomaximally flatrdquo with typically a 6-pole filter roll-characteristic of 36dB per octave outside of the filter pass-band Third octave filters are normally provided with high quality commercial sound level meters or vibration analyzers and can be used in a practical manner for monitoring of ground motions The responses of third octave filters are specified in ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R2009) The response time of a third octave filter increases with its order and is inversely proportional to its bandwidth That is the response time of 6th order filter is longer than the response time of a 3rd order filter Older analog third octave filters were usually 3rd order and referred to as Class III filters in the ANSI standards Modern digital sound and vibration meters almost universally provide 6th order filters The response time is important for short-period transient events such as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-13

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

those produced by induced seismicity A third octave filter with center frequency of 4 Hz will have a filter bandwidth of slightly less than 1-Hz with a corresponding response time of the order of one second Induced seismic events by EGS projects will likely have durations less than one second The averaging time used for measuring the root-mean-square vibration needs to be long enough to include the filter response time The vibration ldquodoserdquo analysis approach discussed below is intended to circumvent this issue

362 Vibration

Metrics ISO 2631-1 (1997) is a standard for assessing human response to acceleration for people standing sitting or lying Frequency weightings are specified for application to third octave vibration acceleration spectra extending from 05 to 80 Hz together with methods for combining the weighted acceleration in all six degrees of freedom Two procedures are recommended in ISO 2631-1 for assessing transient acceleration the running RMS evaluation method and the fourth-power dose method The running RMS method involves determining the RMS amplitude of the weighted acceleration continuously with an integration time of one second Exponential weighting with respect to time may be employed The maximum RMS amplitude occurring during a transient event is called the Maximum Transient Vibration Value (MTVV) The fourth-power vibration dose is defined as the fourth root of the integral with respect to time of the weighted acceleration amplitude raised to the fourth power This approach is intended to represent the peak value within a given time period

Siskind et al (1980) suggest using a second-power vibration velocity dose computed by integrating the square of the vibration velocity amplitude over the entire signature with respect to time As with the fourth power approach this method is also independent of the integration time The integration times used in the dose procedures must be short enough to avoid introduction of background vibration into the estimate In the absence of background vibration the result would be independent of the integration time provided that the integration time covers or spans the duration of the transient event The second-power dose approach may be used with virtually any good quality sound level meter or vibration analyzer and the results should be comparable with the ISO 2631 fourth-power dose Some sound level meters or vibration analyzers can measure the fourth-power dose

ISO 2631-2 (2003) recommends limits for human exposure to vibration in buildings using the measurement methods outlined in the ISO 2631-1 standard The standard recommends a single weighting network or filter to be applied to analog ground acceleration to obtain the weighted acceleration regardless of the axis of vibration The filter is a simple low-pass filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz giving a constant acceleration response below 56 Hz and a constant velocity response above 56 Hz Band limiting filters are also recommended with corner frequencies of 08Hz (high pass) and 100 Hz (low pass) to define the overall bandwidth The filter response is tabulated at third octave band center frequencies for application to third octave acceleration data The 08 Hz high pass and 100 Hz low pass filters are probably unnecessary as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-14

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

the spectral peak of EGS seismic acceleration and velocity associated with induced seismicity by EGS projects would likely be between 1 Hz and 100 Hz

ANSI S271-1983 (R2006) recommends third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves for characterizing human response to vibration referring to ANSI S318-1979 The third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves are plotted in Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5 respectively The base-response curves are approximately twice the threshold of perception Base-response curves are provided for each axis and a composite curve is also recommended (ANSI S318-1979 is no longer in publication as of this writing supplanted by ANSI S272-1 which primarily follows ISO 2631-1) A simple (single-pole) low-pass filter response function is recommended in ANSI S271 for filtering analog acceleration data equivalent to the weighting function recommended in ISO 2631-2 (2003) but without band limiting filters at 08 and 100Hz The corresponding filter for analog velocity data would be a (single-pole) high-pass filter with corner frequency of 56Hz The ANSI S271 standard suggests that the root-mean-square (RMS) amplitude should be determined over the duration of the transient which for EGS seismicity would typically be of the order of a second or less

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-15

FREQUENCY - HZ 1 10 100

Z-AXIS ACCEL XY AXIS ACCEL COMBINED-AXIS ACCEL

1

10

100

1000 1

3 O

CTA

VE R

MS

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N

mmsec2

1010

100 g

10

1

01

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-4 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Acceleration Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-16

1 10 100

FREQUENCY - HZ

Z-AXIS VELOC XY-AXIS VELOCI COMBINED-AXIS VELOC

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

13

OCT

AVE

RM

S VE

LOCI

TY -

MM

SEC

1

01

Figure 3-5 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Velocity Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-17

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Examples Figure 3-6 illustrates two example seismograms One is the un-weighted ground surface acceleration (measured in one particular axis) and the other is the weighted acceleration obtained by low-pass filtering the acceleration with a single-pole (6 dB attenuation per octave) filter with corner frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The peak amplitude of the weighted acceleration signal is less than the PGA by only a modest amount as much of the spectrum of the acceleration signature is above the corner frequency of 56Hz A shorter period acceleration transient with higher frequency content would produce a significantly lower weighted acceleration waveform Third octave spectra of the un-weighted acceleration are plotted in Figure 3-7 The acceleration spectra are the peak the fourth-power dose the second power dose and the MTVV of the third octave band filtered signals The corresponding values for the overall (broadband un-weighted) PGA the overall fourth-power acceleration dose the overall second acceleration dose and the overall MTVV are plotted at the left hand side of Figure 3-7 The corresponding weighted peak acceleration the weighted fourth-power acceleration dose the weighted second-power dose and the weighted MTVV are plotted at the right-hand side

The fourth-power and the second-power dose curves are almost indistinguishable from one another suggesting that either the second-power acceleration dose approach or the fourth-power dose may be used for characterizing this particular transient ground motion The peak values of the overall and weighted acceleration are roughly about 50 to 100 higher than either of the dose magnitudes The MTVV (the maximum root-mean-square amplitude determined over any one-second time period) is generally significantly less than the dose magnitudes This makes the dose approach most attractive for event characterization relative to human response However the dose units include the square root of or fourth root of time and thus differ from the MTVV units which is a root-mean-square acceleration The third octave analyses indicate that the acceleration dose is between 64 and 128 times the ANSI S271 base response curve and thus highly perceptible to humans The peak third octave acceleration is plotted for illustration but should not necessarily be used for comparison with the ANSI S271 base response curve as these specifically apply to RMS third octave acceleration or dose Even so the peak values are not much greater than the dose values

The spectrum of this particular seismogram is such that its peak occurs at the transition frequency between constant acceleration and constant velocity regions of the ANSI curves As a result employing only the acceleration or velocity for assessing human annoyance potential is not entirely adequate However filtering the acceleration signal with a 56-Hz low pass filter as recommended in ANSI S271 and ISO 2631-2 provides a single number of weighted acceleration for assessing human annoyance potential The weighted accelerations are plotted at the right hand side of Figure 3-7

Measurement Location The ISO 2631-2 and ANSI S271 standards recommend measuring vibration acceleration (or velocity) in the buildings in which people would be located This may be impractical for EGS monitoring activity and would be difficult from a prediction point of view because building

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-18

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

response may vary considerably from one to the next The most practical approach for both prediction and monitoring would be to use the ground surface acceleration

Sidewalks and asphalt surfaces are ideal measurement surfaces for monitoring EGS vibration as the sidewalk has a large bearing surface relative to its mass assuming intimate contact between sidewalk and soil Transducers buried in pits at a depth of at most 1 m provide excellent permanent monitoring points However the back-fill of the pit must be of the same density as the surrounding soil That is the transducers should not be encased in concrete blocks that are in turn buried in the soil as the massive concrete block and soil will act as a spring-mass isolation system with a damped resonance of the order of perhaps 10 to 30Hz This may be acceptable for strong-motion seismicity with spectral peak at 3Hz but could be problematic for high spectral peak events From a practical point of view the building interior floor vibration acceleration or velocity will be roughly one to two times the exterior ground surface velocity or acceleration This comparison may be the result of measuring too closely to the foundation of the building as the ground surface response is reduced by the presence of the building foundation Considerable uncertainty exists in characterizing building response to vibration and considering the large number of building types and people that may be present near an EGS project the better approach would be to estimate a reasonable amplification factor that is representative of the buildings in the area In the absence of more information one may simply take the ground surface incident acceleration as a first estimate especially for transient motions with spectral peaks at frequencies below the fundamental floor resonance frequencies of structures These fundamental frequencies are usually of the order of 12Hz or higher for residential wood frame structures The incident ground surface acceleration or velocity can be multiplied by a factor of two if an additional safety factor is desired

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-19

006

-006

-004

-002

0

002

004

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N -

G

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

10 11 12 13 14 15

TIME - SEC

ACCELERATION

WEIGHTED ACCELERATION

Figure 3-6 Example Ground Acceleration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-20

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Recommended Practice for Assessing Human Response to EGS Vibration The ISO 2631-1 ANSI S271 and ANSI S271 standards provide excellent guidelines for assessing building interior floor vibration Of the various methods the recommended approach is to employ a second-power acceleration dose method with a good quality precision integrating sound level meter or vibration meter or the fourth-power dose method as recommended by ISO 2631-1 As shown above the second-power dose method gives results that are very similar to the fourth-power acceleration dose method for transient events of the order of one second or less In the event that a transient duration extends several seconds both the second-power and fourth-power dose methods will reflect the effect of increasing transient duration ANSI S271 Acceleration

Examples of limits for third octave acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-3 in terms of multiples of the composite base response curve given in ANSI S271 The base response curve corresponds to third octave acceleration and velocity limits of 000036 g and 100 micronsec (01 mmsec) for frequencies below and above 56 Hz respectively These limits would be applied to third octave vibration acceleration dose as described above The composite acceleration base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-4 and the corresponding composite third octave velocity base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-5 Third octave acceleration data are plotted against these criteria curves in Figure 3-7 The dose responses shown in Figure 3-7 fall between 32 and 64 times the base response curve The prototype limits are given as a function of recurrence interval Thus events that recur over time periods of less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable provided that their third octave acceleration dose was within the base response curve Events recurring over a time period of less than one hour but not less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable if their acceleration doses were within twice the base response curve These limits would be multiplied by a factor of two for daytime periods The daytime limits are extended in multiples of two for larger time periods However the ability to control or predict the time of day during which an induced seismic event occurs is severely limited Therefore the night time limits should probably be applied as a conservative measure A maximum limit of 64 times the base the response curve is suggested as this would correspond to an RMS magnitude of 0023 g with a PGA of perhaps 005 g (MMI V) and would exceed the threshold cracking criterion

The limits listed in Table 3-3 may require adjustment based on hazard assessment accuracy practicality receiver type land use etc A similar table may be developed for hospitals nursing homes schools and other land uses where vibration may interfere with activity Also higher limits might be considered during EGS stimulation over a short period of time with more restrictive post-stimulation limits for production over much longer time periods though such an approach must be vetted with stakeholders Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits

The single number weighted acceleration approach is recommended to reduce the complexity of assessing human response to ground motion As indicated above this involves filtering the acceleration signal with a low pass single-pole filter with roll-off frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The weighted acceleration should then be squared and integrated with respect to time over the transient duration The results should be summed over each axis and the square root of the sum should be taken to obtain the composite vector-sum dose This

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-22

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

process will generally yield a higher value that would be obtained by comparison of third octave spectra with the response curves

Prototype limits for weighted composite acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-4 The prototype acceleration limits are derived by taking the multiple of the base response curve acceleration limit at the low frequency limit (below 56Hz) and multiplying by the square root of two (+3dB) Thus the low frequency acceleration limit for the ANSI S271 acceleration base response curve at 2Hz is 000036 g and multiplying by 14 gives a weighted acceleration limit of 00005 g The factor of root two is intended to accommodate the difference between the weighted acceleration and the maximum value obtained in any third octave band which is necessarily less than the weighted acceleration (A more conservative and acceptable approach would be to not employ the factor of 14) An event with maximum weighted acceleration dose of 00005 g would be largely unnoticed Events of this nature would correspond to a weighted velocity of about 100 micronsec typically considered as a threshold impact on human occupancy though the threshold of human perception is actually less than this by perhaps a factor of two (ANSI Standard S271) Events of this type could occur repeatedly throughout the night without generating significant annoyance A weighted acceleration dose of 0001g occurring repeatedly through the day time period would probably be acceptable for daytime residential occupancy However above these dose amplitudes human annoyance may rise rapidly Repeated exposure to perceptible vibration with high occurrence rate (short recurrence period) would likely generate significant reaction A maximum dose of 0032 g-sec12 or 0032 g-sec14 is suggested as the PGA associated with such an even would be 005 g or 006 g corresponding to an MMI V and could be above the threshold cracking criterion of 002g Weighted Velocity Dose Limits

Table 3-5 contains prototype vibration dose limits that correspond to the prototype limits given in Table 3-4 The weighted vibration velocity would be obtained by applying a high-pass single-pole filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz to the velocity waveform This may be most appropriate for velocity data obtained with a 1-Hz or 2-Hz seismometer or geophone Typical EGS vibration is expected to have most of its energy at frequencies below 10 Hz Thus either the weighted velocity or the weighted acceleration are probably of equal merit The choice may depend more on transducer selection and instrumentation simplicity PGA and PGV Limits

Detailed prediction of EGS ground acceleration or velocity signatures with spectral content is perhaps impracticable whereas prediction of the PGA or PGV may be straight-forward given appropriate EGS seismic models and statistics Thus human annoyance may have to be based on PGA and PGV rather than weighted RMS or dose acceleration In this case the PGA and PGV would be about 50 to 100 higher than the un-weighted acceleration or velocity dose judging from the results given in Figure 3-7 If spectral characteristics can be predicted the weighted peak acceleration can be estimated in which case the prototype limits would be roughly 50 to 100 higher than the prototype limits shown for the weighted acceleration dose in Table 3-4 or the weighted velocity dose limits given in Table 3-5 If the joint probability of recurrence of an event with given un-weighted PGA and PGV can be predicted then the PGA and PGV may be compared directly with the limits given in Table 3-4

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-23

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and Table 3-5 respectively perhaps with a multiplier of two to account for peak versus RMS magnitudes to determine an acceptable recurrence period As an example if events with predicted PGAs and PGVs in excess of 0001 g and 0280 mmsec respectively are predicted to recur within ten minutes then the suggested night time criterion would be exceeded On the other hand if either the un-weighted PGA or the PGV or both are less than 0001 g and 028 mmsec then the event would be within the suggested criterion for a 10-minute recurrence interval The un-weighted PGA and PGV limits can be taken as twice the acceleration and velocity dose limits given in Table 3-4 and Table 3-5

Table 3-3 Suggested Criteria for Third Octave Ground Surface Acceleration Dose versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Multiple of Third Octave Composite Base Response Curve (Figure 3-4) for Residential Occupancy

ANSI S271 lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 2 4 8 16 32 64 Night 1 2 4

Table 3-4 Suggested Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy g-sec12 or g-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 0001 0002 0004 0008 0016 0032 Night 00005 0001 0002

Table 3-5 Suggested Weighted Velocity Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Velocity Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy (mmsec)-sec12 or (mmsec)-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 028 056 112 224 448 896 Night 014 028 056

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-24

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

363 Ground-Borne Noise Ground-borne noise is radiated into rooms by vibrating walls and floors The interior noise is computed by estimating the input sound power resulting from vibrating surfaces accounting for radiation efficiency of various modes of wall vibration and accounting for the acoustical absorption present in the room As a practical matter the average absorption coefficient can be assumed to be 05 and the radiation efficiency of the room may be assumed to be 50 Thus without going into the details the interior third-octave band sound pressure in decibels relative to 20 micro-Pascal can be estimated by adding 32dB to the room surface third-octave band vibration velocity level in dB re one micronsec energy-averaged over the room surfaces That is for each third octave band

SPL (dB re 20 x 10-6 Pa) = VEL (dB re 10-6 msec) + 32dB Here SPL is the sound pressure level and VEL is the velocity level both in decibels This approach is employed for the prediction of ground-borne noise produced by rail transit systems (Federal Transit Administration 2006) The uncertainty in this conversion is roughly five decibels (Often the decibel is abbreviated as VdB in the US for example VdB relative to 1 micro-insec) (The ISO standard reference level for vibration velocity is 10-8 msec This may be preferable to using 10-6 msec as a reference level to maintain uniformity between international standards)

The room surface vibration velocity level is difficult to predict as it depends on foundation response to incident ground vibration and structure design (See above discussion regarding interior versus exterior vibration) The A-Weighted sound level is perhaps the most universal metric for assessing the noise environment of human beings as it has been employed throughout the world for well over 50 years The A-Weighted sound level is obtained by filtering the analog sound pressure with an A-Weighting network and analyzing the resulting signal with an RMS detector The A-Weighting network is universally provided with sound level meters so that monitoring EGS-induced ground-borne noise is entirely practicable However a precision sound level meter with low input noise and accurate response down to 10 Hz is needed for accurate assessment Other weighting networks are also provided such as the C-Weighting network that has been proposed by some for assessing low-frequency noise The C-weighting is essentially flat between 315 Hz and 8 KHz The response of the A-Weighting network is plotted in Figure 3-8

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-25

A-Weighting 35929 PM 7222011

16 316 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K 16K

FREQUENCY - HZ

A-WEIGHTING

-70

-60

-50

-40

-30

-20

-10

0

10

RES

PON

SE -

DEC

IBEL

S

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-8 A-Weighting Network Filter Response

The A-Weighted sound level can be obtained by applying the A-Weighting response curve to the estimated third-octave band sound pressure spectrum and summing the third-octave band sound energies To do this one must estimate the spectrum of sound pressure Where no estimate is available a peak frequency of 31 Hz is perhaps adequate for small magnitude events recognizing that the peak could be at sub-audible frequencies The A-weighting response in decibels can also be added to narrow band spectra or Fourier power spectra given in decibels The adjusted spectral levels can then be energy-summed to obtain the A-weighed sound (Energy-summing is also known as ldquodecibel additionrdquo The energy in each band is 10(01L) These energies are summed over all bands The resulting sound level is then 10Log10 [sum of band energies])

Audible ground-borne noise due to EGS activities would be unlikely unless the loss factor of the surficial soil is low For example rock or very stiff glacial tills support efficient transmission of ground-borne noise from rail transit subway systems in Toronto The quality factor of these soils Q is of the order of 40 corresponding to a loss factor of Q-1 of 0025 Audible ground-borne noise would typically involve frequencies above 20 Hz below which frequency a personrsquos aural response is very low and decreases rapidly with decreasing frequency as illustrated by the A-weighted response curve given in Figure 3-8 Perceptible ground vibration with spectral peaks at 31 Hz and above may be particular audible Short-period low-magnitude seismic events can be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-26

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

audible As a practical matter extending the measurement range down to include the 125 Hz third octave band is desirable to cover the sub-audible range Precision sound levels meters with high quality condenser microphones can extend the range down to about 4 Hz or even lower with special microphones

A limit of 35dBA averaged over the duration of the transient event is reasonable for residential occupancy where sleeping is a normal activity Lower limits of 25dBA would apply to concert halls or structures where low background noise is a basis for use However audible EGS-induced ground-borne noise may be infrequent in which case higher limits would likely be appropriate for these specialized public spaces especially in view of typical background noise due to HVAC systems door closings automobile and truck traffic and aircraft The limit might also be relaxed for residential structures located near highways with heavy truck traffic at night or near airports Seismic vibration events that are not perceptible may yet produce audible noise if the spectral peak frequency is high enough Conversely seismic events that are above the threshold of tactile perception may go un-noticed if the noise produced by such events is not audible above the background Audibility may be greater at night when background noise levels are least in which case greater awareness of ground vibration may exist

37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES Ground vibration may impact sensitive laboratory and manufacturing equipment such as scanning electron micro-scopes (SEM) scanning transmission electron micro-scopes (STEM) photolithography machines electron deposition machines laser interferometers laser metrology systems machining equipment and the like The nature of such operations is such that manufacturing productivity may be lessened or in some cases prevented The impact would be increased cost of production due to higher product defect rates

371 Criteria Vibration criteria published by the Institute of Environmental Sciences are plotted in Figure 3-9 and listed in Table 3-6 for sensitive equipment Also plotted for comparison are vibration limits for typical spaces used for human activity The limits given in Figure 3-9 and Table 3-6 apply to third-octave band RMS velocities measured over the duration of the vibration event The time duration of transient vibration from EGS activities would be one second or less The typical practice for such transients is to analyze the transient waveforms continuously with an integration time of one second and choose the maximum value obtained for each third-octave band which is the MTVV discussed in the ISO 2631 standard This approach may be unnecessarily severe but is nevertheless practicable for transient analysis and is commonly employed In any case measurement procedures given in manufacturerrsquos specifications for sensitive equipment should be used if available

Custom Laboratory Apparatus Custom-designed laboratory experimental apparatuses common in university research laboratories are not necessarily designed to control floor vibration As a result custom laboratory equipment may be particularly sensitive to vibration for which no published criteria are available The limits given in Table 3-6 can be applied based on the descriptions of equipment and line-widths involved The limits relevant to sensitive equipment are labeled as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-27

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

VC-A through VC-G and are recommended by the IES as floor vibration criteria for sensitive laboratory equipment

Figure 3-9 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012) (See Table 3-6)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-28

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Table 3-6 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012)

Equipment Category

Description Detail Size ndash

microns

10-6msec rms

Workshop (ISO)

Distinctly perceptible vibration NA 800

Office (ISO) Perceptible Vibration NA 400 Residential Day (ISO)

Barely perceptible Adequate for computer equipment probe test equipment and low power micro-scopes

75 200

Operating Theater (ISO)

Suitable for hospital operating theaters without OR Scopes optical microscopes up to 100X mechanical balances

25 100

VC-A Adequate for most optical microscopes up to 400X micro-balances optical balances proximity and projection aligners

8 50

VC-B Optical microscopes to 1000X inspection and lithography equipment to 3micron line widths

3 25

VC-C Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 1micron line width scanning electron micro-scopes optical tables

1 125

VC-D Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 300 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X laser interferometers

03 63

VC-E Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 100 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X long-path laser interferometers1 scanning tunneling electron micro-scopes1

01 32

VC-F Scanning Transmission electron microscopes1 16

VC-G Scanning Transmission Electron microscopes at highest resolution atomic force micro-scopes atomic tweezers1

08

NOTE 1 These equipment are inferred by the writer

Medical Every major medical center today has one or more magnetic resonance imaging systems (MRI) that typically have low tolerance to ground motion Site specifications for vibration environments of MRIs are provided by manufacturers and should be reviewed to estimate the potential for vibration impact Each manufacturer has its own vibration tolerance specification and these vary from one model to the next Absent specific information the following limits on third-octave band vibration velocity measured in any 1-second interval (MTVV) represent reasonable criteria (based on the writerrsquos experience)

15 Tesla 125 micronsec (VC-C Table 3-6)

3 Tesla 63 micronsec (VC-D Table 3-6) The typical General Electric MRI (as of 2010) can withstand PGAs of up to 00005 g without requiring additional study PGAs due to EGS activities may exceed this criterion in which case

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-29

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

estimates of the spectral energy of the acceleration with a bin bandwidth of typically 0125Hz may be required for frequencies from 0 to 50 Hz the typical range of the GE specification These estimates would be compared with criterion curves specified by the manufacturer which criteria may be of the order of 100 micro-g at low frequencies

Other medical equipment that may be subject to vibration includes optical microscopes micro-balances operating room micro-scopes (OR Scopes) and other laboratory analysis equipment While these might be impacted by short transient ground vibration the nature of their use is such that observations might be repeated with little loss of efficiency A typical vibration velocity limit for such laboratory equipment would be an RMS velocity of 50 micronsec in any third-octave band between 5Hz and 100Hz measured over any one-second period (VC-A Table 3-6)

CT scanners and PET scanners while achieving high resolution do not appear to be particularly sensitive to vibration judging from an apparent lack of vibration tolerance specifications for these machines Even so frequent exposure of equipment to floor vibration in excess of 100 micronsec may interfere with operations A VC-A limit of 50 micronsec (RMS) may be appropriate Manufacturersrsquo specifications should be obtained for such equipment and carefully reviewed

The floor vibration criterion for operating theaters is indicated in Figure 3-9 to be 100 micronsec (4000 micro-insec) while the American National Standards Institute (ANSI-S271) recommends a limit to 70 micronsec (2800 micro-insec) Operating room microscopes due to their cantilevered supports must be supported or mounted at points where structural vibration is less than perhaps 125 micronsec (500 micro-insec) (VC-C) Modern OR scopes can be provided with gyroscopic stabilizers that increase their tolerance to vibration

Biological Research Many biological research institutions use medical mice and other animals for research purposes Of particular concern is maintenance of the environment of experimental and control mice to ensure that both experience the same environment Otherwise environmental differences may influence the outcome of an experiment This is a difficult area to assess though some progress has been made In any case vibration and ground-borne noise have become an issue for the assessment of transportation and construction vibration impacts on medical mice and other animals One may assume that laboratory researchers would be concerned over possible effects of EGS induced seismicity on medical mice

38 SUMMARY The assessment of seismic impact on human activity can be a daunting task and criteria for assessment should be simple and easily applied to ground motion and vibration estimates Fortunately ground-borne noise and vibration impact criteria are available from the transportation construction and mining industries that can be applied to seismic hazard estimates with little adjustment Doing so at an early stage in the EGS development process may facilitate acceptance and allow mitigation of adverse seismic impacts The preceding discussion summarizes the most widely used impact criteria and the EGS developer can draw upon the experiences gained in these other industries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-30

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

39 SUGGESTED READING Beranek L L (Editor) Noise and Vibration Control McGraw-Hill 650 p 1971 Barkan D D Dynamics of Bases and Foundations McGraw-Hill 434 p 1962

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Richart F D Hall H R and Woods R D Vibrations of Soils and Foundations Prentice-

Hall 414p 1970 Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and

Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-31

4 Section 4 FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

41 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to gather the data on seismicity that will be needed to accomplish the objectives of the EGSGeothermal project Also included will be suggested goals for and means to process the data This section will deal primarily with seismic data It is obvious that to accurately estimate or forecast induced seismicity otherdata will aso be critical Examples will be stress data faults and lithology injection parametersetc Seismicity data will primarily be used for two related but different needs The first need is to address any issues related to the publicregulatory acceptance of any induced seismicity The second need is to aid in the design and successful operation of the EGS project In short the seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismic activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir-management purposes Not included in this step would be any collection or analysis of any active seismic data required to characterize the subsurface characteristics of the EGS system or surroundings (although the results of those efforts would be useful for processing the earthquake data)

42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL

The first step in understanding the potential for induced seismicity as well as in providing data for the EGS design is to identify past and present natural seismicity These data will be needed for the induced seismicity hazard and risk analysis (Sections 5 and 6) as well as for understanding current stressfaultsfracture patterns For example Step 1 of the Protocol is to screen the potential EGS area for any obvious ldquoshowstoppersrdquo In areas of high naturalbackground seismicity it may be undesirable to consider developing an EGS project On the other hand if the EGS project is in a relatively unpopulated area the high levels of seismicity may indicate a high potential for EGS project success (zones of high fracture heat etc) Also the tolerance for seismicity in active seismic areas may be higher than in areas where the public has not experienced any significant levels of seismicity

This does not imply however that if the anticipated induced seismicity is not over background seismicity levels (in maximum size only) there will not be a public acceptance issue For example there may have been historical seismicity above magnitude 4 and even if the anticipated induced seismicity maximum seismicity is all below a 30 the number of events below 30 may cause public concern That is it is important to determine public acceptance levels of any induced seismicity

On the positive side if the potential EGS site is in an earthquake-prone area structures may have been built to more stringent codes than in areas of low seismic activity In any case the use and need for gathering historicalbackground seismicity will be specific to each area Background seismicity data will be needed at both the regional level and local level (scale of EGS project) Today almost all parts of the US are monitored with seismographic networks that are capable of detecting and locating seismicity at M 20 and above and in many areas at M 15 and above This is adequate for any background regional seismic studies but may not be adequate for local seismic studies at the individual EGS scale

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-1

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

421 Possible Sources of Background Data In the US there have been a number of ongoing seismic monitoring programs run by the USGS as part of their National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program (NEHRP) Access to the data is supplied through the USGS website httpearthquakeusgsgov A variety of other information is also available at this site such as Shake Maps risk estimates and other useful information that will be needed to assess hazard and risks of the seismicity In addition the USGS can provide links to other data sets that may be useful for understanding historicalbackground seismicity (httpearthquakeusgsgovother_eqsitesphp) By accessing these data sets the reader can specify the area and time period of interest While much of the data collected in the US is either sent to the USGS or to the data center operated by the Incorporated Research Institutes of Seismology (IRIS httpwwwiriseduhq) individual universities also operate their own seismographic networks such as CaltechUniversity of Southern California (Southern California Earthquake Center (SCEC) httpwwwdatascecorg UC Berkeley Seismographic Stations (httpwwwncedcorg) University of Nevada Reno (httpwwwseismounredu ) and the University of Washington (httpwwwesswashingtoneduSEISPNSN ) to name a few There also may be available data that was collected for ldquoprivaterdquo purposes These would include any seismic networks installed for locating or monitoring past or current geothermal resources or other natural resources State offices related to natural resources or oil and gas resources may also have records of such data Additionally the construction of critical structures such as large power plants dams or nuclear power plants may have required seismic studies These studies are often comprehensive and require detailed hazard assessments and thus could possibly provide the amount of information needed for EGS hazard assessments

If all else fails a background seismic study may be required specifically for the project This would require either installing a regional network or augmenting an existing network A large number of stations (more than five or six) would likely be unnecessary owing to the existing coverage of USGS and or other networks in the US

422 Data Requirements The time required for seismic monitoring (ie the amount of background data) and the magnitude range of the data will also depend on the area under study In general the developer would need enough data to perform a credible probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) (Section 6) Accomplishing this would require sufficient data over a wide-enough magnitude range to derive the occurrence rate ie sufficient data to construct an accurate ldquob-valuerdquo from the data (Figure 4-1) This may require access to data that has been recorded over many years Correct calculation of the b-value is critical because it is related to the physical mechanisms of the earthquakes which is important to the hazard analysis (See httpadsabsharvardeduabs2006AGUFMS42C08F) A common mistake is to use a least-squares method for calculating the slope of the magnitude versus cumulative numbers of events plot rather than a maximum likelihood approach (Aki 1965) as well as not having a large-enough data set Note that there is no evidence for significant b value variation with location onoff of major faults in California (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzer AGU2006Talkpdf) Seismic data are also required to provide information on stress patterns that will affect the nature of any induced seismicity To provide useful data for both a PSHA and stress analysis a representative sampling of the earthquakes in the area of interest will be necessary A number often used is 2000 events for a

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-2

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

credible b-value (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzerAGU2006Talkpdf ) In most cases it will be difficult to gather enough seismicity data to satisfy the 2000 event criteria ie if there have been no seismic networks in the area this will be difficult For example assuming a b-value of 10 and an occurrence rate of one M 20 per month it will be necessary to monitor down to M 00 for 20 months to gather enough data On the other hand if the b-value is 15 it will be necessary to monitor for several months In terms of enough data for stress analysis a few well-recorded tens of events (ie with enough azimuthal coverage to fill the focal sphere with good and well-defined first motions) would be necessary for calculating composite stress directions which would be useful for determining background stress levels in the area of interest

Figure 4-1 Earthquake Recurrence of The Geysers (b value = 125)

However recent studies have shown that if one has at least two orders of magnitude on a log-log plot then that may be sufficient to obtain a reliable b-value (Stump and Porter 2012) The area to cover will also depend on the specific site but the minimum should be (for the regional studies) an area that encompasses the maximum anticipated fault lengths that the EGS zone may be near For example if the EGS reservoir zone were ultimately anticipated to lie within a 5 km diameter circle it will be necessary to know what regional and local stresses are acting on this zone Within the Basin and Range Province we would want to know what the seismicity has been in a particular valley (for a horst and graben structure) and possibly in adjacent valleys In most regions of the US wider areas of seismicity are almost always available through the various

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-3

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

data sources listed above In some instances adding a few stations to existing networks for 6 to 12 months may be necessary to ldquofill inrdquo data gaps

43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING Once the EGS area has been narrowed down to potential well sites more detailed earthquake data will most likely be needed than are provided from the regional seismicity data Consequently local seismic monitoring should be undertaken at that time if it is not under way already Depending on what was performed as part of background monitoring this could be an expansion of an existing effort or a new effort The seismic monitoring will again be conducted for two main purposes for addressing public-regulatory concerns and for addressing optimal commercial development of the EGS resource Both require an understanding of earthquake mechanisms and causes The better that these can be understood the more confidence all stakeholders will have in ensuring that the EGS project is being operated in a safe fashion

431 Basic Requirements The basic information required will be

1 The location and time (x y z t) of the events

2 The magnitude of the events

3 Focal mechanisms of the events (not necessarily the full moment tensor see the discussion below on moment tensors)

4 Rate of seismicity (Gutenberg-Richter recurrence parameters)

5 Data provided in real time once the EGS project begins stimulation and production

It is best to strive for as much sensitivity and accuracy as is economically possible As in the case of background monitoring the regulatory needs will vary depending on the location of the project with respect to the location of any public or private ldquoassetsrdquo For example if the project is in a remote area that has a history of seismic inactivity (not a lack of monitoring however) the regulatory requirements may be minimal (see Step 3) However for operational needs it is advisable that detailed monitoring be carried out For both regulatory and operational needs the local seismic monitoring should be performed before during and after the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators with respect to optimal injection volumes and rates as well as any necessary mitigation actions Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as possible especially during initial and ongoing injections that are designed to ldquocreate the reservoirrdquo The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer If however the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring soon after the project ends (after a few months)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-4

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage To meet the basic needs listed in (Section 431) the seismic array must be designed in light of the known background seismicity as well as the total extent and desired size of the EGS reservoir Other factors are of course the known stress fields fault locations depth of the EGS reservoir and seismic properties (attenuation and velocity of the formation) Although it was written in the early 1980s the book Principles and Applications of Microearthquake Networks by HK Lee and SW Stewart (1981) is an excellent reference In designing an array there will be tradeoffs among cost sensitivity and spatial coverage (ie boreholes may be necessary to derive the necessary sensitivity but may involve sacrificing spatial coverage) As new technology is developed (drilling and sensors) or as new processing methods are developed to ldquopull signal from noiserdquo such tradeoffs may become less of an issue In general an array of seismic sensors should have enough elements to have a location accuracy of 100 to 200 m in the horizontal dimensions and 500 m in depth Precision can be much better (few meters to a few 10rsquos of meters) using modern location schemes but uncertainty in earth models will determine accuracy Again this will depend on the size of the site and the nature of the recorded seismicity (rate magnitude ranges etc)

A typical EGS area with a 5 km diameter would preferably have at a minimum an 8-element array of seismic stations covering the 5 km area and a portion of the area outside of the target area especially if nearby faults and or public assets may be affected (Figure 4-2) Also it will probably be necessary to detect and reliably locate events down to M 00 or less Note that for regulatory purposes it may only be necessary to achieve the M 00 to 10 level but the lower the detection level the more ldquoheadroomrdquo there will be for mitigation control as well as more events for calculating occurrence rates (b values) which provide insight on failure mechanisms The goal is to have enough stations not only to locate the events to the desired threshold but to calculate focal mechanisms and (if necessary) moment tensors Seismologists use information from seismograms to calculate the focal mechanism and typically display it on maps as a beach ball symbol This symbol is the projection on a horizontal plane of the lower half of an imaginary spherical shell (focal sphere) surrounding the earthquake source (A) A line is scribed where the fault plane intersects the shell Because the stress-field orientation at the time of rupture governs the direction of slip on the fault plane the beach ball also depicts this stress orientation In this way it is possible to define the tension axis (T) which reflects the minimum compressive stress direction and pressure axis (P) which reflects the maximum compressive stress direction (httpearthquakeusgsgovlearntopicsbeachballphp) These studies may have been done to select the target EGS area but if not these data will be required to perform that particular analysis for estimating the nature and potential of any induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-5

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Figure 4-2 Example Local Seismic Array Moment tensor calculations (httponlinelibrarywileycomdoi101111j1365-246X1976tb04162xabstract) are useful for deriving the characteristic earthquake process which may be useful in determining how the fracture creationslip is occurring during the stimulation activities which in turn may be useful in guiding injection activities However reliable moment tensor calculations require a denser coverage of stations than the location and focal mechanism solutions used in ldquomonitoringrdquo arrays (which would only provide the basic requirementsmdashhttpwwwduracukgrfoulgerOffprintsRossGRL1996pdf) This is because the reliability and accuracy of the moment tensor solutions are a function of how comprehensive the radiation pattern has been captured Up to two times the number of stations may be required to gain enough data for reliable moment-tensor calculations This may be achieved by installing temporary ldquoin-fillrdquo stations deployed during main injections or when there is a change in injection patterns Obtaining reliable moment tensor solutions with small microearthquake networks is not straight forward with high frequency data such solutions require detailed (100 to 200 m resolution) velocity and attenuation models (Greenrsquos functions) Ideally data would be gathered from 10 Hz up to the maximum content of the small events (which could be as high as 100 Hz or more especially if borehole deployments are used)

433 Instrumentation and Deployment Collecting and analyzing the necessary data requires the proper sensors electronics and computational capability Again there are two broad reasons for collecting the data for (1) regulatory and (2) operational needs Except for strong motion data the requirements will be the same at the regional and local scales For regulatory needs local monitoring should also include

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-6

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

less sensitive recorders mainly for recording ground shaking that can approach or surpass the threshold of human perception Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong-motion recorders near any sensitive structureslocal public assets to record vibrations that may be problematic and to monitor ground motion as a function of event magnitudes geologic structure and proximity of the events to items identified by the regulatory agencies Ideally a weak-motion array (instruments more sensitive than the strong motion recorders) would record data with a broad bandwidth (ldquoflatrdquo in the range of 1 Hz to several hundred Hz) with low noise (equivalent to 100 nano grsquos per root hertz) on three-component sensors (X Y Z) with at least 24-bit dynamic range and installed in boreholes that allows 60 dB reduction in surface noise However to do so would require multiple types of sensors in the borehole If the borehole were in a hot zone (greater than 100degC) the technology may not be available However sensors based on advanced technology (fiber optic) may soon be available (in 2013) at a reasonable cost In terms of current technology the standard technology of using geophones with modern digitizers is currently the best choice in the few Hz to a few hundred Hz range Accelerometers are also available (piezoelectric or force balance based) but more costly than and not as robust as geophones but do provide a good flat frequency response over a broad frequency range If boreholes are not available modern three-component 2 Hz phones are the best choice For higher frequency data exclusively the standard three-component 45 Hz phones are also acceptable If boreholes are available (100 m to 150 m depth or deeper) it is best to use ldquoomnidirectionalrdquo geophones which are capable of recording higher frequency data Because most boreholes are not exactly vertical (ie they deviate) the higher frequency geophones are smaller and thus will fit into slimmer boreholes and can tolerate more tilt (15deg or more) However most borehole phones have a 8 Hz corner frequency response (3 dB point) thus sacrificing low frequency data Lower frequency sensors are available using gimbaled geophones or accelerometers but they are more expensive (a few thousand to ten thousand dollars) but the expense may be worthwhile to collect the necessary data

The exact instrumentation will again depend upon the expected seismicity levels Experience to date indicates the need for reliably detecting seismicity from M -10 up to M 40+ range If the instrumentation can detect and locate M -10 events it is obvious that it can also detect and locate the larger events but ldquoclipped datardquo in the upper magnitude ranges must be avoided Thus attention must be paid to the dynamic ranges of the sensors as well as to the digitizing and recording electronics Also attention must be paid to the digitization rates of the data ie for small arrays timing to the millisecond may be necessary to accurately locate the events as well as to prevent aliasing the data Therefore the electronics should digitize at a rate of at least 500 samplessec obtaining 24-bit resolution from sensors with 120 dB of dynamic range In addition the data must be time stamped with a common time base as it is collected

Most seismic arrays are set up such that solar-powered electronics are deployed at each sensor site (be it a surface sensor or a borehole sensor) (Figure 4-3) The practice now is that the data from each site are digitized time stamped and sent via radio to a central site where the data are archived andor initially processed Modern radio-transmission methods usually use spread spectrum radios in the 900 MHz to 1 GHz plus band These radios do not require special licenses and can be deployed almost anywhere The downside to these radios is that the transmission paths must be ldquoline of sightrdquo thus all of the stations must be able to be ldquoseenrdquo by the central stations Repeaters can be used but this of course increases the cost

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-7

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Several commercial vendors can supply all of the necessary components An option becoming more attractive is cell phone technology however this requires cell phone access which in some remote areas is not possible or reliable Satellite transmission is possible but up load time are long with reasonably priced systems

A key issue when locating stations is land-ownership Surface stations are minimally invasive and permitting on public lands is usually easy If borehole stations are being used on public lands (BLM US Forest Service [USFS] etc) time should be allowed for some lengthy permitting processes (up to months) Even if the permittingland ownership issues are solved the actual topography and access may not permit ideal location of the stations As noted above real-time telemetry is important so it may not be possible to have line-of-sight (or even relay) stations everywhere where needed Usually however with enough forethought and planning most issues can be solved As noted above the aperture of the array of stations will depend on the number of EGS wells their spacing and depths Good depth control of the event locations will be necessary (+- 500 m accuracy or less) as well as east-west control (100 m accuracy or less)

Figure 4-3 Radio Transmission Equipment and Solar Panel at a Typical Seismic Station

All of this information is important for achieving a successful EGS project To date most EGS projects use a mixed array of borehole and surface stations which surround the injection point with an aperture large enough to locate events (with the desired accuracy as pointed out above) of the anticipated radius of influence (see Steps 1 and 5) Theoretically four data points (stations) are sufficient to locate an event assuming that these stations reasonably surround the event and assuming an accurate velocity model However owing to both heterogeneity and errors in ldquopickingrdquo the arrival times of the events (P and S waves) rarely can adequate locations of the events be determined with only four recording stations (although it is possible with both good P and S readings) Therefore usually 8 to 10 stations are needed to surround and cover the EGS project area down to small magnitude events (M -1 or less) (Figure 4-2) Note that the area

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-8

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

of seismicity will grow over time this must be accounted for in station coverage and layout Accurate velocity models (3-D) are also needed to correct for wave path effects as well as any temporal changes in velocity structure as the reservoir evolves Note also that as the EGS operation proceeds it may be necessary to add andor move stations to adequately cover the seismicity Finally it is important to calibrate the sensors and array before operation begins Needed is the polarity of the sensors ( ie is up motion on the recorded data up ground motion is up east on the east-west horizontal is up on the north-south horizontal north etc) Very careful tracing of the signals (from the ground all the way through the system to the final seismogram) is necessary This can be done with a known source (explosion that records well all first motions at each station) side-by-side comparisons of all stations before deployment recording a large regional event with known ground motions etc) This is necessary for accurate focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions In addition if possible calibration shots (deep sources where the location of the shot (preferably at the reservoir level) can be used for first motion detection as well as obtaining velocity models to be used in event locations Although this sounds simple in theory local geologic complexity and heterogeneity often complicate data interpretation

434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements Once data collection starts the usual procedure is to collect the data at a central point and have software in place to detect events of interest For regulatory compliance operational understanding and public communication real time analysis will be needed The order and timing of processing may be different before the main EGS injection begins versus after the injection has begun In either case it will be necessary to have initial real-time locations and magnitudes of events posted to a publicly available web site This can be accomplished with available commercial software that can be customized for any site A variety of commercial products are in place to do so but usually the application must be customized for the particular site depending on the amount and magnitude range of the seismicity These commercial packages which are often sold with the microearthquake recording hardware usually offer such capability as automatic real-time detection of the events (based on user-specified criteria such as number of individual triggers which are in turn based on signal-to-noise ratio and the frequency content of each signal at each individual station in a specified time window) Once an event is detected a pre-specified time window of all channels of data (usually based on size of the detected event) is saved for processing either in real time with automatic picking or at a later time by a person who ldquohand picksrdquo the events In either case it is important to save the total waveforms of all channels of data from each event In most cases the data are continuously coming into a central collection point Consequently it is possible with todayrsquos large memory disks (terabytes of storage are very affordable) to not only store the automatically detected events but also to store all of the continuous data for later analysis This would allow going back and sifting through all of the data to see if any events were missed While such effort may not be necessary if hundreds of events are being detected it may be worthwhile especially in some areas of low seismicity to have all of the continuous data

Depending on the location of the project and collaborators with public entities it may be possible to interest such organizations as the USGS and IRIS to archive the data at reasonable costs A

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-9

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

certain amount of processing is also available from these organizations if the data are of high quality

With good waveform data in hand there are a variety of options and ways to process the data The objective in this document is not to give an entire summary of earthquake analysis (books have been written about it [Aki and Richards 2009] but to point out basic needs and sources of information (It is assumed that the operators who need to understand the microearthquake data will have access to an experienced seismologist) The minimal needs are accurate locations especially depths times magnitude determinations and some source mechanism information Location programs are commercially available (using both P and S wave data) that use either 1-D or 3-D models these are usually least-squared types of solutions and sometimes cubic spline models The challenge in using 3-D location programs is to derive accurate 3-D velocity models The usual practice is to use the seismicity to invert for 3-D velocity structure and location together using tomographic inversion methods (Tomo 3-D is one such program in use) Programs incorporating anisotropy are being developed but are not available yet the drawback to these programs versus location programs such as the USGS Hypoinverse and various versions is the amount of data required to derive an accurate model with adequate resolution These programs need many seismic events that are distributed throughout the volume of interest That is many ray paths are needed to image the volume in enough detail to derive an accurate velocity model In tomography the pixel size is determined by how many ray paths penetrate each pixel The more ray paths the smaller the pixels can be The more complex the geologic structure the smaller the pixels need to be One way to address resolution and precision issues is to use differencing methods with either 1-D or 3-D velocity models ie ldquodouble differencerdquo methods This technique cancels out the ray path differences by using events close to one another (common stations for close events) which largely removes the path effects The double-difference (DD) earthquake location method was developed to relocate seismic events in the presence of measurement errors and earth model uncertainty (See httpwwwldeocolumbiaedu~felixwDDhtml [Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000] [Waldhauser F 2001] [Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002]) The method is an iterative least-squares procedure that relates the residual between the observed and predicted phase travel-time difference for pairs of earthquakes observed at common stations to changes in the ray path connecting their hypocenters through the change of the travel times for each event with respect to the unknown When the earthquake location problem is linearized using the double-difference equations the common mode errors cancel principally those related to the receiver-side structure Thus avoided is the need for station corrections or high-accuracy of predicted travel times for the portion of the ray path that lies outside the focal volume This approach is especially useful in regions with a dense distribution of seismicity ie where distances between neighboring events are only a few kilometers or less But there must be enough events close together to do this (USGS uses a combination of both ie Tomo DD) Magnitude determination is not straightforward for smaller events (see httpvulcanwrusgsgovGlossarySeismicitydescription_earthquakeshtml and httpwwwseisutaheduEQCENTERLISTINGSmagsumhtm) One approach is to take the spectra of events and filter to simulate as if the data were recorded on a Wood-Anderson instrument and determine the Richter magnitude but this is not often done Sometimes coda

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-10

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

magnitudes are used based on empirical data for each region using larger events and extrapolating to smaller events

What is more common and more reliable is using moment magnitude (M) However proper instrumentation is required to capture the low frequency level of the event which may not be possible if high frequency geophones are used It is derived by taking the waveform data into the frequency domain and correcting for instrument response such that the displacement spectra are obtained From the DC level of the spectra the moment can be derived and a moment magnitude determined using empirical formulas One such formula is M = 23 log10(Mo) - 107 (Hanks and Kanamori 1979) (Mo = seismic moment in dyne-cm) The moment magnitude relation may also be different for different region and should be calibrated for each area

Source-mechanism studies are important but as mentioned before routine moment tensor calculations are difficult using high-frequency arrays that typically cover only part of the total radiation pattern of an earthquake In addition at higher frequencies usually recorded with smaller events the earth structure has a larger effect on wave paths Thus it is more difficult to obtain reliable moment tensor solutions If moment tensor solutions are desired (they are important for gaining an understanding of the failure mechanisms associated with the reservoir creation process) it will be necessary to set out instrumentation that can record the low-frequency component of the seismic waveforms as well as having a detailed velocity model of the geology

44 SUMMARY Gathering the correct seismic array data is essential at all stages of the EGS project This will allow a variety of processing to be done both in real time and after data have been collected There are a few reasons for properly collecting seismic data achieving public acceptance performing risk assessment and monitoringunderstanding the EGS reservoir Accurate real time data are necessary for all of those reasons The detail and amount of data will depend on site conditions and the EGS reservoir characteristics and the proximity to populated communities and the anticipated risk and hazards

45 SUGGESTED READING Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks

Academic Press 293 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-11

5 Section 5 FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

51 PURPOSE The purpose of Step 5 is to estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural (tectonic) seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity This is a critical step to assessing the probability of exceeding the criteria specified in Step 3 Hazard is defined as the effect of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that will result in an unacceptable consequence (damage loss annoyance etc) Structural (non-cosmetic) damage can only result when a structure undergoes several cycles of ground shaking The resulting seismic loading induces strains in the structure resulting in failure of structural components No cases are known to date where geothermal-induced seismicity has caused structural (non-cosmetic) damage (see definition) because in general the seismic events are of small magnitude (lt M 40) However because the potential may exist given some specific circumstances hazard analyses need to be performed An earthquake can present several types of hazards however for induced seismic events we are primarily concerned with ground shaking Once the ground shaking hazard is quantified associated secondary hazards such as liquefaction and slope failure (eg landsliding) can be evaluated Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulations and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is a very complex and difficult problem thus assessments must be based on case histories and numerical modeling that incorporates specific site characteristics The hazard analyses should be updated once data and information on the EGS seismicity become available

Two approaches can be taken to assess the ground shaking hazard at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis as described in Section 6 Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

Several physical factors control the level and character of earthquake ground shaking These factors are in general (1) rupture dimensions geometry orientation rupture type and stress drop of the causative fault (2) distance from the causative fault (3) magnitude of the earthquake (4) the rate of attenuation of the seismic waves along the propagation path from the source to site and (5) site factors including the effects of near-surface geology particularly from soils and unconsolidated sediments Other factors which vary in their significance depending on specific conditions include slip distribution along the fault rupture directivity footwallhanging-wall effects and the effects of crustal structure such as basin effects

The ground motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) peak ground velocity (PGV) and velocity spectra PGV (or PPV) will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration sensitive research and manufacturing facilities and for human activity interference

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-1

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then for the EGS-induced seismicity (an addition to the natural hazard) As discussed in Section 1 the hazard from natural seismicity for sites in the US can be obtained from the USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps However the hazard estimates from the USGS maps are not site-specific Because a comparison of the hazard from natural and induced seismicity is required site-specific analyses are needed at this stage The PSHA methodology and each step in the hazard evaluation process are described in detail in the next sections DSHAs can be performed for additional insight into the seismic hazard

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity The major steps to be performed to evaluate the baseline hazard from natural seismicity are

1 Evaluate the historical seismicity in the site region and calculate the frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on the earthquake catalog If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area that data should be incorporated into the earthquake catalog

2 Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis

3 For communities that may be impacted by future EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions beneath the communities and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface

4 Select appropriate ground motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis

5 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity before any induced seismicity occurs

522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity For comparison to natural seismicity estimating the hazard from EGS-induced seismicity particularly before EGS operations are initiated is more difficult The database of induced seismicity observations in terms of both seismic source characterization and ground motion prediction is also much smaller than for natural seismicity However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be updated and the uncertainties in the hazard results reduced Possible steps that should be taken include

1 Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on focal mechanisms of natural earthquakes the geologic framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring

2 Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and geologic framework from those cases with the potential EGS area

3 Evaluate the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity as related to the tectonic stress field

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-2

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

4 Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity that estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity based on injection parameters

5 Review and select empirical ground motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (moment magnitude [M] lt 50)

6 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the EGS-induced seismicity hazard

7 An optional step is to calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS The objectives in a PSHA are to evaluate and characterize potential seismic sources the likelihood of earthquakes of various magnitudes occurring on or within those sources and the likelihood of the earthquakes producing ground motions over a specified level (Figure 5-1) The PSHA methodology allows for the explicit inclusion of the range of possible interpretations in components of the seismic hazard model including seismic source characterization and ground motion estimation Uncertainties in models and parameters can be incorporated into the PSHA through the use of logic trees

The PSHA methodology is based on the model developed principally by Cornell (1968) The occurrence of earthquakes on a fault is assumed to be a Poisson process The Poisson model is widely used and is a reasonable assumption in regions where data are sufficient to provide only an estimate of average recurrence rate (Cornell 1968) The occurrence of ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is also a Poisson process if (1) the occurrence of earthquakes is a Poisson process and (2) the probability that any one event will result in ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is independent of the occurrence of other events There are publically available computer programs that can be used to perform a PSHA We recommend the two most available programs that have been validated in the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research (PEER) Center-sponsored Validation of PSHA Computer Programs Project (Thomas et al 2010) They include the HAZ program developed by Norm Abrahamson which is available from the author upon request and EZ-FRISK which can be obtained through license from Risk Engineering Inc The following describes in more detail the steps to perform a PSHA for natural seismicity outlined in Section 621

531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity In Step 4 a historical earthquake catalog is compiled The value of evaluating the historical seismicity of the site region is two-fold (1) it can be used to characterize the natural seismicity and (2) it can provide some insight into the potential for induced seismicity Note there certainly are exceptions the most important being that induced seismicity can occur in regions with low historical seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-3

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Figure 5-1 The Steps in Performing a PSHA

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-4

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

532 Characterize Seismic Sources Seismic source characterization is concerned with three fundamental elements (1) the identification location and geometry of significant sources of earthquakes (2) the maximum sizes of the earthquakes associated with these sources and (3) the rate at which the earthquakes occur Two types of earthquake sources are typically characterized in PSHAs (1) fault sources and (2) areal source zones Fault sources are modeled as three-dimensional fault surfaces and details of their behavior are incorporated into the source characterization Areal source zones are regions where earthquakes are assumed to occur randomly Uncertainties in the seismic source parameters can be incorporated into PSHA using a logic tree approach In this procedure values of the source parameters are represented by the branches of logic trees with weights that define the distribution of values A sample logic tree is shown in Figure 5-2

Figure 5-2 Seismic Hazard Model Logic Tree

In a PSHA earthquakes of a certain magnitude are assumed to occur randomly along the length of a given fault or segment (Figure 5-1) The distance from an earthquake to the site is dependent on the source geometry the size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane and the likelihood of the earthquake occurring at different points along the fault length The distance to the fault is

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-5

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

defined to be consistent with the specific ground motion prediction model used to calculate the ground motions The distance therefore is dependent on both the dip and depth of the fault plane and a separate distance function is calculated for each geometry and each ground motion prediction model The size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane are dependent on the magnitude of the earthquake larger events rupture over longer and wider portions of the fault plane Rupture dimensions are modeled following standard magnitude-rupture area and rupture-width relationships

5321 Fault Geometry

The first step in characterizing potential seismic sources is to identify which known faults are ldquoactiverdquo and hence seisenic seismogenic ie capable of producing earthquakes in the future The criteria for defining an active fault varies widely among US government regulatory agencies For example in California a fault that has moved in the past 35000 years is considered an ldquoactiverdquo fault A ldquoconditionally activerdquo fault is defined as a fault that has ruptured in Quaternary time (past 16 million years) but its displacement history is unknown in the past 35000 years The USGS maintains the Quaternary Fault and Fold Database that can be used to identify active faults during the Quaternary and included in the site-specific PSHA The database also contains many of the parameters such as fault location strike and dip that are needed although parameter uncertainties may not be included

For each active fault to be included in the hazard analysis the location and orientation (strike dip and dip direction) segmentation model thickness of the seismogenic zone style of faulting (strike-slip normal or reversethrust) are needed (Figure 5-3) This information can generally be adopted from the USGS database The top and bottom of each fault are also required If the fault is expressed at the surface the top is zero For buried faults an estimate must be made unless subsurface information is available such as seismic data The bottom of the fault can be estimated from the seismicity data which will delineate the bottom of the seismogenic crust usually 12 to 20 km in the western US If the fault is long greater than 60 to 80 km the fault may be segmented That is portions of the fault rather than the whole fault may rupture If such information exists from paleoseismic andor historical data the rupture segmentation model needs to be included in the PSHA

5322 Maximum Magnitude

The maximum earthquake that a fault or fault segment can generate is usually derived by the use of empirical relationships between magnitude and either rupture length or rupture area (rupture length times rupture width) unless the maximum earthquake has been observed historically There are other approaches but the use of rupture dimensions is most common The most commonly used set of empirical relationships are by Wells and Coppersmith (1994) For example based on rupture length a 40 km-long fault can generate a M 69 earthquake based on Wells and Coppersmith (1994) The USGS Fault and Fold Database also provides values of maximum magnitude although uncertainties are not included

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-6

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Source Brumbaugh 1999

Figure 5-3 The three principal types of faults (a) strike-slip faults (b) reverse faults and (c) normal faults

5323 Recurrence Parameters

The recurrence parameters include recurrence model recurrence rate (slip rate or average recurrence interval for the maximum event) slope of the recurrence curve (b-value) and maximum magnitude The recurrence relationships for the faults are modeled using the truncated exponential characteristic earthquake and the maximum magnitude recurrence models (Figure 5-2) These models are generally weighted in a PSHA to represent onersquos judgment on their applicability to the sources For the areal source zones only an exponential recurrence relationship is assumed to be appropriate

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-7

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

The truncated exponential model is a form of the classical Gutenbeg-Richter model The model where faults rupture with a ldquocharacteristicrdquo magnitude on specific segments is described by Schwartz and Coppersmith (1984) The characteristic model often used in PSHAs is the numerical model of Youngs and Coppersmith (1985)

The maximum magnitude (or moment) model can be regarded as an extreme version of the characteristic model (Wesnousky 1986) In the maximum magnitude model there is no exponential portion of the recurrence curve ie events are modeled with a normal distribution about the characteristic magnitude

The average recurrence interval for the characteristic or maximum magnitude event defines the high magnitude (low likelihood) end of the recurrence curve When combined with the relative frequency of different magnitude events from the recurrence model the recurrence curve is established

5324 Recurrence Rates

The recurrence rates for the fault sources are defined either by the slip rate or by the average recurrence interval for the maximum or characteristic event and the recurrence b-value An example of recurrence intervals sometimes referred to as inter-event times would be the approximately 300-year interval of the North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault which ruptured in the Great 1906 M 78 San Francisco California earthquake Slip rate is defined as fault displacement divided by the time period in which displacement occurred Slip rate is a proxy for activity rate Recurrence interval is the time period between individual earthquakes (The North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault has a slip rate of about 20 mmyr)

533 Areal Sources Areal sources are usually used to account for ldquobackgroundrdquo earthquakes The hazard from background (floating or random) earthquakes that are not associated with known or mapped faults must be incorporated into the hazard analysis In most of the western US the maximum magnitude for earthquakes not associated with known faults usually ranges from M 6 to 7 Repeated events larger than these magnitudes probably produce recognizable fault-or fold-related features at the earthrsquos surface For areal source zones only the areas maximum magnitude and recurrence parameters (based on the historical earthquake record) need to be defined

534 Characterize Site Conditions The geologic conditions beneath a site can significantly influence the level and nature of ground shaking In very general terms soil sites will have a higher level of ground motions than rock sites due to site amplification Hence to be able to predict the ground shaking at a site particularly a soil site the underlying shear-wave velocity (VS) structure is needed to a depth of at least 30 m and deeper if possible The parameter VS30 (the average VS in the top 30 m) is used in ground motion prediction models and in the US building code (called the International Building Code or IBC) to classify different site conditions For example the NEHRP site classification has six site classes hard rock rock very dense soil and soft rock stiff soil soft soil and soft liquefiable soil The VS profile (VS versus depth) is often used in ground motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses The VS profile at a site can

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-8

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

be obtained through geophysical surveys such as downhole and crosshole surveys surface wave techniques and microtremor surveys

535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models To characterize the ground motions at a specified site as a result of the seismic sources considered in the PSHA and DSHA ground motion prediction models for spectral accelerations are used These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific site conditions at the potentially affected site(s) Examples of ground motion prediction models are the recently developed Next Generation of Attenuation (NGA) models developed by the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center (Figure 5-4) These models are appropriate for earthquakes of M 50 and greater A model by Chiou and Youngs (2010) was developed for earthquakes of M 30 to 55

The uncertainty in ground motion models is included in the PSHA by using the log-normal distribution about the median values as defined by the standard error associated with each ground motion prediction model

Source Abrahamson et al 2008

Figure 5-4 Comparison of Distance Scaling of PGA for Strike-Slip Earthquakes for VS30 760 msec

536 PSHA Products The primary products of a PSHA are hazard curves that show the annual frequency of exceedance for some specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA Figure 5-5) Often the term ldquoreturn periodrdquo which is the inverse of the annual frequency of exceedance is used The IBC uses an annual frequency of exceedance of 1 in 2475 or a return period of 2475 years The

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-9

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

results of a PSHA can also be deaggregated to evaluate what seismic sources are contributing most of the hazard at a site

Figure 5-5 Seismic Hazard Curves for Peak Horizontal Acceleration

54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is M 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded M 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes We suggest that PSHAs be performed for M 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard from tectonic earthquakes To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude may be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-10

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field Most induced seismic events will occur on pre-existing zones of weakness eg faults and fractures that are favorably oriented to the tectonic stress field Knowledge of the local and regional stress field can thus help identify a priori which features are more likely to be the sources of induced seismicity The characterization of the stress field can be obtained from in situ stress measurements (eg hydraulic fracturing borehole breakouts and core-induced fractures) The orientations and magnitudes of the maximum intermediate and minimum principal stresses are required A combination of image log analysis and a diagnostic hydraulic fracturing (extended leak-off test or ldquominifracrdquo) is the best approach for measuring in situ stresses With knowledge of the in situ stress field a Mohr-Coulomb stress analysis can be performed to assess the critical stress required to trigger slip on favorably-oriented faults that are critically stressed and near failure

Earthquake focal mechanisms can provide information on the principal stresses but not their absolute magnitudes Stress fields can be categorized by which style of faulting will be dominant strike-slip normal (extensional) and reversethrust (compressional) (Figure 5-2)

542 Develop 3D Geologic Model To the extent practicable and given the available data a 3D structural and stratigraphic model of the EGS area should be developed that includes pre-existing faults and fractures that could be sources of future induced seismicity Characterizing any significant favorably oriented fault is critical for assessing the maximum earthquake that could occur (see below) Often 2-D and 3-D models are developed to evaluate the EGS potential of an area in the early stages of a project This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs seismic reflection data and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data etc)

543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories In particular the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of case histories of induced seismicity should be reviewed Numerous publications are available that describe cases of EGS and geothermal-induced seismicity Majer et al (2007) summarizes some of the most significant case histories Geothermal-induced seismicity has occurred in several countries including most notably the US Japan Australia France and Switzerland

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability etc) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering of a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-11

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

Maximum magnitudes and earthquake rates are the two most important inputs into seismic hazard analyses The magnitude of an earthquake is proportional to the area of the fault that slips in an event and the amount of that slip Several conditions must be met for a large and potentially damaging earthquake to occur There must be a large enough fault stresses must be high enough to cause slip and the fault needs to be pre-stressed and near failure Predicting the maximum magnitudes of earthquakes due to EGS activities has been a difficult challenge As recognized by many the characteristics of induced seismicity are controlled by the nature and distribution of pre-existing fractures and faults the local stress field in the volume of rock surrounding the well where fluid is being introduced (eg Majer et al 2007) and the characteristics of the pore pressure field due to injection Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate the magnitude of an earthquake from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults that could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required A number of theoretical approaches have been developed to predict maximum magnitude All the approaches above depend on an a priori knowledge of the rupture characteristics of future induced seismicity which requires subsurface characterization of the affected volume of rock around the well McGarr (1976) relates the sums of the seismic moment released in earthquakes to a change in volume In the case of fluid injection this change is the volume added to the system by injection A second approach is to relate the seismic moment or maximum magnitude to the maximum length or area of pre-existing faults in the volume of rock that will be affected by fluid injection A third approach has been proposed by Shapiro et al (2010) using the parameter ldquoseismogenic indexrdquo Shapiro et al (2007) observed that under ldquogeneral conditionsrdquo the number of fluid-induced earthquakes with a magnitude larger than a given value increases approximately proportionally to the injected fluid volume The seismogenic index depends on the local maximum critical pressure for shear fracturing the volume concentration of pre-existing fractures and the poroelastic uniaxial storage coefficient (Shapiro et al 2010) Along with the injection parameters the seismogenic index can be used to estimate the probability of a given number of such events during an injection period Shapiro et al (2010) applied this technique for six case studies of injection induced seismicity including Cooper Basin Basel and Ogachi

Estimating the rate of EGS seismicity a priori is a significant challenge because the problem is very site-specific and not all factors that can impact rate are quantifiable at this time However efforts are underway in the US and Europe where induced seismicity is an important issue (eg Basel) to develop probabilistic approaches to estimating ground motions in near-real time for alarm systems A traffic-light alarm system which is based on public response magnitude and PGV has been used in experiments such as Basel (Section 7) For example Bachmann et al (2011) are developing a forecast model by modeling the Basel sequence and testing various statistical models such as the aftershock model for California earthquakes The intent is to translate the forecast model to probabilistic hazard eg probability for exceeding a ground motion level

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-12

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity Almost all existing ground motion prediction models have been developed for M 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) To our knowledge no ground motion prediction model for EGS seismicity or geothermal-induced seismicity has been developed and made publically available In lieu of a model for induced seismicity the model proposed by Chiou et al (2010) for small to moderate natural earthquakes (M 3 to 55) in California is the next best alternative Ground motion models for earthquakes smaller than M 5 are being developed by PEER and should be available in 2013 Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than M 50 the ground motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 20 km

546 Products The products of a PSHA are the same as described in Section 536 the only difference being is the results will now include potential induced seismicity in addition to background tectonic seismicity

55 SUMMARY The hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes should be compared to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

56 SUGGESTED READING McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research

Institute MNO-10 221 p

Reiter L 1990 Earthquake hazard analysis issues and insights Columbia University Press New York 254 p

Yeats RS Sieh K and Allen CR 1997 The geology of earthquakes Oxford University Press 568 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-13

6 Section 6 SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

61 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to give guidance for performing a risk analysis whose results will help make decisions with the intent of minimizing the risk of damage annoyance or losses that the design and operation of an EGS project might produce and possibly to maximize the benefits to the operators and to local communities The detailed risk analysis needs to be time-dependent because the stress conditions in the EGS field will change in relation to the injection schedule The risk profile will change accordingly and finally return to the natural seismicity risk after all the stress perturbations caused by the EGS operation in and around the EGS field have dissipated which could take several decades after stopping injection

62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH Formal seismic risk analysis started in the mid 20th century to analyze the design of complex systems and in the 1970s it developed considerably in its application to the nuclear industry It is now a mature field that is routinely used with geographic information systems to analyze projects at the community state or regional level Seismic risk analysis is a well-accepted approach and its methods and tools are extensively used by local and regional governments and by the insurance industry to predict possible losses from natural catastrophes and to help decide on such things as premiums fees and compensation

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure Seismic risk is usually expressed as a probability of all the relevant adverse impacts of the ground shaking occurring For EGS projects we are concerned with the impact of the seismicity induced by the EGS operation which if it does not have all the attributes of the standard type of analysis performed for natural catastrophes still possesses some of its most important elements Some of the effects of the seismic ground shaking are in the form of ldquophysicalrdquo consequences such as structural damage to houses and other engineered structures or to the physical environment There is also ldquonon-physicalrdquo damage to humans physiological and psychological in nature For example peoplersquos sleep can be disturbed or they can develop anxieties from the frequent occurrence of small earthquakes that are otherwise physically non-damaging Much of this anxiety is caused by concern over property and homes even if the ground motion is insufficient to cause structural or cosmetic damage

As described in Section 5 the seismic hazard that is of importance here is the ground shaking that is produced at a location by the occurrence of an earthquake and seismic hazard analysis describes the potential for this ground shaking It is expressed by a probability distribution of the selected ground shaking parameter (eg PGA PGV andor response spectra)

Vulnerability describes how the component of a system can fail or lose its function For a building or an engineered facility it describes probabilistically the state or level of damage that it will be in after being subjected to a seismic ground shaking (eg four possible states of damage V-L L M and H) It is expressed as a probability of being in a given state of damage for a given level of ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-1

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Exposure is typically the cost of repair for a given building For non-physical damage such as annoyance loss of life or way-of-life disturbances there is no agreed-upon associated monetary cost measure and it is more appropriate to predict how populations are affected in terms of the number of lives lost or the number of people potentially inconvenienced or whose way of life would be potentially disturbed by the ground shaking Loss is a monetary expression of the damage caused to items exposed such as cost of re-painting room interiors broken windows structural repairs and so on

622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS The elements at risk comprise essentially all the items of the living environment affected by ground shaking in the vicinity of the EGS field This includes residential and commercial buildings industrial facilities business offices infrastructures etc and people animals and the environment In some cases where damage to components (buildings etc) in the study area can affect others outside of the area this must be included in the study such as in the case of business interruptions A simple example would be the failure of a bridge that is the only access to a remote community The communityrsquos inhabitants may not suffer any damage physical or annoyance but their way-of-life may be drastically affected by the failure of the bridge Businesses in the community might lose business opportunities More common during small earthquakes is the loss of power due to damage to power poles

For the case of physical damage the first parameter of interest is the monetary value of the losses caused by the ground shaking As important as the monetary loss is a measure of the level of annoyance for non-physical damage Loss of life should also be considered but it has been found to be a negligible risk in previous studies (SERIANEX 2009) especially if it can be demonstrated that the maximum magnitudes of EGS-induced earthquake are small (ie M lt 4) The general framework to estimate a useful figure of merit is summarized by the risk equation

Risk = Hazard bull Vulnerability bull Cost of consequences Eq (6-1)

The elements at risk (buildings etc) in the area of study constitute the ldquosystemrdquo to be analyzed An earthquake will damage part of the system the final result being uncertain due to the uncertain behavior of each of the components in the system For a given magnitude earthquake there could be many possible final states of the system depending on which buildings are damaged and how much damage they suffered

In the above expression

bull The Hazard is characterized in probability terms by a hazard curve that describes the probability distribution of the future ground shaking

bull Vulnerability is also characterized probabilistically by a representation of the uncertain behavior of the element considered at risk (eg a structure) Even if the amplitude of the ground shaking were perfectly known the damage outcome would be uncertain and would be described by vulnerability curves that give the probability of damage outcome levels as a function of the amplitude of the ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-2

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

bull Cost of Consequences For physical damage the cost of consequences is what it will cost to replace or repair a damaged building or to repair it Strictly the cost of repair or replacement should also be treated as an uncertain parameter but in practice it is relatively better known than the other parameters (hazard and vulnerability) and consequently it is often quantified deterministically as the value of repair for a particular level of damage In the case of non-physical damage it would be difficult to assign a monetary value on damage such as annoyance and it is suggested to estimate a level of annoyance and the number of persons annoyed

Eq 61 represents the risk (or the monetary loss) of the total effect of all possible expected ground shaking that will be experienced combined with all possible damage outcomes with their respective cost Mathematically it is a double integration (summation) first over all ground shaking values weighted by their probability densities (from the hazard) and second over damage levels weighted by the probability density of achieving the various levels of damage and multiplied by the cost of repair for each possible outcome In a standard risk analysis the first step consists of identifying all the possible outcomes or end-states of the system after an earthquake A number of different techniques are available to model the behavior of the system and identify the possible end-states The fault tree analysis method (USNRC 1981) is often used for this purpose However this method needs to consider every possible combination of different failure states for each of the components in the system For EGS which is concerned with areas with possibly many impacted buildings (the components of the system) this would lead to a quasi-infinite set of combinations (for example if there are 2 buildings each with 4 possible damage states [V-L L M and High] the number of combinations is 16 For n buildings each with 4 possible damage states the number is 4n) This could not be handled with present computational power Instead the risk is estimated for aggregation of small sub-areas (such as zip code areas) and for classes of structures (wood residential structures 1 story 2 stories concrete structures steel structures etc see HAZUS 2010 for examples) Then the risks are added for the entire study region The sub-areas are generally considered to be statistically independent to allow simple summation of the numerical value of the risk but some methods account for spatial correlation Notable differences exist in the nature of the hazard and the range of possible consequences between standard application cases (ie natural seismicity) and EGS that require choice of customized methods for which no dominant method exists yet The main differences are in the range of earthquake magnitudes and consequently the range of damage to consider SRA applications in the last few decades considered earthquakes with magnitudes greater than M 45 or 5 They were mostly concerned with dominant earthquakes in the range of magnitudes M 55 to 75 that could potentially damage well-engineered civil engineering facilities such as dams bridges nuclear power plants etc They also considered all large earthquakes within several hundreds of kilometers typically 250 to 300 km and for earthquakes at depths of 5 to 20 km which are the dominant contributors to risk in critical facilities Consequently the models used in the characterization of the seismic hazard were calibrated for these ranges of magnitudes and distances and do not represent well the very small magnitude and shallow earthquakes of induced seismicity and the very short distances and small depths

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-3

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Recent seismic risk studies for EGS and other similar projects have started developing more appropriate models (SERIANEX 2009) but they are region-dependent and every new EGS study will need its own set of customized models A similar situation exists for the characterization of vulnerabilities Most existing models were developed for natural catastrophes for which damage is often substantial with building collapses losses of life infrastructure demolished etc and little interest in annoyance In contrast EGS damage if any is generally concentrated in the range of small damage primarily cosmetic and annoyance may be an important part of the consequences

63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard It is customary to base the design of expensive or critical facilities on expected risk estimates to compare the various alternative designs and operational options to select the most appropriate one that will minimize the long-term risk and satisfy a variety of other not necessarily technical or financial criteria This requires a probabilistic estimate of the seismic hazard However it is also necessary to provide information on rdquoWhat would happen in the reasonably worst caserdquo if only to check that general safety is preserved but also largely to communicate and reassure the potentially affected population Therefore a scenario earthquake must be constructed that will reflect reasonably and accurately such possibility This will include selecting a magnitude and a location of the earthquake from which a ground shaking mean value and probability distribution will be estimated for each point of interest in the affected area

632 Size of the Assessment Area Performing a seismic risk assessment requires knowledge of the level of ground shaking at the location of each item at risk (buildings etc) For a probabilistic risk estimate a hazard curve for a single parameter is needed (ie PGA or PGV) For a scenario estimate the hazard curve is replaced by a probability distribution of the ground shaking parameter for the selected scenario earthquake The hazard curve is also provided in the form of a probability of exceedance curve and is used in the same fashion as the hazard curve of the probabilistic case but it is not necessarily associated with any annual probability of occurrence (ie how frequently it occurs)

In both cases (probabilistic and scenario analysis) the ground-shaking predictions must be done for each location in the entire area potentially affected by the induced seismicity of the EGS field This area of risk assessment is of radius R centered on the injection well(s) The size of R (km) depends on the local geological environment on the size of the EGS field and on the injection parameters but the deciding parameter is the distance at which the effects of induced seismicity are likely to be negligible It is unlikely that structural or any physical damage potential will be the determining factor because damage is expected to be very small as all existing EGS operations have shown to date including the Basel experiment The value of the radius R can be determined by selecting the value for what is assumed to be the minimum annoying ground shaking felt by humans as discussed in Section 3 Step 3 and calculating R as the maximum distance at which the threshold of perception (or annoyance) ground shaking would be equaled or exceeded Typical values for R would be in the range of 12 to 15 km

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-4

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest As mentioned in the previous section experience has shown that very low amplitude ground shaking (threshold of 1 cmsec2 or 0001 g PGA) can create annoyance to humans In projects where there are residents within the assessment area (ie within radius R) the choice of a minimum magnitude for the seismic hazard analysis must be based on this threshold and on the potential location of the induced microseismicity

634 Time Dependence In most cases the composition of the system at risk will not change drastically during the time period of interest Then the time dependency of the risk is only governed by that of the time-dependent seismic hazard which has a potential for changing due to the injection operational changes Therefore at least four separate analysis periods have to be considered for the hazard and risk estimates

1 Period of natural seismicity pre-EGS stimulation and injection

2 Period of stimulation (in days) 3 Period of circulation and production (in months or years of operation)

4 Period of relaxation and return to natural seismicity (after close of operation)

64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK

Vulnerability of standard construction is a well-documented field Specific examples of vulnerability functions for a number of classes of buildings and the infrastructure representing mostly California can be found in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 14 (1987) and ATC 40 (1996) and standard default models are included in several publicly available analysis software packages such as HAZUS-MH (2010) However these vulnerability functions were developed essentially for earthquakes larger than those of interest to EGS-induced seismicity studies and are more specialized Site-specific vulnerability functions might need to be developed in particular to better estimate the probability of damage for very small ground shaking and for humans The general approach to modeling vulnerability follows Kennedyrsquos work on fragility curves (Kennedy et al 1980) This was followed by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) study of consequences for large earthquakes on six cities of the Mississippi Valley region (Allen and Hoshall 1983) which is the basis of todayrsquos practice as follows

The conditional probability of being in or exceeding a particular damage state R given the seismic ground shaking parameter S is defined by the function

119875 119877 |119878 = ɸ 119897119899 Eq (6-2) 13

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-5

SECTIGISIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analvsis and Tools tor Design and operation of EG s

where Sis the value of the independent variable ground shaking parameter ie the value of the expected ground shaking

5iis the value of the ground shaking for which there is 5050 percent chance that the building will be a complete loss It can also be interpreted as the ground shaking value for which the loss incurred would be 50 percent of the total loss

~i is the standard deviation of the natural logarithm of the ground shaking parameter It describes the sensitivity of the building to the ground shaking S and complete loss above it A large would indicate large uncertainty in the behavior of the building Very large~ would lead to quasi-constant probability of 50 percent of total oss (or equivalently constant 50 percent I oss of the building)

Pis the standard normal cumulative distribution function

In this approach the parameter 5i sets the median (501h percentile level) and ~ characterizes the natural variability (uncertainty) specific to a certain class of building Typical vulnerability curves are shown in Figure 6-1 for several types (classes) of buildings with different vulnerability functions The horizontal axis is the demand (load) in terms of the parameter of ground shaking (PGA PGV etc) and the vertical axis gives the mean damage ratio (MDR) in which is interpreted as the mean proportion (a unit-Ies s number) of a total I oss Additional refinement is often made in the characterization of the total uncertainty by also considering that vulnerability models are not perfect and only reflect the limited knowledge about the true behavior of the structure under seismic loading For this purpose an additional uncertainty factor is included in the vulnerability function (Porter 2007)

bull Ulterability ch s A

bull Uterability chs 8 -ltln-erab~middotelm C

--~-- -ln-erabifubullchss D

100

9()

so shy

70 0 0 li 60 ~

o

4C 30 Q e 0 20

10

0

Figure6-l Generic shape ofvulnerability curve for several classes

The most appropriate way to develop vulnerability functions for an EGS-induced risk assessment area would be to use the kind of information available in the insurance industry for the specific area of interest but it is usually proprietary and therefore not available However much

BEST PRACTCes B3S I~IOUCEO SEISIUrrv 8-APRIL-3l16l 6-6

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

information is available in the public records and censuses for buildings to construct area-specific models

641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions For structural damage of the kind observed in earthquakes greater than about M 4 a large body of information and models exist that can be used directly as described in the following paragraphs

For the kind of damage caused by low amplitude ground motions such as cosmetic damage or annoyance the above vulnerability functions need to be modified using the criteria described in Step 3 One acceptable method to modify them would be to estimate the level of ground motion that on average would cause small losses for example a 1 or 5 loss and fit the βi value in Eq (6-2) to match the estimate A similar approach can be used for modeling nuisance vulnerability as shown in Section 646 below

642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock The residential building stock is generally very diverse and can have a very large number of buildings at risk It is impossible to characterize specifically every single building by its own vulnerability function The practice is to classify buildings depending on a number of parameters and to use the available information to characterize each class The parameters of interest usually include

bull Location (state laws and building codes local geological conditions)

bull Occupation type (purely residential commercial or mixed)

bull Type of construction (eg shear wall moment frame wood concrete or steel frame)

bull Date of construction

bull Number of floors Standard models are available in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 13-1 (2002) HAZUS MH-MR4 (2010) and specific models can be developed using other methods (for example see ASCE-31-03 2003 or Porter et al 2007)

643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities For these classes of elements at risk the vulnerability characterization needs to be in some cases specific Some documents provide models for generic commercial and industrial buildings such as HAZUS-MH (2010) but some facilities (such as research and medical facilities) usually have unique building designs or special equipment that require a building-specific vulnerability analysis It is usually possible to adopt the generic formulation as described above and to adjust the parameters of the vulnerability function by using simple engineering considerations Some cases will require more detailed engineering analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-7

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

644 Infrastructure The infrastructure of a community (roads public transportation systems sewage water and electricity distribution) forms a complex network where every component failure can affect the rest of the entire network Each component of the network can be analyzed separately with the standard methods available and this is often sufficient if it can be demonstrated that the failing components have limited or negligible effect on the rest of the network However it is important to identify the components that are important nodes of the network and account for their overall effect Given that general or large scale catastrophic failures are not likely for EGS-induced seismicity it is not recommended to embark on sophisticated complex and costly network analyses It will be sufficient in most cases to rely on generic type of analyses of a good quality using with publicly available tools However some possible but rare damage scenarios could necessitate detailed analyses If such a scenario cannot be considered likely a standard generic analysis is sufficient

645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities

In general the level of economic damage caused by EGS-induced seismicity will not warrant detailed complex economic modeling Standard tools provide a sufficient level of modeling to get a reasonable estimate of the economic impact But as purely economic losses are largely correlated with damage to the overall infrastructure it must be demonstrated that there is no reasonably possible scenario that could generate the rare combination of events that could cause large economic losses At a minimum the following types of damage must be considered

bull Business interruptions where offices cannot operate without basic utilities

bull Business interruption for lack of supply of raw material

bull Loss of communications internet telephone cable TV etc

bull Effect on the real-estate property value

646 Nuisance Nuisance refers to the annoyance that is created by low-level ground shaking that does not necessarily generate physical damage on the built and natural environment but can be felt by humans Some vibration or noise although of very small amplitude if repeated often enough can create anxieties or negatively impact peoplersquos way of life and can be a hazard to their health or psychological well being This type of impact is difficult to quantify and there is no well-accepted methodology to do so for induced EGS seismicity At this point it is only recommended to follow practices used in other fields such as mining or transportation to select vibration or noise criteria that can be used in the formulation of vulnerability functions for this purpose Section 3 gives some information on the criteria that can be used to develop threshold criteria These criteria can also be used to develop human threshold criteria for perception These criteria can also be used to calibrate standard models of vulnerability functions specifically to predict human responses to small ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-8

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

For example it would be desirable to estimate as an annual probability the number or percentage of people mildly normally or severely inconvenienced by the induced seismicity Figure 6-2 with data taken from ISO 2631-1 (1997) shows an example of a vulnerability function that describes the six possible states of annoyance (1) not uncomfortable (2) a little uncomfortable (3) fairly uncomfortable (4) uncomfortable (5) very uncomfortable and finally (6) very uncomfortable For a given level of ground motion the curve of Fig 6-2 gives the probability that a person would find the ground shaking unacceptable

Figure 6-2 Typical Nuisance Vulnerability Function

With this formulation of the vulnerability and with information on the density and location of population it would be possible to estimate the average number of persons that would be inconvenienced with what probability and estimate the number for whom the ground motion would be unacceptable This number would constitute the measure of the nuisance risk

65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES The following is a brief description of some of the operational tools available to assess risk The tools mentioned here are all available online as open or free software (or for a modest fee) Many more proprietary tools exist that require licenses or contracting with software or companies that perform risk analysis for a more substantial fee Several new free tools are in development and could be available in the coming years

651 HAZUS The Hazards US Multi-Hazard software (HAZUS-MH4 2010) is a regional risk and impact assessment tool that is nationally applicable using a standardized methodology that estimates

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-9

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

potential losses from earthquakes hurricanes and floods FEMA developed HAZUS-MH under contract with the National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS)

HAZUS-MH uses state-of-the-art GIS software to map and display hazard data and the results of damage and economic loss estimates for buildings and infrastructure and it allows users to estimate the impacts of earthquakes hurricanes and floods on populations Estimating losses is essential to decision-making at all levels of government providing a basis for developing mitigation plans and policies emergency preparedness and response and recovery planning

HAZUS-MH is distributed free of charge by NIBS and is used in its standard configuration and with standard parameters by sufficiently trained people Customization of hazard parameters and vulnerabilities is possible but difficult and thus requires experienced persons for the task

652 SELENA SELENA is a regional risk and impact assessment tool The SELENAndashRISe Open Risk Package (Lang et al 2007) consists of the two separate software tools SELENA (Seismic Loss Estimation using a Logic Tree Approach) and RISe (Risk Illustrator for SELENA) While SELENA is the computational platform for earthquake damage and loss assessment for any given study area RISe can be used to illustrate all geo-referenced input inventory and output files on GoogleTM Earth RISe thereby translates SELENArsquos ASCII files into KML files that can be read by GoogleTM Earth Both tools are provided free of charge and are distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL[see web site wwwgnuorg]) In addition to the accessibility of the source code both tools are provided with open documentation and detailed technical user manuals that can be downloaded in various file formats or accessed online

653 RiskScape RiskScape is a regional risk and impact assessment tool (RiskScape 2010) Its primary purpose is to provide a framework in which the risk of impact to assets due to various hazards can be calculated This information can be used for a wide range of applications from planning to hazard management to asset management RiskScape is not intended to be a tool for visualization or analysis of these impacts once calculated although a limited range of visualization options are included An important feature of RiskScape is its modularity The RiskScape ldquoEnginerdquo is little more than a plug-in engine which allows various plugins or modules to interact with one another This means that as well as the default models (hazard and impact) provided by RiskScape users can easily import their own hazard models (for example) to interact with the default impact models

654 Crisis CRISIS (Ordaz et al 2007) allows the complete definition of a seismic model for probabilistic hazard assessment and the calculation of stochastic scenarios for risk evaluation CRISIS2007 was developed at the Engineering Institute of the National University of Mexico (UNAM) (see M Ordaz A Aguilar and J Arboleda 2007)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-10

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

655 OpenRisk OpenRisk (Porter et al 2007) extends the capabilities of the open-source seismic hazard analysis software OpenSHA (see wwwopenshaorg) developed by the USGS and SCEC OpenSHArsquos developers encode the state-of-the-art in seismic hazard knowledge as it develops and is generally 1 to 2 years ahead of commercial risk software OpenRisk adds vulnerability and risk capabilities to OpenSHA that enable a researcher to estimate loss-exceedance curves for a single asset perform benefit-cost analysis for retrofit or other change to a single asset or calculate expected annualized loss for a portfolio of assets The researcher can explore the sensitivity of the results to changes in the earthquake rupture forecast ground motion prediction equations site soil conditions or vulnerability model In current development is the ability to estimate the loss-exceedance relationship for a portfolio of assets Another OpenRisk application calculates fragility functions based on empirical damage evidence of various types and an open-source vulnerability model cracks the ldquoopen saferdquo of the HAZUS-MH vulnerability relationships for repair costs and indoor casualties for 128 combinations of model building type and code era All the data and software can be downloaded for free from wwwrisk-agoraorg

656 QLARM QLARM (Trendafiloski 2009) is an expert system software tool for estimating losses (building damage injured fatalities) due to earthquakes The purposes are to trigger rapid humanitarian responses and analyze the risk in scenario or probabilistic mode The scope is global with focus on developing countries Some of the features of QLARM are

bull Client-server application based on open software

bull Web-based user interface

bull Server-side distributed calculation modules implemented in Java

bull Model output to GIS-enabled database

66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING

The following gives a list of different formats to present the results of the risk analysis for the purpose of making rational decisions

1 An estimate of the total monetary loss expected annually and as a function of time from the start of operation

2 A range of the amount of possible losses and possibly a full probability distribution

3 A geographic map showing the spatial distribution of expected value losses in the region as a function of time and for several annual probabilities of exceedance For example the most commonly used are 10-2 210-3 and 10-3 (unit of time-1) Note that the hazard community often uses the inverse of the probability with unit of time That is if we select a ldquo1000 year return periodrdquo map it will show contours of regions where the losses have approximately a 11000 probability of occurring per year

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-11

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

4 Same as the above in (1) to (3) as a function of time to reflect the fact that the loading conditions underground will be changing as the EGS injection parameters change (rate quantity etc)

5 Same as the above (1) to (3) for the relevant earthquake scenarios considered

6 Same as above (1) to (4) for characterization of annoyance in terms of number of people that find the situation unacceptable

661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity Estimation of risk under natural seismicity is essential to enable decision-makers to determine a base line against which later time risk estimates will be compared It is necessary to produce all the type of results described above for this purpose The risk estimates will be time invariant and will be estimated on a per year basis and the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (the nuisance) will be assumed negligible and will not be needed

662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation Risk estimates for the period of drilling injection and operation of the EGS project may be compared with the estimates of risk for natural seismicity It will be necessary to put the estimates on a common time basis that is either on an annual basis or for a common period of time For example the total risk estimate for a period of 10 years since drilling and injection started and again for several other periods of interest Great care should be taken in characterizing the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (nuisance)

As EGS operational parameters change over time sometimes in response to a prediction of future risk mitigation procedure will be implemented that will again impact the prediction of future risk All these changes should trigger updates of the risk prediction

67 SUMMARY Performing a comprehensive risk assessment to estimate the possible risk associated with the EGS operation is recommended Risk estimates should be provided for the pre-EGS period and for several periods after the operation has started In the mid- and long-term prediction phase all envisioned mitigation procedures should be considered to compare their associated risk Once the operation is started and new data are being collected these risk estimates should be updated

Separate estimates for specific scenario earthquakes should be provided in particular for the case of what would be considered as the worst induced earthquake

68 SUGGESTED READING ASTM E 2026-99 2006 Standard Guide for the Estimation of Building Damageability in

Earthquakes

FEMA 154 155 2002 Rapid Visual Screening of Buildings for Potential Seismic Hazards FEMA 356 2000 Prestandard and Commentary for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings

FEMA E-74 2011 Reducing the Risk of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage- A Practical Guide

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-12

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

FEMA-310 1998 Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Buildings FEMA 178 1992 NEHRP Handbook for Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings

Kircher CA AA Nassar O Kustu and Holmes WT 1997 Development of Building Damage Functions for Earthquake Loss Estimation Earthquake Spectra November

Lang K 2002 Seismic vulnerability of existing buildings Dissertation ETH No 14446 Zurich Suisse

Porter KA Kiremidjian AS LeGrue IS 2001 Assembly-Based Vulnerability of Buildings ndash Its Use in Performance Evaluation Earthquake Spectra Volume 17 No2

Porter KA Beck JL and Seligson HA Scawthorn CR Tobin LT Young R and Boyd T 2002 Improving Loss Estimation for Woodframe Buildings Volume 1 Technical Report and Volume 2 Appendices CaltechEERL2002EERL-2002-01 and -02 Consortium of Universities for Research in Earthquake Engineering Richmond CA

Steinbrugge KV and Algermissen S T 1990 Earthquake Losses to Single-Family Dwellings California Experience United States Geological Survey Bulletin 1939A Study was made in cooperation with the California Insurance Department

Steinbrugge KV 1987 Earthquakes Volcanoes and Tsunamis Skandia America Group

Taylor CE VanMarcke E and Davis J 1998 Evaluating Models of Risks from Natural Hazards for Insurance and Government Appendix B in Paying the Price The Status and Role of Insurance Against Natural Disasters in the United States Edited by H Kunreuther and Richard J Roth Sr Washington DC Joseph Henry Press

Thiel C C Jr and Zsutty T C 1987 Earthquake Characteristics and Damage Statistics EERI Spectra Vol 3 No4

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Wen Y K B R Ellingwood and Bracci J A Vulnerability Function Framework for Consequence-based Engineering MAE Center Project DS-04 Report

Wesson R L D M Perkins E V Leyendecker R J Roth Jr and Petersen M D 2004 Losses to Single-Family Housing from Ground Motions in the 1994 Northridge California Earthquake Spectra August 2004

Wiggins JH CE Taylor and Yessaie G 1987 Damage ability of Low-Rise Construction NTS Engineering Technical Report No 1442 Prepared under partial support of the National Science Foundation NSF Grant No CEE-8109607

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-13

7 Section 7 SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

71 PURPOSE The first six steps of this document suggest various activities to address the impact of any induced seismicity If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to perform additional actions A number of suggestions are presented in this step that could be used to mitigate any adverse or unwanted effects of induced seismicity The mitigation measures are separated into two broad areas The first is direct mitigation (ie those that are engineered to either reduce the seismicity directly or relieve the effects of the seismicity) Examples of this approach include modification of the injection or production rates

The second broad area of action would be indirect mitigation (ie those activities that are not engineered but involve such issues as publicregulatory acceptance or operator liability) Again the level and amount of mitigation will be specific to each application of EGS In some cases little or no mitigation may be required from the regulatorypublic acceptance point of view On the other hand in cases where the project is close to critical facilities that are experiencing unacceptable ground motion it may be required to perform extensive mitigation measures It is anticipated that by properly carrying out the preceding six steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH

721 Direct Mitigation A direct mitigation step is to establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity such as to stop injection This may eliminate induced seismicity in the long run but it is unlikely to have an instantaneous impact That is the local tectonic stress states have been altered as a result of the injection and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the in situ reservoir pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects M 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shut off(Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease the injection rates and pressures until acceptable levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations which relies on continuous measurements of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull Red The lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to occur prompting the following response Pumping suspended immediately

bull Amber The amber zone is defined by ground motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-1

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

unlikely and prompting the following response Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull Green The green zone is defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or if at higher ground motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area which requires no response Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will subside as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) then indirect mitigation activities should be considered (see next section) In any case seismic monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began The results of one such application in areas of poor or older construction (Majer et al 2007 Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures In some cases the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural country sides (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of M 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events It should be noted that the different descriptions of the levels (red amber and green) are not absolute In some areas of high public sensitivity the red level may be reached if there is a large amount of public nuisance associated with the project rather than defining the threshold at the point of structural damage The definition of the color levels will be specific to each project (ie when to stop when to reduce injection etc) It will also depend on the use of indirect mitigation measures employed (see below) Last but not least it should be mentioned that other types of prediction methods are being developed that provide alternatives to the stoplight method These involve real time estimation of future seismicity based upon current seismicity rates and energy release (Bachmann et al 2011)

Other direct mitigation measures may be accomplished by altering the injectionproduction rates locations of injections fluid temperatures or other parameters associated with the EGS projects This will depend of course on how well the subsurface parameters are known that are controlling the seismicity If the unwanted seismicity occurs early in the project then these conditions may not be known well enough or the system response may not be calibrated yet Other engineering approaches may involve modifications to assets affected by any unwanted seismicity An example could be noise or vibration isolation of sensitive instruments structures or facilities that are of concern or strengthening weak structures such as landmarks and

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-2

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

historical buildings These actions may appear to be somewhat excessive but they may be worthwhile if it allows to project to continue in harmony with the local community

722 Indirect Mitigation Various methods of indirect mitigation may also be considered either in conjunction with direct methods or as standalone measures several examples are described below Seismic Monitoring As has been discussed previously in this document seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of structural damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public are essential The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers which may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

Increased Outreach Although it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity Regular newsletters are an effective way of keeping the local public interested in the project and also of informing them of the future activities such as stimulation potential rig noise etc Additional activities related to the local area or special articles on renewable energy for example may be another way to make the newsletters more interesting thereby ensuring a broader readership Community Support In addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish goodwill This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project Compensation If any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-3

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Benefit to the local community from the presence of an EGS plant It is important to demonstrate the financial benefit for the local community from the existence of such a project The benefits may take many forms from royalties to the countystate providing jobs in the area free hot water for the local community based swimming pools support to the local library sponsoring prizes for schools and other learned institutions sponsoring university grants to supporting environmental policies Experience has shown that a key method to access local residents is to sponsor primary schools and to give instruction about the EGS program along with its benefits to the children at school School children will raise this topic at home for discussion with their parents and the parents will supplement the information by researching the subject independently to support their children

Contracting and employment policy As a general policy local subcontractors should be used when possible so that the local residents can see the benefit of the EGS in their area Through this practice money flows into the local community bringing an indirect benefit Wherever possible local staff should be recruited to work directly at the EGS plant thereby stimulating the local economy through the project operations

723 Receiver Mitigation Receiver mitigation involves vibration control provisions for structures and equipment to reduce or attenuate ground-borne vibration and noise Base isolation of building structures is probably not practical to control EGS ground motions due to the frequency range and cost unless only a few structures would require such modification On the other hand vibration isolation of sensitive instruments such as scanning transmission electron microscopes or even magnetic resonance imaging system may be quite practical and necessary

Equipment may be pneumatically isolated from the floor with isolation frequencies of the order of 1 to 2 Hz to reduce or eliminate impact by low amplitude EGS ground motions Commercially available active piezo-electric vibration isolation systems can isolate equipment from ground motion at frequencies as low as 1 Hz by a factor of almost ten in amplitude (20 dB) which may be most effective for low level seismicity with high recurrence rates Steel spring isolation systems may have isolation frequencies of the order of 5 Hz well within the range of EGS seismic ground motions and would thus amplify ground motion The selection of an isolation system must be made in view of the expected spectrum of ground motion and spectral tolerance curve of the particular equipment Equipment specifications may even provide data regarding its vibration tolerance as a function of frequency which may be particularly useful when selecting the appropriate isolation system Simple massive concrete foundations used for supporting sensitive instruments may have a soil structure resonance frequency in vertical or couple horizontal and rocking modes of the order of 5 to 15 Hz possibly coincident with low-level EGS ground motion spectral peaks In these situations soil treatments or foundation reinforcement may be most practical for certain types of sensitive instruments Light-weight box foundations supported on friction piles or end-bearing piles would have vertical support resonance frequencies in excess of 30 Hz and with high damping values due to vibration wave scattering ideal for supporting sensitive instruments such as magnetic resonance imaging systems and scanning electron microscopes Thick reinforced concrete slabs would not amplify vibration at EGS ground motion spectral peak frequencies

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-4

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Activities involving sensitive equipment or processes may require coordination with EGS stimulation schedules assuming that such EGS stimulation is temporary in nature Seismic activity extending over several days weeks or months would be another matter

724 Liability Legal studies specifically related to geothermal induced seismicity and its effect on the man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations makes the following observations

ldquoLiability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However numerous analogous cases support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerous activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anothers land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damagerdquo

725 Insurance In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity An insurance policy (or bond) should be established with an insurance company to cover all aspects of structural damage and the procedure for claim should be streamlined to help claimants obtain the appropriate compensation without undue stress and long duration

A document will need to be prepared which shows various types of structural damage and their link to the seismic parameters It is also imperative for the person who has suffered the damage to report it within a reasonable time period of the ldquooffendingrdquo seismicity and estimate the time when the damage might have occurred A dedicated form that assists the local residents in providing relevant details required by the arbitrator and the insurance company should be established to facilitate this process Local residents should also have access to consultation or assistance to properly file the forms and the form should carry a statement of liability for prosecution by the insurance company if incorrect details are presented with a motive to obtain money under false pretense It is highly recommended that prior to injection complete documentation is made of the state of the existing structures This could be complete photographing of foundations and walls of preexisting cracks soil conditions type of structures etc It should be kept in mind that many other things such as diurnal temperature changes soil drying and landslides will also cause structures to ldquocrack and shiftrdquo which should not be attributed to induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-5

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

73 SUMMARY Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisanceannoyance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations in that it provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that specific seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be required Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that may be tailored to the specific needs of the community

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-6

8 Section 8 EIGHT Acknowledgements

SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements

The preparation of this document was supported by the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratoryrsquos contract DE-AC02-05CH11231 with the US Department of Energy Our thanks to Melinda Lee for her assistance in the preparation of this document

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 8-1

9 Section 9 NINE References

SECTIONNINE References

Abrahamson N Atkinson G Boore D Bozorgnia Y Campbell K Chiou B Idriss IM Silva W and Youngs R 2008 Comparisons of the NGA ground motion relations Earthquake Spectra v 24 p 45-66

Aki K 1965 Maximum likelihood estimate of b in the formula log N=a-bM and its confidence limits Bulletin of Earthquake Research Institute University of Tokyo v 43 p 237-239

Aki K and Richards P Quantitative Seismology 2nd edition 2009 WH Freeman and Company

Allen and Hoshall 1983 An assessment of Damage and Casualty for Six Cities in the Central United States Resulting from Two Earthquakes M=76 and M=86 in the New Madrid Seismic Zone Report by Allen amp Hoshall Memphis TN for FEMA

AltaRock Energy 2011 Induced Seismicity Mitigation Plan Newberry EGS Demonstration Project (downloaded from AltaRock website earlier URL does not appear to be active now)

ANSI Standard S318-1979 Guide for the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg) (This standard has evidently been supplanted by S272)

ANSI Standard S271-1983 (R 2006) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S272Part 1 ndash 2002 (R 2007) Amendment 1 - 2010 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration ndash Part 1 General Requirements American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R 2009) Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13 (C Rojahn and Sharpe RL) 1985 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for California Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13-1 (S King and Rojahn C) 2002 Commentary on the Use of ATCmiddot13 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for Probable Maximum Loss Studies of California Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 14 1987 Evaluating the seismic resistance of existing Buildings ATC-14 Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 40 1996 Seismic evaluation and retrofit of concrete Buildings Redwood City California

ASCESEI 31-03 2003 Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings Bachmann CE Wiemer S Woessneri J and Hainzl S 2011 Statistical analysis of the

induced Basel 2006 earthquake sequences introducing a probability-based monitoring

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-1

SECTIONNINE References

approach for Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geophysical Journal International v 186 p 793-807

Bolt BA Abridged Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale Earthquakes ndash Newly Revised and Expanded Appendix C WH Freeman amp Co 1993 331 p

Bommer JJ Oates S Cepeda JM Lindholm C Bird J Torres R Marroquiacuten G and Rivas J 2006 Control of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal project Engineering Geology v 83 p 287-306

BRGM 2010 ENGINE Coordination Action Best Practice Handbook for the development of Unconventional Geothermal Resources with a focus on Enhanced Geothermal System 2008 Orleans BRGM Editions Collection ActesProceedings ISBN 978-2-7159-2482-6 ISSN 1773-6161 Available at [httpenginebrgmfrDocumentsENGINE_ BestPracticeHandbookpdf] January 25 2010

Brumbaugh DS 1999 Earthquakes science and society Prentice Hall 251 p Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 Ground-motion attenuation model

for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction models Earthquake Spectra v 26 p907-926

Cornell CA 1968 Engineering seismic risk analysis Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 58 p 1583-1606

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 Induced seismicity and the potential for liability under US law Tectonophysics v 289 239-255

Davy B 1997 Essential Injustice - When Legal Institutions Cannot Resolve Environmental and Land Use Disputes Springer New York

DOENETL 2010 Site Screening Selection and Initial Characterization for Storage of CO2 in Deep Geologic Formations wwwnetldoegov 401090808

Dowding CH 1985 Blast vibration monitoring and control Northwestern University

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Dowding CH and Rozen A 1978 Damage to Rock Tunnels from Earthquake Shaking

Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers v 104 No GT2 March 22 1978

Facebookcom Newberry Geothermal EGS Demonstration Project Facebook page httpwwwfacebookcomNewberryEGS

Feenstra CFJ T Mikunda and S Brunsting 2010 What happened in Barendrecht Case study on the planned onshore carbon dioxide storage in Barendrecht the Netherlands Report prepared by ECN (Energy Center for the Netherlands) and Global CCS Institute 44 pp Available on-line at several locations including the Global CCS Institute website (httpwwwglobalccsinstitutecompublicationswhat-happened-barendrecht)

FEMA 2006 Homebuilderrsquos Guide to Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Building Seismic Safety Council FEMA 232

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-2

SECTIONNINE References

FEMA 2010 Earthquake-Resistant Design Concepts An Introduction to the NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Seismic Safety Council FEMA P-749

Hanks TC and Kanamori H 1979 Moment magnitude scale Journal of Geophysical Research v 84 p 2348ndash2350

HAZUS-MH 2011 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

HAZUS-MH-MR4 2010 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

IES Recommended Practice IEST-RP-CC0122 Considerations in Clean Room Design Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology Arlington Heights IL 60005-4516

ISO 2631-1 1997 Mechanical vibration and shock ndash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration ndash Part 1 General requirements Available at the ISO store httpwwwisoorgisoiso_cataloguecatalogue_tccatalogue_detailhtmcsnumber=7612

ISO 2631-2 2003 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration and Shock Part 2 Vibration in Buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz) International Organization for Standardization Geneva

Kennedy RP CA Cornell RD Campbell S Kaplan and Perla HF 1980 Probabilistic seismic safety study of an existing nuclear power plant Nuclear Engineering and Design v 59 p 315-318

Kunreuther H K Fitzgerald and TD Aarts 1993 Siting noxious facilities a test of the Facility Siting Credo Risk Analysis v 13 p 301-318

Kunreuther H LE Susskind and T D Aarts 1993 The facility siting credo guidelines for an effective facility siting process Environmental Impact Assessment Review Publication Services University of Pennsylvania Available on-line at several locations including this URL httpwebmitedupublicdisputespracticecredohtml

Lang DH Molina Palacios S and Lindholm CD 2007 The seismic risk and loss assessment tool SELENA and its applicability for (near-)real-time damage estimation International Workshop on Seismicity and Seismological Observations of the Baltic Sea Region and Adjacent Territories September 10-12 Vilnius Lithuania

Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks Academic Press 293 p

Lesbirel SH and D Shaw 2000 Facility siting issues and perspectives In SH Lesbirel and D Shaw eds Challenges and Issues in Facility Siting Proceedings of a Conference Columbia Earthscape New York Columbia University Press (on-line) Available at the following URL httpwwwccccolumbiaedusecdlcearthscaperrlframehtml

Majer E Baria R and Stark M 2009 Protocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-3

SECTIONNINE References

comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

Majer E Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Majer E Nelson JT Robertson-Tait A Savy J and Wong I 2012 Protocol for addressing induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 45 p

McGarr A 1976 Seismic moments and volume changes Journal of Geophysical Research v 81 p 1487

McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research Institute MNO-10 221 p

National Energy Technology Laboratory (NETL) 2009 Public outreach and education for carbon storage projects Report no DOENETL-20091391

NETL 2009 Site screening selection and characterization of CO2 stored in deep geologic formations Regional Carbon Sequestration Partnerships Annual Review November

Ordaz M Aguilar A and Arboleda J 2007 CRISIS2007 ndash Ver 11 Program for Computing Seismic Hazard Instituto de Ingenieria UNAM Mexico The CRISIS code installer is available at httpecapraorgcapra_wikien_wikiindexphptitle=CRISIS2007

Porter KA R Kennedy and Bachman R 2007 Earthquake Engineering Practice Creating Fragility Functions for Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering EERI Earthquake Spectra v 23 no 2 p 471-489 May

Porter KA and Scawthorn C 2007 OPENRISK Open-source risk software access for the insurance industry Available on the AGORA site at httpwwwrisk-agoraorg

Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002 Fault structure and kinematics of the Long Valley Caldera region California revealed by high-accuracy earthquake hypocenters and focal mechanism stress inversions Journal of Geophysical Research v 107 p 1397

PRWeb 2010 Newberry Enhanced Geothermal Systems Demonstration Community Outreach Positive BLM Initiates Environmental Assessment PRWebcom October 2010 httpwwwprwebcomreleases201010prweb4610704htm

Raab J and L Susskind 2009 New approaches to consensus building and speeding up large-scale energy infrastructure project Paper presented at the Conference for the Expansion of the German Transmission Grid Goumlttingen University June 2009

Richter CF 1958 Elemental seismology WH Freeman San Francisco CA 768 p

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009a Tackling public risk ndash a practical guide for policy makers UK Department for Business Enterprise and Regulator Reform Report No URN 09972 May 2009 60 pp

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009b Examples of public risk communication UK Department for Business Innovation and Skills Report No URN 091424 October 2009 47 pp

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-4

SECTIONNINE References

RiskScape 2010 Riskscape User Manual version 0230 GNS Sciences amp NIWA available at wwwriskscapeorgnz

Schwartz DP and Coppersmith KJ 1984 Fault behavior and characteristic earthquakes--examples from the Wasatch and San Andreas fault zones Journal of Geophysical Research v 89 p 5681-5698

SERIANEX 2009 AP5000 report - Seismic hazard and risk assessments during three reference time periods (Normal stimulation and circulation) GEOTER SAS October 15

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 Probability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injection Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Shapiro SA Dinske C Langebruch C and Wenzel F 2010 Seismogenic index and magnitude probability of earthquakes induced during reservoir fluid stimulations The Leading Edge Special Section Microseismic p 304-309

Siedentop S 2010 Locating sites for locally unwanted land uses successfully coping with NIMBY resistance In A C de Pina Filho and A C de Pina eds Methods and Techniques in Urban Engineering ISBN 978-953-307-096-4 InTech

Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

Stump MPH and MA Porter 2012 Critical Truths About Power LawsScience v 335 p 665-666

Thoenen JR and SL Windes 1942 Seismic Effects of Quarry Blasting US Bureau of Mines Bulletin 442 NTIS

Thomas PA Wong IG and Abrahamson N 2010 Verification of probabilistic seismic hazard analysis software programs PEER Report 2010106 Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center College of Engineering University of California Berkeley 173 p

Transportation Research Board 1996 Landslides investigation and mitigation Special Report 247 Chapter 4 National Academy Press Washington DC

Trendafiloski G M Wyss and Rosset Ph 2009 Loss estimation module in the second generation software QLARM World Agency of Planetary Monitoring and Earthquake Risk Reduction Geneva Switzerland (wwwwapmerrorgQLARM_Paper-Cambridge-defpdf)

US Geological Survey (USGS) 2008 Lower 48 states maps and data available at httpearthquakeusgsgov hazardsproductsconterminous

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Waldhauser F 2001 hypoDD A computer program to compute double-difference earthquake locations US Geological Survey Open File Rep 01-113

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-5

SECTIONNINE References

Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000 A double-difference earthquake location algorithm Method and application to the northern Hayward fault Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 90 p1353-1368

Wells DL and Coppersmith KJ 1994 New empirical relationships among magnitude rupture length rupture width rupture area and surface displacement Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 84 p 974-1002

Wesnousky SG 1986 Earthquakes Quaternary faults and seismic hazard in California Journal Geophysical Research v 91 p 12587-12631

WIPP 2011 Waste Isolation Pilot Project Community Relations Plan website Information can be accessed at httpwwwwippenergygovWPPCommunityRelationsindexhtml

Youngs RR and Coppersmith KJ 1985 Implications of fault slip rates and earthquake recurrence models to probabilistic seismic hazard estimates Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 75 p 939-964

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-6

Appendix C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental

Protection Measures and Best Management Practices

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX E

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

In addition to the requirements and conditions stated in the project permits

geothermal lease stipulations and conditions of approval the project

proponents are committed to implementing the best management practices

(BMPs) discussed below as appropriate for each of the proposed actions These

measures have been divided into the following categories General Measures

Air Quality SoilErosion Control Blasting Water Resources Noxious Weeds

Vegetation Wildlife and Sensitive Species Cultural and Paleontological

Resources Noise Visual Resources and Public Health and Safety

General Measures

1 Prior to construction the limits of the temporary construction ROW would

be recorded using a global positioning system unit

2 The operator would obtain agency authorization prior to borrowing soil or

rock material from agency lands

3 Prior to construction all construction personnel would be instructed on the

protection of sensitive biological cultural and paleontological resources

that have the potential to occur on site

4 Construction in residential areas would be limited to between daylight and

dusk seven days a week

5 All construction vehicle movement would be restricted to the ROW pre-

designated access roads and public roads

6 Fences and gates if damaged or destroyed by construction activities would

be repaired or replaced to their original preconstruction condition as

required by the landowner or land-management agency

7 Temporary gates would be installed only with prior permission of the

landowner or land management agency

8 All existing roads would be left in a condition equal to or better than their

preconstruction condition

9 All vehicle traffic associated with the projects would be restricted to

designated access roads

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-1

Appendix E

10 Where possible new access roads would be located to follow natural

contours and minimize side hill cuts and fills Excessive grades on roads

road embankments ditches and drainages would be avoided especially in

areas with erodible soils

11 New roads would be designed so that changes to surface water runoff are

minimized and new erosion is not initiated

12 New access roads would be located to minimize stream crossings All

structures crossing streams would be located and constructed so that they

do not decrease channel stability or increase water velocity Operators

would obtain all applicable federal and state water crossing permits

13 New roads would be located away from drainage bottoms and avoid

wetlands if practicable

14 Road use would be restricted during the wet season if road surfacing is not

adequate to prevent soil displacement rutting etc and resultant stream

sedimentation

15 Access roads and on-site roads would be surfaced with aggregate materials

where necessary to provide a stable road surface support anticipated

traffic reduce fugitive dust and prevent erosion

16 Non-specular conductors would be installed on transmission lines to reduce

visual impacts Speed limits of 25 miles per hour would be observed on all

unpaved roads in each project area in order to minimize dust and avoid

collision with and incidental death of local wildlife

17 Pipelines constructed above ground due to thermal gradient induced

expansion and contraction would rest on cradles above ground level

allowing small animals to pass underneath

Air Quality

1 Construction and operation of the proposed developments would comply

with all applicable federal and state air quality standards

2 BMPs for dust control would be implemented during construction of the

access roads well pads power plant sites pipelines and electrical

interconnection lines

3 Vulcan Power Company has obtained a Surface Area Disturbance (SAD)

permit from the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau of Air

Pollution Control and would use the following dust-control measures from

the BMP section of that permit within the Vulcan Project Area

Two water trucks would pre-water areas to be disturbed and apply

water on disturbed areas and material storage piles on a regular

basis

Roads would be graveled and vehicle speeds limited to 25 miles per

hour

E-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4

5

6

7

8

Subcontractors would be informed of their responsibilities to

control fugitive dust

Construction equipment operators would be trained to recognize

excessive fugitive dust generation and call for a water truck to spray

water on the disturbed areas

Construction contractors would use equipment that is maintained

per manufacturerrsquos specifications and meets all applicable US

Environmental Protection Agency standards for criteria pollutants

from diesel engines including particulates

The drilling contractor would use state-of-the-art drill rigs certified to meet

current EPA standards for non-methane hydrocarbons nitrogen oxides and

particulates

Fugitive emissions from any hydrocarbon working fluids

(isopentanepentane) would be minimized by utilizing the latest industry

technology flanges seals vapor-recovery units leak-detection system and

routine maintenance procedures

Sensors located around major equipment would continuously provide

information regarding hydrocarbon levels to the control room and the

annunciators The annunciators would alert the plant operators when a

certain level of hydrocarbon is detected by the sensors This would enable

quick response time to alleviate potential problems and would keep plant

personnel safe while minimizing hydrocarbon emissions

Whenever maintenance needs to be performed on the turbine-generator

equipment or the hydrocarbon system the hydrocarbon would be

recovered to prevent a release into the atmosphere by installing a system

that would evacuate the hydrocarbon from the network of piping and

equipment sub-cool the vapor back into a liquid and pump it back into the

hydrocarbon storage tank

As part of the POD SPPC or its contractor would prepare and implement a

Dust Control Plan to minimize fugitive dust emissions generated from

project construction activities The Dust Control Plan would be submitted

to the Churchill County Planning Department and would be prepared in

accordance with the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau

of Air Pollution Controlrsquos SAD Permit At a minimum the Dust Control

Plan would discuss

Enforcement of dust control requirements

Environmental training and

Dust-control measures to be implemented during construction

As part of the POUPOD the operator would prepare and submit to the

agency an Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan for managing diesel exhaust

An Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan would identify actions to reduce

9

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-3

Appendix E

diesel particulate carbon monoxide hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides

associated with construction and drilling activities The Equipment Emissions

Mitigation Plan would require that all drillingconstruction-related engines

are maintained and operated as follows

Are tuned to the engine manufacturerrsquos specification in accordance

with an appropriate time frame

Do not idle for more than five minutes (unless in the case of

certain drilling engines it is necessary for the operating scope)

Are not tampered with in order to increase engine horsepower

Include particulate traps oxidation catalysts and other suitable

control devices on all drillingconstruction equipment used at the

project site

Use diesel fuel having a sulfur content of 15 parts per million or

less or other suitable alternative diesel fuel unless such fuel

cannot be reasonably procured in the market area

Include control devices to reduce air emissions The determination

of which equipment is suitable for control devices should be made

by an independent Licensed Mechanical Engineer Equipment

suitable for control devices may include drilling equipment work

over and service rigs mud pumps generators compressors

graders bulldozers and dump trucks

Soil Disturbance

1 In areas where significant grading would be required topsoil where present

would be segregated stockpiled and stabilized until later reapplication

2 Construction would be prohibited when the soil is too wet to adequately

support construction equipment or would result in ruts of 4 inches or

greater

3 An approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) would be

prepared as part of the POD and implemented to minimize erosion from

the project construction worksites and contain sediment The SWPPP

would be prepared in accordance with the National Pollutant Disposal

Elimination System General Construction Stormwater Permit At a

minimum it would identify the existing drainage patterns of the

construction work sites and ROW nearby drainages and washes potential

pollutant sources other than sediment and the BMPs that that would be

implemented to minimize off-site erosion and sedimentation The SWPPP

would include maps of the project area with potential locations for

appropriate BMPs The SWPPP would be kept on site throughout the

duration of construction Measures identified in the SWPPP would be

inspected on the ground at least once per week as well as before and after

rain events of 05-inch or more in a 24-hour period

E-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4 Compaction of the soils would be in accordance with the recommendations

in the geotechnical report and the detailed civil design

5 All disturbed lands not required for plant operations would be revegetated

upon completion of construction

Blasting (if required and approved)

1 At a minimum all explosive storage facilities would be weather resistant

fire resistant bullet resistant and theft resistant

2 Potential rockslidelandslide areas would be identified and avoided to the

maximum extent possible and a blasting geologist would be consulted prior

to blasting in these areas

3 Blasts would be designed to minimize ground vibrations that can cause slope

instability and impacts to wells andor springs

4 Blasting within 500 feet of wells andor springs would be avoided to the

maximum extent possible

5 Precautions would be taken to minimize or avoid damaging structures or

utilities located within 150 feet of blasting operations Precautions may

include rippling the charge detonations further apart or reducing the

amount of charge material that detonates simultaneously

6 To prevent or minimize the amount of rock particles cast into the air

following detonation blasting mats would be used

7 A signaling system would be used to alert individuals of an impending blast

The signaling system would include the following components

A warning signal five minutes prior to the blasting signal a one-

minute series of long audible signals would be sounded at the blast

site

A blasting signal one minute prior to the blast a series of short

audible signals would be sounded at the blast site

An all-clear signal a prolonged audible signal would be sounded at

the blast site following the post-blast inspection of the blast area

8 To inform construction personnel of the signaling protocol signs explaining

the protocol would be posted at the staging areas and at other appropriate

areas along the construction ROW

9 The proponent andor its contractor would perform pre- and post-blast

inspections of existing structures that may sustain damage due to blasting

operations

10 If any damage to structures occurs due to blasting operations the

proponent andor its contractor would repair the damage as quickly as

possible after becoming aware of the damage In the event of damage to any

water supply systems the proponent andor its contractor would provide

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-5

Appendix E

an alternative water source until the original water supply system is

restored

Water Resources

1 In coordination with State regulatory agencies the operator would comply

with all State and Federal surface and ground water rules and regulations for

all phases of development and reclamation

2 All construction vehicle and equipment staging or storage would be located

at least 100 feet away from any streams wetlands and other water features

3 Freshwater-bearing and other usable water aquifers would be protected

from contamination by assuring all well casing (excluding the liner) is

required to be cemented from the casing shoe (below the lowest

groundwater aquifer) to the surface

4 Site drainage including the plant finish grade ditches swales and other

drainage features would be designed to meet local weather conditions and

the mean average rainfall The drainage would be designed to ensure that

there would be no stormwater runoff that would adversely affect nearby

surface waters (eg wetlands canals) The design would also incorporate

containment for oil-filled equipment where required This would allow

runoff from the oil-filled equipment to be inspected to avoid contaminated

discharge to a pond or local drainage

5 Appropriate oil separation and disposal measures would be taken as

required prior to release of runoff to the surface drainage

6 Operators would develop a storm water management plan as part of the

POU to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and prevent off-site

migration of contaminated storm water or increased soil erosion

7 Stormwater from the well pad would be directed to the reserve pit and

contained on site

8 The geothermal wells would be drilled using non-toxic drilling mud to

prevent the loss of drilling fluids into the rock and the risk of contamination

to any aquifers from the drilling fluid

9 Reserve pits would be constructed at each Ormat well site for the

containment and temporary storage of drilling mud drill cuttings

geothermal fluid and storm water runoff from each constructed well pad

Because non-toxic drilling mud would be used the reserve pits would not

be lined Additionally the bentonite drilling muds discharged into the

reserve pits would act as a liner in the same way they prevent the loss of

drilling fluids in the well bore into the rock Therefore contamination of the

local ground water aquifers as a result of the temporary discharges into the

reserve pits would be unlikely

10 Culverts would be strategically placed to allow for the natural drainage in

any disturbed areas in the project area to be maintained

E-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

11 The well pads would be set back at least 100 feet from the boundary of the

Carson Lake and Pasture and would have berms that would prevent spills

from draining west to the wildlife refuge

12 Operators would avoid creating hydrologic conduits between discrete

aquifers during foundation excavation and other activities

Noxious Weeds

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all

noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and

provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any

noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would

treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan

component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning)

of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto

public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves

the project site

Vegetation

1 Wherever possible vegetation would be left in place Where vegetation

must be removed it would be cut at ground level to preserve the root

structure and allow for potential resprouting

2 All temporary construction areas that have been disturbed including

stringing sites and transmission structure work areas would be recontoured

and restored as required by the landowner or land-management agency

The method of restoration typically would consist of seeding or

revegetating with native plants (if required) installing cross drains for

erosion control and placing water bars in the road or centerline travel

route Seed used for revegetation would be certified as weed-free

Wildlife and Sensitive Species

1 If land-clearing activities are conducted during the avian breeding season

(March 15 to July 15) nesting bird surveys would be conducted to identify

nests and evidence of breeding birds

2 Excavations left open overnight would be covered or fenced securely to

prevent wildlife from falling into open excavations

3 Structures would be constructed to conform to those practices described in

the Suggested Practices for Avian Protection on Power Lines (APLIC 2006)

4 Any toxic or hazardous material or any other items that present a risk to

wildlife would be fenced netted or include some other measure to exclude

wildlife

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-7

Appendix E

Livestock Grazing

1 The operator would coordinate with livestock operators during the life of

the project to minimize impacts to livestock operations

Cultural and Paleontological Resources

1 A Class III cultural resource inventory would be conducted prior to

construction Unevaluated cultural sites would be tested to determine their

eligibility status Wherever possible the proponent would avoid cultural

sites identified as eligible for inclusion on the National Register of Historic

Places Where avoidance is not possible a treatment plan would be

developed through consultation between the BLM State Historic

Preservation Office (SHPO) and applicable tribes

2 Prior to construction the proponent andor its contractors would train

workers and individuals involved with the project regarding the potential to

encounter historic or prehistoric sites and objects proper procedures in

the event that cultural items or human remains are encountered

prohibitions on artifact collection and respect for Native American religious

concerns As part of this training all construction personnel would be

instructed to inspect for paleontological and cultural objects when

excavating or conducting other ground-disturbing activities

3 If potential resources are found work would be halted immediately within a

minimum distance of 300 feet from the discovery and a professional

archaeologist (holding a valid Cultural Resources Permit from Nevada BLM)

would be mobilized to the site to evaluate the find Any potential resources

would not be handled or moved The professional archaeologist would then

determine whether the find needs to be evaluated by a paleontologist or

Native American representative The appropriate specialist(s) would then

make a recommendation of the significance of the find and the steps to be

followed before proceeding with the activity Any cultural andor

paleontological resource discovered during construction on public or

federal land would be reported immediately to the BLM Work would not

continue until the BLM issues a notice to proceed The BLM would notify

and consult with SHPO and appropriate tribes on eligibility and suitable

treatment options If significant resources are discovered they would be

recovered transported and stored at an approved curation facility that

meets the standards specified in Title 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations

(CFR) Part 79

4 If human remains are encountered during project construction all work

within 300 feet of the remains would cease and the remains would be

protected If the remains are on land managed by the BLM BLM

representatives would be immediately notified If the remains are Native

American the BLM would follow the procedures set forth in 43 CFR Part

10 Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Regulations If the

remains are located on state or private lands the Nevada SHPO and the

BLM would be notified immediately Native American human remains

E-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

discovered on state or private lands would be treated under the provisions

of the Protection of Indian Burial Sites section of the Nevada Revised

Statutes Chapter 383 The Nevada SHPO would consult with the Nevada

Indian Commission and notify the appropriate Native American tribe

Procedures for inadvertent discovery are listed under Nevada Revised

Statutes 383170

Noise

1 Noise mufflers would be used on all drill rig and air compressor engines

Each well pad may have one rock muffler Rock mufflers are approximately

30 feet tall with a diameter of about 10 feet and are used to separate and

attenuate steam venting noise during well testing

2 Ormat employs proprietary turbine designs having rotation speeds matching

generator output rotations per minute This process eliminates the need for

gear reduction units and the resulting associated noise As a result the

facilities operate at approximately 65dbA at 200 feet Ormat would also

employ the best available noise control technology on cooling tower fans

Visual Resources

1 The operator would incorporate visual design considerations into the

planning and design of the project to minimize potential visual impacts of the

proposal and to meet the Visual Resource Management objectives of the

area and the agency

2 Structures would be constructed with low profiles whenever possible to

reduce structure visibility

3 Materials and surface treatments would be selected and designed to repeat

or blend with landscape elements

4 Placement of facilities on ridgelines summits or other locations would be

avoided in order to prevent the buildings from being silhouetted against the

sky from important viewing locations

5 Facilities would be collocated to the extent possible to use existing and

shared rights-of-way existing and shared access and maintenance roads and

other infrastructure in order to reduce visual impacts Facilities would not

bisect ridge tops or run down the center of valley bottoms

6 Site linear features (aboveground pipelines rights-of-way and roads) would

follow natural land contours rather than straight lines (particularly up

slopes) when possible Fall-line cuts should be avoided

7 Site facilities especially linear facilities would take advantage of natural

topographic breaks (ie pronounced changes in slope) to avoid siting

facilities on steep side slopes

8 Where available site linear features such as rights-of-way and roads would

follow the edges of clearings (where they would be less conspicuous) rather

than passing through the centers of clearings

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-9

Appendix E

9 Site facilities would take advantage of existing clearings to reduce vegetation

clearing and ground disturbance where possible

10 Site linear features (eg trails roads rivers) would cross other linear

features at right angles whenever possible to minimize viewing area and

duration

11 Site and design structures and roads would minimize and balance cuts and

fills and to preserve existing rocks vegetation and drainage patterns to the

maximum extent possible

12 All buildings insulation jacketing and visible structures would be painted

according to the BLM ldquoStandard Environmental Colors Chartrdquo designations

for facilities on BLM lands in order to minimize the visual impacts in the

area

13 Non-reflective or low-reflectivity materials coatings or paints would be

used whenever possible

14 Grouped structures would be painted the same color to reduce visual

complexity and color contrast

15 Efficient facility lighting would be designed and installed so that the minimum

amount of lighting required for safety and security is provided but not

exceeded and so that upward light scattering (light pollution) is minimized

This may include for example installing shrouds to minimize light from

straying off-site properly directing light to only illuminate necessary areas

and installing motion sensors to only illuminate areas when necessary

16 Construction staging areas and laydown areas would be sited outside of the

viewsheds of publically accessible vantage points and visually sensitive areas

where possible including siting in swales around bends and behind ridges

and vegetative screens

17 Visual impact mitigation objectives and activities would be discussed with

equipment operators prior to commencement of construction activities

18 Slash from vegetation removal would be mulched or scattered and spread

to cover fresh soil disturbances or if not possible buried or composted

19 If slash piles are necessary piles would be staged out of sight of sensitive

viewing areas

20 Installing gravel and pavement would be avoided where possible to reduce

color and texture contrasts with existing landscape

21 Excess fill would be used to fill uphill-side swales resulting from road

construction in order to reduce unnatural-appearing slope interruption and

to reduce fill piles

22 Downslope wasting of excess fill material would be avoided

E-10 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

23 Road-cut slopes would be rounded and cut and fill pitch would be varied to

reduce contrasts in form and line Slopes would be varied to preserve

specimen trees and nonhazardous rock outcroppings

24 Planting pockets would be left on slopes where feasible

25 Where required areas would be revegetated with native vegetation

establishing a composition consistent with the form line color and texture

of the surrounding undisturbed landscape

26 Benches would be provided in rock cuts to accent natural strata

27 Split-face rock blasting would be used to minimize unnatural form and

texture resulting from blasting

28 Topsoil would be segregated from cut and fill activities and spread on

freshly disturbed areas to reduce color contrast and to aid rapid

revegetation

29 Signage would be minimized and reverse sides of signs and mounts painted

or coated to reduce color contrast with existing landscape

30 Trash burning would be prohibited trash would be stored in containers to

be hauled off-site for disposal

31 Interim restoration would be undertaken as soon as possible after

disturbances during the operating life of the project During road

maintenance activities blading would avoid existing forbs and grasses in

ditches and along roads

32 Cut slopes would be randomly scarified to reduce texture contrast with

existing landscape and to aid in revegetation

33 Disturbed areas would be covered with stockpiled topsoil or mulch and

revegetated with a mix of native species selected for visual compatibility

with existing vegetation

34 Rocks brush and natural debris would be restored whenever possible to

approximate preexisting visual conditions

Health and Safety

1 All potential spark-emitting equipment would be fitted with spark arresters

2 Trash and other non-hazardous solid waste would be collected and stored

on site and periodically disposed of at an off-site disposal facility authorized

to accept waste

3 Blowout prevention equipment would be utilized while drilling below the

surface casing to ensure that any geothermal fluids encountered do not flow

uncontrolled to the surface The blowout prevention equipment would be

installed on the well head which is welded to the casing and kept in

operating condition and tested in compliance with federal regulations and

industry standards

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-11

Appendix E

4 A spill and disposal contingency plan would be developed within the POD

which would describe the methods for cleanup and abatement of any

petroleum hydrocarbon or other hazardous material spill

5 A health and safety program would be developed as part of the POU to

protect both workers and the general public during construction and

operation of geothermal projects

6 Regarding occupational health and safety the program would identify all

applicable federal and state occupational safety standards establish safe

work practices for each task (eg requirements for personal protective

equipment and safety harnesses Occupational Safety and Health

Administration standard practices for safe use of explosives and blasting

agents and measures for reducing occupational electric and magnetic fields

exposures) establish fire safety evacuation procedures and define safety

performance standards (eg electrical system standards and lightning

protection standards) The program would include a training program to

identify hazard training requirements for workers for each task and establish

procedures for providing required training to all workers Documentation

of training and a mechanism for reporting serious accidents to appropriate

agencies would be established

7 Access to the drill pads and reserve pit would be limited to authorized

personnel and appropriate safety and warning signs would be posted at

each pad site and entrance road

8 Drill cuttings may be used at the discretion of the surface manager in this

case BLM as fill material for projects such as road repair and pad

construction Before use of the cuttings for construction the cuttings from

test wells would be tested by a certified lab for hazardous wastes Using the

federally mandated toxicity characteristics and leaching profile testing

methods each sample would be tested for heavy metals and volatile and

semi-volatile organic properties These results would be provided to the

BLM upon the request for authorization of use of cuttings in construction

9 All machinery drilling platforms and oil and fuel storage areas on the drill

pads would have secondary containment up to 110 percent of volume and

as a secondary precaution would drain to the reserve pit

10 Over the operational life of the project accidental discharges of geothermal

fluids which could contaminate surface or ground waters are unlikely

because of frequent inspections and ultrasonic testing of the geothermal

pipelines pipeline flow and pressure monitoring and well pump and pipeline

valve shutdown features

11 Portable sanitary facilities and potable water would be provided at the drill

sites and maintained in accordance with applicable health standards

12 Emergency showers and eyewash stations would be located in areas where

chemical irritants would be used as required by code

E-12 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

13 Outside emergency showerseyewash stations would be provided with

freezesummer high temperature protection as appropriate

14 Well pad sites would be surrounded by a berm to contain accidental spills

and runoff on-site and would be sloped to drain into collection ditches

which in turn would drain into the on-site reserve pit

15 Power plant sites would be sloped and graded with a drainage system to

collect all runoff

16 Liquids would be stored in the reserve pit until the liquid evaporates is

pumped out and injected back into the wells or is disposed of in accordance

with BLM and Nevada regulations Should drainage swales be encountered

they would be diverted around the site or otherwise handled in accordance

with BLM and other applicable regulations

17 Each power plant site would be fenced

18 Perimeter and switchyard fencing would be properly grounded to provide

personnel protection All fence fabric posts barbed wire hardware and

gates would be galvanized

19 Permanent sensors for detecting hydrocarbon leakage would be located in

areas of potential leakage such as near the hydrocarbon storage tanks

turbines and hydrocarbon pumps They can be responded to manually or

interlocked with the fire protection system to provide automatic response

20 All construction vehicles would be maintained in accordance with the

manufacturersrsquo recommendations All vehicles would be inspected for leaks

prior to entering the job site All discovered leaks would be contained with

a bucket or absorbent materials until repairs can be made

21 All hazardous waste materials would be properly labeled in accordance with

40 CFR Part 262 A list of hazardous materials expected to be used during

project construction is presented in Table E-1 Hazardous Materials

Proposed for Project Use

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

2-Cycle Oil Lubricating Grease

ABC dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher Mastic Coating

Acetylene Gas Methyl Alcohol

Air Tool Oil North Wasp and Hornet Spray (111-

Trichloroethane)

Ammonium Hydroxide Oxygen

Antifreeze Paint

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-13

Appendix E

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

Automatic Transmission Fluid Paint Thinner

Battery Acid Petroleum Products

Bee Bop Insect Killer Prestone II Antifreeze

Canned Spray Paint Puncture Seal Tire Inflator

Chain Lubricant (Methylene Chloride) Safety Fuses

Connector Grease Safety Solvent

Contact Cleaner 2000 Starter Fluid

Eye Glass Cleaner (Methylene Chloride) Trichloroethane

Gas Treatment Wagner Brake Fluid

Gasoline WD-40

Insulating Oil

22 Hazardous material storage equipment refueling and equipment repair

would be conducted at least 100 feet from streams or other water features

to the maximum extent feasible If these activities must be conducted within

100 feet of streams or other water features secondary containment would

be used to protect these water features

23 Spilled material of any type would be cleaned up immediately A shovel and

spill kit would be maintained on site at all times to respond to spills

24 All sanitary wastes would be collected in portable self-contained toilets at

all construction staging areas and other construction operation areas and

managed in accordance with local requirements

25 The proponent would designate a Fire Marshall (Project Fire Marshall) who

would coordinate with a Fire Marshall to be designated by the prime

contractor (Contractor Fire Marshall) and the BLMrsquos fire-management

representative as necessary

26 The Contractor Fire Marshall would be responsible for the following tasks

Conducting regular inspections of tools equipment and first aid kits

for completeness

Conducting regular inspections of storage areas and practices for

handling flammable fuels to confirm compliance with applicable laws

and regulations

Posting smoking and fire rules at centrally visible locations on site

E-14 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

Coordinating initial response to contractor-caused fires within the

project area

Conducting fire inspections along the ROW and access roads

Ensuring that all construction workers and subcontractors are

aware of all fire protection measures

Remaining on duty and on site when construction activities are in

progress and during any additional periods when fire safety is an

issue or designating another individual to serve in this capacity

when absent

Reporting all wildfires in accordance with the notification

procedures described below

Initiating and implementing fire-suppression activities until relieved

by agency or local firefighting services in the event of a project-

related fire Project fire suppression personnel and equipment

including water tenders would be dispatched within 15 minutes

from when a fire is reported

Coordinating with the Project Manager regarding current fire

conditions potential and fire safety warnings from the BLM and

communicating these to the contractorrsquos crews

27 The Construction Foreman or Contractor Fire Marshal would immediately

notify firefighting services of any fires on site

28 Contractors would be notified to stop or reduce construction activities that

pose a significant fire hazard until appropriate safeguards are taken

29 If an accidental fire occurs during construction immediate steps to

extinguish the fire if it is manageable and safe to do so would be taken

using available fire suppression equipment and techniques Fire-suppression

activities would be initiated by the proponent andor its contractor until

relieved by agency or local firefighting services

30 Smoking would only be permitted in designated cleared areas and would be

prohibited while walking or working in areas with vegetation or while

operating equipment In areas where smoking is permitted all burning

tobacco and matches would be completely extinguished and discarded in ash

trays not on the ground

31 ldquoNo smokingrdquo signs and fire rules would be posted at construction staging areas helicopter fly yards and key construction sites during the fire season

32 Fire-suppression equipment would be present in areas where construction

tools or equipment have the potential to spark a fire

33 Extra precautions would be taken when fire danger is considered to be high

34 All field personnel would be instructed regarding emergency fire response

The contractors would receive training on the following

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-15

Appendix E

Initial fire-suppression techniques

Fire event reporting requirements

Methods to determine if a fire is manageable

Fire-control measures to be implemented by field crews on site

When the worksite should be evacuated

How to respond to wildfires in the vicinity and

How to maintain knowledge of and plans for evacuation routes

35 All flammable material including dead vegetation dry grasses and snags

(fallen or standing dead trees) would be cleared for a minimum of 10 feet

from areas of equipment operation that may generate sparks or flames

36 No open burning campfires or barbeques would be allowed along the

ROW at construction staging areas at substations on access roads or in

any other project-related construction areas

37 All welding or cutting of power line structures or their component parts

would be approved by the Construction Foreman Approved welding or

cutting activities would only be performed in areas cleared of vegetation a

minimum of 10 feet around the area Welding or cutting activities would

cease one hour before all fire-response personnel leave a construction area

to reduce the possibility of welding activities smoldering and starting a fire

Welder vehicles would be equipped with fire-suppression equipment

38 All internal combustion engines both stationary and mobile would be

equipped with approved spark arresters that have been maintained in good

working condition Light trucks and cars with factory-installed mufflers in

good condition may be used on roads cleared of all vegetation with no

additional equipment required Vehicles equipped with catalytic converters

are potential fire hazards and would be parked on cleared areas only

39 The use of torches fuses highway flares or other warning devices with

open flames would be prohibited The proponent and its contractors would

only use electric or battery-operated warning devices on site

40 Equipment parking areas small stationary engine sites and gas and oil

storage areas would be cleared of all extraneous flammable materials ldquoNo

smokingrdquo signs would be posted in these areas at all times

41 All fuel tanks would be grounded

42 The proponent and the contractors would provide continuous access to

roads for emergency vehicles during construction

43 All motorized vehicles and equipment would be equipped with the following

fire-protection items

One long-handled round point shovel

One ax or Pulaski fire tool

E-16 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

One five-pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher

One five-gallon water backpack (or other approved container) full

of water or other extinguishing solution and

Hard hat work gloves and eye protection

44 Project construction worksites would include the following equipment

Power saws if required for construction equipped with an

approved spark arrester and accompanied by one five-pound ABC

Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher and a long-handled round-point

shovel when used away from a vehicle

Fuel service trucks with one 35-pound capacity fire extinguisher

charged with the necessary chemicals to control electrical and fuel

fires At least two long-handled round-point shovels and two five-

pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers at wood-cutting

welding or other construction work sites that have a high risk of

starting fires

At least one radio andor cellular telephone to contact fire-

suppression agencies or the project management team

Back pumps filled with water (two at each wood-cutting site one at

each welding site and two at each tower installation or

construction site or any activity site at risk of igniting fires)

45 During periods of increased fire danger a fire-suppression vehicle would be

available in the construction area or stationed near high-risk construction

work sites and would be equipped with the following items

One water tank with a minimum capacity of 500 gallons

250 feet of 075-inch heavy-duty rubber hosing

One pump with a discharge capacity of at least 20 gallons per

minute (the pump would have fuel capacity to operate for at least a

2-hour period) and

One tool cache (for fire use only) containing at a minimum two

long-handled round point shovels two axes or Pulaski fire tools

and one chainsaw of 35 (or more) horsepower with a cutting bar of

at least 20 inches in length

46 The government may require emergency measures including the necessary

shutting down of equipment or portions of operations during periods of

high fire danger

47 If a fire is unmanageable field crews would evacuate and call ldquo911rdquo or the

Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center 775-883-5353 (wildland fire

emergency line)

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-17

Appendix E

48 The Contractor would report ALL wildland fires on or in the vicinity of the

project to the Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center (SFIDC) When

reporting a fire provide the following information name callback telephone

number project name location and fire description The emergency phone

number for SFIDC dispatch is 775-883-5353

49 The fire protection system at each constructed plant site would consist of a

300000-gallon water storage tank two 100-percent diesel pumps a water-

distribution piping system control panel automatic valves instrumentation

and hydrants In addition handheld fire extinguishers would be located in

key areas throughout the plant

50 Infrared flame detection sensors would be strategically located adjacent to

major equipment and hydrocarbon storage tanks When a flame is detected

a signal is transmitted to the fire protection control panel which opens a

valve and the zone where the flame was detected is deluged until the valve

is manually shut off In the outdoor area the fire water system would be

tied into the leak detection and annunciator systems

51 A separate waterless fire suppression system would be installed in the

control building This product would not damage motor control center and

electrical equipment yet is safe to use in the control room where personnel

would be located

52 Current wildland fire information can be found on line at the Sierra Front

Interagency Dispatch Centerrsquos (SFIDC) websites httpwwwsierrafrontnet

under the Intelligence link This site will provide current and expected

weather conditions posting of Red Flan watches and warnings as well as

areas of current fire activity

53 Under Title 43 CFR 9212 the holder of this permit may be held liable for

any and all costs should a wildland fire occur caused by the activities

associated with the construction maintenance or operation of this project

Fire trespass action might be initiated and wildfires suppression costs may

be collected from the holder of this permit

E-18 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and

Conditions of Approval

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX B

LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF

APPROVAL

STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY

FIELD OFFICE

The following Standard Stipulations for all Geothermal Leases in the Carson

City Field Office apply to Vulcan lease numbers N-79310 N-79662 N-79663

N-79665 N-79666 N-79667 and N-79668

Native American Consultation All development activities proposed

under the authority of this lease are subject to the requirement for

Native American consultation prior to BLM authorizing the activity

Depending on the nature of the lease developments being proposed

and the resources of concerns to tribes potentially effected Native

American consultation and resulting mitigation measures to avoid

significant impacts may extend time frames for processing

authorizations for development activities as well as change in the

ways in which developments are implemented

Riparian Areas No surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal

measurement) of any surface water bodies riparian areas wetlands

playas or 100-year floodplains to protect the integrity of these

resources (as delineated by the presence of riparian vegetation and

not actual water) Exceptions to this restriction may be considered

on a case-by-case basis if the BLM determines at least one of the

following conditions apply 1) additional development is proposed in

an area where current development has shown no adverse impacts

2) suitable off-site mitigation will be provided if habitat loss is

expected or 3) BLM determines development proposed under any

plan of operations ensures adequate protection of the resources

Endangered Species The lease area may now or hereafter contain

plants animals or their habitats determined to be threatened

endangered or other special status species BLM may recommend

modifications to exploration and development proposals to further

its conservation and management objective to avoid BLM-approved

activity that will contribute to a need to list such a species or their

habitat BLM may require modifications to or disapprove proposed

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-1

ndash

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

activity that is likely to result in jeopardy to the continued existence

of a proposed or listed threatened or endangered species or result

in the destruction or adverse modifications of a designated or

proposed critical habitat BLM will not approve any ground-

disturbing activity that may affect any such species or critical habitat

until it completes its obligations under applicable requirements of

the Endangered Species Act 16 USC 1531 as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Sage Grouse The following stipulations apply to protect sage

grouse and their habitat Known habitat is defined as those areas

where sage grouse have been observed Potential habitat is those

areas where sage grouse may occur

Known Breeding Habitat and Leks February through June but

may vary on site specific basis

a Avoid all activity within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks

during the mating season - March through May or as

determined by Field Office and Wildlife Personnel No

surface occupancy within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks at

all times

Nesting Habitat and Brood-rearing habitats (April through

August per Interim NY Guidelines) and Winter Habitats

(October through March)

a Known Habitat Avoid all development or exploration

activities within 33 km (2 miles) or other appropriate

distance based on site-specific conditions of leks or within I

km (06 mi) of known nesting brood-rearing and winter

habitat

b Potential Habitat Avoid permanent occupancy of potential

habitat

General Sage Grouse Stipulations

a Prior to entry on any lease areas that include known or

potential habitat the lessee (operator) shall contact the

appropriate BLM Field Office to discuss any proposed

activities

b All power poles and potential raptor perches will be

designed or retrofitted to eliminate use by raptors and

ravens

B-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

c All surface disturbance occurring in potential or known

habitat shall be reclaimed as soon as possible in such a way

as to result in conditions suitable for sage grouse habitat

d All areas of disturbance will be graded and reseeded with a

seed mixture appropriate for the soils climate and

landform Attempt to restore the ecological processes and

potential natural vegetation and prevent the invasion of

noxious weeds or other invasive species

Migratory Birds Surface disturbing activities during the migratory

birds nesting season (March to July) may be restricted in order to

avoid potential violation of the Migratory Bird Act Appropriate

inventories of migratory birds shall be conducted during analysis of

actual site development If active nests are located the proponent

will coordinate with BLM to establish appropriate protection

measures for the nesting sites which may include avoidance or

restricting or excluding development during certain areas to times

when nests and nesting birds will not be disturbed During

development and production phases if artificial ponds potentially

detrimental to migratory birds are created these shall be fitted with

exclusion devices such as netting or floating balls

Noxious Weeds During all phases of exploration and development

the lessee will maintain a noxious weed control program consisting

of monitoring and eradication for species listed on the Nevada

Designated Noxious Weed List (NRS 555010)

Surface Occupancy Surface Occupancy and use is subject to all valid

existing surface rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as All potential KGRA and

noncompetitive lease sections

BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

The following Bureau of Reclamation Special Stipulations apply to Vulcan lease

number N-79664 and Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

The Lessor reserves the ownership of brines and condensates and

the right to receive or take possession of all or any part thereof

following the extraction or utilization by Lessee of the heat energy

and byproducts other than demineralized water associated

therewith subject to such rules and regulations as shall be

prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior If the Lessor elects to

take the brines and condensates the Lessee shall deliver all or any

portion thereof to the Lessor at any point in the Lessees

geothermal gathering system after separation of the steam and brine

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-3

ndash

Appendix B

products or from the disposal system as specified by the Lessor for

the extraction of said brines and condensates by such means as the

Lessor may provide and without cost to the Lessee

There is not obligation on the part of the Lessor to exercise its

reserved rights The Lessor shall not be liable in any manner if those

rights are not exercised and in that event the Lessee shall dispose

of the brines and condensates in accordance with applicable laws

rules and regulations

The Lessor reserves the right to conduct on the leased lands

testing and evaluation of geothermal resources which the Lessor

determines are required for its desalinization research programs for

utilization of geothermal fluids These programs may include shallow

temperature gradient hole underground exploration if they are

conducted in a manner compatible with lease operations and the

production by Lessee of geothermal steam and associated

geothermal resources

Lessor reserves the right to erect maintain and operate any and all

facilities pipelines transmission lines access roads and

appurtenances necessary for desalinization on the leased premises

Any desalting plants piping wells or other equipment installed by

the Lessor on the leased premises shall remain the property of the

Lessor and the Lessee shall conduct his operations in a manner

compatible with the operation and maintenance of any desalting

plants piping wells or other equipment installed by the Lessor Any

brines and condensates removed by the Lessor shall be replaced

without cost to the Lessee with fluids as compatible with reservoir

fluids as the brines or condensates that the Lessor removed and

where the Lessor and Lessee determine that they are needed by the

Lessee for his operation or for reinjection into the geothermal

anomalies

The Lessor and the Lessee if authorized by law may enter into

cooperative agreements for joint development and production of

geothermal resources from the leased premises consistent with

applicable laws and regulations Any geophysical geological

geochemical and reservoir hydraulic data collected by either the

Bureau of Reclamation or the Lessee will be made available upon

request to the other party and the data furnished to Reclamation

by the Lessee shall be considered confidential so long as the

following conditions prevail

Until the Lessee notifies Reclamation that there is no

requirement to retain the submitted data in confidential status

or until Lessee relinquishes all interest in the leased area from

where the information was obtained

B-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

Reclamation shall not incorporate data received from the

Lessee in its publications or reports during the period that

confidential data are being retained without written

authorization from the Lessee

Information obtained by Reclamation and upon request

submitted to the Lessee shall not be used in publications or

reports issued by Lessee without written consent of

Reclamation until the data have been published or otherwise

given distribution by Reclamation

The United States reserves the right to flood seep and overflow the

lands permanently or intermittently in connection with the

operation or maintenance of the Newlands Project Prior to use of

operation or maintenance roads within the Newlands Project the

Lessee will notify the Project Manager in order to be appraised of

areas that should be avoided to prevent interference with the

operation and maintenance of the project There is also reserved to

the United States the right of its officers agents employees

licensees and permittees at all proper times and places freely to

have ingress to passage over and egress from all of said lands for

the purpose of exercising and protecting the rights reserved herein

The Lessee further agrees that the United States its officers agents

and employees and its successors and assigns shall not be held liable

for any damage to the Lessees improvements or works by reason

of the exercise of the rights here reserved nor shall anything

contained in this paragraph be construed as in any manner limiting

other reservations in favor of the Unites States contained in this

lease

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE

MANAGEMENT AREA

The following Special Stipulations for All Leases in the Carson City Field Office

Management Area apply to Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

Surface occupancy No surface occupancy or disturbance will be

allowed within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water bodies riparian areas wetlands playas or 100-year

floodplains to protect the integrity of these resources (as delineated

by the presence of riparian vegetation and not actual water) Other

buffer zones and areas of restricted surface occupancy may be

required to protect other resource values including but not limited

to critical or rare or endangered species habitat

Endangered Species Act Section 7 Consultation The lease area may

now or hereafter contain plants animals or their habitats

determined to be threatened endangered or other special status

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-5

Appendix B

species BLM may recommend modifications to exploration and

development proposals to further its conservation and management

objective to avoid BLM-approved activity that will contribute to a

need to list such a species or their habitat BLM may require

modifications to or disapprove proposed activity that is likely to

result in jeopardy to the continued existence of a proposed or

listed threatened or endangered species or result in the destruction

or adverse modifications of a designated or proposed critical

habitat BLM will not approve any ground-disturbing activity that

may affect any such species or critical habitat until it completes its

obligations under applicable requirements of the Endangered

Species Act 16 USC sect 1531 et seq as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Archaeology (BLM 1M 2005-003) This lease may be found to

contain historic properties or resources protected under the

National Historic Preservation Act American Indian Religious

Freedom Act Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation

Act EO 13007 or-other statutes and executive orders The BLM

will not approve any ground-disturbing activities that may affect any

such properties or resources until it completes its obligations under

applicable requirements of the NHPA and other authorities The

BLM may require exploration or development proposals to be

modified to protect such properties or it may disapprove any

activity that is likely to result in adverse effects that could not be

successfully avoided minimized or mitigated

To secure specific compliance with the stipulations under Section 6

paragraph (2) of the geothermal resources lease form the lessee

shall prior to operations furnish to the AO a certified statement

that either no archaeological values exist or that they may exist on

the leased lands to be disturbed or occupied to the best of the

lessees knowledge and belief and that they might be impaired by

geothermal resource operations Such a certified statement must be

completed in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol by an

archaeologist permitted by BLM for the Carson City Field Office If

the lessee furnishes a statement that archaeological values may exist

where the land is to be disturbed or occupied the lessee will

engage a qualified archaeologist acceptable to the AO to survey

and salvage in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol in

advance of any operations such archaeological values on the lands

involved

The responsibility for the cost for the certificate survey and salvage

will be borne by the lessee and such salvaged property shall remain

the property of the Lessor or the surface owner

B-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

Surface occupancy and use is subject to all valid existing surface

rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as all potential

lease sections

Water Resources As exploration and development activities begin

the lessee will institute and pay for a hydrologic monitoring

program which will be site specific and its intensity will be

commensurate with the level of exploration For example if the

proponent were to conduct seismic studies the monitoring would

be limited to identifying water resources to be monitored as

activities continue if a drilling program were to be undertaken the

number of aquifers encountered their properties their quality and

their saturated thickness would be documented The information

collected would be submitted to the BLM and would be used to

support future NEPA documentation as development progresses

Adverse impacts on surface expressions of the geothermal reservoir

(hot springs) and threatened and endangered species habitat are

not acceptable The lessee will monitor the quality quantity and

temperature of any hot springs or other water resource within the

project area when conducting activities that could affect those

resources If adverse impacts do occur the BLM will require the

lessee to take corrective action to mitigate the impact Corrective

action may include shutting down the operation These are lease

stipulations not operational and the information gathered under

the monitoring stipulation will be used to identify future impacts at

the operational stage

Native American Consultation All proposed exploration and

development is subject to the requirement for Native American

consultation before the BLM will authorize the activity Depending

on the nature of the proposed lease development and the resource

of concern the time to complete Native American consultation and

to conduct any mitigation measures may extend the time for

authorization It may also change the ways in which developments

are implemented New lease applications would require Native

American consultation

CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS

The following Contingency Rights stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers

NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

BLM has reviewed existing information and planning resources

documents and except as noted in other attached stipulations

knows of no reason why normal development subject to the

controls of applicable laws and regulations and the lease terms and

conditions cannot proceed on the leased lands However specific

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-7

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

development activities could not be identified prior to lease

issuance since the nature and extent of geothermal resources were

not known and specific operations have not been proposed The

lessee is hereby made aware that consistent with 43 CFR 32004 all

post lease operations will be subject to appropriate environmental

review and may be limited or denied only if unmitigable and

significant impacts on other land uses or resources would result

MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS

The following Material Site stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers NVN-

79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

The Lessee accepts this lease subject to the right of the State of

Nevada to remove material from the land embraced in Material

Sites and agrees that operations performed by the lessee will not

interfere with operations of the State of Nevada Department of

Transportation

NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS

The following No Surface Occupancy stipulation applies to Ormat lease

numbers NVN-79104 and NVN-79105

No surface occupancy due to high resource values on the following

lands

NVN-79104

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 28 all

sec 32 E2 NW

sec 33 all

NVN-79105

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 19 E2

sec 20 all

sec 29 all

sec 30 NE

Should the operator determine the occupancy of additional surface is needed

for resource development in the public interest the current No Surface

Occupancy stipulation may be revised if both BLM and the operator mutually

agree

B-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-1

APPENDIX E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

WATER QUALITY AND QUANTITY The proponent would develop a monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal springs which the BLM and Navy would approve and would submit for approval before the agenciesrsquo determination of a Finding of No Significant Impact for the project

Monitoring would include collection of baseline data at least 1 to 2 years before operations begin depending on previously collected and available data

The BLM and Navy would determine the frequency and duration of monitoring and baseline data collection Monitoring would include collecting discharge and flow rates water stage and levels water quality temperature and other appropriate field parameters determined by the BLM and Navy

A draft monitoring and mitigation plan and a draft proposal for baseline data collection would be submitted to the BLM and Navy for approval before any data are collected

If the aboveground water line has no flow the line would be drained to prevent freezing and bursting

To keep any potentially leaked or spilled geothermal brine from encroaching on wetland and riparian areas erosion control devices and catchment systems would be installed around couplings and in natural drainages in and leading into any riparian areas crossed by the temporary pipeline

To ensure there is no leaking the length of the temporary pipeline would be regularly inspected daily

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If a leak is detected along the length of the temporary pipeline from 84-31 or 88-24 to the productioninjection wells pumping would be shut down to repair the leak If a prolonged repair time is necessary pumping would be decreased and if needed it would be shut down to allow for pipeline repair

WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS No disturbance or cross-country travel would occur on or in wetlandriparian vegetation

The proponent would adhere to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011)

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponent would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area under federal lease This would be done to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers previously identified in the project area In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature

Applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and Appendix E of this EA would apply to the Proposed Action These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and preventing noxious weed spread

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not be completely avoided the project proponent would obtain regulatory approval for any wetland removal or fill All mitigation measures determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT Any pits including sumps that present a wildlife trapping hazard would be fitted or constructed with an escape ramp These measures would conform to Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS and NDOWrsquos Geothermal Sump Guidelines (no date)

Open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped or covered so they would not pose a wildlife trap hazard

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-3

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures would include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

The BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during construction or operation

BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES The project proponents would conduct pre-project clearance surveys for BLM sensitive animal species with the potential to occur in or close to the project area that could be affected by the Proposed Action Qualified biologists would conduct surveys for all known and potential BLM sensitive animal species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM the Navy and NDOW as applicable If BLM sensitive animal species or their dens are identified impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing and by applying appropriate avoidance buffers as determined by the qualified biologist and the BLM Navy or NDOW If avoidance is not feasible the BLM or Navy would determine the timing restrictions or other mitigation in coordination with NDOW

The project proponent would conduct pre-project surveys for BLM sensitive plant species in the well assessment areas or any area where disturbance is proposed during the appropriate season Qualified botanists would conduct surveys for known and potential species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM and the Navy If these species are observed impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing the populations and by applying an appropriate avoidance buffer determined by the qualified botanist and the BLM and Navy If avoidance is not feasible the BLM would determine potential mitigation measures to ensure no net loss of sensitive plants Potential mitigation measures could include transplanting them to suitable undisturbed habitat or by collecting seeds

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

MIGRATORY BIRDS Surface-disturbing activities would not occur during the migratory bird nesting season If surface-disturbing activities must occur during this period qualified BLM-approved biologists would conduct pre-construction avian surveys not

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

more than 7 days before surface-disturbing activities begin The specific area to be surveyed would be based on the scope of the surface-disturbing activities as determined by the qualified biologist in coordination with the BLM If surface-disturbing activities do not take place within 7 days of the surveys the areas would be resurveyed If nesting migratory birds are detected during surveys appropriate buffers determined by the BLM in coordination with other state and federal wildlife agencies would be applied Buffers will remain in effect until the qualified biologist determines that young have fledged or the nest has failed this determination would be communicated to the BLM for review and approval

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury and minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEEDS The proponents would prepare and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan before construction The plan would include a description and map of noxious weeds in the project area The plan would also outline proposed weed treatments including a pesticide use plan and annual monitoring The plan would detail best practices for preventing project-related weed establishment and spread which include at a minimum minimizing surface disturbance using certified weed-free gravel or fill materials and washing off-road construction equipment before using it on-site

In summary the plan would describe measures necessary to ensure that the project would not cause a net increase in noxious weeds in the project area and that any project-related weed infestations are controlled

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Appendix F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX I

NAS FALLON WETLANDS

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Marshes

This category includes seasonally to semipermanently flooded natural marsh habitats characterized by graminoids (grass-like plants) such as Baltic rush (Juncus balticus) bulrushes (Scirpus spp) spikerushes (Eleocharis spp) cattails (Typha spp) and sedges (Carex spp) as well as grasses such as saltgrass (Distichilis spicata) that typically occur in Great Basin marshes These areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are at least seasonally flooded Small shallow ponds are also included within this category if they are surrounded by marsh habitats Willows (Salix spp) cottonwoods (Populus fremontii) or other woody species may be present as scattered individuals but not as a continuous overstory the vegetation is predominantly herbaceous Marsh-like habitats that are associated with excavated ditches and impoundments are considered separately under the Manmade Ponds and Ditches category

Natural marshes occur primarily on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Natural marsh habitats are also scattered on Main Station although most of the wetland habitat on the Main Station occurs in association with manmade ponds and ditches The only natural marsh that occurs on FRTC is associated with Stinking Springs which provides a small-area permanent shallow water habitat as well as vegetated wetlands on the western part of B-19

Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats

This category includes natural habitats that are temporarily to intermittently flooded and typically support low-growing plants that tolerate seasonal flooding and saline soils These habitats are often transitional between wetlands and uplands As with marshes this category may also encompass small areas of shallow ponds or temporarily flooded depressions that are included in or adjacent to the vegetated areas Most of these areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are unpredictably flooded for brief periods Saltgrass meadows on playas classified as lacustrine emergent wetlands also fall into this group Typical vegetation of these habitats includes saltgrass sharp-pointed bulrush (Scirpus pungens) western niterwort (Nitrophila occidentalis) and iodinebush (Allenrolfea occidentalis) Iodinebush wetland is also included in this habitat type It does not include the borders of manmade ditches and ponds and often support similar vegetation

These habitats are most extensive on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Moist-saline meadows and flats are also scattered on NAS Fallon There are several hundred acres of iodinebush wetland surrounding the large playa on B-19

Page I-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

These areas should be considered to have ecological significance depending on the ecological context in which they occur For example saline (saltgrass) meadows are more likely to provide important wildlife habitat when they are connected to larger areas of wetlands than when they are isolated and of limited extent

Riparian Wetlands

This category includes natural habitats with significant shrub or tree cover along natural streams that range from temporarily to permanently flooded The overstory consists of shrub or tree species that are typically found on stream banks in Nevada This habitat type is classified as palustrine scrub-shrub or forested wetlands often associated with an emergent wetland understory Fremont cottonwood is typically present although often only as saplings in disturbed or relatively dry sites Other native or nonnative shrubs or trees such as willows (Salix amygdaloides) wild rose (Rosa woodsii) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) or Russian-olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) may be present Woodland habitats associated with manmade ditches and ponds on NAS Fallon are described below

Natural riparian woodland habitat is associated with the perennial stretch of Horse Creek Many acres of riparian scrub habitat also occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley Additional areas of riparian woodland habitat are at the north end of B-16 where this habitat apparently established along drainages fed by agricultural runoff but which are now mostly dry Riparian woodlands are generally important for both resident and migratory wildlife

Natural Streams and Drainages

This category consists of natural drainage channels that range from temporarily to semi-permanently flooded They are unvegetated or support nonwetland vegetation These habitats are classified as riverine streambeds if they are intermittently flooded and as riverine lower perennial or upper perennial if they are flooded on a regular (at least seasonal) basis

Natural streams with regular seasonal or perennial flows have ecological and regulatory significance and the management of these areas should emphasize the maintenance and enhancement of their functions and values In some cases (eg along Horse Creek) these areas provide opportunities to enhance fish and wildlife habitat by managing flows and encouraging the establishment of riparian vegetation Stream channels with temporary or intermittent flows that are connected to other wetland and aquatic habitats are likely to be ecologically important within the context of the areas to which they are connected

Page I-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Horse Creek is the only perennial stream on Navy-administered lands Cottonwood Creek an intermittent stream was historically used to irrigate the Boyer Ranch in northern Dixie Valley Scattered throughout NAS Fallon are over a hundred miles of intermittent drainages that are only a few feet wide and flow temporarily in response to episodes of rainfall and runoff Otherwise the vast majority of surface water flows in excavated ditches which are considered a separate category and discussed below

Manmade Ponds and Ditches

This category consists of shallow ponds and ditches that are manmade through excavation impoundment or artificial flooding and they may be vegetated or unvegetated This habitat is classified as palustrine manmade ponds and riverine manmade ditches as well as all wetland inventory features identified and mapped as excavated impounded or artificially flooded The vegetated portions of manmade ponds and ditches may support vegetation similar in form and function to that described in the preceding categories

Manmade ponds and ditches are extensive on NAS Fallon with ditches providing about 120 acres of seasonal to permanent open water habitat and a roughly equal area of associated marshes and moist-saline meadows and flats Ponds provide an additional 4 acres Additional areas (less extensive than on the Main Station) of manmade open water and wetland habitat occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley The ecological significance of manmade ditches and ponds varies greatly but it is generally highest where such features support adjacent marsh or woodland vegetation

Playas

This category essentially consists of unvegetated normally dry saline flats that are situated in topographic low areas with poor drainage Playas experience shallow temporary to intermittent flooding followed by prolonged drying periods during which salts accumulate at the surface A few small areas of regular seasonal flooding that are distinguished in the wetland inventory are included here as part of the larger less regularly flooded areas

Playa habitat contiguous with or surrounded by larger areas of vegetated marsh wet meadow or moist saline flats are included with those wetland categories Playas that are smaller than 20 acres are classified as palustrine-unconsolidated shore habitat Larger playas are classified as lacustrine-littoral-unconsolidated shore habitat

Page I-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

Page I-4 July 2014

Appendix G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX H

VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Black Sagebrush Dominant

Black sagebrush (Artemisia nova) occurs as a dominant shrub species on B-17 only covering 3320 acres total Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass (Hilaria jamesii) cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum) shadscale and rabbitbrush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate is primarily rocky or rocky sand with some located in a wash on gravelly sand Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Big Sagebrush Dominant

Big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata) is dominant on 5470 acres total on B-17 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass cheatgrass shadscale rabbitbrush burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) and spiny hopsage (Grayia spinosa) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly sand rocky sand and rocky gravel with some located in a sandy wash Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant

Fourwing saltbush andor shadscale (Atriplex spp) are dominant (or co-dominant) on 2589 acres on B-16 B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass mustard Russian thistle (Salsola tragus) desert wheatgrass (Agropyron desertorum) burrobush Baileyrsquos greasewood and bud sagebrush (Picrothamnus desertorum) Mean shrub cover is approximately 30 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 10 percent Substrate is primarily sand or loamy sand flats gravelly clay playas gravelly slopes and clay soils Topography ranges from flats to medium slopes

Rabbitbrush Dominant

Rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus) is the dominant shrub species on 2996 acres total on B-16 B-17 Dixie Valley Settlement Area and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass cheatgrass basin wildrye (Leymus cinereus) saltbush black greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var vermiculatus) burrobush and green molly (Kochia americana) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy flats coarse sand rocky gravelly washes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Page H-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Ephedra Dominant

Ephedra species in particular Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) and Mormon tea (Ephedra viridis) are dominant on 1595 acres on B17 B19 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass lemon scurf-pea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) Nevada jointfir Baileyrsquos greasewood veiny dock (Rumex venosus) Bottlebrush squirreltail (Leymus elymoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) burrobrush spiny hopsage black sagebrush rabbitbrush and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 33 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats gravelly sandy washes gravelly sandy clay and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant

Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) occurs as a dominant shrub species on 83569 total acres on B16 B17 B19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass Indian ricegrass Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass saltlover (Halogeton glomeratus) Nevada dalea (Psorothamnus polydenius) Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood black sagebrush Mormon tea big sagebrush bud sagebrush fourwing saltbush rabbitbrush shadscale spiny hopsage winterfat alkali seepweed and burrobush Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 15 percent Substrate is primarily clay playas sandy clay loamy sandy flats coarse sand gravelly sandy flats gravelly sandy clay gravelly loamy sandy flats rocky loamy sand rocky sand rocky sandy clay rocky gravelly flats and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats and washes to ridge tops and steep slopes

Black Greasewood Dominant

Black greasewood (S vermiculatus var vermiculatus) is a dominant shrub on 4441 total acres on B-16 B-19 Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood alkali seepweed rabbitbrush and basin wildrye Mean shrub cover is approximately 50 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily rocky loam loamy sandy flats sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy mounds gravelly loamy sand gravelly sandy washes and rocky loamy flats Topography ranges from flats and washes to low mounds

Other Shrub-Dominant Types

Dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) is the sole dominant shrub species on 2582 acres on B-17 with Jamesrsquo galleta grass and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 25 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly loamy soils on low slopes

Page H-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) is a dominant shrub on 22828 total acres on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 20 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy loam sandy washes coarse sandy washes gravelly sandy washes rocky loamy sandy washes rocky gravelly sandy flats and rocky washes Topography ranges from medium to steep slopes

Winterfat (Krascheninnikovia lanata) is a dominant shrub on 482 acres total on B-17 and and B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Russian thistle cheatgrass Baileyrsquos greasewood shadscale and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 40 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats and rocky loamy sand Topography ranges from low slopes

Alkali seepweed (Suaeda moquini) occurs as the sole dominant shrub species on 63 acres of Bshy16 on clay playas with identified Brassicaceae

Fourpart horsebrush (Tetradymia tetrameres) is a dominant shrub species on 1169 total acres on B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass burrobush Nevada dalea and fourwing saltbush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily sandy dunes Topography ranges from low slopes

Communities with Trees Dominant

There are few areas on NAS Fallon where tree species are the dominant component of the overall canopy (ie trees comprising 50 percent or more cover) However there are areas especially in B-17 where trees such as single-leaf pinyon pine (Pinus monophylla) and Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) are a prominent addition to the shrub-dominated communities described above

Single-leaf pinyon pines) are found on 1137 acres in the mountains on the eastern side of B-17 occurring in either more-or-less closed stands or open woodlands over a predominantly shrub andor grassland community Additional species found in this vegetation community include Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) Jamesrsquo galleta grass black sagebrush and mormon tea Mean shrub cover is approximately 35 percent and mean herbaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate and topography are primarily rocky steep slopes sandy dunes Topography is generally low slopes

Fremont cottonwood (Populus fremontii)-Willow (Salix sp) riparian woodlands are found on 13 acres only at Horse Creek along the stream that runs east to west through the site Additional species found in this vegetation community include roses (Rosa sp) stinging nettle (Urtica dioica) milkweed (Asclepias sp) and willow dock (Rumex salicifolius) In the Settlement Area there are many cottonwoods and willows There are two very small stands (04 acres) of cottonwoods on a remote stretch of streambed in the extreme north end of Dixie Valley

Page H-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

There are hundreds of cottonwoods and willows on the Main Station along the irrigation canals and ditches There are also cottonwoods and willows around the wetlands in the Dixie Valley Settlement Area Russian olives are spreading in the wetland areas also Russian olives were mapped in the 2007 weed survey on the Main Station Horse Creek and the Settlement Area 1507 acres Saltcedar(Tamarisk) 1395 acres

Saltcedar (Tamarisk spp) occurs in one location over 12 acres with saltgrass (Distichlis spicata) was mapped in a sandy clay wash in B-16 Saltcedar also occurs in other communities but not as a dominant plant There is also a small stand (09 acres) of non-native trees at the picnic area in Horse Creek These were large mature trees most likely locust pear and apple

Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species

While most areas on NAS Fallon are characterized by the dominant shrub species present some areas have no shrub species present at more than trace levels (lt5 percent total shrub cover) Such areas are of limited extent but represent some very unique community types being dominated by perennial grasses and forbs

Indian ricegrass occurs as the sole dominant perennial species on sandy flats in B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass and Russian thistle

Indian ricegrass-Lemon scurfpea was found in combination only on the flat areas on the active dunes in B-19 Indian ricegrass and lemon scurfpea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) were the most prominent species present making up at least two-thirds of the overall herbaceous cover of 60 percent Additional species found in this vegetation community include shortspine horsebrush (Tetradymia spinosa) fourwing saltbush needle-and-thread grass (Heterostipa comata) phacelia (Phacelia sp) an annual buckwheat (Eriogonum sp) and Russian thistle

Basin wildrye-salt grass occurs only in the Settlement Area where they occur at 11 percent total cover on sandy clay flats

Bottlebrush squirreltail-Jamesrsquo galleta grass occurs on 15 acres in B-17 was mapped with 50 percent total herbaceous cover plus some cheatgrass Mormon tea and rabbitbrush were present but at very low cover on a rocky slope

Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species

There are also large areas with no prominent perennial shrubs or herbaceous species Some of these annual species are also included in the weed mapping efforts (eg Russian thistle and saltlover) and are presented with invasive species

Cheatgrass is found on 5133 acres as a dominant species on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include shadscale big sagebrush rabbitbrush bud sagebrush Baileyrsquos greasewood saltlover and Russian thistle Mean shrub

Page H-4 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate and topography are primarily sandy clay flats loamy sand gravelly sandy flats rocky steep slopes and wash benches Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Russian thistle is found on 4983 acres on B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include fourwing saltbush Baileyrsquos greasewood mustard and Russian thistle Mean shrub cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate and topography are primarily loamy sandy flats Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Mustard (unidentified species) occurs in some areas at fairly high densities as the sole dominant species on approximately 575 acres on Dixie Valley and B-17

Miscellaneous Cover Types

The following cover types have little or no vegetation but are unique habitats

bull Playas with little or no vegetative cover comprise approximately 2123 ac in NAS Fallon on B-16 B-17 B-19 and Dixie Valley Playas have clay soils and are seasonally wet Baileyrsquos greasewood black greasewood and alkali seepweed are the most commonly seen shrubs in these areas but at low cover Although playa habitat occurs on B-19 a large rock formation ldquoLone Rockrdquo occurs within the central portion of the Range which is not considered Playa habitat

bull Barren hills are found on 28 acres in B-16 and are small steep-sided hills of loamy sand with little vegetation aside from a few small stunted forbs and grasses

bull Sand dunes cover almost 700 acres in B-19 with expansive active sand dunes with little or no vegetation aside from a few scattered shrubs and sparsely distributed grasses and forbs

bull Sparsely vegetated areas are found in a few small areas in Dixie Valley totaling approximately 24 acres They are not much more than gaps amidst the surrounding Baileyrsquos greasewood stands These areas tend to be near roads and show other signs of past disturbance

bull Disturbedweedy flats occur on 12 acres in several small patches near roads in Shoal Site with clear indications of ground disturbance

Page H-5 July 2014

Appendix H Agency Consultation

This page intentionally left blank

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

BLM FORGE EA data request

Morgan Trieger

Fri 11102017 200 PM

To Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndow org gt

CcPeter Gower lt petergowerempsicom gt

J 2 attachments (162 KB)

N DOW -Data-Request- Form_Trieger_20171110docx Fallon_FORG Ezi p

Good afternoon Bonnie Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EM PSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4 7 41 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSinc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex rM

GSA Contract GS10F-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside information Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc= 1033ampmoduri=Oamppath=mailsentitems 11

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

Data Analysis Request Response - Fallon FORGE Project

Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworg gt

Mon 11132017 916 AM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

CcBonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworggt David Catalano ltdcatalanondoworggt Jasmine Kleiber ltjkleiberndoworggt Jinna Larkin ltjh larkinndoworggt Kim Tisdale ltktisdalendoworggt Mark Freese ltmarkfreesendoworggt Matt Maples ltmmaplesndoworggt Mike Scott ltmscottndoworggt

1 attachments (765 KB)

Fallon FORGE Project- Analysis Responsepdf

Dear Morgan Trieger

Here is the response to your request for wildlife resource information in the vicinity ofthe Fallon FORGE Project in Churchill County Nevada Please let me know if you have any questions or require additional information

Bonnie Weller- GIS Analyst Data and Technology Services Nevada Department of Wildlife 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Ste 120 Reno Nevada 89511 (775 688-1439 bwe llerndoworg

Support NevadaJ Wildlife BlJ a H unting and FiJhing Liceme

State of Nevada Confidentiality Disclaimer This message is intended only for the named recipient If you are not the intended recipient you

are notified that disclosing copying distributing or taking any action in reliance on the contents of this information is strictly prohibited

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 11

BRIAN SANDOVAL Governor

TONY WASLEY Director

ELIZABETH OrsquoBRIEN Deputy Director

JACK ROBB Deputy Director

STATE OF NEVADA

DEPARTMENT OF WILDLIFE 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Suite 120

Reno Nevada 89511

(775) 688-1500 bull Fax (775) 688-1495

Morgan Trieger November 13 2017 Biologist EMPSi 4741 Caughlin Pky Reno Nevada 89519

Re Fallon FORGE Project

Dear Morgan Trieger

I am responding to your request for information from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) on the known or potential occurrence of wildlife resources in the vicinity of the Fallon FORGE Project located in Churchill County Nevada In order to fulfill your request an analysis was performed using the best available data from the NDOWrsquos wildlife occurrences raptor nest sites and ranges greater sage-grouse leks and habitat and big game distributions databases No warranty is made by the NDOW as to the accuracy reliability or completeness of the data for individual use or aggregate use with other data These data should be considered sensitive and may contain information regarding the location of sensitive wildlife species or resources All appropriate measures should be taken to ensure that the use of this data is strictly limited to serve the needs of the project described on your GIS Data Request Form Abuse of this information has the potential to adversely affect the existing ecological status of Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and could be cause for the denial of future data requests

To adequately provide wildlife resource information in the vicinity of the proposed project the NDOW delineated an area of interest that included a four-mile buffer around the project area provided by you on Friday November 10 2017 Wildlife resource data was queried from the NDOW databases based on this area of interest The results of this analysis are summarized below

Big Game - Occupied mule deer and pronghorn antelope distributions exist within portions of the project area and four-mile buffer area No known occupied bighorn sheep or elk distributions exist in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the attached maps for details regarding big game distributions relative to the proposed project area

Greater Sage-Grouse - Greater sage-grouse habitat in the vicinity of the project area has primarily been classified as Other habitat by the Nevada Sagebrush Ecosystem Program (httpsagebrusheconvgov) Please refer to the attached map for details regarding greater sage-grouse habitat relative to the proposed project area There are no known radio-marked greater sage-grouse tracking locations in the vicinity of the project area There are no known greater sage-grouse lek sites in the vicinity of the project area

Raptors - Various species of raptors which use diverse habitat types may reside in the vicinity of the project area American kestrel bald eagle barn owl burrowing owl Coopers hawk ferruginous hawk golden eagle great horned owl long-eared owl merlin northern goshawk northern harrier northern saw-whet owl osprey peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk rough-legged hawk sharp-shinned hawk short-eared owl Swainsons hawk turkey vulture and western screech owl have distribution ranges that include the project area and four-mile buffer area Furthermore the following raptor species have been directly observed in the vicinity of the project area

bald eagle prairie falcon rough-legged hawk

great horned owl red-shouldered hawk sharp-shinned hawk

peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk Swainsons hawk

Raptor species are protected by State and Federal laws In addition bald eagle burrowing owl California spotted owl ferruginous hawk flammulated owl golden eagle northern goshawk peregrine falcon prairie falcon and short-eared owl are NDOW species of special concern and are target species for conservation as outlined by the Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Per the Interim Golden Eagle Technical Guidance Inventory and Monitoring Protocols and Other Recommendations in Support of Golden Eagle Management and Permit Issuance (United States Fish and Wildlife Service 2010) we have queried our raptor nest database to include raptor nest sites within ten miles of the proposed project area There are 54 known raptor nest sites within ten miles of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these raptor nest sites

Other Wildlife Resources

There are no water developments in the vicinity of the project area Additional species have also been observed in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these species

The proposed project area may also be in the vicinity of abandoned mine workings which often provide habitat for state and federally protected wildlife especially bat species many of which are protected under NAC 503030 To request data regarding known abandoned mine workings in the vicinity of the project area please contact the Nevada Division of Minerals (httpmineralsstatenvus)

The above information is based on data stored at our Reno Headquarters Office and does not necessarily incorporate the most up to date wildlife resource information collected in the field Please contact the Habitat Division Supervising Biologist at our Western Region Reno Office (7756881500) to discuss the current environmental conditions for your project area and the interpretation of our analysis Furthermore it should be noted that the information detailed above is preliminary in nature and not necessarily an identification of every wildlife resource concern associated with the proposed project Consultation with the Supervising Habitat biologist will facilitate the development of appropriate survey protocols and avoidance or mitigation measures that may be required to address potential impacts to wildlife resources

Mark Freese - Western Region Supervising Habitat Biologist (7756881145)

Federally listed Threatened and Endangered species are also under the jurisdiction of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service Please contact them for more information regarding these species

2

If you have any questions regarding the results or methodology of this analysis please do not hesitate to contact our GIS office at (775) 688-1439

Sincerely

3

Appendix A Raptor Nest Sites Table

Probable Use Last Check Last Active TownshipRangeSection

Buteo 6161982 6161982 21 0170N 0280E 035

Buteo 5271985 5271985 21 0180N 0290E 016 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0170N 0290E 007 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 021 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 024 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 027 Buteo 311986 21 0170N 0290E 008 Buteo 5271986 5271986 21 0190N 0290E 036 Buteo 6181986 6181986 21 0190N 0290E 030 Buteo 571987 21 0180N 0280E 023

Buteo 5141987 21 0180N 0280E 024

Buteo 5181987 21 0180N 0280E 011

Buteo 611987 21 0190N 0290E 030

Buteo 5242014

Buteo 6262014 6262014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

Corvid 5242014

Eagle 441975 21 0180N 0300E 011

Eagle 111976 21 0160N 0290E 001

Eagle 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 024

Eagle 111977 21 0170N 0300E 028

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0300E 013

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0310E 031

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 21 0160N 0290E 016

EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014

Falcon - Confirmed 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015

Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 011 Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014

Falcon - Probable 441975 441975 21 0180N 0300E 021

Falcon - Probable 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003 Falcon - Probable 111980 111980 21 0180N 0300E 011

Falcon - Probable 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 471987 471987 21 0180N 0300E 029

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 020

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 021

Owl 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003

Owl 161987 161987 21 0170N 0290E 008

5

Appendix B Other Wildlife Species Table

Common Name ESA State SWAP SoCP

acorn woodpecker Protected

American avocet Protected Yes

American bittern Protected Yes

American coot Arizona myotis band-tailed pigeon

big brown bat

black-crowned night-heron Protected

black-necked stilt Protected

black bullhead

Brazilian (Mexican) free-tailed bat Protected Yes

bullfrog

California myotis

chisel-toothed kangaroo rat

cinnamon teal

common carp

common raven Protected

common sagebrush lizard

common side-blotched lizard

desert horned lizard Yes

desert spiny lizard

eastern collared lizard

European starling Unprotected

fringed myotis Protected Yes

gadwall

Great Basin collared lizard Yes

Great Basin gophersnake

Great Basin whiptail

green-winged teal

long-nosed leopard lizard Yes

mallard

Merriams kangaroo rat

northern pintail Yes

northern shoveler

northern shrike Protected

northern zebra-tailed lizard

pallid bat Protected

red racer

redhead Yes

ruddy duck

Sacramento blackfish

Sacramento perch

tiger whiptail

Townsends big-eared bat Sensitive Yes

tui chub

western least bittern Protected Yes

western mosquitofish

western patch-nosed snake

western small-footed myotis Yes

whimbrel

white-crowned sparrow Protected

white-faced ibis Protected Yes

white bass

white crappie

yellow-backed spiny lizard

Yuma myotis

zebra-tailed lizard

ESA Endangered Species Act Status State State of Nevada Special Status SWAP SoCP Nevada State Wildlife Action Plan (2012) Species of Conservation Priority

7

--------------------------------------

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

RE Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

eric Miskow ltemiskowheritagenvgovgt

Tue 11142017 122PM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

J 3 attachments (159 KB)

EMPSi_Forge_2017zip NNHP Data License Agreement 2017-05-0lpdf EMP2017mt01altrdocx

Hi Morgan

Please find the data request for the Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA project attached I placed a signed hard copy of the cover letter and invoice in the terrestrial mail Let me know if you have any questions Oh I attached our Data License agreement as well can you sign this for me I was told your company did not have one in our files (its done every 12 months) Thanks

Best Regards

Eric

Eric Miskow BiologistData Manager Nevada Natural Herit1ge Program Department of Conservation and Natural Resources 901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002

~~~_I_l_~~tx_~--i~_QI_-~-~ (775) 684-2905 (voice) (775) 684-2909 (fax) emiskowheritagenvgov

From Morgan Trieger [mailtomorgantriegerempsicom] Sent Friday November 10 2017 205 PM To eric Miskow Cc Peter Gower Subject Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

Good afternoon Eric Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 12

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSnc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex TM

GSA Contract GSIOF-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside infonnation Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 22

Brian Sandoval Governor

Bradley Crowell STATE OF NEVADA Director

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES Kristin Szabo Nevada Natural Heritage Program Administrator

14 November 2017

Morgan Trieger Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc 4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4 Reno NV 89519

Dear Mr Trieger

Please find shape files containing the recorded endangered threatened candidate and At Risk plant and animal elements (taxa) within the BLM Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Project recorded in Nevada (assumed to be extant unless mentioned otherwise) This data set is packaged in GIS ArcMap10 Format (projected UTM Zone 11 NAD 1983) The files contain a shape file set which represent the recorded element source feature occurrence records within Nevada and their associated attributes The files are labeled EMPSi_Forge_polyxxx and EMPSi_Forge_poly_dsxxx Please refer to the Biotics Metadata (in the xml files included) for explanations and interpretations of each data set along with its respective attributes

The shapefile sets with the ldquodsrdquo in the file name contain Data Sensitive record occurrences with general locational data This represents Data Sensitive occurrences for which precise locations are considered sensitive Precise data may be supplied upon request if sufficient need can be demonstrated and confidentiality can be guaranteed

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) manages protects and restores Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and associated habitat Please contact Bonnie Weller NDOW GIS Biologist (775) 688-1439 to obtain further information regarding wildlife resources within and near your area of interest Removal or destruction of state protected flora species (NAC 527010) requires a special permit from Nevada Division of Forestry (NRS 527270)

Please note that your use of these data is contingent upon your acknowledgment of the enclosed DATA LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS (revised 30 November 2010) In particular please be aware that we furnish data with the understanding that these data are privileged and are not to be provided to a third party without our consent Products derived from our data should cite the Nevada Natural Heritage Program as a source along with the month and year in which we provided the data

Many of our documents including species lists and keys to our symbols can be found on our website wwwstatenvusnvnhp Please visit our website to learn more about our program and the sensitive species of Nevada

Sincerely

Eric S Miskow BiologistData Manager

901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City NV 89701-5245 Tel 775-684-2900 Fax 775-684-2909 httpheritagenvgov

United States Department of the Interior FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234

Reno NV 89502-7147 Phone (775) 861-6300 Fax (775) 861-6301

httpwwwfwsgovnevada

In Reply Refer To November 10 2017 Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Subject List of threatened and endangered species that may occur in your proposed project location andor may be affected by your proposed project

To Whom It May Concern

The attached species list indicates threatened endangered proposed and candidate species and designated or proposed critical habitat that may occur within the boundary of your proposed project andor may be affected by your proposed project The species list fulfills the requirements of the US Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) under section 7(c) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended (ESA 16 USC 1531 et seq) for projects that are authorized funded or carried out by a Federal agency Candidate species have no protection under the ESA but are included for consideration because they could be listed prior to the completion of your project Consideration of these species during project planning may assist species conservation efforts and may prevent the need for future listing actions For additional information regarding species that may be found in the proposed project area visit httpwwwfwsgovnevadaesipachtml

The purpose of the ESA is to provide a means whereby threatened and endangered species and the ecosystems upon which they depend may be conserved Under sections 7(a)(1) and 7(a)(2) of the ESA and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 402 et seq) Federal agencies are required to utilize their authorities to carry out programs for the conservation of threatened and endangered species and to determine whether projects may affect threatened and endangered species andor designated critical habitat

A Biological Assessment is required for construction projects that are major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment as defined in the National Environmental Policy Act (42 USC 4332(2) (c)) For projects other than major construction activities the Service suggests that a biological evaluation similar to a Biological Assessment be prepared to determine whether the project may affect listed or proposed species andor

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

designated or proposed critical habitat Guidelines for preparing a Biological Assessment can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmidwestendangeredsection7ba_guidehtml

If a Federal action agency determines based on the Biological Assessment or biological evaluation that listed species andor designated critical habitat may be affected by the proposed project the agency is required to consult with the Service pursuant to 50 CFR 402 In addition the Service recommends that candidate species proposed species and proposed critical habitat be addressed within the consultation More information on the regulations and procedures for section 7 consultation including the role of permit or license applicants can be found in the Endangered Species Consultation Handbook at httpwwwfwsgovendangeredesa-librarypdfTOC-GLOSPDF

New information based on updated surveys changes in the abundance and distribution of species changed habitat conditions or other factors could change this species list Please feel free to contact us if you need more current information or assistance regarding the potential impacts to federally listed proposed and candidate species and federally designated and proposed critical habitat Please note that under 50 CFR 40212(e) of the regulations implementing section 7 of the ESA the accuracy of this species list should be verified after 90 days This verification can be completed formally or informally as desired The Service recommends that verification be completed by visiting the ECOS-IPaC website at regular intervals during project planning and implementation for updates to species lists and information An updated list may be requested through the ECOS-IPaC system by completing the same process used to receive the attached list

The Nevada Fish and Wildlife Office (NFWO) no longer provides species of concern lists Most of these species for which we have concern are also on the Animal and Plant At-Risk Tracking List for Nevada (At-Risk list) maintained by the State of Nevadas Natural Heritage Program (Heritage) Instead of maintaining our own list we adopted Heritages At-Risk list and are partnering with them to provide distribution data and information on the conservation needs for at-risk species to agencies or project proponents The mission of Heritage is to continually evaluate the conservation priorities of native plants animals and their habitats particularly those most vulnerable to extinction or in serious decline In addition in order to avoid future conflicts we ask that you consider these at-risk species early in your project planning and explore management alternatives that provide for their long-term conservation

For a list of at-risk species by county visit Heritages website (httpheritagenvgov) For a specific list of at-risk species that may occur in the project area you can obtain a data request form from the website (httpheritagenvgovget_data) or by contacting the Administrator of Heritage at 901 South Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City Nevada 89701-5245 (775) 684-2900 Please indicate on the form that your request is being obtained as part of your coordination with the Service under the ESA During your project analysis if you obtain new information or data for any Nevada sensitive species we request that you provide the information to Heritage at the above address

Furthermore certain species of fish and wildlife are classified as protected by the State of Nevada (httpwwwlegstatenvusNACNAC-503html) You must first obtain the appropriate

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

license permit or written authorization from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) to take or possess any parts of protected fish and wildlife species Please visit httpwwwndoworg or contact NDOW in northern Nevada (775) 688-1500 in southern Nevada (702) 486-5127 or in eastern Nevada (775) 777-2300

Please be aware that bald and golden eagles are protected under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (16 USC 668 et seq) and projects affecting these species may require development of an eagle conservation plan ( httpwwwfwsgovwindenergyeagle_guidancehtml) Additionally wind energy projects should follow the Services wind energy guidelines (httpwwwfwsgovwindenergy) for minimizing impacts to migratory birds and bats

The Services Pacific Southwest Region developed the Interim Guidelines for the Development of a Project Specific Avian and Bat Protection Plan for Wind Energy Facilities (Interim Guidelines) This document provides energy facility developers with a tool for assessing the risk of potential impacts to wildlife resources and delineates how best to design and operate a bird-and bat-friendly wind facility These Interim Guidelines are available upon request from the NFWO The intent of a Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy is to conserve wildlife resources while supporting project developers through (1) establishing project development in an adaptive management framework (2) identifying proper siting and project design strategies (3) designing and implementing pre-construction surveys (4) implementing appropriate conservation measures for each development phase (5) designing and implementing appropriate post-construction monitoring strategies (6) using post-construction studies to better understand the dynamics of mortality reduction (eg changes in blade cut-in speed assessments of blade ldquofeatheringrdquo success and studies on the effects of visual and acoustic deterrents) including efforts tied into Before-AfterControl-Impact analysis and (7) conducting a thorough risk assessment and validation leading to adjustments in management and mitigation actions

The template and recommendations set forth in the Interim Guidelines were based upon the Avian Powerline Interaction Committees Avian Protection Plan template (httpwwwaplicorg) developed for electric utilities and modified accordingly to address the unique concerns of wind energy facilities These recommendations are also consistent with the Services wind energy guidelines We recommend contacting us as early as possible in the planning process to discuss the need and process for developing a site-specific Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy

The Service has also developed guidance regarding wind power development in relation to prairie grouse leks (sage-grouse are included in this) This document can be found at httpwwwfwsgovsouthwestesOklahomadocumentste_specieswind20powerprairie20grouse20lek20520mile20publicpdf

Migratory Birds are a Service Trust Resource Based on the Services conservation responsibilities and management authority for migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 as amended (MBTA 16 USC 703 et seq) we recommend that any land clearing or other surface disturbance associated with proposed actions within the project area be timed to avoid potential destruction of bird nests or young or birds that breed in the area Such destruction may be in violation of the MBTA Under the MBTA nests with eggs or young of

4 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

migratory birds may not be harmed nor may migratory birds be killed Therefore we recommend land clearing be conducted outside the avian breeding season If this is not feasible we recommend a qualified biologist survey the area prior to land clearing If nests are located or if other evidence of nesting (ie mated pairs territorial defense carrying nesting material transporting food) is observed a protective buffer (the size depending on the habitat requirements of the species) should be delineated and the entire area avoided to prevent destruction or disturbance to nests until they are no longer active

Guidance for minimizing impacts to migratory birds for projects involving communications towers (eg cellular digital television radio and emergency broadcast) can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerstowershtm httpwwwtowerkillcom and httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerscomtowhtml

If wetlands springs or streams are are known to occur in the project area or are present in the vicinity of the project area we ask that you be aware of potential impacts project activities may have on these habitats Discharge of fill material into wetlands or waters of the United States is regulated by the US Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE) pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act of 1972 as amended We recommend you contact the ACOEs Regulatory Section regarding the possible need for a permit For projects located in northern Nevada (Carson City Churchill Douglas Elko Esmeralda Eureka Humboldt Lander Lyon Mineral Pershing Storey and Washoe Counties) contact the Reno Regulatory Office at 300 Booth Street Room 3060 Reno Nevada 89509 (775) 784-5304 in southern Nevada (Clark Lincoln Nye and White Pine Counties) contact the St George Regulatory Office at 321 North Mall Drive Suite L-101 St George Utah 84790-7314 (435) 986-3979 or in California along the eastern Sierra contact the Sacramento Regulatory Office at 650 Capitol Mall Suite 5-200 Sacramento California 95814 (916) 557-5250

We appreciate your concern for threatened and endangered species Please include the Consultation Tracking Number in the header of this letter with any request for consultation or correspondence about your project that you submit to our office

The table below outlines lead FWS field offices by county and land ownershipproject type Please refer to this table when you are ready to coordinate (including requests for section 7 consultation) with the field office corresponding to your project and send any documentation regarding your project to that corresponding office Therefore the lead FWS field office may not be the office listed above in the letterhead

Lead FWS offices by County and OwnershipProgram

County OwnershipProgram Species Office Lead

Alameda Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 5

Alameda All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Alpine Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Alpine Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Alpine Stanislaus National Forest All SFWO

Alpine El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

Colusa Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Colusa Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Contra Costa Legal Delta (Excluding All BDFWO ECCHCP)

Contra Costa Antioch Dunes NWR All BDFWO

Contra Costa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Contra Costa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Del Norte All All AFWO

El Dorado El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

El Dorado LakeTahoe Basin Management RFWO Unit

Glenn Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Glenn Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Humboldt All except Shasta Trinity National All AFWO Forest

Humboldt Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Lake Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 6

Lake Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Lassen Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Lassen Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Lassen Toiyabe National Forest All RFWO

Lassen BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Lassen BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Lassen Lassen Volcanic National Park All (includes SFWO Eagle Lake trout on all ownerships)

Lassen All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Marin Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Marin All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Mendocino Russian River watershed All SFWO

Mendocino All except Russian River All AFWO watershed

Modoc Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Modoc BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Modoc Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Modoc BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Modoc All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Mono Inyo National Forest All RFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 7

Mono Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Napa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Napa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Nevada Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Nevada All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Placer Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Placer All other ownerships All SFWO

Sacramento Legal Delta Delta Smelt BDFWO

Sacramento Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

San Francisco Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Francisco All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Mateo Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Mateo All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Joaquin Legal Delta excluding San All BDFWO Joaquin HCP

San Joaquin Other All SFWO

Santa Clara Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 8

smelt

Santa Clara All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Shasta Shasta Trinity National Forest except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

All YFWO

Shasta Hat Creek Ranger District All SFWO

Shasta Bureau of Reclamation (Central Valley Project)

All BDFWO

Shasta Whiskeytown National Recreation Area

All YFWO

Shasta BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Shasta Caltrans By jurisdiction SFWOAFWO

Shasta Ahjumawi Lava Springs State Park

Shasta crayfish

SFWO

Shasta All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Shasta Natural Resource Damage Assessment all lands

All SFWOBDFWO

Sierra Humboldt Toiyabe National Forest

All RFWO

Sierra All other ownerships All SFWO

Siskiyou Klamath National Forest (except Ukonom District)

All YFWO

Siskiyou Six Rivers National Forest and Ukonom District

All AFWO

Siskiyou Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Siskiyou Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Siskiyou Modoc National Forest All KFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 9

Siskiyou Lava Beds National Volcanic All KFWO Monument

Siskiyou BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Siskiyou Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Siskiyou All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Solano Suisun Marsh All BDFWO

Solano Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Solano All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Solano Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Sonoma Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Sonoma All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Tehama Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Tehama Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

Tehama All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Trinity BLM All AFWO

Trinity Six Rivers National Forest All AFWO

Trinity Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Trinity Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Trinity BIA (Tribal Trust Lands) All AFWO

10 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Trinity County Government All

Trinity All other ownerships All

Yolo Yolo Bypass All

Yolo Other All

All FERC-ESA All

All FERC-ESA Shasta crayfish

All FERC-Relicensing (non-ESA) All

Office Leads

AFWO=Arcata Fish and Wildlife Office

BDFWO=Bay Delta Fish and Wildlife Office

KFWO=Klamath Falls Fish and Wildlife Office

RFWO=Reno Fish and Wildlife Office

YFWO=Yreka Fish and Wildlife Office

Attachment(s)

Official Species List

USFWS National Wildlife Refuges and Fish Hatcheries

Migratory Birds

Wetlands

AFWO

By jurisdiction (See map)

BDFWO

By jurisdiction (see map)

By jurisdiction (see map)

SFWO

BDFWO

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Official Species List This list is provided pursuant to Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and fulfills the requirement for Federal agencies to request of the Secretary of the Interior information whether any species which is listed or proposed to be listed may be present in the area of a proposed action

This species list is provided by

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234 Reno NV 89502-7147 (775) 861-6300

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Summary Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085

Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Project Type Department of Energy Operations

Project Description The Fallon FORGE project proposes to drill up to 9 geothermal production wells With these wells Fallon FORGE would provide a dedicated subsurface test site and field laboratory where the scientific and engineering community could develop test and improve technologies and techniques for the creation of cost-effective and sustainable enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) in a controlled ideal environment In total there would be a combination of 9 production and monitoring wells each with an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by 450 feet) pad

Project Location Approximate location of the project can be viewed in Google Maps httpswwwgooglecommapsplace3938855337809139N11867213430794828W

Counties Churchill NV

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Endangered Species Act Species There is a total of 1 threatened endangered or candidate species on this species list Species on this list should be considered in an effects analysis for your project and could include species that exist in another geographic area For example certain fish may appear on the species list because a project could affect downstream species See the Critical habitats section below for those critical habitats that lie wholly or partially within your project area under this offices jurisdiction Please contact the designated FWS office if you have questions

Fishes

NAME STATUS

Lahontan Cutthroat Trout Oncorhynchus clarkii henshawi No critical habitat has been designated for this species

Threatened

Species profile httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3964 Species survey guidelines

httpsecosfwsgovipacguidelinesurveypopulation233office14320pdf

Critical habitats THERE ARE NO CRITICAL HABITATS WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA UNDER THIS OFFICES JURISDICTION

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

USFWS National Wildlife Refuge Lands And Fish Hatcheries Any activity proposed on lands managed by the National Wildlife Refuge system must undergo a Compatibility Determination conducted by the Refuge Please contact the individual Refuges to discuss any questions or concerns

THERE ARE NO REFUGE LANDS OR FISH HATCHERIES WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Migratory Birds 1Certain birds are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle

2Protection Act

Any activity that results in the take of migratory birds or eagles is prohibited unless authorized 3by the US Fish and Wildlife Service There are no provisions for allowing the take of

migratory birds that are unintentionally killed or injured Any person or organization who plans or conducts activities that may result in the take of migratory birds is responsible for complying with the appropriate regulations and implementing appropriate conservation measures as described below

1 The Migratory Birds Treaty Act of 1918

2 The Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act of 1940

3 50 CFR Sec 1012 and 16 USC Sec 668(a)

The birds listed below are USFWS Birds of Conservation Concern that might be affected by activities in this location The list does not contain every bird you may find in this location nor is it guaranteed that all of the birds on the list will be found on or near this location To get a better idea of the specific locations where certain species have been reported and their level of occurrence please refer to resources such as the E-bird data mapping tool (year-round bird sightings by birders and the general public) and Breeding Bird Survey (relative abundance maps for breeding birds) Although it is important to try to avoid and minimize impacts to all birds special attention should be given to the birds on the list below To get a list of all birds potentially present in your project area visit the E-bird Explore Data Tool

NAME BREEDING SEASON

Brewers Sparrow Spizella breweri Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9291

Breeds May 15 to Aug 10

Clarks Grebe Aechmophorus clarkii Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Jan 1 to Dec 31

Golden Eagle Aquila chrysaetos Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies1680

Breeds Apr 1 to Aug 31

Green-tailed Towhee Pipilo chlorurus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9444

Breeds May 1 to Aug 10

Long-billed Curlew Numenius americanus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Apr 1 to Jul 31

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies5511

Lewiss Woodpecker Melanerpes lewis Breeds Apr 20 to Sep 30 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9408

Lesser Yellowlegs Tringa flavipes Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9679

Marbled Godwit Limosa fedoa Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9481

Olive-sided Flycatcher Contopus cooperi Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3914

Pinyon Jay Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus Breeds Feb 15 to Jul 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9420

Red Knot Calidris canutus ssp roselaari Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies8880

Sagebrush Sparrow Artemisiospiza nevadensis Breeds Mar 15 to Jul 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Sage Thrasher Oreoscoptes montanus Breeds Apr 15 to Aug 10 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9433

Snowy Plover Charadrius alexandrinus Breeds Mar 5 to Sep 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Willow Flycatcher Empidonax traillii Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3482

Willet Tringa semipalmata Breeds Apr 20 to Aug 5 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Additional information can be found using the following links Birds of Conservation Concern httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementmanaged-species birds-of-conservation-concernphp

Measures for avoiding and minimizing impacts to birds httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementproject-assessment-tools-and-guidance conservation-measuresphp

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Nationwide conservation measures for birds httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdspdfmanagementnationwidestandardconservationmeasurespdf

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Wetlands Impacts to NWI wetlands and other aquatic habitats may be subject to regulation under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act or other StateFederal statutes

For more information please contact the Regulatory Program of the local US Army Corps of Engineers District

FRESHWATER EMERGENT WETLAND

PEM

Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-1

APPENDIX I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

Table Appendix I below lists sensitive species that the BLM has determined to have potential to occur in the FORGE project area and that have been documented there

Table Appendix I also has additional BLM sensitive species not considered in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS but documented in or near the FORGE project area or that could occur there The BLM identified these species following consultation with the NDOW and NNHP

Finally Table Appendix I includes species that were considered in the Salt Wells EIS but for which information has subsequently been updated in terms of distribution or range or other changed conditions

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence BIRDS Bald eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus

SDelisted Nests in tall trees or on cliffs near bodies of water that provide a food base Usually roosts in thick cottonwood groves but sometimes in conifers or other sheltered sites Winters throughout the state

Potential to occur no nesting or roosting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area associated with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017)

Burrowing owl Athene cunicularia

Smdash Burrow sites in open dry annual or perennial grasslands deserts and scrublands with low-growing vegetation and burrowing mammal populations

Potential to occur limited burrow opportunities present in project area Known to occur near Fallon and Carson Lake and Pasture (Floyd et al 2007)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Golden eagle Aquila chrysaetos

SBCC Nests on rocky scarps with large expanses of hunting territory

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but suitable foraging habitat is present In 2010 nests were located within 062 miles of Vulcan wells (BLM 2011) this location is approximately 3 miles from the FORGE project area NDOW (2017) also lists observations in the vicinity of the project area

Least bittern Ixobrychus exilis

S Tall emergent vegetation in marshes primarily freshwater Prefers marshes with scattered bushes or other woody growth Forages in shallow water or along banks Heavy growth of cattail bulrush wild rice water smartweed and reeds are favored feeding sites

Potential to occur No nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known to occur in the vicinity of the project area likely associated with the Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017)

Loggerhead shrike Lanius ludovicianus

SBCC Uses a wide range of open habitats including shrublands pinyon juniper pastures and agricultural fields

Known to occur Suitable habitat present Observed during the 2010 surveys conducted for Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and have been documented within Lahontan Valley (Floyd et al 2007 NO)

Long-billed curlew Numenius americanus

SBCC Nests in naturally short grasslands and agricultural fields with flooded fields or near wetlands with mudflats wet soils along shallow shorelines

Known to occur Observed during 2010 surveys for the Salt Wells EIS Known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture Agricultural fields meadow and playa wetland habitats provide suitable nesting sites (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007)

Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus

Smdash Nests on a ledge or hole on the face of a rocky cliff or crag also uses ledges of city high-rise buildings Hunts in various open environments including open water desert shrub and marshes usually in close association with suitable nesting cliffs

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-3

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Sandhill crane (greater and lesser) Antigone canadensis

Smdash Breeds in open wetland habitats with shrubs or trees nests in marshes bogs wet meadows prairies other moist habitats with standing water winter roosting on shallow lakes or rivers at night and spending the day in irrigated croplands pastures grasslands or wetlands

Potential to occur suitable foraging habitat is present and this species may use the project area during migration Breeds in northern and northeastern Nevada but not in the project vicinity (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Short-eared owl Asio flammeus

Smdash Nests on ground Expansive wet meadow or pasture and hay crops or similar grassland buffered by open shrublands marsh component beneficial little or no urban encroachment

Potential to occur Marginally suitable foraging or breeding habitat may be present in the project area much higher-quality habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and Pasture area south of the project area where it is known to occur

Swainsonrsquos hawk Buteo swainsoni

Smdash Nests in single old growth cottonwoods next to foraging habitat of open riparian woodlands with significant expanses of pasture agricultural fields wet meadows or open shrublands with grass cover in the vicinity

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known in the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017) and has been documented to nest within 1 mile of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Western snowy plover Charadrius alexandrines

SBCC Associated with barren shorelines of playa lakes that contain water but have little or no emergent or shoreline vegetation

Likely to occur known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017) and other sites in the Lahontan Valley (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007) wetland playa sites provide suitable nesting habitat

MAMMALS Arizona myotis M occultus

Smdash Most commonly found in conifer forests between 6000 and 9000 feet though it forages at lower elevations at orchards permanent water and riparian vegetation Roosts in buildings attics bridges and

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Arizona myotis is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence cavities in dead conifer trees No information on winter habits is available

Big brown bat Eptesicus fuscus

Smdash Occurs in a variety of habitats including pinyon-juniper blackbrush creosote sagebrush and agricultural and urban habitats Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Big brown bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Bottarsquos pocket gopher Thomomys botae

Smdash Associated with a wide range of vegetation and soil types Resident of open habitats and meadows where soils are deep enough to maintain permanent burrow systems

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Brazilian free-tailed bat Tadarida brasiliensis

Smdash Most commonly associated with dry lower elevation habitats occasionally at higher elevations in mountain ranges Roosts primarily in caves and rock crevices on cliffs

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Brazilian free-tailed bat is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017) it was observed on the southern portion of the NAS Fallon Main Base in 1996 (NNHP 2017)

California myotis Myotis californicus

Smdash Found in a variety of habitats from desert scrub to forests but more common in the Mojave Desert Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there California myotis is known from the vicinity including being observed foraging over canals at the NAS Fallon Main Base (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NAS Fallon 2014)

Canyon bat Parastrellus hesperus

Smdash Rocky canyons and outcrops roosts in small crevices in rocks mines and caves

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Canyon bat is known from a 1939 occurrence in the Bunejug Mountains approximately 2 miles from the project area (NNHP 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-5

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Fringed myotis M thysanodes

SSP Found in a wide range of habitats from low desert scrub to high elevation coniferous forest Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Fringed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Hoary Bat Lasiurus cinereus

Smdash Tree-associated species Found primarily in forested upland habitats as well as in gallery-forest riparian zones and agriculture habitats Roots primarily in trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006)

Little brown myotis M lucifugus

Smdash Found primarily at higher elevations and higher latitudes often associated with coniferous forest Requires a nearby water source Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Little brown myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Long-eared myotis M evotis

Smdash Semiarid shrublands sage chaparral and agricultural areas but usually associated with coniferous forests Roosts under exfoliating tree bark and in hollow trees caves mines cliff crevices sinkholes and rocky outcrops on the ground sometimes roosts in buildings and under bridges

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

Pallid bat Antrozous pallidus

SSP Found in a variety of habitats from low desert to brushy terrain to coniferous forest and nonconiferous woodlands Roosts in a variety of settings such as rocks trees buildings caves and adits1

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Pallid bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Spotted bat Euderma maculatum

Smdash Uses vegetation types that range from desert to sub-alpine meadows including desert-scrub pinyon-juniper woodland ponderosa pine mixed conifer forest canyon

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

1 A passage leading into a mine

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence bottoms rims of cliffs riparian areas fields and open pasture but distribution closely tied to cliff roosting habitat

Townsendrsquos Big-eared Bat Corynorhinus townsendii

Smdash Highly associated with caves and mines Found primarily in rural settings from deserts to lower mid to high-elevation mixed coniferous-deciduous forest

Potential to occur only foraging habitat available Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006) and in the vicinity of the project area (NDOW 2017)

Western red bat Lasiurus blossevillii

Smdash Primarily found in wooded habitats including mesquite bosque and cottonwoodwillow riparian areas Roosts in tree foliage and possibly in leaf litter on the ground

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Summer resident in the Fallon area Breeding has been confirmed in a private orchard in Fallon (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Western small-footed myotis M ciliolabrum

Smdash Inhabits a variety of habitats including desert scrub grasslands sagebrush steppe blackbrush greasewood pinyon-juniper woodlands pine-fir forests and agricultural and urban areas Roosts in caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Small-footed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Yuma myotis M yumanensis

Smdash Usually associated with permanent sources of water typically rivers and streams Occurs in a variety of habitats including riparian arid scrublands and deserts and forests Roosts in bridges buildings cliff crevices caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Yuma myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

REPTILES Desert horned lizard Phrynosoma platyrhinos

Smdash Open sandy areas in desert chaparral grassland vegetation often near ant hills Often seen basking on asphalt roads or low rocks in morning or afternoon

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-7

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Long-nosed leopard lizard Gambelia wislizenii

Smdash Sandy and gravelly desert and semi-desert areas with scattered shrubs or other low plants especially areas with abundant rodent burrows

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

INSECTS Nevada alkali skipperling Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus

Smdash Desert saltgrass on alkali flats

Potential to occur Host plants likely present in project area originally collected from Stillwater Marsh northeast of the project area

Pallid wood nymph Cercyonis oetus pallescens

Smdash Alkaline flats Potential to occur potentially suitable habitat exists along playas where alkali meadows occur Has been documented in Churchill County

PLANTS Lahontan milkvetch Astragalus porrectus

S Open calcareous or alkaline sandy to gravelly washes alluvium or gullies on clay badlands knolls or playa edges in the shadscale zone

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area This species has been documented in the Lahontan Valley northeast of Hazen

Nevada dune beardtongue Penstemon arenarius

S Deep loose sandy soil in valley bottoms eolian deposits and alkaline areas in shadscale habitats Blooms May-June

Potential to occur Potentially suitable habitat is present Known to occur in northern Churchill County along the Carson Sink (Morefield 2001)

Playa phacelia Phacelia inundata

S Alkali playas and seasonally inundated areas with clay soils Aquatic or wetland-dependent in Nevada

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area It has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys have not been completed

Sources Morefield 2001 NatureServe 2017 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017 BLM GIS 2017

Key to Status codes S = BLM Sensitive species BCC = USFWS bird of conservation concern SP = State-protected

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Listed below are BLM sensitive species for the Carson City District Office (NV-IM-2018-003) that are not present in the FORGE project area due to a lack of suitable habitat or a known or restricted distribution outside of the FORGE project area

Amphibians Western toad (Anaxyrus boreas) Dixie Valley toad (Anaxyrus williamsi) Northern leopard frog (Lithobates pipiens)

Arachnids Nevada water mite (Thermacarus nevadensis)

Birds Black rosy finch (Leucosticte atrata) Brewerrsquos sparrow (Spizella breweri) Ferruginous hawk (Buteo regalis) flammulated owl (Psiloscops flammeolus) gray-crowned rosy finch (L tephrocotis) Great Basin willow flycatcher (Empidonax traillii adastus) Greater sage-grouse2 (Centrocercus urophasianus) Lewisrsquos woodpecker (Melanerpes lewis) mountain quail (Oreortyx pictus) northern goshawk (Accipiter gentilis) pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus) sage thrasher (Oreoscoptes montanus)

Fish Mountain whitefish (Prosopium williamsoni)

Mammals Allenrsquos chipmunk (Neotamias senex) American marten (Martes americana M caurina) American pika (Ochotona princeps) American water shrew (S palustris) bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) Dark kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops megacephalus ssp) Inyo shrew (S tenellus) long-legged myotis (Myotis volans) Merriamrsquos shrew (Sorex merriami) mountain pocket gopher (Thomomys montcola) northern river otter (Lontra canadensis) pale kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops pallidus) pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus idahoensis) and Silver-haired bat (Lasionycteris noctivagans)

Reptiles Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus bicinctores) Northern rubber boa (Charina bottae) Sierra alligator lizard (Elgaria coerulea palmeri) and western pond turtle (Actinemys marmorata)

2 When the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) was published greater sage-grouse was a candidate for listing under the ESA however on September 21 2015 the Director of the BLM and the Assistant Secretary of Land and Minerals Management signed the Record of Decision and Approved Resource Management Plan Amendments for the Great Basin Sub-Region (BLM 2015) The USFWS had determined that the greater sage-grouse did not warrant protection under the ESA however the BLM considers the greater sage-grouse a sensitive species and it is protected under the BLMrsquos decision as a special status species and is thus considered in this EA

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-9

Insects Carson Valley silverspot (Speyeria nokomis carsonensis) Carson Valley wood nymph (Cercyonis pegala carsonensis) early blue (Euphilotes enoptes primavera) Great Basin small blue (Philotiella speciosa septentrionalis) Hardyrsquos aegialian scarab (Aegialia hardyi) monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus plexippus) Mono Basin skipper (Hesperia uncas giulianii) Reese River skipper (Hesperia uncas reeseorum) Sand Mountain aphodius scarab (Aphodius sp 3) Sand Mountain blue (E pallescens arenamontana) Sand Mountain pygmy scarab (Coenonycha pygmaea) and Sand Mountain serican scarab (Serica psammobunus)

Molluscs California floater (Anodonta californiensis) Dixie Valley pyrg (Pyrgulopsis dixensis) Pyramid Lake pebblesnail (Fluminicola dalli) Virginia Mountains pebblesnail (F virginius) Western Lahontan pyrg (P longiglans) and Wongrsquos pyrg (P wongi)

Plants Alexanderrsquos buckwheat (Eriogonum alexanderae) Alkali ivesia (Ivesia kingii var kingii) altered andesite buckwheat (E robustum) altered andesite popcornflower (Plagiobothrys glomeratus) Ames milkvetch (Astragalus pulsiferae var pulsiferae) Beatley buckwheat (E beatleyae) Bodie Hills draba (Cusickiella quadricostata) Bodie Hills rockcress (Boechera bodiensis) Callaway milkvetch (Astragalus callithrix) Candelaria blazingstar (Mentzelia candelariae) Carson Valley monkeyflower (Erythranthe carsonensis) Churchill Narrows buckwheat (E diatomaceum) Eastwood milkweed (Asclepias eastwoodiana) Inyo blazing star (Mentzelia inyoensis) Lahontan Basin buckwheat (Eriogonum rubricaule) Lahontan beardtongue (Penstemon palmeri var macranthus) Lavin eggvetch (A oophorus var lavinii) Lemmon buckwheat (E lemmonii) Long Valley milkvetch (A johannis-howellii) Margaret Rushy milkvetch (A convallarius var margaretiae) Masonic Mountain jewelflower (Streptanthus oliganthus) Mojave thistle (Virgin River thistle) (Cirsium mohavense [C virginense]) Mono County phacelia (P monoensis) Nevada suncup (Camissonia nevadensis) oryctes (Oryctes nevadensis) Pine Nut Mountains mousetails (I pityocharis) Reese River phacelia (Phacelia glaberrima) sagebrush pygmyleaf (Loeflingia squarrosa ssp artemisiarum) Sand cholla (Grusonia pulchella) Schoolcraft buckwheat (E microthecum var schoolcraftii) Shevock bristlemoss (Orthotrichum shevockii) Sodaville milkvetch (A lentiginosus var sesquimetralis) Sierra Valley mousetails (Ivesia aperta var aperta) smooth dwarf greasebush (Glossopetalon pungens var glabrum) Steamboat buckwheat (E ovalifolium var williamsiae) Steamboat monkeyflower (Diplacus ovatus [Mimulus o]) Tahoe yellowcress (Rorippa subumbellata) Tiehm blazingstar (M tiehmii) Tiehm peppercress (Stroganowia tiehmii) Tonopah milkvetch (A pseudiodanthus) Washoe pine (P ponderosa ssp washoensis) Wassuk beardtongue (Penstemon rubicundus) Watson spinecup (Oxytheca watsonii) Whitebark pine (Pinus albicaulis) Williamrsquos combleaf (Polyctenium williamsiae) and windloving buckwheat (E anemophilum)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Appendix J Weed Management Plan Outline

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE J-1

J1 Introduction J-1 J11 Project Description J-1 J12 Responsible Parties J-1 J13 Weed Management Plan Need J-2 J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species J-2

J2 Current Site Conditions J-3 J21 Project Area Overview J-3

J3 Pre-Construction Actions J-4 J31 Baseline Inventory J-4 J32 Pre-Construction Treatment J-4 J33 Best Management Practices J-4

J4 Treatment Plan J-5 J41 [Weed Species 1] J-5 J42 [Weed Species 2] J-5 J43 [Weed Species 3] J-5 J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices J-5

J5 Monitoring Plan J-6 J51 Annual Monitoring J-6 J52 Annual Reporting J-6

J6 References J-7

ATTACHMENT 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

J-ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-1

APPENDIX J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE

J1 INTRODUCTION

J11 Project Description Those leading the Fallon FORGE program (the proponents) are proposing a subsurface geothermal field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist

The proponents would drill up to 13 new geothermal wells Up to three of these wells would be intended for stimulation and would act as productioninjection wells The remaining wells would be drilled for monitoring and testing of advanced drilling and diagnostic tools that are part of EGS technology This would be done to facilitate research of EGS on the Fallon FORGE site

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of sections 19 25 26 30 31 and 36 Township 18 North Range 30 East Mount Diablo Baseline and Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy owned and operated tactical air warfare training center

J12 Responsible Parties [Insert Responsible Party or Parties] is responsible for implementing all aspects of this plan Where needed contractors will assist by providing the technical skills

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

and experience to successfully implement the activities described in this plan Contractors may be responsible for the following activities

bull Completing weed monitoring surveys and collecting accurate and useful data

bull Recommending appropriate treatment methods for weed occurrences and

bull Implementing treatment and maintaining records of treatment methods treatment area and effectiveness

J13 Weed Management Plan Need Noxious weed environmental protection measures and best management practices in the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix E page E-7 BLM 2011) call for development of a Weed Management Plan to identify and treat noxious weeds Specifically the following measures would be required

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning) of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species The National Invasive Species Council (established under Executive Order 3112) provides guidance to the BLM relative to control and management of any alien species that which may cause economic or environmental harm or impact human health Invasive species and weedy species are not synonymous with noxious species which is a formal designation Invasive species are not formally regulated by Nevada state statutes

The State of Nevada regulates noxious weeds (Nevada Revised Statutes [NRS] 555005ndash201) and maintains a list of noxious weeds divided into three categories which indicate the treatment requirements as follows (NRS 555130)

bull Category A ndash These species are generally not found or have a limited distribution in the State of Nevada These species are

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-3

actively excluded from the state and should be eradicated wherever found

bull Category B ndash These species are generally established in scattered populations in some counties of the State These species are actively excluded where possible

bull Category C ndash These species are generally established and generally widespread in many counties of the State

J2 CURRENT SITE CONDITIONS

J21 Project Area Overview The project area is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province which is characterized by north-south trending mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys with internally drained closed basins

Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project (SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004) present in the project area (in order of prevalence) are Inter-Mountain Basins Greasewood Flat Agriculture North American Arid West Emergent Marsh Inter-Mountain Basins Mixed Salt Desert Scrub Inter-Mountains Basins Playa and Invasive Annual and Biennial Forbland (FORGE GIS 2017)

Noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plant species in the project area are [Insert results of comprehensive weed inventory in the project area]

[Insert figure depicting baseline noxious weed locations]

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017 numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

Previous biological surveys in portions of the project area and adjacent lands (see Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds of the FORGE EA) have documented numerous species of invasive nonnative and noxious weeds Russian knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) hoary cress (Cardaria draba) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near other developed or disturbed areas

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

J3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIONS

J31 Baseline Inventory Prior to start of construction a baseline survey will be completed to identify and map areas of noxious and invasive weeds All locations will be marked with a global positioning system (GPS) and mapped Accurate baseline mapping will allow treatment progress to be tracked

Due to the prevalence of nonnative invasive plant species in and around the project area only noxious species will be flagged for subsequent treatment and monitoring

J32 Pre-Construction Treatment All known noxious weeds within the project area will be treated andor removed via mechanical or chemical means prior to construction This will be done to reduce the spread of noxious weed seed or plant parts across the project area during construction Plant material at treatment areas will be removed from the project area and disposed of in a landfill Vehicles or equipment used to remove noxious weeds will be cleaned before proceeding with other work on the project area

Pre-construction treatment would be carried out in accordance with the treatment plan described in Chapter 4 of this plan

J33 Best Management Practices The goal of these measures will be to prevent the spread of noxious and invasive weeds across the project site and into adjacent habitat

Weed-free Materials Only certified weed-free materials will be used during site preparation and construction This shall include but not be limited to certified weed-free aggregate and erosion control materials

Weed-free Equipment To minimize the transport of vehicle-borne seeds roots or other weed materials all vehicles and equipment to be used off-road during any preparation construction or maintenance activities will be free of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to use on public land To accomplish this vehicles and equipment will be power- or high-pressure washed prior to entering the project site

Vehicles and equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

[Insert and describe other BMPs as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-5

J4 TREATMENT PLAN This section describes the proposed treatment methods for identified noxious weed infestations in the project area The treatment plan may undergo future modifications if the results of annual noxious weeds monitoring indicate treatments are not effective at control

The proponents would submit a pesticide use plan (PUP) to the BLM for review and approval prior to any herbicide use as described in the treatment plan below

Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all herbicides proposed for use are provided at the end of this plan

J41 [Weed Species 1] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 1 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J42 [Weed Species 2] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 2 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J43 [Weed Species 3] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 3 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

[Add additional treatment plans for additional weed species as necessary]

J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices The following general practices are designed to reduce potential unintended impacts to the environment from herbicide application Any additional requirements identified on the herbicide label will be strictly adhered to

bull Do not apply herbicides directly to water or saturated soils

bull Whenever feasible reduce vegetation biomass by mowing cutting or grubbing before applying herbicide to reduce the amount of herbicide needed

bull In riparian habitats or other wet areas use only aquatically approved herbicides and apply them by direct injection into the plant or by spot application targeting individual plants

bull Ensure that herbicide adjuvant and dye containers are securely situated on the ground and will not tip and spill during filling

bull Accurately measure amounts by using proper measuring devices

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

bull Protect against spills and splashes by slowly mixing and filling all components over leak-proof tubs

bull Ensure that the tank lid is tightly secured and that the o-ring is in place and not broken or cracked test the lid by vigorously shaking the full sprayer before donning a backpack sprayer

bull Set spray nozzle to as coarse a spray or stream as is appropriate for the job to reduce the chance of drift

bull Do not apply herbicide immediately prior to forecasted rain

bull Do not apply herbicide during windy conditions when winds are light enough for spraying spray between gusts and work from downwind toward upwind

bull Use the lowest effective application rates and concentrations that do not exceed the label requirements

J5 MONITORING PLAN

J51 Annual Monitoring A survey of the project area will be conducted once per year during operations and will be timed to occur during September or October to identify any noxious and invasive weeds that have sprouted following summer rains The fall survey period can also be used to examine the effectiveness of any treatment that was done earlier in the season The exact timing of these surveys will be dependent on local weather conditions

The surveyor will collect GPS data that identify the extent of the occurrence give the name of the weed species and collect representative photos Field data will be collected on a data form to facilitate accurate and repeatable data collection for subsequent surveys

[Describe additional annual monitoring details and requirements as necessary such as specific weed treatment areas to focus on]

J52 Annual Reporting All survey data will be summarized in a brief report for submittal to the BLM each year The report will include coordinates and maps showing occurrence locations and describe treatments carried out that year The report will document the progress toward control of identified infestations Any new infestations observed during annual monitoring will be described and treatment plans proposed

[Describe additional annual reporting requirements as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-7

J6 REFERENCES BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2011 Final

Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through various means

SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets

[Placeholder]

This page intentionally left blank

  • Fallon FORGE__Cover_TOC_508pdf
    • FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Draft Environmental Assessment
      • Mission Statements
      • Table of Contents
      • Acronyms and Abbreviations
          • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_1_508pdf
            • 1 IntroductionPurpose and Need
              • 11 Introduction
                • 111 Location of Proposed Action
                • 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA
                  • 12 Background
                  • 13 Purpose and Need
                  • 14 Decision to be Made
                  • 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification
                    • 151 Scoping
                    • 152 Public Involvement
                    • 153 Issue Identification
                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_2_508pdf
                        • 2 Proposed Action and Alternatives
                          • 21 Description of Proposed Action
                            • 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells
                              • Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins
                              • Drilling
                              • Access Roads and Site Trailer
                              • Operations
                              • Decommissioning and Reclamation
                                • 212 Well Stimulation
                                  • Water Source
                                  • Stimulation Techniques
                                  • Monitoring
                                    • EGS Effectiveness
                                    • Seismicity
                                    • Water
                                        • 213 Schedule of Activities
                                        • 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas
                                          • 22 No Action Alternative
                                          • 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail
                                          • 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement
                                          • 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans
                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_3_508pdf
                                                • 3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences
                                                  • 31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered
                                                    • 311 Additional Affected Resources
                                                      • 32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis
                                                      • 33 Method
                                                      • 34 Water Resources
                                                        • 341 Affected Environment
                                                          • Surface Water
                                                          • Groundwater
                                                          • Water Rights
                                                          • Geothermal Resources
                                                            • Thermal Spring (Well 6)
                                                                • 342 Environmental Consequences
                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                    • Surface Water Quantity
                                                                    • Surface Water Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quantity
                                                                    • Water Rights
                                                                    • Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring
                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                          • 35 Geology
                                                                            • 351 Affected Environment
                                                                              • Seismicity
                                                                                • 352 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                  • Seismicity
                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                      • 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                        • 361 Affected Environment
                                                                                        • 362 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                              • 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                • 371 Affected Environment
                                                                                                  • General Wildlife
                                                                                                  • Game Species
                                                                                                    • 372 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                          • 38 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                            • 381 Affected Environment
                                                                                                              • Amphibians
                                                                                                              • Birds
                                                                                                              • Mammals
                                                                                                              • Reptiles
                                                                                                              • Insects
                                                                                                              • Plants
                                                                                                              • Threatened and Endangered Species
                                                                                                                • 382 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                    • Birds
                                                                                                                    • Mammals
                                                                                                                    • Reptiles
                                                                                                                    • Insects
                                                                                                                    • Plants
                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                          • 39 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                            • 391 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                            • 392 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                  • 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species
                                                                                                                                    • 3101 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                    • 3102 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                          • 311 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                            • 3111 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                            • 3112 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                  • 312 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                    • 3121 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                      • Land Use
                                                                                                                                                      • Military Training and Airspace
                                                                                                                                                      • Access
                                                                                                                                                        • 3122 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                          • Direct Impacts
                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                              • 313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                • 3131 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                • 3132 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                      • 314 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3141 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3142 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_4_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                • 4 Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 42 Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 43 Geology
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 46 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 47 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 49 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 410 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 412 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 413 No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource Productivity
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_5_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5 Consultation and Coordination
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Native American Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Federal Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • State Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cooperating Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Entities
                                                                                                                                                                                              • 52 List of Preparers
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_6_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_A_EGS_IS_Protocol_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                        • A EGS Protocol
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Cover Page13
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Preface
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 Intended Use
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 1 Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 211 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 212 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 213 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 2 Implement an Outreach andCommunications Program
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 221 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 222 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 223 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 3 Review and Select Criteriafor Ground Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 241 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 242 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 243 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 251 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 252 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 253 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 261 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 262 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 263 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 271 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 272 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 273 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 3 Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 4 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Appendix A Background and Motivation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • III Geothermal Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • IV Gaps in Knowledge
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • References for Appendix A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix B List of Acronyms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix C Glossary of Terms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix E Relevant Websites
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_B_EGS_Best_Practices_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • B EGS Best Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • COVER PAGE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • ABBREVIATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • GLOSSARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • UNITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • FOREWORD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 132 Impact on Local Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 151 Full Technical Documentation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 16 CASE STUDIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 21 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 22 MAIN ELEMENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 23 EXAMPLES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Other Industrial Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 EGS Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Project near a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 234 Project Distant From a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 25 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 31 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 321 Threshold Cracking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 322 Minor and Major Damage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 341 Wells
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 342 Pipelines
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 343 Basement Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 344 Tunnels
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 36 HUMAN RESPONSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 361 Third Octave Filters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 362 Vibration
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 363 Ground-Borne Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 371 Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 38 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 39 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 41 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 421 Possible Sources of Background Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 422 Data Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 431 Basic Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 433 Instrumentation and Deployment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 44 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 45 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 51 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 532 Characterize Seismic Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5321 Fault Geometry
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5322 Maximum Magnitude
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5323 Recurrence Parameters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5324 Recurrence Rates
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 533 Areal Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 534 Characterize Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 536 PSHA Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 546 Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 55 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 56 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 61 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 632 Size of the Assessment Area
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 634 Time Dependence
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 644 Infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 646 Nuisance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 651 HAZUS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 652 SELENA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 653 RiskScape
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 654 Crisis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 655 OpenRisk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 656 QLARM
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 67 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 68 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 71 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 721 Direct Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 722 Indirect Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 723 Receiver Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 724 Liability
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 725 Insurance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 73 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION NINE References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_C_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_E_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • E ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • General Measures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Air Quality
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Soil Disturbance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Blasting (if required and approved)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Vegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Wildlife and Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Livestock Grazing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cultural and Paleontological Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Visual Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Health and Safety
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_D_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_B_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • B LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE MANAGEMENT AREA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_E_FORGE_EnvProtect_Measures_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Water Quality and Quantity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_F_NASF_appxI_wets_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • I NAS FALLON WETLANDS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Marshes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Riparian Wetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Natural Streams and Drainages
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Manmade Ponds and Ditches
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Playas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_G_NASF_AppxH_veg_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • H VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Big Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Rabbitbrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Ephedra Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Shrub-Dominant Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities with Trees Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Miscellaneous Cover Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_H_Agency_consults_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • H Agency Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_I_BLM_Sensitive_Species_Appendix_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Amphibians
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Arachnids
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fish
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Mammals
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Reptiles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Insects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Molluscs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Plants
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_J_FORGE_Weed_Management_Plan_Outline_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • J Weed Management Plan Outline
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J11 Project Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J12 Responsible Parties
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J13 Weed Management Plan Need
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J2 Current Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J21 Project Area Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J3 Pre-Construction Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J31 Baseline Inventory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J32 Pre-Construction Treatment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J33 Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Equipment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J4 Treatment Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J41 [Weed Species 1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J42 [Weed Species 2]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J43 [Weed Species 3]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J5 Monitoring Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J51 Annual Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J52 Annual Reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets
Page 3: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

1 INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED 1-1

11 Introduction 1-1 111 Location of Proposed Action 1-2 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA 1-5

12 Background 1-6 13 Purpose and Need 1-8 14 Decision to be Made 1-9 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification 1-9

151 Scoping 1-9 152 Public Involvement 1-9 153 Issue Identification 1-9

2 PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES 2-1

21 Description of Proposed Action 2-1 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells 2-3 212 Well Stimulation 2-10 213 Schedule of Activities 2-12 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-13

22 No Action Alternative 2-14 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail 2-14 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement 2-15 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans 2-15

3 AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 3-1

31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered 3-1 311 Additional Affected Resources 3-3

32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis 3-6 33 Method 3-6 34 Water Resources 3-7

341 Affected Environment 3-7 342 Environmental Consequences 3-13

35 Geology 3-20 351 Affected Environment 3-20 352 Environmental Consequences 3-21

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-25 361 Affected Environment 3-25 362 Environmental Consequences 3-27

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat 3-28 371 Affected Environment 3-28 372 Environmental Consequences 3-32

38 BLM Sensitive Species 3-35 381 Affected Environment 3-35 382 Environmental Consequences 3-39

39 Migratory Birds 3-43 391 Affected Environment 3-43 392 Environmental Consequences 3-44

Table of Contents

ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species 3-47 3101 Affected Environment 3-47 3102 Environmental Consequences 3-48

311 Native American Religious Concerns 3-49 3111 Affected Environment 3-49 3112 Environmental Consequences 3-51

312 Land Use Airspace and Access 3-51 3121 Affected Environment 3-51 3122 Environmental Consequences 3-53

313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 3-54 3131 Affected Environment 3-55 3132 Environmental Consequences 3-55

314 Socioeconomics 3-57 3141 Affected Environment 3-57 3142 Environmental Consequences 3-58

4 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 4-1

41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-1 42 Water Resources 4-3 43 Geology 4-3 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas 4-4 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat 4-5 46 BLM Sensitive Species 4-6 47 Migratory Birds 4-7 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed 4-8 49 Native American Religious Concerns 4-9 410 Land Use Airspace and Access 4-9 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique) 4-10 412 Socioeconomics 4-11 413 No Action Alternative 4-11 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts 4-11 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources 4-11 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment

and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource

Productivity 4-12

5 CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION 5-1

51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted 5-1 52 List of Preparers 5-2

6 REFERENCES 6-1

TABLES Page

1-1 Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area 1-2 2-1 Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action) 2-3 2-2 Proposed Wells 2-4 2-3 Well Pad Assessment Areas 2-14 2-4 Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals 2-16

Table of Contents

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment iii

3-1 Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action 3-1 3-2 Other Resources Considered 3-4 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area 3-12 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics 3-12 3-5 Wetlands 3-25 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation 3-30 3-7 Acres of Potential Prime Farmland 3-55 3-8 Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area 3-57 3-9 Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015) 3-58 4-1 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions 4-2 5-1 List of Preparers 5-2

FIGURES Page

1 Project Vicinity 1-3 2 Project Location 1-4 3 Existing Infrastructure 1-7 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) 2-2 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions 2-6 6 Surface Water 3-8 7 Aquifer Location 3-10 8 Water Rights 3-11 9 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry 3-14 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-section 3-23 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas 3-26 12 Vegetation Classes 3-31 13 Farmland 3-56

APPENDICES

A EGS Protocol

B EGS Best Practices

C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and

Best Management Practices

D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval

E Fallon FORGE Project Environmental Protection Measures

F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

H Wildlife Agency Consultation

I BLM Sensitive Species

J Draft Weed Management Plan Outline

Table of Contents

iv FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment v

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Full Phrase

degF degrees Fahrenheit AICUZ air installation compatible use zone

APZ accident potential zone

BASH bird-aircraft strike hazard

BHCA Bird Habitat Conservation Area

BLM United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management

BMP best management practice CCD BLM Carson City District

CEQ Council on Environmental Quality

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CRMP BLM CCD Consolidated Resource Management Plan DOD US Department of Defense

DOE US Department of Energy

DOI US Department of the Interior EA environmental assessment

EGS enhanced geothermal systems

EIS environmental impact statement

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

ESA Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended FAA Federal Aviation Administration

FLPMA Federal Land Policy Management Act

FORGE Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy GBBO Great Basin Bird Observatory

GIS geographic information system

gpm gallons per minute IBA Important Bird Areas

INRMP Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan

LDDD lower deep diagonal drain

MBTA Migratory Bird Treaty Act NAS Fallon Naval Air Station Fallon

Navy US Department of the Navy

NDA Nevada Department of Agriculture

NDEP Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

NDOM Nevada Division of Minerals

NDOW Nevada Department of Wildlife

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act

NHPA National Historic Preservation Act

NNHP Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Acronyms and Abbreviations

vi FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

NOTAMs notices to airmen

NRCS Natural Resources Conservation Service

NWI US Fish and Wildlife Service National Wetland Inventory

NWR National Wildlife Refuge ppm parts per million

psi pounds per square inch Reclamation US Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation

RMP resource management plan

ROW right-of-way SHPO State Historic Preservation Office

SNL Sandia National Laboratories

SWReGAP Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project TCID Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

TDS total dissolved solids UNR University of Nevada Reno

USDA US Department of Agriculture

USFWS US Fish and Wildlife Service

USGS US Geological Survey

WMA Wildlife Management Area

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTIONPURPOSE AND NEED

The United States Department of Interior (DOI) Bureau of Land Management

(BLM) Carson City District (CCD) Stillwater Field Office and the United States

Department of the Navy (Navy) as co-lead agencies have prepared this

environmental assessment (EA) The agencies prepared it in accordance with

the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) as implemented by the Council

on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Regulations Navy regulations and BLM

regulations for implementing NEPA Its purpose is to analyze potential impacts

on the human and natural environment that may result from geothermal

productioninjection and monitoring well development and hydraulic well

stimulation in the Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal

Energy (FORGE) site

11 INTRODUCTION

Those leading the Fallon FORGE program are proposing a subsurface geothermal

field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in

conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the

US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the

University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well

stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in

a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist The

Fallon FORGE project is one of two sites being considered by the US

Department of Energy (DOE) to test EGS technologies Implementing the

Proposed Action is contingent on the DOE selecting the Fallon FORGE site

More information regarding the DOErsquos FORGE program is available at

httpsenergygoveereforgeforge-home

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because there is hot rock at

depths of approximately 5000 feet below ground surface but the rock has little

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

to no natural permeability During EGS development subsurface permeability

would be enhanced by injecting pressurized fluid which would enlarge existing

fissures in the rock or create new ones These conduits would increase

permeability and allow fluid to circulate through the rock thereby increasing the

temperature of the water Through this process EGS has the potential to

enhance the development of geothermal resources in the area (See Section

212 for more information regarding proposed well stimulation activities)

The Fallon FORGE program would facilitate scientific understanding of the key

mechanisms controlling a successful EGS project and would make this

information available to the public via the Fallon FORGE website

wwwfallonforgeorg

The Fallon FORGE site would be open to outside researchers and there would

be various opportunities to conduct research One opportunity would be

through a competitive research solicitation that would provide funds for

researchers to use the FORGE field laboratory Another would be where

researchers fund their own work and have access to the FORGE facility

Decisions on the research to be performed would be based on

recommendations from the Science and Technology Advisory Team made up of

FORGE team members outside experts in geothermal research a

representative from the Navy and representatives from the DOE

111 Location of Proposed Action

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County

Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of

Sections 19 30 and 31 Township 18 North Range 30 East and Sections 24 25

26 and 36 Township 18 North Range 29 East Mount Diablo Baseline and

Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy

owned and operated tactical air warfare training center (see Figure 1 Project

Vicinity and Figure 2 Project Location) The Navy manages 62 percent of the

project area surface (Table 1-1) while the BLM manages 32 percent of the

federal geothermal leases on US Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) lands in

the project area Non-federal lands in the project area are included in the

federal geothermal leases and are privately owned

Table 1-1

Surface Administration in the Proposed Project Area

Surface Administrator

Acres in the

Proposed Project

Area

Percent of the

Proposed

Project Area

Acres within

Federal

Geothermal Leases

US Navy 690 62 0

Private 70 6 70

Reclamation (managed by the

BLM)

360 32 360

Total 1120 100 430

Source FORGE GIS 2017

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-5

112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA

There has been extensive geothermal exploration activity and monitoring within

and surrounding the FORGE project area especially within the past ten years

This activity is within the three BLM leases held by Ormat (lease numbers NVN-

079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-79106) and includes 12 geothermal wells and

34 temperature gradient holes

The Navy Geothermal Program Office has been conducting exploration and

testing of the geothermal resources at NAS Fallon since 1979 (NAS Fallon

1990) In the FORGE project area there are seven geothermal wells and four

temperature gradient holes (SNL 2016)

The Salt Wells Energy Projects Environmental Impact Statement (Salt Wells EIS

BLM 2011a) and NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy

Development (NAS Fallon 1990) are the primary NEPA documents supporting

the ongoing geothermal exploration monitoring and related activity in the

project area The Salt Wells EIS analyzed the environmental impacts of a

proposed geothermal energy production facility on lands overlapping the

FORGE project area (see Figure 1) The BLM was the lead agency on this EIS

and the Navy was a cooperating agency The 1990 programmatic EIS while

dated provides relevant background information and analysis associated with

geothermal activities in the project area

Where applicable this EA refers to the affected environment description and

analysis of potential impacts included in the Salt Wells EIS The NAS Fallon

Programmatic EIS analyzed impacts associated with geothermal exploration and

development at NAS Fallon and is similarly referenced in this EA

An additional NEPA document completed for geothermal exploration within

and surrounding the FORGE project area includes the Carson Lake Exploration

Project EA (BLM 2008a) which analyzed environmental impacts associated with

the construction of 11 well pads associated access roads and three geothermal

exploration wells at each well pad The BLM and Navy were co-lead agencies on

that EA

Consistent with the BLM NEPA Planning Handbook (H-1790-1) and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) this

EA incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA

documents to describe the affected environment and potential environmental

impacts from well drilling and well pad construction It describes any new

different or additional information related to the affected environment since

2011 It also analyzes the environmental impacts of using EGS technologies

specific to the FORGE program which were not analyzed in prior NEPA

documents

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

12 BACKGROUND

Commercially viable geothermal resources are those with the potential to

generate electricity To be commercially viable there must be sufficient

subsurface heat and permeability for water to move through the hot rocks and

create steam which can then move a turbine that generates electricity While

there are adequate temperatures throughout much of the West especially at

greater depths there are few locations with sufficient subsurface permeability

The DOE is funding the FORGE program to explore opportunities for using

EGS in low permeability areas In the long term EGS could support

commercially viable geothermal energy production in previously noncommercial

locations For example the knowledge gained through the FORGE program

could be used to design and test a method for developing large-scale

economically sustainable heat exchange systems

The DOE began with several potential FORGE sites and has since narrowed the

list to two locations Fallon Nevada and another location near Milford Utah

The DOE is considering the Fallon FORGE site because of its geophysical

attributes as follows

Good understanding of the subsurface

Low permeability at depth (ie not suitable for commercial

development)

Low magnitude natural seismic activity

Subsurface temperatures between 350 degrees Fahrenheit (degF) and

450degF at a depth of between 5000 and 13000 feet

Additionally in accordance with the DOErsquos FORGE program criteria the site is

not within an operational geothermal field the nearest commercial geothermal

production facility is the Enel Facility approximately 7 miles away The Fallon

FORGE site has been extensively explored in the past for geothermal

development potential most recently by the US Navy Geothermal Program

Office and Ormat (see Figure 3 Existing Infrastructure) Testing in these wells

has shown the site to have low permeability which is a requirement for testing

EGS concepts (SNL 2016)

The Fallon FORGE project has three phases Phases 1 and 2 began in 2015 and

are ongoing Phase 1 includes a paper study wherein known data are being

gathered analyzed and presented to the DOE Phase 2 consists of further site

evaluations such as drilling additional exploration and monitoring boreholes and

installing associated instrumentation updating the 3-dimensional geologic model

and doing preliminary reservoir modeling Under Phase 2 which includes

constructing up to four well pads and drilling four monitoring wells

environmental consequences were determined to be the same as those analyzed

in previous NEPA documents such as the BLMrsquos Salt Wells EIS (2011) and the

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Navyrsquos Geothermal Programmatic EIS (NAS Fallon 1990) The Navy issued a

categorical exclusion (No 100616b) for Phase 2 which fulfilled the NEPA

requirements for those activities Sandia also obtained the necessary state-level

permits for Phase 1 and 2 activities

Phase 3 is the Proposed Action being evaluated in this EA It could not be

included in the categorical exclusions because it proposes hydraulic well

stimulation which has not been previously analyzed in other NEPA documents

covering the project area

Under Phase 3 the BLM and Navy would authorize the drilling of up to three

additional productioninjection wells and additional monitoring wells (see

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative)) to inject

fluids under pressure into the basement rocks and expand tiny fissures in those

geologic formations This technique is used to increase permeability in the hot

basement rocks and stimulate geothermal activity Geophysical and well data

from Phases 1 and 2 are helping to define the approximate locations of the

proposed productioninjection wells Phase 3 activities constitute the Proposed

Action under this EA

In the FORGE site and the surrounding area the top of the basement rock is

approximately 4200 to 5900 feet below ground level The basement rock is

Mesozoic in age and includes various specific rock types meta-tuffs quartzite

meta-basalt granite slate and marble The basement rock is overlain by

Miocene age volcanic rocks Above the Miocene volcanic rocks is Late Miocene

to Quaternary age basis fill rocks

Previous testing has shown the permeability to be less than is needed to

support commercial development The goal of the Proposed Action is to

provide the scientific community with a dedicated subsurface test site and field

laboratory to develop test and improve EGS technologies and techniques in a

controlled environment This research would support future EGS-based

geothermal systems (SNL 2016)

13 PURPOSE AND NEED

The purpose of the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to facilitate

where appropriate the research and development of geothermal resources

including EGS technologies on federally managed and leased lands The

Proposed Action would support the development testing and improvement of

new EGS technologies and techniques consistent with the Energy Act of 2005

and related policies This would be done in a manner that would prevent

unnecessary or undue degradation of federal lands resources and uses

The need for the Proposed Action is for the BLM and Navy to respond to a

request for permission to drill new geothermal wells and implement EGS

technologies on public lands These are Navy Reclamation and private lands

with geothermal leases that were issued by and are administered by the BLM

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 1-9

and Navy The BLM and Navy need to respond to the request as directed by

the Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025) 43 CFR

Subpart 3207 as amended and Executive Order 13212 as amended by

Executive Order 13302 Actions to Expedite Energy-Related Projects

14 DECISION TO BE MADE

The BLM and Navy would decide to grant grant with modification or deny

SNLrsquos proposal to drill and stimulate geothermal wells in compliance with BLM

and Navy leasing regulations and other federal laws Conditions of approval

would be applied to the applicable drilling permits and authorizations The

decision would apply to Phase 3 activities only as described in Section 12 of

this EA Future activities outside the scope of the Proposed Action would be

subject to further NEPA analysis

15 SCOPING PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT AND ISSUE IDENTIFICATION

151 Scoping

On November 2 2017 SNL representatives provided a presentation at the

Churchill County Commissionrsquos regular commission meeting The presentation

described the Fallon FORGE project outlined the EA process and solicited

comments on the proposal This meeting served as the public meeting for the

EA scoping process Commissioners voiced support for the project There was

no other public comment on the item during the meeting

152 Public Involvement

Fallon FORGE is engaged with community and scientific stakeholders who have

a vested interest in the EGS research opportunities There is a dedicated Fallon

FORGE project website (httpswwwfallonforgeorg) Here the public can view

information about the FORGE program learn about upcoming events and

obtain geographic information system (GIS) and near real-time seismic data

In the fall of 2017 the Fallon FORGE team hosted a booth at the Fallon Heart

of Gold Cantaloupe Festival to invite the public to learn about the FORGE

project Additionally representatives from the Fallon FORGE team met with the

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribersquos Business Council on September 7 2017 to

discuss the project The council was generally supportive of the proposed

project

153 Issue Identification

The BLM CCD Stillwater Field Office held an interagency interdisciplinary team

meeting on October 16 2017 which included representatives from BLM Navy

SNL Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc (EMPSi a BLM

contractor) and Ormat The purpose of the meeting was for SNL to present

the Proposed Action and for BLM and Navy participants to identify preliminary

issues and concerns

1 IntroductionPurpose and Need

1-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following this meeting there was a 30-day internal scoping period during which

BLM and Navy representatives could identify and provide input on additional

issues related to the Proposed Action Comments received at the kickoff

meeting and during internal scoping recommended that the EA should reference

the Salt Wells EIS where appropriate While other resources could be analyzed

in the EA the analyses should incorporate by reference the analysis in the Salt

Wells EIS and other NEPA documents as applicable

BLM and Navy representatives identified water resources and geology (including

seismicity) as the two primary resources needing to be addressed in the EA

These resources are addressed in Chapter 3 Resources not specifically

identified or discussed during scoping but that are also analyzed in Chapter 3

are wetlands and riparian areas wildlife BLM sensitive species migratory birds

invasive nonnative and noxious weed species Native American religious

concerns land use airspace and access farmlands and socioeconomics

For these resources this EA considers only those elements of the Proposed

Action that could have impacts that are new or different from those analyzed in

the Salt Wells EIS or other NEPA documents

The following issues were identified as not being present or meaningfully

affected in the proposed project area

Areas of Critical Environmental Concern

Environmental justice

Forests and rangelands

Threatened and endangered species

Hazardous or solid wastes

Wild and Scenic Rivers

Paleontological resources

Lands with wilderness characteristics

Wilderness and wilderness study areas

Recreation

Wild horses and burros

The supporting rationale for these determinations is provided in Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action in

Chapter 3

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-1

CHAPTER 2

PROPOSED ACTION AND ALTERNATIVES

21 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED ACTION

The Proposed Action includes the following components

Construction of up to 12 productioninjection and monitoring well

pads with drilling sumps

Construction of two stimulation fluid containment basins

Drilling of up to three productioninjection wells and up to nine

monitoring wells

Construction of access roads and support facilities

Installation of a temporary aboveground water pipeline

Implementation of hydraulic well stimulation using EGS technology

All elements of the Proposed Action would be conducted as outlined in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) except for the proposed well stimulation which was

not a part of that EIS

Figure 4 Description of Proposed Action (Preferred Alternative) displays the

approximate locations of the proposed project components Because of the

inherent uncertainty in placing new geothermal wells the Proposed Action

includes productioninjection and monitoring well pad assessment areas

Assessment areas indicate the range of locations in the FORGE project area

where wells and pads could be developed The exact locations would be based

on preconstruction site surveys and ongoing subsurface geologic modeling and

monitoring

The Proposed Action would occur on Navy lands and federal lease lands

administered by Reclamation For the federal lease lands the BLM has the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-3

delegated authority to manage the geothermal leases This includes decision-

making authority for actions proposed on and below the surface such as those

described below

Table 2-1 below summarizes the proposed new facilities with an estimated

area of surface disturbance for each component

Table 2-1

Area of Disturbance (Proposed Action)

Disturbance Type

Disturbance Area

(Approximate

Acres)

Productioninjection well pads including drilling sumps and

containment basins

11

Monitoring well pads including drilling sumps 27

Access roads 7

Water line lt1

Site trailer 2

Total 47

The Fallon Forge Project would implement applicable environmental protection

measures from the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix C) Throughout project

construction and operation the proponent would comply with applicable

geothermal lease stipulations (see Appendix D) and Fallon FORGE Project

Environmental Protection Measures (Appendix E) In addition Fallon FORGE

would prepare a monitoring plan for a thermal spring (well 6) and a noxious

weed monitoring and treatment plan to address specific resource issues

Drilling operation and emergency contingency plans outlined in the Salt Wells

EIS would also be in place these are an injury contingency plan a fire

contingency plan and a spill or discharge contingency plan

A detailed description of each component of the Proposed Action and the

proposed project schedule are provided in the following sections

211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells The productioninjection wells would be used

for injecting fluids into basement rock to stimulate geothermal activity

Monitoring wells would be drilled to collect data about the stimulation activities

The nature of these wells would be the same as those that were approved in

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Potential locations for the productioninjection

and monitoring wells under the Proposed Action are depicted in Figure 4 well

locations and attributes are listed in Table 2-2 below

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-2

Proposed Wells

Location by Ownership

Management

Well Type

Production

Injection Monitoring

Navy mdash 6

BLM (federal Lease) 3 3

Private lands (federal lease) mdash mdash

Total 3 9

Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins

Each of the 12 proposed wells would have an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by

450 feet) pad Drill pad preparation would include clearing earthwork drainage

and other improvements necessary for efficient and safe operation and for fire

prevention Each site would be graded flat with an unpaved surface Well pads

would not be fenced They would be constructed in accordance with BLM

Navy State of Nevada and Churchill County requirements and would be

consistent with the typical construction methods outlined in Appendix A of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) The construction of each drill pad would take

approximately 1 to 2 weeks to complete

Each pad area would include an approximately 1-acre (150 feet by 300 feet)

drilling sump Each sump would be excavated to approximately 7 feet deep and

would have the capacity of about 2000000 gallons Sumps would be

constructed in accordance with best management practices identified in the

Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development (Gold Book BLM 2007) and NDOW guidelines for geothermal

sumps

The purpose of the drilling sumps is to store spent water-based drilling fluids

cuttings and flowback waters from drilling operations and stimulation activities

Following drilling operations or precipitation that leads to sustained standing

water in the drilling sumps Fallon FORGE would implement environmental

protection measures to prevent attracting wildlife to standing water These

measures would include covering the sumps with floating fabric or another

approved technique

In accordance with Nevada standards (Nevada Administrative Code Chapter

445AmdashWater Controls) and consistent with the Salt Wells EIS sumps used to

store cuttings from monitoring wells would be unlined As described in the Salt

Wells EIS (page 2-30) the naturally occurring clay content of the soils being

removed from the well cavity and discharged into the sumps would seal the

sump and would limit fluids from percolating into local groundwater

There would be two approximately 150- by 300-foot lined storage basins next

to the injectionproduction pads to store injection and flowback waters used for

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-5

stimulations These basins would be lined with a low permeability high density

polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM and Navy approval Basins

would be covered with floating fabric or another approved technique to

prevent attracting wildlife The basin cover system and materials would be

selected in coordination with the BLM the US Fish and Wildlife Service

(USFWS) and NDOW Fallon FORGE would also coordinate with NDOW as

applicable to ensure that neither the basins nor sumps are toxic to wildlife

Drilling

Proposed productioninjection and monitoring wells would be drilled on the

proposed well pads All types of wells would be drilled to a depth of

approximately 5000 feet but potentially as deep as 8500 feet depending on the

location of the geothermal resources intended for monitoring and stimulation

Productioninjection wells would be directionally drilled likely in a west to

northwest direction (see Figure 5 ProductionInjection Well Directions) to

access preferred hot rock locations however the exact orientation of the wells

would not be determined until further site characterization could be completed

All wells including directionally drilled productioninjection wells would be

within the FORGE project area boundary

Drill rigs and equipment would be transported to the proposed well sites via

existing and proposed access roads Once in place on the well pads the drill rigs

would be approximately 120 feet tall Transmitting devices and lights would be

placed on top of the rigs to ensure the safety of aircraft These devices would

comply with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and NAS Fallon frequency

management and night flight regulations and restrictions

Consistent with the environmental protection measures in Appendix C

lighting specifications would conform to the BLMrsquos dark sky guidelines Drill rig

materials would consist of low reflectivity materials to avoid glare that would

distract aircraft pilots at NAS Fallon

Drill rigs and associated drilling equipment would be in place for up to 60 days

for monitoring wells and up to 120 days for productioninjection wells Once

drilling is completed drill rigs would be removed from the project area Typical

equipment on well pads during construction would include an aboveground

diesel fuel storage tank a metal equipment building piping valves pipe rack and

drillers

Casing depths blowout prevention equipment and disposition of cuttings and

spent drilling fluids would follow BLM Navy and Nevada Division of Minerals

(NDOM) regulations Blowout prevention equipment is typically inspected and

approved by the BLM and NDOM The wells would include surface and down-

hole casing to protect local groundwater and to ensure safe drilling of the well

The well casing would be fully cemented from the bottom of the well to the

surface During well drilling the casing would be pressure tested to ensure that

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-7

the casing is properly cemented and forms an effective seal Standard

geophysical logging tools would measure conditions such as temperature and

rock density These activities would be consistent with those described in the

Salt Wells EIS (pages 2-29ndash2-32 and Appendix A pages A-3ndashA-7)

The well bore would be drilled using nontoxic temperature-stable drilling mud

composed of a bentonite clay-water or polymer-water mix Variable

concentrations of standard approved drilling additives would be added to the

drilling mud as needed to prevent corrosion and mud loss and to increase mud

weight Additional drilling mud would be mixed and added to the mud system as

needed to maintain the required quantities Spent drilling fluids and materials

would be placed in the drilling sumps These materials would be tested and

buried in place

Hazardous materials and hazardous waste would be transported handled used

and disposed of properly and according to federal and state requirements for

each product Safety practices including the safe and proper handling of waste

and hazardous materials would follow the Fallon FORGE Environmental Safety

and Health Plan (SNL 2016) Material safety data sheets for all hazardous

chemicals would be kept on-site with copies submitted to the BLM and Navy

before operations begin

Secondary containment structures such as a portable containment berm or spill

containment pallets would be provided for all chemical and petroleumoil

storage areas during operations Additionally absorbent pads or sheets would

be placed under likely spill sources spill kits would be maintained on-site during

operations to provide prompt response to accidental leaks or spills of chemicals

and petroleum products On federal lease lands any releases above reportable

quantities would be reported to the Nevada Division of Environmental

Protection (NDEP) and the BLM In accordance with the NAS Fallon Integrated

Contingency Plan for Oil and Hazardous Substance Spill Prevention and

Response (Navy 2014) all releases or spills regardless of quantity would be

reported to NAS Fallon NAS Fallon would report it to the NDEP if the release

or spill is above reportable quantities

Solid wastes generated by the Proposed Action would be stored on-site until

transported off-site to an appropriate disposal site in accordance with federal

state and local regulations Hazardous materials hazardous wastes and solid

wastes would be handled stored and disposed of in conformance with federal

and state regulations This would be done to prevent soil groundwater or

surface water contamination and associated adverse impacts on the

environment or worker health and safety

After drilling is complete all drilling and testing equipment would be removed

from the site Interim reclamation would occur on areas of the well pad not

needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim reclamation would follow

the standards outlined in Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The surface

facilities remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and

locked valves on top of the surface casing Steel plates would be placed over

well cellars1 and the wellhead area would be fenced to prevent humans and

wildlife from entering the well cellar The completed wells would be

approximately 5 feet tall

Access Roads and Site Trailer

Primary access to the FORGE project area would be from US Highway 50

which is directly east of the project area To the extent possible access to the

work locations would be via a network of unpaved access roads in and next to

the project area

Up to an additional 21 miles of new access roads may be constructed to expand

access to proposed well pads New access roads would be approximately 15

feet wide with 5-foot-wide shoulders The roads would have a design speed of

10 to 30 miles per hour The approximate locations of proposed access roads

are shown in Figure 4 Existing and proposed roads would require maintenance

during well pad construction and operations which may include the application

of gravel to repair damage especially to fill potholes or tire ruts following rains

An average of about 4 inches of gravel would be applied to the new access

roads as necessary to create an all-weather all-season surface Gravel would

be obtained from an approved local mineral material site and would be

transported to the site via trucks on existing roadways

It may be necessary to implement BLM- and Navy-approved dust abatement

measures such as watering via water truck or applying tackifiers to control

dust These measures are described in Appendix C Additionally to support

geophysical monitoring personnel may need to access the project area on foot

This type of nonmotorized pedestrian access would occur off access roads and

well pads

Site trailers would provide office research and meeting space for Fallon FORGE

personnel and visitors (see Figure 4) Together the trailers would provide

approximately 3000 square feet of temporary indoor meeting space They

would be placed on a 2-acre pad that would include worker and visitor vehicle

parking Permanent security fencing with an access gate would be installed

around the site trailer to protect against vandalism

Operations

Operations of the Fallon FORGE geothermal facility would consist of scientists

geothermal professionals and other stakeholders visiting the site to observe

field results The Fallon FORGE team would work closely with the NAS Fallon

Operations Department and Geothermal Program Office to avoid conflicts with

1 An open area below the ground surface that contains components of the well head

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-9

base operations and maintain conformance with the NAS Fallon air installation

compatible use zone (AICUZ) and procedures for avoiding obstruction If there

were the potential for a temporary obstruction Fallon FORGE would work

with NAS Fallon to prepare notices to airmen (NOTAMs)

While the project would create minimal steam Fallon FORGE would work

closely with the NAS Fallon Operations Department to ensure conformance

with AICUZ requirements and to assist with any NOTAMs If NAS Fallon

determines that steam would pose a hazard to base operations Fallon FORGE

would work with NAS Fallon to develop steam mitigation measures These

would include aboveground piping in the proposed disturbance area footprint to

condense the stream

Decommissioning and Reclamation

Following completion of each well drilling all drilling and testing equipment

would be removed from the site and interim reclamation would occur on areas

of the well pad not needed for future well monitoring or testing Interim

reclamation would follow interim reclamation standards outlined in Appendix D

Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008

Geothermal Leasing PEIS (BLM 2008c) The Fallon FORGE team would develop

the interim reclamation plans before construction begins The surface facilities

remaining on the site would likely consist of only several chained and locked

valves on top of the surface casing The valves would allow access in case

additional testing is desired

After well drilling and testing are completed the containment basins would

remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are evaporated The

solid contents remaining in each of the reserve pits typically consisting of

nonhazardous nontoxic drilling mud and rock cuttings would be tested after all

liquids have evaporated These tests would be done to confirm that pH metals

and total petroleum hydrocarbon or oil and grease concentrations are not

hazardous If the test results indicate that these solids are nonhazardous the

solids would then be dried mixed with the excavated rock and soil and buried

by backfilling the basin If any hazardous materials were identified they would be

removed and properly disposed of off-site in accordance with all applicable

local state and federal laws

Wells not needed for future monitoring or productioninjection would

eventually be plugged and abandoned in conformance with the well

abandonment requirements of the BLM Navy and NDOM Abandonment

typically involves filling the well bore with clean heavy abandonment mud and

cement until the top of the cement is at ground level This ensures that

geothermal fluids would not move into the well column and then out into

aquifers The well head and any other equipment would then be removed the

casing would be cut off well below ground surface and the hole would be

backfilled to the surface

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Following abandonment access roads and well pads would be reclaimed by de-

compacting the soil using tilling machines or similar techniques and removing

any applied gravel Disturbed areas would be reseeded with a BLM-approved

seed mix

212 Well Stimulation

Water Source

Simple hydraulic injections using geothermal waters would be the predominant

method for stimulation activities Water used for the proposed hydraulic

stimulation processes would be obtained from geothermal well 84-31 (see

Figure 4) Water from well 84-31 is sourced from an unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer at a depth of approximately 680 feet This is more than 650

feet below the shallower groundwater at a depth of approximately 50 feet (see

Section 34 Water Resources)

Source water is approximately 265degF and contains high levels of sulfur salt and

other minerals Because of this it would not be suitable for human consumption

or agricultural use without advanced water treatment Water could also be

drawn from well 88-24 (see Figure 4) which has a similar temperature profile

as well 84-31 (see Table 3-4) and higher concentrations of sulfur and total

dissolved solids (TDS)

An approximately 12-inch-diameter temporary aboveground water line would

transport the nonpotable geothermal water from the source well to the

proposed productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) The temporary water line

would run along and be within the disturbance footprint of existing or proposed

access roads The line would not be insulated however the high temperature of

the geothermal water would prevent the water from freezing and damaging the

line The water line would be removed when the EGS activities are complete

Using the proposed productioninjection wells source water would be injected

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site at depths greater than 5500

feet These new deep wells would be fully cased down into the Mesozoic

basement rocks (over 5500 feet deep) This is so that the injected fluid would

not interact with any shallow aquifers during injection

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE stimulation program would

be approximately 100 acre-feet (approximately 33 million gallons) For

comparison this is less than the amount of water that evaporates annually from

a 20-mile-long 15-foot-wide irrigation canal (TCID 2010) Stimulation activities

would be the focus of the latter portion of Phase 3 and would occur throughout

the latter half of the project The DOE and Fallon FORGE would determine the

exact timing and duration of stimulation activities after reviewing proposals

from the research community

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-11

Flow testing results provided by Ormat Nevada Inc for well 84-31 suggest that

it can deliver approximately 2300 gallons per minute (gpm) This produced

geothermal water would be stored in lined storage basins or enclosed tanks for

later use as the stimulation fluid for EGS experiments at the site Typically the

flow from well 84-31 would be approximately 100 to 200 gpm which is the flow

rate needed to maintain stimulation fluid in and to fill the lined covered

stimulation fluid containment basins The water in the basins would be

replenished following an injection at one of the productioninjection wells

During well stimulation it may be necessary to temporarily pump at rates that

exceed the normal pumping rates of 100 to 200 gpm

Stimulation Techniques

Fluids would be injected at a range of pressures depending on what would be

necessary to expand and create new fractures in the rock The temperature of

the water used for stimulation would be approximately the same as the ambient

air temperature This is because it would be stored in the lined covered basins

before injection The typical maximum wellhead pressure would be 2000

pounds per square inch (psi) but it could be up to 3000 psi To prevent casing

failure applied pressures at the wellhead would not exceed the rated maximums

for the casing

Stimulation fluids would be injected into the basement rocks approximately 5500

to 8500 feet below the ground surface The hydraulic injections are expected to

increase the size and connectivity of existing fissures in the subsurface rocks

allowing for geothermal fluids carrying heat to more easily move through the

network of cracks Stimulation water that flows back up through the well cavity

would be discharged into a stimulation fluid containment basin and could be

reused If left over at the end of the project stimulation fluid would either be

allowed to evaporate or would be reinjected into the source well

Additional techniques may be used as part of the research objective for the

FORGE program This would be done to explore the advantages or

disadvantages of mixing small amounts of other materials such as sand

ceramics surfactants acids and corrosion inhibitors with the water to augment

and accelerate stimulation activities Fallon FORGE would disclose the exact

amount or mix of stimulation agents to the BLM Navy NDEP and NDOM

before use during the stimulation process The FORGE program proponents

would obtain the necessary permits such as a Nevada water pollution control

permit before executing any stimulation activities that involve stimulation agents

other than water

Monitoring

EGS Effectiveness

The site would be extensively monitored to determine the extent of the

stimulated volume A real-time EGS monitoring program would provide an

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

understanding of how fluids and heat in the stimulated section of the basement

rock move This monitoring would inform stimulation activity in real time so as

to ensure that the stimulated natural fractures and injected fluids would stay

within the basement rock beneath the project area

Two to four monitoring wells drilled in 2017 as part of Phase 2 of the FORGE

project would be used to monitor and test the effectiveness of EGS techniques

from the first productioninjection well Data from the existing monitoring wells

would inform the stimulation techniques used for the second and third

productioninjection wells Data collected throughout Phase 3 from the two to

four Phase 2 wells and the additional proposed wells would support ongoing

EGS research

Seismicity

There has been monitoring equipment in place at the Fallon FORGE site since

November 2016 to detect microseismic events These small subsurface

vibrations are generally not perceptible by humans and can only be detected

with monitoring equipment Seismic information for the FORGE site is available

online at httpesd1lblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsfallon

forgehtml The data are updated daily The Fallon FORGE website would also

provide weekly updates during stimulation activities The microseismic

monitoring network would be supplemented with additional monitoring

equipment and the proposed monitoring wells This would be done to track the

number and extent of fractures created or expanded during stimulation and any

associated seismicity

Water

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned well is acting as a thermal spring system

with wetland characteristics including riparian vegetation and wildlife Extracting

geothermal fluid from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow from the

spring because the water originates from separate groundwater aquifers (see

Section 34 for additional analysis) however Fallon FORGE would develop a

monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal spring which it would submit to

the BLM Navy and NDOW for approval Monitoring would include collecting

discharge rate water stage water quality temperature and other appropriate

field parameters The thermal spring would be monitored for at least 1 year

before any water is used for well stimulation and would continue throughout the

well stimulation process (approximately 3 years) The monitoring plan would

describe monitoring protocols and actions if there are any potential changes to

the spring from the Proposed Action (see Appendix E)

213 Schedule of Activities

In late 2018 and early 2019 there would be two to four monitoring wells

drilled One productioninjection well would be drilled in 2019 and would be

tested logged and thoroughly characterized to account for pertinent EGS

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-13

development variables After those initial wells are drilled five to seven

additional monitoring wells would be sited to optimize seismic monitoring

during stimulation The total number of monitoring wells would not exceed

nine For financial reasons any subsequent productioninjection wells would not

be drilled until year three or four of Phase 3 currently planned for 2021 and

2022 The siting and design of subsequent productioninjection wells would be

like the first well with if necessary adjustments to account for new data

acquired from the first well

Following the completion of the first productioninjection well in 2019 the

FORGE team would begin testing activities that directly support full-scale well

stimulation (see Section 21) While full-scale stimulation is not planned until

the second productioninjection well is completed in 2021 limited stimulation of

the first drilled productioninjection well is proposed for 2019 Its purpose

would be to assist in the design of the full-scale stimulation testing After the

second productioninjection well is completed full-scale stimulation activities

would begin

The monitoring wells would be instrumented with high resolution seismic

sensors and other diagnostic equipment There would be geophysical logs

created that would aid in understanding the rock properties and existing

fractures Stress measurements would be made by pressurizing sections of the

monitoring wells to determine the subsurface stress This test would inform the

siting of future monitoring and productioninjection wells To accommodate the

research objectives of FORGE a total of nine deep monitoring wells would be

drilled

Access roads well pads and the site trailer would be constructed beginning in

2018 concurrent with the drilling of the first wells

214 Well Pad Assessment Areas

Based on the results from the Phase 1 and 2 activities the FORGE team is

evaluating specific sites for the wells that would best support the Fallon FORGE

experimental facility Due to siting constraints or field adjustments the

Proposed Action includes two types of well pad assessment areas one each for

monitoring and productioninjection wells (see Figure 4) These are areas in

the project area where the Proposed Action components may occur subject to

lease stipulations Navy and BLM regulations and other legal authorities outlined

in Section 25 (see Table 2-3) Any adjustments in the location of well pads

access roads or the site trailer would not result in surface disturbance

exceeding the amounts identified in Table 2-1 and the number and type of

wells exceeding those identified in Table 2-2

The monitoring well pad assessment area includes lands within 820 feet of each

proposed monitoring well or approximately 340 acres Regardless of any field

adjustments all monitoring wells and the site trailer would remain in the

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 2-3

Well Pad Assessment Areas

Well Pad

Assessment Area

Buffer from

Proposed Well

(Feet)

Acres Percent of

Project Area

Proposed Action

Components

Monitoring 820 340 30 Monitoring wells

access roads site

trailer

Production Injection 985 110 10 Productioninjection

wells access roads

well stimulation

monitoring well pad assessment area The productioninjection well pad

assessment area includes lands within 985 feet of each productioninjection well

or approximately 110 acres All productioninjection wells would be in the

productioninjection well pad assessment area

22 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative the DOE would not provide financial support

to implement the Proposed Action Seismic geochemistry and other data

would continue to be collected from existing monitoring wells however the

long-term use of those wells would depend on future need Because the

Proposed Action would not be implemented none of its potential direct

indirect or cumulative environmental impacts would occur

23 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED BUT NOT ANALYZED IN DETAIL

The DOErsquos FORGE program staff considered sites where scientists and

engineers could develop test and accelerate EGS technologies and techniques

In the process of determining the Fallon FORGE site the DOE evaluated and

rejected other potential FORGE sites This is because they did not include the

appropriate geothermal resource conditions to meet the purpose and need

Similarly other locations at NAS Fallon or on federally leased land cannot

support the FORGE program This is due either to inadequate geothermal

resource conditions or physical or operational barriers such as the NAS Fallon

runways and other base infrastructure

The BLM and Navy also considered but did not analyze in detail an alternative

involving fewer than three productioninjection wells in the Fallon FORGE

project area Three productioninjection wells would be necessary to provide

comparative data from multiple well locations in the project area The proposed

combinations and locations of the productioninjection wells and monitoring

wells under the Proposed Action would be necessary to develop test and

collect sufficient data to understand and improve EGS technologies and

techniques An alternative with fewer wells would not provide sufficient

opportunities to develop and test EGS technologies and techniques therefore it

does not meet the purpose and need

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 2-15

24 LAND USE PLAN CONFORMANCE STATEMENT

The Proposed Action described above is in conformance with the BLM CCD

Consolidated Resource Management Plan (CRMP) Specifically the desired

outcome for minerals and energy management under the CRMP is to

ldquoencourage development of energy and mineral resources in a timely manner to

meet national regional and local needs consistent with the objectives for other

public land usesrdquo (BLM 2001)

The environmental protection measures included as part of the Proposed

Action and described in Appendix E are consistent with the NAS Fallon Final

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (INRMP) The INRMP includes

NAS Fallonrsquos general ecosystem management goal to ldquoprovide good stewardship

to protect manage and enhance land water and wildlife resources of NAS

Fallon while fulfilling the military missionrdquo (Navy 2014)

25 RELATIONSHIP TO LAWS REGULATIONS POLICIES AND PLANS

The Proposed Action is consistent with federal laws and regulations state and

local government laws and regulations and other plans programs and policies

to the extent practicable within federal law regulation and policy Some specific

approvals and permits would be required for Phase 3 of the Fallon FORGE

project (see Table 2-4)

This EA has been prepared in accordance with the following statutes and

implementing regulations policies and procedures

NEPA as amended (Public Law 91-190 42 United States Code

[USC] 4321 et seq)

40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1500 et seq regulations

for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA

Considering cumulative impacts under NEPA (CEQ 1997)

43 CFR Part 46 Implementation of NEPA of 1969 Final Rule

effective November 14 2008

DOI requirements (Departmental Manual 516 Environmental

Quality Program [DOI 2008])

BLM NEPA Handbook (H-1790-1) as updated (BLM 2008b)

The Geothermal Steam Act of 1970 (30 USC Sections 1001ndash1025)

43 CFR Part 3200 Geothermal Resources Leasing and Operations

Final Rule May 2 2007

The Energy Policy Act of 2005 the National Energy Policy

Executive Order 13212 and best management practices (BMPs) as

defined in Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and

Gas Exploration and Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book BLM

2007)

2 Proposed Action and Alternatives

2-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Geothermal Energy Research Development Demonstration

Act of 1974

The Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA

Public Law 94-579 43 USC Section 1761 et seq)

Rights-of-Way (ROWs) under the FLPMA and the Mineral Leasing

Act (43 CFR Part 2880) Final Rule April 22 2005

The Materials Act of July 31 1947 as amended (30 USC Part 601

et seq)

Navy Environment Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction

50901D)

Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Policy for Environmental

Protection Natural Resources and Cultural Resources Programs

(Navy 2006)

DOD (Department of Defense) Instruction Number 471503 (Navy

1996)

Navy Strategy for Renewable Energy (Navy 2012)

The Proposed Action would be subject to other applicable permits listed in

Table 2-4 below before construction begins

Table 2-4

Potential Regulatory Permits and Approvals

Regulatory Agency Authorizing Action

BLM and US Navy EA (FONSI) or EIS (Record of Decision) pursuant to

NEPA

ROW authorization

Temporary use permits for construction

BLM Geothermal drilling permit

Geothermal sundry notice

FAA FAA Notice of proposed construction permit (FAA

Form 7460-1)

NDOM Permit to drill an oil and gas and geothermal well

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Air Pollution Control

Class II surface area disturbance permit

Nevada Division of Environmental Protection

Bureau of Water Pollution Control

Construction stormwater permit

Underground injection control permit

Nevada Division of Water Resources Temporary consumptive water use permit

Nevada Department of Wildlife Industrial artificial pond permit

BLM Nevada State Historic Preservation

Office (SHPO)

Section 106 compliance with the National Historic

Preservation Act

Churchill County Special use permit

Grading permit

Surface area disturbance permit

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-1

CHAPTER 3

AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES

This section identifies and describes the current condition and trend of

elements or resources in the human environment that may be affected by the

Proposed Action or No Action Alternative Also described are the

environmental consequences or impacts of the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative on the affected environment To the extent possible this section

incorporates by reference the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and other prior

NEPA analyses covering the project area to describe the affected environment

and environmental impacts from the Proposed Action

31 SUPPLEMENTAL AUTHORITIES AND RESOURCE AREAS CONSIDERED

Appendix 1 of the BLMrsquos NEPA Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) identifies

supplemental authorities or resource areas that are subject to requirements

specified by statute or executive order and must be considered in all BLM

environmental analysis documents Similarly the Navyrsquos Environmental Readiness

Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) requires all relevant resource

areas be included in the analysis Table 3-1 below identifies resource areas in

the project area and whether there is the potential for environmental impacts

Resources that could be affected by the Proposed Action and No Action

Alternative are further described in this EA

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Air quality X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for air quality

beginning on page E-2 Air quality

mitigation measures for fugitive dust

and vehicle emissions listed starting

on page 4-11 of the EIS would

mitigate or avoid air quality impacts

from ground-disturbing activities and

equipment operations associated with

the Proposed Action

Areas of Critical

Environmental

Concern

X None present

Cultural resources X This EA incorporates by reference

the stipulations contained in

Appendix D and environmental

protection measures in Appendix E

of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) As

concluded in the EIS (page 4-119) it

would mitigate or avoid impacts from

ground-disturbing activities

associated with the Proposed Action

Also incorporated by reference are

the findings of the cultural resources

overview and Class III Inventory of

Selected Areas Technical Report in

the NAS Fallon Programmatic EIS for

Geothermal Development (Navy

1991)

Environmental justice X Based on a review of 2016 US

Census Bureau data for Churchill

County and the city of Fallon no

minority or low-income populations

would be disproportionately affected

by the Proposed Action or No

Action Alternative Refer to the Salt

Wells EIS for the criteria used to

define environmental justice

populations (BLM 2011a)

Farmlands (prime or

unique)

X Carried forward in Section 313

Forests and rangeland X Not present

Floodplains X Carried forward in Section 34

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-3

Table 3-1

Resource Areas and Rationale for Detailed Analysis for the Proposed Action

Elementsa Not

Presentb

Present

Not

Affectedb

Present

May Be

Affectedc

Rationale

Invasive nonnative

and noxious species

X Carried forward in Section 310

Migratory birds X Carried forward in Section 39

Native American

religious concerns

X Carried forward in Section 311

Paleontology X This EA incorporates by reference

the environmental protection

measures and best management

practices contained in Appendix E of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) If

workers encounter paleontological

resources Fallon FORGE would

notify the BLM and Navy

paleontological resource contact

Federally threatened

or endangered species

X No threatened endangered

candidate or proposed species or

designated critical habitat are present

in the action area thus none would

not be affected by the Proposed

Action (see Section 38)

Wastes Hazardous or

Solid

X Refer to description of the Proposed

Action in Section 21

Water quality (surface

water and

groundwater)

X Carried forward in Section 34

Wetlands and riparian

zones

X Carried forward in Section 36

Wild and Scenic Rivers X None present

WildernessWilderness

Study Areas

X None present

a See BLM Handbook H-1790-1(BLM 2008b) Appendix 1 Supplemental Authorities to be Considered and Navy

Environmental Readiness Program Manual (OPNAV Instruction 50901D) b Supplemental authorities that are determined to be not present or presentnot affected need not be carried

forward or discussed further in the document c Supplemental authorities that are determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the

document

311 Additional Affected Resources

There are resources or uses that are not supplemental authorities as defined by

BLM Handbook H-1790-1 (BLM 2008b) in the project area BLM and Navy

specialists have evaluated the potential impact of the Proposed Action on these

resources and documented their findings in Table 3-2 below Resources or

uses that may be affected by the Proposed Action are further described in this

EA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

BLM sensitive species X Carried forward in Section 38

Lands with wilderness

characteristics (BLM

only)

X None present

Land use airspace

and access

X Carried forward in Section 312

Livestock grazing X Impacts would be negligible because

development would occur on a very small

percentage of each allotment overlapping the

project site

Minerals X No geothermal resources would be

consumed no other mineral resource would

be affected by the Proposed Action

Recreation X There are no recreation uses in the project

area

Seismicity X Addressed under Geology in Section 35

Socioeconomics X Carried forward in Section 313

Soils X The impacts of soil disturbance during the

installation of productioninjection and

monitoring well pads were analyzed and

addressed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Stimulation activities would not affect the soil

surface this is because these activities are

occurring at the subsurface level Soil

disturbance and associated impacts from

installing proposed new access roads would

be the same as those described in the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Hydric soils were

identified using the Natural Resource

Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil

Survey There were 18 soil map units

identified in the project area one is rated as

having approximately 94 percent hydric soils

occupying approximately 19 acres or 02

percent of the project area three map units

occupy a combined total of 1183 acres or

105 percent of the project area Each is rated

as having approximately 5 percent of hydric

soils in each map unit

The extent that hydric soils occupy the

project area is relatively low and all hydric

soils are associated with wetlands and riparian

areas The potential impacts on hydric soils

would be similar to and associated with

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-5

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

potential impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas as analyzed in Section 36 Wetlands

and Riparian Areas

Soil compaction could affect the water-holding

capacity and thus saturation of hydric soils in

the area however avoiding these areas

making lease stipulations and implementing

mitigation measures would reduce these

impacts to less than significant

These measures would include all

construction vehicle and equipment staging or

storage would be located at least 100 feet

away from any streams wetlands and other

water features (Appendix E Salt Wells EIS)

there would be no surface grading vegetation

clearing or overland travel near or on

wetlands riparian areas or sensitive resource

areas identified by the BLM

Adhering to the no surface occupancy

geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers

NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-

079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt

Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would

further avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in

these areas or within 650 feet of them This

stipulation would apply to all delineated

wetland and riparian areas as well as to

surface water bodies (except canals) playas

and 100-year floodplains in the lease areas

(see Appendix D)

Because hydric soils occupy a very small

amount of the project area and potential

impacts are similar to those analyzed in

Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas

hydric soils were not carried forward for

further analysis

Travel management

and access

X Carried forward under Land Use Airspace

and Access in Section 312

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-2

Other Resources Considered

Resource or Issue Present

Not Affecteda

PresentMay

Be Affectedb Rationale

Vegetation X Carried forward under Wildlife and Key

Habitat in Section 37

Visual resources X This EA incorporates by reference the

environmental protection measures and best

management practices contained in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

including those for visual resources

beginning on page E-9 These measures

would mitigate or avoid visual impacts from

ground-disturbing activities and operations

associated with the Proposed Action

Wild horses and

burros

X None present

Wildlifekey habitat X Carried forward in Section 37 a Resources or uses determined to be not presentnot affected need not be carried forward or discussed further in

the document b Resources or uses determined to be presentmay be affected must be carried forward in the document

32 RESOURCES OR USES PRESENT AND BROUGHT FORWARD FOR ANALYSIS

The following resources are present in the project area and may be affected by

the Proposed Action they are carried forward for analysis

Water resources including surface and groundwater quality

quantity and rights

Geology including seismicity

Wetlands and riparian areas

Wildlife and key habitat including vegetation

BLM sensitive species

Migratory birds

Invasive nonnative and noxious weed species

Native American religious concerns

Land use airspace and access

Farmlands (prime or unique)

Socioeconomics

33 METHOD

For each of the resources identified in Section 32 above this EA identifies

and describes the current conditions in the human environment that may be

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-7

affected by the Proposed Action Where appropriate reference is made to the

Salt Wells EIS and other prior NEPA documents to supplement the descriptions

Potential impacts are those that could occur from implementing the Proposed

Action Impacts are assessed in terms of their duration (temporary or

permanent) and context (local or regional) A temporary impact is one that

occurs only during implementation of the alternative while a permanent impact

could occur for an extended period after implementation of the alternative

Where appropriate the analysis provides recommended mitigation and

monitoring measures to avoid or reduce impacts on the specified resource

34 WATER RESOURCES

341 Affected Environment

The general descriptions of groundwater and surface water in the project area

are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and are

summarized where appropriate Updated information relevant to the FORGE

project area where available is described below

Surface Water

The Proposed Action is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and

northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The

project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is

in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province (Basin and

Range Province) This province is characterized by north-south trending

mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys

with internally drained closed basins Major surface water features in or near

the Fallon FORGE project area (Figure 6 Surface Water) are as follows

The Truckee Canal

Irrigation canals laterals and drains

FEMA flood zone

Hot and warm springs and seeps

Non-geothermal springs

Emergency canal

Irrigation water is delivered to large areas of agricultural land in the Fallon area

by a complex array of irrigation works including canals laterals and drains (see

Figure 6) This irrigation system is part of the Newlands Project one of the

first irrigation projects built by Reclamation in Nevada

The Newlands Project is operated by the Truckee-Carson Irrigation District

(TCID) and has approximately 60000 irrigated acres and two divisions the

Truckee Division with water diverted at Derby Dam from the Truckee River

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-9

into the Truckee Canal and irrigation delivery system for service to

approximately 5000 acres of irrigated lands and the Carson Division with

water released from the Carson River near the Lahontan Reservoir

(Reclamation 2014) The Carson Diversion Dam 5 miles below the Lahontan

Dam diverts water into two main canals for irrigation

In 2017 Reclamation constructed an emergency canal to mitigate potential flood

impacts in Churchill County The canal intersects the project area for 2 miles

(see Figure 6) The future status of this canal is unknown though the Proposed

Action would protect and preserve the integrity of the emergency canal

One water body in the project area is listed as impaired on the Clean Water

Actrsquos current 303(d) list of impaired waters An impaired water body is

considered too polluted or otherwise degraded to meet water quality standards

set by states territories or recognized tribes in the United States Under

Section 303(d) states territories and recognized tribes are required to develop

lists of impaired waters

One stretch of drain ditch 13 miles of the ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is listed as impaired

on the 303(d) list for mercury in fish tissue The presence of mercury may be a

result of past practices in the area that used mercury such as historic gold

mining The ldquoLrdquo Deep Drain is in the Lahontan Valley in Churchill County near

Fallon (see Figure 6)

The emergency canal is also connected to the Lower Deep Diagonal Drain

(LDDD) which has associated impaired beneficial uses for arsenic boron

Escherichia coli (bacteria) iron mercury in fish tissue and sediment total

phosphorus and total dissolved solids The emergency canal is also impaired

because it is hydrologically connected to the LDDD however since the canal is

newly constructed it is not on the NDEP or EPA 303(d) list

Groundwater

General descriptions of groundwater in the project area are consistent with

those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Surrounding the project

area four groundwater subsystems were identified A shallow unconsolidated

sedimentary aquifer extends from the land surface to a depth of about 50 feet

An intermediate depth unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer is positioned from

50 feet to 500ndash1000 feet below the land surface Then a deep generally

unconsolidated sedimentary aquifer begins 500ndash1000 feet below the land

surface

Transecting all three sedimentary aquifers is a basalt aquifer that is highly

permeable it is beneath a volcanic feature named Rattlesnake Hill (BLM 2011a)

This basalt aquifer does not extend under the project area as shown in

Figure 7 below Domestic and industrial water supplies for the City of Fallon

NAS Fallon and the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribe are obtained from the basalt

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 7

Aquifer Location

aquifer Rural populations in the Carson Desert area obtain domestic water from

private wells in the quaternary basalt aquifer Infiltration from the Newlands

Project canals and drains can cause water levels to rise in the shallow aquifer

The FORGE project area is within Basin and Range basin fill aquifers Basin and

Range basin-fill aquifers consist primarily of sediment-filled basins separated by

mountain ranges Basin-fill deposits range from about 1000 to 5000 feet thick in

many basins but they are thicker in some basins Groundwater in the area is

mostly unconfined and is recharged when infiltration of mountain streams

precipitation and inflow from fractured bedrock typically enters the aquifers

along mountain fronts (USGS 2016)

Water Rights

Within a two-mile buffer of the project boundary there are seven permitted

certified or vested water rights (see Table 3-3 Water Rights within Two Miles

of the Project Area and Figure 8 Water Rights) These water rights are for

irrigation environmental use effluent commercial use storage recreation and

stock watering as shown in the table below

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-3

Water Rights within Two Miles of the Project Area

Application Application Status Source Type of Use

13472 Certificate Stream Irrigation

13473 Certificate Stream Irrigation

57351E Permit Underground Environmental

67710 Certificate Underground Commercial

79614 Permit Effluent Storage

79614S01 Certificate Storage Recreation

V09744 Vested right Underground Stock watering

Source Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018

These sources have the same coordinates (Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018)

Geothermal Resources

There are two distinct components of the hydrothermal system in the project

area a shallow hydrothermal system consisting of a thermal spring near the

surface and a deep geothermal system consisting of higher temperatures and

depths greater than 1300 feet below the ground General descriptions of

geothermal resources in the project area are consistent with those described in

Section 37 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) for

geothermal flow systems

Geothermal well characteristics are shown in Table 3-4 below Apart from the

thermal spring (well 6) these wells have all been drilled over 5000 feet below

the surface however well 84-31 has a perforated casing depth of 679 feet Its

purpose is to extract water from that depth without drawing from the

unconsolidated shallow aquifer or deep geothermal system

Table 3-4

Existing Geothermal Well Characteristics

Well Number

Well characteristics FOH-3D 61-36 88-24 84-31 82-36 6

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Easting)

355920 355750 356211 357854 356230 356641

Well location (UTM 11N

NAD83 Northing)

4360916 4360984 4362830 4360300 4360752 4357646

Total well depth (feet) 8747 6962 5003 5912 9469 160

Casing depth (feet) 2887 2464 2005 3970 3990 NA

Slotted liner depth (feet) open hole 6955 5003 5869 8970 NA

Perforated casing depth

(feet)

NA NA NA 679 NA NA

Maximum measured

temperature in well (degF)

397 378 280 343 417 167

Source SNL 2018

NA = not applicable

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-13

Thermal Spring (Well 6)

There is an area approximately 1 mile south of the FORGE project where water

emanating from an improperly abandoned 160-foot-deep well is acting as a

thermal spring system (see Figure 8) The area exhibits wetland characteristics

including riparian vegetation and wildlife The surface water temperature at the

well is 162degF the bottom hole temperature is 171degF at a depth of 160 feet (Hinz

et al 2016) This well was drilled before 1980 (exact date unknown) before any

geothermal exploration in the Carson Sink it predates the Fallon FORGE

project

Geochemical analyses of water samples collected from well 6 indicate that it has

TDS of approximately 4000 parts per million (ppm) This fluid is chemically

distinct from fluids sampled from well 84-31 with lower lithium (Li) calcium

(Ca) sulphate (SO4) and fluorine (F) content therefore the thermal spring (well

6) and well 84-31 are not hydrologically connected (see Figure 9)

Differences in local geology have resulted in more faulting and fracturing of the

rock units near the well This has provided fluid flow pathways (and

permeability) and has allowed deeper geothermal fluids to move to shallower

depths (lt150 feet) In contrast fluids sampled from the deep basement wells

such as FOH-3D are from low-permeability rock units in the Mesozoic

basement These units do not support vertical groundwater movement

342 Environmental Consequences

Indicators of impacts on water resources include any change in water quality or

quantity affected by the Proposed Action The region of influence for direct and

indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

Surface Water Quantity

No direct impacts on surface water quantity are anticipated from stimulating the

wells under Phase 3 This is because surface water would not be used in the

Proposed Action unless it is trucked in from a separate location consistent with

US Navy and Ormat operations Water used for well stimulation is anticipated

to be sourced from an adjacent geothermal reservoir via well 84-31 or it may

be sourced from well 88-24 It is approximately 7 miles from the basalt aquifer

used by the City of Fallon There may be a nominal amount of supplemental

water needed during drilling which would be trucked to the site This water

would be purchased from sources with existing water rights no water rights

would be purchased that would affect surface water quantity in the surrounding

area

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the thermal spring

south of the project area This is because there would be a negligible change in

the amount or temperature of water in shallower aquifers

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-14 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Figure 9

Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Geochemistry

Source SNL 2018

Geochemical data from water samples collected from the identified thermal

spring (well 6) and the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 indicate that the

fluids are chemically distinct and originate from separate groundwater aquifers

therefore pumping from the shallow geothermal aquifer in well 84-31 is not

expected to affect temperature or flow to the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-15

The thermal spring (well 6) is over 2 miles from the source of stimulation

activities and the deep Mesozoic basement rock where the geothermal fluid

originates is highly impermeable therefore potential indirect impacts on water

quantity of the thermal spring (well 6) are anticipated to be negligible This is

because of the proximity of pumping and impermeability of the source rocks

Extracting groundwater from well 84-31 would not likely modify water flow

from the spring (well 6) because the water originates from separate

groundwater aquifers Nevertheless Fallon FORGE would monitor the spring

for at least 1 year before any water is used for well stimulation (see Appendix

E) Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to

ensure that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid

into deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge

from the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a

monitoring plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and

actions in the event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Surface Water Quality

The Proposed Action could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring

and productioninjection well pad assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If

facilities are near surface water resources impacts on surface water quality

could occur Examples of these impacts are sedimentation from construction

activities and a higher potential for surface water contamination from any spill

from EGS Phase 3 activities If a spill were to occur fluids used in stimulations

could affect surface water quality however measures have been incorporated

as described under the Proposed Action to reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water quality

Applicable fluid mineral leasing stipulations (see Appendix D) would reduce or

avoid potential impacts on surface water quality in the project area including

the impaired emergency canal and drain These include such stipulations as no

surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water body on BLM-administered land (BLM 2014a) As required by

Reclamation there would be no surface occupancy within 100 feet of the canals

which would result in negligible impacts on the surface water quality of those

features

Fallon FORGE would store stimulation water in containers such as water pits

drilling sumps or Baker tanks2 to prevent impacts on water quality It would

reuse the stimulation or hydraulic fracturing waters from one well to another to

reduce the potential for contaminating surface water resources or groundwater

infiltration Sumps pits or Baker tanks to contain fluids and drill cuttings would

be used only infrequently and then only temporarily such as during well drilling

and testing Drilling sumps would comply with applicable Nevada regulations and

2 A steel tank for storing liquid

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-16 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

would not be lined however any excess liquid would be mitigated by pumping

excess water off the top of the expended drill cuttings or by covering the

drilling sump to prevent birds from being attracted to the water

After the well drilling and testing operations are completed the containment

basins would remain in place with wildlife-proof covers until all liquids are

evaporated The reserve pit would no longer be needed and would be closed

and backfilled recontoured to pre-construction topography and reseeded

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) however the Navy installed a 10-station micro earthquake array to

detect local seismicity in the FORGE site

The FORGE program is monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented

with deep monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring

boreholes These would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than

magnitude 20) associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If

seismic monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be

curtailed or managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quality

In order to prevent groundwater infiltration basins used to store water for well

stimulation or for flowback from productioninjection wells would be lined with

a low permeability high density polyethylene liner or other liner subject to BLM

and Navy approval Any pit storing water for use in stimulation or for flowback

water would be lined and the surface would be covered to deter birds and

other wildlife Floating continuous covers or floating tilesballs may be used to

protect water resources and wildlife

The quality of fluids collected in the reserve pits would vary This would depend

on the amount of each source such as drilling fluids and additives stormwater

and geothermal water Once the wells are finished and put into production or

used for other purposes the reserve pit would no longer be needed Any

remaining liquids would be removed and the pit would be closed in accordance

with applicable regulations

The geothermal water used for stimulation would be diverted temporarily

through a temporary water line to a lined sump or Baker tank next to the well

This would be done to provide a buffer between withdrawal and injection

points which would prevent impacts on shallow groundwater resources

Indirect impacts on groundwater quality would be any potential connection

between the EGS reservoir and local and regional aquifers The planned EGS

stimulations would occur in the basement rocks approximately 5000 to 8000

feet below ground surface If these fractures were to extend upward from the

top of the EGS reservoir zone it would be several thousand feet below the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-17

bottom of regional and local aquifers Given the very low permeability of the

receptor rock throughout the length of the vertical borehole below the regional

aquifer there is little chance that fluids could migrate vertically during

stimulation

In addition to the cement well casing (see Table 3-4 Existing Geothermal Well

Characteristics for casing depths) the impermeability of the deep Mesozoic

formations would also ensure that the injected fluid would remain isolated from

the sedimentary aquifer associated with well 84-31

If spilled stimulation water were to infiltrate groundwater there could be

indirect impacts on shallow groundwater resources however the potential for

contamination is low This is because there is low permeability in the project

area and temporary pits and sumps would prevent infiltration

Thickener agents and proppants3 potentially used in stimulations could affect

groundwater quality however implementing environmental protection

measures described under the Proposed Action and those analyzed in Section

47 Water Quality and Quantity of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

reduce or avoid impacts on shallow groundwater quality

This reservoir would be hydrologically separate from the shallow aquifer

directly below the surface as shown in Figure 7 Water at temperatures

roughly equivalent to the ambient air temperature would be injected into the

stimulated hot basement rock It would be heated by the hot rocks and

withdrawn as hot geothermal fluids

The geothermal reservoir would have its own pressure system balanced by the

productioninjection wells The water removed would be reintroduced into the

deep reservoir thereby creating a closed circuit This method which would

isolate injected fluids in the deep aquifer would avoid impacts on groundwater

quality or quantity from introducing injected fluids into the shallow aquifer

There could be a negligible change in the amount or temperature of water in

shallower aquifers in the project area Additionally the environmental

protection measures outlined in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

and included as Appendix C of this EA would protect groundwater resources

from potential contamination These measures which include complying with

the stormwater pollution prevention plan and any applicable provisions of the

state general permit along with ensuring that all well casing is cemented from

the bottom of the well to the surface would reduce or avoid impacts on surface

water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

3 Solid materials typically sand treated sand or human-made ceramic materials

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-18 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

EGS could produce small seismic events which if not monitored could damage

concrete irrigation ditches or other irrigation facilities in the vicinity (Majer et al

2007) There is a 10-station micro earthquake array that was installed by the

Navy to detect local seismicity in the FORGE site The FORGE program is

currently monitoring base seismicity which would be augmented with deep

monitoring holes over 6000 feet and intermediate monitoring boreholes These

would be used to monitor very small earthquakes (less than magnitude 20)

associated with water injection experiments (DOE 2017) If the seismic

monitoring indicates induced seismicity well stimulation would be curtailed or

managed in accordance with Appendix B

Groundwater Quantity

Up to thirteen deep wells including monitoring and productionstimulation

wells would be drilled in the project area to depths ranging from 5000 to

8500 feet As shown in Figure 7 the wells would be nearly 10 miles south of

the basalt aquifer which is used for irrigation and drinking water in the Fallon

area Proposed wells would not interact with groundwater in the basalt aquifer

including shallow groundwater in and surrounding the site

The maximum water requirements for the FORGE program would be

approximately 33 acre-feet (11 million gallons) per productionstimulation well

up to three wells are expected to be stimulated so approximately 100 acre-feet

(33 million gallons) of water are expected to be used none of which is

considered as a consumptive use

The primary source of water for stimulations and other activities would be the

geothermal fluid produced from well 84-31 one of the wells already drilled by

Ormat Nevada Inc or potentially from well 88-24 another existing well This

water is from a deeper source that is unrelated to shallower groundwater

aquifers used for irrigation or drinking water supplies Accordingly there would

be no impact on those shallower aquifers Removing water from the deep

geothermal groundwater sources could modify groundwater flow patterns and

pressures in those locations during pumping

Extracting geothermal water from well 84-31 for stimulation experiments on

the FORGE site would have a negligible impact on the water flow from the

thermal spring (well 6) This is because the two groundwater sources are not

interconnected as demonstrated by the chemistry and separation of these

hydrologically distinct aquifers (see Figure 7 and Figure 9)

Similarly during EGS experiments injecting the fluid produced from well 84-31

into geological formations greater than 5500 feet on the FORGE site would not

affect flow from the thermal spring (well 6) The proposed productioninjection

wells used for the EGS experiments would be approximately 2 miles north of

the thermal spring (well 6)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-19

Due to the complexity of the subsurface geology in the Carson Lake region and

the measured low permeability of the deep geological reservoirs on the FORGE

site (5500 to 8000 feet deep) injecting fluids on the FORGE site would have

negligible impact on flow from the thermal spring (well 6) Fallon FORGE would

monitor well 6 for at least 1 year before any water being extracted from well

84-31 to be used for well stimulation on the FORGE site (see Appendix E)

Monitoring would continue throughout the well stimulation process to ensure

that neither production of fluid from well 84-31 or injection of this fluid into

deep geological formations on the FORGE site would affect the discharge from

the thermal spring (well 6) The Fallon FORGE team would submit a monitoring

plan to the BLM and Navy describing monitoring protocols and actions in the

event the spring exhibits reduced water flows

Water Rights

The Proposed Action would have a negligible impact on the seven water rights

holders within 2 miles of the Project Area (see Table 3-3 and Figure 8) Wells

would be cased which would protect groundwater from contamination Water

rights would not be affected by withdrawing 33 million gallons This is because

this geothermal well water would not be consumptive use Moreover it is not

hydrologically connected to existing groundwater and surface water rights

within 2 miles of the Project Area

Underground water rights are not anticipated to be affected because of their

distance from pumping and because they are in geologically separate aquifers

Surface water rights may be affected in the event of a spill or structural failure

of ditchescanals from induced seismicity Again due to proximity BMPs and

environmental protection measures direct impacts on surface water quantity or

quality are not anticipated however the water quality and quantity would be

monitored to ensure that potential impacts on water rights are negligible

Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a E-6) would apply under the

Proposed Action Before the FORGE Phase III activities begin an inventory of

currently accessible water wells and other wells around the Fallon FORGE site

would be performed

These wells would continue to be monitored through Phase III activities This

would be done to identify and mitigate potential impacts on water resources

from Fallon FORGE activities and to characterize the other seasonal climate-

related and human variables such as other consumptive groundwater users in

the vicinity These other factors could also affect the local water table at the

FORGE site and the behavior of flow from the thermal spring (well 6)

Monitoring would be for depth to water table water chemistry and water

temperature (see Appendix E) These measures would comply with the

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-20 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

stormwater pollution prevention plan and would ensure that all well casings are

cemented from the bottom of the well to the surface They also would reduce

or avoid impacts on surface water resources as described in the Salt Wells EIS

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

35 GEOLOGY

351 Affected Environment

The region of influence for geology is the project area

The Basin and Range Province formed through regional crustal extension of the

western part of the North American continental plate with fault blocks sliding

downward forming basins separated by mountain ranges (BLM 2011a)

Mountain ranges surrounding the Proposed Action consist of Tertiary volcanic

rocks including basalt rhyolite silicic tuffs and other related rocks Also

present in the mountain ranges are Tertiary and Mesozoic intrusive rocks such

as granite and dioritic rocks These rocks may also include Tertiary silicic

intermediate and mafic porphyritic or aphanitic intrusive rocks The closest

mountains to the project area are the Lahontan and Bunejug Mountain Ranges

(BLM 2011a)

Valleys contain Quaternary alluvial deposits that may include parent materials of

Tertiary age (BLM 2011a) The Proposed Action would be on Quaternary

deposits These are Piedmont alluvial deposits (upper and middle quaternary)

(FORGE GIS 2017 USGS GIS 2005)

The Lahontan Valley is a portion of Pleistocene age Lake Lahontan which

existed in northwestern Nevada between 20000 and 9000 years before

present At its peak approximately 12700 years before present Lake Lahontan

had a surface area of over 8500 square miles with its largest component

centered at the location of the Lahontan Valley and Carson Sink The Carson

Lake Wetland area immediately southwest of the Proposed Action

encompasses a portion of the Lahontan Valley wetland at the terminus of the

Carson River This wetland is one of the remaining natural features of Lake

Lahontan (BLM 2011a)

Seismicity

Although there are other types of faults in the Basin and Range Province the

extension and crustal stretching that have shaped the present landscape

produce mostly normal faults A normal fault occurs when one side of the fault

moves downward with respect to the other side The upthrown side of these

faults form mountains that rise abruptly and steeply and the down-dropped side

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-21

creates low valleys The fault plane along which the two sides of the fault move

extends deep in the crust usually at an angle of 60 degrees In places the relief

or vertical difference between the two sides is as much as 10000 feet (USGS

2017)

The Proposed Action is in a region that is part of the most active seismic belt in

the Basin and Range province Because of the relative recent history of major

faulting (Holocene age within the last 12000 years) some of these faults are

considered active (BLM 2013)

Eetza Mountain is just east of the site of the Proposed Action on the north side

of Highway 50 The closest faults are north and south of Eetza Mountain

(Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017)

The moment magnitude scale for measuring earthquakes is based on the total

moment release of the earthquake Magnitude 25 or less is usually not felt but

can be recorded by a seismograph Magnitude 26 to 54 is often felt but causes

only minor damage Earthquakes above a Magnitude 55 may slightly damage

buildings and other structures (Michigan Technological University 2017) The

occurrence of damage depends on various factors such as proximity to an

earthquake and the integrity of structures

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public

and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the

DOE commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power

development and risk assessment This group wrote the Protocol for

Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

(Appendix A)

The protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public

officials regulators and the public It provides a set of general guidelines

detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the impacts of induced seismicity

related to EGS projects The protocol emphasizes safety while allowing

geothermal technology to move forward in a cost-effective manner (Majer et al

2012)

The DOE also developed Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated

with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (Appendix B) It provides a set of general

guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents can take

to deal with induced seismicity issues It provides more detail than the protocol

while still following the main steps in the protocol (Majer et al 2016)

352 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

In total there would be a combination of nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells The productioninjection wells would be drilled using

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-22 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

advanced directional drilling technologies to increase permeability in the desired

geologic structures The test results would contribute to scientistsrsquo

understanding of the interconnected fracture network that is needed for

efficient and sustained geothermal heat extraction under low-pressure injection

and production

The 3-acre pad area for each well would include an approximately 1-acre sump

Each sump would be approximately 7 feet deep The wells pads sumps and

stimulation fluid containment basins would permanently disturb 38 acres The

assumption is that any disturbance from roads or site trailers would not occur

at depths that would affect the geology of the area

Direct negligible impacts on surface geology would be limited to the pads

sumps and containment basins due to the well drilling and the construction of

the pads sumps and containment basins These impacts would last until the

beginning of any required reclamation subsequent to any implementation of the

Proposed Action

Seismicity

All stimulations would occur in the Mesozoic basement rocks underlying the

basement sediments and volcanics (see Figure 10 Fallon FORGE Cross-

section) A microseismic monitoring system is currently operational at the

Fallon FORGE site and additional monitoring would be implemented before any

full-scale stimulation begins It is reasonable to assume that direct impacts on

seismicity may occur due to microseismic events resulting from stimulations

This is due to the physical shifting of the minute cracks in the rock at this depth

As shown in Appendix B earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally on a

magnitude ranging from 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible to

humans) The Proposed Action would follow the guidelines in the protocol

(Appendix A) and the useful steps in the Best Practices document (Appendix

B) The potential induced seismicity is estimated to be minor and would occur

only during the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-23

Figure 10

Fallon FORGE Cross-section

Meters

Meters

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-24 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-25

36 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

361 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wetlands and riparian areas in the project area are

consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and NAS

Fallon Programmatic EIS for Geothermal Energy Development (Navy 1991)

Additional information relevant to the Fallon FORGE project area where

available is described below

NAS Fallon conducted a wetland inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the FORGE project area is in the inventory study area thus the results of the

inventory were incorporated into this EA The inventory classified wetlands

based on the methods employed by the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)

National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) This inventory uses a classification system

encompassing a broad spectrum of vegetation and non-vegetation features only

some of which are likely to be regulated as jurisdictional wetlands (Cowardin et

al 1979)

The NAS Fallon inventory did not cover the entire FORGE project area For

areas not covered which are generally the areas south of Macari Lane the NWI

was queried to characterize wetlands The results of the NWI query were

grouped into the same features used in the NAS Fallon inventory (see

Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian Areas)

The results of both the NAS Fallon wetland inventory and NWI query in the

FORGE project area are summarized in Table 3-5 below Descriptions of each

wetland type are included in Appendix I of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon

2014) which is included as Appendix F of this EA There has not been a

wetland delineation completed for the 630 acres of lease lands in the project

area

Table 3-5

Wetlands

Wetland Type Inventoried by

NAS Fallon

Other Areas

(NWI)

Total Wetland

Acres

Freshwater emergent wetland1 mdash 50 50

Moist saline meadows and flats 30 mdash 30

Human-made ponds and ditches 10 mdash 10

Playas 130 mdash 130

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 NAS Fallon GIS 2017 USFWS GIS 2017a

1 This NWI category includes primarily marshes as described by NAS Fallon (2014) It also includes smaller areas

of moist saline meadows flats and playas these wetland types are described in Appendix F

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-27

362 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are the acres and function

of wetlands and riparian areas affected by the Proposed Action The region of

influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wetlands and riparian

areas would be the same as those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a

see Section 48 Floodplains Wetlands and Riparian Zones page 4-62 of the

EIS) These impacts are from the direct removal of wetland vegetation

increased sedimentation leading to decreased water quality in these areas and

wetland degradation from weed establishment and spread Potential impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas in the Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of

the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection well

pad assessment areas There are 90 acres of well pad assessment areas

overlapping identified wetland and riparian areas (FORGE GIS 2017) If facilities

are in or near wetland areas there could be impacts on these areas such as

wetland vegetation removal or fill increased sedimentation and noxious weed

introduction and spread These impacts could decrease the acres or function of

wetlands and riparian areas in the project area

Measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to reduce or

avoid impacts on wetlands and riparian areas These measures are summarized

in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures The

impacts of incorporating these measures are described below

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011a) would avoid

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas in the project area This would come

about by preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of

them

This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas as well

as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in

these lease areas (see Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage

on Reclamation lands would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy

buffer

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponents would

conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area

under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose of the delineation would be

to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-28 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

associated no surface occupancy buffers identified in the project area (see

Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature For the

proposed well pads within the buffer area of the playa should the delineation

verify the current playa boundaries the well pads would be located in another

portion of the monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas

outside the buffer area Incorporating these measures would reduce potential

impacts on wetlands and other riparian areas by ensuring that all wetlands and

riparian areas in the project area are adequately avoided

Further applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management

Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and

preventing noxious weed spread They would reduce or avoid impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas by preventing or minimizing sedimentation into

wetland areas preventing damage to wetland vegetation from overland travel

and minimizing the potential for weed spread into wetlands and riparian areas

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not

be completely avoided the project proponents would obtain regulatory

approval for any wetland removal or fill Any and all mitigation measures

determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers and Nevada Division of

Environmental Protection in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

37 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

371 Affected Environment

General descriptions of wildlife and wildlife habitat in the project area are

consistent with those described in Section 311 Wildlife (page 3-94) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the FORGE project

area where available is described below

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) Wildlife Action Plan (Wildlife

Action Plan Team 2012) groups Nevadarsquos vegetation cover into broad ecological

system groups and links those with 22 key habitat types in the state The

Wildlife Action Plan is based on the Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project

(SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-29

Along with survey data key habitats can be used to infer likely occurrences of

wildlife species assemblages SWReGAP land cover types are discussed in

Section 39 Vegetation (page 3-82) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) however

the BLM queried this database once again during preparation of this EA to

account for any potential updates

Each key habitat type is thoroughly described in the NDOW Wildlife Action

Plan (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) which is incorporated by reference

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture Wildlife Management Area (WMA) is south

of the project area the southern boundary of the project area shares a portion

of the WMArsquos northern boundary (a Navy micro earthquake seismometer

shown on Figure 3 is in the WMA) The Carson Lake Pasture is described in

Section 31 Introduction (page 3-6) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Salt

Wells EIS project boundary is depicted on Figure 1 Project Vicinity The

Reclamation emergency canal also traverses the WMA to the south of the

project area

NAS Fallon conducted a vegetation inventory of its lands in 2007 including the

main base and portions of adjoining Reclamation lands in the project area Most

of the inventory study area overlaps with the FORGE project area thus the

results of the inventory were incorporated into this EA Results of the NAS

Fallon vegetation inventory are compared with the corresponding SWReGAP

land cover type Descriptions of each vegetation class are found in Appendix H

of the NAS Fallon INRMP (NAS Fallon 2014) which is in Appendix G of this

EA

Acres of key habitat types and corresponding SWReGAP land cover and NAS

Fallon vegetation classes in the project area and associated common wildlife

species are summarized in Table 3-6 below SWReGAP land cover types are

shown in Figure 12 Vegetation Classes

General Wildlife

Habitats in and around the project support numerous native and nonnative

general wildlife species (NDOW 2017) Small mammals observed in the vicinity

are Chisel-toothed kangaroo rat (Dipodomys microps) and Merriamrsquos kangaroo

rat (D merriami)

Desert scrub habitats support numerous reptiles Those observed in and near

the project area are common sagebrush lizard (Sceloporus graciosus) common

side-blotched lizard (Uta stansburiana) eastern collared lizard (Crotaphytus

collaris) Great Basin gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer deserticola) Great Basin

whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris tigris) Pleasant Valley tui chub (Gila bicolor) red racer

(Coluber flagellum piceus) tiger whiptail (Aspidoscelis tigris) western patch-nosed

snake (Salvadora hexalepis) yellow-backed spiny lizard (Sceloporus uniformis) and

zebra-tailed lizard (Callisaurus draconoides)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-30 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-6

Key Habitats and Vegetation

Key Habitat Corresponding

SWReGAP Type

Corresponding

NAS Fallon

Vegetation

Acres Associated Common

Wildlife Species

Cold Desert

Scrub

Inter-Mountain

Basins Mixed Salt

Desert Scrub and

Inter-Mountain

Basins Greasewood

Flat

Alkali seepweed

black

greasewood

rubber

rabbitbrush

630 Pronghorn antelope (Antilocapra

americana) coyote (Canis latrans)

Great Basin pocket mouse

(Perognathus parvus) black-tailed

jackrabbit (Lepus californicus)

Great Basin rattlesnake (Crotalus

oreganus lutosus) side-blotched

lizard (Uta stansburiana) black-

throated sparrow (Amphispiza

bilineata) horned lark (Eremophila

alpestris)

Desert Playas

and Ephemeral

Pools

Inter-Mountain

Basins Playa

NA1 801 Pocket gopher (Thomomys sp)

voles (Microtus sp) killdeer

(Charadrius vociferus) American

avocet (Recurvirostra americana)

black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) spadefoot toad (Spea

intermontana)

Marshes North American

Arid West

Emergent Marsh

NA1 1401 Yellow-headed blackbird

(Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus)

marsh wren (Cistothorus palustris)

spotted sandpiper (Actitis

macularius) cinnamon teal (Anas

cyanoptera) bullfrog (Rana

catesbeiana)

NA Invasive Annual and

Biennial Forbland

NA lt10 Common raven (Corvus corax)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis)

horned lark pronghorn antelope

Agricultural

Lands

Agriculture Pasture pasture

(remnant)

280 Birds including foraging raptors

ground squirrels pocket mice and

other rodents barn swallow

(Hirundo rustica) western fence

lizard (Sceloporus occidentalis)

gopher snake (Pituophis catenifer)

Sources FORGE GIS 2017 USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 BLM 2011a

1 See Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas for descriptions of wetlands including playas in the project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-32 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Aquatic habitats such as Carson Lake and canals and ditches on NAS Fallon

support the following amphibian and fish species American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) black bullhead (Ameiurus melas) common carp (Cyprinus carpio)

Sacramento blackfish (Orthodon microlepidotus) Sacramento perch (Archoplites

interruptus) western mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis) white bass (Morone

chrysops) and white crappie (Pomoxis annularis) American bullfrogs are common

in NAS Fallon main station canals and ditches such as those within the project

area

Game Species

Most of the FORGE project area is mapped by NDOW as mule deer

distribution and the far southern portion of the project area is mapped as

pronghorn antelope distribution (NDOW 2017)

372 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on wildlife and key habitat are as follows wildlife

disturbance injury or mortality interference with wildlife movement corridors

or migration routes and acres of key habitats affected by the Proposed Action

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on wildlife would be the

same as those described in the wildlife section of Salt Wells EIS (BLM 201a1 see

Section 411 Wildlife page 4-87) These are visual and noise disturbance during

construction and operation habitat loss and fragmentation and impacts on

migratory patterns

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on key habitats would be the

same as those described in the vegetation section of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a see Section 49 Vegetation page 4-70) These are vegetation removal

reduced function community structure change increased competition from

noxious weeds and nonnative plant species and reduced function due to fugitive

dust deposition

Potential impacts on wildlife and key habitat in the FORGE project area that are

outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below Impacts on bird

species are discussed in Section 39 Migratory Birds

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

wildlife habitat thereby reducing the acres of key habitats in the project area

Final well pad site trailer and road locations and thus the exact amount of

disturbance in each key habitat type are not known at this time however the

amount of permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-33

be small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region There would likely

be no permanent population-level impact on wildlife species due to habitat loss

Construction and drilling could directly and indirectly affect wildlife via

disturbance injury mortality and interference with movements or migration

Two proposed wells four existing wells and a proposed site trailer are within

approximately 1 mile of NDOWrsquos Carson Lake Pasture WMA A Navy micro

earthquake seismometer is also in the WMA (see Figure 3) Wildlife

movements in the WMA could be disturbed during construction and operation

of these features They also could be disturbed by noise from and the presence

of humans and equipment

As discussed in Section 35 Geology geothermal stimulation associated with

the proposed project may result in microseismic events due to physical

movements of minute cracks in underlying basement rock As discussed these

events typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally

perceptible to humans)

The BLM (2011b) searched scientific literature for impacts of induced seismic

events on wildlife and migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project (DOI‐BLM‐OR‐P000‐2011‐0003‐EA) in eastern Oregon

however they identified no impacts The Brady Hot Springs EGS project (DOI-

BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA) in Churchill County did not include a review of

impacts on wildlife from EGS activities

A magnitude 35 induced seismic event could result in acoustic visual and tactile

stimuli that would be detectable by wildlife in the area It would be in the form

of short‐duration low‐to‐high frequencies of sound and physical shaking

however these stimuli may be masked by or mistaken for natural ambient

environmental conditions and may not induce a response in wildlife including

large mammals (BLM 2011b) therefore the magnitude and intensity of any

induced seismic events may minimally and temporarily disturb or displace

wildlife including large mammals

Impacts would occur only during the stimulation period of the Proposed Action

As stated in Section 212 the exact timing and duration of stimulation

activities would be determined by the DOE and Fallon FORGE after reviewing

proposals from the research community Further data on observed induced

seismicity would be reported to the BLM appropriate measures if necessary

could be implemented following data review

Ponds tanks and impoundments containing liquids including drilling reserve

pits can present hazards to birds bats and other wildlife (BLM 2008c) Hazards

can be from access to any liquids contaminated by substances that may be toxic

fur or feathers fouled by detergents and oils or excessive temperatures The

Proposed Action would include such protections as covering sumps with fabric

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-34 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

using floating cover systems or implementing other approved techniques to

prevent attracting wildlife Similarly containment basins used to store

stimulation fluids would be covered so this impact is not anticipated to occur

Similarly wildlife species can become trapped in open pipes and other small

spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment To

prevent wildlife mortalities in open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings

openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent

unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife

escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped

or covered so they do not pose a wildlife trap hazard This would prevent injury

or mortality from wildlife entrapment in these features

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area by preventing

surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet of them This stipulation

would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian areas surface water bodies

(except canals) playas or 100-year floodplains in these lease areas (see

Appendix D) Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands

would be avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would

minimize impacts from noise or visual disturbances on wildlife inhabiting these

areas

Additional measures would be incorporated under the Proposed Action to

reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and key habitat As described in Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas before implementing the Proposed Action

the project proponents would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre

portion of the project area under federal lease (see Appendix E) The purpose

of the delineation would be to verify the boundaries acreage and types of

wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers

identified in the project area (see Figure 11)

In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no

surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature Should the

delineation verify the current playa boundaries the pads for the proposed wells

within the buffer area of the playa would be located in another portion of the

monitoring or productioninjection well pad assessment areas outside the

buffer area Incorporating these measures would minimize impacts from noise

or visual disturbances on wildlife in these areas

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed

management plan as described in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weeds A draft plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA

Implementing the plan would help maintain acres of key habitats in the project

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-35

area by preventing the establishment and spread of noxious weeds as a result of

the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix J of

this EA They would reduce or avoid impacts on wildlife and their habitat Such

measures would include providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Finally the BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours

of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during

construction or operation This would allow corrective measures to be taken to

avoid further wildlife injury or mortality

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

38 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

381 Affected Environment

BLM sensitive animal and plant species are discussed in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information relevant to the

FORGE project area where available is provided below

BLM Instructional Memorandum NV-IM-2018-003 updated the sensitive species

list for Nevada This sensitive species list was used in the analysis for BLM

sensitive species

The USFWS NDOW and Nevada Natural Heritage Program (NNHP) were

consulted for lists of sensitive species in the vicinity of the project area (records

of coordination are included in Appendix H) Using these lists in conjunction

with the list of BLM sensitive species in Table 3-33 (page 3-109) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) and the updated Nevada BLM sensitive species list (NV-

IM-2018-003) the BLM formulated a list of BLM sensitive species with the

potential to occur in the project area This list which includes rationales for

determining the likelihood of occurrence in the FORGE project area is included

as Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-36 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

As described in Section 313 (page

3-107) of the Salt Wells EIS surveys

for BLM-sensitive species were

conducted between 2005 and 2010

surveys included a portion of the

FORGE project area Because the list

of BLM sensitive species has been

updated since surveys were

conducted and due to the length of

time since surveys were conducted

the BLM and Navy did not rely on

them when making determinations of

sensitive species presence or absence

in the FORGE project area Rather

the BLM made this determination by

considering the results of previous

surveys including those conducted by

NAS Fallon reviewing existing

recent data sources of known

occurrences from the NDOW and

NNHP and suitable habitat (see

Section 37 Wildlife and Key

Habitat) and by drawing on

knowledge of the project area

Amphibians

Suitable habitat for BLM sensitive amphibian species is likely present in the

project area however dense populations of American bullfrog (Lithobates

catesbeianus) in these areas (NAS Fallon 2014) likely preclude presence of

sensitive amphibian species due to predation competition and disease

Birds

Surveys in 2010 for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) documented golden eagle

(Aquila chrysaetos) nests about 3 miles from the project area and a Swainsonrsquos

hawk (Buteo swainsoni) nest within 1 mile (NDOW 2017) (also see Table 3-21

page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) These nests may or may not be active but

the presence of potential nesting habitat for these species remains

Similarly bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) and peregrine falcon (Falco

peregrinus) have been observed within 4 miles of the project area associated

with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017) These raptor species may hunt in the project

area but there is no nesting habitat there The emergency canal installed in

2016 may have increased foraging habitat value for these raptors by increasing

the prevalence of waterfowl and other small wildlife in the project area

The objectives of the BLM sensitive

species policy in Manual 6840mdash

Special Status Species Management

are twofold as follows

1 To conserve or recover

species listed under the

Endangered Species Act of

1973 (ESA 16 USC Section

1531 et seq) as amended and

the ecosystems on which they

depend so that ESA

protections are no longer

needed for these species

2 To initiate proactive

conservation measures that

reduce or eliminate threats to

BLM sensitive species to

minimize the likelihood of and

need for listing these species

under the ESA

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-37

Western burrowing owl (Athene cunicularia) could occur in the FORGE project

area and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017) however

those conducting surveys for the Salt Wells EIS did not locate any of the

species Marginally suitable foraging and breeding habitat for short-eared owl

(Asio flammeus) is likely present in the project area but much higher-quality

habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and pasture area south of the

project area where it is known to occur

A loggerhead shrike (Lanius ludovicianus) was observed in the Salt Wells project

area during biological surveys and NDOW (2017) documented it in the vicinity

this species has potential to nest in the project area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100

of the Salt Wells EIS)

Sandhill crane (Antigone canadensis) and least bittern (Ixobrychus exilis) may use

wetland habitats in the project area for foraging and during migration Both

species breed in open wetland habitats however the sandhill crane does not

breed in the project area region in Nevada and the least bittern prefers

breeding habitats with woody riparian vegetation which is not present in the

project area NDOW (2017) documented least bittern in the vicinity of the

project area presumably at the Carson Lake and Pasture south of the project

area

Long-billed curlew (Numenius americanus) was documented to nest in the Salt

Wells projects area (see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS) and

suitable breeding habitat for this species may be present in wetland habitats in

the FORGE project area Western snowy plover (Charadrius alexandrinus) may

also occur in wetland (playa) habitats in the FORGE project area This species is

known to nest at Carson Lake and pasture south of the project area (NDOW

2017) (also see Table 3-21 page 3-100 of the Salt Wells EIS)

Black tern (Chlidonias niger) was analyzed in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) as a

BLM sensitive species however this species has subsequently been removed

from the Nevada BLM sensitive species list and is discussed in Section 3-9

Migratory Birds

Mammals

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) several bat species

have been documented in the Salt Wells project area and the region These

species are pallid bat (Antrozous pallidus) big brown bat (Eptesicus fuscus)

western red bat (Lasiurus blossevillii) California myotis (Myotis californicus) small-

footed myotis (M ciliolabrum) little brown myotis (M lucifugus) Arizona myotis

(M occultus) fringed myotis (M thysanodes) Yuma myotis (M yumanensis)

canyon bat (Parastrellus hesperus) and Brazilian free-tailed bat (Tadarida

brasiliensis) NDOW (2017) listed the big brown bat Brazilian free-tailed bat

small-footed myotis and Yuma myotis in the vicinity

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-38 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Spotted bat (Euderma maculatum) and long-eared myotis (M evotis) have not

been documented in the vicinity though suitable foraging habitat for these

species is also present Suitable foraging habitat may also be present for

Townsendrsquos big-eared bat (Corynorhinus townsendii) and hoary bat (Lasiurus

cinereus) which have been documented in the Lahontan Valley (NDOW 2017)

No bat roosting habitat such as abandoned buildings mine workings (eg

shafts adits and inclines) trees rock outcrops or cliffs is present in the

immediate project area however such features are present in the vicinity

Western red bat little brown myotis and Yuma myotis have all been

documented to roost in the project area vicinity

While NDOW (2017) has also documented pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus

idahoensis) in the vicinity of the project area from a 1981 observation from

Churchill County Fallon suitable sagebrush-dominated habitat is not present in

the project area thus this species is unlikely to occur there

Reptiles

Two BLM sensitive lizards long-nosed leopard lizard (Gambelia wislizenii) and

desert horned lizard (Phrynosoma platyrhinos) may use habitats in the project

area especially those areas with sandy soils The project area is within the range

of these two species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012) and both have been

documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

NDOW (2017) has also documented Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus

bicinctores) in the vicinity of the project area however suitable xeric rocky

habitat is not present so this species is unlikely to occur there

Insects

Nevada alkali skipperling (Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus) relies on saltgrass

(Distichlis spicata) grasslands on alkali flats as a larval host The butterfly has been

collected in the Stillwater National Wildlife Refuge north of the project area

(Butterflies of America 2018) Suitable habitat is likely present in the project

area in close association with wetland areas and playa edges (see Section 36

Wetlands and Riparian Areas for a map of these areas in the project area) This

species has not been documented in the project area

As described in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) the BLM sensitive

butterfly the pallid wood nymph (Cercyonis oetus pallescens) also has potential to

use alkali meadows in the project area but it has not been observed there

Plants

Three BLM sensitive plant species have potential to occur in the project area

though none have been documented there As described in Table 3-22 of the

Salt Wells EIS (page 3-109) Nevada dune beardtongue (Penstemon arenarius)

occurs in alkaline areas in shadscale habitat and is known in northern Churchill

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-39

County along the Carson Sink Those conducting surveys for this species in the

Salt Wells project area did not locate it (BLM 2011a)

Lahontan milkvetch (Astragalus porrectus) and playa phacelia (Phacelia inundata)

both grow in open alkaline areas such as along playa edges Suitable habitats are

present in the FORGE project area for both of these species but surveys for

them during the appropriate season have not been conducted Lahontan

milkvetch has been recorded in northern Churchill County along the Carson

Sink Playa phacelia has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe

Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys of suitable habitat in Nevada

have not been completed (Morefield 2001)

Remaining BLM sensitive plant species are unlikely to occur in the project area

due either to lack of suitable habitat or soils or a known restricted range

outside of the project area

Threatened and Endangered Species

No threatened endangered candidate or proposed species are known to exist

in the project area The official USFWS Information for Planning and

Consultation (IPaC) species list generated for the project (see Appendix I)

listed the Lahontan cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarkia henshawi threatened)

as the only species that should be considered in an impacts analysis for the

Proposed Action (USFWS 2017) however no suitable habitat for this species

occurs in the project area or in the wider Lahontan Valley where the project

area is located The nearest locations of this species are the Truckee River

approximately 35 miles northwest of the project area and Walker Lake

approximately 43 miles south of the project area Surface flows from the

Lahontan Valley do not enter either of these waterbodies There is no

designated or proposed critical habitat for Lahontan cutthroat trout

The western yellow-billed cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus occidentalis threatened)

breeds in large blocks of riparian woodlands with cottonwoods and willows It

nests in willows but uses cottonwoods extensively for foraging (Wildlife Action

Plan Team 2012) This species has been documented migrating through the

Lahontan Valley (Chisholm and Neel 2002 NNHP 2017) but no breeding or

foraging habitat is in the project area Critical habitat has been proposed but

none is in or near the project area The nearest critical habitat unit is in the

Carson River upstream of Lahontan Reservoir approximately 23 miles to the

west (USFWS GIS 2017b)

382 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on BLM sensitive species are the potential for direct

impacts on individuals or populations acres of suitable habitat affected by the

Proposed Action and the potential for the Proposed Action contributing to the

need to list a BLM sensitive species under the ESA The region of influence for

direct and indirect impacts is the project area and a buffer around it where

there may be indirect impacts from noise and visual disturbances

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-40 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive species

would generally be the same as those described in Section 413 BLM-

Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants) of the Salt Wells EIS (page

4-110 BLM 2011a) These potential impacts are visual or noise disturbance

during construction or operation loss of or displacement from suitable

breeding or foraging habitat injury or mortality from vehicle or equipment

strike direct removal (sensitive plants) and decreased habitat suitability from

weed establishment or spread

Potential impacts on BLM sensitive species in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of those described in the Salt Wells EIS are

described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) Ground disturbance would remove

suitable habitat for BLM sensitive species which would reduce the acres of

suitable habitat in the project area Final well pad road and site trailer locations

and thus the exact amount of disturbance in each habitat type are not known

at this time

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from induced seismicity and noxious

weed establishment and spread would be the same as those described for

general wildlife species in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

The impacts on BLM sensitive species that use wetland and riparian areas would

be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section 37

Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about from adhering to the no

surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104

NVN-079105 and NVN-079106

The impacts on BLM sensitive species from their attraction to open water

sources would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would come about by covering

sumps and containment basins with fabric covers using floating cover systems

or using other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Applicable environmental protection measures and BMPs as described in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would apply to the Proposed

Action (see Appendix C of this EA) These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on BLM sensitive wildlife and plant species and their habitat Examples

of such measures are providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation

removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-41

Additional specific potential impacts on BLM sensitive birds mammals reptiles

insects and plants are described below

Birds

As described above the BLM sensitive raptor species golden eagle bald eagle

Swainsonrsquos hawk and peregrine falcon have been observed in the project area

vicinity These species likely forage in the area but there is no nesting habitat

there

Direct and indirect impacts on BLM sensitive raptor species from loss of

foraging habitat and temporary disturbance from construction noise and human

presence would generally be as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-99) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) For example BLM sensitive raptors

may avoid hunting in the project area during construction but ample foraging

habitat is available in the immediate vicinity As described in Appendix E of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) ground disturbance and vegetation removal would

be limited to the minimum extent necessary to install the project components

This would reduce or avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species from

foraging habitat loss

As described above the nearest known golden eagle nest is approximately 3

miles from the FORGE project area The nearest other known raptor nest that

of a Swainsonrsquos hawk is approximately 1 mile away These nests were observed

during surveys for the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) No nesting habitat for these

species is present in the project area or immediate vicinity Due to the distance

between the project area and known past nesting locations no impacts on these

nesting locations are anticipated

As described above several other BLM sensitive avian species may occur in the

project area western burrowing owl short-eared owl snowy plover sandhill

crane least bittern and loggerhead shrike (this species was observed during

surveys for the Salt Wells EIS) The project area likely provides only marginal or

unsuitable breeding habitat for most of these species higher-quality breeding

habitat is present in the nearby Carson Lake and Pasture area Nonetheless to

avoid impacts on BLM sensitive avian species during the breeding season the

project proponent would conduct pre-construction avian surveys and would

establish avoidance buffers around active nests Surveys are described in detail in

Section 39 Migratory Birds This would ensure that impacts on nesting BLM

sensitive avian species are avoided Impacts from loss of foraging habitat and

disturbance during construction would be as described above

Mammals

Although the project area does not provide roosting habitat several BLM

sensitive bat species likely forage there Direct and indirect impacts on bat

species from loss of foraging habitat temporary construction noise and human

presence would be as described in Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-89) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-42 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of foraging habitat in the region so there would be

no likely permanent population-level impact on the species due to habitat loss

Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas (see Section

36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest quality foraging

habitat in the project area Because there is no roosting habitat in the project

area impacts on roosting bats are not anticipated

Reptiles

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive reptiles would generally be as described in

Section 411 Wildlife (page 4-88 through 4-90) of the Salt Wells EIS These

include injury or mortality from vehicle strike disturbance or displacement from

habitat due to construction noise and habitat quality decline through loss of

rodent burrows or food sources such as ant colonies

Permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be small

relative to the total amount of habitat in the region so there would be no likely

permanent population-level impact on BLM sensitive reptile species due to

habitat loss Further the project proponent would conduct pre-construction

surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species with potential to occur in the

project area as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental

Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive reptile species in work

areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM Navy or NDOW

would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Insects

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive insects would generally be as described in

Section 413 BLM-Designated Sensitive Species (Animals and Plants page 4-116)

of the Salt Wells EIS These include removal of potential habitat including host

and nectar plants disturbance or displacement from habitat

Any permanent habitat loss associated with the proposed project would be

small relative to the total amount of habitat in the region (eg at Carson Lake

and Pasture) Further lease stipulations protecting wetlands and riparian areas

(see Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas) would preserve the highest

quality alkali wet meadow habitat for these species Also the project proponent

would conduct pre-construction surveys for all BLM sensitive wildlife species

with potential to occur in the project area as described in Appendix E Fallon

FORGE Environmental Protection Measures If surveys document BLM sensitive

insect species in work areas measures developed in coordination with the BLM

Navy or NDOW would avoid or minimize potential impacts

Plants

Potential impacts on BLM-sensitive plant species would be similar to those

described in Section 49 Vegetation (page 4-71 through 4-73) of the Salt Wells

EIS These include direct removal during construction and habitat quality decline

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-43

through weed establishment and spread soil erosion and fugitive dust

deposition

Lease stipulations protecting playa areas (see Section 36 Wetlands and

Riparian Areas) would preserve most suitable potential habitat for BLM sensitive

plants in the project area however direct impacts would still be possible

outside of these areas if these species were present there Conducting a

wetland delineation and pre-construction surveys described in Appendix E

would prevent impacts This would be the result of ensuring that construction

activities avoid any BLM sensitive plants in the work areas

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

39 MIGRATORY BIRDS

391 Affected Environment

Migratory birds4 including USFWS bird species of conservation concern and

game birds below desired condition are discussed in Section 312 (page 3-96) of

the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) Updated information on migratory birds

relevant to the FORGE project area where available is provided below

As discussed in detail in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt

Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) the Lahontan Valley is considered an Important Bird

Area (IBA) by several organizations In particular the Carson Lake and Pasture

to the south of the project area and its extensive shallow ponds and marshes

are an important stopover on the Pacific Flyway for migrating shorebirds and

waterfowl The FORGE project area is fully encompassed by the IBA

The NDOW Carson Lake Pasture WMA encompasses a substantial portion of

the Lahontan Valley wetlands at the Carson River terminus This area is

described in Section 312 Migratory Birds (page 3-98) of the Salt Wells EIS

(BLM 2011a) The WMA shares a portion of its northern boundary with the

southern project area boundary

Further the proposed project is next to portions of the Stillwater National

Wildlife Refuge (NWR) on Navy lands which is less than 1 mile to the west of

the project area In addition to the IBA this area is part of the Carson Sink Bird

Habitat Conservation Area (BHCA) an area rich in priority bird species and

habitats (Ivey and Herziger 2006)

4 The Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA) (16 USC Section 703 et seq) protects migratory birds and their nests

The list of birds protected under this regulation (50 CFR Part 10) is extensive and the project area could support

many of these species and their nests including BLM sensitive avian species (see Section 38)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-44 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Upland and wetland habitats in the FORGE project area provide habitat for

numerous species of migratory birds including raptors songbirds and

waterfowl Table 3-6 Key Habitats and Vegetation summarizes migratory

birds typical of habitats in the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) indicates that several raptor species have been directly

observed in the vicinity of the project area including great horned owl (Bubo

virginianus) prairie falcon (Falco mexicanus) red-shouldered hawk (Buteo lineatus)

red-tailed hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) rough-legged hawk (Buteo lagopus) and

sharp-shinned hawk (Accipiter striatus) A prairie falcon nest has been

documented approximately 15 miles east of the project area east of Highway

50 on Eetz Mountain Great Basin Bird Observatory (GBBO) reports5 an

American kestrel (Falco sparverius) was observed near the project area

NDOW (Appendix H) and GBBO indicate numerous other waterfowl

shorebird and songbird species have been observed in the vicinity of the project

area acorn woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus) American avocet

(Recurvirostra americana) American bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) American coot

(Fulica americana) American crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos) American robin

(Turdus migratorius) American white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) band-

tailed pigeon (Patagioenas fasciata) barn swallow (Hirundo rustica) black tern

black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) black-necked stilt (Himantopus

mexicanus) black-throated sparrow (Amphispiza bilineata) California quail

(Callipepla californica) cinnamon teal (Anas cyanoptera) common grackle

(Quiscalus quiscula) common raven (Corvus corax) dowitcher (Limnodromus spp)

double-crested cormorant (Phalacrocorax auritus) gadwall (Anas strepera)

goldfinches (Spinus spp) great blue heron (Ardea herodias) grebe (Podicipedidae

spp) green-winged teal (Anas carolinensis) magpie (Pica spp) mallard (Anas

platyrhynchos) northern pintail (Anas acuta) northern shoveler (A clypeata)

northern shrike (Lanius excubitor) redhead (Aythya americana) sandpipers (family

Scolopacidae) ruddy duck (Oxyura jamaicensis) whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus)

white-crowned sparrow (Zonotrichia leucophrys) and white-faced ibis (Plegadis

chihi)

The emergency canal constructed in 2017 through the FORGE project area

increases the amount of waterfowl habitat there A great blue heron was

observed hunting along the canal edges during a site visit in fall 2017 The

emergency canal also likely increases foraging habitat value for raptors by

attracting additional waterfowl and small mammals that are potential prey

species

392 Environmental Consequences

Indicators for impacts on migratory birds are the potential for direct or indirect

impacts on individuals or populations These could reduce population numbers

5 GBBO data for species observed supplied by Melanie Cota Biologist BLM Stillwater Field Office

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-45

cause substantial loss of or disturb habitat interfere with migratory bird

movement or migration or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites Such

impacts could also violate the MBTA or applicable BLM regulations or guidance

such as IM 2010-156 or IM 2008-050

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts on migratory birds would

generally be the same as those described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page

4-97) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) These include visual or noise

disturbance during construction and operation potential displacement from

habitat or nest abandonment and loss of habitat in the IBA

Described below are the potential impacts on migratory bird species in the

Fallon FORGE project area that are outside of the scope of those described in

the Salt Wells EIS

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and site trailers could

disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring well and productioninjection

well assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) This would result in permanent

habitat loss in the Lahontan Valley IBA Final well pad road and site trailer

locations and thus the exact amount of disturbance are not known at this

time

As discussed in Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat geothermal stimulation

associated with the proposed project may result in microseismic events which

typically range from magnitude 2 (insignificant) to about 35 (locally perceptible

to humans) The BLM (2011b) searched the scientific literature for the impacts

of induced seismic events on migratory birds for the Newberry Volcano EGS

Demonstration Project in eastern Oregon The BLM identified no documented

impacts

The impact of induced seismic events on nesting birds could vary from stress

responses in adults to nest abandonment and failure and mortality of eggs or

fledglings however it is unknown if the level of disturbance that birds may

experience following an induced seismic event would be substantially different

from natural ambient stimuli Because of this it is unknown whether nest

abandonment is likely to occur This potential impact was considered unlikely to

result from the demonstration EGS project (BLM 2011b) and is similarly

considered unlikely to occur as a result of the Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action transmission lines would not be installed and impacts

from these structures such as risk of collision or electrocution of birds would not

occur Drill rigs used during well installation would pose a temporary collision

hazard to birds as described in Section 412 Migratory Birds (page 4-98) of the

Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) This impact would last only during drilling

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-46 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If well sumps contained backflow fluids for prolonged periods they may attract

avian species This could increase the potential for direct impacts on migratory

birds from bird-aircraft strike due to proximity to the NAS Fallon runway To

minimize this risk sumps would be covered with an approved material that

deters wildlife

Given this measure the Proposed Action is expected to negligibly increase the

potential for a bird-aircraft strike hazard (BASH) In addition to being covered

the total surface area of the proposed sump ponds is small compared to the

amount of available surface waters in the emergency canal and irrigation ditches

in and around the project area (see Figure 11 Playas Wetlands and Riparian

Areas) Further the sumps would retain water for short durations only as

described above In contrast water in the canal and irrigation ditches is present

for longer durations or even year-round

The impacts on migratory birds from being attracted to open water sources

would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in Section

37 Wildlife and Key Habitat This would be the result of such protections as

covering sumps and containment basins with fabric using floating cover systems

or implementing other approved techniques to prevent attracting wildlife

Noise or visual disturbance during construction may cause nest abandonment

Vegetation removal may also result in nest loss damage or abandonment

depending on the proximity to the nest This could result in mortality of chicks

or loss of eggs Avoiding construction during the nesting season6 or conducting

pre-construction breeding bird surveys during the nesting season (see

Appendix E) would prevent this impact If nesting birds are observed in or

near the work area an appropriate buffer would be established to avoid impacts

from noise visual disturbance or nest damage

Migratory birds may also nest in or become trapped by open pipes and other

small spaces commonly associated with construction materials and equipment

Capping screening or otherwise covering these spaces as described in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat would prevent this impact

Adhering to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease

numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in

Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (Pages B-5 through B-7 BLM 2011a) would

avoid impacts on wetland and riparian habitats in the project area This would

be the result of preventing surface disturbance in these areas or within 650 feet

of them This stipulation would apply to all delineated wetland and riparian

areas as well as to surface water bodies (except canals) playas or 100-year

floodplains in these lease areas (see Appendix D)

6 Typically the nesting season is when avian species are most sensitive to disturbance which generally occurs from

March 1 through August 31 in the Great Basin

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-47

Canals used for water delivery or drainage on Reclamation lands would be

avoided by a 100-foot no surface occupancy buffer This would minimize impacts

from noise or visual disturbances on migratory birds inhabiting these areas

The impacts on migratory bird species from noxious weed establishment and

spread would be the same as those described for general wildlife species in

Section 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat

Further the project proponents would apply additional applicable environmental

protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix

E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) to the Proposed Action These measures

are included in Appendix C of this EA These measures would reduce or avoid

impacts on migratory birds and their habitat by taking the following measures

Providing environmental education for workers

Preventing overland travel

Minimizing vegetation removal

Implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in

migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None

of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action

would occur

310 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEED

SPECIES

3101 Affected Environment

To characterize the affected environment

for invasive nonnative and noxious weed

species the BLM reviewed information

relevant to the project area including

Section 310 Invasive Nonnative Species

(page 3-92) of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM

2011a) and the NAS Fallon Integrated

Natural Resources Management Plan

(NAS Fallon 2014) Additional sources

reviewed are cited in the discussion

below The BLM recognizes and targets

for treatment noxious weeds from the US

Department of Agriculture (USDA)

A noxious weed is any plant

designated as undesirable by a federal

state or county government as

injurious to public health agriculture

recreation wildlife or property

Noxious weeds are nonnative and

invasive Their control is based on

resource or treatment priorities and

is governed by budgetary constraints

Invasive plants include not only

noxious weeds but also other plants

that are not native to the United

States The BLM considers plants

invasive if they have been introduced

into an environment where they did

not evolve and as a result usually

have no natural enemies to limit their

reproduction and spread

(Westbrooks 1998)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-48 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Federal Noxious Weed List (USDA 2017) and the Nevada Department of

Agriculture (NDA)-maintained Nevada Noxious Weed List (NDA 2017) The

latter lists 47 noxious weed species in the state that require control

Numerous invasive nonnative and noxious weeds are present on the Ormat

project area described in the Salt Wells EIS (page 3-94 BLM 2011a) a portion

of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area These weeds are Russian

knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium)

tamarisk (Tamarix spp) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive

(Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near

other developed or disturbed areas

The most common noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants on the NAS

Fallon main station (a portion of which overlaps the Fallon FORGE project area)

are Russian olive tamarisk Russian knapweed hoary cress (Cardaria draba)

curlycup gumweed (Grindelia squarrosa var serrulata) Russian thistle (Salsola

tragus) and cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum NAS Fallon 2014) Weeds on NAS

Fallon were mapped in 2008 and 2012 Weed control programs are ongoing

34000 acres of NAS Fallon were treated between 2009 and 2014

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake

and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area

Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious

weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017

numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were

observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

3102 Environmental Consequences

An indicator of impacts from invasive nonnative and noxious weeds is the

potential for population establishment and spread as a result of the Proposed

Action The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts is the project area

Proposed Action

The nature and type of direct and indirect impacts from invasive nonnative and

noxious weeds (hereinafter referred to collectively as weeds) would be the

same as those described in Section 410 Invasive Nonnative Species of the Salt

Wells EIS (page 4-80 BLM 2011a) These include habitat degradation from weed

establishment and spread Potential impacts in the Fallon FORGE project area

that are outside of the scope of the Salt Wells EIS are described below

Under the Proposed Action drilling up to nine monitoring wells and three

productioninjection wells and installing new access roads and a site trailer

could disturb approximately 47 acres in the monitoring and productioninjection

wells assessment areas (FORGE GIS 2017) As described in Section 410 (page

4-81) of the Salt Wells EIS surface disturbance can facilitate weed establishment

and spread To minimize this impact applicable measures to prevent weed

establishment and spread from the approved weed management plan developed

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-49

for the Salt Wells projects would be incorporated into the Proposed Action

This would reduce or prevent weed establishment and spread from surface

disturbance during well pad and other project component construction

The potential for the Proposed Action to increase weed spread would be

minimized by preparing and implementing a noxious weed management plan

before construction begins as described in Appendix E Fallon FORGE

Environmental Protection Measures This would entail taking an accurate

baseline inventory of noxious weeds in the project area and tracking the

progress of weed treatments The plan would also outline best practices for

preventing weed establishment and spread such as using certified weed-free

materials and washing construction equipment before using it on-site A draft

plan outline is included as Appendix J of this EA Developing and implementing

this plan would reduce the potential for weed establishment and spread as a

result of the Proposed Action

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a) would

apply to the Proposed Action These measures are included in Appendix C of

this EA These measures which include minimizing vegetation removal and

preventing noxious weed spread would reduce the potential for noxious weed

establishment and spread during all phases of development

As described above the emergency canal has created extensive areas of bare

side-cast soils in the project area which are becoming infested with weeds

These areas will continue to provide suitable substrate for weed establishment

unless they are proactively managed If weed populations become established

they will create large amounts of seeds and propagules7 increasing the potential

for weed establishment and spread in other portions of the project area This

impact would continue to occur regardless of preventive weed measures

incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New weed populations originating

from this source may reduce the efficacy of adopted preventive measures

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur New weed propagation from

the emergency canal would continue

311 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

3111 Affected Environment

Native American resources are defined under various authorities including the

FLPMA the American Indian Religious Freedom Act Executive Order 13007

7 A bud sucker or spore

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-50 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act and the National

Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) Under these authorities federal agencies

have the responsibility for managing Native American resources They pursue

this by in part taking such resources into consideration in land use planning and

environmental documentation and mitigating where possible impacts on places

or resources important to contemporary Native Americans and federally

recognized tribes

Slight differences in definitions among the authorities notwithstanding these

resources can be generally defined as places or resources such as plants and

animals associated with cultural practices or beliefs of a living community These

practices and beliefs are rooted in a tribal communityrsquos oral traditions or history

and are important in maintaining its continuing cultural identity In practice this

means identifying evaluating and managing ethnohistoric sites and resources

traditional use areas sacred and ceremonial sites and traditional cultural

properties

Since tribal heritage resources are defined culturally by the people and groups

who value them these resources can be identified and managed only in

consultation with the people who infuse them with cultural value In the final

analysis and decision-making a federal agency has the legal authority to

determine how these resources would be managed and what if any mitigation

would be used to avoid undue and unnecessary impacts on these resources

Ethnographic information indicates that Northern Paiute occupied the general

area including the project area and their way of life is characterized by the

concept of living in harmony with the natural environment Rituals and

ceremonies ensure that plants animals and physical elements flourish The

continued welfare of the people depends on these rituals and ceremonies being

performed properly and the resources being available The manner of

performing the rituals and ceremonies the places where they are performed

and perhaps even the time of their performance are often prescribed (BLM

2011a Salt Wells EIS)

Overall management of Native American resources are addressed by an

integrated cultural resource management plan (NAS Fallon 2013) For

withdrawn lands the Navy and the BLM have joint responsibility under a 2011

programmatic agreement between the Navy BLM and the Nevada State

Historic Preservation Office it defines how NAS Fallon and the BLM will

implement the NHPA Proposed BLM and Navy activities on withdrawn lands

are subject to NHPA Section 106 review which includes tribal consultation The

BLM consults with federally recognized tribes for all undertakings that may

affect historic properties places or resources important to contemporary

Native Americans in accordance with the Nevada Protocol Agreement (BLM

2014b)

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-51

3112 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

The BLM sent consultation notification letters to the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone

Tribal Council During consultation as part of the Salt Wells EIS the following

concerns were identified cultural resources including historic properties

continued access and use of the traditional sites and other resources that may

be affected No direct permanent impacts on access to or the use of traditional

use sites in the Salt Wells project area were identified and none are anticipated

as part of the Fallon FORGE Proposed Action Impacts on areas of Native

American religious concern often overlap with impacts on water quantity and

quality cultural resources visual resources and national and historic trails

Mitigation as part of the Salt Wells EIS required consultation and coordination

to maintain access to and use of any traditional sites To date no new locations

of Native American religious concerns have been identified If ongoing

consultation identifies locations or concerns these would be reviewed and as

appropriate and necessary additional monitoring and mitigation measures would

be developed Accordingly no impacts are anticipated

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

312 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

3121 Affected Environment

Land Use

This section discusses the current landownership and use airspace

requirements and access in the proposed project area for the Fallon FORGE

site

The 1120-acre Fallon FORGE project area covers an area next to and including

a portion of the southeast section of the NAS Fallon main station The primary

uses in and near this area are agriculture the Newlands Project recreation

wildlife conservation naval air operations and ROWs for natural gas pipelines

transmission lines and communication facilities

As displayed in Figure 2 the Fallon FORGE project area and surrounding lands

consist of private lands and federal lands administered by the BLM US Navy

and Reclamation Land management and ownership acreages and percentages

are shown in Table 1-1 in Section 11 above

The federally administered lands near the proposed project area are the Carson

Lake and Pasture (administered by Reclamation) Stillwater National Wildlife

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-52 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Refuge (administered by the USFWS) Grimes Point Archaeological Site

(administered by the BLM) the Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Indian Reservation

(administered by the US Bureau of Indian Affairs) and NAS Fallon (administered

by the DOD)

The Navy Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan (NAS Fallon 2014)

outlines how resources on Navy lands in the project vicinity are to be managed

The INRMP is a long-term planning document to guide the Navy in managing

natural resources while protecting and enhancing installation resources for

multiple use sustainable yield and biological integrity The primary purpose of

the INRMP is to maintain public access for wildlife viewing and other

recreational activities on lands not closed to the public for security or safety

The Navy promotes agricultural outleasing and other multiple land uses to the

maximum degree compatible with military operation requirements Parcels of

Navy-administered lands are opened for bid to local ranchers with the highest

bidder awarded a 5-year lease Use of the leased lands includes irrigation (on

water-righted acres) cattle grazing farming of alfalfa corn sudangrass and hay

and combinations of these uses (NAS Fallon 2014)

Reclamation-administered lands in the area are part of the Newlands Project

which TCID operates through a contract with Reclamation The Lahontan Basin

Area Office of Reclamation oversees the operation of the Newlands Project in

consultation with TCID the Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe the USFWS the Fallon

Paiute-Shoshone Tribe and other regional stakeholders

Military Training and Airspace

NAS Fallon is the Navyrsquos primary air-to-air and air-to-ground training facility

Churchill County Code 1608240 contains provisions for land uses in the NAS

Fallon notification area which includes lands around the main station Section

1608240(J) requires notifying the NAS Fallon Commanding Officer of any new

redeveloped or rehabilitated buildings and structures This includes those used

for transmission communications or energy generation planned or proposed

within 3 miles of NAS Fallon boundary Structures with heights exceeding 75

feet will also require that NAS Fallon be notified to ensure navigable airspace

for military training (Churchill County 2017)

The project area is south of NAS Fallon main station which includes an airport

with control towers radar and runways industrial facilities for maintenance of

aircraft and support equipment business facilities for everyday operations retail

and recreation facilities housing for military personnel and their families and

utility support facilities such as for water and sewer (NAS Fallon 2014)

The runways and aprons comprising a flat paved asphalt area run in a northwest-

southeast orientation through the center of the station (see Figure 1) Land uses

next to each end of the runways are primarily agriculture and open space which

ensures compatibility with flight takeoff and landing operations

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-53

In the early 1970s the DoD established the AICUZ Program to balance the

need for aircraft operations with community concerns over aircraft noise and

accident potential The program goals are to protect the safety welfare and

health of those who live and work near military airfields while preserving the

military flying mission (NAS Fallon 2013) Through the AICUZ program the

Navy has modeled accident potential zones (APZs) at its air facilities APZs give

land use planners a tool to promote development that is compatible with airfield

operations

There are three APZ classifications (US Navy 2008)

1) The clear zone which has the greatest accident potential where no

structures except navigational aids and airfield lighting are allowed

2) APZ1 which is the area beyond the clear zone that still possesses a

measurable potential for accidents relative to the clear zone

3) APZ2 which has a measurable but lower potential for aircraft

accidents relative to clear zones and APZ1

Access

The project area can be accessed via US Highways 50 and 95 using Union Road

Pasture Road Berney Road Depp Road Shaffer Lane or Macari Lane There

are two segments of the Lincoln Highway (known as Berney Road in the north

and Macari Lane in the south) bisecting the project area The segments are

approximately 04 and 02 miles long

Beginning in April 2017 Reclamation authorized TCID to construct a new canal

in Churchill County for an emergency flood prevention project The

approximately 60-foot-wide and 16-mile-long emergency canal bisects the

project area in three areas for a total of 2 miles There are no culverts or

bridges where roads bisect the canal This prevents vehicle crossings and limits

access to portions of the proposed project area

3122 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Indicators of impacts on land uses airspace and access include consistency with

federal state and local land uses compatibility with NAS Fallon and other

surrounding uses change in landownership and any change in the level of access

to or in the project area The region of influence for impacts on land use

airspace and access are all lands within the proposed project area boundary

Direct Impacts

Implementing the Proposed Action would not change any land uses or

landownership in the proposed project area

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-54 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

The Proposed Action would be consistent with the Churchill County 2015

Master Plan For example Goal CNR 4 identifies one of the Countyrsquos

conservation and natural resources goals Policy CNR 41 (Churchill County

2015) states ldquoEncourage and support development of renewable energy and

geothermal activity which provides benefit to Churchill County without

adversely impacting the surrounding community and environment including

migration routes nestingroosting sites unique habitats of wildlife and plant

species and monitor for no adverse impacts to wildlife and plant populationsrdquo

Impacts on wildlife from the Proposed Action would be expected to be minor

and localized and are further analyzed in Section 37

The Proposed Action would entail drilling up to three productioninjection wells

and up to nine monitoring wells These wells would allow for subsequent EGS

development and monitoring During construction drill rigs that are

approximately 120 feet tall would be used for drilling wells an activity that is

expected to last about 60 days per each of the nine monitoring wells and up to

120 days for the productioninjection wells This would have temporary impacts

on the APZs south of NAS Fallon

Nighttime lighting and transmitters on drill rigs would mitigate the potential for

interference with NAS Fallon operations After construction is completed the

permanent wellhead height would be less than 6 feet During well development

and operations the project proponent would coordinate closely with NAS

Fallon and the FAA to ensure compatibility with military aircraft operations and

to minimize the temporary impacts on accident potential zones

Direct access to the proposed project area would be via Highway 50 from

Berney Road or Macari Lane Impacts on access would occur if the historic

segments of the Lincoln Highway in the proposed project area were damaged

during construction and operation under the Proposed Action

Access to work locations in the project area would use to the extent possible

existing roads however an additional 21 miles of access roads may be

constructed to provide expanded access to proposed well pads

No indirect impacts on land use airspace or access have been identified in

relation to the Proposed Action

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

313 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The following data and information is presented to assist with agency

compliance with the Farmlands Protection Policy Act The locations and

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-55

acreages of prime and unique farmlands in the proposed project area are

identified based on information in the Natural Resources Conservation Service

(NRCS) online soils database (NRCS GIS 2017)

3131 Affected Environment

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area however

any potential prime farmland in the project area would require irrigation and

reclamation of salts and sodium There are 780 acres throughout the project

area that are considered potential prime farmland if reclaimed of salts (see

Table 3-7) Areas of non-prime farmland are generally in the northern portion

of the project area (see Figure 13 Farmland)

Table 3-7

Acres of Potential Prime Farmland

Not Prime

Farmland

Prime Farmland

if Irrigated

Prime Farmland If

Reclaimed of Salts

and Sodium

Total

Proposed project

area

300 40 780 1120

Source NRCS GIS 2017

3132 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

This section presents the consequences that the Proposed Action is likely to

have on Prime or Unique Farmlands Mitigation measures are discussed for

reducing any impacts that surface disturbance and constructed features may

have to agricultural operations

No land is classified as unique farmland in the proposed project area all

potential prime farmland would require irrigation and salt abatement

The consequences of the project on potential prime farmland include temporary

disruption of agricultural activities during construction of productioninjection

and monitoring wells and new access routes

The region of influence for direct and indirect impacts on prime or unique

farmlands includes areas where soil would be directly disturbed in the proposed

project area

In the potential prime farmland in the proposed project area 260 acres would

be in the monitoring and productioninjection well pad assessment areas There

could be up to 47 acres of disturbance in these areas however this amount of

disturbance would be unlikely given that not all wells and access roads would be

clustered in those portions of the assessment areas Disturbed areas would be

converted directly to non-farmland

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-57

The footprint of well pads and access roads would be the only locations where

occupancy would not allow agricultural use areas between well pads and access

roads could be available for farming The Proposed Action would be compatible

with agriculture uses and would not reduce opportunities to implement

agricultural practices on the remaining prime farmlands

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

314 SOCIOECONOMICS

Demographic and economic data is generally provided at the county level

therefore the socioeconomic study area is defined as Churchill County

General descriptions of social and economic setting in the socioeconomic study

area are consistent with those described in the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011a)

Updated information relevant to the FORGE socioeconomic study area where

available is described below

3141 Affected Environment

Population in the socioeconomic study area is displayed in Table 3-8

Population estimates from 2012ndash2016 indicate that population has declined

slightly since 2010 in Churchill County and the city of Fallon

Table 3-8

Population in the Socioeconomic Study Area

Geography Population 2015 Population 2010 Population

Change

Churchill County 24148 24877 -29

City of Fallon 8410 8606 -23

Source US Census Bureau 2016 2010

Note 2016 data represent 2012ndash2016 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates 2010 data are from the

2010 census

Annual unemployment levels in Churchill County for 2016 (54 percent) were

similar to those of the state (57 percent Headwater Economics 2017)

Current employment sectors in the socioeconomic study area are shown in

Table 3-9 Employment generated by the Proposed Action is likely to be in the

agriculture forestry fishing-hunting mining category Employment in this sector

currently represents 8 percent of employment This is much larger than the

state average due to the importance of farming and mining including

geothermal development Construction employment may also be generated by

the Proposed Action this sector has a similar level of employment as the county

and the state

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-58 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 3-9

Employment by Industry in the Socioeconomic Study Area (2015)

Economic Sector

Churchill County Nevada

(Number of employees [percent employment]

for civilian employed population above age 16)

Agriculture forestry fishing-hunting and mining 739 (8) 21817 (17)

Construction 579 (62) 6664 (60)

Manufacturing 734 (79) 52723 (42)

Wholesale trade 135 (15) 26001 (21)

Retail trade 1057 (114) 151987 (120)

Transportation and warehousing 618 (67) 64333 (51)

Information 166 (18) 20940 (17)

Finance insurance and real estate 235 (25) 72784 (57)

Professional scientific management and administration 766 (83) 138342 (109)

Education health care and social assistance 1804 (195) 195743 (154)

Arts entertainment and recreation 872 (94) 328665 (259)

Other services 589 (64) 58360 (46)

Public administration 980 (106) 58935 (47)

TOTAL 9274 1267312

Source Headwater Economics 2017

3142 Environmental Consequences

Proposed Action

Under the Proposed Action construction and operation of up to three

productioninjection wells and nine monitoring wells may result in impacts on

local residents during the construction period from noise dust and traffic

Impacts would be short term and limited to the area immediately surrounding

the proposed disturbance areas

Specific to EGS potential impacts from induced seismicity would include the

threat of property damage and non-physical damage to humans such as sleep

disturbance (Majer et al 2007 Majer et al 2016) The potential for damage or

disturbance depends on the magnitude of a seismic event and the distance of the

property or human receptor from the source

Seismicity is influenced by the type of stimulation well depth geology and other

site specific factors (see Section 35 Geology for additional details) Literature

suggests that the potential to detect seismicity is generally limited to

approximately 74ndash93 miles of a drilling site and that impacts on structures are

limited to a narrower range (Majer et al 2016) For the project area a buffer of

5 miles was examined to determine the number of residences and other

structures with a potential for impact Based on aerial photos there are more

than 50 potential residences or other structures within the buffer area

Implementation of best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the

level of impacts on these residences (see Appendix B) Seismic monitoring

would be implemented before full-scale stimulation begins

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 3-59

The Fallon FORGE project represents the potential for additional employment

particularly in the construction sector Based on estimates in the Salt Wells EIS

well pads and associated wells typically require a crew of six workers for

construction The number of employees needed at a given time would depend

on the timing of development and the degree to which well drilling overlaps

Well depth and other factors influence costs and the number of employees

required EGS stimulation would also require additional costs and employment

for the length of the stimulation period

Some of the construction or operation jobs may be filled by workers already

residing in Churchill County some workers may come from outside the region

to fill new jobs or as contracted employees particularly for temporary

construction positions Employment data suggest that some qualified workers in

the sector may be available in the county accordingly the addition of these

temporary jobs would not increase the population employment or spending in

the county or strain public services

No Action Alternative

Under the No Action Alternative the BLM and Navy would not implement the

Proposed Action on federal lands None of the potential environmental impacts

associated with the Proposed Action would occur

3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences

3-60 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-1

CHAPTER 4

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

Cumulative impacts are defined by the CEQ in 40 CFR Subpart 15087s as

ldquoimpacts on the environment which result from the incremental impact of the

action when added to other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions regardless of what agency (federal or non-federal) or person undertakes

such other actionsrdquo

Cumulative impacts can result from individually minor but collectively significant

actions taking place over time The analysis area for cumulative impact analysis is

stated for each resource

41 PAST PRESENT AND REASONABLY FORESEEABLE FUTURE ACTIONS

Past actions considered are those whose impacts on one or more of the

affected resources have persisted to today Present actions are those occurring

at the time of this evaluation and during implementation of the Proposed

Action Reasonably foreseeable future actions constitute those actions that are

known or could reasonably be anticipated to occur in the project area within a

time frame appropriate to the expected impacts from the Proposed Action

The primary past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that would

contribute to cumulative impacts of the Proposed Action are military training

activities at NAS Fallon continued use of existing unpaved roads in the FORGE

project area continued exploration and development of geothermal resources

in leased areas continued use of land use authorizations the continued use of

the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching Table 4-1 identifies

known past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the FORGE

cumulative impacts assessment areas

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table 4-1

Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions

Action Location Description Completion

Date

Existing geothermal

exploration and

monitoring

Project area

and immediate

vicinity

There are numerous geothermal

exploration and monitoring wells in

and around the project area including

four deep wells in the project area

operated by Ormat

Ongoing

Salt Wells Geothermal

Project

Project area

and vicinity

Proposed 120-megawatt geothermal

power plant and transmission lines

Construction has

not begun

Enel Geothermal

Power Plant

18-megawatt geothermal power plant

approximately 8 miles southeast of the

project area

In operation

Newlands Project Churchill

Lyon Storey

and Washoe

Counties

Network of canals and irrigation

ditches that provide water to

agricultural lands in Lyon and Churchill

Counties

Operation and

maintenance is

ongoing

Emergency canal Project area

and immediate

vicinity

Emergency flood relief canal that was

constructed to relieve flooding in

Carson Lake

Spring 2017

Carson Lake and

Pasture land transfer

Churchill

County

In 1990 Congress passed Public Law

101-618 Section 206(e) of which

authorizes the Secretary of the Interior

to transfer title of the 22700 acres

comprising the Carson Lake and

Pasture area to the State of Nevada to

be managed by NDOW as a wildlife

management area The transfer is

pending completion

Transfer not

completed

Livestock grazing Project area

and vicinity

There is grazing on the privately

owned lands in the project area This

use is expected to continue

Ongoing

NAS Fallon military

training activities

Churchill

County

Military training at NAS Fallon will

continue on Navy lands next to the

project area

Ongoing

Grimes Point

Archaeological Area

Approximately

2 miles east of

the project

area

The Grimes Point Archaeological Area

and Petroglyph Trail managed by the

BLM provides visitors with a self-

guided interpretive trail experience

Year-round

visitation

Invasive nonnative

species and noxious

weeds

Project area Noxious weeds and nonnative species

continue to contribute to the

propagation of noxious weeds in the

project area

Ongoing

Churchill County

Master Plan

Churchill

County

The master plan establishes the

Countyrsquos vision for the future and

provides a decision-making framework

on matters relating to growth and

development throughout the county

2015

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-3

42 WATER RESOURCES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for surface water and groundwater is

the Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Combined with the other past present and reasonably foreseeable future

actions listed in Table 4-1 the Proposed Action would not result in

cumulatively significant impacts on water quality and quantity Water resources

in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable future

actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) the Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring

These projects would have impacts on water resources similar to those

described for the Proposed Action For example the primary potential impacts

from surface water quality would be short term from any additional

construction completed at one or more of the well pads Impacts on surface

water could occur from increased erosion and sedimentation caused by ground

disturbance and removal of vegetation however mitigation using BMPs would

control these temporary impacts on surface water quality

Implementing stipulations applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 34 Water Resources would

minimize cumulative impacts on water resources Examples are imposing the

controlled surface use stipulation and complying with the stormwater pollution

prevention plan Additionally the environmental protection measures in

Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (included as Appendix C of this EA) would

help prevent contamination of surface water and groundwater from additional

drilling

The use of groundwater from adjacent geothermal wells could cumulatively

affect the quality and quantity of flows from the thermal spring (well 6) and

seeps due to pumping could reduce groundwater storage and could modify

deep groundwater flow paths and pressures These impacts would occur during

the period of deep groundwater pumping and for some time thereafter until the

affected deep groundwater system recovers to near equilibrium conditions

Any surface water impacts would require a permit from the US Army Corps of

Engineers all mitigation measures outlined in the permit would be strictly

adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts Accordingly based on

potential impacts from past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

in the assessment area no cumulatively significant impacts on water resources

are anticipated from implementing the Proposed Action

43 GEOLOGY

The cumulative impacts assessment area for geology is the same as that

identified under the environmental consequences for the Proposed Action

which is the project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Geology in the region of influence would be affected by reasonably foreseeable

future actions such as canal construction (eg the Newlands Project and the

emergency canal) Salt Wells Geothermal Project and existing geothermal

exploration and monitoring These projects would have impacts on geology

similar to those described for the Proposed Action For example direct impacts

on surface geology would occur from the reasonably foreseeable future actions

This is because they likely would involve excavation which would disturb the

upper layers of the ground These impacts would likely last until the beginning of

any reclamation

Under the Proposed Action there would be direct and indirect impacts on

geology and seismicity The impacts would be negligible and minor

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity These would occur by constructing infrastructure and inducing

microseismic events however it is not unreasonable to assume that continued

exploration and development of geothermal resources would be implemented

under practices similar to those of the Proposed Action that would minimize

impacts on geology Therefore the cumulative impacts on geology and

seismicity from the Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future

actions would be minor

44 WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wetlands and riparian areas is the

Fallon FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wetlands and riparian areas in the

assessment area are as follows existing and future exploration and development

of geothermal resources in leased areas military training activities at NAS

Fallon continued use of unpaved roads in the project area continued use of

land use authorizations and livestock grazing and ranching

There are numerous geothermal exploration and monitoring wells in and

around the project area including four deep wells in the project area operated

by Ormat The proposed 120-megawatt Salt Wells Geothermal Project would

also likely use geothermal resources in the analysis area Implementing the

Proposed Action in combination with these present and reasonably foreseeable

projects could cumulatively affect wetland and riparian areas Depending on the

hydraulic connection between the geothermal resources and surrounding

wetland areas saturation and flow volumes supporting wetland areas could be

altered by more geothermal wells Altered flow characteristics could in turn

alter wetland plant species composition total wetland area or surface or

subsurface water levels in wetlands

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-5

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action could also incrementally contribute to impacts on

wetlands and riparian areas from wetland and riparian area disturbance or

removal Disturbance or removal may come about during well pad or other

military livestock grazing or infrastructure construction or from increased

sedimentation or weed spread into the areas facilitated by these activities

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 36 Wetlands and Riparian

Areas would minimize cumulative impacts on wetlands and riparian areas

Specifically these stipulate no surface occupancy around wetland surface water

riparian and playa features complying with the stormwater pollution prevention

plan minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Conducting a wetland delineation on federal lease lands would ensure

compliance with the applicable lease stipulations relating to no surface

occupancy BLM approval of compliance would ensure impacts are minimized

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wetlands and riparian areas are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

If necessary disturbance or fill in wetlands may require a permit from the US

Army Corps of Engineers and all mitigation measures outlined in the permit

would be strictly adhered to further minimizing cumulative impacts

45 WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT

The cumulative impacts assessment area for wildlife and key habitat is the Fallon

FORGE project area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect wildlife and key habitat in the

assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of existing land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for general wildlife species in the assessment area

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on wildlife and

key habitat The primary potential impacts would come from key habitat

disturbance or removal during well pad construction and from the potential

interference with wildlife disturbance injury mortality or movement

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 37 would minimize cumulative

impacts on wildlife and key habitat These are stipulating no surface occupancy

around wetlands and playa habitats imposing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on wildlife and key habitat are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

46 BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

The cumulative impacts assessment area for BLM sensitive species is the project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect BLM sensitive species in the sensitive

species cumulative assessment area are as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for BLM-sensitive species in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-7

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on BLM

sensitive plants and wildlife The primary impacts would be the potential for

foraging habitat loss for raptors and bat species from habitat loss during well

pad construction and the potential for disturbance during construction The

Proposed Action could also reduce the amount of suitable habitat for BLM-

sensitive plants either through habitat disturbance or weed establishment and

spread

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 38 BLM Sensitive Species

would minimize cumulative impacts on these species These measures are as

follows adhering to applicable measures in the approved avian protection plan

for the Salt Wells projects imposing the no surface occupancy stipulation

around wetlands and playa habitats implementing measures to prevent noxious

weed spread providing environmental education for workers preventing

overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and

using measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on BLM sensitive species are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

47 MIGRATORY BIRDS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for migratory birds is the project area

plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect migratory birds in the cumulative assessment area are

as follows

Military training at NAS Fallon and the NAS Fallon BASH program

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal projects and

construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals

Construction and use of the emergency canal

The Carson Lake and Pasture Land Transfer (pending) would transfer

management of the Carson Lake and Pasture to NDOW for wildlife habitat

This would have a beneficial cumulative impact by maintaining or increasing the

amount of high-quality habitat for numerous species of migratory birds including

waterfowl in the assessment area

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on migratory

birds The primary impacts would be the potential for habitat loss and

disturbance or displacement from habitat during construction Disturbance

during the nesting season could result in songbird or waterfowl nest

abandonment however conducting surveys for and avoiding nests would

eliminate the potential for this

Further applicable environmental protection measures and best management

practices would reduce or avoid impacts on migratory birds and their habitat

This would come about by providing environmental education for workers

preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal and implementing

measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on migratory birds are anticipated from implementing the Proposed

Action

48 INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS SPECIES WEED

The cumulative impacts assessment area for weeds is the Fallon FORGE project

area plus a 1-mile buffer

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect weeds in the cumulative impacts

assessment area are as follows

Military training activities at NAS Fallon

Continued use of unpaved roads in the project area

Continued exploration and development of geothermal resources in

leased areas

Continued use of land use authorizations

Construction and use of Newlands Project irrigation canals and

construction and use of the emergency canal

Livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on weeds The

primary potential impact would be the potential for weed establishment and

spread during construction resulting in surface disturbance and vegetation

removal Side-cast soils along the emergency canal would continue to provide

suitable substrate for weed establishment and propagation throughout the

project area

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-9

Implementing stipulations and applicable environmental protection measures and

best management practices outlined in Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and

Noxious Weed Species would minimize cumulative impacts Even so weeds

would continue to become established due to canal disturbance regardless of

preventive weed measures incorporated into the Fallon FORGE project New

weed populations originating from this source may reduce the efficacy of

adopted preventive measures such as those from the approved Salt Wells

projects

49 NATIVE AMERICAN RELIGIOUS CONCERNS

The cumulative impacts study area for Native American religious concerns in

the project area and surrounding lands that tribes and individual Native

Americans value for religious or traditional cultural purposes In this area

cumulative impacts have occurred on lands that have provided and continue to

provide sustenance and spiritual and religious renewal for the indigenous

people Mineral development water conveyance systems cattle grazing and

other actions cumulatively have affected or would affect these resources and

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone tribal tradition and lifeways

No additional impacts are anticipated from the Proposed Action therefore no

change in the nature type or extent of cumulative impacts is anticipated when

combined with reasonably foreseeable future actions

410 LAND USE AIRSPACE AND ACCESS

The cumulative impacts assessment area for land use airspace and access is the

same as that identified under impacts for the Proposed Action

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions listed in Table 4-1 that

have affected and would continue to affect land use airspace and access in the

cumulative impacts assessment area are military training activities at NAS Fallon

(including within accident potential zones) continued use of existing and newly

created unpaved roads in the project area continued exploration and

development of geothermal resources continued use of existing land use

authorizations use of the emergency canal and livestock grazing and ranching

Combined with other past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions

the Proposed Action would incrementally contribute to impacts on land use

airspace and access The primary potential impact would be from conflicts with

nearby land uses from the increase or modification of access in the region of

influence or from the conflict with airspace safety zones designated by the

Navy however any future projects would require approval from the land

management agency with jurisdiction over the project lands The projects would

be developed to be consistent with federal state and local land use plans and

policies therefore potential cumulative impacts on land uses airspace or access

would be minimized

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

There would be ongoing cumulative impacts on access through the project area

from the emergency canal Until new road crossings are constructed or it is

filled in the canal would prevent through-travel on any access road that the

canal bisects Where the canal prevents access there may be a cumulative

impact on access in the project area unless new roads can compensate for the

loss of access

Accordingly based on potential impacts from past present and reasonably

foreseeable future actions in the assessment area no cumulatively significant

impacts on land use airspace and access are anticipated from implementing the

Proposed Action

411 FARMLANDS (PRIME OR UNIQUE)

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on farmlands includes areas

where soil would be directly disturbed in the Proposed Action area

The largest threat to potential Prime Farmlands near Fallon is the removal of

water rights Changes in upstream water rights and the purchases of water

rights in the area could change the number of water rights available NAS Fallon

has instituted a program to purchase and conserve adjacent lands in agricultural

uses and Churchill County has an easement purchasing program to promote

farmland conservation Residential development pressure has occurred but has

been partially offset by the previously described conservation programs (BLM

2011a)

Due to the deficiency in precipitation (approximately 5 inches per year

[Western Regional Climate Center 2016]) compared to evapotranspiration

(over 60 inches per year [Western Regional Climate Center 1992]) irrigation is

necessary for productive farming near Fallon however the Proposed Action

would not divert irrigation water from agricultural application Water needed

for the EGS testing operations would be supplied from groundwater sources

The Proposed Action when combined with the reasonably foreseeable future

actions identified in Table 4-1 could have cumulative impacts on potential

Prime Farmlands This would result from implementing activities or construction

that would preclude lands from being used for agricultural purposes such as

construction of the Salt Wells Geothermal Project

Also projects that increase surface water availability for irrigation such as

construction of additional canals in the Newlands Project could affect potential

Prime Farmlands Cumulative impacts on potential Prime Farmlands from the

Proposed Action and the reasonably foreseeable future actions are expected to

be minor

4 Cumulative Impacts

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 4-11

412 SOCIOECONOMICS

The region of influence for cumulative impacts on socioeconomics is the same

as that identified under the impacts for the Proposed Action which is Churchill

County

Past present and reasonably foreseeable future actions that have affected and

would continue to affect socioeconomics are regional employment and potential

seismicity from EGS Proposed actions including future geothermal

development (see Table 4-1) represent additional regional employment needs

The level of demand for employment would depend on the degree of overlap

with the Proposed Action Although the Proposed Action presents the potential

for additional employment particularly in the construction sector the jobs

would be either temporary or would only nominally increase the permanent

population employment or spending in the region The Proposed Action would

not strain public services therefore contributions to cumulative impacts on

socioeconomics would be minimal

The potential for damage or disturbance from induced seismicity depends on

the distance from the source and the magnitude of the seismic event

Implementing best practices to limit induced seismicity would reduce the level

of cumulative impacts (see Section 35 Geology for additional discussion of

induced seismicity)

413 NO ACTION ALTERNATIVE

Under the No Action Alternative there would be no additional wells drilled to

support geothermal research There would be no impacts on any of the

identified resources or activities

414 SUMMARY OF CUMULATIVE IMPACTS

All resource values have been evaluated for cumulative impacts Cumulative

impacts from implementing the Proposed Action or No Action Alternative have

been determined to be negligible

415 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES

The irreversible commitment of resources is described as the ldquoloss of future

optionsrdquo It applies primarily to nonrenewable resources such as cultural

resources or resources that are renewable after a regeneration period such as

soil productivity The term may also apply to the loss of an experience as an

indirect impact of a permanent change in the nature or character of the land

An irretrievable commitment of resources is defined as the loss of production

harvest or use of natural resources The amount of production foregone is

irretrievable but the action is not irreversible No irreversible and irretrievable

commitment of resources is expected as a result of the Proposed Action

4 Cumulative Impacts

4-12 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

416 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCAL SHORT-TERM USE OF THE HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT OF LONG-TERM NATURAL RESOURCE PRODUCTIVITY

Development and construction proposed to occur from implementing the Proposed Action is not expected to result in the types of impacts that would reduce environmental productivity have long-term impacts on natural resources or resource uses affect biodiversity or narrow the range of long-term beneficial uses of the environment As discussed in Chapter 3 the Proposed Action would not result in short- and long-term significant environmental effects

Short-term uses of the environment associated with the Proposed Action would include constructing well pads and drilling productioninjection and monitoring wells to support EGS activities Project-related construction activities would result in localized temporary impacts such as noise from vehicles and well drilling Noise from construction activities would be short-term and would not be expected to result in permanent damage or long-term changes in wildlife productivity or habitat use

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 5-1

CHAPTER 5

CONSULTATION AND COORDINATION

51 AGENCIES GROUPS AND INDIVIDUALS CONTACTED

The following agencies groups and individuals were contacted for the

preparation of the Fallon FORGE Geothermal Research Project EA

Native American Consultation

Fallon Paiute-Shoshone Tribal Council

Federal Agencies

US Fish and Wildlife Service

US Department of Energy

State Agencies

Nevada Department of Wildlife

Nevada Natural Heritage Program

Cooperating Agencies

US Navy

US Bureau of Reclamation

Other Entities

Ormat Nevada Inc

Sandia National Laboratories

5 Consultation and Coordination

5-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

52 LIST OF PREPARERS

Table 5-1

List of Preparers

Name Project Expertise

BLM Carson City District Stillwater Field Office

Dave Schroeder Project Lead geothermal resources wastes hazardous or solid

Kenneth Collum Stillwater Field Office Manager

Carla James Stillwater Assistant Field Manager

Linda Appel Vegetation wild horses and burros

Keith Barker Fire management vegetation

Melanie Cota Migratory birds threatened or endangered species special status

species (BLM Sensitive Species) general wildlife

Kenneth Depaoli Geologist

Jason Grasso Realty Specialist

Melanie Hornsby Recreation ACEC travel management wildernessWSA lands with

wilderness characteristics environmental justice NEPA compliance

Mark Mazza Rangeland noxious and invasive nonnative species

Michelle Stropky Hydrology air quality farm lands (Prime and Unique) floodplains

surface water and groundwater quality soils

Jason Wright Cultural resources Native American religious concerns visual

resources paleontology

US Department of the Navy

Nathan Accoraci US Navy NAS Fallon

Mike Klapec US Navy NAS Fallon

Andrew Tiedeman US Navy Geothermal Program Office

Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

Peter Gower Project Manager

Jacob Accola Geographic information systems

Sean Cottle Land use airspace and access administrative record

Kevin Doyle Native American and religious concerns

Zoe Ghali Socioeconomics

Derek Holmgren Geology

Jenna Jonker Geographic information systems

Laura Patten Water resources

Cindy Schad Word processing

Jennifer Thies NEPA Specialist

Morgan Trieger Wildlife and key habitat BLM sensitive species invasive nonnative and

noxious weed species wetlands and riparian areas migratory birds

Randolph Varney Technical editing

Meredith Zaccherio Quality assurancequality control

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-1

CHAPTER 6

REFERENCES

BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2001 Carson City District

Consolidated Resource Management Plan Carson City Nevada

_____ 2007 Surface Operating Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and

Development Fourth Edition (Gold Book) Internet website httpswwwblmgov

stylemedialibblmwoMINERALS__REALTY__AND_RESOURCE_PROTECTION_energyoil

_and_gasPar18714FiledatOILgaspdf

_____ 2008a Carson Lake Geothermal Exploration Project Environmental Assessment (EA-NV-030-

07-006) July 2008 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2008b BLM National Environmental Policy Act Handbook H-1790-1 January 2008 Washington

DC

_____ 2008c Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement for Geothermal Leasing in the

Western United States FES 08-44 Internet website wwwblmgovwostenprog

energygeothermalgeothermal_nationwideDocumentsFinal_PEIShtml

_____ 2011a Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District

Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2011b Newberry Volcano Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) Demonstration Project

Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-OR-P000-2011-0003-EA Prineville Oregon

_____ 2013 Environmental Assessment DOI-BLM-NV-W010-2012-0057-EA DOEEA-1944 Brady

Hot Springs Well 15-12 Hydro-Stimulation Winnemucca Nevada January 2013

_____ 2014a Draft Resource Management Plan and Environmental Impact Statement Carson City

District November 2014 Carson City Nevada

6 References

6-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014b State Protocol Agreement between the Bureau of Land Management Nevada and the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Office as amended December 2014 Carson City Nevada

_____ 2015 Nevada and Northeastern California Greater Sage-Grouse Approved Resource

Management Plan Amendment Bureau of Land Management Nevada State Office Reno

Nevada

BLM and Forest Service (US Department of Agriculture Forest Service) 2007 Surface Operating

Standards and Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Development (Gold Book) Fourth

Ed Washington DC

BLM GIS 2017 GIS data of BLM NVCA ARMPA GRSG Habitat updated 6302017 Internet website

httpsnavigatorblmgovdatakeyword=GRSGampfs_publicRegion=Nevada

Bradley P V M J OrsquoFarrell J A Williams and J E Newmark (editors) 2006 The Revised Nevada Bat

Conservation Plan Nevada Bat Working Group Reno Nevada

Butterflies of America 2018 Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus Austin amp J Emmel 1998 (Alkali Skipper)

Internet website httpwwwbutterfliesofamericacompseudocopaeodes_eunus_flavushtm

CEQ (Council on Environmental Quality) 1997 Considering Cumulative Effects Under the National

Environmental Policy Act Internet website httpsenergygovsitesprodfilesnepapubnepa_

documentsRedDontG-CEQ-ConsidCumulEffectspdf

Churchill County 2015 Churchill County Master Plan Internet website httpwwwchurchill

countyorgDocumentCenterView8884

_____ 2017 Nevada County Code Internet website httpwwwsterlingcodifierscom

codebookindexphpbook_id=351

Chisholm G and L A Neel 2002 Birds of the Lahontan Valley A Guide to Nevadarsquos Wetland Oasis

University of Nevada Press Reno

Cowardin L M V Carter F C Golet and E T LaRoe 1979 Classification of Wetlands and

Deepwater Habitats of the United States US Department of the Interior US Fish and Wildlife

Service FWSOBS-7931 Washington DC

DOD (US Department of Defense) 1996 Department of Defense Instruction Number 471503

Internet website httpwwwdodnaturalresourcesnetfilesDoDI_4715_03pdf

DOI (US Department of the Interior) 2009 Department of the Interior Departmental Manual 516

Washington DC

EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) GIS 2015 GIS data of 303(d) listed impaired waters Internet

website httpswwwepagovwaterdatawaters-geospatial-data-downloads

FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) GIS 2017 GIS data of flood zones Internet website

httpsgdgscegovusdagovGDGOrderaspx

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-3

Floyd T C Elphick G Chisholm K Mack R Elston E Ammon and J Boon 2007 Atlas of the Breeding

Birds of Nevada University of Nevada Press Reno

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through

various means

Headwater Economics 2017 Economic Profile System Internet website httpsheadwaters

economicsorgtoolseconomic-profile-systemabout

Hinz N H J E Faulds D L Siler B Tobin K Blake A Tiedeman A Sabin D Blankenship M

Kennedy G Rhodes J Nordquist S Hickman J Glen C Williams A Robertson-Tait W

Calvin 2016 Stratiagraphic and Structural Framework of the Proposed Fallon FORGE Site

Nevada Standford University Stanford CA

Ivey G L and C P Herziger 2006 Intermountain West Waterbird Conservation Plan Version 12 A

plan associated with the Waterbird Conservation for the Americas Initiative Published by US

Fish and Wildlife Service Pacific Region Portland Oregon

Majer E L R Baria M Stark S Oates J Bommer B Smith and H Asanuma 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity

associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Geothermics 36 (2007) 185ndash222

Majer E L J Nelson A Robertson-Tait J Savy and I Wong 2012 Protocol for Addressing Induced

Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 January 2012

Washington DC

_____ 2016 Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal

Systems (EGS) April 8 2016 Washington DC

Michigan Technological University 2017 How Are Earthquake Magnitudes Measured Internet website

httpwwwgeomtueduUPSeisintensityhtml

Morefield J D 2001 Nevada Rare Plant Atlas Internet website httpheritagenvgovatlas

NAS Fallon (Naval Air Station Fallon) 1990 Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement

Geothermal Energy Development Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada February 1990

_____ 2012 Final Integrated Cultural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Nevada

Volumes I and II

_____ 2013 Final Environmental Assessment for Airfield Operations at Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada August 2013

NAS Fallon and State of Nevada 2011 Programmatic Agreement among Naval Air Station Fallon the

Nevada State Historic Preservation Officer and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation

Regarding the Identification Evaluation and Treatment of Historic Properties on Lands Managed

by Naval Air Station Fallon July 2011

6 References

6-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

_____ 2014 Final Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon

Nevada Naval Facilities Engineering Command Southwest Report Contract N62473-07-D-

32010011 San Diego California NASF GIS 2017 GIS data on file with Naval Air Station Fallon

Nevada

NatureServe 2017 NatureServe Explorer An online encyclopedia of life [web application] Version 71

NatureServe Arlington Virginia Internet website httpexplorernatureserveorg

Navy (US Department of the Navy) 2008 OPNAVINST 1101036C Air Installations Compatible Use

Zones Program October 9 2008 Fallon Nevada

_____ 2006 Secretary of the Navy Instruction 50908A Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymil

eieASN20EIE20PolicySECNAVINST_50908Apdf

_____ 2014 OPNAV Manual M-50901D Environmental Readiness Program Manual Internet website

httpwwwnavseanavymilPortals103DocumentsSUPSALVEnvironmentalOPNAVINST205

090-1Dpdf

_____ 2012 Strategy for Renewable Energy Internet website httpwwwsecnavnavymileie

ASN20EIE20PolicyDASN_EnergyStratPlan_Finalv3pdf

NDA (Nevada Department of Agriculture) 2017 Nevada Noxious Weed List Internet website

httpagrinvgovPlantNoxious_WeedsNoxious_Weed_List

NDEP (Nevada Division of Environmental Protection) 2014 Nevada 2012 Water Quality Integrated

Report With EPA Overlisting Internet website httpsndepnvgovuploads

documentsIR2012_Report_Finalpdf

NDOW (Nevada Department of Wildlife) 2017 Letter from Bonnie Weller NDOW to Morgan

Trieger EMPSi Re Fallon FORGE Project November 13 2017 NDOW Reno Nevada

_____ No date Design Features and Tools to Reduce Wildlife Mortalities Associated with Geothermal

Sumps NDOW Reno Nevada

Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology 2017 Quaternary Faults in Nevada Internet website

httpsgiswebunreduQuaternaryFaults Accessed on November 20 2017

Nevada Division of Water Resources 2018 Permit Information Internet website

httpwaternvgovPermitSearchaspx

NHD (National Hydrography Dataset) GIS 2017 National Hydrography Dataset high resolution

geospatial dataset Internet website httpsnhdusgsgovNHD_High_Resolutionhtml

NNHP (Nevada Natural Heritage Program) 2017 Re Data RequestmdashFORGE Geothermal EA NNHP

Reno Nevada

6 References

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment 6-5

NRCS (Natural Resources Conservation Service) GIS 2017 GIS data of soils and soil attributes from

the Web Soil Survey United States Department of Agriculture Internet website

httpswebsoilsurveyscegovusdagovAppWebSoilSurveyaspx

Reclamation (US Bureau of Reclamation) 2014 Newlands Project Resource Management Plan and Final

Environmental Impact Statement November 18 2014 Internet website httpswwwusbrgov

mpnepanepa_project_detailsphpProject_ID=2822

Reclamation GIS 2017 GIS data of emergency canal approximate location and existing canal network

SNL (Sandia National Laboratories) 2016 Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Phase 1 Topical Report (Sandia Report SAND2016-8929) Internet website httpsenergygov

sitesprodfiles201609f33Fallon20Topical20Report_20168929_Sept2016_1pdf

_____ 2018 Fallon FORGE Geothermal Well Data

Truckee-Carson Irrigation District 2010 Newlands Project Water Conservation Plan Internet website

httpwwwtcidorgpdfwcp10fpdf

US Census Bureau 2015 American Community Survey 2012-2015 5 year data Internet website

httpsfactfindercensusgovfacesnavjsfpagessearchresultsxhtmlrefresh=t

USDA (US Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Service) 2017 Introduced

Invasive and Noxious PlantsmdashFederal Noxious Weeds Internet website httpsplantsusda

govjavanoxious

USDOE 2017 EGS About Fallon FORGE Internet website httpesd1lblgovresearchprojects

induced_seismicityegsfallonforgehtml

USFWS (US Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service) 2017 Official Species List Fallon

Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and

Monitoring Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 November 10 2017 USFWS Reno

Nevada

USFWS GIS 2017a National Wetland Inventory GIS data of wetlands Internet website

httpswwwfwsgovwetlandsdatadata-downloadhtml

_____ 2017b GIS data of mapped critical habitat Internet website httpsecosfwsgovecp

reporttablecritical-habitathtml

USGS (US Department of the Interior US Geological Survey) 2017 Geologic Provinces of the United

States Basin and Range Province Internet website httpsgeomapswrusgsgovparks

provincebasinrangehtml

_____ 2016 Groundwater Quality in the Basin and Range Basin-Fill Aquifers Southwestern United

States Internet website httpspubsusgsgovfs20163080fs20163080pdf

6 References

6-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States

Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

Westbrooks R 1998 Invasive Plants Changing the Landscape of America Fact Book Federal

Interagency Committee for the Management of Noxious and Exotic Weeds Washington DC

Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012 Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Nevada Department of Wildlife Reno

Internet website httpwwwndoworgNevada_WildlifeConservationNevada_Wildlife_Action

_Plan

Western Regional Climate Center 1992 Evaporation Stations Nevada Monthly Average Pan

Evaporation Internet website httpswrccdrieduhtmlfileswestevapfinalhtmlNEVADA

_____ 2016 Climate Summary Fallon EXP STN Nevada (262780) Period of Record June 1 1903 to

April 30 2016 Internet website httpswrccdrieducgi-bincliMAINplnv2780

Appendix A EGS Protocol

This page intentionally left blank

GEOTHERMAL TECHNOLOGIES PROGRAM

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

by

Ernie Majer James Nelson Ann Robertson-Tait Jean Savy and Ivan Wong

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Cover Image

Courtesy of Katie L Boyle Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

i

i Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Preface

In June 2009 the New York Times published an article about the public fear of geothermal development causing earthquakes The article highlighted a project funded by the US Department of Energyrsquos (DOE) Geothermal Technologies Program bringing power production at The Geysers back up to capacity using Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) technology The Geysers geothermal field is located two hours north of San Francisco California and therefore the article drew comparisons to a similar geothermal EGS project in Basel Switzerland believed to cause a magnitude 34 earthquake

In order to address public concern and gain acceptance from the general public and policymakers for geothermal energy development specifically EGS the US Department of Energy commissioned a group of experts in induced seismicity geothermal power development and risk assessment to write a revised Induced Seismicity Protocol The authors met with the domestic and international scientific community policymakers and other stakeholders to gain their perspectives and incorporate them into the Protocol They also incorporated the lessons learned from Basel Switzerland and other EGS projects around the world to better understand the issues associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects The Protocol concludes that with proper study and technology development induced seismicity will not only be mitigated but will become a useful tool for reservoir management

This Protocol is a living guidance document for geothermal developers public officials regulators and the general public that provides a set of general guidelines detailing useful steps to evaluate and manage the effects of induced seismicity related to EGS projects This Protocol puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

The goal of this Protocol is to help facilitate the successful deployment of EGS projects thus increasing the availability of clean renewable and domestic energy in the United States

Project developers should work closely with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) compliance officials of the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process The authors emphasize this Protocol is neither a substitute nor a panacea for regulatory requirements that may be imposed by federal state or local regulators

I would like to acknowledge everyone who gave their time and expertise at the induced seismicity workshops (see Appendix D) that led to this updated Protocol Their input was critical to develop an informed and useful document In addition I would like to thank the authors of this document whose ideas and support came together to write a clear and concise Protocol

This document was put out for public comment and reviewed by NEPA the US Department of Energy and General Counsel Special thanks to Christy King-Gilmore and Brian Costner for their guidance

Sincerely

Jay Nathwani

US Department of Energy

ii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

iii

iii Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Table of Contents1 Introduction 1

11 Intended Use 1

12 Objective 2

13 Background 2

2 Steps in Addressing Induced Seismicity 5

STEP 1 Perform Preliminary Screening Evaluation 6 211 Purpose 6

212 Recommended Approach 6

213 Summary 7

STEP 2 Implement an Outreach and Communication Program 8 221 Purpose 8

222 Recommended Approach 8

223 Summary 10

STEP 3 Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise 11 231 Purpose 11

232 Recommended Approach 11

233 Summary 12

STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring 13 241 Purpose 13

242 Recommended Approach 13

243 Summary 14

STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events 15 251 Purpose 15

252 Recommended Approach 16

253 Summary 17

STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events 18 261 Purpose 18

262 Recommended Approach 18

263 Summary 20

STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan 21 271 Purpose 21

272 Recommended Approach 21

273 Summary 23

3 Acknowledgements 25

4 References 27

Appendices A Background amp Motivation Induced Seismicity Associated with Geothermal Systems 29

B List of Acronyms 39

C Glossary of Terms 41

D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers 43

E Relevant Websites 45

iv Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1

1 INTRODUCTION

1 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

1 Introduction

Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term The energy estimated from hydrothermal systems is large but the total supply from geothermal systems has the potential to become orders of magnitude larger if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie through Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) EGS is defined as any activities that are undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that are intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source This can be done through such approaches as fluid pressurization hydrofracture and chemical stimulation As with the development of any new technology some aspects are accepted and others need clarification and study In the case of EGS fluid injection is used to enhance rock permeability and recover heat from the rock During the process of creating an underground heat exchanger by injection or the subsequent circulation of the system stress patterns in the rock may change resulting in seismic events (see Appendix A Background and Motivation) In almost all cases these events have been of relatively small magnitude and by the time the energy reaches the surface the vast majority are rarely felt (Majer et al 2007) The impacts of a seismic event created by EGS can be significantly different from those associated with a natural earthquake the former generally falls into the category of an annoyance as with the passing of a rail transit vehicle or large truck whereas the latter may cause damage in a moderate to large event Although to date there is no recorded instance of a significant danger or damage (significant is defined here as damage that would affect a structurersquos physical integrity this is not to say that seismicity has not caused less severe damage such as cracks in walls or similar damage) associated with induced seismicity related to geothermal energy production the introduction of EGS technology in populated areas could be regarded by some as an intrusion on the peace and tranquility of populated areas due to its potential ldquoannoyance factorrdquo

Historically induced seismicity has occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (reservoir impoundment mining construction waste disposal and oil and gas production) Although certain projects have stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies Recent publicity surrounding induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate any potential problems that induced seismicity may cause in geothermal projects (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community are assured geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks ensuring the resource is developed in a safe and cost effective manner

11 Intended Use The Protocol is intended to be a living document for the public and regulators and geothermal operators This version is intended to supplement the existing International Energy Agency (IEA) protocol (Majer et al 2009) and as practically as possible be kept up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical As methods experience knowledge and regulations change with respect to induced seismicity so should the Protocol It also recognizes that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit every geothermal project and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions at each site will call for different types of action Variations in procedures will result from such factors as the population density around the project past seismicity in the area the size of the project the depth and amount of injection and its relation to any faults etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the U S Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is an advisory document intended to assist industry and regulators to identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity Determination of actual site-specific criteria that must be met by a particular project is beyond the scope of this document it remains the obligation of project developers to meet any and all applicable federal state or local regulations

1 INTRODUCTION

2 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

12 Objective

Provide a flexible protocol that puts high importance on safety while allowing geothermal technology to move forward in a cost effective manner

To promote the safety of EGS projects and to help gain acceptance from the general public for geothermal activities in general and EGS projects specifically it is beneficial to clarify the role and risks of induced seismicity which can occur during the development stages of the EGS reservoir and the subsequent extraction of the geothermal energy This document provides a set of general procedures that detail useful steps geothermal project proponents can take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are not prescriptive but suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public at large facilitating the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

With respect to the existing IEA protocol (Majer et al 2009) this document addresses many of the same issues and others that arose after the protocol was published For example it provides a more accurate approach to address and estimate the seismic risk associated with EGS induced seismic events Regulators the public the geothermal industry and investors need to have a framework to estimate such a risk Another significant change is a shift toward addressing ground motions rather than event magnitudes to measure the impact of seismicity This led to a discussion of the thresholds for vibration which involve not only the amplitude of the ground motions but also such factors as the duration frequency content and other measures of impact Also attention was paid to the legal implications with respect to the impact or effect of any recommended actions Lastly an effort was made to base recommendations on existing and accepted engineering standards that are used in such industries as mining construction or similar activities that produce or have the potential for producing unwanted ground motions and noise

13 Background To access geothermal resources wells are drilled to depths at which the required high temperatures and thermal capacities are reached The depth required to reach that temperature depends upon the temperature gradient (the rate of temperature increase with depth) which varies significantly from place to place Therefore the depths of geothermal wells vary over a wide range from less than 1000 to 5000 meters (m) in rare cases In addition to elevated temperatures a geothermal well for commercial development must also intersect sufficient permeability to enable the extraction andor circulation of fluids at certain flow rates ie at least a sustained production of 5 megawatts (MW) over a 30-year period

The combination of sufficiently high temperature and good natural permeability occurs in certain areas of the earth such as some areas of active tectonism and volcanism However these comprise only a fraction of the earth elsewhere permeability is lower even though the desired temperature may be accessible by drilling In such cases the permeability of the rock must be enhanced to enable commercial flow rates To date the only method of adequate permeability enhancement in EGS is through fluid injection which can have the side-effect of causing induced seismicity In an important way this side-effect is beneficial EGS project developers monitor and map induced seismicity to understand and manage the EGS reservoir The induced event locations show where fractures have slipped slightly in response to increasing pore pressure andor temperature change during injection a process that can increase the aperture and conductive length of some fractures and therefore the permeability of the reservoir Typically monitoring and mapping of induced seismicity is used to help site and target deep wells

The orientation of the fractures that tend to slip most easily in response to fluid injection depends upon the orientation of the ambient stresses acting on the reservoir rock In turn these depend on the regional tectonic framework and the local geologic structure The ease with which fractures slip during injection depends upon the strength of the reservoir rock the magnitudes of the stresses acting on it and the pore pressure increase The size of the seismic event will depend upon the amount of stress available to cause the slip and the dimensions of the slip area Injection may cause thermal contraction which also may play a role The amount of fracture slip (the main cause of induced seismicity in EGS projects) depends upon the interplay between these elements This explains the importance of understanding the geomechanics temperature and hydraulics in EGS planning assessment and development

3

1 INTRODUCTION

3 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

It is noted that there is little if any potential for induced seismicity in geothermal applications where no fluid is injected or withdrawn from the native formations or if the fluids that are injected andor withdrawn are at a shallow depth (less than 300 to 600 m) Therefore such applications as heat pumps and shallow injections are not considered in this EGS Protocol because of the low potential for induced seismicity

In this Protocol we use the terms ldquovibrationrdquo and ldquoground shakingrdquo or ldquoground motionrdquo We use ldquovibrationrdquo when referring to the regulatory aspects of ground motions since vibrations can be and are regulated We use ldquoground shakingrdquo and ldquoground motionrdquo interchangeably when referring to the ground motions resulting from natural earthquakes and induced seismic events We also distinguish between natural tectonic ldquoearthquakesrdquo and ldquoinduced seismic eventsrdquo even though the processes of generation are generally the same

Finally we also note that the terms ldquoinducedrdquo and ldquotriggeredrdquo are often used interchangeably in the literature on induced seismicity and by practitioners in those fields and in the field of seismology In terms of the process of causing a seismic event the two terms should be used differently although admittedly it is difficult to define where an induced seismic event should be called a triggered seismic event and vice versa As an example of the discussion that is ongoing in the induced seismicity community the US Society of Dams has officially adopted the use of the term ldquoreservoir-triggered seismicityrdquo rather than the traditional 50-year old phrase ldquoreservoir-induced seismicityrdquo In this Protocol we use the term ldquoinducedrdquo to include all seismic events that result from fluid injection and will only use the term ldquotriggeredrdquo in well-defined situations A glossary of terms can be found in Appendix C

4 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

5

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

5 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity

A series of recommended steps to meet the objective stated above is included below This is not a ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach and stakeholders should tailor their actions to project-specific needs and circumstances

This document outlines the suggested steps a developer should follow to address induced seismicity issues implement an outreach campaign and cooperate with regulatory authorities and local groups With the goal in mind of gaining acceptance by non-industry stakeholders and promoting safety the Protocol is a series of technical steps to inform the project proponent as well as complementary outreach andor education steps to inform and involve the public

The following steps are proposed for addressing induced seismicity issues as they relate to the whole project

Step 1 Perform a preliminary screening evaluation

Step 2 Implement an outreach and communication program

Step 3 Review and select criteria for ground vibration and noise

Step 4 Establish seismic monitoring

Step 5 Quantify the hazard from natural and induced seismic events

Step 6 Characterize the risk of induced seismic events

Step 7 Develop risk-based mitigation plan

The steps above are listed in the order generally expected to be followed but it is anticipated that each developer will organize its own program Regulatory or other requirements may affect the order or approach to undertaking these steps For example when a Federal agency is involved (eg Federal lands funding permitting) compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) may be required This document is not intended to be a substitute for such activities but instead seeks to advise stakeholders who may be involved with such regulatory activities Project proponents should work closely with NEPA compliance officials with the involved Federal agency(ies) to align information needs and public involvement activities with the NEPA review process This also would be true for compliance with other environmental review requirements such as state NEPA-like laws (eg California Environmental Quality Act) and permitting or approval requirements

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

6 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 1

Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation

211 Purpose Sources of opposition to projects such as an EGS project often arise from a variety of possible issues ranging from local politics to community preferences or regulations Technical considerations such as those associated with seismic risk although often secondary must also be evaluated to decide if the project can proceed Therefore before going forward in the planning and engineering of an EGS facility the feasibility of such a project and the associated socioeconomic and financial risks must be evaluated to determine whether there are any obvious ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo This first step is therefore a ldquoscreeningrdquo analysis designed to eliminate sites that would present a low probability of success and to confirm those that have manageable risks and remain strong contenders This provides an initial measure of project acceptability and should include consistency with Executive Order 12898 Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations (February 11 1994)

Although not intended to be a complete analysis Step 1 should have enough rigor and credibility to support early technical communications identify potential impacts and establish credible plans to go forward with enough confidence to demonstrate that public and regulatory acceptability is achievable This step focuses on expected ground motion damages and nuisance Its goals are to identify projects that have a low likelihood of technical success or of being accepted by local populationsmdashand to give an opportunity to the responsible developer to make an informed decision as to whether it is viable to proceed and to determine the analysis needs for those projects that do proceed

212 Recommended Approach A bounding type of analysis should be performed to quickly establish the likelihood that the project would obtain regulatory approval to proceed The likelihood should be categorized as one of four levels (I) High-to-very high (II) Medium-to-high (III) Medium-to-low or (IV) Low-to-very low

Potential EGS geographic areas may vary significantly in terms of their populations and the existing level of seismicity The screening analysis for some projects may be quite clear for example a remote site with little natural seismicity would be categorized as a clear Level I and an urban site with active faulting would be a clear Level IV For those projects in all but category Level IV (which should be discarded after initial screening) this process will highlight the areas of risk that need to be addressed

The same general approach to standard risk analysis is suggested for this screening process but with an emphasis on simplicity and using an approximate or qualitative approach rather than the often more onerous quantitative approaches

a Review relevant federal state and local laws and regulations

Generally assess the prospect of proceeding with the project ie determine if the local regulations are so restrictive that any effects of induced seismicity would not be allowed

b Determine the radius of influence within which there could be a negative impact as a result of seismic activity due to EGS

Identify the existing potential seismic hazards for natural seismicity (eg US Geological Survey National Hazard Maps Petersen et al 2008) This radius of influence will be determined by many local factors such as proximity to structures expected seismicity types of structures local geology and expected size of EGS project Estimate the maximum injection-induced seismic event including a realistic maximum estimate of ground motion using similarities with existing EGS projects this will allow a refinement of the radius of influence

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Identify potential impacts including physical damages social disturbances nuisance economic disruption and environmental impacts

d Establish an approximate lower and upper bound of potential damages using both the average expected induced seismicity and the worst case based on 1) the number type and average value of structures impacted and 2) the likely range of ground motion either from observations or from assumed event magnitudes and existing ground motion attenuation relationships

e Based on these results classify the overall risk as one of the four above described categories (Levels I to IV) from which the recommended decision is as follows

I Very Low II Low III Medium IV High

Proceed with planning Can proceed with planning but may require additional analysis to confirm

Probably should not proceed at this site but additional analysis might support proceeding

Do not proceed

Additionally consider and factor in the publicrsquos level of concern regarding the project Therefore the final decision needs to be made after interaction with the local community in recognition of the fact that different communities may have different acceptance levels of risk andor possibly different socioeconomic needs This will allow this risk scale to be calibrated hence outreach and transparency play an important role

If it is decided to proceed with planning the results of the bounding analysis would be presented to the public in the potentially impacted geographical region (as defined in the radius of influence) to facilitate communication and feedback In particular a scientifically credible estimate of the worst-case scenario should be made to quantify its probability of occurrence and to compare the worst-case scenario with events of comparable levels of risk including the risk associated with natural seismicity (See Step 2 which discusses mechanisms for outreach)

At a minimum the following estimates should be included in the screening study

bull A description (location magnitude frequency of occurrence) of the selected natural earthquakes andor induced seismic events considered in the screening study

bull A map of the ground motion people might experience from these earthquakes andor induced seismic event and its frequency of occurrence

bull A description of conditions that could constitute nuisances and what is commonly accepted in other similar cases (mining transportation industrial manufacturing construction etc)

bull The level of impact perceived to be safe by the stakeholders (regulators community operator etc)

bull An estimate of the number of people institutions and industries located in the region that might be exposed to any impact of concern the expected frequency of occurrence and possible mitigation measures

213 Summary Step 1 is an initial screening that should be capable of withstanding regulatory and public scrutiny for the purpose of determining the overall feasibility of the project and identifying possible flaws or circumstances that could become ldquoshow-stoppersrdquo for the EGS project

The recommended process for Step 1 includes the collection of readily available information and scientific and nontechnical information that could be used to assess the potential impact on the communities and stakeholders a simple but rigorous analysis to evaluate the possible minimum impact in routine operations and possible worst-case impact of the proposed project

7

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

8 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 2

Implement an Outreach and Communications Program

221 Purpose Acceptability to the local community is an important milestone in an EGS project It is critical that public stakeholders are kept informed and their input is considered and acted upon as the project proceeds The outreach and communications program is designed to facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials All of these groups are likely to provide their feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

The outreach program should help the project achieve a level of transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework for interaction

bull The project developer should create an outreach plan at the start of the project and periodically update and modify the plan as needed as the project proceeds addressing stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be related to the specific project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative and multi-directional

bull Multiple meetings should be held as the project progresses and more information is obtained

bull Each group (community stakeholders regulators public officials) should be approached at an appropriate technical level A mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It is expected that there would be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (developer team seismologist civil or structural engineer local utility company and a representative of the funding entity) the community (local project employees community leaders and community members at large) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

222 Recommended Approach The following list is relatively long and tries to envisage many scenarios in which the public may become involved with an EGS project As for the Protocol itself there is no ldquoone size fits allrdquo approach to outreach and communications and it is expected that project proponents will prepare their own outreach plans that are suitable to the issues at hand All of the following are considered as suggestions only some may not be needed depending on the specifics of the project and the local communities

a Evaluate outreach needs

Identify the people and organizations who would be the outreach targets hold preliminary discussions with community leaders regulators and public safety officials to explain the project and determine their concerns identify individuals (community regulatory and public safety) who have the trust of the community at large and engage them in discussions about the project identify community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouses heating systems and swimming pools) consider what the project could reasonably offer the community to increase their involvement appreciation and pride in the project including employment opportunities

9

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

9 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

b Develop plans to approach community stakeholders regulators and public safety officials

c Develop a public relations plan to generate interest in the project from local media

d Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors

e Hold an initial public meeting and site visit that covers both technical and non-technical issues

Assume that the audience is well informed and knowledgeable but also be prepared to explain issues in relatively simple terms Explain how the project is funded and introduce the team and its qualifications If applicable explain that public institutions such as the US Geological Survey universities and national labs may also be involved not only as technical help but as independent agencies to check results Begin with an overview of the project and the motivation for doing it then explain the steps in the project and the approximate timeline Explain why induced seismicity may occur and the history of induced seismicity in other applications This may require an explanation of the difference between induced seismicity and natural earthquakes (size frequency etc) Ideally the public would get involved in the discussion through questions and answers ensuring a two-way dialogue with both sides asking and answering questions The developer can ask about any felt seismicity in the past and should be prepared with a historic earthquake catalogue of the area (if available) If events have occurred nearby the developer could ask if specific events were felt or not and if there was any damage

bull During this discussion it can be acknowledged that EGS projects might have implications that are technical (for the project) safety-related (ensuring no danger to life and property) and economic (a path toward an indigenous stable and renewable energy supply jobs) Explain the specific local benefit (jobs school library heating greenhouse swimming pool etc) Explain the analyses already undertaken and the potential risks and advise the public that a procedure is being developed prior to execution to prevent adverse induced seismicity as well as modifying the planned operations if induced seismicity becomes a problem Similarly advise that a procedure is being developed for evaluating damage and that it may require building inspections before any significant geothermal operations take place

bull Explain the benefits of the project both locally and globally If possible provide some images of what the geothermal power plant might look like If any activity is occurring on site use it as part of the technical explanation if there is no activity at the time the meeting is held use that to demonstrate that the fundamental nature of the site will not change very much

bull The developer should listen to concerns and respond openly and ideally would set up mechanisms to notify the community as work proceeds (phone tree e-mail list website etc) and for the community to ask questions and receive answers about the project

f If feasible hold another site visit during a period of active drilling

This will get people interested and involved since drilling activities are genuinely interesting to most people

g Hold another meeting in advance of the first stimulation

Explain the procedure for monitoring induced seismicity the thresholds that have been set for induced seismicity and their rationale the procedure for modifying the stimulation procedure in the event that the community will find the impacts of the induced seismicity intolerable the call-in line (ldquohot linerdquo) that is available for reporting felt events and how calls will be handled and the liaison between the project and public safety officials

h If feasible bring community members to the site when stimulation is occurring so that they can see the simplicity of the operation (water pumping)

i After stimulation hold another meeting to report on the results Explain what happens next and discuss the positive and any negative effects associated with the project to the community

j As additional operations at the site proceed advise the community via the communications network and seek feedback

k Plan and conduct additional meetings and media events as appropriate

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

10 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

223 Summary The overarching goal of the outreach and communications program is to engage the community in a positive and open manner before onsite activities begin and continuing as operations proceed The first step is to understand the community and its needs and concerns and then to determine creative ways to inform the community engage them in a dialogue and demonstrate the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale In addition to being an information exchange the outreach and communications program should be designed to engender long-term support for the project To the extent that a project is distant from local population the requirements of the outreach program would decrease

11

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

11 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 3

Review and Select Criteria for Ground Vibration and Noise

231 Purpose The geothermal developer should identify and evaluate existing standards and criteria thus becoming informed of the applicable regulations for ground-borne noise and vibration impact assessment and mitigation that have been developed and applied by other industries and could be helpful in evaluating the EGS project These standards and criteria apply to damage to buildings human activity interference industrialcommercialresearchmedical activity interference and wildlife habitat Existing criteria developed for non-EGS industries may or may not apply specifically to EGS and appropriate acceptance criteria for an EGS project would likely be based on a variety of factors such as land use population frequency of occurrence of EGS events magnitudes etc

232 Recommended Approach Steps for selecting environmental noise and vibration impact criteria are outlined below

a Assess Existing Conditions

Evaluate the existing ground vibration and noise environments in areas of potential impact to establish a baseline Then evaluate the impacts anticipated from the project Absolute vibration or noise limits for EGS seismic events would be at least equal to or more likely greater than that associated with existing natural and cultural background levels

b Review Local Ordinances

Identify local ordinances or requirements that may be appropriate as they relate to noise and vibration or other such disturbances For example noise and vibration from railroads or highways are not subject to local noise ordinances while lawn mowers often are

c Review Building Threshold Cosmetic Damage Criteria

Building damage criteria are usually stated in terms of the peak particle velocity (PPV) (equivalent to the peak ground velocity or PGV) measured at the ground surface (typically the building foundation but more appropriately the ground surface in the free-field) Building damage criteria usually focus on cosmetic damage which includes hairline cracking of paint or stucco where the cracks usually do not remain open

Threshold cracking criteria have been recommended in US Bureau of Mines (USBM) Report RI 8507 (Siskind et al 1980) Although these criteria were developed for blasting and construction activities the seismic energy from these activities would be similar to that from induced seismic events (in frequency bandwidth and range) and thus be applicable to induced seismicity cases These criteria are almost universally used by the construction and mining industry to assess the potential for threshold cracking due to blasting and are employed in many commercially available vibration monitoring systems Transient ground vibration from blasting at mining operations is probably most closely related to EGS-induced seismicity and the USBM criteria for threshold cracking due to blasting would appear to be directly applicable to EGS-induced seismicity

Vibration limits are often applied to construction projects to avoid threshold damage to structures Construction vibration limits may be lower than the USBM criteria possibly for two reasons One is the desire to be conservative in assessing damage risk Another is that construction vibration may involve general earth-moving operations and continuous excitation from sources such as vibratory pile drivers soil compactors and impact pile drivers which may operate for several weeks at a major project Examples of construction vibration limits include those used by the California Department of Transportation (2004) and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA 2006) These construction vibration limits may be less applicable to EGS than the USBM criteria for blasting given in RI 8507

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

12 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

d Review Structural Damage Criteria

Local building codes and structure types should be reviewed to determine appropriate ground-motion limits that might be applicable Dowding (1996) suggests that reinforced concrete structures can experience high vibration without damage perhaps as high as 125 to 250 mmsec (5 to 10 insec) peak particle velocity (PPV) These PGVs are considerably higher than thresholds for cosmetic damage Siskind (2000) discusses a number of case histories and experiments that indicate the PGVs at which both cosmetic and structural damage may occur In particular cracking of free-standing masonry walls was found for PGVs of 150 mmsec to 275 mmsec (6 to 11 insec) Continuous exposure of full-scale free-standing concrete masonry unit walls to PGVs of up to 175 mmsec (7 in sec) at 10 Hz for 26 hours did not produce cracking (Siskind 2000)

Soil settlement due to vibration is discussed by Dowding (1996) Pile driving can induce some densification though usually within a distance associated with the length of the pile A review of the literature concerning foundation settlement due to repetitive exposure to ground motions expected for EGS should be conducted Damage criteria for underground structures such as pipelines or basement walls should be reviewed a useful discussion is provided by Dowding (1996)

e Assess Human Exposure to Vibration

Guidelines for assessing human response to vibration are provided in American National Standard Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings This standard corresponds to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 2631 parts 1 and 2 (ISO 2003) The ANSI S271 guidelines include human response curves that define the levels of acceptability for vertical and horizontal third octave velocity and acceleration Dowding (1996) discusses the use of PPV versus ANSI S271 and ANSI S218 criteria for human exposure to vibration

f Assess Interference with Industrial and Institutional Land Uses

Vibration limits for various industrial and institutional activities should be identified The types of industrial and institutional land uses include hospitals university research laboratories biomedical research facilities semiconductor manufacturing facilities recording studios metrology laboratories and the like The Institute for Environmental Sciences (IES 1995) has recommended generic vibration criteria for various types of equipment and instrumentation Where available specifications for specific equipment (such as hospital MRI machines scanning electron microscopes etc) should be relied on

g Assess Ground-Borne Noise

Ground motions produced by an EGS-induced seismic event can produce audible noise inside buildings The FTA provides guidelines for assessing ground-borne noise and vibration impacts from new transit systems (FTA 2006) These criteria may not be directly applicable to EGS but they are likely to be referred to by stakeholders or regulators

233 Summary Numerous criteria standards and equipment specifications exist that may be drawn upon in assessing the impact of EGS seismicity on neighboring communities These should be reviewed in detail and used to develop appropriate criteria for risk assessment Some of the information may be directly applicable to EGS but most would likely require some adjustment considering the short duration and unpredictability of induced seismic events No doubt additional criteria can be found For example European countries where EGS activities have been developed are considering EGS-specific impact assessment criteria or mitigation design provisions

13

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

13 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 4

Establish Local Seismic Monitoring

241 Purpose Gather seismic data from the project area and vicinity to supplement existing seismic data (see Step 5 Section 25) The seismic data will include baseline data collected before operations begin at the site and data collected during operations The seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismicity activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir management purposes

As will be pointed out in Steps 5 and 6 a main element in forecasting the level of induced seismicity is to determine the baseline level of seismic activity that exists before the project starts That is how will the geothermal project modify existing ldquonaturalrdquo seismicity The amount of available seismic data will vary depending on the project location in many areas it is likely that the available baseline data will be from regional seismic monitoring (with distances between seismic monitoring stations on the order of tens of kilometers if not more) Current experience indicates that geothermal projects (particularly EGS projects) require a high sensitivity to seismicity at low magnitude thresholds (magnitude 0 to 1 range) to enable active seismic zones to be properly identified However regional seismic monitoring is usually only reliable at or above magnitude 20 Also in most cases of geothermal induced seismicity a great majority of the seismicity is below the magnitude 20 level thus it is important to know the baseline level of seismicity at the lower magnitudes Once the natural or baseline seismic data have been collected and evaluated they are typically used for making operational decisions that relate to stress directions seismic source types (faulting types) and other characteristics that will be useful for designing and operating the overall project Finally it is necessary to collect a minimum amount of seismic information to perform the screening step (Step 1) including some information on the frequency of occurrence of natural earthquakes that will be needed to estimate the potential impact on any nearby real-estate andor industrial assets

242 Recommended Approach a The seismic monitoring program should strive to collect data that is not biased in time or space in the vicinity

of the potential geothermal project

The overall objective is to collect enough information to characterize background seismicity and identify any active faults that have the potential to be affected by the EGS activities The length of monitoring time before the injection begins will depend upon the existing information on local seismicity If there is existing monitoring that detects small-magnitude events (in the magnitude 10 range) then the duration of seismic monitoring of the potential injection area may be as short as one month Alternatively in areas with no prior monitoring the duration may need to be as long as six months This implies that one should start monitoring with an array of instruments that has enough elements sensitivity and aperture to capture seismicity in the volume at least twice the radius of the anticipated stimulated (reservoir) volume at magnitudes of as small as magnitude 10 and preferably magnitude 00

b The more sensitive the array of instruments the more detail can be collected on fault structure seismicity rates failure mechanisms and state of stress

These are all needed to not only model and forecast seismicity but also to design the EGS resource development program Evaluating the ongoing natural background seismicity also enables an understanding of the mechanisms of stress buildup and release that may be more easily triggered by fluid injection Ideally bandwidth and dynamic range should be maximized to the extent possible however typical seismic networks for capturing seismicity in these types of applications target the frequency range from a few hertz to several hundred hertz Twenty-four bit resolution is now common at these data rates and should be used in EGS projects Borehole installations of wide-bandwidth sensors are better than surface sensors owing to the increased signal-to-noise ratio and the ability to capture small magnitude events increasing resolution and location accuracy The sensors (surface or borehole) should record three-component data in order to provide complete information on the failure mechanisms and wave propagation (compressional and shear waves) attributes in addition to providing data for more precise locations

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

14 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c The minimum data processing should provide the location magnitude and source mechanisms

More sophisticated analysis such as advanced location schemes (double difference locations tomographic analysis for improved velocity models moment tensor analysis and joint inversions etc) will probably be needed in the operational phases of the project but are unlikely to be needed during the background monitoring phase Procedures for almost all of these methods are available in the public domain To estimate the instrumentation requirements we have defined a ldquotypical geothermal projectrdquo as one or two injection wells and several production wells all located in an area with a diameter of 5 km or less In such a ldquotypicalrdquo project achieving the above objectives requires at least eight three-component stations distributed over and around the area Deep or wider area projects may require more than eight stations keeping in mind that at least five stations are needed to collect enough data to reliably locate events As the project advances and the seismic events are characterized more stations may be needed to ldquofollowrdquo and characterize the seismic activity and utilize the events to develop strategies not only for mitigation of induced seismicity but also for reservoir enhancement and management In certain instances it may be beneficial or required to ldquoin-fillrdquo the main array with temporary stations to increase array sensitivity and achieve better location accuracy and focal mechanism coverage particularly at the time of reservoir creation or when the overall operational strategy is changed The final issue with regard to instrumentation is the decision regarding continuous recording vs triggered recording In any case especially during the injection phase the data should be processed in close to real time for location and magnitude to enable rapid feedback for both technical analyses and any required mitigation

d The monitoring should be maintained throughout the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators on optimal injection volumes and rates

Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed The local monitoring should include less sensitive recorders that only record ground shaking that can be felt Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong motion recorders near any sensitive structure to record vibrations that may be problematic It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as feasible The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer however if the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring

243 Summary Seismic monitoring should be commenced as soon as a project site is selected It should be comprehensive enough to allow complete spatial coverage of background or baseline seismicity over an area that is at least twice as large as the largest anticipated enhanced reservoir The monitoring should be maintained for the lifetime of the project and possibly longer depending on seismicity created and volume affected Instrumentation should be able to detect events at least as small as magnitude 10 and preferably to magnitude 00

15

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

15 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 5

Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events

251 Purpose Estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity Hazard is defined as the result of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that can cause damage or loss There are several types of hazards that can result from an earthquake however for induced seismic events we are only concerned with ground shaking and to a much lesser extent noise

The preferred approach to characterizing ground shaking is to characterize it in terms of a quantifiable measure such as acceleration velocity or displacement Instrumental recordings of ground shaking are generally in terms of acceleration or velocity Seismology engineers prefer acceleration because that is the measure they use in their practice In the absence of recording instruments and particularly before the development of seismographs the qualitative measure called ldquointensityrdquo was used in seismology to describe ground shaking In the United States the Modified Mercalli Intensity scale is used However intensity is difficult to equate to acceleration or velocity making it of limited value in evaluating hazard and in engineering

Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulation and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is very difficult and assessments must be made based upon the empirical data from other case histories and numerical models which include specific site characteristics

Two approaches can be taken to assess the seismic ground motion at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is magnitude 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded magnitude 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes The Protocol recommends that PSHAs be performed for magnitude 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude should be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

The ground-motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) and PGV Since induced earthquakes are generally small magnitude durations will be short and not of structural concern PGV or PPV will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration-sensitive research and manufacturing and for human activity interference

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

16 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

252 Recommended Approach PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then the EGS-induced seismicity should be superimposed on top of that

a Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity

bull Evaluate historical seismicity and calculate frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on a catalog of natural earthquakes If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area incorporate the data into the catalog Account for the incompleteness of the catalog and remove dependent events (eg aftershocks and foreshocks) Examine any focal mechanisms of natural seismicity to assess the tectonic stress field

bull Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis The maximum earthquake that can occur on a fault is a function of the available fault area and the amount of displacement that will occur in an event Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate magnitude from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement

bull For communities that may be impacted by EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface beneath the potentially impacted communities The shear-wave velocity profile is often used in ground-motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses

bull Select appropriate ground-motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground-motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific conditions at the potentially affected site(s)

bull Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity prior to the occurrence of any induced seismicity De-aggregate the hazard results in terms of seismic source contributions

b Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity

Estimating the hazard from induced seismicity is more difficult than for natural seismicity because of the small database of induced seismicity observations both in terms of seismic source characterization and ground-motion prediction However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be re-calculated and the uncertainties reduced Possible steps that should be taken include the following

bull Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on earthquake focal mechanisms the structural framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring To the extent practicable given the available data develop a 3D model of the geothermal area with particular focus on 1) the stratigraphy 2) pre-existing faults and fractures which could be sources of future induced seismicity and 3) the prevailing stress field in which they exist This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data)

bull Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and structural framework from those cases with the potential geothermal area In particular examine and compile the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of the induced seismicity

bull Evaluate the geologic framework of the project area the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures the tectonic stress field etc (See Step 4 Section 242) This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults which could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required (see Step 1 Section 21 above)

17

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

17 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

bull Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity (eg Shapiro et al 2007 McGarr 1976) that also estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity but based on injection parameters This is an active area of research and there are models being developed as this document is being written The models that are referred to here are only examples and others should be considered Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ stress conditions lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

bull Review and select empirical ground-motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (magnitude lt 50) Almost all existing ground-motion models have been developed for magnitude 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than magnitude 50 the ground-motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 10 to 20 km Include the uncertainty in the ground-motion models

bull Calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

253 Summary Compare the hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

18 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 6

Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events

261 Purpose The purpose of this step is to develop a rigorous and credible estimate of the risk associated with the design construction and operation of the proposed EGS facility and to compare the future expected risk associated with the operation to the baseline risk existing prior to operation Conceptually this step is the same as Step 1 but instead of aiming at an order of magnitude and a bounding of the risk only for the purpose of screening Step 6 is intended to generate a higher resolution and more precise estimate for the purpose of making decisions on design and operations of the planned EGS It will provide a measure of the variation of risk during future operation and helps in evaluating alternative operational procedures including those that could mitigate the negative effects and minimize the risk of induced seismicity

262 Recommended Approach The standard method (Kaplan and Garrick 1981 US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Whitman et al 1997 McGuire 1984 Molina et al 2010) of characterizing seismic risk concentrates on the impact of moderate-to-large earthquakes that have greater magnitudes than those generally seen in injection-induced seismicity To date the maximum observed earthquakes attributed to EGS operations have been magnitude 30 to 37 and the largest geothermal injection-related event was magnitude 46 (Majer et al 2007) For all types of fluid injection the largest events have been about magnitude 50 which occurred at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal (Majer et al 2007 Cladouhos et al 2010) The vast majority of EGS induced events are less than magnitude 30 Therefore the dominant risk is associated with events that have low magnitudes and cause low-to-very-low ground motions Consequently the attention to risk will shift relatively from the high-level risk of physical damage associated with large natural earthquakes to the more mundane level of a nuisance and possibly the related economic impacts

The fundamentals of the risk estimation method do not change for small ground motions Physical damages to structures are deemed to be very small to nil but some of the basic elements used to describe the damages will have to account for this shift by for example considering the appearance of small cracks and other minor architectural damages that usually constitute a very small portion of the damage Also human perception of small vibrations and the associated nuisance need to be considered as elements of the risk This nuisance produced by small vibrations is difficult to quantify as it depends not only on the dominant frequency of the vibration but also how frequently it occurs

The elements of a detailed risk analysis are as follows (see example of existing risk-analysis software such as HAZUS 2010 or SELENA 2010)

a Characterize the ground motion at each location within the area potentially impacted (See Step 5 Section 51)

b Identify the assets that could be adversely affected and that could contribute to the total risk

Ground shaking from EGS operations may impact the quality of peoplersquos lives the built environment and the economy in several ways for which the risk needs to be evaluated Contributing to the risk are those elements of our socioeconomic and living environment for which ground-motion impact would be perceived as negative because of its consequences on the financial environmental or personal well-being of the affected community (Mileti 1982) Including all the possible risk contributors would be a daunting task and difficult to achieve and it is reasonable to restrict the range of consideration to the most important areas of concern Some of the impacts to consider are purely physical such as damage to structures and there are well-accepted methods to assess them and to quantify their associated risks usually in monetary terms (see HAZUS SELENA) Other impacts dealing with human perception and sensitivity are more difficult to assess and quantify However there are existing methods albeit not as well established as those associated with damage

19

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

19 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Four classes of impacts can be identified as follows

I Physical damage to residential housing and community facilities

Damage to structures would probably be the main concern of any community Much has been published concerning damage from medium-to-large earthquakes (see Applied Technology Council (ATC) publications particularly ATC-3 Tentative Provisions for the Development of Seismic Regulations for Buildings For small magnitude and small ground-motion events the existing information is largely based on USBM research conducted in the 1970s with respect to vibration from controlled blasting (controlled detonation) Damage to the built environment to be considered (eg structures) must be separated into at least two categories 1) minor cosmetic (threshold cracking) and 2) major structural damage

II Physical damage to the infrastructure of industrialcommercialresearchmedical facilities

It is unlikely that strong ground shaking generated by EGS-induced seismic events would occur however stakeholders nevertheless tend to be concerned with infrastructure damage Significant structural damage to infrastructures by EGS is also equally unlikely but should damage occur its assessment should be based on design seismic code requirements and in the absence of such data site visit and observation of structural characteristics Adverse effects should at least be considered for all the vital elements of the infrastructure in the potentially impacted area including industrial facilities (eg manufacturing chemicaloil processing) and research facilities (both industrial and medical)

III Human activity interference

Human activity interference includes interference with sleep conversation enjoyment of recreation or entertainment and the like Of these sleep disturbance is probably the defining activity interference and induced seismicity from EGS activity may occur at any time of day or night Speech interference is not likely as seismicity usually does not radiate sufficient noise to be audible However secondary noise radiation such as squeaking walls may occur and conversations may be suspended in response to perceptible seismic events This can become problematic if it occurs often enough during the course of a day

IV Socioeconomic impact from damaged infrastructure and operation interference in businesses and industrial facilities

Social and economic activity and personal well-being rely heavily on the reliability of complex utility networks (telephone internet water gas electricity public transportation systems) that are vital to conducting business and for maintaining quality of life The potential damage to infrastructure is consequently an important potential contributing component of the risk and any damage leading to operational malfunctions (eg telephone service becoming unavailable) creates interruptions that can be very costly Sometimes very little physical damage can lead to a cascade of network consequences in a ldquodomino effectrdquo particularly (but not exclusively) in communications (eg Internet interruptions leading to the loss of data)

c Characterize the damage potential (vulnerability) from the risk contributors

The potential damages are usually characterized in terms of a relation (called a vulnerability function) that gives the level of damages (physical damage nuisance and economic losses) for that contributor or a class of contributors as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location In a detailed probabilistic risk analysis the vulnerability function gives the probability of failure of a structure in response to a particular stimulus (eg a given level of ground motion) Alternatively it gives the average cost of replacement for an entire class (see HAZUS 2010 SELENA 2010 and ATC publications)

d Estimate the risk

The elemental risk associated with one risk contributor at a given location is the product of the damage that would be observed at this location for a given level of seismic ground motion and the probability that this ground-motion level would occur The value of interest is the total risk at this location which is obtained by summing the elemental risks for all possible ground-motion levels using the probabilistic seismic hazard curve developed in Step 5 A risk

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

20 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

map or map of expected losses can be obtained by repeating this calculation for all points within the impacted area Usually modern probabilistic risk analyses provide a full probability distribution of the total risk which enables an estimate of the probability that a certain level of risk (monetary loss) will be exceeded In that case if the annual probability of exceedance of risk (losses) of X dollars ($) is p it is customary to say that the ldquoreturn periodrdquo in years of $X of risk (losses) is T=1p years

e Present the results

The general purpose for presenting the results of the risk analysis is to demonstrate that the probable (or a certain percentile) future negative effects of the EGS operation are within a range that will be tolerated by the regulators and community with consideration of the overall benefits of the project as judged by the community and all the stakeholders It is also meant to provide input for comparing benefits and adverse effects on a rational probabilistic and rigorous basis

For this purpose results for all locations in the area impacted need to be presented and displayed in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) map format The results should be separated into a least three categories physical damage nuisance and economic losses At a minimum maps should be developed for each category using a simple calculation of the estimate of the risk Ideally risk maps would be developed for one or several return periods providing useful information on the range of possible risk and contributing to the development of mitigation procedures

The following is a list of possible useful presentation materials

bull Map of region impacted as a function of time (months years decades centuries)

bull Map of short-term (10 to 20 years) probable (expected) impact showing the potential for physical damages These maps will be prepared for several levels of confidence to express the uncertainty in the models

bull Map of short-term impacts in terms of the probable (expected) number of people experiencing ground shaking or exceeding design expectations as a function of time and proximity to the project

bull A map showing the ldquored-flagrdquo locations either because they are specially sensitive or likely to experience high ground motion because of specific local site geological conditions the nature of their business or the fact that they are eg a particularly sensitive node in a socioeconomic system or utility network

bull A table showing the total probable cost by category (physical nuisance economic) each year in the future as a function of time

263 Summary The purpose of Step 6 is to identify the different types of risks and develop a quantitative estimate for each type using well-accepted methods of risk assessment The risk estimates should be revised after each update of the seismic hazard analysis described in Step 6 The estimate of risk should be a function of time and of the various possible future alternative plans of operation of the planned EGS to permit evaluations and comparisons between the alternatives and help in the decision making Results should be presented in ways that account for the nature of the potential risks and the parties that may be affected by the risk in space and time and with estimates of the potential costs associated with the risks

21

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

21 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

STEP 7

Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

271 Purpose This step presents some suggested mitigation measures Several types of mitigation can be applied For example direct mitigation might include modifying the injection rates andor production rates Indirect mitigation might include some sort of incentive for the affected community Establishing a bond or insurance policy to mitigate potential liability claims may be a prudent option for an EGS developer It is hoped that by properly carrying out the preceding 6 steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

272 Recommended Approach

a Direct Mitigation

If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to put mitigation measures in place and establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity One obvious direct mitigation measure is to stop injection This may stop induced seismicity in the long run but because the induced seismicity probably did not start immediately it will not stop immediately That is the stress states have been altered and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects magnitude 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shot in (Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease pressures and injections until the designeddesired levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations that continuously calculates and plots a cumulative window of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull REDmdashthe lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to set in Pumping suspended immediately

bull AMBERmdashthe amber zone was defined by ground-motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be unlikely Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull GREENmdashthe green zone was defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or at higher ground-motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will stop as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) one should consider indirect mitigation activities (see next section) In any case monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

22 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

The results of one such application at the Berlin geothermal field in El Salvador (see Majer et al 2007 and Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures On the one hand the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural El Salvador (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of magnitude 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events

b Indirect Mitigation

Different methods of indirect mitigation may be considered a few are described below

bull Seismic Monitoringmdashas has been discussed previously in this Protocol seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public is needed The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers so these may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

bull Increased Outreachmdashalthough it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity

bull Community Supportmdashin addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish good will This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project

bull Compensationmdashif any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

23

2 StepS in AddreSSing induced SeiSmicity

23 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

c Liability and Insurance

Legal studies specifically related to geothermal-induced seismicity and its effect on man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations points out the following

Liability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However there are numerous analogous cases that support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerousrsquo activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anotherrsquos land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damage

In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity

273 Summary Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations and provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that certain seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be needed Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that the community specifically needs

24 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

25

3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

25 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

3 Acknowledgements

This work was primarily funded by the Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Geothermal Technologies Program of the US Department of Energy under Contract No DE-AC02-05CH11231 at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

26 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

27

4 references

27 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

4 ReferencesAmerican Standards Institute (ANSI) S271-1983 (R2006) (formerly ANSI S329-1983) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) httpwwwatcouncilorgonlinestorehtml

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology v 83 pp 287-306

California Department of Transportation 2004 Transportation- and Construction-Induced Vibration Guidance Manual

Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 ldquoGround-motion attenuation model for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction modelsrdquo Earthquake Spectra v26 pp 907-926

Cladouhos T Petty S Foulger G Julian B and Fehler M 2010 ldquoInjection induced seismicity and geothermal energyrdquo Geothermal Research Council Transactions v 34 pp 1213-1220

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics v 289 pp 239-255

Dowding CH 1996 Construction Vibrations Prentice Hall

Federal Transit Administration (FTA) 2006 Transit Noise and Vibration Impact Assessment FTA-VA-90-1003-06

HAZUS 2010 FEMArsquos Methodology for Estimating Potential Losses from Disasters httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazus

Institute of Environmental Sciences 1995 Contamination Control Division Recommended Practice Considerations in Cleanroom Design IES-RP-CC0121 Appendix C

International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 2631-2 2003 Mechanical vibration and shock mdash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration mdash Part 2 Vibration in buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz)

Kaplan S and Garrick BJ1981 ldquoOn the Quantitative Assessment of Riskrdquo Risk Analysis Vol 1 No 1 pp 11-27

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 ldquoInduced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermics v 36 pp 185-222

Majer E Baria R and Stark M (2009) rdquoProtocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systemsrdquo Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

McGarr A 1976 ldquoSeismic moments and volume changerdquo J Geophysical Res v 81 pp 1487-1494

McGuire RK 1984 ldquoSeismic Hazard and Risk Analysisrdquo Earthquake Engineering Research Institute Monograph 10 p 221

Mileti D 1982 ldquoPublic perceptions of seismic hazards and critical facilitiesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 72 pp S13-S18

MIT 2006 The Future of Geothermal Energy ndash Impact of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) on the United States in the 21st Century MIT Press Boston USA

Molina S DH Lang and CD Lindholm 2010 SELENA ndash ldquoAn open-source tool for seismic risk and loss assessment using logic tree computation procedurerdquo Computer amp Geosciences Vol 36 Issue 3 pp 257-269

Petersen MD Frankel AD Harmsen SC Mueller CS Haller KM Wheeler RL Wesson RL Zeng Y Boyd OS Perkins DM Luco N Field EH Wills CJ and Rukstales KS 2008 Documentation for the 2008 update of the United States National Seismic Hazard Maps US Geological Survey Open-File Report 2008-1128 61 p

SELENA 2010 The SELENA-RISE Open Risk Package downloadable at httpsourceforgenetprojectsselena

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 ldquoProbability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injectionrdquo Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Siskind D E 2000 Vibrations from Blasting International Society of Explosives Engineers Cleveland OH USA

Siskind D E Stagg M S Kopp J W and Dowding C H 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report RI 8507

US Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1981 Fault Tree Handbook NUREG-0492

Whitman RV Anagnos T Kircher C A Lagorio H J Lawson R S and Schneider Pl 1997 ldquoDevelopment of a national earthquake loss estimation methodologyrdquo Earthquake Spectra Vol 13 No 4 pp 643-661

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

28

29

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

29 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix A Background and Motivation

Summary To produce economic geothermal energy sufficient fluid heat and permeability must be present in a rock mass In many cases there is sufficient heat especially if one drills deep enough however there is often a need to enhance permeability andor fluid content ie to enhance geothermal systems This could be true in not only new geothermal projects but in existing geothermal projects where one would want to expand current production One of the issues associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) is the effect and role of induced seismicity during the creation or expansion of the underground reservoir and the subsequent long-term extraction of the geothermal energy Induced seismicity has been the cause of delays and possibly cancellation of at least two EGS projects worldwide although to date there have been no or few adverse physical effects on the operations or on surrounding communities from existing geothermal projects Still there is public concern over the possible amount and magnitude of the seismicity associated with current and future geothermal operations One of the more publicized incidents was the magnitude 34 event that occurred in the vicinity of the Basel Switzerland EGS project on December 7 2006 It caused local officials to stop the project and ultimately the project was cancelled This is an example of where a more comprehensive understanding of the type and nature of seismicity would be of benefit to the operators as well as the public

It should also be noted that induced seismicity is not new it has successfully been dealt with in many different environments ranging from a variety of injection and engineering applications including waste and water disposal mining oil and gas and reservoir impoundment (Majer et al 2007) Nevertheless in order to address public and regulatory acceptance as well as maintain industry buy-in of geothermal energy development a set of recommendationsprotocols are needed to be set out on how to deal with induced seismicity issues Presented here are summaries of several case histories in order to illustrate a variety of technical and public acceptance issues It is concluded that EGS induced seismicity needs do not pose any threat to the development of geothermal resources if community issues are properly handled and the operators understand the underlying mechanisms causing the seismicity and develop procedures for mitigating any adverse effects it is perceived to cause In fact induced seismicity by itself provides benefits because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir

Background Naturally fractured hydrothermal systems provide the easiest method of extracting heat from the earth but the total resource and its availability tend to be restricted to certain areas Reasons for pursuing the development of the EGS technology are two-fold (1) to bring uneconomic hydrothermal systems into production by improving underground conditions (stimulation) and (2) to engineer an underground condition that creates a hydrothermal system whereby injected fluids can be heated by circulation through a hot fractured region at depth and then produced to deliver heat to the surface for power conversion The process of enhancing the permeability and the subsequent extraction of energy however may create seismic events In addition to the above-mentioned seismicity at Basel events as small as magnitude 2 and above near certain projects (eg the Soultz project in France Baria et al 2005) have raised residentsrsquo concern for both damage from single events and the effect on seismicity over long time periods as the EGS project continues over many years (Majer et al 2005) Some residents believe that the induced seismicity may cause structural damage similar to that caused by larger natural earthquakes There is also fear and uncertainty that the small events may be an indication of larger events to follow Recognizing the potential of the extremely large geothermal energy resource worldwide and recognizing the possibility of misunderstanding about induced seismicity the Geothermal Implementing Agreement under the International Energy Agency (IEA) initiated an international collaboration The purpose of this collaboration is to ldquopursue an effort to address an issue of significant concern to the acceptance of geothermal energy in general but EGS in particularhellip The objective is to investigate these events to obtain a better understanding of why they occur so that they can either be avoided or mitigatedhelliprdquo

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

30 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity Seismicity has been linked to a number of human activities such as miningrock removal (Richardson and Jordan 2002 McGarr 1976) fluid extraction in oil and gas (Grasso 1992 Segall 1989 Segall et al 1994) waste fluid injection (Raleigh et al 1972) reservoir impoundment (Simpson 1976) and cavity collapses created as a result of an underground nuclear explosion (Boucher et al 1969)

Seismicity in general occurs over many different time and spatial scales Growth faults in the overpressurized zones of the Gulf Coast of the United States are one example of a slowly changing earthquake stress environment as they creep along an active fault zone (Mauk et al 1981) The size of an earthquake (or how much energy is released from one) depends on how much slip occurs on the fault how much stress there is on the fault before slipping how fast it fails and over how large an area its ruptures occur (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Damaging earthquakes (usually greater than magnitude 4 or 5 Bommer et al 2001) require the surfaces to slip over relatively large distances (kilometers) In most regions where there are economic geothermal resources there is usually tectonic activity These areas of high tectonic activity are more prone to seismicity than more stable areas such as the central continents (Brune and Thatcher 2002) Note however that one of the largest earthquakes ever to occur in the United States was the New Madrid series of events the early 1800s in the center of the United States It must also be noted that seismic activity is only a risk if it occurs above a certain level and close enough to an affected community

Large or damaging earthquakes tend to occur on developed or active fault systems In other words large earthquakes rarely occur where no fault exists and the small ones that do occur do not last long enough to release substantial energy Also it is difficult to create a large new fault because there is usually a pre-existing fault that will slip first For example all significant historical activity above magnitude 50 that has been observed in California has occurred on preexisting faults (bulletins of the Seismographic Stations University of California) When large earthquakes occur on previously unknown faults it is generally discovered that these faults already existed but were unmapped as was the case of the Northridge California earthquake (Southern California Earthquake Center httpwwwearthquakecountryinforootssocal-faultshtml)

One last important feature to note regarding earthquake activity is that the size of the fault (in addition to the forces available) and the strength of the rock determine how large an event may potentially be It has been shown that in almost all cases large earthquakes (magnitude 6 and above) start at depths of at least 5 to 10 km (Brune and Thatcher 2002) It is only at depth that sufficient energy can be stored to provide an adequate amount of force to move the large volumes of rock required to create a large earthquake

Water injection seems to be one of the most common causes of induced seismicity Rubey and Hubbert (1959) suggested that a pore pressure increase would reduce the ldquoeffective strength of rockrdquo and thus weaken a fault The seismicity (many events over a 10-year period with the largest having a magnitude of 53) associated with the Rocky Mountain Arsenal fluid disposal operations (injection rates of up to thirty million liters per month over a four-year period) was directly related to this phenomenon involving a significant increase in the pore pressure at depth which reduced the ldquoeffective strengthrdquo of the rocks in the subsurface (Brune and Thatcher 2002) The size rate and manner of seismicity is controlled by the rate and amount of fluid injected in the subsurface the orientation of the stress field relative to the pore pressure increase how extensive the local fault system is and last (but not least) the deviatoric stress field in the subsurface ie how much excess stress there is available to cause an earthquake (Cornet et al 1992 Cornet and Scotti 1992 Cornet and Julien 1993 Cornet and Jianmin 1995 Brune and Thatcher 2002)

31

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

31 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) An Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS) is an engineered subsurface heat exchanger designed to either extract geothermal energy under circumstances in which conventional geothermal production is uneconomic or to improve and potentially expand the production operations so that they become more economic Most commonly EGS is needed in cases where the reservoir is hot but permeability is low In such systems permeability may be enhanced by hydraulic fracturing high-rate water injection andor chemical stimulation (Allis 1982 Batra et al 1984 Beauce et al 1991 Fehler 1989) Once the permeability has been increased production can be sustained by injecting water (supplemented as necessary from external sources) into injection wells and circulating that water through the newly created permeability where it is heated as it travels to the production wells As the injected water cools the engineered fractures slippage on the fractures and faults from the induced seismicity and chemical dissolution of minerals may also create new permeability continually expanding the reservoir and exposing more heat to be mined In most EGS and hydrothermal applications the pressures are kept below the ldquohydrofracturerdquo pressure and are designed to induce failure on preexisting fractures and faults ie shear failure on preexisting fractures and faults The idea being that one wants to open an interconnected region of fractures in order to maximize the surface area exposed to the injected fluids which in turn optimizes the heat extraction from the rock

A hydrofracture on the other hand has the potential to create a ldquofast pathrdquo which may not allow an optimal ldquosweeprdquo of injected fluid throughout the rock formation Hydrofractures are used in the oil and gas industry to enhance permeability by creating a large fracture (hundreds of feet long) that connects existing fractures and porosity which will then allow one to ldquodrainrdquo the formation of fluids (oil andor gas) Subsidiary shear failure does occur during the ldquoleak-offrdquo of the fluids from the hydrofracture intersecting the existing fractures (assuming they are oriented in the right direction with the principal stresses) by the same mechanism used in EGS but it is temporary mainly happening only during the hydrofracturing process Thus actual hydrofracturing for geothermal applications may not be as common as in oil and gas applications Other EGS schemes focus on improving the chemistry of the natural reservoir fluid Steam impurities such as noncondensable gases decrease the efficiency of the power plants and acid constituents (principally HCl and H2SO4) cause corrosion of wells pipelines and turbines (Baria et al 2005) Water injection is again an important EGS tool to help manage these fluid chemistry problems

Each of the major EGS techniquesmdashhydrofracturing fluid injection and acidizationmdashhas been used to some extent in selected geothermal fields and in most cases there is some information on the seismicity (or lack thereof ) induced by these techniques Specific examples are summarized below and discussed in detail in Majer et al (2007)

As pointed out and observed injection at sub-hydrofracture pressures can also induce seismicity as documented in a number of EGS projects (Ludwin et al 1982 Mauk et al 1981 OrsquoConnell and Johnson 1991 Stevenson 1985) These studies of low-pressure injection-induced seismicity in geothermal fields have concluded that the seismicity is predominantly of low magnitude The largest recorded event associated with a geothermal operation has been a magnitude 46 at The Geysers field in northern California in the 1980s when production was at its peak Since then there have been more magnitude 4 events but none as large as the event in the early 1980s Almost all other seismicity at other geothermal fields has been in the range of magnitude 3 or less (Majer et al 2007)

Mechanisms of Induced Seismicity in Geothermal Environments

In the geothermal world induced seismicity has been documented in a number of operating geothermal fields and EGS projects In the most prominent cases thousands of earthquakes are induced annually These are predominantly microearthquakes that are not felt by people but also include earthquakes of magnitudes up to the mid-magnitude 4s At other sites the induced seismicity may be entirely of very low magnitudes or may be a short-lived transient phenomenon In the majority of the dozens of operating hydrothermal fields around the world there is no evidence whatsoever of any induced seismicity causing significant structural damage to the surrounding community (Majer et al 2005 Baria et al 2006) However as mentioned above depending on where the geothermal project is located the induced seismicity may still exceed previously agreed-upon levels to any near-by communities for a variety of reasons

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

32 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Several different mechanisms have been hypothesized to explain these occurrences of induced seismicity in geothermal settings

1 Pore-pressure increase As explained above in a process known as effective stress reduction increased fluid pressure can reduce static frictional resistance and thereby facilitate seismic slip in the presence of a deviatoric stress field In such cases the seismicity is driven by the local stress field but triggered on an existing fracture by the pore-pressure increase In many cases the pore pressure required to shear favorably oriented joints can be very low and vast numbers of microseismic events occur as the pressure migrates away from the well bore in a preferred direction associated with the direction of maximum principal stress In a geothermal field one obvious mechanism is fluid injection Point injection from wells can locally increase pore pressure and thus possibly account for high seismicity around injection wells if there are local regions of low permeability At higher pressures fluid injection can exceed the rock strength actually creating new fractures in the rock (as discussed above)

2 Temperature changes Cool fluids interacting with hot rock can cause contraction of fracture surfaces in a process known as thermoelastic strain As with effective stress the slight opening of the fracture reduces static friction and triggers slip along a fracture that is already near failure in a regional stress field Alternatively cool fluids interacting with hot rock can create fractures and seismicity directly related to thermal contraction In some cases researchers have detected non-shear components indicating tensile failure contraction or spalling mechanisms

3 Volume change due to fluid withdrawalinjection As fluid is produced (or also injected) from an underground resource the reservoir rock may compact or be stressed These volume changes cause a perturbation in local stresses which are already close to the failure state (geothermal systems are typically located within faulted regions under high states of stress) This situation can lead to seismic slip within or around the reservoir A similar phenomenon occurs where solid material is removed underground such as in mines leading to ldquorockburstsrdquo as the surrounding rock adjusts to the newly created void

4 Chemical alteration of fracture surfaces Injecting non-native fluids into the formation (or allowing fluids to flow into the reservoir due to extraction) may cause geochemical alteration of fracture surfaces thus reducing or increasing the coefficient of friction on the surface In the case of reduced friction microearthquakes (smaller events) would be more likely to occur Pennington et al (1986) hypothesized that if seismic barriers evolve and asperities form (resulting in increased friction) events larger than microearthquakes may become more common

All four mechanisms are of concern for EGS applications The extent to which these mechanisms are active within any specific situation is influenced by a number of local and regional geologic conditions that can include the following

a Orientation and magnitude of the deviatoric stress field in relation to existing faults

b Extent of faults and fractures The magnitude of an earthquake is related to the area of fault slippage and the stress drop across the fault Larger faults have more potential for a larger event with a large proportion of the seismic energy being at the dominant frequency of the seismic event related to the length of the shearing fault (ie the larger the fault the lower the emitted frequency which brings it closer to the ranges of frequencies where soils and structures are directly affected and therefore the greater likelihood of structural damage) Large magnitude can also be generated by high stress drop on smaller fault ruptures but the frequency emitted is too high to cause structural damage As a general rule EGS projects should be careful with any operation that includes direct physical contact or hydrologic communication with large active faults

c Rock mechanical properties such as compaction coefficient shear modulus damping and ductility

d Hydrologic factors such as the static pressure profile existence of aquifers and aquicludes rock permeability and porosity

e Historical natural seismicity In some cases induced seismicity has occurred in places where there was little or no baseline record of natural seismicity In other cases exploitation of underground resources in areas of high background seismicity has resulted in little or no induced seismicity Still any assessment of induced seismicity potential should include a study of historical earthquake activity

33

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

33 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

As stated above several conditions must be met for significant (damaging) earthquakes to occur There must be a fault system large enough to allow significant slip there must be forces present to cause this slip along the fault (as opposed to some other direction) and these forces must be greater than the forces holding the fault together (the sum of the forces perpendicular to the fault plus the strength of the material in the fault) Also as pointed out above the larger earthquakes that can cause damage to a structure usually can only occur at depths greater than 5 km Consequently it is easy to see why the occurrence of large magnitude events is not a common phenomenon In fact a variety of factors must come together at the right time (enough energy stored up by the earth to be released) and in the right place (on a fault large enough to produce a large event) for a significant earthquake to occur It is also easy to see why seismicity may take the form of many small events

III Geothermal Case Histories Several case histories are summarized to demonstrate the different experiences with and the technical and public perception issues encountered with EGS systems These represent a variety of different conditions (but see also Knoll 1992 Guha 2000 Talebi 1998)

The primary issues addressed in these case histories include the following (for details see Majer et al 2007)

Technical Approach

The objective of the injection is to increase the productivity of the reservoir Each case history will have different technical specifications and conditions Important parameters in the design of injection programs are

bull Injection pressure

bull Volume of injection

bull Rate of injection

bull Temperature of fluids

bull Chemistry of fluid

bull Continuity of injection

bull Location and depth of injections

bull In situ stress magnitudes and patterns

bull Fracturepermeability of rocks

bull Historical seismicity

Public Concerns

Each site will also present different levels and types of public concerns Some sites are very remote and thus there is little public concern regarding induced seismicity On the other hand some sites are near or close to urban areas Felt seismicity may be perceived as an isolated annoyance or there may be concern about the cumulative effects of repeated events and the possibility of larger earthquakes in the future

Commonalities and Lessons Learned

In order to recommend how to best mitigate the effects of induced seismicity one must examine the common aspects of the different environments and determine what has been learned to date For example a preliminary examination of data in certain cases has revealed an emerging pattern of larger events occurring on the edges of the injection areas even occurring after injection has stopped In other cases there is an initial burst of seismicity as injection commences but then seismicity decreases or even ceases as injection stabilizes If one can learn from previous EGS projects then past lessons can help prevent future mistakes

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

34 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

In this study (Majer et al 2007) the case histories included are the following

a The Geysers USA A large body of seismic and productioninjection data have been collected over the last 35 years and induced seismicity has been tied to both steam production and water injection Supplemental injection projects were faced with substantial community opposition despite prior studies predicting less than significant impact The opposition has abated somewhat because of improved communication with residents and actual experience with the increased injection

b Cooper Basin Australia This is an example of a new project that has the potential for massive injection Test injections have triggered seismic events over magnitude 30 The project is however in a remote area and there is little or no community concern

c Berlin El Salvador This was an EGS project on the margins of an existing geothermal field The proponents have developed and implemented a procedure for managing injection-induced seismicity that involves simple criteria to determine whether to continue injection or not This procedure may be applicable to other EGS projects

d Soultz France This is a well-studied example with many types of data collected over the last 15 years in addition to the seismic data EGS reservoirs were created at two depths (3500 m and 5000 m) with the deeper reservoir aimed at proving the concept at great depth and high temperature (200ordmC) Concern about induced seismicity has curtailed activity at the project and no further stimulations are planned until the issue with the local communitymdashassociated with microseismicity and possible damage to structures from an event of around magnitude 29mdashis resolved

IV Gaps in Knowledge As stated above following the six international workshops held on induced seismicity under the auspices of the International Energy Agencyrsquos Geothermal Implementing Agreement (IEA-GIA) DOE and GEISER it has been shown that existing scientific research case histories and industrial standards provide a solid basis for characterizing induced seismicity and the planning of its monitoring Therefore the focus for additional study should be not only on understanding how to mitigate and control the seismicity if necessary but on the beneficial use of induced seismicity as a tool for creating sustaining and characterizing the improved subsurface heat exchangers whose performance is crucial to the success of future EGS projects Following is a list of the primary scientific issues that were discussed at the workshops These are in no particular priority order and are not meant to exclude other issues but were the ones most discussed

1 Do the larger seismic events triggered during EGS operations have a pattern with respect to the general seismicity It was pointed out that at Soultz The Geysers and other sites the largest events tend to occur on the fringes even outside the ldquomain cloudrdquo of events and often well after injection has been stopped Moreover large apparently triggered events are often observed after shut-in of EGS injection operations making such events still more difficult to control The development and use of suitable coupled reservoir fluid flowgeomechanical simulation programs will offer a great help in this respect and advances are being made in this area see for example Hazzard et al (2002) Cornet and Julien (1993) Kohl and Meacutegel (2005) Ghassemi and Tarasovs (2005) By looking at an extensive suite of such models it should be possible to determine what features are correlated to the occurrence of this phenomenon and would eventually allow the development of predictive models of seismicity Laboratory acoustic emission work would greatly help in this effort by complementing the numerical studies and helping to calibrate the models used

2 What are the source parameters and mechanisms of induced events The issue of stress drop versus fault size and moment is important There is some evidence that large stress drops may be occurring on small faults resulting in larger-magnitude events than the conventional models would predict (Brune and Thatcher 2002 and Kanamori and Rivera 2004) It was pointed out that understanding stress heterogeneity may be a key to understanding EGS seismicity Some results support this hypothesis (Baria et al 2005) For example the regional stress field must be determined before any stability analysis is done which (it was concluded) requires integration of various techniques such as borehole stress tests and source mechanism studies It was also found that the existence of induced seismicity does not prove that the rock mass is close to failure it merely outlines local stress concentrations (Cornet et al 1992) In addition it was found that at Soultz it took a 4 to 5 megapascal (MPa) pore-pressure increase over

35

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

35 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

in situ stress at around 3500 m depth to induce seismicity into a fresh fault that ignores large-scale pre-existing fractures Finally it is difficult to identify the failure criterion of large-scale pre-existing faults many of which do not have significant cohesion

3 Are there experiments that can be performed that will shed light on key mechanisms causing EGS seismicity Over the years of observing geothermal induced seismicity many different mechanisms have been proposed Pore-pressure increase thermal stresses volume change chemical alteration stress redistribution and subsidence are just a few of the proposed mechanisms Are repeating events a good sign or not Does similarity of signals provide clues to overall mechanisms One proposed experiment is to study the injection of hot water versus cold water to determine if thermal effects are the cause of seismicity If we can come up with a few key experiments to either eliminate or determine the relative effects of different mechanisms we would be heading in the right direction

4 How does induced seismicity differ in naturally fractured systems from hydrofracturing environments The variability of natural systems is quite largemdashthey vary from systems such as The Geysers to low-temperature systems each varying in geologic and structural complexity Do similar mechanisms apply and will it be necessary to start afresh with each system or can we learn from each system such that subsequently encountered systems would be easier to address

5 Is it possible to mitigate the effects of induced seismicity and optimize production at the same time In other words can EGS fracture networks be engineered to have both the desirable properties for efficient heat extraction (large fracture surface area reasonable permeability etc) and yet be generated by a process in which the associated induced seismicity does not exceed well-defined thresholds of tolerable ground shaking The traffic light system developed by Bommer et al (2006) goes some way to achieving this end but the idea of fracture network engineering (as introduced in Hazzard et al 2002) should be further investigated Microearthquake activity could be a sign of enhanced fluid paths fracture openingmovement and possibly permeability enhancement (especially in hydrofracture operations) or a repeated movement on an existing fault or parts of a fault The generation of seismicity is a measure of how we are perturbing an already dynamic system as a result of fluid injection or extraction

6 Does the reservoir reach equilibrium Steady state may be the wrong term but energy can be released in many different ways Steamhot water releases energy as does seismicity creep subsidence etc (local and regional stress are the energy inputs or storage) It has been pointed out that while the number of events at The Geysers is increasing the average energy release (as measured by cumulative magnitude of events) is actually constant or slightly decreasing (Majer and Peterson 2005) If this decrease in energy occurs as the result of many small events then this is good if it occurs as the result of a few big events then this is undesirable Thus an understanding of magnitude distribution in both space and time is necessary

V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward At least six international workshops that have been convened in the last four years to date to address the issue of EGS-induced seismicity have come to the conclusion that induced seismicity poses little threat to produce damaging seismicity but it must be taken seriously and dealt with to make the project acceptable to regulators and any affected communities If properly planned and executed it should not pose any threat to the overall development of the geothermal resources In fact induced seismicity provides a direct benefit because it can be used as a monitoring tool to understand the effectiveness of the EGS operations and shed light on the mechanics of the reservoir It was pointed out many times in these workshops that even in nongeothermal cases where there has been significant induced seismicity (reservoir impoundment (Koyna) hydrocarbon production (Gazli) and waste disposal activities (Rocky Mountain Arsenal Hoover and Dietrich 1969 and Hsieh and Bredehoft 1981)) effects of induced seismicity has been dealt with in a successful manner as not to hinder the objective of the primary project

During these workshops scientists and engineers working in this field have guided us toward a short- and long-term path The short-term path is to ensure that there is open communication between the geothermal energy producer and the local inhabitants This involves early establishment of a monitoring and reporting plan communication of the plan to the affected community and diligent follow-up in the form of reporting and meeting commitments The establishment of good working relationships between the geothermal producer and the local inhabitants is essential Adoption of best

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

36 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

practices from other industries should also be considered For example in the Netherlands gas producers adopt a good neighbor policy based on a proactive approach to monitoring reporting investigating and if necessary compensating for any damage (see NAM 2002) Similarly geothermal operators in Iceland have consistently shown that it is possible to gain public acceptance and even vocal support for field development operations by ensuring that local inhabitants see the direct economic benefit of those activities (Gudni Axelsson personal communication)

The long-term path must surely be the achievement of a step-change in our understanding of the processes underlying induced seismicity so that any associated benefit can be correctly applied and thus reduce any risk At the same time subsurface fracture networks with the desired properties must be engineered Seismicity is a key piece of information in understanding fracture networks and is now routinely being used to understand the dynamics of fracturing and the all-important relationship between the fractures and the fluid behavior Future research will be most effective by encouraging international cooperation through data exchange sharing results of field studies and research at regular meetings and engaging industry in the research projects Additional experience and the application of the practices discussed above will provide further knowledge helping us to successfully utilize EGS-induced seismicity and achieve the full potential of EGS

References for Appendix A Allis RG (1982) ldquoMechanisms of induced seismicity at The Geysers geothermal reservoirrdquo California Geophys Res Lett 9 629

Baria R S Michelet J Baumgaumlrtner B Dyer J Nicholls T Hettkamp D Teza N Soma H Asanuma J Garnish and T Megel (2005) ldquoCreation and mapping of 5000 m deep HDRHFR Reservoir to produce electricityrdquo Proceedings Paper 1627pdf World Geothermal Congress 2005 Antalya Turkey April 24ndash29 2005

Baria R E Majer M Fehler N Toksoz C Bromley and D Teza (2006) ldquoInternational cooperation to address induced seismicity in geothermal systemsrdquo Thirty-First Workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 30-February 1 2006 SGP-TR-179

Batra R JN Albright and C Bradley (1984) ldquoDownhole seismic monitoring of an acid treatment in the Beowawe Geothermal Fieldrdquo Trans Geothermal Resources Council 8 479

Beauce A H Fabriol D LeMasne CCavoit P Mechler and X K Chen (1991) ldquoSeismic studies on the HDR Site of Soultz-forets (Alsace France)rdquo Geotherm Sci Tech 3 239

Bommer JJ G Georgallides and IJ Tromans (2001) ldquoIs there a near field for small-to-moderate-magnitude earthquakesrdquo Journal of Earthquake Engineering 5(3) 395ndash423

Bommer J J S Oates J M Cepeda C Lindholm J Bird R Torres G Marroquiacuten and J Rivas (2006) ldquoControl of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal projectrdquo Engineering Geology 83(4) 287ndash306

Boucher G A Ryall and AE Jones (1969) ldquoEarthquakes associated with underground nuclear explosionsrdquo J Geophys Res 74 3808

Brune J and W Thatcher (2002) International Handbook of Earthquake and Engineering Seismology V 81A Intl Assoc Seismology and Phys of Earthrsquos Interior Committee on Education pp 569ndash588

Cornet FH and Yin Jianmin (1995) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for stress field determinationrdquo Pure and Applied Geophys 145 677

Cornet FH and O Scotti (1992) ldquoAnalysis of induced seismicity for fault zone identificationrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 30 789

Cornet FH Y Jianmin and L Martel (1992) ldquoStress heterogeneities and flow paths in a granite Rock Massrdquo Pre-Workshop Volume for the Workshop on Induced Seismicity 33rd US Symposium on Rock Mechanics 184

Cornet FH and P Julien (1993) ldquoStress determination from hydraulic test data and focal mechanisms of induced seismicityrdquo Int J Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech Abstr 26 235

Cypser DA SD Davis (1998) ldquoInduced seismicity and the potential for liability under US lawrdquo Tectonophysics 289(1) 239ndash255

Fehler M(1989) ldquoStress control of seismicity patterns observed during hydraulic fracturing experiments at the Fenton Hill hot dry rock geothermal energy site New Mexicordquo International J of Rock Mech and Mining Sci amp Geomech Abstracts V 26 p 211- 219

Ghassemi A and S Tarasovs (2005) ldquoA three-dimensional study of the effects of thermo-mechanical loads on fracture slip in enhanced geothermal reservoirsrdquo Submitted to International Journal of Rock Mech Min Sci amp Geomech

37

APPENDIX A BACKGROUND amp MOTIVATION

37 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Grasso J (1992) ldquoMechanics of seismic instabilities induced by the recovery of hydrocarbonsrdquo Pure amp Applied Geophysics 139 507

Guha SK (2000) Induced Earthquakes Kluwer Academic Publishers Dordrecht The Netherlands

Hazzard JF RP Young and SJ Oates (2002) ldquoNumerical modeling of seismicity induced by fluid injection in a fractured reservoirrdquo Mining and Tunnel Innovation and Opportunity Proceedings of the 5th North American Rock Mechanics Symposium Toronto Canada 1023-1030 University of Toronto Press

Hoover DB and JA Dietrich (1969) ldquoSeismic activity during the 1968 test pumping at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal disposal wellrdquo US Geological Survey Circular 613

Hsieh PA and JD Bredehoft (1981) ldquoA reservoir analysis of the Denver earthquakes a case of induced seismicityrdquo J Geophys Res 86 (B2) 903-920

Kanamori H and L Rivera (2004) ldquoStatic and Dynamic Scaling Relations for Earthquakes and their implications for Rupture Speed and Stress Droprdquo Bull Seismol Soc Am v 94 no 1 p 314-319

Knoll P (Ed) (1992) Induced Seismicity AA Balkema Rotterdam The Netherlands

Kohl T and T Meacutegel (2005) ldquoCoupled hydro-mechanical modelling of the GPK3 reservoir stimulation at the European EGS site Soultz-Sous-Foretsrdquo Proceedings Thirtieth workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering Stanford University Stanford California January 31-February 2 2005

Ludwin RS V Cagnetti and CG Bufe (1982) ldquoComparision of seismicity in the Geysers geothermal area with the surrounding areardquo Bulletin Seismol Soc Am 72 863

Majer EL and JE Peterson (2005) ldquoApplication of microearthquake monitoring for evaluating and managing the effects of fluid injection at naturally fractured EGS Sitesrdquo GRC Transactions 29 103ndash107

Majer E R Baria and M Fehler (2005) ldquoCooperative research on induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systemsrdquo Geothermal Resources Council Transactions 29 GRC 2005 Annual Meeting Sept 25ndash28 2005

Majer EL Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with enhanced geothermal systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Mauk F GG Sorrells and B Kimball (1981) ldquoMicroseismicity associated with development of Gulf Coast geopressured-geothermal wells Two studies Pleasant Bayou No 2 and Dow LR Sweezy No 1rdquo Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 105 (Proc 5th US Gulf Coast Geopressured-Geothermal Energy Conf DG Bebout and AL Bachman eds)

McGarr A (1976) ldquoSeismic moment and volume changerdquo J Geophys Res 81 1487

NAM (2002) Aardtrillingen Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM) public information leaflet available from wwwnamnl September 2002

OrsquoConnell DRH and LR Johnson (1991) ldquoProgressive Inversion for Hypocenters and P Wave and S Wave Velocity Structure Application to the Geysers California Geothermal Fieldrdquo Journal of Geophysical Research v 96 B4 6223-6236 doi10102991JB00154

Pennington WD SD Davis SM Carlson J DuPree and TE Ewing (1986) ldquoThe evolution of seismic barriers and asperities caused by the depressuring of fault planes in oil and gas fields of South Texasrdquo Bull of the Seismological Soc of America 76(4) 939ndash948

Raleigh CB JH Healy and JD Bredehoeft (1972) ldquoFaulting and crustal stress at Rangely Coloradordquo AGU Geophysical Monograph 16 275ndash284

Richardson E and T Jordan (2002) ldquoSeismicity in deep gold mines of South Africa Implications for tectonic earthquakesrdquo Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America 92(5) 1766ndash1782

Ruby W W and Hubbert M K 1959 ldquoRole of pore pressure in mechanics of overthrust faulting IIrdquo ldquoOverthrust belt in geosynclinals area of western Wyoming in light of fluids pressure hypothesisrdquo GSA Bulletin V 70 no 2 p 167-206

Segall P (1989) ldquoEarthquakes triggered by fluid extractionrdquo Geology 17 942ndash946

Segall P JR Grasso and A Mossop (1994) ldquoPoroelastic stressing and induced seismicity near the Lacq gas field southwestern Francerdquo Jour Geophys Res 99 15423ndash15438

Simpson DW (1976) ldquoSeismicity changes associated with reservoir loadingrdquo Engineering Geology 10 123

Stevenson DA (1985) ldquoLouisiana Gulf Coast seismicity induced by geopressured-geothermal well developmentrdquo 6th Conf Geopressured-Geothermal Energy 319 (MH Dorfman amp RA Morton ed 1985)

Talebi S (Ed) 1998 Seismicity Associated with Mines Reservoirs and Fluid Injection Birkhaumluser Verlag Basel

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems38

39

APPENDIX B LIST OF AcrOnymS

39 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix B List of Acronyms

ANSI American National Standard Institute

ATC Applied Technology Council

DSHA Deterministic Seismic Hazard Analysis

EGS Enhanced Geothermal System

GIS Geographic Information Systems

IES Institute for Environmental Sciences

ISO International Organization for Standardization

FTA Federal Transportation Administration

km Kilometer

m Meter

MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging

MW Megawatt

PGA Peak Ground Acceleration

PGV Peak Ground Velocity

PPV Peak Particle Velocity

PSHA Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Analysis

USBM US Bureau of Mines

40 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

41

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

41 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix C Glossary of Terms

Amplitude Peak-to-peak measure of a parameter associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value Amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of such events summed over all possible earthquakes and all possible consequences of each earthquake

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis Estimation of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event

Earthquake Result of slip or displacement on a geologic fault resulting in the release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinducedrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume via injecting and withdrawing fluids into and from the rock formations that is intended to result in an increased ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism Description of the rupture process of an earthquake ie style of faulting and the rupture fault plane on which it occurs

Focal mechanism Graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake calculated by seismologists

Ground-motion prediction model Relationship usually based on strong motion data that predicts the amplitude of a specified ground-motion parameter eg peak ground acceleration (PGA) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

Human response curves Graphic representation of a humanrsquos sensitivity and response to vibration as a function of frequency

Induced seismic event Seismic event eg an earthquake that is induced by manmade activities such as fluid injection reservoir impoundment mining and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and in this report

Moment magnitude Preferred method to calculate the magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than 70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Peak ground velocity (PGV) Maximum instantaneous amplitude of the absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis Probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period

Probability of exceedance Probability or more accurately the frequency at which the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded

Quad Unit of energy equal to 1015 BTU 1055 x 1018 Joule and 29307 Terrawatt-hours

Rock permeability Ability of a rock to transmit fluids (oil water gas etc)

APPENDIX C Glossary oF TErMs

42 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Seismic hazard Effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage such as ground shaking liquefaction and landslides

Seismic hazard curve Result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground-motion parameter eg PGA and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or return period

Seismic risk Probability of loss or damage due to seismicity

Shear-wave velocity profile Relationship between the shear-wave velocity of the earth and depth Shear-wave velocities of the near-surface (top hundreds of meters) of the ground control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking

Spectral frequency Frequencies that constitute the ground-motion record They are the frequencies for which it is necessary to know the energy they carry to be able to reconstitute the full record in the time domain

Tectonic stresses Stresses in the earth due to geologic processes such as movement of the tectonic plates

Temperature gradient Physical quantity that describes (in this context) the change in temperature with depth in the earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in units of degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm)

Thermal contraction Contracting response of hot materials when interacting with cool fluids

Tomography Imaging by sections or sectioning through the use of any kind of penetrating wave A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram

Transient ground vibration Temporarily sustained ground vibration

Triggered seismic event Seismic event that is the result of failure along a preshyexisting zone of weakness eg a fault that is already critically stressed and is pushed to failure by a stress perturbation from natural or manmade activities

Vibration Dynamic motion of an object characterized by direction and amplitude

Vibration exposure Personrsquos exposure to vibrations in this case ground-motion vibrations

Vulnerability function Function that characterizes potential damages in terms of a relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground motion at a particular location

APPENDIX D workshop pArTICIpANTsrEVIEwErs

Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers

Affiliation Name Affiliation Name

AltaRock Energy Joe Iovenitti Massachusetts Institute Michael Fehler

Will Osborn of Technology

Anderson Springs Community Alliance

Jeff Gospe Michigan Technological University

Wayne Pennington

Northern California Bill Smith APEX Ken Maher Power Agency

Bureau of Land Management

Linda Christian People Wise Lucy Fine

Calpine Corporation Mark Walters Savy Risk Consulting Jean Savy

Melinda Wright Southern Methodist University

Brian Stump

Rosemary Antonopoulos Stanford University Mark Zoback

Consultant John R Haught

Cumming Geoscience William Cumming

Friends of Cobb Mt Hamilton Hess

GeothermEx Inc Ann Robertson-Tait

Institute of Earth Science Mike Hasting and Engineering (NZ)

Lake County Mark Dellinger Special Districts

Lawrence Berkeley National Lab

Bob Budnitz

Ernie Majer

Larry Hutchings

Larry Myer

Mack Kennedy

Pat Dobson

Lawrence Livermore Bill Foxall National Lab

The University of Texas Cliff Frohlich at Austin

US Department of Energy Alexandra Pressman

Alison LaBonte

Avi Gopstein

Brian Costner

Chris Carusona

Christy King-Gilmore

Douglas Kaempf

Jay Nathwani

Lauren Boyd

US Geological Survey Art McGarr

Dave Oppenheimer

Steve Hickman

URS Corporation Ivan Wong

Los Alamos National Lab James Ruthledge Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Jim Nelson

43

43

44 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

45

APPENDIX E RElEVANT WEbsiTEs

45 Protocol for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems

Appendix E Relevant Websites

US Department of Energyrsquos Geothermal Technologiesrsquo Program

httpwwweereenergygovgeothermal

Original Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsEGS-IS-Protocol-Final-Draft-20110531pdf

IEA-GIA Induced Seismicity Protocol

httpwwwiea-giaorgdocumentsProtocolforInducedSeismicityEGS-GIADoc25Feb09pdf

Lawrence Berkeley National Labrsquos Induced Seismicity Website

httpesdlblgovresearchprojectsinduced_seismicity

Primer on EGS Induced Seismicity

httpesdlblgovfilesresearchprojectsinduced_seismicityegsprimeregspdf

- -

EERE Information Center For information on the 1-877-EERE-INFO (1-877 337 3463) Geothermal Technologies Program wwweereenergygovinformationcenter visit geothermalenergygov

January 2012 | DOEEE-0662

Appendix B EGS Best Practices

This page intentionally left blank

VERSION APRIL 8 2016

Best Practices for Addressing Induced Seismicity Associated With Enhanced

Geothermal Systems (EGS)

By

Ernie Majer Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory Berkeley CA 94720 James Nelson Wilson Ihrig amp Associates Emeryville CA 94608 Ann Robertson-Tait GeothermEx Inc Richmond CA 94806

Jean Savy Savy Risk Consulting Oakland CA 94610 Ivan Wong URS Corporation Oakland CA 94612

ONE

TWO

THREE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abbreviations vi

Glossaryviii

Units xiv

Forewordxv

Section 1 Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation1-1

11 Purpose 1-1 12 Guiding Principles for Site Screening 1-1 13 Evaluate Risks With Simple Bounding Methods 1-2

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria 1-3

132 Impact On Local Community 1-3 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic

Risk1-4 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced

Earthquake and Associated Risk 1-4 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS 1-5 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not

Completing a Project 1-5 14 EGS Project Benefits 1-6 15 Documentation for Initial Project Phase Decision Making1-6

151 Full Technical Documentation 1-6 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk1-6

16 Case Studies1-7

Section 2 Step 2 Outreach and Communications2-1

21 Purpose 2-1 22 Main Elements2-1 23 Examples 2-2

231 Other Industrial Projects2-2 232 EGS Projects2-6 233 Project Near a Community 2-6 234 Project Distant From a Community2-8

24 Recommended Approach 2-9 25 Summary2-11

Section 3 Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise3-1

31 Purpose 3-1 32 Building Damage Criteria3-2

321 Threshold Cracking 3-3 322 Minor and Major Damage 3-10

33 Damage Criteria for Civil Structures3-10

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ii

FOUR

FIVE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

34 Damage Criteria for Buried Structures3-11 341 Wells3-11 342 Pipelines 3-11 343 Basement Walls 3-12 344 Tunnels 3-12

35 Landslide and Rockslide3-13 36 Human Response 3-13

361 Third Octave Filters3-13 362 Vibration3-14 363 Ground-Borne Noise 3-25

37 Laboratory and Manufacturing Facilities 3-27 371 Criteria 3-27

38 Summary3-30 39 Suggested Reading 3-31

Section 4 Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data4-1

41 Purpose 4-1 42 Gathering Data to Establish BackgroundHistorical Seismicity

Levels Regional 4-1 421 Possible Sources of Background Data4-2 422 Data Requirements 4-2

43 Local Seismic Monitoring 4-4 431 Basic Requirements 4-4 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage 4-5 433 Instrumentation and Deployment 4-6 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements 4-9

44 Summary4-11 45 Suggested Reading 4-11

Section 5 Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events 5-1

51 Purpose 5-1 52 Overview of Approach 5-2

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard From Natural Seismicity 5-2 522 Estimate the Hazard From Induced Seismicity 5-2

53 PSHA Methodology and Computer Programs 5-3 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity 5-3 532 Characterize Seismic Sources5-5 533 Areal Sources5-8 534 Characterize Site Conditions 5-8 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models 5-9 536 PSHA Products 5-9

54 Additional Steps In Characterizing EGS for PSHA 5-10 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field5-11 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model5-11 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories5-11

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iii

SIX

SEVEN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model 5-11 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced

Seismicity 5-13 546 Products 5-13

55 Summary5-13 56 Suggested Reading 5-13

Section 6 Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS6-1

61 Purpose 6-1 62 Overview of Best Practice Approach 6-1

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure 6-1 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for

EGS6-2 63 Seismic Hazard Characterization for Risk Assessment6-4

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard6-4 632 Size of the Assessment Area 6-4 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest 6-5 634 Time Dependence 6-5

64 Vulnerability and Damage Characterization of Elements Contributing to the Seismic Risk6-5 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions 6-7 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock6-7 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities6-7 644 Infrastructure 6-8 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference In

Business and Industrial Facilities 6-8 646 Nuisance 6-8

65 Available Tools Needed Data and Available Resources 6-9 651 HAZUS6-9 652 SELENA6-10 653 RiskScape 6-10 654 CRISIS6-10 655 OpenRisk 6-11 656 QLARM6-11

66 Presentation of Results Needed for Risk-Informed EGS Decision-Making6-11 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity6-12 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation 6-12

67 Summary6-12 68 Suggested Reading 6-12

Section 7 Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan7-1

71 Purpose 7-1 72 Recommended Approach 7-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 iv

EIGHT

NINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

721 Direct Mitigation 7-1 722 Indirect Mitigation7-3 723 Receiver Mitigation 7-4 724 Liability 7-5 725 Insurance7-5

73 Summary7-6

Section 8 Acknowledgements 8-1

Section 9 References9-1

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 v

ABBREVIATIONS

1-D one-dimensional 3-D three-dimensional

ANSI American National Standards Institute ATC Applied Technology Council

BLM Bureau of Land Management BRGM Bureau de Recherches Geologiques et Miniegraveres

CCS Carbon capture and sequestration DC direct current

DOENETL Department of Energy National Energy Technology Laboratory DSHA deterministic seismic hazard analysis

EGS enhanced geothermal system FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency

GIS geographic information systems GPL GNU Public License

GPS global positioning system HAZUS-MH HAZUS-Multi-Hazard

IES Institute of Environmental Sciences ISO International Standard Organization

KML Keyhole Markup Language M (earthquake) moment magnitude

MDR mean damage ratio MRI magnetic resonance imaging ndash machine or picture

NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NIBS National Institute of Building Sciences

NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission Pa Pascal (unit of pressure or stress)

PEER Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research PGA peak ground acceleration

PGV peak ground velocity PPV peak particle velocity

PSHA probabilistic seismic hazard analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vi

RMS root-mean-square SCEC Southern California Earthquake Center

SEM scanning electron microscope SERIANEX Trinational SEismic RIsk ANalysis EXpert Group

SPL sound pressure level ndashdecibels ( dB) relative 20x10-6Pascal RMS SRA seismic risk analysis

STEM scanning transmission electron microscopes TEM transmission electron microscope

USBM US Bureau of Mines USGS US Geological Survey

VEL velocity level ndash decibels (dB) relative to one micronsecond V-L L M H very-low low medium high

VS shear-wave (S-wave) velocity VP compression-wave (P-wave) velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 vii

GLOSSARY Acceleration level ndash dB The level of acceleration is twenty times the common

logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the acceleration amplitude to the reference acceleration amplitude

Amplitude Half the peak-to-peak amplitude associated with a seismic wave or vibration (eg displacement velocity etc) usually refers to the level or intensity of ground shaking or vibration

Average annual value The amount of damage per causative event multiplied by the annual probability of occurrence of event summed over all possible events (ie earthquakes) and all possible consequences of each event

Corner frequency The frequency of an electronic filter (iethe system) that characterizes the transition between high-frequncy energy which loses energy when flowing through the system compared to lower frequency energy passing unaltered through (bandpass) the system

Deterministic seismic hazard analysis The characterization of the hazard from a selected scenario earthquake or seismic event (DSHA)

Earthquake or event The result of slip or other discontinuous displacement (ie ldquorupturerdquo) across a geologic fault resulting in the sudden release of seismic energy Some earthquakes can be ldquoinduced or triggeredrdquo as a result of a man-made activity eg fluid injection

Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS) Activities undertaken to increase the permeability in a targeted subsurface volume (ie rock formations) via injecting into and withdrawing fluids from the rock formations with the intent of increasing the ability to extract energy from a subsurface heat source

Fault mechanism The description of the rupture process of an earthquake includes the forces or displacement history of the slip across the activated geologic fault

Focal mechanism A graphic representation of the faulting mechanism of an earthquake used by seismologists

Ground-borne noise Noise due to vibration of room surfaces (walls and floors)

Ground motion prediction model A relationship usually based on strong motion data (ie motion recorded near an earthquake) that predicts the amplitude of a specified or desired ground motion parameter (eg peak ground acceleration (PGA)) as a function of magnitude distance and site conditions

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 viii

Human response curves A graphic representation of human sensitivity and human response to ground vibration as a function of frequency as provided in ISO 2631 and derivative standards

Hydraulic fracturing Sometimes called ldquofracrsquoingrdquo in the oil industry and ldquofrackingrdquo in the news media the technique consists of injecting high-pressure fluids below the surface into a rock targeted mass through a borehole causing new fractures and displacing native fluids The fractures increase the permeability of the rock which aids in the extraction of natural gas andor crude oil

Induced seismic event A seismic event (eg an earthquake) that is induced by man-made activities such as fluid injection retention dam reservoir impoundment mining quarrying and other activities The term ldquoinducedrdquo has been used to include ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo and so sometimes the terms are used interchangeably See ldquotriggered seismic eventsrdquo below and Section 1 of this report

Inter-event interval The time interval between earthquake events Same as recurrence interval

Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI) A 12-class categorization of earthquake ground shaking based on the observed effects of the event on the Earthrsquos surface humans objects of nature and man-made structures Class I is the lowest (eg no damage) and XII the highest category (ietotal destruction)

Moment magnitude (M) The preferred metric for the size or magnitude of an earthquake or seismic event based on its seismic moment Seismologists regard moment magnitude as a more accurate estimate of the size of an earthquake than earlier scales such as Richter local magnitude Moment magnitude and Richter local magnitude are roughly equivalent at magnitudes less than M70

Peak ground acceleration (PGA) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the acceleration of the ground

Peak ground velocity (PGV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of the ground

Peak particle velocity (PPV) The maximum instantaneous absolute value of the velocity of an object or surface

Poisson process A stochastic process where the occurrence of an event has no effect on the probability of an occurrence of any earlier or later event (ie all events are random and independent of each other

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 ix

Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) The probabilistic estimation of the ground motions that

are expected to occur or be exceeded given a specified annual frequency or return period of events

Probability of exceedance The probability that the value of a specified parameter is equaled or exceeded within a given time period In the PSHA it is interpreted as the frequency of exceedance

Quad A unit of energy equal to 1015

Joule = 29307 Terrawatt-hours BTU = 1055 x 1018

Rate of occurrence Number of events per unit of time Usually expressed as the annual rate of occurrence (unitsyear)

Recurrence interval The average earthquakes

time period between individual

Return period It is the inverse of the annual probability of exceedanceCommonly used in place of the annual probability ofexceedance

Rock permeability The measure of transmissivity of fluids (oil water natural gas etc) through a rock mass

rms vibration The square root of the integral of the square of the vibration amplitude with respect to time divided by the integration time The root-mean-square vibration is often measured over a period of one second for transient phenomena such as short-period seismic motion The integration time must be indicated for nonstationary events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration units but the units must be indicated

Scenario earthquake A projected earthquake that is constructed purposes of defining a set of actions

for the

Seismic hazard curve The result of a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis The probabilistic hazard is expressed as the relationship between some ground motion parameter (eg PGA) and annual exceedance probability (frequency) or its inverse the return period

Seismic hazard The effect of an earthquake that can result in loss or damage Examples include ground shaking liquefaction landslides and tsunamis

Seismic moment The seismic moment Mo is the product of the shear modulus of the rock material the area of slip and the (average) displacement discontinuity across the slip

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 x

Seismic risk Shear-wave velocity profile

Slip rate

Sound pressure level-dB

Spectral frequency

Structural damage

Tectonic stresses

Temperature gradient

Thermal contraction

Threshold Damage

area The relationship between moment magnitude M and moment Mo can vary from site to site but one accepted relation is M = (23)Log10[Mo(dyne-cm)] -107

The probability of loss or damage due to seismicity The relationship between the shear-wave velocity and depth in the Earth Shear-wave velocities of the material in the top few kilometers of the Earth control the amplification of incoming seismic waves resulting in frequency-dependent increases or decreases in the amplitudes of ground shaking The speed of slip across a fault in an earthquake Specifically the fault displacement divided by the time period in which the displacement occurred

The sound pressure level is equal to 20 times the common logarithm of the root-mean-square sound pressure p divided by the reference sound pressure of 20x10-6 Pa The sound pressure level is abbreviated as SPL Mathematically SPL = 20 Log10 (p(Pa) 20x10-6

Pa) in dB

The range of frequencies that constitute the ground motion record Knowledge of both the energy distribution spanning these frequencies and how their arrivals are timed is the necessary data for the reconstruction of the full record (ie full waveform of the recorded signal) in the time domain The time domain arrival rate is called ldquophasingrdquo in the frequency domain

Serious weakening or distortion of structure resulting in large open cracks in walls and masonry and buckled walls The stresses in the earth due to natural (ie geologic) processes such as movement of the tectonic plates The change in temperature with depth in the Earth The temperature gradient is a dimensional quantity expressed in degrees (on a particular temperature scale) per unit length (eg ordmCkm) The contracting of a material when in contact with something of a cooler temperature For example the contracting hot rock when subjected with cool fluids

Cosmetic damage involving cracks that do not remain open after vibration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xi

Minor Damage

Major Damage

Tomography

Transient ground vibration

Triggered seismic event

Vibration

Vibration exposure

Vibration level

Broken windows dislodged articles on shelves broken glass and dishes

Large open cracks structural damage due to shifting or settlement of foundation warping of walls and floors loss of structural integrity Imaging of a solid body divided into sections and characterizing a property of each section by the quality of waves passing through the section A device used in tomography is called a tomograph while the image produced is a tomogram Examples include X-Ray tomography acoustic tomography and CAT Scans Temporarily sustained ground vibration usually occurring over a time period of less than a few seconds A seismic event that is the result of failure along a pre-existing zone of weakness (eg a fault) that is critically stressed and fails by a stress perturbation from natural or man-made activity See Foreword The dynamic and repetitive motion of an object or part of an object characterized by direction and amplitude The vibration exposure is the integral (ie the sum) of the square of the vibration amplitude integrated over time in seconds The vibration exposure is measured over the entire duration of a seismic event Duration is the seismic motion discernable above the ambient motion The exposure duration is typically 2 to 5 seconds for small magnitude seismic events The vibration may be displacement velocity or acceleration but the unit must be specified

The level of vibration in decibels (dB) is 20 times the common logarithm (ie base ten) of the ratio of the vibration amplitude and reference amplitude The vibration amplitude may be the peak vibration amplitude but is typically the root-mean-square amplitude The unit must be indicated such as ldquovibration velocity level in dB relative to 1micro-insecrdquo Common reference amplitudes are

Acceleration One millionth of earthrsquos gravitation acceleration or 10-6g One millionth of one meter per second squared or 10-6msec2

Velocity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xii

One millionth of one meter per second or 10-6msec One millionths of one centimeter per second or 10-8msec One millionth of one inch per second or 10-6insec

Displacement One millionth of one meter or one micron

Vulnerability function A function that characterizes potential damage as a mathematical relation that gives the level of consequence (damage nuisance economic losses) as a function of the level of the ground-motion at a location

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiii

UNITS cmsec2 acceleration in centimeters per second per second cmsec velocity in centimeters per second

dB decibel dBA A-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal

dBC C-Weighted Sound Level ndash decibels relative to 20x10-6 Pascal g acceleration of earth gravity (1g = 981 cmsec2)

GHz gigaHertz GWh giga Watt-hour

Hz frequency in Hertz or one cycle per second insec velocity inches per second

km kilometer 103 meters m meter

msec velocity in meter per second Mhz megahertz 106 Hertz

micro-insec velocity in 1 micro-inchsec = 10-6 insec micronsec velocity in 1 micronsec = 10-6 msec

mm millimeter 10-3 m mmsec velocity in millimeter per second

MW mega-Watt 106 Watts Pa Pascal 1Nm2 = 145x10-4 psi

psi pound per square inch sec second

VdB Velocity level ndash decibels relative to 1x10-6 insec

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xiv

FOREWORD Geothermal energy is a viable form of alternative energy that is expected to grow significantly in the near and long term This is especially true if the energy from geothermal systems can be enhanced ie enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) As with the development of any new technology however some aspects are acceptable and others need clarification and study

One of the main issues often associated with subsurface fluid injection an integral part of all the EGS technologies is the impact and the utility of microseismicity (microearthquakes) that often occur during fluid injections Recent publicity surrounding injection-induced seismicity at several geothermal sites points out the need to address and mitigate potential problems that induced seismicity may cause (Majer et al 2007) Therefore it is critical that the policy makers and the general community be assured that geothermal technologies relying on fluid injections will be engineered to minimize induced seismicity risks to acceptable levels This will ensure that the resource is safe and cost-effective

Addressing the impacts and the utility of induced seismicity the US Department of Energy (DOE) in 2004 initiated and participated in an international activity to develop a Protocol to address both technical and public acceptance issues surrounding EGS-induced seismicity This resulted in an International Energy Agency (IEA) Protocol (Majer et al 2009) followed by an updated Protocol in 2012 (Majer et al 2012) These Protocols serve as general guidelines for the public regulators and geothermal operators In comparison this document provides a set of general guidelines that detail useful steps that geothermal project proponents could take to deal with induced seismicity issues The procedures are NOT a prescription but instead suggest an approach to engage public officials industry regulators and the public to facilitate the approval process helping to avoid project delays and promoting safety

Although the Protocols are being used and followed by a number of geothermal stakeholders DOE felt another document a ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document was needed by the geothermal operators This document is the ldquoBest Practicesrdquo document and provides more detail than the Protocols while still following the seven main steps in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) Like the Protocol this Best Practices document is intended to be a living document it is intended to supplement the existing IEA Protocol and the new DOE Protocol As practically as possible this document is up-to-date with state-of-the-art knowledge and practices both technical and non-technical

As methods experience knowledge and regulations change so will this document We recognize that ldquoone sizerdquo does not fit all geothermal projects and not everything presented herein should be required for every EGS project Local conditions will call for different actions Variations will result from factors including the population density around the project past seismicity in the region the size of the project the depth and volume of injection and its relation to the geologic setting (eg faults) etc

This document was prepared at the direction of the DOErsquos Geothermal Technologies Program It is intended to help industry identify important issues and parameters that may be necessary for the evaluation and mitigation of adverse effects of induced seismicity and aiding in the utilization of the seismicity to optimize EGS reservoir performance We note that determining site-specific criteria for any particular project is beyond the scope of this document it is the obligation of project developers to meet any and all federal state or local regulations

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xv

Finally induced seismicity has historically occurred in many different energy and industrial applications (eg retention dam reservoir impoundment mining construction waste fluid disposal oil and gas production etc) Although projects have been stopped because of induced seismicity issues proper study and engineering controls have always been applied to enable the safe and economic implementation of these technologies and to optimize either extraction or injection of fluids into the earth

As described in the updated Protocol (Majer et al 2012) the seven basic steps are Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Step 2 Outreach and Communications Step 3 Criteria For Damage Vibration and Noise

Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

These steps are described in detail in the following sections Each of the following sections addresses these steps individually and in order

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 xvi

1 Section 1 ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

11 PURPOSE The goal of a preliminary screening evaluation is to evaluate the relative merit of candidate EGS site locations without investing substantial amounts of time effort and money This section describes this approach a screening evaluation based on simple analytical methods and acceptability criteria (see Section 3) One aspect of this screening is to determine if a candidate EGS site presents any problems that could impede its licensing or its acceptance by local institutions or community

When considering several candidate sites the purpose of this step is to perform a ranking and pre-selection The Protocol (Majer et al 2012) recommends a simple approach that calls for evaluating the worthiness of a candidate EGS site and when several sites are considered to compare the relative merit of each based on a bounding estimation of the seismic risk associated with the planned EGS operation

12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING Many factors influence the type and location of energy projects including EGS projects Choosing sites for energy projects (and other large infrastructure projects) has been a subject of formal studies since the early 1970rsquos Lesbirel and Shaw (2000) summarize the evolution of methods used to select the sites for major projects

bull Early 1970s Least Cost Analysis

bull Late 1970s to 1980s Decide Announce and Defend (DAD)

bull Late 1980s to 1990s Development of a more comprehensive framework for managing conflicts and the emergence of comparative studies of various project alternatives

Building on this Davy (1997) noted that through the 1980rsquos the common procedure in siting facilities focused on four criteria

1 Profitability (facility under consideration must yield a benefit to the operator regardless of its status as private or public)

2 Functionality (the development of a facility must consider all technical aspects to ensure a functional operation)

3 Safety (the development must avoid all harm risks and other adverse effects to human health and environment)

4 Legality (the facility must meet legal standards) This approach presupposes that profitable functional safe and legal facilities should be built While the above criteria are important they will not necessarily have much of a relationship to the degree of public support Therefore the criteria need to be broadened to encompass the issues that are important to the community and other non-project stakeholders Since the 1990s there has been a significant body of work about gaining public acceptance of projects The work of experts such as Kunreuther et al (1993) and Raab and Susskind (2009) have made significant contributions to understanding the relationship between public opinion

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-1

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

and the success or failure of a project These experts and others laid the groundwork for dialogue in selecting sites for infrastructure projects (including power plants and transmission lines)

The general tendency for siting critical or controversial facilities is developing a realistic risk profile and ensuring that all the stakeholders including local communities are well informed and understand what is at stake Section 13 lays down the framework using risk evaluation for comparing candidate sites It describes how to assess the negative aspects of risk (safety possible damages nuisance) and it recommends how to present those results along with benefits to the stakeholders

13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS The screening evaluation in Step 1 is not meant to provide a definitive estimate of risk It is meant to identify the sites that would most likely be inappropriate based on risk of exceeding acceptability criteria of ground shaking This criteria is developed from experience in other sites with similar issues (see Section 3) It is intended to avoid extensive studies of sites that would have very low likelihood of gaining acceptance Therefore the emphasis on using simple bounding methods is to minimize the work before final site selection It is based on using onset of damage and nuisance criteria to define risk acceptability rather than full fledged vulnerability functions (see Section 6) to calculate risk

No method or process is generally endorsed to achieve the goals in this step but common sense and recent projects not all specifically for EGS can give useful insights For example studies performed by US Department of EnergyNational Energy Technology Laboratory (DOENETL) for the carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) projects can be used for site screening (DOENETL 2010 Screenings are often not formally risk based The present Best Practices document emphasizes the use of risk information to help make decisions It assumes that a technical screening based on the geology and other physical considerations has already been done

The process recommended in Step 1 is summarized in Figure 1-1 and starts with examining local regulations In this process each of the separate risk quantification parts can be simple but must convey reasonable confidence in the bounding results or complete and high resolution knowing that once the screening is done and the site selected a detailed risk analysis will be performed (Step 6 of the Protocol Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-2

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

Source NETL 2009

Figure 1-1 Elements of a Bounding Risk Analysis

131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria As part of project definition developers should establish criteria to quantify and rank potential EGS areas using acceptance criteria including criteria of the type described in Section 3 of this document The criteria should also include primary factors leading to a gono-go decisions and factors that may lead to a contingent set of analyses For exampleprimary factors might include

bull Verifying that the site can be permitted under federal state and local regulations including zoning regulations

bull For projects with federal funding assuring National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requirements can be met

bull Verifying that mechanisms can be established for obtaining access from surface and subsurface owners for storage surface facilities and pipelines

132 Impact on Local Community There should be a complete list of possible impacts on the local community For the social impact and nuisance this list should be completed concurrently with the outreach program (see Section 2) to permit the development of simple consequence metrics These metric will be used in the bounding risk analysis with classification of very-low (V-L) low (L) medium (M) or high (H) consequence as suggested in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-3

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk Step 1 is not intended to require extensive calculations and comprehensive research field work efforts or development of extensive databases on seismicity or vulnerability of buildings Risk from natural seismicity can be estimated by available techniques and software using methods reliable enough to give orders of magnitude We recommend using seismicity data ground motion recordings and updating or installing a local network as soon as possible (see Section 4) An estimate of probabilistic seismic hazard can be taken from existing hazard maps (see for example US Geologic Survey [USGS 2008]) However adjustments should be made to include natural seismic events as small as moment magnitude M 4 or M 35 if possible This will create a base-line that can differentiate natural risk from risk induced by the EGS where earthquakes are typically smaller than M 35 The updating effort should cover local seismic source zones or faults and ground motion prediction models for small distances and very small magnitudes Given the complexity of the induced earthquake generation we recommend performing this update using case studies of other similar EGS projects Current efforts to physically model small earthquakes in the areas of crustal stress disturbance are still in research mode they are very complex and require extensive calculations ndash not what is envisioned here

Whenever possible site-specific ground motion that takes into account the local characteristics and geology should be included within the scope and level of effort commensurate with the level envisioned for this section In most cases building-code (see FEMA 232 [FEMA 2006] and FEMA P-749 FEMA [2010]) approaches and data bases can be used

Risk of physical damage economic loss estimate and loss of life need only be estimated using standard methods with existing data bases either generic or with analogs

Long-term risk is usually expressed in terms of monetary loss and loss of lives and the goal is only to be able to determine whether the risk is V-L L M or H (see definition of risk levels in the Protocol [Majer et al 2012])

134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk Earthquakes induced in EGS fields are generally in a magnitude ranging Mlt -2 (insignificant) to about M 35 (locally feelable) (Majer et al 2007) Somewhat larger earthquakes have been observed but very infrequently The largest earthquake to date believed to be associated with an EGS operation is M 47 However note that every site will be different depending on whether there are pre-existing faults within the EGS field which implies a very good knowledge of the subsurface geology and therefore may not be applicable at this stage (ie in the screening Step 1) If enough information is available to perform a simple analysis the case of the Basel Switzerland EGS study can be used as an example of best practice (SERIANEX 2009) In the SERIANEX study it is believed that all faults within 15 km of the injection were identified and characterized to determine the maximum possible earthquake These calculations included fault geometry orientation and the best-estimates for the orientations and directions of crustal stresses Assuming an earthquake could be triggered by changes in rock properties the largest modeled event was retained as the maximum possible magnitude that could be induced by the EGS By necessity this magnitude will always be small since the existence of a large fault capable of being stimulated to generate very large earthquakes should automatically disqualify a site from EGS development

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-4

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS Because of its approximate and bounding nature the metric of risk estimates as suggested in the Protocol for Step 1 is expressed on a scale of four values V-L L M and H These have to be interpreted as levels of failing to fulfill needs and regulations and failing to obtain acceptance from the community That is a V-L risk signifies that the project is practically without risk and is a ldquogordquo The likelihood of passing all hurdles is very high On the opposite end of the risk spectrum is the H risk estimate a ldquono-gordquo indicator Here there is too much uncertainty in fulfilling regulations or acceptance criteria or there is a high likelihood that opposition to the project will force abandonment Note that only risks in the form of negative consequences (physical damage nuisance) need to be considered Benefits resulting from EGS operations do not need to be formally considered in this step This provides a level of conservatism in the pre-selection We note that one can introduce benefit parameters to differentiate between close candidate sites Rather than expressing risk on a scale of 1 to 4 (V-L L M and H) it is recommended to translate the estimate into a qualitative description of the expected effects This would better communicate the risk and facilitate interaction with local communities and populations

Short of performing a detailed risk analysis (Step 6) once a site has been selected the overall risk of the planned EGS should include

bull The baseline risk from natural seismicity in standard metrics (physical damage monetary terms loss of lives)

bull An estimate of the added risk from EGS as a function of time correlated with the planned injection program This estimate should be for small earthquakes that would potentially occur in the volume occupied by the geothermal field The estimate should be expressed in relative terms at the four levels V-L L M and H

bull An estimate of the added risk also correlated with injection for earthquakes that could be triggered on nearby existing faults (V-L L M and H) using maximum possible magnitude(s) and location(s) of triggered earthquakes

bull A rough estimate of areas where the impact of the induced seismicity would be highest and which groups of the population would most likely be affected This would include an upper-bound on the possible effects

136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project Some of the possibilities for not completing a project are

bull Technical The geology and general characteristics of the planned EGS field do not comply with acceptable physical criteria This analysis is performed in the first phase of the site selection

bull Regulations Regulations and local ordinances can limit or forbid certain types of operations For example there are limitations on hydraulic fracturing exist in some areas

bull Lack of Acceptance State or local communities may have ordinances or vote in ordinances similar to hydraulic fracturing of the previous item

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-5

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Financial Infeasibility This can be due to the characteristics of the EGS field or can be compounded by additional expenses for mitigation of the expected induced risk

bull Abandonment The project can be abandoned by the developer for various reasons including company strategic re-directions bankruptcy etc

The overall risk analysis in Step 1 should rank the possible scenarios of non-completion This should include relative ranking for each alternative and propose possible mitigation alternatives

14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS For the purpose of helping - decision-makers and local communities evaluate a project pragmatically there should be an identification and assessment of possible benefits of completing the EGS projectThese could possibly include

bull Ecological maintenance and protection of the environment on the EGS site

bull Provisions for new roads and general local infrastructure

bull Benefits to the developer including financial improved strategic alignment

bull Financial benefits to local communities through negotiated electricity prices

bull Social benefits including increased employment in the region Identifying and clearly characterizing and documenting possible benefits are necessary to provide meaningful information to the stakeholdersrsquo decision making

15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING

151 Full Technical Documentation Detailed documentation of the processes and analyses should be transparent complete and accessible The documentation should describe all assumptions used in the analyses a clear description of the methods of analysis and a full accounting of data bases Simplicity and approximate bounding methods should be carefully documented to give confidence that the approaches are rigorous rational and provide some level of conservatism in spite of their simplicity The completeness and appropriateness of the documentation should clearly efficiently and convincingly support the decisions

152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk To inform all stakeholders including non-experts and the general public the documentation should contain a summary evaluation of the information that led to the decisions This shoule include all of the following

bull A summary of the dominant risk issues

bull A summary of benefits

bull A description of mitigation measures and a plan to address risk issues

bull An explanation of the decision to pursue or not pursue the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-6

SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation

bull Finally if a decision to pursue a plan for completing the project

16 CASE STUDIES Substantial projects are usually the subject of a feasibility analysis prior to making the decision to proceed However there are no documented cases to date that followed a process such as the one advocated in Step 1 Most of the time decisions on whether or not to proceed have been ad hoc They have not been based on a rigorous screening processor lack the level of communication accessible to all stakeholders In some cases risk analyses have been performed that pertain to Step 6 of the Protocol and are usually full detailed analyses rather than the simple or bounding type of approach advocated in this step

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 1-7

2 Section 2 TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

21 PURPOSE Since stakeholder acceptability is an important component of an EGS project outreach and communication become important elements of the project Poor communication and outreach can ldquomakerdquo ldquobreakrdquo or seriously delay a project (Majer et al 2007) Since all EGS projects in the US require environmental permits that address a variety of safety and environmental issues (air quality water traffic etc) and induced seismicity it is critical to keep public stakeholders informed as part of the permitting process For later reference it is also critical for project operators to consider and act upon public stakeholdersrsquo input as the project proceeds The outreach and communication program should facilitate communication and maintain positive relationships with the local community the regulators and the public safety officials All are likely to provide feedback to the geothermal developer at different times during the project

Since to date few EGS projects have been implemented we cite principles and examples from other similar types of projects to provide a context for EGS outreach and communications Much of this comes from publications about siting of industrial facilities including several energy projects and their outreach and communication approaches Experiences from two different EGS projects are also cited one near a population center and one far from any population center Also some of the referenced non-EGS projects deal with hazards different from induced seismicity and by comparison have higher overall risk potential Nevertheless valuable lessons can be learned from these examples and incorporated into the outreach and communication program for an EGS project As with all steps outlined in this document the effort expended on this step can vary significantly For example if the EGS project is far away from any assets of concern (eg areas with dense population critical facilities or particular environmental sensitivities) then much less effort will be required compared to a project that is close to many assets andor under more stringent regulatory control

22 MAIN ELEMENTS The EGS outreach and communication program should help the project achieve transparency and participation based on the following suggested framework

bull To develop the most effective outreach and communications program the project developer should make an initial assessment of the level of induced seismic risk to nearby communities (see Sections 3 and 4) and the level of community awareness and concern

bull At the start of the project the project developer should make an outreach plan and periodically update the plan as the project proceeds This includes modifying the plan as needed to address stakeholder concerns

bull The amount and type of outreach should be specific to the project situation including distance from population size of the project duration of activities with potential for induced seismicity the regulatory environment and the number and types of entities responsible for public safety

bull The dialogue should be open informative multi-directional and invite enquiries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-1

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull As the project progresses and more information is obtained meetings should be held periodically

bull The stakeholder groups (eg community regulators public officials etc) should be approached at their appropriate technical levels and a mechanism to respond to their concerns and questions should be put in place and maintained throughout the project

It must must be recognized that there could be many participants in the outreach and communications plan including the project proponents (eg developer team seismologist(s) civil or structural engineer(s) local utility company and representative(s) of the funding entity) the community (eg local project employees community leaders and at-large community members) and public safety officials regulators andor organizations (eg law enforcement fire department emergency medical personnel)

23 EXAMPLES In this section we summarize experiences related to siting industrial facilities and energy projects to suggest some guiding principles for an EGS outreach and communications program

Few examples exist of outreach and programs associated directly with geothermal projects so this section begins with two examples of outreach programs from other industries Also included are summaries of the outreach activities from two EGS projects one near a population center and the otherfar from any population These two geothermal projects can be viewed as possible end-members of effort that may be required for EGS projects

231 Other Industrial Projects Relevant information and experiences from two different waste disposal projects are summarized below It is not implied here however that EGS-induced seismicity has the same risk potential as those hazards associated with waste disposal (we know of no case of structural damage associated with induced seismicity from an EGS site let alone any lethal hazards) Both projects developed community outreach and communication programs (Community Relations Plans) It must be noted that the overall project scopes of these two energy applications are much larger than most EGS projects thus financial resources are much larger in these types of projects and more resources were used on outreach than would be expected in a typical EGS project Both plans were aimed at interested stakeholders including individuals organizations special interest groups governmental agencies tribal governments and tribal members The purpose was to provide information and facilitate participation in the permitting process related to waste disposal and other activities at the sites Before the implementation of the Community Relations Plans (the ldquoPlansrdquo) there was a significant outreach effort to establish open working relationships and the Plans provided a vehicle to expand public participation in the dialogue Overall the Plans addressed six objectives related to outreach and communications

bull Establishing working relationships with communities and interested members of the public

bull Establishing productive relations between the operator and affected local groups including the participation of government agencies regulators

bull Informing communities and interested parties of permit activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-2

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull Minimizing disputes and resolving differences with communities and interested members of the public

bull Providing timely responses to individual requests for information

bull Establishing mechanisms for communities and interested members of the public to provide feedback and input

In one case a web page was developed to provide information on permits permit-related activities and meetings (including the Permit itself as well as other pertinent documents relating to the operation of the project) and featured a well-received comment and response tool for the public The Plans also specified that notices about activities at the site andor the Permit were to be published in local newspapers and that the local regulatory agency would maintain a mailing list of interested parties to receive notices about the project An e-mail notification service was implemented as well

In essence the Plans formalized a significant amount of outreach aimed at local governments civic organizations schools and anyone interested in learning about the project A key tenet of the outreach programs was to ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo As noted in the preceding section openness and transparency have been found to be the most effective ways for the various stakeholders to understand the project thus enabling the project to gain public acceptance

Operators approached the issue of public acceptance by following a hierarchical approach 1 Discuss the project with elected officials to gauge their interest in having the project

within their jurisdiction(s) 2 Make presentations to the local officials (in this case the Chamber of Commerce) which

included many community business leaders to generate interest in the project 3 Engage with various civic organizations to educate the members of these organizations

and show them the site Education programs and site visits were repeated periodically as the projects progressed enabling the new stakeholders to be informed The operators took a proactive approach toward information dissemination by requesting invitations to public meetings so they would be included on the agenda Although they participated in many such meetings in the early stages of the projects at present they meet with local organizations on an annual basis The operators began building public support by providing information to the community and making a management-level commitment to answer all questions that were asked even about sensitive issues that might have ldquopainfulrdquo answers The operators accepted that attempting to hide information would be detrimental overall because if the community were to discover the facts on their own the credibility of the project proponents would be undermined Furthermore by providing the data the operators could ensure that the facts were correct Today these projects are highly supported by the community to the point where attendance at public meetings has gradually declined as members of the community have grown more comfortable with time At the start of one project the local economy was in trouble with many in the community unemployed (an ongoing concern worldwide) However the desire for jobs did not outweigh the concerns about the safety risks associated with the project The project managers considered

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-3

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

what they could offer to the public beyond employment and realized that they could offer the following

bull Provide expertise that was previously unavailable (ie provide an in-kind service to the local city for assistance with issues that involve advanced engineering andor scientific expertise)

bull Make donations to local organizations including the donation of computer equipment to schools

bull Purchase specialized equipment for school education programs or other specific local needs

bull Through an MOU with the City provide training to emergency personnel and support the Cityrsquos emergency facilities Specifically this included the training of local emergency and hospital personnel and dispatching local Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) to accident sites

bull Get engineers and scientists more involved in the community by volunteering to teach at the local Community College and public schools (enabling students to learn from highly skilled PhDs who graduated from top-tier academic institutions)

bull Participate in community events like the National Environmental Week bull Provide an information and visitor center with a video tour of the facility display boards

and other information and have management actively encourage the public to come and talk to them at the Information Center

Another plan to develop a Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) project within depleted gas fields provides a useful case history ndash particularly in terms of the timing and type of communications between the project stakeholders and the local community ndash on what activities could have been avoided to maintain mutual trust between all parties and the project Some valuable lessons were learned and can be used as guidelines for EGS projects It is also worthwhile to mention some factors to avoid in these activities

bull The project was presented to the community as a final plan therefore stakeholder input was not obtained or addressed before the plan was finalized

bull Even at the initial phase no open dialogue existed between the project developer and the appropriate governmentregulator agency This led to a situation in which the project was presented and interpreted as a project of the developer alone instead of a project that was mutually beneficial to different stakeholders This made the developer an easy target for opposition

bull After local opposition became clear a dialogue between stakeholders was set up via an ldquoadministrative consultation grouprdquo (government consultant) however the dialogue was limited only to government entities The project developer non-governmental organizations research institutes and community groups were not involved Although the consultation group did improve communication between the different levels of government it did not bring the viewpoints of the members closer to each other or decrease local opposition to the project

bull The debate between the stakeholders took place mostly in public via formal procedures organized events press releases or through the media Little informal andor direct contact occurred between the project developers and opponents This made the situation

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-4

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

worse Direct contact should have been established at the beginning when stakeholders had not already taken their positions This could have been achieved using a neutral facilitator to build mutual trust and openness The needs and values of the community could then have been taken into account in planning and implementing the project Although implementation of the project might not be consistent with the wishes of all stakeholders the fact that they had been involved in an open fair and transparent process in which stakeholders trusted each other would limit resistance to the project

bull Through various institutional procedures the national government gradually withdrew executive decision-making abilities from the municipal government These changes in procedures (which were often not announced to the municipality in advance) increased the distrust in the national government by the local stakeholders and increased their opposition to the project Had these changes in procedures been discussed openly with the local stakeholders (especially with the municipal government) in advance a more unified approach would have been taken probably leading to a less negative tenor of the debate

bull Absent an understanding of national and international energy policy (ie CCS climate change energy security etc) the public had difficulties understanding why the project was required at all and why their community had been chosen More attention to contextual aspects and the involvement of the national government might have led the public to interpret the project differently and accept it more readily

bull The initial presentation of the project was considered to be too technical and too complicated for the public to understand raising many questions A better adaptation of the presentation to the demands and needs of the public was required Underestimating the intelligence of the local community can have similar consequences the abundance and accessibility of information via the internet provides a powerful tool for information to the public

bull Because the project developer and government agency were both invested in the project they were not considered to be suppliers of trustworthy information The lack of openness and transparency from the beginning contributed strongly to this sentiment If the project developers had shared with the public the underlying reasons for the project and the associated technical challenges and uncertainties more trust would have developed

bull Opponents and proponents of the project both communicated to the residents each providing their own (and sometimes inconsistent) information Almost no communal communication efforts occurred in which opponents and proponents cooperated with each other or simply sat down at the same table This lack of communal communication increased the idea that members of the public had to choose sides making a ldquoblack or whiterdquo type of decision More nuanced viewpoints were never heard

This experience shows how a lack of outreach and communication could lead to opposition to a project This could lead to increased opposition with time leading to an impasse that would leave little room for open dialogue

Therefore here are some useful lessons to be taken from these cases

bull Community and local stakeholders should be involved early in the project process to create mutual trust and commitment to the project

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-5

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

bull The values needs and opinions of stakeholders and the community should be taken into account in discussing possible project designs There should be room for adaptation leading to acceptable compromises in the project design

bull Regular formal and informal contact should take place during project implementation and operation

bull Discussion should move beyond the proposed project to include the relevant policies and context and how the project serves to meet the broader societal goals

232 EGS Projects The examples given above are not specific to EGS and it would be surprising if such efforts were required for gaining project acceptance (both regulatory and public acceptance) as in the two examples above To illustrate this point we give two examples of successful community outreach for two ongoing EGS projects one with high seismicity near a somewhat cautious community that had experience with induced seismicity and another one with low seismicity somewhat distant from a community that had no experience with induced seismicity This second project however was located in a tectonically active geologic province where residents have experienced natural seismicity It should be noted that other EGS projects are in the process of obtaining final approval for operations but because they have not advanced to the stimulation phase they cannot be considered as ldquobest practicesrdquo yet Currently no US examples illustrate the process starting from ldquoscratchrdquo (ie no geothermal production at all) but these two examples will cover the range of activities

233 Project near a Community As EGS becomes more successful there will be cases where EGS projects may be located near communities where small levels of induced seismicity may be perceived either as an annoyance nuisance or even damaging In these cases more outreach education and communication will probably be needed when compared to more isolated projects In the case described here the particular subject project was an existing geothermal field The developer wanted to augment the production from the hydrothermal system with an EGS project In addition there was already a history of injectionproduction-related seismicity for over 30 years In one way this was beneficial because the operators residents and regulators had experience with seismicity issues In other ways this was detrimental Some residents were wary because it was perceived that the EGS project may increase felt seismicity above the current levels of seismicity (which are still not acceptable to some residents see mitigation Section 7)

It should be noted that in the early days of the hydrothermal operations the previous owners of the project were not the model of community outreach and even denied that the seismicity was induced by the geothermal operations but it was natural and would occur anyway (this added to the effort required for community acceptance in later years) As time went on and the USGS continued its earthquake monitoring direct correlations could be made between injection and seismicity the owners realized that it was to their benefit to change their stance on the causes of the seismicity and started an improved community outreach program Over the years as ownership changed the outreach and communication program has greatly improved

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-6

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

While there is still some degree of community concern and opposition regulators and policy makers have accepted the project and allowed operations to continue It is doubtful that this would have happened without an effective outreach and education program The existing (pre-EGS) outreach education and community relations consisted of the following elements

1 Open access and communication with all stake holders on a routine basis

2 Up-to-date information on various aspects of the project (regular community newsletters) 3 Sensitivity to community concerns (special meeting arranged if necessary)

4 Periodic meetings with all stakeholders 5 A public visitor center with up-to-date information about all aspects of the geothermal

project with a section for EGS 6 A public hotline that can be called for any concerns

7 Third party monitoring of seismicity for unbiased results (the USGS and other institutions had been monitoring for many years as part of the USGS earthquake hazards program and various research efforts) All of these data were publically available

8 Funds contributed to community needs (see mitigation section of this document Section 7)

Additional efforts that were implemented as part of the EGS-specific phase of the project are outlined below As can be seen prior to the EGS project there was already a considerable outreach program in place However once the EGS project was undertaken the residents expressed additional concerns regarding different injection procedures and possible generation of increased induced seismicity over current levels This required further education and outreach for both the regulators and the community

These outreach activities were based on the above principles but the education and community outreach were focused on the perceived impacts from the EGS project itself instead of educating the community and regulators about the aspects of the project that were designed to limit the induced seismicity as described below

1 It was in the best interest of the project to control the seismicity rather than maximize the seismicity (ie some community members having limited information about EGS assumed that the operators wanted to maximize the seismicity believing that the larger the fractures the better) Once the community was shown that the best case for the operator was many small fractures rather than a few large fractures the community was more at ease with the project

2 The EGS project was in the part of the field that was the most distant from the community thus reducing the impact of the seismicity in general

3 Injection would be done in steps such that one could monitor the seismicity as it developed and thus have better chances for control

4 Regular (monthly or more) public updates would be providedabout the seismicity and project aspects to the public

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-7

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

5 Timely responses would be made to any inquiries to the hot-line 6 Updated visitor center would include EGS activities and education (eg ldquoWhat is EGSrdquo

FAQs etc) This project is a good example of where community education about the project (emphasizing the good practices and engineering aspects) convinced the regulators and the community that the risk of induced seismicity was minimal This was done by partnering with public institutions such as universities the USGS and similar third parties to assure the community that the project operator was following best practices In any case it is clear that a variety of outreach options are available to assure the community that the project can be in its best interest

As of this writing the subject project is approaching the six-month time frame without any induced seismicity issues Strong community outreach showing timely results and demonstrating the tangible benefits of the project to the community have allowed the project to move ahead smoothly

234 Project Distant From a Community The second project is one that is located in a rural area with the closest community approximately 25 kilometers away This community has less than a few thousand people with few if any sensitive assets (such as electronics assembly facilities or research institutes) with a rural community and small structures The closest large city is about 75 kilometers away The project is in a tectonic area that has experienced large seismicity over the last 50 plus years (M 60 plus within 50 kilometers) but the subject project is in a 25 km diameter ldquoholegaprdquo of seismicity

This is also an ongoing geothermal area that has implemented an EGS project to supplement existing production Prior to the EGS project the only regional seismic monitoring was done by the state university The detection threshold was between M 10 to 15 below any felt events at the field let alone at the community 25 kilometers away Thus there was no pre-existing community concern due to any induced seismicity during the previous 10 years of operation The community interaction consisted of the project director requesting a series of meetings with the public to inform them in an ldquoopenrdquo forum about the project itself including the potential for induced seismicity Additionally the operator requested a meeting with local officials and regulators (state and federal) At this two-hour meeting the basics of EGS were explained and the various components of the EGS project were laid out This was done as part of an overall environmental assessment for such factors as air and water qualitysupply impacts noise construction impacts and land disturbance From this meeting it was agreed that an induced seismicity protocol would be developed based on the existing IEA (Majer et al 2009)

This protocol was fairly simple with the key component being that if the seismicity due to EGS ever exceeded M= 20 the project would stop and reassess the injection parameters The public was continually informed via news media and community presentations as to the progress and nature of the project This informed and transparent approach developed a positive relationship between the operator and the public receiving interested inquiries instead of backlash after a number of seismic events were felt by the community members

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-8

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH The preceding discussion illustrates the four main requirements of a ldquobest practicesrdquo approach to outreach and communications about EGS projects Those four requirements and their essential components are listed below Again to re-emphasize in some cases much less effort will be required and in other cases a significant effort as previously described may be required

1 Identify key stakeholders early in the process Particularly for pilot projects that may gain significant attention it is critical to identify and engage all stakeholders early in the project lifecycle so that the outreach is properly targeted Evaluating opinions and concerns in the early stages of the project will ensure that the outreach is responsive to the stakeholder community Surveys focus groups and interactive meetings with a select group of representatives of the community can help ensure that the right participants are involved and that the right issues are being discussed

2 Establish an appropriate outreach team clearly defining the processes for both internal and external communications for the project This team will become the ldquofacerdquo of the project and thus will have a direct impact on how the community perceives the project and the project developers Important elements include the following a Understand the audience and tailor the information to match the intended audiencersquos

degree of interest education and time constraints b Adapt the format detail and complexity of the outreach to the specific needs of the

audience c Maintain consistency of messages delivered to the public particularly about real or

perceived public risks This is especially important to coordinate when the project developer is made up of several operators or agencies

d Monitor the community ldquobuzzrdquo to gauge perceptions note any relative pre-existing community issues identify misconceptions and develop strategies to counteract them

e Develop a multi-disciplinary outreach team that may include project managers scientists government officials company spokespersons safety personnel technical service providers and other personnel who are involved in key decision making processes for the project

f Set up a local office in the community ideally including technical displays for visitors (ie visitor center)

g Institute a mechanism for community feedback such as community meetings and hotlines

3 Provide the community with complete and credible information about the project necessarily including contentious issues This includes such elements as

a Providing a context for the project in the form of a national energy policy for example Having a government representative discuss the project with the community may help to gain the public trust

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-9

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

b Provide appropriate and relevant data to the community this may include a website with seismicity data gathered by an independent third party

c Assembling the evidence and analyzing the options in advance demonstrating that the project is well conceived and placing any associated risk in the proper context

d Fully addressing all aspects of the project including those that may be perceived as negative and explaining the trade-offs that are made in choosing particular options

e Reaching consensus on the basic justification of the project This means demonstrating that the project provides the best solution to the problem(s) at hand

f Actively managing the outreach and communication program to ensure that requests for information are being fulfilled

g As the project advances changing the dialogue appropriately The dialogue will naturally shift from addressing concerns to sharing progress and results thus keeping the community engaged

4 Gain a community perspective as a pathway for gaining public trust A developer who has better insights into the diverse concerns of the community will be better equipped to demonstrate how the project can support the community This typically requires

a Gaining an in-depth understanding of the local situation (economy employment education energy needs environmental issues etc) to provide a context for understanding the underlying views about the project and its risks and benefits

b Providing a venue and method for the community to express their views in a way that is comfortable to them thus helping to open the lines of communication This requires a fundamental acknowledgement of public perspectives particularly about the key factors that cause people to worry about the project andor its risks and permits a proactive and constructive discussion

c Enabling ldquovigorous public debaterdquo about the pros and cons of the project and maintaining fairness in the siting process (ldquosocial justicerdquo or ldquoenvironmental justicerdquo) This may be difficult to accommodate in the EGS process as it is common to have a pre-determined location for such a project based on the ownership of the land and the ownership or leasing of mineral (geothermal) rights That is there is rarely an option for moving an entire EGS project and resource considerations may dictate a very limited set of possible well locations

d Initiating stakeholder involvement process as early as possible and setting realistic but firm timetables

e Including broad representation of legitimate stakeholder groups (including government agencies and citizen groups) and seeking consensus perhaps by using ldquoprofessional neutralsrdquo to facilitate collaborative decision-making

f Identifying community needs that could be partially or fully met by the EGS project (eg school science programs support to libraries or community facilities supplied by produced geothermal fluids such as a community greenhouse heating system swimming pool etc)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-10

SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications

g Conveying information about project safety including the mandates and responsibilities of the project operator and local safety officials

h Structuring the stakeholder involvement processes to supplement (but not supplant) the formal back-stop process while modifying formal processes to better accommodate consensus-building opportunities

Additional suggestions about how to approach the community are included in the Protocol (Majer et al 2012) As noted in the Protocol it is expected that the approach presented herein will be suitably modified according to the needs and nature of the project and the surrounding environment

25 SUMMARY The outreach and communication program should be designed to engage the community in a positive and open manner thus building credibility and trust The program should begin with an analysis of the concerns and needs of the community to ensure that the outreach is properly targeted A hierarchical approach (approaching elected leaders and safety officials first then safety officials and then the public) can help set the tone and scope of the dialogue The project should be presented in the larger context of national energy policy and the underlying drivers and the potential benefits to the local community providing nuance and dimension to the discussion

Outreach and communication should be undertaken before activities begin on site and should continue as operations proceed Information should be delivered proactively by the developer avoiding the need to go on the defensive As noted by examples given above an outreach program should ldquoeducate on the facts and avoid the need to correct the rumorsrdquo The developer should strive to be seen as a positive force that understands and responds to community needs and concerns and provides an overall benefit to the community By understanding the community and its needs and concerns the developer can determine creative ways to engage in a dialogue that demonstrates the benefits of the project particularly at the local scale Although it will have a strong focus on the exchange of information a successful outreach and communication program will also engender long-term support for the project It should also be reiterated that induced seismicity will not be the only need for outreach and education As stated above water issues air quality traffic noise and construction impacts will all require similar efforts (more or less) and thus induced seismicity should not be singled out as a standalone issue in fact in some cases it will be a minor issue

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 2-11

3 Section 3 THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

31 PURPOSE This section provides guidelines for selecting criteria for vibration and ground-borne noise to assess the potential impact of EGS-induced seismicity on the built environment and human activity These criteria may be used for impact assessment real-time monitoring and control or post-event assessment The criteria described below are base criteria that define thresholds of acceptability They do not address the severity of impact as a function of magnitude That is they do not provide guidelines for assessing the cost or extent of damage to structures the percentage of people ldquohighly annoyedrdquo or the level of disruption to manufacturing activities These impacts and risks are represented by a vulnerability curve as described in Section 6 where the methods of risk analysis are discussed The guidelines discussed in this section are based primarily on common practices in the mining transportation medical research and manufacturing industries and on published standards for assessing human annoyance Criteria may be developed to suit particular situations related to EGS These guidelines are intended to be simple easily understood and easily applied while addressing common standards for vibration impact assessment Even so they are perhaps unfamiliar to the EGS industry Vibration and noise control engineers are familiar with and can readily interpret these guidelines and can apply them to predicted or measured ground motion and ground-borne noise using commonly available instrumentation and analysis techniques While the magnitude and spectral character of transportation-related vibration and noise can be predicted with a modest degree of certainty EGS seismicity must necessarily be described in probabilistic terms The assessment of the acceptability of an EGS project has to be based on the probabilities of occurrence of various ground motions and an identification of an acceptable change in these probabilities relative to natural or background seismicity Requiring that EGS-induced ground motion never exceed a certain magnitude in areas where that magnitude is often exceeded by natural seismicity is unreasonable However an EGS project that increases the probability of occurrence at a given magnitude within a given time period relative to the seismic background by less than some agreed-upon percentage might be considered acceptable These probabilities can in principle be translated into cost and nuisance risk thereby aiding the selection of appropriate criteria This is necessarily a socio-economic problem and is discussed in greater detail in the context of risk analysis in Step 6 of this document Some experience has been gained with respect to building damage activity interference and human response to seismicity related to EGS projects in Europe other geothermal fields and more recently to hydraulic fracturing in the US Such experience can be combined with that of the transportation and mining industry to help develop acceptable criteria for a given project Levels or magnitudes of vibration and noise can be identified below which no impact would occur based on experience with these industries These ldquothresholdsrdquo and higher impact levels are discussed below

While an impact assessment of an EGS project may employ particular criteria the actual vibration or noise that may occur during EGS activity including any that may exceed these criteria might not actually produce an impact in the form of identifiable building damage interruption of service interference with manufacturing or interference with domestic human activity The post-EGS assessment of damage or activity interference resulting from EGS

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-1

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

activity should be based on actual damage or activity interference for which pre-EGS surveys of existing conditions and building conditions are necessary

Table 3-1 is a guide to various sub-sections of this section as a function of ground motion For example if a site would be located in proximity to a hospital or medical laboratory no concern would be expected if the expected maximum ground motion would be less than 005 mmsec RMS measured over a time period of one second Where EGS-induced ground motions in excess of 005 mmsec might be expected one should refer to Section 37 for a more detailed discussion of the effects on laboratory and manufacturing facilities If the hospital also has an MRI Section 37 should still be consulted if the projected root-mean-square vibration velocity exceeds 00063 mmsec or the projected PGV exceeds 00005 g The values shown in Table 3-1 are not criteria as these are discussed in the indicated sections Rather Table 3-1 is a guide for using this document

To the extent that EGS facilities would be located in a remote area distant from cultural features the considerations of this section might not apply However communities or structures of some type would invariably be located within a few miles of an EGS site necessitating an assessment of potential impact on them be it slight Many of the potentially impacted receivers are subjected to naturally occurring ground motions and the occasional EGS-induced ground motion may be more of a nuisance than a cause for alarm or damage

Table 3-1 Impact Guide

Impact Maximum Velocity Acceleration Section Bridges Reinforced concrete structures

125 mmsec PGV 02 g PGA 33 34

Building Damage 125 mmsec PGV 002 g PGA 32 Human Disturbance 01 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

04 mmsec PGV 000036 g RMS (1-sec) 36

Hospital laboratories wet chemistry laboratories

005 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

000018 g RMS (1-sec) 37

MRIs scanning electron micro-scopes

00063 mmsec RMS (1-sec)

00005 g PGA 37

Semiconductor manufacturing research laboratories scanning transmission electron microscopes

32 mmsec RMS (1-sec) 10 micro-g RMS (1-sec)

37

32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA Dowding (1996 pg 110) has categorized building damage into the following categories (1) threshold cracking (2) minor damage and (3) major damage A threshold cracking criterion identifies an acceptable level of ground shaking above which cosmetic damage due to cracking of stucco plaster or gypsum board walls might occur and where crack closure may be expected Minor damage involves cracking without permanent opening damage to dishes fallen objects

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-2

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and broken windows Major damage is indicated by permanent opening of cracks due to structural damage involving weakening or deformation of the structure shifting of foundations and significant settlement as might be associated with liquefaction Major damage criteria are typically much higher than threshold damage criteria by an order of magnitude Major damage criteria are of a type that may be called consequence criteria and have a more complex representation that allows estimating the full probability of damage for a given set of ground shaking and local conditions Major damage criteria are of a type that may be used to develop the vulnerability functions that are used in standard methods of detailed risk analysis (see Step 6) The various building damage categories are discussed in greater detail below with particular emphasis on threshold cracking criteria as these are likely to be most relevant for EGS-induced seismicity Moreover meeting threshold cracking criteria would imply that minor damage would be unlikely or perhaps confined to a very small fraction of structures and that major damage would be highly improbable

321 Threshold Cracking The US Bureau of Mines (Syskind Staggg Kopp and Dowding 1980) has defined threshold cracking limits for blasting-induced peak particle velocities (PPV) or peak ground velocities (PGV) to avoid cosmetic damage These threshold cracking limits as a function of the principal frequency are provided in Figure 3-1 The principal frequency is usually determined by zero-crossings of the waveform (controlled primarily by the response of the stratified earth) The limit is typically given as peak particle velocity or PPV which is often applied to building foundations and structures as well as ground near to but not adjacent to the structure For the purposes of this document PPV is assumed to be equivalent to PGV for all practical purposes unless otherwise stated The limit would apply to the ground surface in the absence of structures The PPV of the foundation structures should generally be less than the free surface PGV The limit of 19 mmsec (075 insec) between 4 and 16 Hz is for gypsum board walls while the limit of 125 mmsec (05 insec) between 28 and 10 Hz is for plaster walls Plaster walls are generally of older construction are unreinforced and thus crack more readily than modern gypsum board walls with taped joints The difference between threshold cracking criteria for gypsum board walls and plaster walls is small compared to the uncertainties inherent in the prediction of actual cosmetic cracking Interior surfaces trimmed with wood panels or un-finished interiors would withstand higher levels of vibration Tiled surfaces are generally backed by core board gypsum board or other substrate that resists cracking for which the limit shown for gypsum board may apply PGAs of 0025 g 005 g 01 g and 02 g are also plotted in Figure 3-1 Using a comparison of MMI with PGA adapted from Wald (1999) the Modified Mercalli Intensities (MMI) corresponding to these constant acceleration curves are indicated in Figure 3-1 The MMI scale describes qualitative effects of seismic ground motion and are compared with PGA and PGV in Table 3-2 Wald (1999) provides relationship between MMI as defined by Richter (1958) and PGA and PGV based on a regression analysis of horizontal ground motions for various seismic events in California Assigning a PGA or PGV to an MMI (or vice versa) is subject to considerable uncertainty The observations given in Table 3-2 were obtained from Richter

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-3

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

(1958) because Wald (1999) cited Richter in defining the MMI The observations assigned by the USGS to each MMI differ slightly from those defined by Richter (1958)

Table 3-2 Modified Mercalli Intensity and Peak Ground Acceleration (Wald 1999)

MMI Description PGA g

PGV-mmsec

Observations (Richter 1958)

III Weak 00017 to 0014

1 to 11 Felt indoors Hanging objects swing May not be recognized as an earthquake

IV Light 0014 to 0039

11 to 34 Hanging objects swing Vibration like passing of heavy trucks or sensation of a jolt like a heavy ball striking the walls Standing motor cars rock Windows dishes doors rattle Glasses clink Crockery clashes In the upper range of IV wooden walls and frame creak

V Moderate 0039 to 0092

34 to 81 Felt outdoors direction estimated Sleepers awakened Liquids disturbed some spilled Small unstable objects displaced or upset Doors swing close open Shutters pictures move Pendulum clocks stop start change rate

VI Strong 0092 to 018

81 to 160

Felt by all Many frightened and run outdoors Persons walk unsteadily Windows dishes glassware broken Knickknacks books etc off shelves Pictures off walls Furniture moved or overturned Weak plaster and masonry D cracked Small bells ring (church school) Trees bushes shaken

VII Very Strong 018-034

160 to 310

Difficult to stand Noticed by drivers of motor cars Hanging objects quiver Furniture broken Damage to masonry D including cracks Weak chimneys broken at roof line Fall of plaster loose bricks stones tiles cornices un-braced parapets and architectural ornaments Some cracks in masonry C Waves on ponds water turbid with mud Small slides and caving in along sand or gravel banks Large bells ring Concrete irrigation ditches damaged

VIII Destructive 034 to 065

310 to 600

Steering of motor cars affected Damage to masonry C partial collapse Some damage to masonry B none to masonry A Fall of stucco and some masonry walls Twisting fall of chimneys factory stacks monuments towers elevated tanks Frame houses moved on foundations if not bolted down loose panel walls thrown out Decayed piling broken off Branches broken from trees Changes in flow or temperature of springs and wells Cracks in wet ground and on steep slopes

Masonry A Good workmanship mortar and design reinforced especially laterally and bound together by using steel concrete etc designed to resist lateral forces

Masonry B Good workmanship and mortar reinforced but not designed to resist lateral forces Masonry C Ordinary workmanship and mortar no extreme weaknesses like failing to tie in at corners

but neither reinforced nor designed to resist horizontal forces Masonry D Weak materials such as adobe poor mortar low standards of workmanship weak

horizontally

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-4

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The PGV limit shown for plaster-walled structures between 10 Hz and 40 Hz corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement limit of 02 mm (0008 in) This is a relatively trivial displacement that structures should be able to tolerate even though the associated peak ground acceleration at 40Hz is well above an MMI of VI This suggests that the MMI scale is poorly correlated with PGV at spectral peaks above 10 Hz The USBM vibration limits shown in Figure 3-1 indicate a decreasing PGV (or PPV) limit with decreasing frequency below 25 Hz This variation corresponds to a constant zero-to-peak (0-P) displacement curve of 08 mm (0032 in) At these low frequencies dynamic strains within buildings should be proportional to the ground acceleration rather than ground displacement The USBM criteria for threshold damage are widely used for construction vibration and blasting vibration monitoring but the constant displacement limit shown below 25 Hz is both puzzling and not well founded A review of USBM RI 8507 suggests that the constant displacement below 25Hz is not clearly supported by measurement data or correlation of any such data with building damage The USBM criterion curve is actually recommended as an ldquoAlternative Blasting Level Criteriardquo in Appendix B of RI 8507 with the statement that ldquoAn ultimate maximum displacement of 0030 inch (presumably zero-to-peak) is recommended which would only be of concern where very low frequencies are encounteredrdquo The report also reviews various literature concerning low frequency ground motion such as by Thoenen and Windes (1942) However Thoenen and Windes (1942) indicate that an acceleration limit of 01g is safe down to at least 2Hz Other references referred to in USBM 8507 are discussed with reference to ldquolow frequenciesrdquo that are not defined No examples of threshold damage are presented for PGVs of less than 125 mmsec (05 insec) at frequencies below 25Hz Thus applying the 08 mm (0032 in) 0-P criterion at frequencies below 25 may be unreasonable and if so would place severe and unnecessary restrictions on EGS-induced seismicity where such events would include low frequency ground motion Rather building damage criteria for ground motion of any kind at frequencies below roughly 25Hz should be based on experience with earthquake ground motions Accordingly a composite building damage criterion curve is suggested in Figure 3-2 to address the inconsistancy between threshold cracking limits and seismological experience The criterion is equivalent to the USBM RI 8507 criterion curve above 25 Hz Below 25 Hz the curve is drawn such that a constant acceleration of 002g with respect to frequency equates to the PGV criterion of 125mmsec (05 insec) at 25 Hz The criterion curve of 002 g shown below 25 Hz is comparable to an MMI of IV The PGV criterion of 125mmsec between 25 and 10 Hz also corresponds to an MMI of IV as indicated in Table 3-2 That is the suggested threshold cracking criterion of Figure 3-2 is consistent with an MMI IV The modified curve thus rationalizes the MMI scale with the USBM RI 8507 building threshold damage criteria with some degree of conservatism The minimum of 125 mmsec (05 insec) of the curve between 25 and 10 Hz corresponds to the typical range of resonance frequencies of wood-frame structures This curve is suggested as an appropriate PGV threshold cracking criterion for EGS-induced seismicity one which is based on experience with seismic ground motion as well as mining- and construction-generated ground motions and one which is generally considered conservative for a wide variety of wood-frame structures

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-5

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

The threshold damage criterion is given as a function of frequency for which an estimate of the spectral peak associated with the PGV is needed The determination of the spectral peak of the PGV is typically made by counting ldquozero-crossingsrdquo of the velocity motion This method is subject to some interpretation where the velocity waveforms contain substantial high frequency content but it is widely used in the blasting and construction industry More sophisticated techniques apply Fourier analysis to the transient velocity waveform to define the spectral peak The quantity plotted in Figure 3-2 against the criterion curve is the magnitude of the velocity waveform along the vertical axis and the spectral peak along the horizontal axis

Neglecting the maximum permissible PGV at 40Hz and higher frequencies (50mmsec) one may simply determine the vector-sum PGA PGV and zero-to-peak (0-P) ground displacement by differentiation and integration of the velocity waveforms If all three of these amplitudes exceed respectively 002g 125mmsec and 02mm 0-P (04 mm P-P) then the event would be in excess of the suggested threshold cracking criterion regardless of the spectrum If any one or more of these peak amplitudes did not exceed its respective threshold then the ground motion might be within the threshold cracking limit This would be a less-than-conservative test but would not require determination of a spectral peak by counting zero-crossings or Fourier analysis thus simplifying real-time data analysis and interpretation Additional investigation of this technique is needed High amplitude PGVrsquos at spectral peak frequencies in excess of 40Hz are likely to be rare However if this does occur then an additional criterion would be a maximum PGV of 50mmsec if the 0-P displacement is less than 02 mm respectively Adjustment of these acceleration velocity and displacement thresholds might be appropriate based on a review of seismic waveforms and local building types However distinction between building types (for example wood frame or masonry) is usually not made when applying criteria Figure 3-3 is an example output of an Instantel Minimate blast vibration monitor that illustrates the velocity waveform and PGVs plotted against the USBM criteria This chart is typical of the type of output that is used for monitoring blasting- and construction-related transients as well as continuous vibration The PGVs in three orthogonal axes are listed together with the vector sum The peak vector sum indicates the maximum PGV in any direction This type of display can be used for assessing EGS-induced seismicity though the modified criterion curve of Figure 3-2 is suggested here in lieu of the USBM RI 8507 criteria shown in Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-3

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-8

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-3 Example Event Report

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-9

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

322 Minor and Major Damage Dowding (1996) summarizes work by Edwards and Northwood (1960) and Northwood et al (1963) who characterize minor and major damage Minor damage would include superficial damage not causing weakening of the structure but would include broken windows loosened or fallen plaster and hairline cracks in masonry Minor damage would be associated with a moderate earthquake of MMI VI or higher

Major damage would include serious weakening of the structure This would be indicated by the presence of large cracks or shifting of the foundation or bearing walls or major settlement resulting in distortion or weakening of the superstructure Dowding (1985) indicates that threshold cracking occurred in older structures at about 76 mmsec (3 insec) minor damage at 114 mmsec (45 insec) and major damage at 203 mmsec (8 insec) The spectral frequencies associated with these damages were not identified From these examples a reasonable criterion for major damage would be 125 mmsec (5 insec) However damage at lower amplitudes of PGV may occur and would depend on the quality of construction age condition etc For example unreinforced masonry structures may be more prone to structural damage than modern reinforced masonry structures Construction vibration damage criteria for historical structures are generally lower or more restrictive than those of modern structures even though historical structures may easily withstand substantially greater motion than modern structures of the same type Minor and major damage to residential wood frame and masonry structures should be nil if EGS seismicity remains within threshold cracking criteria Hazard and risk assessment methods are described in Sections 5 and 6 respectively

33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES Civil structures include the following

Dams Bridges

Highways Railroads

Tunnels Power Plants

Pipe Lines Runways

Damage criteria for civil structures would depend on the nature of the structure Modern civil structures are by regulation designed to withstand substantial earthquake ground motions Ground motions induced by EGS activities are not expected to exceed those of natural origin in seismically active areas Hence damage due to EGS seismicity would not be expected to damage civil structures such as those listed above if they are designed to seismic codes for seismic areas The construction design drawings and specifications should be reviewed for seismic design criteria that may be applicable to EGS seismicity However seismic criteria may be defined in

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-10

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

terms of acceleration and are probably excessively conservative for frequencies above 10Hz (See the discussion above regarding Figure 3-2)

34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES The estimate of probable damage to buried structures is based on the strain induced by the passing seismic shear wave and the strength of the material forming the structure The strains due to passing shear waves in buried structures can conservatively be assumed to be the same as those of the surrounding soil Buried structures are not subject to resonance amplification in the same manner as a building due to the loading of the soil and damping related to re-radiation of waves into the soil by the structure Thus buried structures should withstand much higher ground motion amplitudes than those that would damage surface structures Dowding (1996) discusses vibration damage to buried structures in some detail The probability of damage should be based on expected maximum ground strains and the flexibility of the buried structures which may require finite-element analysis In any case EGS seismicity that would not cause cosmetic damage to surface structures would very likely not damage underground structures

341 Wells Dowding (1996) describes results obtained from a USBM study concerning water wells The study indicated no loss of well capacity with PGVs produced by blasting as high as 84 mmsec (33 insec) and no loss of water level with PGVs as high as 141 mmsec (55 insec) This does not stop well owners from claiming that construction-related vibration damages their wells Thus inspection of deep water wells prior to project implementation should be conducted to assess well condition prior to EGS stimulation This pertains to ground motions dewatering or changes to aquifers are another matter to be considered by others

342 Pipelines Failure of gas transmission lines due to weld failures and other defects are of concern with respect to pipeline operations Relatively large tensile hoop stresses in the pipe wall due to high pressure gas would be superposed with strains induced by passing ground motion waves Old pipelines especially those manufactured with welded seams have some history of rupturing under excessive pressure However a properly maintained and designed pipeline should offer substantial margin of safety against normal soil movement over time with resulting strains in the soil that may exceed those associated with passing low amplitude seismic waves from induced seismicity

Assuming a shear-wave velocity in soil of 200 msec and PGV of perhaps 025 msec (10 insec) the peak strain in the soil due to the passing wave would be on the order of 025200 = 000125 giving a stress in the pipeline wall of 260 MPa (37500 psi) comparable with the yield strength of mild steel Designing an EGS project to limit PGVs to threshold damage criteria on the order of 50 mmsec (2 insec) would give a peak stress in the steel of 22 MPa (7500 psi) well within the yield strength of mild steel Dynamic stresses in the pipe wall should be less due to the higher modulus of the steel relative to that of the soil though a complete analysis would include the stresses due to pressurization

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-11

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Dowding (1996) describes pipe wall strain measurements conducted during blasting at short range PGVs on the order of 114 msec (45 insec) produced strains in the pipe wall on the order of 500E-6 giving a pipe wall stress on the order of 100 MPa (15000 psi) Scaling down to PGVs on the order of 5 insec would imply a pipe wall stress of 12 MPa (1700 psi) a relatively small amount Again the seismically induced stresses must be combined with operating pipeline wall stresses due to pressure

As with any civil structure pipelines would be expected to be constructed to meet large ground motion seismic criteria Pipeline plan and profile drawings operating pressures and fluid types should be reviewed and discussed with the pipeline operator Gas transmission lines in poor condition should be identified and considered carefully Inspection of any nearby gas transmission line may be considered prior to EGS startup

343 Basement Walls Basement walls are usually constructed of either concrete block or reinforced concrete Dowding (1996) indicates that the former exhibited cracking of mortar joints at 75 mmsec (3 insec) Reinforced concrete walls cracked when the PPV exceeded 250 mmsec (10 insec) though in this case the failure was at the juncture of two walls

Again EGS projects designed to limit PPV or PGV to threshold cracking criteria should cause no cracking of basement walls The existing conditions of basement walls and structures should be documented with pre-construction surveys prior to EGS stimulation

344 Tunnels Dowding and Rozen (1978) summarize damages to tunnel structures of various types caused by earthquakes The summary considers 71 tunnel structures and 13 different earthquakes with Richter magnitudes ML 58 to 83 and with focal depths ranging from 13 to 40 km The review included four types of tunnels (a) unlined rock tunnels (b) temporary steel liners with wood blocking (c) final concrete lining and (d) final masonry lining The conclusions are

(1) Tunnels are less prone to seismic damage than surface structures for a given surface ground motion

(2) No damage to tunnels of any type occurred for estimated ground surface PGVs of 02 msec (8 insec) and PGAs of 019 g

(3) In cases where shaking was identified as causing tunnel damage the tunnels were in ground or rock of poor condition

(4) Total collapse of a tunnel was found only in cases of an intersecting fault and (5) Tunnels are much safer than surface structures for the same intensity of shaking

However the estimated ground motions are for the ground surface and lower amplitudes of ground motion likely occurred at tunnel depth Some amplification of tunnel stresses might occur for seismic wavelengths comparable with the tunnel diameter Tunnels in soil with liquefaction potential or tunnel portals near landslide-prone areas or tunnels intersected by faults or poor soil or rock conditions are at greater risk than tunnels in competent rock or tunnels with concrete liners and grouted soil Tunnels within an EGS seismic zone should be identified and reviewed with the responsible agencies to determine damage potential A survey of any such tunnels

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-12

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

should be conducted as part of the EGS impact assessment Tunnels may include (but not be limited to) railroad highway mining or water transport tunnels Tunnels should be inspected prior to EGS activities to identify pre-existing defects cracks seepage etc

35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE Landslides and rockslides caused by ground motion are difficult to predict though they have been documented in the case of large earthquakes Landslides may involve very slow movement of soil over time or may be abrupt as with an avalanche Rock slides may involve an avalanche of rock or the occasional motion of rocks or boulders that after a period of time result in the accumulation of rock mounts and slopes

Loose rock such as talus slopes may be viewed as colluvium deposited at its angle of repose Ground motions associated with blasting are usually too small to cause landslides of colluvium However the potential for rockslide in response to ground motion exists This is of particular interest to highway construction engineers for blasting at the base of talus slopes Landslide triggering associated with strong-motion seismic events of the order of M 6 or higher is discussed by Wieczorek (Transportation Research Board 1996) Evidently landslide triggering by smaller events is relatively rare Historical seismicity should define an acceptable limit for PGVs associated with EGS

36 HUMAN RESPONSE Human response to ground vibration includes perceptible vibration and low frequency ground-borne noise one or both of which are common with rail transportation construction and mining operations Some of the substantial literature that exists for human response to floor vibration and ground-borne noise caused by these sources is applicable to transient induced seismicity specifically that regarding mining and construction activities Evidently both ground motion and ground-borne noise from EGS activity near Basel Switzerland has caused human annoyance and the literature regarding this should be consulted Criteria for assessing the significance of vibration and ground-borne noise are discussed below

361 Third Octave Filters Third octave filters are commonly used for assessing human response to both noise and vibration (Third octave filters are also used for describing the vibration tolerance of sensitive instrumentation as discussed below) A third octave filter is a unity-gain filter with a bandwidth of approximately 23 of its nominal center frequency The third octave filter response is ldquomaximally flatrdquo with typically a 6-pole filter roll-characteristic of 36dB per octave outside of the filter pass-band Third octave filters are normally provided with high quality commercial sound level meters or vibration analyzers and can be used in a practical manner for monitoring of ground motions The responses of third octave filters are specified in ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R2009) The response time of a third octave filter increases with its order and is inversely proportional to its bandwidth That is the response time of 6th order filter is longer than the response time of a 3rd order filter Older analog third octave filters were usually 3rd order and referred to as Class III filters in the ANSI standards Modern digital sound and vibration meters almost universally provide 6th order filters The response time is important for short-period transient events such as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-13

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

those produced by induced seismicity A third octave filter with center frequency of 4 Hz will have a filter bandwidth of slightly less than 1-Hz with a corresponding response time of the order of one second Induced seismic events by EGS projects will likely have durations less than one second The averaging time used for measuring the root-mean-square vibration needs to be long enough to include the filter response time The vibration ldquodoserdquo analysis approach discussed below is intended to circumvent this issue

362 Vibration

Metrics ISO 2631-1 (1997) is a standard for assessing human response to acceleration for people standing sitting or lying Frequency weightings are specified for application to third octave vibration acceleration spectra extending from 05 to 80 Hz together with methods for combining the weighted acceleration in all six degrees of freedom Two procedures are recommended in ISO 2631-1 for assessing transient acceleration the running RMS evaluation method and the fourth-power dose method The running RMS method involves determining the RMS amplitude of the weighted acceleration continuously with an integration time of one second Exponential weighting with respect to time may be employed The maximum RMS amplitude occurring during a transient event is called the Maximum Transient Vibration Value (MTVV) The fourth-power vibration dose is defined as the fourth root of the integral with respect to time of the weighted acceleration amplitude raised to the fourth power This approach is intended to represent the peak value within a given time period

Siskind et al (1980) suggest using a second-power vibration velocity dose computed by integrating the square of the vibration velocity amplitude over the entire signature with respect to time As with the fourth power approach this method is also independent of the integration time The integration times used in the dose procedures must be short enough to avoid introduction of background vibration into the estimate In the absence of background vibration the result would be independent of the integration time provided that the integration time covers or spans the duration of the transient event The second-power dose approach may be used with virtually any good quality sound level meter or vibration analyzer and the results should be comparable with the ISO 2631 fourth-power dose Some sound level meters or vibration analyzers can measure the fourth-power dose

ISO 2631-2 (2003) recommends limits for human exposure to vibration in buildings using the measurement methods outlined in the ISO 2631-1 standard The standard recommends a single weighting network or filter to be applied to analog ground acceleration to obtain the weighted acceleration regardless of the axis of vibration The filter is a simple low-pass filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz giving a constant acceleration response below 56 Hz and a constant velocity response above 56 Hz Band limiting filters are also recommended with corner frequencies of 08Hz (high pass) and 100 Hz (low pass) to define the overall bandwidth The filter response is tabulated at third octave band center frequencies for application to third octave acceleration data The 08 Hz high pass and 100 Hz low pass filters are probably unnecessary as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-14

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

the spectral peak of EGS seismic acceleration and velocity associated with induced seismicity by EGS projects would likely be between 1 Hz and 100 Hz

ANSI S271-1983 (R2006) recommends third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves for characterizing human response to vibration referring to ANSI S318-1979 The third octave acceleration and velocity base-response curves are plotted in Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5 respectively The base-response curves are approximately twice the threshold of perception Base-response curves are provided for each axis and a composite curve is also recommended (ANSI S318-1979 is no longer in publication as of this writing supplanted by ANSI S272-1 which primarily follows ISO 2631-1) A simple (single-pole) low-pass filter response function is recommended in ANSI S271 for filtering analog acceleration data equivalent to the weighting function recommended in ISO 2631-2 (2003) but without band limiting filters at 08 and 100Hz The corresponding filter for analog velocity data would be a (single-pole) high-pass filter with corner frequency of 56Hz The ANSI S271 standard suggests that the root-mean-square (RMS) amplitude should be determined over the duration of the transient which for EGS seismicity would typically be of the order of a second or less

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-15

FREQUENCY - HZ 1 10 100

Z-AXIS ACCEL XY AXIS ACCEL COMBINED-AXIS ACCEL

1

10

100

1000 1

3 O

CTA

VE R

MS

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N

mmsec2

1010

100 g

10

1

01

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-4 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Acceleration Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-16

1 10 100

FREQUENCY - HZ

Z-AXIS VELOC XY-AXIS VELOCI COMBINED-AXIS VELOC

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

13

OCT

AVE

RM

S VE

LOCI

TY -

MM

SEC

1

01

Figure 3-5 Base Response Limits for Whole-Body Third-Octave Velocity Exposure ndash Derived from ANSI S271

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-17

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Examples Figure 3-6 illustrates two example seismograms One is the un-weighted ground surface acceleration (measured in one particular axis) and the other is the weighted acceleration obtained by low-pass filtering the acceleration with a single-pole (6 dB attenuation per octave) filter with corner frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The peak amplitude of the weighted acceleration signal is less than the PGA by only a modest amount as much of the spectrum of the acceleration signature is above the corner frequency of 56Hz A shorter period acceleration transient with higher frequency content would produce a significantly lower weighted acceleration waveform Third octave spectra of the un-weighted acceleration are plotted in Figure 3-7 The acceleration spectra are the peak the fourth-power dose the second power dose and the MTVV of the third octave band filtered signals The corresponding values for the overall (broadband un-weighted) PGA the overall fourth-power acceleration dose the overall second acceleration dose and the overall MTVV are plotted at the left hand side of Figure 3-7 The corresponding weighted peak acceleration the weighted fourth-power acceleration dose the weighted second-power dose and the weighted MTVV are plotted at the right-hand side

The fourth-power and the second-power dose curves are almost indistinguishable from one another suggesting that either the second-power acceleration dose approach or the fourth-power dose may be used for characterizing this particular transient ground motion The peak values of the overall and weighted acceleration are roughly about 50 to 100 higher than either of the dose magnitudes The MTVV (the maximum root-mean-square amplitude determined over any one-second time period) is generally significantly less than the dose magnitudes This makes the dose approach most attractive for event characterization relative to human response However the dose units include the square root of or fourth root of time and thus differ from the MTVV units which is a root-mean-square acceleration The third octave analyses indicate that the acceleration dose is between 64 and 128 times the ANSI S271 base response curve and thus highly perceptible to humans The peak third octave acceleration is plotted for illustration but should not necessarily be used for comparison with the ANSI S271 base response curve as these specifically apply to RMS third octave acceleration or dose Even so the peak values are not much greater than the dose values

The spectrum of this particular seismogram is such that its peak occurs at the transition frequency between constant acceleration and constant velocity regions of the ANSI curves As a result employing only the acceleration or velocity for assessing human annoyance potential is not entirely adequate However filtering the acceleration signal with a 56-Hz low pass filter as recommended in ANSI S271 and ISO 2631-2 provides a single number of weighted acceleration for assessing human annoyance potential The weighted accelerations are plotted at the right hand side of Figure 3-7

Measurement Location The ISO 2631-2 and ANSI S271 standards recommend measuring vibration acceleration (or velocity) in the buildings in which people would be located This may be impractical for EGS monitoring activity and would be difficult from a prediction point of view because building

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-18

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

response may vary considerably from one to the next The most practical approach for both prediction and monitoring would be to use the ground surface acceleration

Sidewalks and asphalt surfaces are ideal measurement surfaces for monitoring EGS vibration as the sidewalk has a large bearing surface relative to its mass assuming intimate contact between sidewalk and soil Transducers buried in pits at a depth of at most 1 m provide excellent permanent monitoring points However the back-fill of the pit must be of the same density as the surrounding soil That is the transducers should not be encased in concrete blocks that are in turn buried in the soil as the massive concrete block and soil will act as a spring-mass isolation system with a damped resonance of the order of perhaps 10 to 30Hz This may be acceptable for strong-motion seismicity with spectral peak at 3Hz but could be problematic for high spectral peak events From a practical point of view the building interior floor vibration acceleration or velocity will be roughly one to two times the exterior ground surface velocity or acceleration This comparison may be the result of measuring too closely to the foundation of the building as the ground surface response is reduced by the presence of the building foundation Considerable uncertainty exists in characterizing building response to vibration and considering the large number of building types and people that may be present near an EGS project the better approach would be to estimate a reasonable amplification factor that is representative of the buildings in the area In the absence of more information one may simply take the ground surface incident acceleration as a first estimate especially for transient motions with spectral peaks at frequencies below the fundamental floor resonance frequencies of structures These fundamental frequencies are usually of the order of 12Hz or higher for residential wood frame structures The incident ground surface acceleration or velocity can be multiplied by a factor of two if an additional safety factor is desired

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-19

006

-006

-004

-002

0

002

004

AC

CEL

ERA

TIO

N -

G

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

10 11 12 13 14 15

TIME - SEC

ACCELERATION

WEIGHTED ACCELERATION

Figure 3-6 Example Ground Acceleration

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-20

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Recommended Practice for Assessing Human Response to EGS Vibration The ISO 2631-1 ANSI S271 and ANSI S271 standards provide excellent guidelines for assessing building interior floor vibration Of the various methods the recommended approach is to employ a second-power acceleration dose method with a good quality precision integrating sound level meter or vibration meter or the fourth-power dose method as recommended by ISO 2631-1 As shown above the second-power dose method gives results that are very similar to the fourth-power acceleration dose method for transient events of the order of one second or less In the event that a transient duration extends several seconds both the second-power and fourth-power dose methods will reflect the effect of increasing transient duration ANSI S271 Acceleration

Examples of limits for third octave acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-3 in terms of multiples of the composite base response curve given in ANSI S271 The base response curve corresponds to third octave acceleration and velocity limits of 000036 g and 100 micronsec (01 mmsec) for frequencies below and above 56 Hz respectively These limits would be applied to third octave vibration acceleration dose as described above The composite acceleration base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-4 and the corresponding composite third octave velocity base response curve is illustrated in Figure 3-5 Third octave acceleration data are plotted against these criteria curves in Figure 3-7 The dose responses shown in Figure 3-7 fall between 32 and 64 times the base response curve The prototype limits are given as a function of recurrence interval Thus events that recur over time periods of less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable provided that their third octave acceleration dose was within the base response curve Events recurring over a time period of less than one hour but not less than 10 minutes during the night would be acceptable if their acceleration doses were within twice the base response curve These limits would be multiplied by a factor of two for daytime periods The daytime limits are extended in multiples of two for larger time periods However the ability to control or predict the time of day during which an induced seismic event occurs is severely limited Therefore the night time limits should probably be applied as a conservative measure A maximum limit of 64 times the base the response curve is suggested as this would correspond to an RMS magnitude of 0023 g with a PGA of perhaps 005 g (MMI V) and would exceed the threshold cracking criterion

The limits listed in Table 3-3 may require adjustment based on hazard assessment accuracy practicality receiver type land use etc A similar table may be developed for hospitals nursing homes schools and other land uses where vibration may interfere with activity Also higher limits might be considered during EGS stimulation over a short period of time with more restrictive post-stimulation limits for production over much longer time periods though such an approach must be vetted with stakeholders Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits

The single number weighted acceleration approach is recommended to reduce the complexity of assessing human response to ground motion As indicated above this involves filtering the acceleration signal with a low pass single-pole filter with roll-off frequency of 56Hz as recommended in ANSI S271 The weighted acceleration should then be squared and integrated with respect to time over the transient duration The results should be summed over each axis and the square root of the sum should be taken to obtain the composite vector-sum dose This

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-22

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

process will generally yield a higher value that would be obtained by comparison of third octave spectra with the response curves

Prototype limits for weighted composite acceleration dose are listed in Table 3-4 The prototype acceleration limits are derived by taking the multiple of the base response curve acceleration limit at the low frequency limit (below 56Hz) and multiplying by the square root of two (+3dB) Thus the low frequency acceleration limit for the ANSI S271 acceleration base response curve at 2Hz is 000036 g and multiplying by 14 gives a weighted acceleration limit of 00005 g The factor of root two is intended to accommodate the difference between the weighted acceleration and the maximum value obtained in any third octave band which is necessarily less than the weighted acceleration (A more conservative and acceptable approach would be to not employ the factor of 14) An event with maximum weighted acceleration dose of 00005 g would be largely unnoticed Events of this nature would correspond to a weighted velocity of about 100 micronsec typically considered as a threshold impact on human occupancy though the threshold of human perception is actually less than this by perhaps a factor of two (ANSI Standard S271) Events of this type could occur repeatedly throughout the night without generating significant annoyance A weighted acceleration dose of 0001g occurring repeatedly through the day time period would probably be acceptable for daytime residential occupancy However above these dose amplitudes human annoyance may rise rapidly Repeated exposure to perceptible vibration with high occurrence rate (short recurrence period) would likely generate significant reaction A maximum dose of 0032 g-sec12 or 0032 g-sec14 is suggested as the PGA associated with such an even would be 005 g or 006 g corresponding to an MMI V and could be above the threshold cracking criterion of 002g Weighted Velocity Dose Limits

Table 3-5 contains prototype vibration dose limits that correspond to the prototype limits given in Table 3-4 The weighted vibration velocity would be obtained by applying a high-pass single-pole filter with corner frequency of 56 Hz to the velocity waveform This may be most appropriate for velocity data obtained with a 1-Hz or 2-Hz seismometer or geophone Typical EGS vibration is expected to have most of its energy at frequencies below 10 Hz Thus either the weighted velocity or the weighted acceleration are probably of equal merit The choice may depend more on transducer selection and instrumentation simplicity PGA and PGV Limits

Detailed prediction of EGS ground acceleration or velocity signatures with spectral content is perhaps impracticable whereas prediction of the PGA or PGV may be straight-forward given appropriate EGS seismic models and statistics Thus human annoyance may have to be based on PGA and PGV rather than weighted RMS or dose acceleration In this case the PGA and PGV would be about 50 to 100 higher than the un-weighted acceleration or velocity dose judging from the results given in Figure 3-7 If spectral characteristics can be predicted the weighted peak acceleration can be estimated in which case the prototype limits would be roughly 50 to 100 higher than the prototype limits shown for the weighted acceleration dose in Table 3-4 or the weighted velocity dose limits given in Table 3-5 If the joint probability of recurrence of an event with given un-weighted PGA and PGV can be predicted then the PGA and PGV may be compared directly with the limits given in Table 3-4

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-23

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

and Table 3-5 respectively perhaps with a multiplier of two to account for peak versus RMS magnitudes to determine an acceptable recurrence period As an example if events with predicted PGAs and PGVs in excess of 0001 g and 0280 mmsec respectively are predicted to recur within ten minutes then the suggested night time criterion would be exceeded On the other hand if either the un-weighted PGA or the PGV or both are less than 0001 g and 028 mmsec then the event would be within the suggested criterion for a 10-minute recurrence interval The un-weighted PGA and PGV limits can be taken as twice the acceleration and velocity dose limits given in Table 3-4 and Table 3-5

Table 3-3 Suggested Criteria for Third Octave Ground Surface Acceleration Dose versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Multiple of Third Octave Composite Base Response Curve (Figure 3-4) for Residential Occupancy

ANSI S271 lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 2 4 8 16 32 64 Night 1 2 4

Table 3-4 Suggested Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Acceleration Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy g-sec12 or g-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 0001 0002 0004 0008 0016 0032 Night 00005 0001 0002

Table 3-5 Suggested Weighted Velocity Dose Limits versus Recurrence Period

Time of Day

Weighted Velocity Dose Limits for Residential Occupancy (mmsec)-sec12 or (mmsec)-sec14

ANSI S271 Weighting lt 10 Min lt1 Hr lt 8 Hr lt 24-Hr lt1 Week Maximum

Day 028 056 112 224 448 896 Night 014 028 056

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-24

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

363 Ground-Borne Noise Ground-borne noise is radiated into rooms by vibrating walls and floors The interior noise is computed by estimating the input sound power resulting from vibrating surfaces accounting for radiation efficiency of various modes of wall vibration and accounting for the acoustical absorption present in the room As a practical matter the average absorption coefficient can be assumed to be 05 and the radiation efficiency of the room may be assumed to be 50 Thus without going into the details the interior third-octave band sound pressure in decibels relative to 20 micro-Pascal can be estimated by adding 32dB to the room surface third-octave band vibration velocity level in dB re one micronsec energy-averaged over the room surfaces That is for each third octave band

SPL (dB re 20 x 10-6 Pa) = VEL (dB re 10-6 msec) + 32dB Here SPL is the sound pressure level and VEL is the velocity level both in decibels This approach is employed for the prediction of ground-borne noise produced by rail transit systems (Federal Transit Administration 2006) The uncertainty in this conversion is roughly five decibels (Often the decibel is abbreviated as VdB in the US for example VdB relative to 1 micro-insec) (The ISO standard reference level for vibration velocity is 10-8 msec This may be preferable to using 10-6 msec as a reference level to maintain uniformity between international standards)

The room surface vibration velocity level is difficult to predict as it depends on foundation response to incident ground vibration and structure design (See above discussion regarding interior versus exterior vibration) The A-Weighted sound level is perhaps the most universal metric for assessing the noise environment of human beings as it has been employed throughout the world for well over 50 years The A-Weighted sound level is obtained by filtering the analog sound pressure with an A-Weighting network and analyzing the resulting signal with an RMS detector The A-Weighting network is universally provided with sound level meters so that monitoring EGS-induced ground-borne noise is entirely practicable However a precision sound level meter with low input noise and accurate response down to 10 Hz is needed for accurate assessment Other weighting networks are also provided such as the C-Weighting network that has been proposed by some for assessing low-frequency noise The C-weighting is essentially flat between 315 Hz and 8 KHz The response of the A-Weighting network is plotted in Figure 3-8

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-25

A-Weighting 35929 PM 7222011

16 316 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K 16K

FREQUENCY - HZ

A-WEIGHTING

-70

-60

-50

-40

-30

-20

-10

0

10

RES

PON

SE -

DEC

IBEL

S

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Figure 3-8 A-Weighting Network Filter Response

The A-Weighted sound level can be obtained by applying the A-Weighting response curve to the estimated third-octave band sound pressure spectrum and summing the third-octave band sound energies To do this one must estimate the spectrum of sound pressure Where no estimate is available a peak frequency of 31 Hz is perhaps adequate for small magnitude events recognizing that the peak could be at sub-audible frequencies The A-weighting response in decibels can also be added to narrow band spectra or Fourier power spectra given in decibels The adjusted spectral levels can then be energy-summed to obtain the A-weighed sound (Energy-summing is also known as ldquodecibel additionrdquo The energy in each band is 10(01L) These energies are summed over all bands The resulting sound level is then 10Log10 [sum of band energies])

Audible ground-borne noise due to EGS activities would be unlikely unless the loss factor of the surficial soil is low For example rock or very stiff glacial tills support efficient transmission of ground-borne noise from rail transit subway systems in Toronto The quality factor of these soils Q is of the order of 40 corresponding to a loss factor of Q-1 of 0025 Audible ground-borne noise would typically involve frequencies above 20 Hz below which frequency a personrsquos aural response is very low and decreases rapidly with decreasing frequency as illustrated by the A-weighted response curve given in Figure 3-8 Perceptible ground vibration with spectral peaks at 31 Hz and above may be particular audible Short-period low-magnitude seismic events can be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-26

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

audible As a practical matter extending the measurement range down to include the 125 Hz third octave band is desirable to cover the sub-audible range Precision sound levels meters with high quality condenser microphones can extend the range down to about 4 Hz or even lower with special microphones

A limit of 35dBA averaged over the duration of the transient event is reasonable for residential occupancy where sleeping is a normal activity Lower limits of 25dBA would apply to concert halls or structures where low background noise is a basis for use However audible EGS-induced ground-borne noise may be infrequent in which case higher limits would likely be appropriate for these specialized public spaces especially in view of typical background noise due to HVAC systems door closings automobile and truck traffic and aircraft The limit might also be relaxed for residential structures located near highways with heavy truck traffic at night or near airports Seismic vibration events that are not perceptible may yet produce audible noise if the spectral peak frequency is high enough Conversely seismic events that are above the threshold of tactile perception may go un-noticed if the noise produced by such events is not audible above the background Audibility may be greater at night when background noise levels are least in which case greater awareness of ground vibration may exist

37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES Ground vibration may impact sensitive laboratory and manufacturing equipment such as scanning electron micro-scopes (SEM) scanning transmission electron micro-scopes (STEM) photolithography machines electron deposition machines laser interferometers laser metrology systems machining equipment and the like The nature of such operations is such that manufacturing productivity may be lessened or in some cases prevented The impact would be increased cost of production due to higher product defect rates

371 Criteria Vibration criteria published by the Institute of Environmental Sciences are plotted in Figure 3-9 and listed in Table 3-6 for sensitive equipment Also plotted for comparison are vibration limits for typical spaces used for human activity The limits given in Figure 3-9 and Table 3-6 apply to third-octave band RMS velocities measured over the duration of the vibration event The time duration of transient vibration from EGS activities would be one second or less The typical practice for such transients is to analyze the transient waveforms continuously with an integration time of one second and choose the maximum value obtained for each third-octave band which is the MTVV discussed in the ISO 2631 standard This approach may be unnecessarily severe but is nevertheless practicable for transient analysis and is commonly employed In any case measurement procedures given in manufacturerrsquos specifications for sensitive equipment should be used if available

Custom Laboratory Apparatus Custom-designed laboratory experimental apparatuses common in university research laboratories are not necessarily designed to control floor vibration As a result custom laboratory equipment may be particularly sensitive to vibration for which no published criteria are available The limits given in Table 3-6 can be applied based on the descriptions of equipment and line-widths involved The limits relevant to sensitive equipment are labeled as

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-27

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

VC-A through VC-G and are recommended by the IES as floor vibration criteria for sensitive laboratory equipment

Figure 3-9 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012) (See Table 3-6)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-28

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

Table 3-6 IES Vibration Criteria for Sensitive Equipment (IES-RP-CC012)

Equipment Category

Description Detail Size ndash

microns

10-6msec rms

Workshop (ISO)

Distinctly perceptible vibration NA 800

Office (ISO) Perceptible Vibration NA 400 Residential Day (ISO)

Barely perceptible Adequate for computer equipment probe test equipment and low power micro-scopes

75 200

Operating Theater (ISO)

Suitable for hospital operating theaters without OR Scopes optical microscopes up to 100X mechanical balances

25 100

VC-A Adequate for most optical microscopes up to 400X micro-balances optical balances proximity and projection aligners

8 50

VC-B Optical microscopes to 1000X inspection and lithography equipment to 3micron line widths

3 25

VC-C Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 1micron line width scanning electron micro-scopes optical tables

1 125

VC-D Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 300 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X laser interferometers

03 63

VC-E Photo-lithography and inspection equipment to 100 nano-meter line width scanning electron micro-scopes at 100000X long-path laser interferometers1 scanning tunneling electron micro-scopes1

01 32

VC-F Scanning Transmission electron microscopes1 16

VC-G Scanning Transmission Electron microscopes at highest resolution atomic force micro-scopes atomic tweezers1

08

NOTE 1 These equipment are inferred by the writer

Medical Every major medical center today has one or more magnetic resonance imaging systems (MRI) that typically have low tolerance to ground motion Site specifications for vibration environments of MRIs are provided by manufacturers and should be reviewed to estimate the potential for vibration impact Each manufacturer has its own vibration tolerance specification and these vary from one model to the next Absent specific information the following limits on third-octave band vibration velocity measured in any 1-second interval (MTVV) represent reasonable criteria (based on the writerrsquos experience)

15 Tesla 125 micronsec (VC-C Table 3-6)

3 Tesla 63 micronsec (VC-D Table 3-6) The typical General Electric MRI (as of 2010) can withstand PGAs of up to 00005 g without requiring additional study PGAs due to EGS activities may exceed this criterion in which case

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-29

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

estimates of the spectral energy of the acceleration with a bin bandwidth of typically 0125Hz may be required for frequencies from 0 to 50 Hz the typical range of the GE specification These estimates would be compared with criterion curves specified by the manufacturer which criteria may be of the order of 100 micro-g at low frequencies

Other medical equipment that may be subject to vibration includes optical microscopes micro-balances operating room micro-scopes (OR Scopes) and other laboratory analysis equipment While these might be impacted by short transient ground vibration the nature of their use is such that observations might be repeated with little loss of efficiency A typical vibration velocity limit for such laboratory equipment would be an RMS velocity of 50 micronsec in any third-octave band between 5Hz and 100Hz measured over any one-second period (VC-A Table 3-6)

CT scanners and PET scanners while achieving high resolution do not appear to be particularly sensitive to vibration judging from an apparent lack of vibration tolerance specifications for these machines Even so frequent exposure of equipment to floor vibration in excess of 100 micronsec may interfere with operations A VC-A limit of 50 micronsec (RMS) may be appropriate Manufacturersrsquo specifications should be obtained for such equipment and carefully reviewed

The floor vibration criterion for operating theaters is indicated in Figure 3-9 to be 100 micronsec (4000 micro-insec) while the American National Standards Institute (ANSI-S271) recommends a limit to 70 micronsec (2800 micro-insec) Operating room microscopes due to their cantilevered supports must be supported or mounted at points where structural vibration is less than perhaps 125 micronsec (500 micro-insec) (VC-C) Modern OR scopes can be provided with gyroscopic stabilizers that increase their tolerance to vibration

Biological Research Many biological research institutions use medical mice and other animals for research purposes Of particular concern is maintenance of the environment of experimental and control mice to ensure that both experience the same environment Otherwise environmental differences may influence the outcome of an experiment This is a difficult area to assess though some progress has been made In any case vibration and ground-borne noise have become an issue for the assessment of transportation and construction vibration impacts on medical mice and other animals One may assume that laboratory researchers would be concerned over possible effects of EGS induced seismicity on medical mice

38 SUMMARY The assessment of seismic impact on human activity can be a daunting task and criteria for assessment should be simple and easily applied to ground motion and vibration estimates Fortunately ground-borne noise and vibration impact criteria are available from the transportation construction and mining industries that can be applied to seismic hazard estimates with little adjustment Doing so at an early stage in the EGS development process may facilitate acceptance and allow mitigation of adverse seismic impacts The preceding discussion summarizes the most widely used impact criteria and the EGS developer can draw upon the experiences gained in these other industries

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-30

SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise

39 SUGGESTED READING Beranek L L (Editor) Noise and Vibration Control McGraw-Hill 650 p 1971 Barkan D D Dynamics of Bases and Foundations McGraw-Hill 434 p 1962

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Richart F D Hall H R and Woods R D Vibrations of Soils and Foundations Prentice-

Hall 414p 1970 Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and

Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 3-31

4 Section 4 FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

41 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to gather the data on seismicity that will be needed to accomplish the objectives of the EGSGeothermal project Also included will be suggested goals for and means to process the data This section will deal primarily with seismic data It is obvious that to accurately estimate or forecast induced seismicity otherdata will aso be critical Examples will be stress data faults and lithology injection parametersetc Seismicity data will primarily be used for two related but different needs The first need is to address any issues related to the publicregulatory acceptance of any induced seismicity The second need is to aid in the design and successful operation of the EGS project In short the seismic data will be used not only to forecast induced seismic activity but also to understand induced seismicity for mitigation and reservoir-management purposes Not included in this step would be any collection or analysis of any active seismic data required to characterize the subsurface characteristics of the EGS system or surroundings (although the results of those efforts would be useful for processing the earthquake data)

42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL

The first step in understanding the potential for induced seismicity as well as in providing data for the EGS design is to identify past and present natural seismicity These data will be needed for the induced seismicity hazard and risk analysis (Sections 5 and 6) as well as for understanding current stressfaultsfracture patterns For example Step 1 of the Protocol is to screen the potential EGS area for any obvious ldquoshowstoppersrdquo In areas of high naturalbackground seismicity it may be undesirable to consider developing an EGS project On the other hand if the EGS project is in a relatively unpopulated area the high levels of seismicity may indicate a high potential for EGS project success (zones of high fracture heat etc) Also the tolerance for seismicity in active seismic areas may be higher than in areas where the public has not experienced any significant levels of seismicity

This does not imply however that if the anticipated induced seismicity is not over background seismicity levels (in maximum size only) there will not be a public acceptance issue For example there may have been historical seismicity above magnitude 4 and even if the anticipated induced seismicity maximum seismicity is all below a 30 the number of events below 30 may cause public concern That is it is important to determine public acceptance levels of any induced seismicity

On the positive side if the potential EGS site is in an earthquake-prone area structures may have been built to more stringent codes than in areas of low seismic activity In any case the use and need for gathering historicalbackground seismicity will be specific to each area Background seismicity data will be needed at both the regional level and local level (scale of EGS project) Today almost all parts of the US are monitored with seismographic networks that are capable of detecting and locating seismicity at M 20 and above and in many areas at M 15 and above This is adequate for any background regional seismic studies but may not be adequate for local seismic studies at the individual EGS scale

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-1

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

421 Possible Sources of Background Data In the US there have been a number of ongoing seismic monitoring programs run by the USGS as part of their National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program (NEHRP) Access to the data is supplied through the USGS website httpearthquakeusgsgov A variety of other information is also available at this site such as Shake Maps risk estimates and other useful information that will be needed to assess hazard and risks of the seismicity In addition the USGS can provide links to other data sets that may be useful for understanding historicalbackground seismicity (httpearthquakeusgsgovother_eqsitesphp) By accessing these data sets the reader can specify the area and time period of interest While much of the data collected in the US is either sent to the USGS or to the data center operated by the Incorporated Research Institutes of Seismology (IRIS httpwwwiriseduhq) individual universities also operate their own seismographic networks such as CaltechUniversity of Southern California (Southern California Earthquake Center (SCEC) httpwwwdatascecorg UC Berkeley Seismographic Stations (httpwwwncedcorg) University of Nevada Reno (httpwwwseismounredu ) and the University of Washington (httpwwwesswashingtoneduSEISPNSN ) to name a few There also may be available data that was collected for ldquoprivaterdquo purposes These would include any seismic networks installed for locating or monitoring past or current geothermal resources or other natural resources State offices related to natural resources or oil and gas resources may also have records of such data Additionally the construction of critical structures such as large power plants dams or nuclear power plants may have required seismic studies These studies are often comprehensive and require detailed hazard assessments and thus could possibly provide the amount of information needed for EGS hazard assessments

If all else fails a background seismic study may be required specifically for the project This would require either installing a regional network or augmenting an existing network A large number of stations (more than five or six) would likely be unnecessary owing to the existing coverage of USGS and or other networks in the US

422 Data Requirements The time required for seismic monitoring (ie the amount of background data) and the magnitude range of the data will also depend on the area under study In general the developer would need enough data to perform a credible probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) (Section 6) Accomplishing this would require sufficient data over a wide-enough magnitude range to derive the occurrence rate ie sufficient data to construct an accurate ldquob-valuerdquo from the data (Figure 4-1) This may require access to data that has been recorded over many years Correct calculation of the b-value is critical because it is related to the physical mechanisms of the earthquakes which is important to the hazard analysis (See httpadsabsharvardeduabs2006AGUFMS42C08F) A common mistake is to use a least-squares method for calculating the slope of the magnitude versus cumulative numbers of events plot rather than a maximum likelihood approach (Aki 1965) as well as not having a large-enough data set Note that there is no evidence for significant b value variation with location onoff of major faults in California (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzer AGU2006Talkpdf) Seismic data are also required to provide information on stress patterns that will affect the nature of any induced seismicity To provide useful data for both a PSHA and stress analysis a representative sampling of the earthquakes in the area of interest will be necessary A number often used is 2000 events for a

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-2

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

credible b-value (httppasadenawrusgsgovofficekfelzerAGU2006Talkpdf ) In most cases it will be difficult to gather enough seismicity data to satisfy the 2000 event criteria ie if there have been no seismic networks in the area this will be difficult For example assuming a b-value of 10 and an occurrence rate of one M 20 per month it will be necessary to monitor down to M 00 for 20 months to gather enough data On the other hand if the b-value is 15 it will be necessary to monitor for several months In terms of enough data for stress analysis a few well-recorded tens of events (ie with enough azimuthal coverage to fill the focal sphere with good and well-defined first motions) would be necessary for calculating composite stress directions which would be useful for determining background stress levels in the area of interest

Figure 4-1 Earthquake Recurrence of The Geysers (b value = 125)

However recent studies have shown that if one has at least two orders of magnitude on a log-log plot then that may be sufficient to obtain a reliable b-value (Stump and Porter 2012) The area to cover will also depend on the specific site but the minimum should be (for the regional studies) an area that encompasses the maximum anticipated fault lengths that the EGS zone may be near For example if the EGS reservoir zone were ultimately anticipated to lie within a 5 km diameter circle it will be necessary to know what regional and local stresses are acting on this zone Within the Basin and Range Province we would want to know what the seismicity has been in a particular valley (for a horst and graben structure) and possibly in adjacent valleys In most regions of the US wider areas of seismicity are almost always available through the various

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-3

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

data sources listed above In some instances adding a few stations to existing networks for 6 to 12 months may be necessary to ldquofill inrdquo data gaps

43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING Once the EGS area has been narrowed down to potential well sites more detailed earthquake data will most likely be needed than are provided from the regional seismicity data Consequently local seismic monitoring should be undertaken at that time if it is not under way already Depending on what was performed as part of background monitoring this could be an expansion of an existing effort or a new effort The seismic monitoring will again be conducted for two main purposes for addressing public-regulatory concerns and for addressing optimal commercial development of the EGS resource Both require an understanding of earthquake mechanisms and causes The better that these can be understood the more confidence all stakeholders will have in ensuring that the EGS project is being operated in a safe fashion

431 Basic Requirements The basic information required will be

1 The location and time (x y z t) of the events

2 The magnitude of the events

3 Focal mechanisms of the events (not necessarily the full moment tensor see the discussion below on moment tensors)

4 Rate of seismicity (Gutenberg-Richter recurrence parameters)

5 Data provided in real time once the EGS project begins stimulation and production

It is best to strive for as much sensitivity and accuracy as is economically possible As in the case of background monitoring the regulatory needs will vary depending on the location of the project with respect to the location of any public or private ldquoassetsrdquo For example if the project is in a remote area that has a history of seismic inactivity (not a lack of monitoring however) the regulatory requirements may be minimal (see Step 3) However for operational needs it is advisable that detailed monitoring be carried out For both regulatory and operational needs the local seismic monitoring should be performed before during and after the injection activity to validate the engineering design of the injection in terms of fluid movement directions and to guide the operators with respect to optimal injection volumes and rates as well as any necessary mitigation actions Background and local monitoring will also separate any natural seismicity from induced seismicity providing protection to the operators against specious claims and ensuring that local vibration regulations are being followed It is also important to make the results of the local monitoring available to the public in as close to real time as possible especially during initial and ongoing injections that are designed to ldquocreate the reservoirrdquo The monitoring should be maintained at a comprehensive level throughout the life of the project and possibly longer If however the rate and level of seismicity decrease significantly during the project consideration can be given to discontinuing the monitoring soon after the project ends (after a few months)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-4

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage To meet the basic needs listed in (Section 431) the seismic array must be designed in light of the known background seismicity as well as the total extent and desired size of the EGS reservoir Other factors are of course the known stress fields fault locations depth of the EGS reservoir and seismic properties (attenuation and velocity of the formation) Although it was written in the early 1980s the book Principles and Applications of Microearthquake Networks by HK Lee and SW Stewart (1981) is an excellent reference In designing an array there will be tradeoffs among cost sensitivity and spatial coverage (ie boreholes may be necessary to derive the necessary sensitivity but may involve sacrificing spatial coverage) As new technology is developed (drilling and sensors) or as new processing methods are developed to ldquopull signal from noiserdquo such tradeoffs may become less of an issue In general an array of seismic sensors should have enough elements to have a location accuracy of 100 to 200 m in the horizontal dimensions and 500 m in depth Precision can be much better (few meters to a few 10rsquos of meters) using modern location schemes but uncertainty in earth models will determine accuracy Again this will depend on the size of the site and the nature of the recorded seismicity (rate magnitude ranges etc)

A typical EGS area with a 5 km diameter would preferably have at a minimum an 8-element array of seismic stations covering the 5 km area and a portion of the area outside of the target area especially if nearby faults and or public assets may be affected (Figure 4-2) Also it will probably be necessary to detect and reliably locate events down to M 00 or less Note that for regulatory purposes it may only be necessary to achieve the M 00 to 10 level but the lower the detection level the more ldquoheadroomrdquo there will be for mitigation control as well as more events for calculating occurrence rates (b values) which provide insight on failure mechanisms The goal is to have enough stations not only to locate the events to the desired threshold but to calculate focal mechanisms and (if necessary) moment tensors Seismologists use information from seismograms to calculate the focal mechanism and typically display it on maps as a beach ball symbol This symbol is the projection on a horizontal plane of the lower half of an imaginary spherical shell (focal sphere) surrounding the earthquake source (A) A line is scribed where the fault plane intersects the shell Because the stress-field orientation at the time of rupture governs the direction of slip on the fault plane the beach ball also depicts this stress orientation In this way it is possible to define the tension axis (T) which reflects the minimum compressive stress direction and pressure axis (P) which reflects the maximum compressive stress direction (httpearthquakeusgsgovlearntopicsbeachballphp) These studies may have been done to select the target EGS area but if not these data will be required to perform that particular analysis for estimating the nature and potential of any induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-5

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Figure 4-2 Example Local Seismic Array Moment tensor calculations (httponlinelibrarywileycomdoi101111j1365-246X1976tb04162xabstract) are useful for deriving the characteristic earthquake process which may be useful in determining how the fracture creationslip is occurring during the stimulation activities which in turn may be useful in guiding injection activities However reliable moment tensor calculations require a denser coverage of stations than the location and focal mechanism solutions used in ldquomonitoringrdquo arrays (which would only provide the basic requirementsmdashhttpwwwduracukgrfoulgerOffprintsRossGRL1996pdf) This is because the reliability and accuracy of the moment tensor solutions are a function of how comprehensive the radiation pattern has been captured Up to two times the number of stations may be required to gain enough data for reliable moment-tensor calculations This may be achieved by installing temporary ldquoin-fillrdquo stations deployed during main injections or when there is a change in injection patterns Obtaining reliable moment tensor solutions with small microearthquake networks is not straight forward with high frequency data such solutions require detailed (100 to 200 m resolution) velocity and attenuation models (Greenrsquos functions) Ideally data would be gathered from 10 Hz up to the maximum content of the small events (which could be as high as 100 Hz or more especially if borehole deployments are used)

433 Instrumentation and Deployment Collecting and analyzing the necessary data requires the proper sensors electronics and computational capability Again there are two broad reasons for collecting the data for (1) regulatory and (2) operational needs Except for strong motion data the requirements will be the same at the regional and local scales For regulatory needs local monitoring should also include

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-6

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

less sensitive recorders mainly for recording ground shaking that can approach or surpass the threshold of human perception Typically this is achieved by installing a few strong-motion recorders near any sensitive structureslocal public assets to record vibrations that may be problematic and to monitor ground motion as a function of event magnitudes geologic structure and proximity of the events to items identified by the regulatory agencies Ideally a weak-motion array (instruments more sensitive than the strong motion recorders) would record data with a broad bandwidth (ldquoflatrdquo in the range of 1 Hz to several hundred Hz) with low noise (equivalent to 100 nano grsquos per root hertz) on three-component sensors (X Y Z) with at least 24-bit dynamic range and installed in boreholes that allows 60 dB reduction in surface noise However to do so would require multiple types of sensors in the borehole If the borehole were in a hot zone (greater than 100degC) the technology may not be available However sensors based on advanced technology (fiber optic) may soon be available (in 2013) at a reasonable cost In terms of current technology the standard technology of using geophones with modern digitizers is currently the best choice in the few Hz to a few hundred Hz range Accelerometers are also available (piezoelectric or force balance based) but more costly than and not as robust as geophones but do provide a good flat frequency response over a broad frequency range If boreholes are not available modern three-component 2 Hz phones are the best choice For higher frequency data exclusively the standard three-component 45 Hz phones are also acceptable If boreholes are available (100 m to 150 m depth or deeper) it is best to use ldquoomnidirectionalrdquo geophones which are capable of recording higher frequency data Because most boreholes are not exactly vertical (ie they deviate) the higher frequency geophones are smaller and thus will fit into slimmer boreholes and can tolerate more tilt (15deg or more) However most borehole phones have a 8 Hz corner frequency response (3 dB point) thus sacrificing low frequency data Lower frequency sensors are available using gimbaled geophones or accelerometers but they are more expensive (a few thousand to ten thousand dollars) but the expense may be worthwhile to collect the necessary data

The exact instrumentation will again depend upon the expected seismicity levels Experience to date indicates the need for reliably detecting seismicity from M -10 up to M 40+ range If the instrumentation can detect and locate M -10 events it is obvious that it can also detect and locate the larger events but ldquoclipped datardquo in the upper magnitude ranges must be avoided Thus attention must be paid to the dynamic ranges of the sensors as well as to the digitizing and recording electronics Also attention must be paid to the digitization rates of the data ie for small arrays timing to the millisecond may be necessary to accurately locate the events as well as to prevent aliasing the data Therefore the electronics should digitize at a rate of at least 500 samplessec obtaining 24-bit resolution from sensors with 120 dB of dynamic range In addition the data must be time stamped with a common time base as it is collected

Most seismic arrays are set up such that solar-powered electronics are deployed at each sensor site (be it a surface sensor or a borehole sensor) (Figure 4-3) The practice now is that the data from each site are digitized time stamped and sent via radio to a central site where the data are archived andor initially processed Modern radio-transmission methods usually use spread spectrum radios in the 900 MHz to 1 GHz plus band These radios do not require special licenses and can be deployed almost anywhere The downside to these radios is that the transmission paths must be ldquoline of sightrdquo thus all of the stations must be able to be ldquoseenrdquo by the central stations Repeaters can be used but this of course increases the cost

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-7

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

Several commercial vendors can supply all of the necessary components An option becoming more attractive is cell phone technology however this requires cell phone access which in some remote areas is not possible or reliable Satellite transmission is possible but up load time are long with reasonably priced systems

A key issue when locating stations is land-ownership Surface stations are minimally invasive and permitting on public lands is usually easy If borehole stations are being used on public lands (BLM US Forest Service [USFS] etc) time should be allowed for some lengthy permitting processes (up to months) Even if the permittingland ownership issues are solved the actual topography and access may not permit ideal location of the stations As noted above real-time telemetry is important so it may not be possible to have line-of-sight (or even relay) stations everywhere where needed Usually however with enough forethought and planning most issues can be solved As noted above the aperture of the array of stations will depend on the number of EGS wells their spacing and depths Good depth control of the event locations will be necessary (+- 500 m accuracy or less) as well as east-west control (100 m accuracy or less)

Figure 4-3 Radio Transmission Equipment and Solar Panel at a Typical Seismic Station

All of this information is important for achieving a successful EGS project To date most EGS projects use a mixed array of borehole and surface stations which surround the injection point with an aperture large enough to locate events (with the desired accuracy as pointed out above) of the anticipated radius of influence (see Steps 1 and 5) Theoretically four data points (stations) are sufficient to locate an event assuming that these stations reasonably surround the event and assuming an accurate velocity model However owing to both heterogeneity and errors in ldquopickingrdquo the arrival times of the events (P and S waves) rarely can adequate locations of the events be determined with only four recording stations (although it is possible with both good P and S readings) Therefore usually 8 to 10 stations are needed to surround and cover the EGS project area down to small magnitude events (M -1 or less) (Figure 4-2) Note that the area

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-8

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

of seismicity will grow over time this must be accounted for in station coverage and layout Accurate velocity models (3-D) are also needed to correct for wave path effects as well as any temporal changes in velocity structure as the reservoir evolves Note also that as the EGS operation proceeds it may be necessary to add andor move stations to adequately cover the seismicity Finally it is important to calibrate the sensors and array before operation begins Needed is the polarity of the sensors ( ie is up motion on the recorded data up ground motion is up east on the east-west horizontal is up on the north-south horizontal north etc) Very careful tracing of the signals (from the ground all the way through the system to the final seismogram) is necessary This can be done with a known source (explosion that records well all first motions at each station) side-by-side comparisons of all stations before deployment recording a large regional event with known ground motions etc) This is necessary for accurate focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions In addition if possible calibration shots (deep sources where the location of the shot (preferably at the reservoir level) can be used for first motion detection as well as obtaining velocity models to be used in event locations Although this sounds simple in theory local geologic complexity and heterogeneity often complicate data interpretation

434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements Once data collection starts the usual procedure is to collect the data at a central point and have software in place to detect events of interest For regulatory compliance operational understanding and public communication real time analysis will be needed The order and timing of processing may be different before the main EGS injection begins versus after the injection has begun In either case it will be necessary to have initial real-time locations and magnitudes of events posted to a publicly available web site This can be accomplished with available commercial software that can be customized for any site A variety of commercial products are in place to do so but usually the application must be customized for the particular site depending on the amount and magnitude range of the seismicity These commercial packages which are often sold with the microearthquake recording hardware usually offer such capability as automatic real-time detection of the events (based on user-specified criteria such as number of individual triggers which are in turn based on signal-to-noise ratio and the frequency content of each signal at each individual station in a specified time window) Once an event is detected a pre-specified time window of all channels of data (usually based on size of the detected event) is saved for processing either in real time with automatic picking or at a later time by a person who ldquohand picksrdquo the events In either case it is important to save the total waveforms of all channels of data from each event In most cases the data are continuously coming into a central collection point Consequently it is possible with todayrsquos large memory disks (terabytes of storage are very affordable) to not only store the automatically detected events but also to store all of the continuous data for later analysis This would allow going back and sifting through all of the data to see if any events were missed While such effort may not be necessary if hundreds of events are being detected it may be worthwhile especially in some areas of low seismicity to have all of the continuous data

Depending on the location of the project and collaborators with public entities it may be possible to interest such organizations as the USGS and IRIS to archive the data at reasonable costs A

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-9

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

certain amount of processing is also available from these organizations if the data are of high quality

With good waveform data in hand there are a variety of options and ways to process the data The objective in this document is not to give an entire summary of earthquake analysis (books have been written about it [Aki and Richards 2009] but to point out basic needs and sources of information (It is assumed that the operators who need to understand the microearthquake data will have access to an experienced seismologist) The minimal needs are accurate locations especially depths times magnitude determinations and some source mechanism information Location programs are commercially available (using both P and S wave data) that use either 1-D or 3-D models these are usually least-squared types of solutions and sometimes cubic spline models The challenge in using 3-D location programs is to derive accurate 3-D velocity models The usual practice is to use the seismicity to invert for 3-D velocity structure and location together using tomographic inversion methods (Tomo 3-D is one such program in use) Programs incorporating anisotropy are being developed but are not available yet the drawback to these programs versus location programs such as the USGS Hypoinverse and various versions is the amount of data required to derive an accurate model with adequate resolution These programs need many seismic events that are distributed throughout the volume of interest That is many ray paths are needed to image the volume in enough detail to derive an accurate velocity model In tomography the pixel size is determined by how many ray paths penetrate each pixel The more ray paths the smaller the pixels can be The more complex the geologic structure the smaller the pixels need to be One way to address resolution and precision issues is to use differencing methods with either 1-D or 3-D velocity models ie ldquodouble differencerdquo methods This technique cancels out the ray path differences by using events close to one another (common stations for close events) which largely removes the path effects The double-difference (DD) earthquake location method was developed to relocate seismic events in the presence of measurement errors and earth model uncertainty (See httpwwwldeocolumbiaedu~felixwDDhtml [Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000] [Waldhauser F 2001] [Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002]) The method is an iterative least-squares procedure that relates the residual between the observed and predicted phase travel-time difference for pairs of earthquakes observed at common stations to changes in the ray path connecting their hypocenters through the change of the travel times for each event with respect to the unknown When the earthquake location problem is linearized using the double-difference equations the common mode errors cancel principally those related to the receiver-side structure Thus avoided is the need for station corrections or high-accuracy of predicted travel times for the portion of the ray path that lies outside the focal volume This approach is especially useful in regions with a dense distribution of seismicity ie where distances between neighboring events are only a few kilometers or less But there must be enough events close together to do this (USGS uses a combination of both ie Tomo DD) Magnitude determination is not straightforward for smaller events (see httpvulcanwrusgsgovGlossarySeismicitydescription_earthquakeshtml and httpwwwseisutaheduEQCENTERLISTINGSmagsumhtm) One approach is to take the spectra of events and filter to simulate as if the data were recorded on a Wood-Anderson instrument and determine the Richter magnitude but this is not often done Sometimes coda

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-10

SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data

magnitudes are used based on empirical data for each region using larger events and extrapolating to smaller events

What is more common and more reliable is using moment magnitude (M) However proper instrumentation is required to capture the low frequency level of the event which may not be possible if high frequency geophones are used It is derived by taking the waveform data into the frequency domain and correcting for instrument response such that the displacement spectra are obtained From the DC level of the spectra the moment can be derived and a moment magnitude determined using empirical formulas One such formula is M = 23 log10(Mo) - 107 (Hanks and Kanamori 1979) (Mo = seismic moment in dyne-cm) The moment magnitude relation may also be different for different region and should be calibrated for each area

Source-mechanism studies are important but as mentioned before routine moment tensor calculations are difficult using high-frequency arrays that typically cover only part of the total radiation pattern of an earthquake In addition at higher frequencies usually recorded with smaller events the earth structure has a larger effect on wave paths Thus it is more difficult to obtain reliable moment tensor solutions If moment tensor solutions are desired (they are important for gaining an understanding of the failure mechanisms associated with the reservoir creation process) it will be necessary to set out instrumentation that can record the low-frequency component of the seismic waveforms as well as having a detailed velocity model of the geology

44 SUMMARY Gathering the correct seismic array data is essential at all stages of the EGS project This will allow a variety of processing to be done both in real time and after data have been collected There are a few reasons for properly collecting seismic data achieving public acceptance performing risk assessment and monitoringunderstanding the EGS reservoir Accurate real time data are necessary for all of those reasons The detail and amount of data will depend on site conditions and the EGS reservoir characteristics and the proximity to populated communities and the anticipated risk and hazards

45 SUGGESTED READING Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks

Academic Press 293 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 4-11

5 Section 5 FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

51 PURPOSE The purpose of Step 5 is to estimate the ground shaking hazard at a proposed EGS site due to natural (tectonic) seismicity and induced seismicity Assessing the ground shaking hazard from natural seismicity will provide a baseline from which to evaluate the additional hazard from induced seismicity This is a critical step to assessing the probability of exceeding the criteria specified in Step 3 Hazard is defined as the effect of a physical phenomenon (such as an earthquake or induced seismic event) that will result in an unacceptable consequence (damage loss annoyance etc) Structural (non-cosmetic) damage can only result when a structure undergoes several cycles of ground shaking The resulting seismic loading induces strains in the structure resulting in failure of structural components No cases are known to date where geothermal-induced seismicity has caused structural (non-cosmetic) damage (see definition) because in general the seismic events are of small magnitude (lt M 40) However because the potential may exist given some specific circumstances hazard analyses need to be performed An earthquake can present several types of hazards however for induced seismic events we are primarily concerned with ground shaking Once the ground shaking hazard is quantified associated secondary hazards such as liquefaction and slope failure (eg landsliding) can be evaluated Step 5 should be performed before any geothermal stimulations and operations are initiated Characterization of future induced seismicity at a site is a very complex and difficult problem thus assessments must be based on case histories and numerical modeling that incorporates specific site characteristics The hazard analyses should be updated once data and information on the EGS seismicity become available

Two approaches can be taken to assess the ground shaking hazard at a proposed site a probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and a deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) Hazard results feed into risk analysis as described in Section 6 Probabilistic hazard is more useful for risk analysis because it provides the probabilities of specified levels of ground motions being exceeded Scenario-based risk analysis using the results of DSHA is useful to describe potential maximum effects to stakeholders

Several physical factors control the level and character of earthquake ground shaking These factors are in general (1) rupture dimensions geometry orientation rupture type and stress drop of the causative fault (2) distance from the causative fault (3) magnitude of the earthquake (4) the rate of attenuation of the seismic waves along the propagation path from the source to site and (5) site factors including the effects of near-surface geology particularly from soils and unconsolidated sediments Other factors which vary in their significance depending on specific conditions include slip distribution along the fault rupture directivity footwallhanging-wall effects and the effects of crustal structure such as basin effects

The ground motion hazard should be expressed in terms of peak ground acceleration (PGA) acceleration response spectra (to compare with spectra from natural earthquakes and building code design spectra) peak ground velocity (PGV) and velocity spectra PGV (or PPV) will be needed for comparison with cosmetic and structural building damage criteria with criteria for vibration sensitive research and manufacturing facilities and for human activity interference

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-1

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH PSHAs should be performed first for the natural seismicity and then for the EGS-induced seismicity (an addition to the natural hazard) As discussed in Section 1 the hazard from natural seismicity for sites in the US can be obtained from the USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps However the hazard estimates from the USGS maps are not site-specific Because a comparison of the hazard from natural and induced seismicity is required site-specific analyses are needed at this stage The PSHA methodology and each step in the hazard evaluation process are described in detail in the next sections DSHAs can be performed for additional insight into the seismic hazard

521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity The major steps to be performed to evaluate the baseline hazard from natural seismicity are

1 Evaluate the historical seismicity in the site region and calculate the frequency of occurrence of background seismicity based on the earthquake catalog If baseline seismic monitoring was performed in the EGS geothermal project area that data should be incorporated into the earthquake catalog

2 Characterize any active or potentially active faults in the site region and estimate their source parameters (source geometry and orientation rupture process maximum magnitude recurrence model and rate) for input into the hazard analysis

3 For communities that may be impacted by future EGS-induced seismicity evaluate the geological site conditions beneath the communities and if practical estimate the shear-wave velocities of the shallow subsurface

4 Select appropriate ground motion prediction models for tectonic earthquakes for input into the hazard analysis

5 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the baseline hazard due to natural seismicity before any induced seismicity occurs

522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity For comparison to natural seismicity estimating the hazard from EGS-induced seismicity particularly before EGS operations are initiated is more difficult The database of induced seismicity observations in terms of both seismic source characterization and ground motion prediction is also much smaller than for natural seismicity However as more information becomes available (particularly seismic monitoring results) the hazard can be updated and the uncertainties in the hazard results reduced Possible steps that should be taken include

1 Evaluate and characterize the tectonic stress field based on focal mechanisms of natural earthquakes the geologic framework of the potential geothermal area and any other available data particularly the results from any prior seismic monitoring

2 Review known cases of induced seismicity and compare the tectonic and geologic framework from those cases with the potential EGS area

3 Evaluate the characteristics and distribution of pre-existing faults and fractures This characterization will be useful in assessing the potential and characteristics of future EGS-induced seismicity as related to the tectonic stress field

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-2

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

4 Review and evaluate available models for induced seismicity that estimate the maximum magnitude of induced seismicity based on injection parameters

5 Review and select empirical ground motion prediction model(s) appropriate for induced seismicity if any are available or at a minimum one that is appropriate for small to moderate magnitude natural earthquakes (moment magnitude [M] lt 50)

6 Perform a PSHA and produce hazard curves and hazard maps if required to assess the EGS-induced seismicity hazard

7 An optional step is to calculate scenario ground motions from the maximum induced seismic event by performing a DSHA

53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS The objectives in a PSHA are to evaluate and characterize potential seismic sources the likelihood of earthquakes of various magnitudes occurring on or within those sources and the likelihood of the earthquakes producing ground motions over a specified level (Figure 5-1) The PSHA methodology allows for the explicit inclusion of the range of possible interpretations in components of the seismic hazard model including seismic source characterization and ground motion estimation Uncertainties in models and parameters can be incorporated into the PSHA through the use of logic trees

The PSHA methodology is based on the model developed principally by Cornell (1968) The occurrence of earthquakes on a fault is assumed to be a Poisson process The Poisson model is widely used and is a reasonable assumption in regions where data are sufficient to provide only an estimate of average recurrence rate (Cornell 1968) The occurrence of ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is also a Poisson process if (1) the occurrence of earthquakes is a Poisson process and (2) the probability that any one event will result in ground motions at the site in excess of a specified level is independent of the occurrence of other events There are publically available computer programs that can be used to perform a PSHA We recommend the two most available programs that have been validated in the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research (PEER) Center-sponsored Validation of PSHA Computer Programs Project (Thomas et al 2010) They include the HAZ program developed by Norm Abrahamson which is available from the author upon request and EZ-FRISK which can be obtained through license from Risk Engineering Inc The following describes in more detail the steps to perform a PSHA for natural seismicity outlined in Section 621

531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity In Step 4 a historical earthquake catalog is compiled The value of evaluating the historical seismicity of the site region is two-fold (1) it can be used to characterize the natural seismicity and (2) it can provide some insight into the potential for induced seismicity Note there certainly are exceptions the most important being that induced seismicity can occur in regions with low historical seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-3

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Figure 5-1 The Steps in Performing a PSHA

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-4

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

532 Characterize Seismic Sources Seismic source characterization is concerned with three fundamental elements (1) the identification location and geometry of significant sources of earthquakes (2) the maximum sizes of the earthquakes associated with these sources and (3) the rate at which the earthquakes occur Two types of earthquake sources are typically characterized in PSHAs (1) fault sources and (2) areal source zones Fault sources are modeled as three-dimensional fault surfaces and details of their behavior are incorporated into the source characterization Areal source zones are regions where earthquakes are assumed to occur randomly Uncertainties in the seismic source parameters can be incorporated into PSHA using a logic tree approach In this procedure values of the source parameters are represented by the branches of logic trees with weights that define the distribution of values A sample logic tree is shown in Figure 5-2

Figure 5-2 Seismic Hazard Model Logic Tree

In a PSHA earthquakes of a certain magnitude are assumed to occur randomly along the length of a given fault or segment (Figure 5-1) The distance from an earthquake to the site is dependent on the source geometry the size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane and the likelihood of the earthquake occurring at different points along the fault length The distance to the fault is

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-5

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

defined to be consistent with the specific ground motion prediction model used to calculate the ground motions The distance therefore is dependent on both the dip and depth of the fault plane and a separate distance function is calculated for each geometry and each ground motion prediction model The size and shape of the rupture on the fault plane are dependent on the magnitude of the earthquake larger events rupture over longer and wider portions of the fault plane Rupture dimensions are modeled following standard magnitude-rupture area and rupture-width relationships

5321 Fault Geometry

The first step in characterizing potential seismic sources is to identify which known faults are ldquoactiverdquo and hence seisenic seismogenic ie capable of producing earthquakes in the future The criteria for defining an active fault varies widely among US government regulatory agencies For example in California a fault that has moved in the past 35000 years is considered an ldquoactiverdquo fault A ldquoconditionally activerdquo fault is defined as a fault that has ruptured in Quaternary time (past 16 million years) but its displacement history is unknown in the past 35000 years The USGS maintains the Quaternary Fault and Fold Database that can be used to identify active faults during the Quaternary and included in the site-specific PSHA The database also contains many of the parameters such as fault location strike and dip that are needed although parameter uncertainties may not be included

For each active fault to be included in the hazard analysis the location and orientation (strike dip and dip direction) segmentation model thickness of the seismogenic zone style of faulting (strike-slip normal or reversethrust) are needed (Figure 5-3) This information can generally be adopted from the USGS database The top and bottom of each fault are also required If the fault is expressed at the surface the top is zero For buried faults an estimate must be made unless subsurface information is available such as seismic data The bottom of the fault can be estimated from the seismicity data which will delineate the bottom of the seismogenic crust usually 12 to 20 km in the western US If the fault is long greater than 60 to 80 km the fault may be segmented That is portions of the fault rather than the whole fault may rupture If such information exists from paleoseismic andor historical data the rupture segmentation model needs to be included in the PSHA

5322 Maximum Magnitude

The maximum earthquake that a fault or fault segment can generate is usually derived by the use of empirical relationships between magnitude and either rupture length or rupture area (rupture length times rupture width) unless the maximum earthquake has been observed historically There are other approaches but the use of rupture dimensions is most common The most commonly used set of empirical relationships are by Wells and Coppersmith (1994) For example based on rupture length a 40 km-long fault can generate a M 69 earthquake based on Wells and Coppersmith (1994) The USGS Fault and Fold Database also provides values of maximum magnitude although uncertainties are not included

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-6

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

Source Brumbaugh 1999

Figure 5-3 The three principal types of faults (a) strike-slip faults (b) reverse faults and (c) normal faults

5323 Recurrence Parameters

The recurrence parameters include recurrence model recurrence rate (slip rate or average recurrence interval for the maximum event) slope of the recurrence curve (b-value) and maximum magnitude The recurrence relationships for the faults are modeled using the truncated exponential characteristic earthquake and the maximum magnitude recurrence models (Figure 5-2) These models are generally weighted in a PSHA to represent onersquos judgment on their applicability to the sources For the areal source zones only an exponential recurrence relationship is assumed to be appropriate

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-7

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

The truncated exponential model is a form of the classical Gutenbeg-Richter model The model where faults rupture with a ldquocharacteristicrdquo magnitude on specific segments is described by Schwartz and Coppersmith (1984) The characteristic model often used in PSHAs is the numerical model of Youngs and Coppersmith (1985)

The maximum magnitude (or moment) model can be regarded as an extreme version of the characteristic model (Wesnousky 1986) In the maximum magnitude model there is no exponential portion of the recurrence curve ie events are modeled with a normal distribution about the characteristic magnitude

The average recurrence interval for the characteristic or maximum magnitude event defines the high magnitude (low likelihood) end of the recurrence curve When combined with the relative frequency of different magnitude events from the recurrence model the recurrence curve is established

5324 Recurrence Rates

The recurrence rates for the fault sources are defined either by the slip rate or by the average recurrence interval for the maximum or characteristic event and the recurrence b-value An example of recurrence intervals sometimes referred to as inter-event times would be the approximately 300-year interval of the North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault which ruptured in the Great 1906 M 78 San Francisco California earthquake Slip rate is defined as fault displacement divided by the time period in which displacement occurred Slip rate is a proxy for activity rate Recurrence interval is the time period between individual earthquakes (The North Coast segment of the San Andreas fault has a slip rate of about 20 mmyr)

533 Areal Sources Areal sources are usually used to account for ldquobackgroundrdquo earthquakes The hazard from background (floating or random) earthquakes that are not associated with known or mapped faults must be incorporated into the hazard analysis In most of the western US the maximum magnitude for earthquakes not associated with known faults usually ranges from M 6 to 7 Repeated events larger than these magnitudes probably produce recognizable fault-or fold-related features at the earthrsquos surface For areal source zones only the areas maximum magnitude and recurrence parameters (based on the historical earthquake record) need to be defined

534 Characterize Site Conditions The geologic conditions beneath a site can significantly influence the level and nature of ground shaking In very general terms soil sites will have a higher level of ground motions than rock sites due to site amplification Hence to be able to predict the ground shaking at a site particularly a soil site the underlying shear-wave velocity (VS) structure is needed to a depth of at least 30 m and deeper if possible The parameter VS30 (the average VS in the top 30 m) is used in ground motion prediction models and in the US building code (called the International Building Code or IBC) to classify different site conditions For example the NEHRP site classification has six site classes hard rock rock very dense soil and soft rock stiff soil soft soil and soft liquefiable soil The VS profile (VS versus depth) is often used in ground motion prediction models to quantify site and building foundation responses The VS profile at a site can

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-8

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

be obtained through geophysical surveys such as downhole and crosshole surveys surface wave techniques and microtremor surveys

535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models To characterize the ground motions at a specified site as a result of the seismic sources considered in the PSHA and DSHA ground motion prediction models for spectral accelerations are used These models are generally based on strong motion data and relate a specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA) with the magnitude and distance of the causative event and the specific site conditions at the potentially affected site(s) Examples of ground motion prediction models are the recently developed Next Generation of Attenuation (NGA) models developed by the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center (Figure 5-4) These models are appropriate for earthquakes of M 50 and greater A model by Chiou and Youngs (2010) was developed for earthquakes of M 30 to 55

The uncertainty in ground motion models is included in the PSHA by using the log-normal distribution about the median values as defined by the standard error associated with each ground motion prediction model

Source Abrahamson et al 2008

Figure 5-4 Comparison of Distance Scaling of PGA for Strike-Slip Earthquakes for VS30 760 msec

536 PSHA Products The primary products of a PSHA are hazard curves that show the annual frequency of exceedance for some specified ground motion parameter (eg PGA Figure 5-5) Often the term ldquoreturn periodrdquo which is the inverse of the annual frequency of exceedance is used The IBC uses an annual frequency of exceedance of 1 in 2475 or a return period of 2475 years The

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-9

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

results of a PSHA can also be deaggregated to evaluate what seismic sources are contributing most of the hazard at a site

Figure 5-5 Seismic Hazard Curves for Peak Horizontal Acceleration

54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA In typical PSHAs for engineering design the minimum magnitude considered is M 50 because empirical data suggests that smaller events seldom cause structural damage (Bommer et al 2006) Since no EGS-induced earthquake has exceeded M 50 in size to date the hazard analyses should be performed at lower minimum magnitudes We suggest that PSHAs be performed for M 40 so that the hazard with EGS seismicity can be compared with the baseline hazard from tectonic earthquakes To provide input into the risk analysis (Step 6) an even lower minimum magnitude may be considered for nuisance effects or interference with sensitive activities

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-10

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field Most induced seismic events will occur on pre-existing zones of weakness eg faults and fractures that are favorably oriented to the tectonic stress field Knowledge of the local and regional stress field can thus help identify a priori which features are more likely to be the sources of induced seismicity The characterization of the stress field can be obtained from in situ stress measurements (eg hydraulic fracturing borehole breakouts and core-induced fractures) The orientations and magnitudes of the maximum intermediate and minimum principal stresses are required A combination of image log analysis and a diagnostic hydraulic fracturing (extended leak-off test or ldquominifracrdquo) is the best approach for measuring in situ stresses With knowledge of the in situ stress field a Mohr-Coulomb stress analysis can be performed to assess the critical stress required to trigger slip on favorably-oriented faults that are critically stressed and near failure

Earthquake focal mechanisms can provide information on the principal stresses but not their absolute magnitudes Stress fields can be categorized by which style of faulting will be dominant strike-slip normal (extensional) and reversethrust (compressional) (Figure 5-2)

542 Develop 3D Geologic Model To the extent practicable and given the available data a 3D structural and stratigraphic model of the EGS area should be developed that includes pre-existing faults and fractures that could be sources of future induced seismicity Characterizing any significant favorably oriented fault is critical for assessing the maximum earthquake that could occur (see below) Often 2-D and 3-D models are developed to evaluate the EGS potential of an area in the early stages of a project This should include evaluations of drilling results wellbore image logs seismic reflection data and any other subsurface imaging data that may exist (eg seismic tomography potential field data etc)

543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories In particular the information on the maximum magnitude and the frequencies of occurrence of case histories of induced seismicity should be reviewed Numerous publications are available that describe cases of EGS and geothermal-induced seismicity Majer et al (2007) summarizes some of the most significant case histories Geothermal-induced seismicity has occurred in several countries including most notably the US Japan Australia France and Switzerland

544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model Developing a model for induced seismicity is the most challenging task in assessing the hazard Induced seismicity is the interaction between the injection parameters such as injection rates pressures and volume and depth of injection and the in situ lithologic structural hydrologic and thermal conditions (eg faults fractures rock strength porosity permeability etc) These are the most challenging geologic characteristics to evaluate because of the difficulty in imaging and the general heterogeneity and complexity inherent in rock masses Given this challenge conservative assumptions on the maximum induced event and rates of induced seismicity can be made for upper-bound estimates of the hazard Best estimates of the hazard can be improved by incorporating the possible ranges of parameters and their uncertainties In some circumstances an evaluation of the potential for far-field triggering of a damaging earthquake on a nearby fault

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-11

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

due to fluid-injection induced seismicity may be required although no such cases have been observed to date

Maximum magnitudes and earthquake rates are the two most important inputs into seismic hazard analyses The magnitude of an earthquake is proportional to the area of the fault that slips in an event and the amount of that slip Several conditions must be met for a large and potentially damaging earthquake to occur There must be a large enough fault stresses must be high enough to cause slip and the fault needs to be pre-stressed and near failure Predicting the maximum magnitudes of earthquakes due to EGS activities has been a difficult challenge As recognized by many the characteristics of induced seismicity are controlled by the nature and distribution of pre-existing fractures and faults the local stress field in the volume of rock surrounding the well where fluid is being introduced (eg Majer et al 2007) and the characteristics of the pore pressure field due to injection Empirical relationships have been developed that estimate the magnitude of an earthquake from rupture length rupture area and maximum and average event displacement The best approach to estimating the potential maximum induced earthquake is to characterize the maximum dimensions of pre-existing faults that could rupture in an induced earthquake To be able to estimate fault dimensions imaging faults in the subsurface is required A number of theoretical approaches have been developed to predict maximum magnitude All the approaches above depend on an a priori knowledge of the rupture characteristics of future induced seismicity which requires subsurface characterization of the affected volume of rock around the well McGarr (1976) relates the sums of the seismic moment released in earthquakes to a change in volume In the case of fluid injection this change is the volume added to the system by injection A second approach is to relate the seismic moment or maximum magnitude to the maximum length or area of pre-existing faults in the volume of rock that will be affected by fluid injection A third approach has been proposed by Shapiro et al (2010) using the parameter ldquoseismogenic indexrdquo Shapiro et al (2007) observed that under ldquogeneral conditionsrdquo the number of fluid-induced earthquakes with a magnitude larger than a given value increases approximately proportionally to the injected fluid volume The seismogenic index depends on the local maximum critical pressure for shear fracturing the volume concentration of pre-existing fractures and the poroelastic uniaxial storage coefficient (Shapiro et al 2010) Along with the injection parameters the seismogenic index can be used to estimate the probability of a given number of such events during an injection period Shapiro et al (2010) applied this technique for six case studies of injection induced seismicity including Cooper Basin Basel and Ogachi

Estimating the rate of EGS seismicity a priori is a significant challenge because the problem is very site-specific and not all factors that can impact rate are quantifiable at this time However efforts are underway in the US and Europe where induced seismicity is an important issue (eg Basel) to develop probabilistic approaches to estimating ground motions in near-real time for alarm systems A traffic-light alarm system which is based on public response magnitude and PGV has been used in experiments such as Basel (Section 7) For example Bachmann et al (2011) are developing a forecast model by modeling the Basel sequence and testing various statistical models such as the aftershock model for California earthquakes The intent is to translate the forecast model to probabilistic hazard eg probability for exceeding a ground motion level

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-12

SECTION FIVEStep 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events

545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity Almost all existing ground motion prediction models have been developed for M 50 and above natural earthquakes and it has been suggested that there is a break in scaling between small and large earthquakes (Chiou et al 2010) To our knowledge no ground motion prediction model for EGS seismicity or geothermal-induced seismicity has been developed and made publically available In lieu of a model for induced seismicity the model proposed by Chiou et al (2010) for small to moderate natural earthquakes (M 3 to 55) in California is the next best alternative Ground motion models for earthquakes smaller than M 5 are being developed by PEER and should be available in 2013 Since the maximum induced earthquake will likely be smaller than M 50 the ground motion prediction model only needs to be accurate at short distances (less than 20 km

546 Products The products of a PSHA are the same as described in Section 536 the only difference being is the results will now include potential induced seismicity in addition to background tectonic seismicity

55 SUMMARY The hazard results from the natural and induced earthquakes should be compared to assess the potential increase in hazard associated with the EGS project The hazard results are fed into Step 6 the risk analysis The hazard estimates should be updated as new information becomes available after injection activities have commenced and if and when induced seismicity has been initiated In particular the results of the seismic monitoring should be evaluated and incorporated into the hazard analyses where possible

56 SUGGESTED READING McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research

Institute MNO-10 221 p

Reiter L 1990 Earthquake hazard analysis issues and insights Columbia University Press New York 254 p

Yeats RS Sieh K and Allen CR 1997 The geology of earthquakes Oxford University Press 568 p

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 5-13

6 Section 6 SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

61 PURPOSE The purpose of this step is to give guidance for performing a risk analysis whose results will help make decisions with the intent of minimizing the risk of damage annoyance or losses that the design and operation of an EGS project might produce and possibly to maximize the benefits to the operators and to local communities The detailed risk analysis needs to be time-dependent because the stress conditions in the EGS field will change in relation to the injection schedule The risk profile will change accordingly and finally return to the natural seismicity risk after all the stress perturbations caused by the EGS operation in and around the EGS field have dissipated which could take several decades after stopping injection

62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH Formal seismic risk analysis started in the mid 20th century to analyze the design of complex systems and in the 1970s it developed considerably in its application to the nuclear industry It is now a mature field that is routinely used with geographic information systems to analyze projects at the community state or regional level Seismic risk analysis is a well-accepted approach and its methods and tools are extensively used by local and regional governments and by the insurance industry to predict possible losses from natural catastrophes and to help decide on such things as premiums fees and compensation

621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure Seismic risk is usually expressed as a probability of all the relevant adverse impacts of the ground shaking occurring For EGS projects we are concerned with the impact of the seismicity induced by the EGS operation which if it does not have all the attributes of the standard type of analysis performed for natural catastrophes still possesses some of its most important elements Some of the effects of the seismic ground shaking are in the form of ldquophysicalrdquo consequences such as structural damage to houses and other engineered structures or to the physical environment There is also ldquonon-physicalrdquo damage to humans physiological and psychological in nature For example peoplersquos sleep can be disturbed or they can develop anxieties from the frequent occurrence of small earthquakes that are otherwise physically non-damaging Much of this anxiety is caused by concern over property and homes even if the ground motion is insufficient to cause structural or cosmetic damage

As described in Section 5 the seismic hazard that is of importance here is the ground shaking that is produced at a location by the occurrence of an earthquake and seismic hazard analysis describes the potential for this ground shaking It is expressed by a probability distribution of the selected ground shaking parameter (eg PGA PGV andor response spectra)

Vulnerability describes how the component of a system can fail or lose its function For a building or an engineered facility it describes probabilistically the state or level of damage that it will be in after being subjected to a seismic ground shaking (eg four possible states of damage V-L L M and H) It is expressed as a probability of being in a given state of damage for a given level of ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-1

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Exposure is typically the cost of repair for a given building For non-physical damage such as annoyance loss of life or way-of-life disturbances there is no agreed-upon associated monetary cost measure and it is more appropriate to predict how populations are affected in terms of the number of lives lost or the number of people potentially inconvenienced or whose way of life would be potentially disturbed by the ground shaking Loss is a monetary expression of the damage caused to items exposed such as cost of re-painting room interiors broken windows structural repairs and so on

622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS The elements at risk comprise essentially all the items of the living environment affected by ground shaking in the vicinity of the EGS field This includes residential and commercial buildings industrial facilities business offices infrastructures etc and people animals and the environment In some cases where damage to components (buildings etc) in the study area can affect others outside of the area this must be included in the study such as in the case of business interruptions A simple example would be the failure of a bridge that is the only access to a remote community The communityrsquos inhabitants may not suffer any damage physical or annoyance but their way-of-life may be drastically affected by the failure of the bridge Businesses in the community might lose business opportunities More common during small earthquakes is the loss of power due to damage to power poles

For the case of physical damage the first parameter of interest is the monetary value of the losses caused by the ground shaking As important as the monetary loss is a measure of the level of annoyance for non-physical damage Loss of life should also be considered but it has been found to be a negligible risk in previous studies (SERIANEX 2009) especially if it can be demonstrated that the maximum magnitudes of EGS-induced earthquake are small (ie M lt 4) The general framework to estimate a useful figure of merit is summarized by the risk equation

Risk = Hazard bull Vulnerability bull Cost of consequences Eq (6-1)

The elements at risk (buildings etc) in the area of study constitute the ldquosystemrdquo to be analyzed An earthquake will damage part of the system the final result being uncertain due to the uncertain behavior of each of the components in the system For a given magnitude earthquake there could be many possible final states of the system depending on which buildings are damaged and how much damage they suffered

In the above expression

bull The Hazard is characterized in probability terms by a hazard curve that describes the probability distribution of the future ground shaking

bull Vulnerability is also characterized probabilistically by a representation of the uncertain behavior of the element considered at risk (eg a structure) Even if the amplitude of the ground shaking were perfectly known the damage outcome would be uncertain and would be described by vulnerability curves that give the probability of damage outcome levels as a function of the amplitude of the ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-2

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

bull Cost of Consequences For physical damage the cost of consequences is what it will cost to replace or repair a damaged building or to repair it Strictly the cost of repair or replacement should also be treated as an uncertain parameter but in practice it is relatively better known than the other parameters (hazard and vulnerability) and consequently it is often quantified deterministically as the value of repair for a particular level of damage In the case of non-physical damage it would be difficult to assign a monetary value on damage such as annoyance and it is suggested to estimate a level of annoyance and the number of persons annoyed

Eq 61 represents the risk (or the monetary loss) of the total effect of all possible expected ground shaking that will be experienced combined with all possible damage outcomes with their respective cost Mathematically it is a double integration (summation) first over all ground shaking values weighted by their probability densities (from the hazard) and second over damage levels weighted by the probability density of achieving the various levels of damage and multiplied by the cost of repair for each possible outcome In a standard risk analysis the first step consists of identifying all the possible outcomes or end-states of the system after an earthquake A number of different techniques are available to model the behavior of the system and identify the possible end-states The fault tree analysis method (USNRC 1981) is often used for this purpose However this method needs to consider every possible combination of different failure states for each of the components in the system For EGS which is concerned with areas with possibly many impacted buildings (the components of the system) this would lead to a quasi-infinite set of combinations (for example if there are 2 buildings each with 4 possible damage states [V-L L M and High] the number of combinations is 16 For n buildings each with 4 possible damage states the number is 4n) This could not be handled with present computational power Instead the risk is estimated for aggregation of small sub-areas (such as zip code areas) and for classes of structures (wood residential structures 1 story 2 stories concrete structures steel structures etc see HAZUS 2010 for examples) Then the risks are added for the entire study region The sub-areas are generally considered to be statistically independent to allow simple summation of the numerical value of the risk but some methods account for spatial correlation Notable differences exist in the nature of the hazard and the range of possible consequences between standard application cases (ie natural seismicity) and EGS that require choice of customized methods for which no dominant method exists yet The main differences are in the range of earthquake magnitudes and consequently the range of damage to consider SRA applications in the last few decades considered earthquakes with magnitudes greater than M 45 or 5 They were mostly concerned with dominant earthquakes in the range of magnitudes M 55 to 75 that could potentially damage well-engineered civil engineering facilities such as dams bridges nuclear power plants etc They also considered all large earthquakes within several hundreds of kilometers typically 250 to 300 km and for earthquakes at depths of 5 to 20 km which are the dominant contributors to risk in critical facilities Consequently the models used in the characterization of the seismic hazard were calibrated for these ranges of magnitudes and distances and do not represent well the very small magnitude and shallow earthquakes of induced seismicity and the very short distances and small depths

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-3

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

Recent seismic risk studies for EGS and other similar projects have started developing more appropriate models (SERIANEX 2009) but they are region-dependent and every new EGS study will need its own set of customized models A similar situation exists for the characterization of vulnerabilities Most existing models were developed for natural catastrophes for which damage is often substantial with building collapses losses of life infrastructure demolished etc and little interest in annoyance In contrast EGS damage if any is generally concentrated in the range of small damage primarily cosmetic and annoyance may be an important part of the consequences

63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT

631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard It is customary to base the design of expensive or critical facilities on expected risk estimates to compare the various alternative designs and operational options to select the most appropriate one that will minimize the long-term risk and satisfy a variety of other not necessarily technical or financial criteria This requires a probabilistic estimate of the seismic hazard However it is also necessary to provide information on rdquoWhat would happen in the reasonably worst caserdquo if only to check that general safety is preserved but also largely to communicate and reassure the potentially affected population Therefore a scenario earthquake must be constructed that will reflect reasonably and accurately such possibility This will include selecting a magnitude and a location of the earthquake from which a ground shaking mean value and probability distribution will be estimated for each point of interest in the affected area

632 Size of the Assessment Area Performing a seismic risk assessment requires knowledge of the level of ground shaking at the location of each item at risk (buildings etc) For a probabilistic risk estimate a hazard curve for a single parameter is needed (ie PGA or PGV) For a scenario estimate the hazard curve is replaced by a probability distribution of the ground shaking parameter for the selected scenario earthquake The hazard curve is also provided in the form of a probability of exceedance curve and is used in the same fashion as the hazard curve of the probabilistic case but it is not necessarily associated with any annual probability of occurrence (ie how frequently it occurs)

In both cases (probabilistic and scenario analysis) the ground-shaking predictions must be done for each location in the entire area potentially affected by the induced seismicity of the EGS field This area of risk assessment is of radius R centered on the injection well(s) The size of R (km) depends on the local geological environment on the size of the EGS field and on the injection parameters but the deciding parameter is the distance at which the effects of induced seismicity are likely to be negligible It is unlikely that structural or any physical damage potential will be the determining factor because damage is expected to be very small as all existing EGS operations have shown to date including the Basel experiment The value of the radius R can be determined by selecting the value for what is assumed to be the minimum annoying ground shaking felt by humans as discussed in Section 3 Step 3 and calculating R as the maximum distance at which the threshold of perception (or annoyance) ground shaking would be equaled or exceeded Typical values for R would be in the range of 12 to 15 km

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-4

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest As mentioned in the previous section experience has shown that very low amplitude ground shaking (threshold of 1 cmsec2 or 0001 g PGA) can create annoyance to humans In projects where there are residents within the assessment area (ie within radius R) the choice of a minimum magnitude for the seismic hazard analysis must be based on this threshold and on the potential location of the induced microseismicity

634 Time Dependence In most cases the composition of the system at risk will not change drastically during the time period of interest Then the time dependency of the risk is only governed by that of the time-dependent seismic hazard which has a potential for changing due to the injection operational changes Therefore at least four separate analysis periods have to be considered for the hazard and risk estimates

1 Period of natural seismicity pre-EGS stimulation and injection

2 Period of stimulation (in days) 3 Period of circulation and production (in months or years of operation)

4 Period of relaxation and return to natural seismicity (after close of operation)

64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK

Vulnerability of standard construction is a well-documented field Specific examples of vulnerability functions for a number of classes of buildings and the infrastructure representing mostly California can be found in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 14 (1987) and ATC 40 (1996) and standard default models are included in several publicly available analysis software packages such as HAZUS-MH (2010) However these vulnerability functions were developed essentially for earthquakes larger than those of interest to EGS-induced seismicity studies and are more specialized Site-specific vulnerability functions might need to be developed in particular to better estimate the probability of damage for very small ground shaking and for humans The general approach to modeling vulnerability follows Kennedyrsquos work on fragility curves (Kennedy et al 1980) This was followed by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) study of consequences for large earthquakes on six cities of the Mississippi Valley region (Allen and Hoshall 1983) which is the basis of todayrsquos practice as follows

The conditional probability of being in or exceeding a particular damage state R given the seismic ground shaking parameter S is defined by the function

119875 119877 |119878 = ɸ 119897119899 Eq (6-2) 13

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-5

SECTIGISIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analvsis and Tools tor Design and operation of EG s

where Sis the value of the independent variable ground shaking parameter ie the value of the expected ground shaking

5iis the value of the ground shaking for which there is 5050 percent chance that the building will be a complete loss It can also be interpreted as the ground shaking value for which the loss incurred would be 50 percent of the total loss

~i is the standard deviation of the natural logarithm of the ground shaking parameter It describes the sensitivity of the building to the ground shaking S and complete loss above it A large would indicate large uncertainty in the behavior of the building Very large~ would lead to quasi-constant probability of 50 percent of total oss (or equivalently constant 50 percent I oss of the building)

Pis the standard normal cumulative distribution function

In this approach the parameter 5i sets the median (501h percentile level) and ~ characterizes the natural variability (uncertainty) specific to a certain class of building Typical vulnerability curves are shown in Figure 6-1 for several types (classes) of buildings with different vulnerability functions The horizontal axis is the demand (load) in terms of the parameter of ground shaking (PGA PGV etc) and the vertical axis gives the mean damage ratio (MDR) in which is interpreted as the mean proportion (a unit-Ies s number) of a total I oss Additional refinement is often made in the characterization of the total uncertainty by also considering that vulnerability models are not perfect and only reflect the limited knowledge about the true behavior of the structure under seismic loading For this purpose an additional uncertainty factor is included in the vulnerability function (Porter 2007)

bull Ulterability ch s A

bull Uterability chs 8 -ltln-erab~middotelm C

--~-- -ln-erabifubullchss D

100

9()

so shy

70 0 0 li 60 ~

o

4C 30 Q e 0 20

10

0

Figure6-l Generic shape ofvulnerability curve for several classes

The most appropriate way to develop vulnerability functions for an EGS-induced risk assessment area would be to use the kind of information available in the insurance industry for the specific area of interest but it is usually proprietary and therefore not available However much

BEST PRACTCes B3S I~IOUCEO SEISIUrrv 8-APRIL-3l16l 6-6

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

information is available in the public records and censuses for buildings to construct area-specific models

641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions For structural damage of the kind observed in earthquakes greater than about M 4 a large body of information and models exist that can be used directly as described in the following paragraphs

For the kind of damage caused by low amplitude ground motions such as cosmetic damage or annoyance the above vulnerability functions need to be modified using the criteria described in Step 3 One acceptable method to modify them would be to estimate the level of ground motion that on average would cause small losses for example a 1 or 5 loss and fit the βi value in Eq (6-2) to match the estimate A similar approach can be used for modeling nuisance vulnerability as shown in Section 646 below

642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock The residential building stock is generally very diverse and can have a very large number of buildings at risk It is impossible to characterize specifically every single building by its own vulnerability function The practice is to classify buildings depending on a number of parameters and to use the available information to characterize each class The parameters of interest usually include

bull Location (state laws and building codes local geological conditions)

bull Occupation type (purely residential commercial or mixed)

bull Type of construction (eg shear wall moment frame wood concrete or steel frame)

bull Date of construction

bull Number of floors Standard models are available in ATC 13 (1985) ATC 13-1 (2002) HAZUS MH-MR4 (2010) and specific models can be developed using other methods (for example see ASCE-31-03 2003 or Porter et al 2007)

643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities For these classes of elements at risk the vulnerability characterization needs to be in some cases specific Some documents provide models for generic commercial and industrial buildings such as HAZUS-MH (2010) but some facilities (such as research and medical facilities) usually have unique building designs or special equipment that require a building-specific vulnerability analysis It is usually possible to adopt the generic formulation as described above and to adjust the parameters of the vulnerability function by using simple engineering considerations Some cases will require more detailed engineering analysis

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-7

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

644 Infrastructure The infrastructure of a community (roads public transportation systems sewage water and electricity distribution) forms a complex network where every component failure can affect the rest of the entire network Each component of the network can be analyzed separately with the standard methods available and this is often sufficient if it can be demonstrated that the failing components have limited or negligible effect on the rest of the network However it is important to identify the components that are important nodes of the network and account for their overall effect Given that general or large scale catastrophic failures are not likely for EGS-induced seismicity it is not recommended to embark on sophisticated complex and costly network analyses It will be sufficient in most cases to rely on generic type of analyses of a good quality using with publicly available tools However some possible but rare damage scenarios could necessitate detailed analyses If such a scenario cannot be considered likely a standard generic analysis is sufficient

645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities

In general the level of economic damage caused by EGS-induced seismicity will not warrant detailed complex economic modeling Standard tools provide a sufficient level of modeling to get a reasonable estimate of the economic impact But as purely economic losses are largely correlated with damage to the overall infrastructure it must be demonstrated that there is no reasonably possible scenario that could generate the rare combination of events that could cause large economic losses At a minimum the following types of damage must be considered

bull Business interruptions where offices cannot operate without basic utilities

bull Business interruption for lack of supply of raw material

bull Loss of communications internet telephone cable TV etc

bull Effect on the real-estate property value

646 Nuisance Nuisance refers to the annoyance that is created by low-level ground shaking that does not necessarily generate physical damage on the built and natural environment but can be felt by humans Some vibration or noise although of very small amplitude if repeated often enough can create anxieties or negatively impact peoplersquos way of life and can be a hazard to their health or psychological well being This type of impact is difficult to quantify and there is no well-accepted methodology to do so for induced EGS seismicity At this point it is only recommended to follow practices used in other fields such as mining or transportation to select vibration or noise criteria that can be used in the formulation of vulnerability functions for this purpose Section 3 gives some information on the criteria that can be used to develop threshold criteria These criteria can also be used to develop human threshold criteria for perception These criteria can also be used to calibrate standard models of vulnerability functions specifically to predict human responses to small ground shaking

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-8

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

For example it would be desirable to estimate as an annual probability the number or percentage of people mildly normally or severely inconvenienced by the induced seismicity Figure 6-2 with data taken from ISO 2631-1 (1997) shows an example of a vulnerability function that describes the six possible states of annoyance (1) not uncomfortable (2) a little uncomfortable (3) fairly uncomfortable (4) uncomfortable (5) very uncomfortable and finally (6) very uncomfortable For a given level of ground motion the curve of Fig 6-2 gives the probability that a person would find the ground shaking unacceptable

Figure 6-2 Typical Nuisance Vulnerability Function

With this formulation of the vulnerability and with information on the density and location of population it would be possible to estimate the average number of persons that would be inconvenienced with what probability and estimate the number for whom the ground motion would be unacceptable This number would constitute the measure of the nuisance risk

65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES The following is a brief description of some of the operational tools available to assess risk The tools mentioned here are all available online as open or free software (or for a modest fee) Many more proprietary tools exist that require licenses or contracting with software or companies that perform risk analysis for a more substantial fee Several new free tools are in development and could be available in the coming years

651 HAZUS The Hazards US Multi-Hazard software (HAZUS-MH4 2010) is a regional risk and impact assessment tool that is nationally applicable using a standardized methodology that estimates

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-9

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

potential losses from earthquakes hurricanes and floods FEMA developed HAZUS-MH under contract with the National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS)

HAZUS-MH uses state-of-the-art GIS software to map and display hazard data and the results of damage and economic loss estimates for buildings and infrastructure and it allows users to estimate the impacts of earthquakes hurricanes and floods on populations Estimating losses is essential to decision-making at all levels of government providing a basis for developing mitigation plans and policies emergency preparedness and response and recovery planning

HAZUS-MH is distributed free of charge by NIBS and is used in its standard configuration and with standard parameters by sufficiently trained people Customization of hazard parameters and vulnerabilities is possible but difficult and thus requires experienced persons for the task

652 SELENA SELENA is a regional risk and impact assessment tool The SELENAndashRISe Open Risk Package (Lang et al 2007) consists of the two separate software tools SELENA (Seismic Loss Estimation using a Logic Tree Approach) and RISe (Risk Illustrator for SELENA) While SELENA is the computational platform for earthquake damage and loss assessment for any given study area RISe can be used to illustrate all geo-referenced input inventory and output files on GoogleTM Earth RISe thereby translates SELENArsquos ASCII files into KML files that can be read by GoogleTM Earth Both tools are provided free of charge and are distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL[see web site wwwgnuorg]) In addition to the accessibility of the source code both tools are provided with open documentation and detailed technical user manuals that can be downloaded in various file formats or accessed online

653 RiskScape RiskScape is a regional risk and impact assessment tool (RiskScape 2010) Its primary purpose is to provide a framework in which the risk of impact to assets due to various hazards can be calculated This information can be used for a wide range of applications from planning to hazard management to asset management RiskScape is not intended to be a tool for visualization or analysis of these impacts once calculated although a limited range of visualization options are included An important feature of RiskScape is its modularity The RiskScape ldquoEnginerdquo is little more than a plug-in engine which allows various plugins or modules to interact with one another This means that as well as the default models (hazard and impact) provided by RiskScape users can easily import their own hazard models (for example) to interact with the default impact models

654 Crisis CRISIS (Ordaz et al 2007) allows the complete definition of a seismic model for probabilistic hazard assessment and the calculation of stochastic scenarios for risk evaluation CRISIS2007 was developed at the Engineering Institute of the National University of Mexico (UNAM) (see M Ordaz A Aguilar and J Arboleda 2007)

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-10

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

655 OpenRisk OpenRisk (Porter et al 2007) extends the capabilities of the open-source seismic hazard analysis software OpenSHA (see wwwopenshaorg) developed by the USGS and SCEC OpenSHArsquos developers encode the state-of-the-art in seismic hazard knowledge as it develops and is generally 1 to 2 years ahead of commercial risk software OpenRisk adds vulnerability and risk capabilities to OpenSHA that enable a researcher to estimate loss-exceedance curves for a single asset perform benefit-cost analysis for retrofit or other change to a single asset or calculate expected annualized loss for a portfolio of assets The researcher can explore the sensitivity of the results to changes in the earthquake rupture forecast ground motion prediction equations site soil conditions or vulnerability model In current development is the ability to estimate the loss-exceedance relationship for a portfolio of assets Another OpenRisk application calculates fragility functions based on empirical damage evidence of various types and an open-source vulnerability model cracks the ldquoopen saferdquo of the HAZUS-MH vulnerability relationships for repair costs and indoor casualties for 128 combinations of model building type and code era All the data and software can be downloaded for free from wwwrisk-agoraorg

656 QLARM QLARM (Trendafiloski 2009) is an expert system software tool for estimating losses (building damage injured fatalities) due to earthquakes The purposes are to trigger rapid humanitarian responses and analyze the risk in scenario or probabilistic mode The scope is global with focus on developing countries Some of the features of QLARM are

bull Client-server application based on open software

bull Web-based user interface

bull Server-side distributed calculation modules implemented in Java

bull Model output to GIS-enabled database

66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING

The following gives a list of different formats to present the results of the risk analysis for the purpose of making rational decisions

1 An estimate of the total monetary loss expected annually and as a function of time from the start of operation

2 A range of the amount of possible losses and possibly a full probability distribution

3 A geographic map showing the spatial distribution of expected value losses in the region as a function of time and for several annual probabilities of exceedance For example the most commonly used are 10-2 210-3 and 10-3 (unit of time-1) Note that the hazard community often uses the inverse of the probability with unit of time That is if we select a ldquo1000 year return periodrdquo map it will show contours of regions where the losses have approximately a 11000 probability of occurring per year

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-11

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

4 Same as the above in (1) to (3) as a function of time to reflect the fact that the loading conditions underground will be changing as the EGS injection parameters change (rate quantity etc)

5 Same as the above (1) to (3) for the relevant earthquake scenarios considered

6 Same as above (1) to (4) for characterization of annoyance in terms of number of people that find the situation unacceptable

661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity Estimation of risk under natural seismicity is essential to enable decision-makers to determine a base line against which later time risk estimates will be compared It is necessary to produce all the type of results described above for this purpose The risk estimates will be time invariant and will be estimated on a per year basis and the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (the nuisance) will be assumed negligible and will not be needed

662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation Risk estimates for the period of drilling injection and operation of the EGS project may be compared with the estimates of risk for natural seismicity It will be necessary to put the estimates on a common time basis that is either on an annual basis or for a common period of time For example the total risk estimate for a period of 10 years since drilling and injection started and again for several other periods of interest Great care should be taken in characterizing the risk associated with low amplitude ground shaking (nuisance)

As EGS operational parameters change over time sometimes in response to a prediction of future risk mitigation procedure will be implemented that will again impact the prediction of future risk All these changes should trigger updates of the risk prediction

67 SUMMARY Performing a comprehensive risk assessment to estimate the possible risk associated with the EGS operation is recommended Risk estimates should be provided for the pre-EGS period and for several periods after the operation has started In the mid- and long-term prediction phase all envisioned mitigation procedures should be considered to compare their associated risk Once the operation is started and new data are being collected these risk estimates should be updated

Separate estimates for specific scenario earthquakes should be provided in particular for the case of what would be considered as the worst induced earthquake

68 SUGGESTED READING ASTM E 2026-99 2006 Standard Guide for the Estimation of Building Damageability in

Earthquakes

FEMA 154 155 2002 Rapid Visual Screening of Buildings for Potential Seismic Hazards FEMA 356 2000 Prestandard and Commentary for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings

FEMA E-74 2011 Reducing the Risk of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage- A Practical Guide

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-12

SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS

FEMA-310 1998 Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Buildings FEMA 178 1992 NEHRP Handbook for Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings

Kircher CA AA Nassar O Kustu and Holmes WT 1997 Development of Building Damage Functions for Earthquake Loss Estimation Earthquake Spectra November

Lang K 2002 Seismic vulnerability of existing buildings Dissertation ETH No 14446 Zurich Suisse

Porter KA Kiremidjian AS LeGrue IS 2001 Assembly-Based Vulnerability of Buildings ndash Its Use in Performance Evaluation Earthquake Spectra Volume 17 No2

Porter KA Beck JL and Seligson HA Scawthorn CR Tobin LT Young R and Boyd T 2002 Improving Loss Estimation for Woodframe Buildings Volume 1 Technical Report and Volume 2 Appendices CaltechEERL2002EERL-2002-01 and -02 Consortium of Universities for Research in Earthquake Engineering Richmond CA

Steinbrugge KV and Algermissen S T 1990 Earthquake Losses to Single-Family Dwellings California Experience United States Geological Survey Bulletin 1939A Study was made in cooperation with the California Insurance Department

Steinbrugge KV 1987 Earthquakes Volcanoes and Tsunamis Skandia America Group

Taylor CE VanMarcke E and Davis J 1998 Evaluating Models of Risks from Natural Hazards for Insurance and Government Appendix B in Paying the Price The Status and Role of Insurance Against Natural Disasters in the United States Edited by H Kunreuther and Richard J Roth Sr Washington DC Joseph Henry Press

Thiel C C Jr and Zsutty T C 1987 Earthquake Characteristics and Damage Statistics EERI Spectra Vol 3 No4

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Wen Y K B R Ellingwood and Bracci J A Vulnerability Function Framework for Consequence-based Engineering MAE Center Project DS-04 Report

Wesson R L D M Perkins E V Leyendecker R J Roth Jr and Petersen M D 2004 Losses to Single-Family Housing from Ground Motions in the 1994 Northridge California Earthquake Spectra August 2004

Wiggins JH CE Taylor and Yessaie G 1987 Damage ability of Low-Rise Construction NTS Engineering Technical Report No 1442 Prepared under partial support of the National Science Foundation NSF Grant No CEE-8109607

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 6-13

7 Section 7 SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

71 PURPOSE The first six steps of this document suggest various activities to address the impact of any induced seismicity If the level and impacts of seismicity are exceeding original expectations it may be necessary to perform additional actions A number of suggestions are presented in this step that could be used to mitigate any adverse or unwanted effects of induced seismicity The mitigation measures are separated into two broad areas The first is direct mitigation (ie those that are engineered to either reduce the seismicity directly or relieve the effects of the seismicity) Examples of this approach include modification of the injection or production rates

The second broad area of action would be indirect mitigation (ie those activities that are not engineered but involve such issues as publicregulatory acceptance or operator liability) Again the level and amount of mitigation will be specific to each application of EGS In some cases little or no mitigation may be required from the regulatorypublic acceptance point of view On the other hand in cases where the project is close to critical facilities that are experiencing unacceptable ground motion it may be required to perform extensive mitigation measures It is anticipated that by properly carrying out the preceding six steps mitigation will not be required in the majority of projects

72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH

721 Direct Mitigation A direct mitigation step is to establish a means to ldquocontrolrdquo the seismicity such as to stop injection This may eliminate induced seismicity in the long run but it is unlikely to have an instantaneous impact That is the local tectonic stress states have been altered as a result of the injection and immediately shutting off the injection without reducing the in situ reservoir pressure may cause unexpected results For example in two EGS projects M 30 plus events occurred after the injection well was shut off(Majer et al 2007) This suggests that it may be better to gradually decrease the injection rates and pressures until acceptable levels of seismicity are achieved

One system of direct mitigation is a calibrated control system dubbed the ldquotraffic lightrdquo system (Majer et al 2007) This is a system for real-time monitoring and management of the induced seismic vibrations which relies on continuous measurements of the ground motion (usually PGV) as a function of injection rates and time

The boundaries on this traffic light system in terms of guiding decisions regarding the pumping operations are as follows (Majer et al 2007)

bull Red The lower bound of the red zone is the level of ground shaking at which damage to buildings in the area is expected to occur prompting the following response Pumping suspended immediately

bull Amber The amber zone is defined by ground motion levels at which people would be aware of the seismic activity associated with the stimulation but damage would be

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-1

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

unlikely and prompting the following response Pumping proceeds with caution possibly at reduced flow rates and observations are intensified

bull Green The green zone is defined by levels of ground motion that are either below the threshold of general detectability or if at higher ground motion levels at occurrence rates lower than the already-established background activity level in the area which requires no response Pumping operations proceed as planned

The major shortcoming of this type of approach is that it does not address the issue of seismicity that occurs after the end of the pumping operation If seismicity exceeding the design levels occurs after all EGS activities stop current knowledge of induced seismicity indicates that the seismicity will subside as the subsurface conditions return to the natural state The time for this to occur will depend on the rate length and volume of injections and withdrawals If seismicity does not subside in a reasonable time (few months) then indirect mitigation activities should be considered (see next section) In any case seismic monitoring should continue for at least 6 months beyond the end of the project to determine whether any seismicity is occurring that exceeds background levels before the project began The results of one such application in areas of poor or older construction (Majer et al 2007 Bommer et al 2006) showed that the ground shaking hazard caused by small-magnitude induced seismic events presents a very different problem from the usual considerations of seismic hazard for the engineering design of new structures In some cases the levels of hazard that can be important particularly in an environment such as rural country sides (where buildings are particularly vulnerable owing to their method of construction) are below the levels that would normally be considered of relevance to engineering design As stated previously in PSHA for engineering purposes it is common practice to specify a lower bound of M 50 On the other hand unlike the hazard associated with natural seismicity there is the possibility to actually control the induced hazard at least to some degree by reducing or terminating the activity generating the small events It should be noted that the different descriptions of the levels (red amber and green) are not absolute In some areas of high public sensitivity the red level may be reached if there is a large amount of public nuisance associated with the project rather than defining the threshold at the point of structural damage The definition of the color levels will be specific to each project (ie when to stop when to reduce injection etc) It will also depend on the use of indirect mitigation measures employed (see below) Last but not least it should be mentioned that other types of prediction methods are being developed that provide alternatives to the stoplight method These involve real time estimation of future seismicity based upon current seismicity rates and energy release (Bachmann et al 2011)

Other direct mitigation measures may be accomplished by altering the injectionproduction rates locations of injections fluid temperatures or other parameters associated with the EGS projects This will depend of course on how well the subsurface parameters are known that are controlling the seismicity If the unwanted seismicity occurs early in the project then these conditions may not be known well enough or the system response may not be calibrated yet Other engineering approaches may involve modifications to assets affected by any unwanted seismicity An example could be noise or vibration isolation of sensitive instruments structures or facilities that are of concern or strengthening weak structures such as landmarks and

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-2

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

historical buildings These actions may appear to be somewhat excessive but they may be worthwhile if it allows to project to continue in harmony with the local community

722 Indirect Mitigation Various methods of indirect mitigation may also be considered either in conjunction with direct methods or as standalone measures several examples are described below Seismic Monitoring As has been discussed previously in this document seismic monitoring in any potentially affected communities is expected to be part of an adequate EGS development plan The monitoring program should consider the relevant regulations standards and criteria regarding structural damage and noise and the need for building inspections ahead of any EGS operations Although there has been no documented case of structural damage from induced seismicity caused by fluid injection seismic monitoring and reporting to the public are essential The ideal monitoring program establishes background conditions and permits the evaluation of any EGS-related impact providing a quantitative basis upon which an accurate evaluation of any claims can be made This is fair to both the public and the geothermal developer Evaluating the dominant frequency and PGA or PGV (the variables used to assess structural damage) normally requires the use of surface-mounted seismometers andor accelerometers which may need to be installed at certain locations in the affected community Continuous seismic monitoring to assess background cultural noise during various parts of the day week andor year is likely to be required Regular reporting should be a matter of course similar to evaluating the effects of blasting during a construction project

Increased Outreach Although it is assumed that the community is already informed about the EGS operations it may be necessary to step up the communication and information flow during certain periods particularly those characterized by any ldquounusualrdquo seismicity This should be done in conjunction with forecasts of trends in seismicity and analyses of the relationships between operational changes and changes in seismicity To the extent that the public is informed about and involved with the project they may be more accepting of the minor and temporary nuisance of induced seismicity Regular newsletters are an effective way of keeping the local public interested in the project and also of informing them of the future activities such as stimulation potential rig noise etc Additional activities related to the local area or special articles on renewable energy for example may be another way to make the newsletters more interesting thereby ensuring a broader readership Community Support In addition to jobs a geothermal project may be able to offer other types of support to the local community to help establish goodwill This can come in almost any form including support for schools libraries community projects and scholarships To the extent that a community support program is established early the public may be favorably disposed toward the project Compensation If any damages can be documented to be caused by the induced seismicity then fair compensation should be made to the affected parties This could be directed toward the community at large perhaps in the form of community grants rather than individuals This is particularly appropriate in the case of trespass and nuisance although it may also be applicable in cases of strict liability and negligence as well The amount of compensation should be negotiated with the affected parties

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-3

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Benefit to the local community from the presence of an EGS plant It is important to demonstrate the financial benefit for the local community from the existence of such a project The benefits may take many forms from royalties to the countystate providing jobs in the area free hot water for the local community based swimming pools support to the local library sponsoring prizes for schools and other learned institutions sponsoring university grants to supporting environmental policies Experience has shown that a key method to access local residents is to sponsor primary schools and to give instruction about the EGS program along with its benefits to the children at school School children will raise this topic at home for discussion with their parents and the parents will supplement the information by researching the subject independently to support their children

Contracting and employment policy As a general policy local subcontractors should be used when possible so that the local residents can see the benefit of the EGS in their area Through this practice money flows into the local community bringing an indirect benefit Wherever possible local staff should be recruited to work directly at the EGS plant thereby stimulating the local economy through the project operations

723 Receiver Mitigation Receiver mitigation involves vibration control provisions for structures and equipment to reduce or attenuate ground-borne vibration and noise Base isolation of building structures is probably not practical to control EGS ground motions due to the frequency range and cost unless only a few structures would require such modification On the other hand vibration isolation of sensitive instruments such as scanning transmission electron microscopes or even magnetic resonance imaging system may be quite practical and necessary

Equipment may be pneumatically isolated from the floor with isolation frequencies of the order of 1 to 2 Hz to reduce or eliminate impact by low amplitude EGS ground motions Commercially available active piezo-electric vibration isolation systems can isolate equipment from ground motion at frequencies as low as 1 Hz by a factor of almost ten in amplitude (20 dB) which may be most effective for low level seismicity with high recurrence rates Steel spring isolation systems may have isolation frequencies of the order of 5 Hz well within the range of EGS seismic ground motions and would thus amplify ground motion The selection of an isolation system must be made in view of the expected spectrum of ground motion and spectral tolerance curve of the particular equipment Equipment specifications may even provide data regarding its vibration tolerance as a function of frequency which may be particularly useful when selecting the appropriate isolation system Simple massive concrete foundations used for supporting sensitive instruments may have a soil structure resonance frequency in vertical or couple horizontal and rocking modes of the order of 5 to 15 Hz possibly coincident with low-level EGS ground motion spectral peaks In these situations soil treatments or foundation reinforcement may be most practical for certain types of sensitive instruments Light-weight box foundations supported on friction piles or end-bearing piles would have vertical support resonance frequencies in excess of 30 Hz and with high damping values due to vibration wave scattering ideal for supporting sensitive instruments such as magnetic resonance imaging systems and scanning electron microscopes Thick reinforced concrete slabs would not amplify vibration at EGS ground motion spectral peak frequencies

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-4

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

Activities involving sensitive equipment or processes may require coordination with EGS stimulation schedules assuming that such EGS stimulation is temporary in nature Seismic activity extending over several days weeks or months would be another matter

724 Liability Legal studies specifically related to geothermal induced seismicity and its effect on the man-made structures and public perceptions are rare One of the few studies by Cypser and Davis (1998) that addresses legal issues in the United States related to seismicity induced by dams oil and gas operations and geothermal operations makes the following observations

ldquoLiability for damage caused by vibrations can be based on several legal theories trespass strict liability negligence and nuisance Our research revealed no cases in which an appellate court has upheld or rejected the application of tort liability to an induced earthquake situation However numerous analogous cases support the application of these legal theories to induced seismicity Vibrations or concussions due to blasting or heavy machinery are sometimes viewed as a lsquotrespassrsquo analogous to a physical invasion In some states activities which induce earthquakes might be considered `abnormally dangerous activities that require companies engaged in them to pay for injuries the quakes cause regardless of how careful the inducers were In some circumstances a court may find that an inducer was negligent in its site selection or in maintenance of the project If induced seismicity interferes with the use or enjoyment of anothers land then the inducing activity may be a legal nuisance even if the seismicity causes little physical damagerdquo

725 Insurance In the course of project planning and implementation an obvious mitigation procedure could be establishing a bond or insurance ldquopolicyrdquo that would be activated as appropriate in the case of induced seismicity An insurance policy (or bond) should be established with an insurance company to cover all aspects of structural damage and the procedure for claim should be streamlined to help claimants obtain the appropriate compensation without undue stress and long duration

A document will need to be prepared which shows various types of structural damage and their link to the seismic parameters It is also imperative for the person who has suffered the damage to report it within a reasonable time period of the ldquooffendingrdquo seismicity and estimate the time when the damage might have occurred A dedicated form that assists the local residents in providing relevant details required by the arbitrator and the insurance company should be established to facilitate this process Local residents should also have access to consultation or assistance to properly file the forms and the form should carry a statement of liability for prosecution by the insurance company if incorrect details are presented with a motive to obtain money under false pretense It is highly recommended that prior to injection complete documentation is made of the state of the existing structures This could be complete photographing of foundations and walls of preexisting cracks soil conditions type of structures etc It should be kept in mind that many other things such as diurnal temperature changes soil drying and landslides will also cause structures to ldquocrack and shiftrdquo which should not be attributed to induced seismicity

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-5

SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan

73 SUMMARY Although the risks associated with induced seismicity in EGS projects are relatively low it is nevertheless prudent to consider that some type of mitigation may be needed at some point during the project Therefore the developer should prepare mitigation plans that focus on both the operations themselves and the nuisanceannoyance or damage that might result from those operations The ldquotraffic lightrdquo system may be appropriate for many EGS operations in that it provides a clear set of procedures to be followed in the event that specific seismicity thresholds are reached The traffic light system and the thresholds that would trigger certain activities by the geothermal developer should be defined and explained in advance of any operations

Seismic monitoring information sharing community support and direct compensation to affected parties are among the types of indirect mitigation that may be required Early support from the developer to the community can improve the ability to respond effectively to a potentially impacted community in the event of problematic induced seismicity This may come in the form of jobs or other forms of support that may be tailored to the specific needs of the community

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 7-6

8 Section 8 EIGHT Acknowledgements

SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements

The preparation of this document was supported by the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratoryrsquos contract DE-AC02-05CH11231 with the US Department of Energy Our thanks to Melinda Lee for her assistance in the preparation of this document

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 8-1

9 Section 9 NINE References

SECTIONNINE References

Abrahamson N Atkinson G Boore D Bozorgnia Y Campbell K Chiou B Idriss IM Silva W and Youngs R 2008 Comparisons of the NGA ground motion relations Earthquake Spectra v 24 p 45-66

Aki K 1965 Maximum likelihood estimate of b in the formula log N=a-bM and its confidence limits Bulletin of Earthquake Research Institute University of Tokyo v 43 p 237-239

Aki K and Richards P Quantitative Seismology 2nd edition 2009 WH Freeman and Company

Allen and Hoshall 1983 An assessment of Damage and Casualty for Six Cities in the Central United States Resulting from Two Earthquakes M=76 and M=86 in the New Madrid Seismic Zone Report by Allen amp Hoshall Memphis TN for FEMA

AltaRock Energy 2011 Induced Seismicity Mitigation Plan Newberry EGS Demonstration Project (downloaded from AltaRock website earlier URL does not appear to be active now)

ANSI Standard S318-1979 Guide for the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg) (This standard has evidently been supplanted by S272)

ANSI Standard S271-1983 (R 2006) Guide to the Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S272Part 1 ndash 2002 (R 2007) Amendment 1 - 2010 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration ndash Part 1 General Requirements American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

ANSI Standard S111-2004 (R 2009) Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters American National Standards Institute New York NY 10036 (Internet Available at httpwebstoreansiorg)

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13 (C Rojahn and Sharpe RL) 1985 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for California Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 13-1 (S King and Rojahn C) 2002 Commentary on the Use of ATCmiddot13 Earthquake Damage Evaluation Data for Probable Maximum Loss Studies of California Buildings

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 14 1987 Evaluating the seismic resistance of existing Buildings ATC-14 Redwood City California

Applied Technology Council (ATC) 40 1996 Seismic evaluation and retrofit of concrete Buildings Redwood City California

ASCESEI 31-03 2003 Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings Bachmann CE Wiemer S Woessneri J and Hainzl S 2011 Statistical analysis of the

induced Basel 2006 earthquake sequences introducing a probability-based monitoring

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-1

SECTIONNINE References

approach for Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geophysical Journal International v 186 p 793-807

Bolt BA Abridged Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale Earthquakes ndash Newly Revised and Expanded Appendix C WH Freeman amp Co 1993 331 p

Bommer JJ Oates S Cepeda JM Lindholm C Bird J Torres R Marroquiacuten G and Rivas J 2006 Control of hazard due to seismicity induced by a hot fractured rock geothermal project Engineering Geology v 83 p 287-306

BRGM 2010 ENGINE Coordination Action Best Practice Handbook for the development of Unconventional Geothermal Resources with a focus on Enhanced Geothermal System 2008 Orleans BRGM Editions Collection ActesProceedings ISBN 978-2-7159-2482-6 ISSN 1773-6161 Available at [httpenginebrgmfrDocumentsENGINE_ BestPracticeHandbookpdf] January 25 2010

Brumbaugh DS 1999 Earthquakes science and society Prentice Hall 251 p Chiou B Youngs R Abrahamson N and Addo K 2010 Ground-motion attenuation model

for small-to-moderate shallow crustal earthquakes in California and its implications on regionalization of ground-motion prediction models Earthquake Spectra v 26 p907-926

Cornell CA 1968 Engineering seismic risk analysis Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 58 p 1583-1606

Cypser DA and Davis SD 1998 Induced seismicity and the potential for liability under US law Tectonophysics v 289 239-255

Davy B 1997 Essential Injustice - When Legal Institutions Cannot Resolve Environmental and Land Use Disputes Springer New York

DOENETL 2010 Site Screening Selection and Initial Characterization for Storage of CO2 in Deep Geologic Formations wwwnetldoegov 401090808

Dowding CH 1985 Blast vibration monitoring and control Northwestern University

Dowding CH 1996 Construction vibrations Prentice Hall Dowding CH and Rozen A 1978 Damage to Rock Tunnels from Earthquake Shaking

Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers v 104 No GT2 March 22 1978

Facebookcom Newberry Geothermal EGS Demonstration Project Facebook page httpwwwfacebookcomNewberryEGS

Feenstra CFJ T Mikunda and S Brunsting 2010 What happened in Barendrecht Case study on the planned onshore carbon dioxide storage in Barendrecht the Netherlands Report prepared by ECN (Energy Center for the Netherlands) and Global CCS Institute 44 pp Available on-line at several locations including the Global CCS Institute website (httpwwwglobalccsinstitutecompublicationswhat-happened-barendrecht)

FEMA 2006 Homebuilderrsquos Guide to Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Building Seismic Safety Council FEMA 232

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-2

SECTIONNINE References

FEMA 2010 Earthquake-Resistant Design Concepts An Introduction to the NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures Prepared for FEMA by the National Institute of Building Sciences Seismic Safety Council FEMA P-749

Hanks TC and Kanamori H 1979 Moment magnitude scale Journal of Geophysical Research v 84 p 2348ndash2350

HAZUS-MH 2011 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

HAZUS-MH-MR4 2010 HAZUS-MH-MR4 User and Technical Manuals available at httpwwwfemagovplanpreventhazushz_manualsshtm

IES Recommended Practice IEST-RP-CC0122 Considerations in Clean Room Design Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology Arlington Heights IL 60005-4516

ISO 2631-1 1997 Mechanical vibration and shock ndash Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration ndash Part 1 General requirements Available at the ISO store httpwwwisoorgisoiso_cataloguecatalogue_tccatalogue_detailhtmcsnumber=7612

ISO 2631-2 2003 Mechanical Vibration and Shock ndash Evaluation of Human Exposure to Whole-Body Vibration and Shock Part 2 Vibration in Buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz) International Organization for Standardization Geneva

Kennedy RP CA Cornell RD Campbell S Kaplan and Perla HF 1980 Probabilistic seismic safety study of an existing nuclear power plant Nuclear Engineering and Design v 59 p 315-318

Kunreuther H K Fitzgerald and TD Aarts 1993 Siting noxious facilities a test of the Facility Siting Credo Risk Analysis v 13 p 301-318

Kunreuther H LE Susskind and T D Aarts 1993 The facility siting credo guidelines for an effective facility siting process Environmental Impact Assessment Review Publication Services University of Pennsylvania Available on-line at several locations including this URL httpwebmitedupublicdisputespracticecredohtml

Lang DH Molina Palacios S and Lindholm CD 2007 The seismic risk and loss assessment tool SELENA and its applicability for (near-)real-time damage estimation International Workshop on Seismicity and Seismological Observations of the Baltic Sea Region and Adjacent Territories September 10-12 Vilnius Lithuania

Lee WHK and Stewart SW 1981 Principles and applications of microearthquake networks Academic Press 293 p

Lesbirel SH and D Shaw 2000 Facility siting issues and perspectives In SH Lesbirel and D Shaw eds Challenges and Issues in Facility Siting Proceedings of a Conference Columbia Earthscape New York Columbia University Press (on-line) Available at the following URL httpwwwccccolumbiaedusecdlcearthscaperrlframehtml

Majer E Baria R and Stark M 2009 Protocol for induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Report produced in Task D Annex I (9 April 2008) International Energy Agency-Geothermal Implementing Agreement (incorporating

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-3

SECTIONNINE References

comments by C Bromley W Cumming A Jelacic and L Rybach) Available at httpwwwiea-giaorgpublicationsasp

Majer E Baria R Stark M Oates S Bommer J Smith B and Asanuma H 2007 Induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems Geothermics v 36 p 185-222

Majer E Nelson JT Robertson-Tait A Savy J and Wong I 2012 Protocol for addressing induced seismicity associated with Enhanced Geothermal Systems DOEEE-0662 45 p

McGarr A 1976 Seismic moments and volume changes Journal of Geophysical Research v 81 p 1487

McGuire RK 2004 Seismic hazard and risk analysis Earthquake Engineering Research Institute MNO-10 221 p

National Energy Technology Laboratory (NETL) 2009 Public outreach and education for carbon storage projects Report no DOENETL-20091391

NETL 2009 Site screening selection and characterization of CO2 stored in deep geologic formations Regional Carbon Sequestration Partnerships Annual Review November

Ordaz M Aguilar A and Arboleda J 2007 CRISIS2007 ndash Ver 11 Program for Computing Seismic Hazard Instituto de Ingenieria UNAM Mexico The CRISIS code installer is available at httpecapraorgcapra_wikien_wikiindexphptitle=CRISIS2007

Porter KA R Kennedy and Bachman R 2007 Earthquake Engineering Practice Creating Fragility Functions for Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering EERI Earthquake Spectra v 23 no 2 p 471-489 May

Porter KA and Scawthorn C 2007 OPENRISK Open-source risk software access for the insurance industry Available on the AGORA site at httpwwwrisk-agoraorg

Prejean St WL Ellsworth M Zoback and F Waldhauser 2002 Fault structure and kinematics of the Long Valley Caldera region California revealed by high-accuracy earthquake hypocenters and focal mechanism stress inversions Journal of Geophysical Research v 107 p 1397

PRWeb 2010 Newberry Enhanced Geothermal Systems Demonstration Community Outreach Positive BLM Initiates Environmental Assessment PRWebcom October 2010 httpwwwprwebcomreleases201010prweb4610704htm

Raab J and L Susskind 2009 New approaches to consensus building and speeding up large-scale energy infrastructure project Paper presented at the Conference for the Expansion of the German Transmission Grid Goumlttingen University June 2009

Richter CF 1958 Elemental seismology WH Freeman San Francisco CA 768 p

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009a Tackling public risk ndash a practical guide for policy makers UK Department for Business Enterprise and Regulator Reform Report No URN 09972 May 2009 60 pp

Risk and Regulatory Advisory Council (RRAC) 2009b Examples of public risk communication UK Department for Business Innovation and Skills Report No URN 091424 October 2009 47 pp

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-4

SECTIONNINE References

RiskScape 2010 Riskscape User Manual version 0230 GNS Sciences amp NIWA available at wwwriskscapeorgnz

Schwartz DP and Coppersmith KJ 1984 Fault behavior and characteristic earthquakes--examples from the Wasatch and San Andreas fault zones Journal of Geophysical Research v 89 p 5681-5698

SERIANEX 2009 AP5000 report - Seismic hazard and risk assessments during three reference time periods (Normal stimulation and circulation) GEOTER SAS October 15

Shapiro SA Dinske C and Kummerow J 2007 Probability of a given-magnitude earthquake induced by a fluid injection Geophysical Research Letters v 34 p L22314

Shapiro SA Dinske C Langebruch C and Wenzel F 2010 Seismogenic index and magnitude probability of earthquakes induced during reservoir fluid stimulations The Leading Edge Special Section Microseismic p 304-309

Siedentop S 2010 Locating sites for locally unwanted land uses successfully coping with NIMBY resistance In A C de Pina Filho and A C de Pina eds Methods and Techniques in Urban Engineering ISBN 978-953-307-096-4 InTech

Siskind D E M S Stagg J W Kopp and C H Dowding 1980 Structure Response and Damage Produced by Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting US Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations RI 8507

Stump MPH and MA Porter 2012 Critical Truths About Power LawsScience v 335 p 665-666

Thoenen JR and SL Windes 1942 Seismic Effects of Quarry Blasting US Bureau of Mines Bulletin 442 NTIS

Thomas PA Wong IG and Abrahamson N 2010 Verification of probabilistic seismic hazard analysis software programs PEER Report 2010106 Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center College of Engineering University of California Berkeley 173 p

Transportation Research Board 1996 Landslides investigation and mitigation Special Report 247 Chapter 4 National Academy Press Washington DC

Trendafiloski G M Wyss and Rosset Ph 2009 Loss estimation module in the second generation software QLARM World Agency of Planetary Monitoring and Earthquake Risk Reduction Geneva Switzerland (wwwwapmerrorgQLARM_Paper-Cambridge-defpdf)

US Geological Survey (USGS) 2008 Lower 48 states maps and data available at httpearthquakeusgsgov hazardsproductsconterminous

USNRC (US Nuclear Regulatory Commission) 1981Fault Tree HandbookUSNRC Systems and Reliability Research Office of Regulatory Research Washington DC

Waldhauser F 2001 hypoDD A computer program to compute double-difference earthquake locations US Geological Survey Open File Rep 01-113

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-5

SECTIONNINE References

Waldhauser F and WL Ellsworth 2000 A double-difference earthquake location algorithm Method and application to the northern Hayward fault Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 90 p1353-1368

Wells DL and Coppersmith KJ 1994 New empirical relationships among magnitude rupture length rupture width rupture area and surface displacement Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 84 p 974-1002

Wesnousky SG 1986 Earthquakes Quaternary faults and seismic hazard in California Journal Geophysical Research v 91 p 12587-12631

WIPP 2011 Waste Isolation Pilot Project Community Relations Plan website Information can be accessed at httpwwwwippenergygovWPPCommunityRelationsindexhtml

Youngs RR and Coppersmith KJ 1985 Implications of fault slip rates and earthquake recurrence models to probabilistic seismic hazard estimates Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America v 75 p 939-964

BEST PRACTICES EGS INDUCED SEISMICITY 8-APRIL-2016 9-6

Appendix C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental

Protection Measures and Best Management Practices

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX E

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

In addition to the requirements and conditions stated in the project permits

geothermal lease stipulations and conditions of approval the project

proponents are committed to implementing the best management practices

(BMPs) discussed below as appropriate for each of the proposed actions These

measures have been divided into the following categories General Measures

Air Quality SoilErosion Control Blasting Water Resources Noxious Weeds

Vegetation Wildlife and Sensitive Species Cultural and Paleontological

Resources Noise Visual Resources and Public Health and Safety

General Measures

1 Prior to construction the limits of the temporary construction ROW would

be recorded using a global positioning system unit

2 The operator would obtain agency authorization prior to borrowing soil or

rock material from agency lands

3 Prior to construction all construction personnel would be instructed on the

protection of sensitive biological cultural and paleontological resources

that have the potential to occur on site

4 Construction in residential areas would be limited to between daylight and

dusk seven days a week

5 All construction vehicle movement would be restricted to the ROW pre-

designated access roads and public roads

6 Fences and gates if damaged or destroyed by construction activities would

be repaired or replaced to their original preconstruction condition as

required by the landowner or land-management agency

7 Temporary gates would be installed only with prior permission of the

landowner or land management agency

8 All existing roads would be left in a condition equal to or better than their

preconstruction condition

9 All vehicle traffic associated with the projects would be restricted to

designated access roads

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-1

Appendix E

10 Where possible new access roads would be located to follow natural

contours and minimize side hill cuts and fills Excessive grades on roads

road embankments ditches and drainages would be avoided especially in

areas with erodible soils

11 New roads would be designed so that changes to surface water runoff are

minimized and new erosion is not initiated

12 New access roads would be located to minimize stream crossings All

structures crossing streams would be located and constructed so that they

do not decrease channel stability or increase water velocity Operators

would obtain all applicable federal and state water crossing permits

13 New roads would be located away from drainage bottoms and avoid

wetlands if practicable

14 Road use would be restricted during the wet season if road surfacing is not

adequate to prevent soil displacement rutting etc and resultant stream

sedimentation

15 Access roads and on-site roads would be surfaced with aggregate materials

where necessary to provide a stable road surface support anticipated

traffic reduce fugitive dust and prevent erosion

16 Non-specular conductors would be installed on transmission lines to reduce

visual impacts Speed limits of 25 miles per hour would be observed on all

unpaved roads in each project area in order to minimize dust and avoid

collision with and incidental death of local wildlife

17 Pipelines constructed above ground due to thermal gradient induced

expansion and contraction would rest on cradles above ground level

allowing small animals to pass underneath

Air Quality

1 Construction and operation of the proposed developments would comply

with all applicable federal and state air quality standards

2 BMPs for dust control would be implemented during construction of the

access roads well pads power plant sites pipelines and electrical

interconnection lines

3 Vulcan Power Company has obtained a Surface Area Disturbance (SAD)

permit from the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau of Air

Pollution Control and would use the following dust-control measures from

the BMP section of that permit within the Vulcan Project Area

Two water trucks would pre-water areas to be disturbed and apply

water on disturbed areas and material storage piles on a regular

basis

Roads would be graveled and vehicle speeds limited to 25 miles per

hour

E-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4

5

6

7

8

Subcontractors would be informed of their responsibilities to

control fugitive dust

Construction equipment operators would be trained to recognize

excessive fugitive dust generation and call for a water truck to spray

water on the disturbed areas

Construction contractors would use equipment that is maintained

per manufacturerrsquos specifications and meets all applicable US

Environmental Protection Agency standards for criteria pollutants

from diesel engines including particulates

The drilling contractor would use state-of-the-art drill rigs certified to meet

current EPA standards for non-methane hydrocarbons nitrogen oxides and

particulates

Fugitive emissions from any hydrocarbon working fluids

(isopentanepentane) would be minimized by utilizing the latest industry

technology flanges seals vapor-recovery units leak-detection system and

routine maintenance procedures

Sensors located around major equipment would continuously provide

information regarding hydrocarbon levels to the control room and the

annunciators The annunciators would alert the plant operators when a

certain level of hydrocarbon is detected by the sensors This would enable

quick response time to alleviate potential problems and would keep plant

personnel safe while minimizing hydrocarbon emissions

Whenever maintenance needs to be performed on the turbine-generator

equipment or the hydrocarbon system the hydrocarbon would be

recovered to prevent a release into the atmosphere by installing a system

that would evacuate the hydrocarbon from the network of piping and

equipment sub-cool the vapor back into a liquid and pump it back into the

hydrocarbon storage tank

As part of the POD SPPC or its contractor would prepare and implement a

Dust Control Plan to minimize fugitive dust emissions generated from

project construction activities The Dust Control Plan would be submitted

to the Churchill County Planning Department and would be prepared in

accordance with the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection Bureau

of Air Pollution Controlrsquos SAD Permit At a minimum the Dust Control

Plan would discuss

Enforcement of dust control requirements

Environmental training and

Dust-control measures to be implemented during construction

As part of the POUPOD the operator would prepare and submit to the

agency an Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan for managing diesel exhaust

An Equipment Emissions Mitigation Plan would identify actions to reduce

9

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-3

Appendix E

diesel particulate carbon monoxide hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides

associated with construction and drilling activities The Equipment Emissions

Mitigation Plan would require that all drillingconstruction-related engines

are maintained and operated as follows

Are tuned to the engine manufacturerrsquos specification in accordance

with an appropriate time frame

Do not idle for more than five minutes (unless in the case of

certain drilling engines it is necessary for the operating scope)

Are not tampered with in order to increase engine horsepower

Include particulate traps oxidation catalysts and other suitable

control devices on all drillingconstruction equipment used at the

project site

Use diesel fuel having a sulfur content of 15 parts per million or

less or other suitable alternative diesel fuel unless such fuel

cannot be reasonably procured in the market area

Include control devices to reduce air emissions The determination

of which equipment is suitable for control devices should be made

by an independent Licensed Mechanical Engineer Equipment

suitable for control devices may include drilling equipment work

over and service rigs mud pumps generators compressors

graders bulldozers and dump trucks

Soil Disturbance

1 In areas where significant grading would be required topsoil where present

would be segregated stockpiled and stabilized until later reapplication

2 Construction would be prohibited when the soil is too wet to adequately

support construction equipment or would result in ruts of 4 inches or

greater

3 An approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) would be

prepared as part of the POD and implemented to minimize erosion from

the project construction worksites and contain sediment The SWPPP

would be prepared in accordance with the National Pollutant Disposal

Elimination System General Construction Stormwater Permit At a

minimum it would identify the existing drainage patterns of the

construction work sites and ROW nearby drainages and washes potential

pollutant sources other than sediment and the BMPs that that would be

implemented to minimize off-site erosion and sedimentation The SWPPP

would include maps of the project area with potential locations for

appropriate BMPs The SWPPP would be kept on site throughout the

duration of construction Measures identified in the SWPPP would be

inspected on the ground at least once per week as well as before and after

rain events of 05-inch or more in a 24-hour period

E-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

4 Compaction of the soils would be in accordance with the recommendations

in the geotechnical report and the detailed civil design

5 All disturbed lands not required for plant operations would be revegetated

upon completion of construction

Blasting (if required and approved)

1 At a minimum all explosive storage facilities would be weather resistant

fire resistant bullet resistant and theft resistant

2 Potential rockslidelandslide areas would be identified and avoided to the

maximum extent possible and a blasting geologist would be consulted prior

to blasting in these areas

3 Blasts would be designed to minimize ground vibrations that can cause slope

instability and impacts to wells andor springs

4 Blasting within 500 feet of wells andor springs would be avoided to the

maximum extent possible

5 Precautions would be taken to minimize or avoid damaging structures or

utilities located within 150 feet of blasting operations Precautions may

include rippling the charge detonations further apart or reducing the

amount of charge material that detonates simultaneously

6 To prevent or minimize the amount of rock particles cast into the air

following detonation blasting mats would be used

7 A signaling system would be used to alert individuals of an impending blast

The signaling system would include the following components

A warning signal five minutes prior to the blasting signal a one-

minute series of long audible signals would be sounded at the blast

site

A blasting signal one minute prior to the blast a series of short

audible signals would be sounded at the blast site

An all-clear signal a prolonged audible signal would be sounded at

the blast site following the post-blast inspection of the blast area

8 To inform construction personnel of the signaling protocol signs explaining

the protocol would be posted at the staging areas and at other appropriate

areas along the construction ROW

9 The proponent andor its contractor would perform pre- and post-blast

inspections of existing structures that may sustain damage due to blasting

operations

10 If any damage to structures occurs due to blasting operations the

proponent andor its contractor would repair the damage as quickly as

possible after becoming aware of the damage In the event of damage to any

water supply systems the proponent andor its contractor would provide

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-5

Appendix E

an alternative water source until the original water supply system is

restored

Water Resources

1 In coordination with State regulatory agencies the operator would comply

with all State and Federal surface and ground water rules and regulations for

all phases of development and reclamation

2 All construction vehicle and equipment staging or storage would be located

at least 100 feet away from any streams wetlands and other water features

3 Freshwater-bearing and other usable water aquifers would be protected

from contamination by assuring all well casing (excluding the liner) is

required to be cemented from the casing shoe (below the lowest

groundwater aquifer) to the surface

4 Site drainage including the plant finish grade ditches swales and other

drainage features would be designed to meet local weather conditions and

the mean average rainfall The drainage would be designed to ensure that

there would be no stormwater runoff that would adversely affect nearby

surface waters (eg wetlands canals) The design would also incorporate

containment for oil-filled equipment where required This would allow

runoff from the oil-filled equipment to be inspected to avoid contaminated

discharge to a pond or local drainage

5 Appropriate oil separation and disposal measures would be taken as

required prior to release of runoff to the surface drainage

6 Operators would develop a storm water management plan as part of the

POU to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and prevent off-site

migration of contaminated storm water or increased soil erosion

7 Stormwater from the well pad would be directed to the reserve pit and

contained on site

8 The geothermal wells would be drilled using non-toxic drilling mud to

prevent the loss of drilling fluids into the rock and the risk of contamination

to any aquifers from the drilling fluid

9 Reserve pits would be constructed at each Ormat well site for the

containment and temporary storage of drilling mud drill cuttings

geothermal fluid and storm water runoff from each constructed well pad

Because non-toxic drilling mud would be used the reserve pits would not

be lined Additionally the bentonite drilling muds discharged into the

reserve pits would act as a liner in the same way they prevent the loss of

drilling fluids in the well bore into the rock Therefore contamination of the

local ground water aquifers as a result of the temporary discharges into the

reserve pits would be unlikely

10 Culverts would be strategically placed to allow for the natural drainage in

any disturbed areas in the project area to be maintained

E-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

11 The well pads would be set back at least 100 feet from the boundary of the

Carson Lake and Pasture and would have berms that would prevent spills

from draining west to the wildlife refuge

12 Operators would avoid creating hydrologic conduits between discrete

aquifers during foundation excavation and other activities

Noxious Weeds

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all

noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and

provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any

noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would

treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan

component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning)

of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto

public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves

the project site

Vegetation

1 Wherever possible vegetation would be left in place Where vegetation

must be removed it would be cut at ground level to preserve the root

structure and allow for potential resprouting

2 All temporary construction areas that have been disturbed including

stringing sites and transmission structure work areas would be recontoured

and restored as required by the landowner or land-management agency

The method of restoration typically would consist of seeding or

revegetating with native plants (if required) installing cross drains for

erosion control and placing water bars in the road or centerline travel

route Seed used for revegetation would be certified as weed-free

Wildlife and Sensitive Species

1 If land-clearing activities are conducted during the avian breeding season

(March 15 to July 15) nesting bird surveys would be conducted to identify

nests and evidence of breeding birds

2 Excavations left open overnight would be covered or fenced securely to

prevent wildlife from falling into open excavations

3 Structures would be constructed to conform to those practices described in

the Suggested Practices for Avian Protection on Power Lines (APLIC 2006)

4 Any toxic or hazardous material or any other items that present a risk to

wildlife would be fenced netted or include some other measure to exclude

wildlife

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-7

Appendix E

Livestock Grazing

1 The operator would coordinate with livestock operators during the life of

the project to minimize impacts to livestock operations

Cultural and Paleontological Resources

1 A Class III cultural resource inventory would be conducted prior to

construction Unevaluated cultural sites would be tested to determine their

eligibility status Wherever possible the proponent would avoid cultural

sites identified as eligible for inclusion on the National Register of Historic

Places Where avoidance is not possible a treatment plan would be

developed through consultation between the BLM State Historic

Preservation Office (SHPO) and applicable tribes

2 Prior to construction the proponent andor its contractors would train

workers and individuals involved with the project regarding the potential to

encounter historic or prehistoric sites and objects proper procedures in

the event that cultural items or human remains are encountered

prohibitions on artifact collection and respect for Native American religious

concerns As part of this training all construction personnel would be

instructed to inspect for paleontological and cultural objects when

excavating or conducting other ground-disturbing activities

3 If potential resources are found work would be halted immediately within a

minimum distance of 300 feet from the discovery and a professional

archaeologist (holding a valid Cultural Resources Permit from Nevada BLM)

would be mobilized to the site to evaluate the find Any potential resources

would not be handled or moved The professional archaeologist would then

determine whether the find needs to be evaluated by a paleontologist or

Native American representative The appropriate specialist(s) would then

make a recommendation of the significance of the find and the steps to be

followed before proceeding with the activity Any cultural andor

paleontological resource discovered during construction on public or

federal land would be reported immediately to the BLM Work would not

continue until the BLM issues a notice to proceed The BLM would notify

and consult with SHPO and appropriate tribes on eligibility and suitable

treatment options If significant resources are discovered they would be

recovered transported and stored at an approved curation facility that

meets the standards specified in Title 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations

(CFR) Part 79

4 If human remains are encountered during project construction all work

within 300 feet of the remains would cease and the remains would be

protected If the remains are on land managed by the BLM BLM

representatives would be immediately notified If the remains are Native

American the BLM would follow the procedures set forth in 43 CFR Part

10 Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Regulations If the

remains are located on state or private lands the Nevada SHPO and the

BLM would be notified immediately Native American human remains

E-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

discovered on state or private lands would be treated under the provisions

of the Protection of Indian Burial Sites section of the Nevada Revised

Statutes Chapter 383 The Nevada SHPO would consult with the Nevada

Indian Commission and notify the appropriate Native American tribe

Procedures for inadvertent discovery are listed under Nevada Revised

Statutes 383170

Noise

1 Noise mufflers would be used on all drill rig and air compressor engines

Each well pad may have one rock muffler Rock mufflers are approximately

30 feet tall with a diameter of about 10 feet and are used to separate and

attenuate steam venting noise during well testing

2 Ormat employs proprietary turbine designs having rotation speeds matching

generator output rotations per minute This process eliminates the need for

gear reduction units and the resulting associated noise As a result the

facilities operate at approximately 65dbA at 200 feet Ormat would also

employ the best available noise control technology on cooling tower fans

Visual Resources

1 The operator would incorporate visual design considerations into the

planning and design of the project to minimize potential visual impacts of the

proposal and to meet the Visual Resource Management objectives of the

area and the agency

2 Structures would be constructed with low profiles whenever possible to

reduce structure visibility

3 Materials and surface treatments would be selected and designed to repeat

or blend with landscape elements

4 Placement of facilities on ridgelines summits or other locations would be

avoided in order to prevent the buildings from being silhouetted against the

sky from important viewing locations

5 Facilities would be collocated to the extent possible to use existing and

shared rights-of-way existing and shared access and maintenance roads and

other infrastructure in order to reduce visual impacts Facilities would not

bisect ridge tops or run down the center of valley bottoms

6 Site linear features (aboveground pipelines rights-of-way and roads) would

follow natural land contours rather than straight lines (particularly up

slopes) when possible Fall-line cuts should be avoided

7 Site facilities especially linear facilities would take advantage of natural

topographic breaks (ie pronounced changes in slope) to avoid siting

facilities on steep side slopes

8 Where available site linear features such as rights-of-way and roads would

follow the edges of clearings (where they would be less conspicuous) rather

than passing through the centers of clearings

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-9

Appendix E

9 Site facilities would take advantage of existing clearings to reduce vegetation

clearing and ground disturbance where possible

10 Site linear features (eg trails roads rivers) would cross other linear

features at right angles whenever possible to minimize viewing area and

duration

11 Site and design structures and roads would minimize and balance cuts and

fills and to preserve existing rocks vegetation and drainage patterns to the

maximum extent possible

12 All buildings insulation jacketing and visible structures would be painted

according to the BLM ldquoStandard Environmental Colors Chartrdquo designations

for facilities on BLM lands in order to minimize the visual impacts in the

area

13 Non-reflective or low-reflectivity materials coatings or paints would be

used whenever possible

14 Grouped structures would be painted the same color to reduce visual

complexity and color contrast

15 Efficient facility lighting would be designed and installed so that the minimum

amount of lighting required for safety and security is provided but not

exceeded and so that upward light scattering (light pollution) is minimized

This may include for example installing shrouds to minimize light from

straying off-site properly directing light to only illuminate necessary areas

and installing motion sensors to only illuminate areas when necessary

16 Construction staging areas and laydown areas would be sited outside of the

viewsheds of publically accessible vantage points and visually sensitive areas

where possible including siting in swales around bends and behind ridges

and vegetative screens

17 Visual impact mitigation objectives and activities would be discussed with

equipment operators prior to commencement of construction activities

18 Slash from vegetation removal would be mulched or scattered and spread

to cover fresh soil disturbances or if not possible buried or composted

19 If slash piles are necessary piles would be staged out of sight of sensitive

viewing areas

20 Installing gravel and pavement would be avoided where possible to reduce

color and texture contrasts with existing landscape

21 Excess fill would be used to fill uphill-side swales resulting from road

construction in order to reduce unnatural-appearing slope interruption and

to reduce fill piles

22 Downslope wasting of excess fill material would be avoided

E-10 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

23 Road-cut slopes would be rounded and cut and fill pitch would be varied to

reduce contrasts in form and line Slopes would be varied to preserve

specimen trees and nonhazardous rock outcroppings

24 Planting pockets would be left on slopes where feasible

25 Where required areas would be revegetated with native vegetation

establishing a composition consistent with the form line color and texture

of the surrounding undisturbed landscape

26 Benches would be provided in rock cuts to accent natural strata

27 Split-face rock blasting would be used to minimize unnatural form and

texture resulting from blasting

28 Topsoil would be segregated from cut and fill activities and spread on

freshly disturbed areas to reduce color contrast and to aid rapid

revegetation

29 Signage would be minimized and reverse sides of signs and mounts painted

or coated to reduce color contrast with existing landscape

30 Trash burning would be prohibited trash would be stored in containers to

be hauled off-site for disposal

31 Interim restoration would be undertaken as soon as possible after

disturbances during the operating life of the project During road

maintenance activities blading would avoid existing forbs and grasses in

ditches and along roads

32 Cut slopes would be randomly scarified to reduce texture contrast with

existing landscape and to aid in revegetation

33 Disturbed areas would be covered with stockpiled topsoil or mulch and

revegetated with a mix of native species selected for visual compatibility

with existing vegetation

34 Rocks brush and natural debris would be restored whenever possible to

approximate preexisting visual conditions

Health and Safety

1 All potential spark-emitting equipment would be fitted with spark arresters

2 Trash and other non-hazardous solid waste would be collected and stored

on site and periodically disposed of at an off-site disposal facility authorized

to accept waste

3 Blowout prevention equipment would be utilized while drilling below the

surface casing to ensure that any geothermal fluids encountered do not flow

uncontrolled to the surface The blowout prevention equipment would be

installed on the well head which is welded to the casing and kept in

operating condition and tested in compliance with federal regulations and

industry standards

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-11

Appendix E

4 A spill and disposal contingency plan would be developed within the POD

which would describe the methods for cleanup and abatement of any

petroleum hydrocarbon or other hazardous material spill

5 A health and safety program would be developed as part of the POU to

protect both workers and the general public during construction and

operation of geothermal projects

6 Regarding occupational health and safety the program would identify all

applicable federal and state occupational safety standards establish safe

work practices for each task (eg requirements for personal protective

equipment and safety harnesses Occupational Safety and Health

Administration standard practices for safe use of explosives and blasting

agents and measures for reducing occupational electric and magnetic fields

exposures) establish fire safety evacuation procedures and define safety

performance standards (eg electrical system standards and lightning

protection standards) The program would include a training program to

identify hazard training requirements for workers for each task and establish

procedures for providing required training to all workers Documentation

of training and a mechanism for reporting serious accidents to appropriate

agencies would be established

7 Access to the drill pads and reserve pit would be limited to authorized

personnel and appropriate safety and warning signs would be posted at

each pad site and entrance road

8 Drill cuttings may be used at the discretion of the surface manager in this

case BLM as fill material for projects such as road repair and pad

construction Before use of the cuttings for construction the cuttings from

test wells would be tested by a certified lab for hazardous wastes Using the

federally mandated toxicity characteristics and leaching profile testing

methods each sample would be tested for heavy metals and volatile and

semi-volatile organic properties These results would be provided to the

BLM upon the request for authorization of use of cuttings in construction

9 All machinery drilling platforms and oil and fuel storage areas on the drill

pads would have secondary containment up to 110 percent of volume and

as a secondary precaution would drain to the reserve pit

10 Over the operational life of the project accidental discharges of geothermal

fluids which could contaminate surface or ground waters are unlikely

because of frequent inspections and ultrasonic testing of the geothermal

pipelines pipeline flow and pressure monitoring and well pump and pipeline

valve shutdown features

11 Portable sanitary facilities and potable water would be provided at the drill

sites and maintained in accordance with applicable health standards

12 Emergency showers and eyewash stations would be located in areas where

chemical irritants would be used as required by code

E-12 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

13 Outside emergency showerseyewash stations would be provided with

freezesummer high temperature protection as appropriate

14 Well pad sites would be surrounded by a berm to contain accidental spills

and runoff on-site and would be sloped to drain into collection ditches

which in turn would drain into the on-site reserve pit

15 Power plant sites would be sloped and graded with a drainage system to

collect all runoff

16 Liquids would be stored in the reserve pit until the liquid evaporates is

pumped out and injected back into the wells or is disposed of in accordance

with BLM and Nevada regulations Should drainage swales be encountered

they would be diverted around the site or otherwise handled in accordance

with BLM and other applicable regulations

17 Each power plant site would be fenced

18 Perimeter and switchyard fencing would be properly grounded to provide

personnel protection All fence fabric posts barbed wire hardware and

gates would be galvanized

19 Permanent sensors for detecting hydrocarbon leakage would be located in

areas of potential leakage such as near the hydrocarbon storage tanks

turbines and hydrocarbon pumps They can be responded to manually or

interlocked with the fire protection system to provide automatic response

20 All construction vehicles would be maintained in accordance with the

manufacturersrsquo recommendations All vehicles would be inspected for leaks

prior to entering the job site All discovered leaks would be contained with

a bucket or absorbent materials until repairs can be made

21 All hazardous waste materials would be properly labeled in accordance with

40 CFR Part 262 A list of hazardous materials expected to be used during

project construction is presented in Table E-1 Hazardous Materials

Proposed for Project Use

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

2-Cycle Oil Lubricating Grease

ABC dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher Mastic Coating

Acetylene Gas Methyl Alcohol

Air Tool Oil North Wasp and Hornet Spray (111-

Trichloroethane)

Ammonium Hydroxide Oxygen

Antifreeze Paint

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-13

Appendix E

Table E-1 Hazardous Materials Proposed for Project Use

Hazardous Materials

Automatic Transmission Fluid Paint Thinner

Battery Acid Petroleum Products

Bee Bop Insect Killer Prestone II Antifreeze

Canned Spray Paint Puncture Seal Tire Inflator

Chain Lubricant (Methylene Chloride) Safety Fuses

Connector Grease Safety Solvent

Contact Cleaner 2000 Starter Fluid

Eye Glass Cleaner (Methylene Chloride) Trichloroethane

Gas Treatment Wagner Brake Fluid

Gasoline WD-40

Insulating Oil

22 Hazardous material storage equipment refueling and equipment repair

would be conducted at least 100 feet from streams or other water features

to the maximum extent feasible If these activities must be conducted within

100 feet of streams or other water features secondary containment would

be used to protect these water features

23 Spilled material of any type would be cleaned up immediately A shovel and

spill kit would be maintained on site at all times to respond to spills

24 All sanitary wastes would be collected in portable self-contained toilets at

all construction staging areas and other construction operation areas and

managed in accordance with local requirements

25 The proponent would designate a Fire Marshall (Project Fire Marshall) who

would coordinate with a Fire Marshall to be designated by the prime

contractor (Contractor Fire Marshall) and the BLMrsquos fire-management

representative as necessary

26 The Contractor Fire Marshall would be responsible for the following tasks

Conducting regular inspections of tools equipment and first aid kits

for completeness

Conducting regular inspections of storage areas and practices for

handling flammable fuels to confirm compliance with applicable laws

and regulations

Posting smoking and fire rules at centrally visible locations on site

E-14 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

Coordinating initial response to contractor-caused fires within the

project area

Conducting fire inspections along the ROW and access roads

Ensuring that all construction workers and subcontractors are

aware of all fire protection measures

Remaining on duty and on site when construction activities are in

progress and during any additional periods when fire safety is an

issue or designating another individual to serve in this capacity

when absent

Reporting all wildfires in accordance with the notification

procedures described below

Initiating and implementing fire-suppression activities until relieved

by agency or local firefighting services in the event of a project-

related fire Project fire suppression personnel and equipment

including water tenders would be dispatched within 15 minutes

from when a fire is reported

Coordinating with the Project Manager regarding current fire

conditions potential and fire safety warnings from the BLM and

communicating these to the contractorrsquos crews

27 The Construction Foreman or Contractor Fire Marshal would immediately

notify firefighting services of any fires on site

28 Contractors would be notified to stop or reduce construction activities that

pose a significant fire hazard until appropriate safeguards are taken

29 If an accidental fire occurs during construction immediate steps to

extinguish the fire if it is manageable and safe to do so would be taken

using available fire suppression equipment and techniques Fire-suppression

activities would be initiated by the proponent andor its contractor until

relieved by agency or local firefighting services

30 Smoking would only be permitted in designated cleared areas and would be

prohibited while walking or working in areas with vegetation or while

operating equipment In areas where smoking is permitted all burning

tobacco and matches would be completely extinguished and discarded in ash

trays not on the ground

31 ldquoNo smokingrdquo signs and fire rules would be posted at construction staging areas helicopter fly yards and key construction sites during the fire season

32 Fire-suppression equipment would be present in areas where construction

tools or equipment have the potential to spark a fire

33 Extra precautions would be taken when fire danger is considered to be high

34 All field personnel would be instructed regarding emergency fire response

The contractors would receive training on the following

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-15

Appendix E

Initial fire-suppression techniques

Fire event reporting requirements

Methods to determine if a fire is manageable

Fire-control measures to be implemented by field crews on site

When the worksite should be evacuated

How to respond to wildfires in the vicinity and

How to maintain knowledge of and plans for evacuation routes

35 All flammable material including dead vegetation dry grasses and snags

(fallen or standing dead trees) would be cleared for a minimum of 10 feet

from areas of equipment operation that may generate sparks or flames

36 No open burning campfires or barbeques would be allowed along the

ROW at construction staging areas at substations on access roads or in

any other project-related construction areas

37 All welding or cutting of power line structures or their component parts

would be approved by the Construction Foreman Approved welding or

cutting activities would only be performed in areas cleared of vegetation a

minimum of 10 feet around the area Welding or cutting activities would

cease one hour before all fire-response personnel leave a construction area

to reduce the possibility of welding activities smoldering and starting a fire

Welder vehicles would be equipped with fire-suppression equipment

38 All internal combustion engines both stationary and mobile would be

equipped with approved spark arresters that have been maintained in good

working condition Light trucks and cars with factory-installed mufflers in

good condition may be used on roads cleared of all vegetation with no

additional equipment required Vehicles equipped with catalytic converters

are potential fire hazards and would be parked on cleared areas only

39 The use of torches fuses highway flares or other warning devices with

open flames would be prohibited The proponent and its contractors would

only use electric or battery-operated warning devices on site

40 Equipment parking areas small stationary engine sites and gas and oil

storage areas would be cleared of all extraneous flammable materials ldquoNo

smokingrdquo signs would be posted in these areas at all times

41 All fuel tanks would be grounded

42 The proponent and the contractors would provide continuous access to

roads for emergency vehicles during construction

43 All motorized vehicles and equipment would be equipped with the following

fire-protection items

One long-handled round point shovel

One ax or Pulaski fire tool

E-16 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E

One five-pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher

One five-gallon water backpack (or other approved container) full

of water or other extinguishing solution and

Hard hat work gloves and eye protection

44 Project construction worksites would include the following equipment

Power saws if required for construction equipped with an

approved spark arrester and accompanied by one five-pound ABC

Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher and a long-handled round-point

shovel when used away from a vehicle

Fuel service trucks with one 35-pound capacity fire extinguisher

charged with the necessary chemicals to control electrical and fuel

fires At least two long-handled round-point shovels and two five-

pound ABC Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers at wood-cutting

welding or other construction work sites that have a high risk of

starting fires

At least one radio andor cellular telephone to contact fire-

suppression agencies or the project management team

Back pumps filled with water (two at each wood-cutting site one at

each welding site and two at each tower installation or

construction site or any activity site at risk of igniting fires)

45 During periods of increased fire danger a fire-suppression vehicle would be

available in the construction area or stationed near high-risk construction

work sites and would be equipped with the following items

One water tank with a minimum capacity of 500 gallons

250 feet of 075-inch heavy-duty rubber hosing

One pump with a discharge capacity of at least 20 gallons per

minute (the pump would have fuel capacity to operate for at least a

2-hour period) and

One tool cache (for fire use only) containing at a minimum two

long-handled round point shovels two axes or Pulaski fire tools

and one chainsaw of 35 (or more) horsepower with a cutting bar of

at least 20 inches in length

46 The government may require emergency measures including the necessary

shutting down of equipment or portions of operations during periods of

high fire danger

47 If a fire is unmanageable field crews would evacuate and call ldquo911rdquo or the

Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center 775-883-5353 (wildland fire

emergency line)

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

E-17

Appendix E

48 The Contractor would report ALL wildland fires on or in the vicinity of the

project to the Sierra Front Interagency Dispatch Center (SFIDC) When

reporting a fire provide the following information name callback telephone

number project name location and fire description The emergency phone

number for SFIDC dispatch is 775-883-5353

49 The fire protection system at each constructed plant site would consist of a

300000-gallon water storage tank two 100-percent diesel pumps a water-

distribution piping system control panel automatic valves instrumentation

and hydrants In addition handheld fire extinguishers would be located in

key areas throughout the plant

50 Infrared flame detection sensors would be strategically located adjacent to

major equipment and hydrocarbon storage tanks When a flame is detected

a signal is transmitted to the fire protection control panel which opens a

valve and the zone where the flame was detected is deluged until the valve

is manually shut off In the outdoor area the fire water system would be

tied into the leak detection and annunciator systems

51 A separate waterless fire suppression system would be installed in the

control building This product would not damage motor control center and

electrical equipment yet is safe to use in the control room where personnel

would be located

52 Current wildland fire information can be found on line at the Sierra Front

Interagency Dispatch Centerrsquos (SFIDC) websites httpwwwsierrafrontnet

under the Intelligence link This site will provide current and expected

weather conditions posting of Red Flan watches and warnings as well as

areas of current fire activity

53 Under Title 43 CFR 9212 the holder of this permit may be held liable for

any and all costs should a wildland fire occur caused by the activities

associated with the construction maintenance or operation of this project

Fire trespass action might be initiated and wildfires suppression costs may

be collected from the holder of this permit

E-18 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and

Conditions of Approval

This page intentionally left blank

APPENDIX B

LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF

APPROVAL

STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY

FIELD OFFICE

The following Standard Stipulations for all Geothermal Leases in the Carson

City Field Office apply to Vulcan lease numbers N-79310 N-79662 N-79663

N-79665 N-79666 N-79667 and N-79668

Native American Consultation All development activities proposed

under the authority of this lease are subject to the requirement for

Native American consultation prior to BLM authorizing the activity

Depending on the nature of the lease developments being proposed

and the resources of concerns to tribes potentially effected Native

American consultation and resulting mitigation measures to avoid

significant impacts may extend time frames for processing

authorizations for development activities as well as change in the

ways in which developments are implemented

Riparian Areas No surface occupancy within 650 feet (horizontal

measurement) of any surface water bodies riparian areas wetlands

playas or 100-year floodplains to protect the integrity of these

resources (as delineated by the presence of riparian vegetation and

not actual water) Exceptions to this restriction may be considered

on a case-by-case basis if the BLM determines at least one of the

following conditions apply 1) additional development is proposed in

an area where current development has shown no adverse impacts

2) suitable off-site mitigation will be provided if habitat loss is

expected or 3) BLM determines development proposed under any

plan of operations ensures adequate protection of the resources

Endangered Species The lease area may now or hereafter contain

plants animals or their habitats determined to be threatened

endangered or other special status species BLM may recommend

modifications to exploration and development proposals to further

its conservation and management objective to avoid BLM-approved

activity that will contribute to a need to list such a species or their

habitat BLM may require modifications to or disapprove proposed

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-1

ndash

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

activity that is likely to result in jeopardy to the continued existence

of a proposed or listed threatened or endangered species or result

in the destruction or adverse modifications of a designated or

proposed critical habitat BLM will not approve any ground-

disturbing activity that may affect any such species or critical habitat

until it completes its obligations under applicable requirements of

the Endangered Species Act 16 USC 1531 as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Sage Grouse The following stipulations apply to protect sage

grouse and their habitat Known habitat is defined as those areas

where sage grouse have been observed Potential habitat is those

areas where sage grouse may occur

Known Breeding Habitat and Leks February through June but

may vary on site specific basis

a Avoid all activity within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks

during the mating season - March through May or as

determined by Field Office and Wildlife Personnel No

surface occupancy within 33 km (2 miles) of known leks at

all times

Nesting Habitat and Brood-rearing habitats (April through

August per Interim NY Guidelines) and Winter Habitats

(October through March)

a Known Habitat Avoid all development or exploration

activities within 33 km (2 miles) or other appropriate

distance based on site-specific conditions of leks or within I

km (06 mi) of known nesting brood-rearing and winter

habitat

b Potential Habitat Avoid permanent occupancy of potential

habitat

General Sage Grouse Stipulations

a Prior to entry on any lease areas that include known or

potential habitat the lessee (operator) shall contact the

appropriate BLM Field Office to discuss any proposed

activities

b All power poles and potential raptor perches will be

designed or retrofitted to eliminate use by raptors and

ravens

B-2 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

c All surface disturbance occurring in potential or known

habitat shall be reclaimed as soon as possible in such a way

as to result in conditions suitable for sage grouse habitat

d All areas of disturbance will be graded and reseeded with a

seed mixture appropriate for the soils climate and

landform Attempt to restore the ecological processes and

potential natural vegetation and prevent the invasion of

noxious weeds or other invasive species

Migratory Birds Surface disturbing activities during the migratory

birds nesting season (March to July) may be restricted in order to

avoid potential violation of the Migratory Bird Act Appropriate

inventories of migratory birds shall be conducted during analysis of

actual site development If active nests are located the proponent

will coordinate with BLM to establish appropriate protection

measures for the nesting sites which may include avoidance or

restricting or excluding development during certain areas to times

when nests and nesting birds will not be disturbed During

development and production phases if artificial ponds potentially

detrimental to migratory birds are created these shall be fitted with

exclusion devices such as netting or floating balls

Noxious Weeds During all phases of exploration and development

the lessee will maintain a noxious weed control program consisting

of monitoring and eradication for species listed on the Nevada

Designated Noxious Weed List (NRS 555010)

Surface Occupancy Surface Occupancy and use is subject to all valid

existing surface rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as All potential KGRA and

noncompetitive lease sections

BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

The following Bureau of Reclamation Special Stipulations apply to Vulcan lease

number N-79664 and Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

The Lessor reserves the ownership of brines and condensates and

the right to receive or take possession of all or any part thereof

following the extraction or utilization by Lessee of the heat energy

and byproducts other than demineralized water associated

therewith subject to such rules and regulations as shall be

prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior If the Lessor elects to

take the brines and condensates the Lessee shall deliver all or any

portion thereof to the Lessor at any point in the Lessees

geothermal gathering system after separation of the steam and brine

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-3

ndash

Appendix B

products or from the disposal system as specified by the Lessor for

the extraction of said brines and condensates by such means as the

Lessor may provide and without cost to the Lessee

There is not obligation on the part of the Lessor to exercise its

reserved rights The Lessor shall not be liable in any manner if those

rights are not exercised and in that event the Lessee shall dispose

of the brines and condensates in accordance with applicable laws

rules and regulations

The Lessor reserves the right to conduct on the leased lands

testing and evaluation of geothermal resources which the Lessor

determines are required for its desalinization research programs for

utilization of geothermal fluids These programs may include shallow

temperature gradient hole underground exploration if they are

conducted in a manner compatible with lease operations and the

production by Lessee of geothermal steam and associated

geothermal resources

Lessor reserves the right to erect maintain and operate any and all

facilities pipelines transmission lines access roads and

appurtenances necessary for desalinization on the leased premises

Any desalting plants piping wells or other equipment installed by

the Lessor on the leased premises shall remain the property of the

Lessor and the Lessee shall conduct his operations in a manner

compatible with the operation and maintenance of any desalting

plants piping wells or other equipment installed by the Lessor Any

brines and condensates removed by the Lessor shall be replaced

without cost to the Lessee with fluids as compatible with reservoir

fluids as the brines or condensates that the Lessor removed and

where the Lessor and Lessee determine that they are needed by the

Lessee for his operation or for reinjection into the geothermal

anomalies

The Lessor and the Lessee if authorized by law may enter into

cooperative agreements for joint development and production of

geothermal resources from the leased premises consistent with

applicable laws and regulations Any geophysical geological

geochemical and reservoir hydraulic data collected by either the

Bureau of Reclamation or the Lessee will be made available upon

request to the other party and the data furnished to Reclamation

by the Lessee shall be considered confidential so long as the

following conditions prevail

Until the Lessee notifies Reclamation that there is no

requirement to retain the submitted data in confidential status

or until Lessee relinquishes all interest in the leased area from

where the information was obtained

B-4 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

Reclamation shall not incorporate data received from the

Lessee in its publications or reports during the period that

confidential data are being retained without written

authorization from the Lessee

Information obtained by Reclamation and upon request

submitted to the Lessee shall not be used in publications or

reports issued by Lessee without written consent of

Reclamation until the data have been published or otherwise

given distribution by Reclamation

The United States reserves the right to flood seep and overflow the

lands permanently or intermittently in connection with the

operation or maintenance of the Newlands Project Prior to use of

operation or maintenance roads within the Newlands Project the

Lessee will notify the Project Manager in order to be appraised of

areas that should be avoided to prevent interference with the

operation and maintenance of the project There is also reserved to

the United States the right of its officers agents employees

licensees and permittees at all proper times and places freely to

have ingress to passage over and egress from all of said lands for

the purpose of exercising and protecting the rights reserved herein

The Lessee further agrees that the United States its officers agents

and employees and its successors and assigns shall not be held liable

for any damage to the Lessees improvements or works by reason

of the exercise of the rights here reserved nor shall anything

contained in this paragraph be construed as in any manner limiting

other reservations in favor of the Unites States contained in this

lease

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE

MANAGEMENT AREA

The following Special Stipulations for All Leases in the Carson City Field Office

Management Area apply to Ormat lease numbers NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and

NVN-79106

Surface occupancy No surface occupancy or disturbance will be

allowed within 650 feet (horizontal measurement) of any surface

water bodies riparian areas wetlands playas or 100-year

floodplains to protect the integrity of these resources (as delineated

by the presence of riparian vegetation and not actual water) Other

buffer zones and areas of restricted surface occupancy may be

required to protect other resource values including but not limited

to critical or rare or endangered species habitat

Endangered Species Act Section 7 Consultation The lease area may

now or hereafter contain plants animals or their habitats

determined to be threatened endangered or other special status

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-5

Appendix B

species BLM may recommend modifications to exploration and

development proposals to further its conservation and management

objective to avoid BLM-approved activity that will contribute to a

need to list such a species or their habitat BLM may require

modifications to or disapprove proposed activity that is likely to

result in jeopardy to the continued existence of a proposed or

listed threatened or endangered species or result in the destruction

or adverse modifications of a designated or proposed critical

habitat BLM will not approve any ground-disturbing activity that

may affect any such species or critical habitat until it completes its

obligations under applicable requirements of the Endangered

Species Act 16 USC sect 1531 et seq as amended including

completion of any required procedure for conference or

consultation

Archaeology (BLM 1M 2005-003) This lease may be found to

contain historic properties or resources protected under the

National Historic Preservation Act American Indian Religious

Freedom Act Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation

Act EO 13007 or-other statutes and executive orders The BLM

will not approve any ground-disturbing activities that may affect any

such properties or resources until it completes its obligations under

applicable requirements of the NHPA and other authorities The

BLM may require exploration or development proposals to be

modified to protect such properties or it may disapprove any

activity that is likely to result in adverse effects that could not be

successfully avoided minimized or mitigated

To secure specific compliance with the stipulations under Section 6

paragraph (2) of the geothermal resources lease form the lessee

shall prior to operations furnish to the AO a certified statement

that either no archaeological values exist or that they may exist on

the leased lands to be disturbed or occupied to the best of the

lessees knowledge and belief and that they might be impaired by

geothermal resource operations Such a certified statement must be

completed in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol by an

archaeologist permitted by BLM for the Carson City Field Office If

the lessee furnishes a statement that archaeological values may exist

where the land is to be disturbed or occupied the lessee will

engage a qualified archaeologist acceptable to the AO to survey

and salvage in compliance with the BLM Nevada State Protocol in

advance of any operations such archaeological values on the lands

involved

The responsibility for the cost for the certificate survey and salvage

will be borne by the lessee and such salvaged property shall remain

the property of the Lessor or the surface owner

B-6 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix B

Surface occupancy and use is subject to all valid existing surface

rights

The lands subject to this stipulation are described as all potential

lease sections

Water Resources As exploration and development activities begin

the lessee will institute and pay for a hydrologic monitoring

program which will be site specific and its intensity will be

commensurate with the level of exploration For example if the

proponent were to conduct seismic studies the monitoring would

be limited to identifying water resources to be monitored as

activities continue if a drilling program were to be undertaken the

number of aquifers encountered their properties their quality and

their saturated thickness would be documented The information

collected would be submitted to the BLM and would be used to

support future NEPA documentation as development progresses

Adverse impacts on surface expressions of the geothermal reservoir

(hot springs) and threatened and endangered species habitat are

not acceptable The lessee will monitor the quality quantity and

temperature of any hot springs or other water resource within the

project area when conducting activities that could affect those

resources If adverse impacts do occur the BLM will require the

lessee to take corrective action to mitigate the impact Corrective

action may include shutting down the operation These are lease

stipulations not operational and the information gathered under

the monitoring stipulation will be used to identify future impacts at

the operational stage

Native American Consultation All proposed exploration and

development is subject to the requirement for Native American

consultation before the BLM will authorize the activity Depending

on the nature of the proposed lease development and the resource

of concern the time to complete Native American consultation and

to conduct any mitigation measures may extend the time for

authorization It may also change the ways in which developments

are implemented New lease applications would require Native

American consultation

CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS

The following Contingency Rights stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers

NVN-79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

BLM has reviewed existing information and planning resources

documents and except as noted in other attached stipulations

knows of no reason why normal development subject to the

controls of applicable laws and regulations and the lease terms and

conditions cannot proceed on the leased lands However specific

July 2011 Final Environmental Impact Statement

Salt Wells Energy Projects

B-7

ndash

ndash

Appendix B

development activities could not be identified prior to lease

issuance since the nature and extent of geothermal resources were

not known and specific operations have not been proposed The

lessee is hereby made aware that consistent with 43 CFR 32004 all

post lease operations will be subject to appropriate environmental

review and may be limited or denied only if unmitigable and

significant impacts on other land uses or resources would result

MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS

The following Material Site stipulation applies to Ormat lease numbers NVN-

79104 NVN-79105 and NVN-79106

The Lessee accepts this lease subject to the right of the State of

Nevada to remove material from the land embraced in Material

Sites and agrees that operations performed by the lessee will not

interfere with operations of the State of Nevada Department of

Transportation

NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS

The following No Surface Occupancy stipulation applies to Ormat lease

numbers NVN-79104 and NVN-79105

No surface occupancy due to high resource values on the following

lands

NVN-79104

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 28 all

sec 32 E2 NW

sec 33 all

NVN-79105

T 18 N R 30 E MDM Nevada

sec 19 E2

sec 20 all

sec 29 all

sec 30 NE

Should the operator determine the occupancy of additional surface is needed

for resource development in the public interest the current No Surface

Occupancy stipulation may be revised if both BLM and the operator mutually

agree

B-8 Final Environmental Impact Statement July 2011 Salt Wells Energy Projects

Appendix E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-1

APPENDIX E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

WATER QUALITY AND QUANTITY The proponent would develop a monitoring and mitigation plan for the thermal springs which the BLM and Navy would approve and would submit for approval before the agenciesrsquo determination of a Finding of No Significant Impact for the project

Monitoring would include collection of baseline data at least 1 to 2 years before operations begin depending on previously collected and available data

The BLM and Navy would determine the frequency and duration of monitoring and baseline data collection Monitoring would include collecting discharge and flow rates water stage and levels water quality temperature and other appropriate field parameters determined by the BLM and Navy

A draft monitoring and mitigation plan and a draft proposal for baseline data collection would be submitted to the BLM and Navy for approval before any data are collected

If the aboveground water line has no flow the line would be drained to prevent freezing and bursting

To keep any potentially leaked or spilled geothermal brine from encroaching on wetland and riparian areas erosion control devices and catchment systems would be installed around couplings and in natural drainages in and leading into any riparian areas crossed by the temporary pipeline

To ensure there is no leaking the length of the temporary pipeline would be regularly inspected daily

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

If a leak is detected along the length of the temporary pipeline from 84-31 or 88-24 to the productioninjection wells pumping would be shut down to repair the leak If a prolonged repair time is necessary pumping would be decreased and if needed it would be shut down to allow for pipeline repair

WETLANDS AND RIPARIAN AREAS No disturbance or cross-country travel would occur on or in wetlandriparian vegetation

The proponent would adhere to the no surface occupancy geothermal lease stipulation for lease numbers NVN-079104 NVN-079105 and NVN-079106 as described in Appendix B of the Salt Wells EIS (pages B-5ndashB-7 BLM 2011)

Before implementing the Proposed Action the project proponent would conduct a wetland delineation for the 630-acre portion of the project area under federal lease This would be done to verify the boundaries acreage and types of wetlands and riparian areas and associated no surface occupancy buffers previously identified in the project area In accordance with the abovementioned lease stipulations there would be no surface disturbance in areas within 650 feet of a delineated feature

Applicable Environmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and Appendix E of this EA would apply to the Proposed Action These measures include complying with the stormwater pollution prevention plan minimizing vegetation removal prohibiting overland travel and preventing noxious weed spread

Where jurisdictional wetlands or Other Waters of the United States could not be completely avoided the project proponent would obtain regulatory approval for any wetland removal or fill All mitigation measures determined by the US Army Corps of Engineers in the regulatory permit would be strictly adhered to

WILDLIFE AND KEY HABITAT Any pits including sumps that present a wildlife trapping hazard would be fitted or constructed with an escape ramp These measures would conform to Appendix D Best Management PracticesmdashMitigation Measures of the BLMrsquos 2008 geothermal leasing PEIS and NDOWrsquos Geothermal Sump Guidelines (no date)

Open uncapped hollow pipes or other openings would be capped screened or otherwise covered to prevent unintentional wildlife entrapment In addition other openings where wildlife escape ramps are not practicable such as well cellar openings would be capped or covered so they would not pose a wildlife trap hazard

The project proponents would develop and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment E-3

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures would include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

The BLM wildlife biologist and NDOW would be notified within 24 hours of any wildlife injuries or mortalities found in the project area during construction or operation

BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES The project proponents would conduct pre-project clearance surveys for BLM sensitive animal species with the potential to occur in or close to the project area that could be affected by the Proposed Action Qualified biologists would conduct surveys for all known and potential BLM sensitive animal species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM the Navy and NDOW as applicable If BLM sensitive animal species or their dens are identified impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing and by applying appropriate avoidance buffers as determined by the qualified biologist and the BLM Navy or NDOW If avoidance is not feasible the BLM or Navy would determine the timing restrictions or other mitigation in coordination with NDOW

The project proponent would conduct pre-project surveys for BLM sensitive plant species in the well assessment areas or any area where disturbance is proposed during the appropriate season Qualified botanists would conduct surveys for known and potential species in suitable habitat in the project area footprint They would use protocols approved by the BLM and the Navy If these species are observed impacts would be avoided by flagging or fencing the populations and by applying an appropriate avoidance buffer determined by the qualified botanist and the BLM and Navy If avoidance is not feasible the BLM would determine potential mitigation measures to ensure no net loss of sensitive plants Potential mitigation measures could include transplanting them to suitable undisturbed habitat or by collecting seeds

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel avoiding sensitive habitats minimizing vegetation removal and implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury

MIGRATORY BIRDS Surface-disturbing activities would not occur during the migratory bird nesting season If surface-disturbing activities must occur during this period qualified BLM-approved biologists would conduct pre-construction avian surveys not

E Fallon FORGE Environmental Protection Measures

E-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

more than 7 days before surface-disturbing activities begin The specific area to be surveyed would be based on the scope of the surface-disturbing activities as determined by the qualified biologist in coordination with the BLM If surface-disturbing activities do not take place within 7 days of the surveys the areas would be resurveyed If nesting migratory birds are detected during surveys appropriate buffers determined by the BLM in coordination with other state and federal wildlife agencies would be applied Buffers will remain in effect until the qualified biologist determines that young have fledged or the nest has failed this determination would be communicated to the BLM for review and approval

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include providing environmental education for workers preventing overland travel minimizing vegetation removal implementing measures to prevent wildlife entrapment or injury and minimizing or preventing weed establishment and spread in migratory bird habitat including the adjacent IBA

INVASIVE NONNATIVE AND NOXIOUS WEEDS The proponents would prepare and implement a noxious weed monitoring and treatment plan before construction The plan would include a description and map of noxious weeds in the project area The plan would also outline proposed weed treatments including a pesticide use plan and annual monitoring The plan would detail best practices for preventing project-related weed establishment and spread which include at a minimum minimizing surface disturbance using certified weed-free gravel or fill materials and washing off-road construction equipment before using it on-site

In summary the plan would describe measures necessary to ensure that the project would not cause a net increase in noxious weeds in the project area and that any project-related weed infestations are controlled

Applicable environmental protection measures and best management practices as described in Appendix E of the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) would apply to the Proposed Action Measures include minimizing vegetation removal and preventing noxious weed spread

Appendix F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX I

NAS FALLON WETLANDS

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Marshes

This category includes seasonally to semipermanently flooded natural marsh habitats characterized by graminoids (grass-like plants) such as Baltic rush (Juncus balticus) bulrushes (Scirpus spp) spikerushes (Eleocharis spp) cattails (Typha spp) and sedges (Carex spp) as well as grasses such as saltgrass (Distichilis spicata) that typically occur in Great Basin marshes These areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are at least seasonally flooded Small shallow ponds are also included within this category if they are surrounded by marsh habitats Willows (Salix spp) cottonwoods (Populus fremontii) or other woody species may be present as scattered individuals but not as a continuous overstory the vegetation is predominantly herbaceous Marsh-like habitats that are associated with excavated ditches and impoundments are considered separately under the Manmade Ponds and Ditches category

Natural marshes occur primarily on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Natural marsh habitats are also scattered on Main Station although most of the wetland habitat on the Main Station occurs in association with manmade ponds and ditches The only natural marsh that occurs on FRTC is associated with Stinking Springs which provides a small-area permanent shallow water habitat as well as vegetated wetlands on the western part of B-19

Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats

This category includes natural habitats that are temporarily to intermittently flooded and typically support low-growing plants that tolerate seasonal flooding and saline soils These habitats are often transitional between wetlands and uplands As with marshes this category may also encompass small areas of shallow ponds or temporarily flooded depressions that are included in or adjacent to the vegetated areas Most of these areas are classified as palustrine emergent wetlands that are unpredictably flooded for brief periods Saltgrass meadows on playas classified as lacustrine emergent wetlands also fall into this group Typical vegetation of these habitats includes saltgrass sharp-pointed bulrush (Scirpus pungens) western niterwort (Nitrophila occidentalis) and iodinebush (Allenrolfea occidentalis) Iodinebush wetland is also included in this habitat type It does not include the borders of manmade ditches and ponds and often support similar vegetation

These habitats are most extensive on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley where they occupy several hundred acres Moist-saline meadows and flats are also scattered on NAS Fallon There are several hundred acres of iodinebush wetland surrounding the large playa on B-19

Page I-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

These areas should be considered to have ecological significance depending on the ecological context in which they occur For example saline (saltgrass) meadows are more likely to provide important wildlife habitat when they are connected to larger areas of wetlands than when they are isolated and of limited extent

Riparian Wetlands

This category includes natural habitats with significant shrub or tree cover along natural streams that range from temporarily to permanently flooded The overstory consists of shrub or tree species that are typically found on stream banks in Nevada This habitat type is classified as palustrine scrub-shrub or forested wetlands often associated with an emergent wetland understory Fremont cottonwood is typically present although often only as saplings in disturbed or relatively dry sites Other native or nonnative shrubs or trees such as willows (Salix amygdaloides) wild rose (Rosa woodsii) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) or Russian-olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) may be present Woodland habitats associated with manmade ditches and ponds on NAS Fallon are described below

Natural riparian woodland habitat is associated with the perennial stretch of Horse Creek Many acres of riparian scrub habitat also occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley Additional areas of riparian woodland habitat are at the north end of B-16 where this habitat apparently established along drainages fed by agricultural runoff but which are now mostly dry Riparian woodlands are generally important for both resident and migratory wildlife

Natural Streams and Drainages

This category consists of natural drainage channels that range from temporarily to semi-permanently flooded They are unvegetated or support nonwetland vegetation These habitats are classified as riverine streambeds if they are intermittently flooded and as riverine lower perennial or upper perennial if they are flooded on a regular (at least seasonal) basis

Natural streams with regular seasonal or perennial flows have ecological and regulatory significance and the management of these areas should emphasize the maintenance and enhancement of their functions and values In some cases (eg along Horse Creek) these areas provide opportunities to enhance fish and wildlife habitat by managing flows and encouraging the establishment of riparian vegetation Stream channels with temporary or intermittent flows that are connected to other wetland and aquatic habitats are likely to be ecologically important within the context of the areas to which they are connected

Page I-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Horse Creek is the only perennial stream on Navy-administered lands Cottonwood Creek an intermittent stream was historically used to irrigate the Boyer Ranch in northern Dixie Valley Scattered throughout NAS Fallon are over a hundred miles of intermittent drainages that are only a few feet wide and flow temporarily in response to episodes of rainfall and runoff Otherwise the vast majority of surface water flows in excavated ditches which are considered a separate category and discussed below

Manmade Ponds and Ditches

This category consists of shallow ponds and ditches that are manmade through excavation impoundment or artificial flooding and they may be vegetated or unvegetated This habitat is classified as palustrine manmade ponds and riverine manmade ditches as well as all wetland inventory features identified and mapped as excavated impounded or artificially flooded The vegetated portions of manmade ponds and ditches may support vegetation similar in form and function to that described in the preceding categories

Manmade ponds and ditches are extensive on NAS Fallon with ditches providing about 120 acres of seasonal to permanent open water habitat and a roughly equal area of associated marshes and moist-saline meadows and flats Ponds provide an additional 4 acres Additional areas (less extensive than on the Main Station) of manmade open water and wetland habitat occur on the Dixie Meadows and North Dixie Valley The ecological significance of manmade ditches and ponds varies greatly but it is generally highest where such features support adjacent marsh or woodland vegetation

Playas

This category essentially consists of unvegetated normally dry saline flats that are situated in topographic low areas with poor drainage Playas experience shallow temporary to intermittent flooding followed by prolonged drying periods during which salts accumulate at the surface A few small areas of regular seasonal flooding that are distinguished in the wetland inventory are included here as part of the larger less regularly flooded areas

Playa habitat contiguous with or surrounded by larger areas of vegetated marsh wet meadow or moist saline flats are included with those wetland categories Playas that are smaller than 20 acres are classified as palustrine-unconsolidated shore habitat Larger playas are classified as lacustrine-littoral-unconsolidated shore habitat

Page I-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX I

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

Page I-4 July 2014

Appendix G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

APPENDIX H

VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON

FINAL Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

This page intentionally left blank

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Black Sagebrush Dominant

Black sagebrush (Artemisia nova) occurs as a dominant shrub species on B-17 only covering 3320 acres total Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass (Hilaria jamesii) cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum) shadscale and rabbitbrush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate is primarily rocky or rocky sand with some located in a wash on gravelly sand Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Big Sagebrush Dominant

Big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata) is dominant on 5470 acres total on B-17 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass cheatgrass shadscale rabbitbrush burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) and spiny hopsage (Grayia spinosa) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly sand rocky sand and rocky gravel with some located in a sandy wash Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant

Fourwing saltbush andor shadscale (Atriplex spp) are dominant (or co-dominant) on 2589 acres on B-16 B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass mustard Russian thistle (Salsola tragus) desert wheatgrass (Agropyron desertorum) burrobush Baileyrsquos greasewood and bud sagebrush (Picrothamnus desertorum) Mean shrub cover is approximately 30 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 10 percent Substrate is primarily sand or loamy sand flats gravelly clay playas gravelly slopes and clay soils Topography ranges from flats to medium slopes

Rabbitbrush Dominant

Rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus) is the dominant shrub species on 2996 acres total on B-16 B-17 Dixie Valley Settlement Area and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Jamesrsquo galleta grass cheatgrass basin wildrye (Leymus cinereus) saltbush black greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var vermiculatus) burrobush and green molly (Kochia americana) Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy flats coarse sand rocky gravelly washes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Page H-1 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Ephedra Dominant

Ephedra species in particular Nevada jointfir (Ephedra nevadensis) and Mormon tea (Ephedra viridis) are dominant on 1595 acres on B17 B19 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass lemon scurf-pea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) Nevada jointfir Baileyrsquos greasewood veiny dock (Rumex venosus) Bottlebrush squirreltail (Leymus elymoides) Jamesrsquo galleta grass dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) burrobrush spiny hopsage black sagebrush rabbitbrush and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 33 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats gravelly sandy washes gravelly sandy clay and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats to steep slopes

Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant

Baileyrsquos greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus var baileyi) occurs as a dominant shrub species on 83569 total acres on B16 B17 B19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass Indian ricegrass Jamesrsquo galleta grass Sandberg bluegrass saltlover (Halogeton glomeratus) Nevada dalea (Psorothamnus polydenius) Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood black sagebrush Mormon tea big sagebrush bud sagebrush fourwing saltbush rabbitbrush shadscale spiny hopsage winterfat alkali seepweed and burrobush Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 15 percent Substrate is primarily clay playas sandy clay loamy sandy flats coarse sand gravelly sandy flats gravelly sandy clay gravelly loamy sandy flats rocky loamy sand rocky sand rocky sandy clay rocky gravelly flats and rocky steep slopes Topography ranges from flats and washes to ridge tops and steep slopes

Black Greasewood Dominant

Black greasewood (S vermiculatus var vermiculatus) is a dominant shrub on 4441 total acres on B-16 B-19 Settlement and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass Russian thistle mustard Baileyrsquos greasewood alkali seepweed rabbitbrush and basin wildrye Mean shrub cover is approximately 50 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily rocky loam loamy sandy flats sandy clay flats gravelly sandy flats sandy mounds gravelly loamy sand gravelly sandy washes and rocky loamy flats Topography ranges from flats and washes to low mounds

Other Shrub-Dominant Types

Dwarf goldenbush (Ericameria nana) is the sole dominant shrub species on 2582 acres on B-17 with Jamesrsquo galleta grass and cheatgrass Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 25 percent Substrate is primarily gravelly loamy soils on low slopes

Page H-2 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

Burrobrush (Hymenoclea salsola) is a dominant shrub on 22828 total acres on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley Shoal Site and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass cheatgrass and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 20 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 10 percent Substrate is primarily sandy loam sandy washes coarse sandy washes gravelly sandy washes rocky loamy sandy washes rocky gravelly sandy flats and rocky washes Topography ranges from medium to steep slopes

Winterfat (Krascheninnikovia lanata) is a dominant shrub on 482 acres total on B-17 and and B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Russian thistle cheatgrass Baileyrsquos greasewood shadscale and Nevada jointfir Mean shrub cover is approximately 25 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is approximately 40 percent Substrate is primarily sandy flats and rocky loamy sand Topography ranges from low slopes

Alkali seepweed (Suaeda moquini) occurs as the sole dominant shrub species on 63 acres of Bshy16 on clay playas with identified Brassicaceae

Fourpart horsebrush (Tetradymia tetrameres) is a dominant shrub species on 1169 total acres on B-19 Additional species found in this vegetation community include Indian ricegrass burrobush Nevada dalea and fourwing saltbush Mean shrub cover is approximately 40 percent and mean herbacaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate is primarily sandy dunes Topography ranges from low slopes

Communities with Trees Dominant

There are few areas on NAS Fallon where tree species are the dominant component of the overall canopy (ie trees comprising 50 percent or more cover) However there are areas especially in B-17 where trees such as single-leaf pinyon pine (Pinus monophylla) and Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) are a prominent addition to the shrub-dominated communities described above

Single-leaf pinyon pines) are found on 1137 acres in the mountains on the eastern side of B-17 occurring in either more-or-less closed stands or open woodlands over a predominantly shrub andor grassland community Additional species found in this vegetation community include Utah juniper (Juniperus osteosperma) Jamesrsquo galleta grass black sagebrush and mormon tea Mean shrub cover is approximately 35 percent and mean herbaceous cover is less than 5 percent Substrate and topography are primarily rocky steep slopes sandy dunes Topography is generally low slopes

Fremont cottonwood (Populus fremontii)-Willow (Salix sp) riparian woodlands are found on 13 acres only at Horse Creek along the stream that runs east to west through the site Additional species found in this vegetation community include roses (Rosa sp) stinging nettle (Urtica dioica) milkweed (Asclepias sp) and willow dock (Rumex salicifolius) In the Settlement Area there are many cottonwoods and willows There are two very small stands (04 acres) of cottonwoods on a remote stretch of streambed in the extreme north end of Dixie Valley

Page H-3 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

There are hundreds of cottonwoods and willows on the Main Station along the irrigation canals and ditches There are also cottonwoods and willows around the wetlands in the Dixie Valley Settlement Area Russian olives are spreading in the wetland areas also Russian olives were mapped in the 2007 weed survey on the Main Station Horse Creek and the Settlement Area 1507 acres Saltcedar(Tamarisk) 1395 acres

Saltcedar (Tamarisk spp) occurs in one location over 12 acres with saltgrass (Distichlis spicata) was mapped in a sandy clay wash in B-16 Saltcedar also occurs in other communities but not as a dominant plant There is also a small stand (09 acres) of non-native trees at the picnic area in Horse Creek These were large mature trees most likely locust pear and apple

Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species

While most areas on NAS Fallon are characterized by the dominant shrub species present some areas have no shrub species present at more than trace levels (lt5 percent total shrub cover) Such areas are of limited extent but represent some very unique community types being dominated by perennial grasses and forbs

Indian ricegrass occurs as the sole dominant perennial species on sandy flats in B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include cheatgrass and Russian thistle

Indian ricegrass-Lemon scurfpea was found in combination only on the flat areas on the active dunes in B-19 Indian ricegrass and lemon scurfpea (Psoralidium lanceolatum) were the most prominent species present making up at least two-thirds of the overall herbaceous cover of 60 percent Additional species found in this vegetation community include shortspine horsebrush (Tetradymia spinosa) fourwing saltbush needle-and-thread grass (Heterostipa comata) phacelia (Phacelia sp) an annual buckwheat (Eriogonum sp) and Russian thistle

Basin wildrye-salt grass occurs only in the Settlement Area where they occur at 11 percent total cover on sandy clay flats

Bottlebrush squirreltail-Jamesrsquo galleta grass occurs on 15 acres in B-17 was mapped with 50 percent total herbaceous cover plus some cheatgrass Mormon tea and rabbitbrush were present but at very low cover on a rocky slope

Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species

There are also large areas with no prominent perennial shrubs or herbaceous species Some of these annual species are also included in the weed mapping efforts (eg Russian thistle and saltlover) and are presented with invasive species

Cheatgrass is found on 5133 acres as a dominant species on B-17 B-19 Dixie Valley and Horse Creek Additional species found in this vegetation community include shadscale big sagebrush rabbitbrush bud sagebrush Baileyrsquos greasewood saltlover and Russian thistle Mean shrub

Page H-4 July 2014

FINAL APPENDIX H

Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan Naval Air Station Fallon Fallon Nevada

cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 30 percent Substrate and topography are primarily sandy clay flats loamy sand gravelly sandy flats rocky steep slopes and wash benches Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Russian thistle is found on 4983 acres on B-17 and Dixie Valley Additional species found in this vegetation community include fourwing saltbush Baileyrsquos greasewood mustard and Russian thistle Mean shrub cover is less than 5 percent and mean herbaceous cover is approximately 20 percent Substrate and topography are primarily loamy sandy flats Topography is generally flats and low slopes

Mustard (unidentified species) occurs in some areas at fairly high densities as the sole dominant species on approximately 575 acres on Dixie Valley and B-17

Miscellaneous Cover Types

The following cover types have little or no vegetation but are unique habitats

bull Playas with little or no vegetative cover comprise approximately 2123 ac in NAS Fallon on B-16 B-17 B-19 and Dixie Valley Playas have clay soils and are seasonally wet Baileyrsquos greasewood black greasewood and alkali seepweed are the most commonly seen shrubs in these areas but at low cover Although playa habitat occurs on B-19 a large rock formation ldquoLone Rockrdquo occurs within the central portion of the Range which is not considered Playa habitat

bull Barren hills are found on 28 acres in B-16 and are small steep-sided hills of loamy sand with little vegetation aside from a few small stunted forbs and grasses

bull Sand dunes cover almost 700 acres in B-19 with expansive active sand dunes with little or no vegetation aside from a few scattered shrubs and sparsely distributed grasses and forbs

bull Sparsely vegetated areas are found in a few small areas in Dixie Valley totaling approximately 24 acres They are not much more than gaps amidst the surrounding Baileyrsquos greasewood stands These areas tend to be near roads and show other signs of past disturbance

bull Disturbedweedy flats occur on 12 acres in several small patches near roads in Shoal Site with clear indications of ground disturbance

Page H-5 July 2014

Appendix H Agency Consultation

This page intentionally left blank

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

BLM FORGE EA data request

Morgan Trieger

Fri 11102017 200 PM

To Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndow org gt

CcPeter Gower lt petergowerempsicom gt

J 2 attachments (162 KB)

N DOW -Data-Request- Form_Trieger_20171110docx Fallon_FORG Ezi p

Good afternoon Bonnie Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EM PSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4 7 41 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSinc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex rM

GSA Contract GS10F-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside information Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc= 1033ampmoduri=Oamppath=mailsentitems 11

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

Data Analysis Request Response - Fallon FORGE Project

Bonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworg gt

Mon 11132017 916 AM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

CcBonnie Weller ltbwellerndoworggt David Catalano ltdcatalanondoworggt Jasmine Kleiber ltjkleiberndoworggt Jinna Larkin ltjh larkinndoworggt Kim Tisdale ltktisdalendoworggt Mark Freese ltmarkfreesendoworggt Matt Maples ltmmaplesndoworggt Mike Scott ltmscottndoworggt

1 attachments (765 KB)

Fallon FORGE Project- Analysis Responsepdf

Dear Morgan Trieger

Here is the response to your request for wildlife resource information in the vicinity ofthe Fallon FORGE Project in Churchill County Nevada Please let me know if you have any questions or require additional information

Bonnie Weller- GIS Analyst Data and Technology Services Nevada Department of Wildlife 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Ste 120 Reno Nevada 89511 (775 688-1439 bwe llerndoworg

Support NevadaJ Wildlife BlJ a H unting and FiJhing Liceme

State of Nevada Confidentiality Disclaimer This message is intended only for the named recipient If you are not the intended recipient you

are notified that disclosing copying distributing or taking any action in reliance on the contents of this information is strictly prohibited

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 11

BRIAN SANDOVAL Governor

TONY WASLEY Director

ELIZABETH OrsquoBRIEN Deputy Director

JACK ROBB Deputy Director

STATE OF NEVADA

DEPARTMENT OF WILDLIFE 6980 Sierra Center Parkway Suite 120

Reno Nevada 89511

(775) 688-1500 bull Fax (775) 688-1495

Morgan Trieger November 13 2017 Biologist EMPSi 4741 Caughlin Pky Reno Nevada 89519

Re Fallon FORGE Project

Dear Morgan Trieger

I am responding to your request for information from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) on the known or potential occurrence of wildlife resources in the vicinity of the Fallon FORGE Project located in Churchill County Nevada In order to fulfill your request an analysis was performed using the best available data from the NDOWrsquos wildlife occurrences raptor nest sites and ranges greater sage-grouse leks and habitat and big game distributions databases No warranty is made by the NDOW as to the accuracy reliability or completeness of the data for individual use or aggregate use with other data These data should be considered sensitive and may contain information regarding the location of sensitive wildlife species or resources All appropriate measures should be taken to ensure that the use of this data is strictly limited to serve the needs of the project described on your GIS Data Request Form Abuse of this information has the potential to adversely affect the existing ecological status of Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and could be cause for the denial of future data requests

To adequately provide wildlife resource information in the vicinity of the proposed project the NDOW delineated an area of interest that included a four-mile buffer around the project area provided by you on Friday November 10 2017 Wildlife resource data was queried from the NDOW databases based on this area of interest The results of this analysis are summarized below

Big Game - Occupied mule deer and pronghorn antelope distributions exist within portions of the project area and four-mile buffer area No known occupied bighorn sheep or elk distributions exist in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the attached maps for details regarding big game distributions relative to the proposed project area

Greater Sage-Grouse - Greater sage-grouse habitat in the vicinity of the project area has primarily been classified as Other habitat by the Nevada Sagebrush Ecosystem Program (httpsagebrusheconvgov) Please refer to the attached map for details regarding greater sage-grouse habitat relative to the proposed project area There are no known radio-marked greater sage-grouse tracking locations in the vicinity of the project area There are no known greater sage-grouse lek sites in the vicinity of the project area

Raptors - Various species of raptors which use diverse habitat types may reside in the vicinity of the project area American kestrel bald eagle barn owl burrowing owl Coopers hawk ferruginous hawk golden eagle great horned owl long-eared owl merlin northern goshawk northern harrier northern saw-whet owl osprey peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk rough-legged hawk sharp-shinned hawk short-eared owl Swainsons hawk turkey vulture and western screech owl have distribution ranges that include the project area and four-mile buffer area Furthermore the following raptor species have been directly observed in the vicinity of the project area

bald eagle prairie falcon rough-legged hawk

great horned owl red-shouldered hawk sharp-shinned hawk

peregrine falcon red-tailed hawk Swainsons hawk

Raptor species are protected by State and Federal laws In addition bald eagle burrowing owl California spotted owl ferruginous hawk flammulated owl golden eagle northern goshawk peregrine falcon prairie falcon and short-eared owl are NDOW species of special concern and are target species for conservation as outlined by the Nevada Wildlife Action Plan Per the Interim Golden Eagle Technical Guidance Inventory and Monitoring Protocols and Other Recommendations in Support of Golden Eagle Management and Permit Issuance (United States Fish and Wildlife Service 2010) we have queried our raptor nest database to include raptor nest sites within ten miles of the proposed project area There are 54 known raptor nest sites within ten miles of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these raptor nest sites

Other Wildlife Resources

There are no water developments in the vicinity of the project area Additional species have also been observed in the vicinity of the project area Please refer to the appendix for details regarding these species

The proposed project area may also be in the vicinity of abandoned mine workings which often provide habitat for state and federally protected wildlife especially bat species many of which are protected under NAC 503030 To request data regarding known abandoned mine workings in the vicinity of the project area please contact the Nevada Division of Minerals (httpmineralsstatenvus)

The above information is based on data stored at our Reno Headquarters Office and does not necessarily incorporate the most up to date wildlife resource information collected in the field Please contact the Habitat Division Supervising Biologist at our Western Region Reno Office (7756881500) to discuss the current environmental conditions for your project area and the interpretation of our analysis Furthermore it should be noted that the information detailed above is preliminary in nature and not necessarily an identification of every wildlife resource concern associated with the proposed project Consultation with the Supervising Habitat biologist will facilitate the development of appropriate survey protocols and avoidance or mitigation measures that may be required to address potential impacts to wildlife resources

Mark Freese - Western Region Supervising Habitat Biologist (7756881145)

Federally listed Threatened and Endangered species are also under the jurisdiction of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service Please contact them for more information regarding these species

2

If you have any questions regarding the results or methodology of this analysis please do not hesitate to contact our GIS office at (775) 688-1439

Sincerely

3

Appendix A Raptor Nest Sites Table

Probable Use Last Check Last Active TownshipRangeSection

Buteo 6161982 6161982 21 0170N 0280E 035

Buteo 5271985 5271985 21 0180N 0290E 016 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0170N 0290E 007 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 021 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 024 Buteo 111986 111986 21 0190N 0290E 027 Buteo 311986 21 0170N 0290E 008 Buteo 5271986 5271986 21 0190N 0290E 036 Buteo 6181986 6181986 21 0190N 0290E 030 Buteo 571987 21 0180N 0280E 023

Buteo 5141987 21 0180N 0280E 024

Buteo 5181987 21 0180N 0280E 011

Buteo 611987 21 0190N 0290E 030

Buteo 5242014

Buteo 6262014 6262014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

ButeoCorvid 5242014

Corvid 5242014

Eagle 441975 21 0180N 0300E 011

Eagle 111976 21 0160N 0290E 001

Eagle 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 024

Eagle 111977 21 0170N 0300E 028

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0300E 013

Eagle 111977 21 0180N 0310E 031

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 5242014

Eagle 21 0160N 0290E 016

EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014 EagleButeo 5242014

Falcon - Confirmed 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015

Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 011 Falcon - Confirmed 6202007 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014 Falcon - Confirmed 5242014 5242014

Falcon - Probable 441975 441975 21 0180N 0300E 021

Falcon - Probable 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003 Falcon - Probable 111980 111980 21 0180N 0300E 011

Falcon - Probable 4101981 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 015 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013 Falcon - Probable 4101981 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 471987 471987 21 0180N 0300E 029

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 013

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 020

Falcon - Probable 6202007 21 0180N 0300E 021

Owl 491976 491976 21 0160N 0290E 003

Owl 161987 161987 21 0170N 0290E 008

5

Appendix B Other Wildlife Species Table

Common Name ESA State SWAP SoCP

acorn woodpecker Protected

American avocet Protected Yes

American bittern Protected Yes

American coot Arizona myotis band-tailed pigeon

big brown bat

black-crowned night-heron Protected

black-necked stilt Protected

black bullhead

Brazilian (Mexican) free-tailed bat Protected Yes

bullfrog

California myotis

chisel-toothed kangaroo rat

cinnamon teal

common carp

common raven Protected

common sagebrush lizard

common side-blotched lizard

desert horned lizard Yes

desert spiny lizard

eastern collared lizard

European starling Unprotected

fringed myotis Protected Yes

gadwall

Great Basin collared lizard Yes

Great Basin gophersnake

Great Basin whiptail

green-winged teal

long-nosed leopard lizard Yes

mallard

Merriams kangaroo rat

northern pintail Yes

northern shoveler

northern shrike Protected

northern zebra-tailed lizard

pallid bat Protected

red racer

redhead Yes

ruddy duck

Sacramento blackfish

Sacramento perch

tiger whiptail

Townsends big-eared bat Sensitive Yes

tui chub

western least bittern Protected Yes

western mosquitofish

western patch-nosed snake

western small-footed myotis Yes

whimbrel

white-crowned sparrow Protected

white-faced ibis Protected Yes

white bass

white crappie

yellow-backed spiny lizard

Yuma myotis

zebra-tailed lizard

ESA Endangered Species Act Status State State of Nevada Special Status SWAP SoCP Nevada State Wildlife Action Plan (2012) Species of Conservation Priority

7

--------------------------------------

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

RE Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

eric Miskow ltemiskowheritagenvgovgt

Tue 11142017 122PM

To Morgan Trieger lt morgantriegerempsicom gt

J 3 attachments (159 KB)

EMPSi_Forge_2017zip NNHP Data License Agreement 2017-05-0lpdf EMP2017mt01altrdocx

Hi Morgan

Please find the data request for the Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA project attached I placed a signed hard copy of the cover letter and invoice in the terrestrial mail Let me know if you have any questions Oh I attached our Data License agreement as well can you sign this for me I was told your company did not have one in our files (its done every 12 months) Thanks

Best Regards

Eric

Eric Miskow BiologistData Manager Nevada Natural Herit1ge Program Department of Conservation and Natural Resources 901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002

~~~_I_l_~~tx_~--i~_QI_-~-~ (775) 684-2905 (voice) (775) 684-2909 (fax) emiskowheritagenvgov

From Morgan Trieger [mailtomorgantriegerempsicom] Sent Friday November 10 2017 205 PM To eric Miskow Cc Peter Gower Subject Data Request- FORGE Geothermal EA

Good afternoon Eric Please find attached the data request form for the BLM Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Ive attached a shapefile depicting the project area extent to

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 12

11152017 Mail- morgantriegerempsicom

use in the data request Please dont hesitate to get in touch if I can provide any additional information to facilitate the data request Thanks Morgan

Morgan Trieger

EMPSi Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc

4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4

Reno NV 89519

tel 775-323-1433 fax 866-698-4836

wwwEMPSicom Twitter EMPSnc Facebook EMPSi

Bringing clarity to the complex TM

GSA Contract GSIOF-0412S

Albuquerque Denver Portland Reno San Francisco Santa Fe Washington DC

PLEASE NOTE This message including any attachments may include privileged confidential andor inside infonnation Any distribution or use of this communication

by anyone other than the intended recipient is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful If you are not the intended recipient please notify the sender by replying to this

message and then delete it from your system

httpsoutlookofficecomowarealm=empsicomampexsvurl=1 amp11-cc=1 033ampmoduri=Oamppath=maiiAAMkADgxNmNhY2UyL TQOM2UtNDFkMi 1 iOTixLWN 22

Brian Sandoval Governor

Bradley Crowell STATE OF NEVADA Director

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES Kristin Szabo Nevada Natural Heritage Program Administrator

14 November 2017

Morgan Trieger Environmental Management and Planning Solutions Inc 4741 Caughlin Parkway Suite 4 Reno NV 89519

Dear Mr Trieger

Please find shape files containing the recorded endangered threatened candidate and At Risk plant and animal elements (taxa) within the BLM Forge Geothermal Research and Monitoring EA Project recorded in Nevada (assumed to be extant unless mentioned otherwise) This data set is packaged in GIS ArcMap10 Format (projected UTM Zone 11 NAD 1983) The files contain a shape file set which represent the recorded element source feature occurrence records within Nevada and their associated attributes The files are labeled EMPSi_Forge_polyxxx and EMPSi_Forge_poly_dsxxx Please refer to the Biotics Metadata (in the xml files included) for explanations and interpretations of each data set along with its respective attributes

The shapefile sets with the ldquodsrdquo in the file name contain Data Sensitive record occurrences with general locational data This represents Data Sensitive occurrences for which precise locations are considered sensitive Precise data may be supplied upon request if sufficient need can be demonstrated and confidentiality can be guaranteed

The Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) manages protects and restores Nevadarsquos wildlife resources and associated habitat Please contact Bonnie Weller NDOW GIS Biologist (775) 688-1439 to obtain further information regarding wildlife resources within and near your area of interest Removal or destruction of state protected flora species (NAC 527010) requires a special permit from Nevada Division of Forestry (NRS 527270)

Please note that your use of these data is contingent upon your acknowledgment of the enclosed DATA LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS (revised 30 November 2010) In particular please be aware that we furnish data with the understanding that these data are privileged and are not to be provided to a third party without our consent Products derived from our data should cite the Nevada Natural Heritage Program as a source along with the month and year in which we provided the data

Many of our documents including species lists and keys to our symbols can be found on our website wwwstatenvusnvnhp Please visit our website to learn more about our program and the sensitive species of Nevada

Sincerely

Eric S Miskow BiologistData Manager

901 S Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City NV 89701-5245 Tel 775-684-2900 Fax 775-684-2909 httpheritagenvgov

United States Department of the Interior FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234

Reno NV 89502-7147 Phone (775) 861-6300 Fax (775) 861-6301

httpwwwfwsgovnevada

In Reply Refer To November 10 2017 Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Subject List of threatened and endangered species that may occur in your proposed project location andor may be affected by your proposed project

To Whom It May Concern

The attached species list indicates threatened endangered proposed and candidate species and designated or proposed critical habitat that may occur within the boundary of your proposed project andor may be affected by your proposed project The species list fulfills the requirements of the US Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) under section 7(c) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended (ESA 16 USC 1531 et seq) for projects that are authorized funded or carried out by a Federal agency Candidate species have no protection under the ESA but are included for consideration because they could be listed prior to the completion of your project Consideration of these species during project planning may assist species conservation efforts and may prevent the need for future listing actions For additional information regarding species that may be found in the proposed project area visit httpwwwfwsgovnevadaesipachtml

The purpose of the ESA is to provide a means whereby threatened and endangered species and the ecosystems upon which they depend may be conserved Under sections 7(a)(1) and 7(a)(2) of the ESA and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 402 et seq) Federal agencies are required to utilize their authorities to carry out programs for the conservation of threatened and endangered species and to determine whether projects may affect threatened and endangered species andor designated critical habitat

A Biological Assessment is required for construction projects that are major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment as defined in the National Environmental Policy Act (42 USC 4332(2) (c)) For projects other than major construction activities the Service suggests that a biological evaluation similar to a Biological Assessment be prepared to determine whether the project may affect listed or proposed species andor

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

designated or proposed critical habitat Guidelines for preparing a Biological Assessment can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmidwestendangeredsection7ba_guidehtml

If a Federal action agency determines based on the Biological Assessment or biological evaluation that listed species andor designated critical habitat may be affected by the proposed project the agency is required to consult with the Service pursuant to 50 CFR 402 In addition the Service recommends that candidate species proposed species and proposed critical habitat be addressed within the consultation More information on the regulations and procedures for section 7 consultation including the role of permit or license applicants can be found in the Endangered Species Consultation Handbook at httpwwwfwsgovendangeredesa-librarypdfTOC-GLOSPDF

New information based on updated surveys changes in the abundance and distribution of species changed habitat conditions or other factors could change this species list Please feel free to contact us if you need more current information or assistance regarding the potential impacts to federally listed proposed and candidate species and federally designated and proposed critical habitat Please note that under 50 CFR 40212(e) of the regulations implementing section 7 of the ESA the accuracy of this species list should be verified after 90 days This verification can be completed formally or informally as desired The Service recommends that verification be completed by visiting the ECOS-IPaC website at regular intervals during project planning and implementation for updates to species lists and information An updated list may be requested through the ECOS-IPaC system by completing the same process used to receive the attached list

The Nevada Fish and Wildlife Office (NFWO) no longer provides species of concern lists Most of these species for which we have concern are also on the Animal and Plant At-Risk Tracking List for Nevada (At-Risk list) maintained by the State of Nevadas Natural Heritage Program (Heritage) Instead of maintaining our own list we adopted Heritages At-Risk list and are partnering with them to provide distribution data and information on the conservation needs for at-risk species to agencies or project proponents The mission of Heritage is to continually evaluate the conservation priorities of native plants animals and their habitats particularly those most vulnerable to extinction or in serious decline In addition in order to avoid future conflicts we ask that you consider these at-risk species early in your project planning and explore management alternatives that provide for their long-term conservation

For a list of at-risk species by county visit Heritages website (httpheritagenvgov) For a specific list of at-risk species that may occur in the project area you can obtain a data request form from the website (httpheritagenvgovget_data) or by contacting the Administrator of Heritage at 901 South Stewart Street Suite 5002 Carson City Nevada 89701-5245 (775) 684-2900 Please indicate on the form that your request is being obtained as part of your coordination with the Service under the ESA During your project analysis if you obtain new information or data for any Nevada sensitive species we request that you provide the information to Heritage at the above address

Furthermore certain species of fish and wildlife are classified as protected by the State of Nevada (httpwwwlegstatenvusNACNAC-503html) You must first obtain the appropriate

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

license permit or written authorization from the Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) to take or possess any parts of protected fish and wildlife species Please visit httpwwwndoworg or contact NDOW in northern Nevada (775) 688-1500 in southern Nevada (702) 486-5127 or in eastern Nevada (775) 777-2300

Please be aware that bald and golden eagles are protected under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (16 USC 668 et seq) and projects affecting these species may require development of an eagle conservation plan ( httpwwwfwsgovwindenergyeagle_guidancehtml) Additionally wind energy projects should follow the Services wind energy guidelines (httpwwwfwsgovwindenergy) for minimizing impacts to migratory birds and bats

The Services Pacific Southwest Region developed the Interim Guidelines for the Development of a Project Specific Avian and Bat Protection Plan for Wind Energy Facilities (Interim Guidelines) This document provides energy facility developers with a tool for assessing the risk of potential impacts to wildlife resources and delineates how best to design and operate a bird-and bat-friendly wind facility These Interim Guidelines are available upon request from the NFWO The intent of a Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy is to conserve wildlife resources while supporting project developers through (1) establishing project development in an adaptive management framework (2) identifying proper siting and project design strategies (3) designing and implementing pre-construction surveys (4) implementing appropriate conservation measures for each development phase (5) designing and implementing appropriate post-construction monitoring strategies (6) using post-construction studies to better understand the dynamics of mortality reduction (eg changes in blade cut-in speed assessments of blade ldquofeatheringrdquo success and studies on the effects of visual and acoustic deterrents) including efforts tied into Before-AfterControl-Impact analysis and (7) conducting a thorough risk assessment and validation leading to adjustments in management and mitigation actions

The template and recommendations set forth in the Interim Guidelines were based upon the Avian Powerline Interaction Committees Avian Protection Plan template (httpwwwaplicorg) developed for electric utilities and modified accordingly to address the unique concerns of wind energy facilities These recommendations are also consistent with the Services wind energy guidelines We recommend contacting us as early as possible in the planning process to discuss the need and process for developing a site-specific Bird and Bat Conservation Strategy

The Service has also developed guidance regarding wind power development in relation to prairie grouse leks (sage-grouse are included in this) This document can be found at httpwwwfwsgovsouthwestesOklahomadocumentste_specieswind20powerprairie20grouse20lek20520mile20publicpdf

Migratory Birds are a Service Trust Resource Based on the Services conservation responsibilities and management authority for migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 as amended (MBTA 16 USC 703 et seq) we recommend that any land clearing or other surface disturbance associated with proposed actions within the project area be timed to avoid potential destruction of bird nests or young or birds that breed in the area Such destruction may be in violation of the MBTA Under the MBTA nests with eggs or young of

4 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

migratory birds may not be harmed nor may migratory birds be killed Therefore we recommend land clearing be conducted outside the avian breeding season If this is not feasible we recommend a qualified biologist survey the area prior to land clearing If nests are located or if other evidence of nesting (ie mated pairs territorial defense carrying nesting material transporting food) is observed a protective buffer (the size depending on the habitat requirements of the species) should be delineated and the entire area avoided to prevent destruction or disturbance to nests until they are no longer active

Guidance for minimizing impacts to migratory birds for projects involving communications towers (eg cellular digital television radio and emergency broadcast) can be found at httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerstowershtm httpwwwtowerkillcom and httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdsCurrentBirdIssuesHazardstowerscomtowhtml

If wetlands springs or streams are are known to occur in the project area or are present in the vicinity of the project area we ask that you be aware of potential impacts project activities may have on these habitats Discharge of fill material into wetlands or waters of the United States is regulated by the US Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE) pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act of 1972 as amended We recommend you contact the ACOEs Regulatory Section regarding the possible need for a permit For projects located in northern Nevada (Carson City Churchill Douglas Elko Esmeralda Eureka Humboldt Lander Lyon Mineral Pershing Storey and Washoe Counties) contact the Reno Regulatory Office at 300 Booth Street Room 3060 Reno Nevada 89509 (775) 784-5304 in southern Nevada (Clark Lincoln Nye and White Pine Counties) contact the St George Regulatory Office at 321 North Mall Drive Suite L-101 St George Utah 84790-7314 (435) 986-3979 or in California along the eastern Sierra contact the Sacramento Regulatory Office at 650 Capitol Mall Suite 5-200 Sacramento California 95814 (916) 557-5250

We appreciate your concern for threatened and endangered species Please include the Consultation Tracking Number in the header of this letter with any request for consultation or correspondence about your project that you submit to our office

The table below outlines lead FWS field offices by county and land ownershipproject type Please refer to this table when you are ready to coordinate (including requests for section 7 consultation) with the field office corresponding to your project and send any documentation regarding your project to that corresponding office Therefore the lead FWS field office may not be the office listed above in the letterhead

Lead FWS offices by County and OwnershipProgram

County OwnershipProgram Species Office Lead

Alameda Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 5

Alameda All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Alpine Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Alpine Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Alpine Stanislaus National Forest All SFWO

Alpine El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

Colusa Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Colusa Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Contra Costa Legal Delta (Excluding All BDFWO ECCHCP)

Contra Costa Antioch Dunes NWR All BDFWO

Contra Costa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Contra Costa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Del Norte All All AFWO

El Dorado El Dorado National Forest All SFWO

El Dorado LakeTahoe Basin Management RFWO Unit

Glenn Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Glenn Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Humboldt All except Shasta Trinity National All AFWO Forest

Humboldt Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Lake Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 6

Lake Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Lassen Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Lassen Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Lassen Toiyabe National Forest All RFWO

Lassen BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Lassen BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Lassen Lassen Volcanic National Park All (includes SFWO Eagle Lake trout on all ownerships)

Lassen All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Marin Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO Bays species delta

smelt

Marin All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Mendocino Russian River watershed All SFWO

Mendocino All except Russian River All AFWO watershed

Modoc Modoc National Forest All KFWO

Modoc BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Modoc Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Modoc BLM Surprise and Eagle Lake All RFWO Resource Areas

Modoc All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Mono Inyo National Forest All RFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 7

Mono Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Napa All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Napa Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Nevada Humboldt Toiyabe National All RFWO Forest

Nevada All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (See map)

Placer Lake Tahoe Basin Management All RFWO Unit

Placer All other ownerships All SFWO

Sacramento Legal Delta Delta Smelt BDFWO

Sacramento Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

San Francisco Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Francisco All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Mateo Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

smelt

San Mateo All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

San Joaquin Legal Delta excluding San All BDFWO Joaquin HCP

San Joaquin Other All SFWO

Santa Clara Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Francisco Bay species delta

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 8

smelt

Santa Clara All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Shasta Shasta Trinity National Forest except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

All YFWO

Shasta Hat Creek Ranger District All SFWO

Shasta Bureau of Reclamation (Central Valley Project)

All BDFWO

Shasta Whiskeytown National Recreation Area

All YFWO

Shasta BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Shasta Caltrans By jurisdiction SFWOAFWO

Shasta Ahjumawi Lava Springs State Park

Shasta crayfish

SFWO

Shasta All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Shasta Natural Resource Damage Assessment all lands

All SFWOBDFWO

Sierra Humboldt Toiyabe National Forest

All RFWO

Sierra All other ownerships All SFWO

Siskiyou Klamath National Forest (except Ukonom District)

All YFWO

Siskiyou Six Rivers National Forest and Ukonom District

All AFWO

Siskiyou Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Siskiyou Lassen National Forest All SFWO

Siskiyou Modoc National Forest All KFWO

11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205 9

Siskiyou Lava Beds National Volcanic All KFWO Monument

Siskiyou BLM Alturas Resource Area All KFWO

Siskiyou Klamath Basin National Wildlife All KFWO Refuge Complex

Siskiyou All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Solano Suisun Marsh All BDFWO

Solano Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Solano All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Solano Other All By jurisdiction (see map)

Sonoma Tidal wetlandsmarsh adjacent to Salt marsh BDFWO San Pablo Bay species delta

smelt

Sonoma All ownerships but tidalestuarine All SFWO

Tehama Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Tehama Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO except Hat Creek Ranger District (administered by Lassen National

Forest)

Tehama All other ownerships All By jurisdiction (see map)

Trinity BLM All AFWO

Trinity Six Rivers National Forest All AFWO

Trinity Shasta Trinity National Forest All YFWO

Trinity Mendocino National Forest All AFWO

Trinity BIA (Tribal Trust Lands) All AFWO

10 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Trinity County Government All

Trinity All other ownerships All

Yolo Yolo Bypass All

Yolo Other All

All FERC-ESA All

All FERC-ESA Shasta crayfish

All FERC-Relicensing (non-ESA) All

Office Leads

AFWO=Arcata Fish and Wildlife Office

BDFWO=Bay Delta Fish and Wildlife Office

KFWO=Klamath Falls Fish and Wildlife Office

RFWO=Reno Fish and Wildlife Office

YFWO=Yreka Fish and Wildlife Office

Attachment(s)

Official Species List

USFWS National Wildlife Refuges and Fish Hatcheries

Migratory Birds

Wetlands

AFWO

By jurisdiction (See map)

BDFWO

By jurisdiction (see map)

By jurisdiction (see map)

SFWO

BDFWO

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Official Species List This list is provided pursuant to Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and fulfills the requirement for Federal agencies to request of the Secretary of the Interior information whether any species which is listed or proposed to be listed may be present in the area of a proposed action

This species list is provided by

Reno Fish And Wildlife Office 1340 Financial Boulevard Suite 234 Reno NV 89502-7147 (775) 861-6300

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Summary Consultation Code 08ENVD00-2018-SLI-0085

Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Project Name Fallon Frontier Observatory for Geothermal Research (FORGE) Geothermal Research and Monitoring

Project Type Department of Energy Operations

Project Description The Fallon FORGE project proposes to drill up to 9 geothermal production wells With these wells Fallon FORGE would provide a dedicated subsurface test site and field laboratory where the scientific and engineering community could develop test and improve technologies and techniques for the creation of cost-effective and sustainable enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) in a controlled ideal environment In total there would be a combination of 9 production and monitoring wells each with an approximately 3-acre (300 feet by 450 feet) pad

Project Location Approximate location of the project can be viewed in Google Maps httpswwwgooglecommapsplace3938855337809139N11867213430794828W

Counties Churchill NV

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Endangered Species Act Species There is a total of 1 threatened endangered or candidate species on this species list Species on this list should be considered in an effects analysis for your project and could include species that exist in another geographic area For example certain fish may appear on the species list because a project could affect downstream species See the Critical habitats section below for those critical habitats that lie wholly or partially within your project area under this offices jurisdiction Please contact the designated FWS office if you have questions

Fishes

NAME STATUS

Lahontan Cutthroat Trout Oncorhynchus clarkii henshawi No critical habitat has been designated for this species

Threatened

Species profile httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3964 Species survey guidelines

httpsecosfwsgovipacguidelinesurveypopulation233office14320pdf

Critical habitats THERE ARE NO CRITICAL HABITATS WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA UNDER THIS OFFICES JURISDICTION

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

USFWS National Wildlife Refuge Lands And Fish Hatcheries Any activity proposed on lands managed by the National Wildlife Refuge system must undergo a Compatibility Determination conducted by the Refuge Please contact the individual Refuges to discuss any questions or concerns

THERE ARE NO REFUGE LANDS OR FISH HATCHERIES WITHIN YOUR PROJECT AREA

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Migratory Birds 1Certain birds are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle

2Protection Act

Any activity that results in the take of migratory birds or eagles is prohibited unless authorized 3by the US Fish and Wildlife Service There are no provisions for allowing the take of

migratory birds that are unintentionally killed or injured Any person or organization who plans or conducts activities that may result in the take of migratory birds is responsible for complying with the appropriate regulations and implementing appropriate conservation measures as described below

1 The Migratory Birds Treaty Act of 1918

2 The Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act of 1940

3 50 CFR Sec 1012 and 16 USC Sec 668(a)

The birds listed below are USFWS Birds of Conservation Concern that might be affected by activities in this location The list does not contain every bird you may find in this location nor is it guaranteed that all of the birds on the list will be found on or near this location To get a better idea of the specific locations where certain species have been reported and their level of occurrence please refer to resources such as the E-bird data mapping tool (year-round bird sightings by birders and the general public) and Breeding Bird Survey (relative abundance maps for breeding birds) Although it is important to try to avoid and minimize impacts to all birds special attention should be given to the birds on the list below To get a list of all birds potentially present in your project area visit the E-bird Explore Data Tool

NAME BREEDING SEASON

Brewers Sparrow Spizella breweri Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9291

Breeds May 15 to Aug 10

Clarks Grebe Aechmophorus clarkii Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Jan 1 to Dec 31

Golden Eagle Aquila chrysaetos Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies1680

Breeds Apr 1 to Aug 31

Green-tailed Towhee Pipilo chlorurus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9444

Breeds May 1 to Aug 10

Long-billed Curlew Numenius americanus Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Breeds Apr 1 to Jul 31

2 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies5511

Lewiss Woodpecker Melanerpes lewis Breeds Apr 20 to Sep 30 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9408

Lesser Yellowlegs Tringa flavipes Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9679

Marbled Godwit Limosa fedoa Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9481

Olive-sided Flycatcher Contopus cooperi Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3914

Pinyon Jay Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus Breeds Feb 15 to Jul 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9420

Red Knot Calidris canutus ssp roselaari Breeds elsewhere Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies8880

Sagebrush Sparrow Artemisiospiza nevadensis Breeds Mar 15 to Jul 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Sage Thrasher Oreoscoptes montanus Breeds Apr 15 to Aug 10 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies9433

Snowy Plover Charadrius alexandrinus Breeds Mar 5 to Sep 15 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Willow Flycatcher Empidonax traillii Breeds May 20 to Aug 31 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC) httpsecosfwsgovecpspecies3482

Willet Tringa semipalmata Breeds Apr 20 to Aug 5 Bird of Conservation Concern (BCC)

Additional information can be found using the following links Birds of Conservation Concern httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementmanaged-species birds-of-conservation-concernphp

Measures for avoiding and minimizing impacts to birds httpwwwfwsgovbirdsmanagementproject-assessment-tools-and-guidance conservation-measuresphp

3 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Nationwide conservation measures for birds httpwwwfwsgovmigratorybirdspdfmanagementnationwidestandardconservationmeasurespdf

1 11102017 Event Code 08ENVD00-2018-E-00205

Wetlands Impacts to NWI wetlands and other aquatic habitats may be subject to regulation under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act or other StateFederal statutes

For more information please contact the Regulatory Program of the local US Army Corps of Engineers District

FRESHWATER EMERGENT WETLAND

PEM

Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-1

APPENDIX I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES

Table Appendix I below lists sensitive species that the BLM has determined to have potential to occur in the FORGE project area and that have been documented there

Table Appendix I also has additional BLM sensitive species not considered in Table 3-22 of the Salt Wells EIS but documented in or near the FORGE project area or that could occur there The BLM identified these species following consultation with the NDOW and NNHP

Finally Table Appendix I includes species that were considered in the Salt Wells EIS but for which information has subsequently been updated in terms of distribution or range or other changed conditions

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence BIRDS Bald eagle Haliaeetus leucocephalus

SDelisted Nests in tall trees or on cliffs near bodies of water that provide a food base Usually roosts in thick cottonwood groves but sometimes in conifers or other sheltered sites Winters throughout the state

Potential to occur no nesting or roosting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area associated with Carson Lake (NDOW 2017)

Burrowing owl Athene cunicularia

Smdash Burrow sites in open dry annual or perennial grasslands deserts and scrublands with low-growing vegetation and burrowing mammal populations

Potential to occur limited burrow opportunities present in project area Known to occur near Fallon and Carson Lake and Pasture (Floyd et al 2007)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Golden eagle Aquila chrysaetos

SBCC Nests on rocky scarps with large expanses of hunting territory

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but suitable foraging habitat is present In 2010 nests were located within 062 miles of Vulcan wells (BLM 2011) this location is approximately 3 miles from the FORGE project area NDOW (2017) also lists observations in the vicinity of the project area

Least bittern Ixobrychus exilis

S Tall emergent vegetation in marshes primarily freshwater Prefers marshes with scattered bushes or other woody growth Forages in shallow water or along banks Heavy growth of cattail bulrush wild rice water smartweed and reeds are favored feeding sites

Potential to occur No nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known to occur in the vicinity of the project area likely associated with the Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017)

Loggerhead shrike Lanius ludovicianus

SBCC Uses a wide range of open habitats including shrublands pinyon juniper pastures and agricultural fields

Known to occur Suitable habitat present Observed during the 2010 surveys conducted for Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) and have been documented within Lahontan Valley (Floyd et al 2007 NO)

Long-billed curlew Numenius americanus

SBCC Nests in naturally short grasslands and agricultural fields with flooded fields or near wetlands with mudflats wet soils along shallow shorelines

Known to occur Observed during 2010 surveys for the Salt Wells EIS Known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture Agricultural fields meadow and playa wetland habitats provide suitable nesting sites (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007)

Peregrine falcon Falco peregrinus

Smdash Nests on a ledge or hole on the face of a rocky cliff or crag also uses ledges of city high-rise buildings Hunts in various open environments including open water desert shrub and marshes usually in close association with suitable nesting cliffs

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is in the project area but it could occasionally forage there Observed within 4 miles of the project area (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-3

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Sandhill crane (greater and lesser) Antigone canadensis

Smdash Breeds in open wetland habitats with shrubs or trees nests in marshes bogs wet meadows prairies other moist habitats with standing water winter roosting on shallow lakes or rivers at night and spending the day in irrigated croplands pastures grasslands or wetlands

Potential to occur suitable foraging habitat is present and this species may use the project area during migration Breeds in northern and northeastern Nevada but not in the project vicinity (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Short-eared owl Asio flammeus

Smdash Nests on ground Expansive wet meadow or pasture and hay crops or similar grassland buffered by open shrublands marsh component beneficial little or no urban encroachment

Potential to occur Marginally suitable foraging or breeding habitat may be present in the project area much higher-quality habitat is likely present in the Carson Lake and Pasture area south of the project area where it is known to occur

Swainsonrsquos hawk Buteo swainsoni

Smdash Nests in single old growth cottonwoods next to foraging habitat of open riparian woodlands with significant expanses of pasture agricultural fields wet meadows or open shrublands with grass cover in the vicinity

Potential to occur no nesting habitat is present in the project area but the species may forage there This species is known in the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017) and has been documented to nest within 1 mile of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Western snowy plover Charadrius alexandrines

SBCC Associated with barren shorelines of playa lakes that contain water but have little or no emergent or shoreline vegetation

Likely to occur known to nest at Carson Lake and Pasture (NDOW 2017) and other sites in the Lahontan Valley (GBBO 2010 Floyd et al 2007) wetland playa sites provide suitable nesting habitat

MAMMALS Arizona myotis M occultus

Smdash Most commonly found in conifer forests between 6000 and 9000 feet though it forages at lower elevations at orchards permanent water and riparian vegetation Roosts in buildings attics bridges and

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Arizona myotis is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence cavities in dead conifer trees No information on winter habits is available

Big brown bat Eptesicus fuscus

Smdash Occurs in a variety of habitats including pinyon-juniper blackbrush creosote sagebrush and agricultural and urban habitats Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Big brown bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Bottarsquos pocket gopher Thomomys botae

Smdash Associated with a wide range of vegetation and soil types Resident of open habitats and meadows where soils are deep enough to maintain permanent burrow systems

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Brazilian free-tailed bat Tadarida brasiliensis

Smdash Most commonly associated with dry lower elevation habitats occasionally at higher elevations in mountain ranges Roosts primarily in caves and rock crevices on cliffs

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Brazilian free-tailed bat is known from the vicinity (NDOW 2017) it was observed on the southern portion of the NAS Fallon Main Base in 1996 (NNHP 2017)

California myotis Myotis californicus

Smdash Found in a variety of habitats from desert scrub to forests but more common in the Mojave Desert Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there California myotis is known from the vicinity including being observed foraging over canals at the NAS Fallon Main Base (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NAS Fallon 2014)

Canyon bat Parastrellus hesperus

Smdash Rocky canyons and outcrops roosts in small crevices in rocks mines and caves

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Canyon bat is known from a 1939 occurrence in the Bunejug Mountains approximately 2 miles from the project area (NNHP 2017)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-5

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Fringed myotis M thysanodes

SSP Found in a wide range of habitats from low desert scrub to high elevation coniferous forest Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Fringed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Hoary Bat Lasiurus cinereus

Smdash Tree-associated species Found primarily in forested upland habitats as well as in gallery-forest riparian zones and agriculture habitats Roots primarily in trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006)

Little brown myotis M lucifugus

Smdash Found primarily at higher elevations and higher latitudes often associated with coniferous forest Requires a nearby water source Roosts in a variety of settings

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Little brown myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

Long-eared myotis M evotis

Smdash Semiarid shrublands sage chaparral and agricultural areas but usually associated with coniferous forests Roosts under exfoliating tree bark and in hollow trees caves mines cliff crevices sinkholes and rocky outcrops on the ground sometimes roosts in buildings and under bridges

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

Pallid bat Antrozous pallidus

SSP Found in a variety of habitats from low desert to brushy terrain to coniferous forest and nonconiferous woodlands Roosts in a variety of settings such as rocks trees buildings caves and adits1

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Pallid bat is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017)

Spotted bat Euderma maculatum

Smdash Uses vegetation types that range from desert to sub-alpine meadows including desert-scrub pinyon-juniper woodland ponderosa pine mixed conifer forest canyon

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there

1 A passage leading into a mine

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence bottoms rims of cliffs riparian areas fields and open pasture but distribution closely tied to cliff roosting habitat

Townsendrsquos Big-eared Bat Corynorhinus townsendii

Smdash Highly associated with caves and mines Found primarily in rural settings from deserts to lower mid to high-elevation mixed coniferous-deciduous forest

Potential to occur only foraging habitat available Documented in Lahontan Valley (Bradley et al 2006) and in the vicinity of the project area (NDOW 2017)

Western red bat Lasiurus blossevillii

Smdash Primarily found in wooded habitats including mesquite bosque and cottonwoodwillow riparian areas Roosts in tree foliage and possibly in leaf litter on the ground

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Summer resident in the Fallon area Breeding has been confirmed in a private orchard in Fallon (Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

Western small-footed myotis M ciliolabrum

Smdash Inhabits a variety of habitats including desert scrub grasslands sagebrush steppe blackbrush greasewood pinyon-juniper woodlands pine-fir forests and agricultural and urban areas Roosts in caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but the species may forage there Small-footed myotis is known from the vicinity (BLM 2011 NDOW 2017)

Yuma myotis M yumanensis

Smdash Usually associated with permanent sources of water typically rivers and streams Occurs in a variety of habitats including riparian arid scrublands and deserts and forests Roosts in bridges buildings cliff crevices caves mines and trees

Potential to occur no roosting habitat is in the project area but this species may forage there Yuma myotis is known to roost in the vicinity of the project area (NNHP 2017)

REPTILES Desert horned lizard Phrynosoma platyrhinos

Smdash Open sandy areas in desert chaparral grassland vegetation often near ant hills Often seen basking on asphalt roads or low rocks in morning or afternoon

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-7

Table Appendix I BLM Sensitive Species

Species Status1 Habitat Potential for Occurrence Long-nosed leopard lizard Gambelia wislizenii

Smdash Sandy and gravelly desert and semi-desert areas with scattered shrubs or other low plants especially areas with abundant rodent burrows

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is present in the project area which is in the range of this species and it has been documented in the vicinity (NDOW 2017 Wildlife Action Plan Team 2012)

INSECTS Nevada alkali skipperling Pseudocopaeodes eunus flavus

Smdash Desert saltgrass on alkali flats

Potential to occur Host plants likely present in project area originally collected from Stillwater Marsh northeast of the project area

Pallid wood nymph Cercyonis oetus pallescens

Smdash Alkaline flats Potential to occur potentially suitable habitat exists along playas where alkali meadows occur Has been documented in Churchill County

PLANTS Lahontan milkvetch Astragalus porrectus

S Open calcareous or alkaline sandy to gravelly washes alluvium or gullies on clay badlands knolls or playa edges in the shadscale zone

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area This species has been documented in the Lahontan Valley northeast of Hazen

Nevada dune beardtongue Penstemon arenarius

S Deep loose sandy soil in valley bottoms eolian deposits and alkaline areas in shadscale habitats Blooms May-June

Potential to occur Potentially suitable habitat is present Known to occur in northern Churchill County along the Carson Sink (Morefield 2001)

Playa phacelia Phacelia inundata

S Alkali playas and seasonally inundated areas with clay soils Aquatic or wetland-dependent in Nevada

Potential to occur Suitable habitat is likely present in the project area It has been documented only from Humboldt and Washoe Counties in Nevada though systematic surveys have not been completed

Sources Morefield 2001 NatureServe 2017 NDOW 2017 NNHP 2017 BLM GIS 2017

Key to Status codes S = BLM Sensitive species BCC = USFWS bird of conservation concern SP = State-protected

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

Listed below are BLM sensitive species for the Carson City District Office (NV-IM-2018-003) that are not present in the FORGE project area due to a lack of suitable habitat or a known or restricted distribution outside of the FORGE project area

Amphibians Western toad (Anaxyrus boreas) Dixie Valley toad (Anaxyrus williamsi) Northern leopard frog (Lithobates pipiens)

Arachnids Nevada water mite (Thermacarus nevadensis)

Birds Black rosy finch (Leucosticte atrata) Brewerrsquos sparrow (Spizella breweri) Ferruginous hawk (Buteo regalis) flammulated owl (Psiloscops flammeolus) gray-crowned rosy finch (L tephrocotis) Great Basin willow flycatcher (Empidonax traillii adastus) Greater sage-grouse2 (Centrocercus urophasianus) Lewisrsquos woodpecker (Melanerpes lewis) mountain quail (Oreortyx pictus) northern goshawk (Accipiter gentilis) pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus) sage thrasher (Oreoscoptes montanus)

Fish Mountain whitefish (Prosopium williamsoni)

Mammals Allenrsquos chipmunk (Neotamias senex) American marten (Martes americana M caurina) American pika (Ochotona princeps) American water shrew (S palustris) bighorn sheep (Ovis canadensis nelsoni) Dark kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops megacephalus ssp) Inyo shrew (S tenellus) long-legged myotis (Myotis volans) Merriamrsquos shrew (Sorex merriami) mountain pocket gopher (Thomomys montcola) northern river otter (Lontra canadensis) pale kangaroo mouse (Microdipodops pallidus) pygmy rabbit (Brachylagus idahoensis) and Silver-haired bat (Lasionycteris noctivagans)

Reptiles Great Basin collared lizard (Crotaphytus bicinctores) Northern rubber boa (Charina bottae) Sierra alligator lizard (Elgaria coerulea palmeri) and western pond turtle (Actinemys marmorata)

2 When the Salt Wells EIS (BLM 2011) was published greater sage-grouse was a candidate for listing under the ESA however on September 21 2015 the Director of the BLM and the Assistant Secretary of Land and Minerals Management signed the Record of Decision and Approved Resource Management Plan Amendments for the Great Basin Sub-Region (BLM 2015) The USFWS had determined that the greater sage-grouse did not warrant protection under the ESA however the BLM considers the greater sage-grouse a sensitive species and it is protected under the BLMrsquos decision as a special status species and is thus considered in this EA

I BLM Sensitive Species

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment I-9

Insects Carson Valley silverspot (Speyeria nokomis carsonensis) Carson Valley wood nymph (Cercyonis pegala carsonensis) early blue (Euphilotes enoptes primavera) Great Basin small blue (Philotiella speciosa septentrionalis) Hardyrsquos aegialian scarab (Aegialia hardyi) monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus plexippus) Mono Basin skipper (Hesperia uncas giulianii) Reese River skipper (Hesperia uncas reeseorum) Sand Mountain aphodius scarab (Aphodius sp 3) Sand Mountain blue (E pallescens arenamontana) Sand Mountain pygmy scarab (Coenonycha pygmaea) and Sand Mountain serican scarab (Serica psammobunus)

Molluscs California floater (Anodonta californiensis) Dixie Valley pyrg (Pyrgulopsis dixensis) Pyramid Lake pebblesnail (Fluminicola dalli) Virginia Mountains pebblesnail (F virginius) Western Lahontan pyrg (P longiglans) and Wongrsquos pyrg (P wongi)

Plants Alexanderrsquos buckwheat (Eriogonum alexanderae) Alkali ivesia (Ivesia kingii var kingii) altered andesite buckwheat (E robustum) altered andesite popcornflower (Plagiobothrys glomeratus) Ames milkvetch (Astragalus pulsiferae var pulsiferae) Beatley buckwheat (E beatleyae) Bodie Hills draba (Cusickiella quadricostata) Bodie Hills rockcress (Boechera bodiensis) Callaway milkvetch (Astragalus callithrix) Candelaria blazingstar (Mentzelia candelariae) Carson Valley monkeyflower (Erythranthe carsonensis) Churchill Narrows buckwheat (E diatomaceum) Eastwood milkweed (Asclepias eastwoodiana) Inyo blazing star (Mentzelia inyoensis) Lahontan Basin buckwheat (Eriogonum rubricaule) Lahontan beardtongue (Penstemon palmeri var macranthus) Lavin eggvetch (A oophorus var lavinii) Lemmon buckwheat (E lemmonii) Long Valley milkvetch (A johannis-howellii) Margaret Rushy milkvetch (A convallarius var margaretiae) Masonic Mountain jewelflower (Streptanthus oliganthus) Mojave thistle (Virgin River thistle) (Cirsium mohavense [C virginense]) Mono County phacelia (P monoensis) Nevada suncup (Camissonia nevadensis) oryctes (Oryctes nevadensis) Pine Nut Mountains mousetails (I pityocharis) Reese River phacelia (Phacelia glaberrima) sagebrush pygmyleaf (Loeflingia squarrosa ssp artemisiarum) Sand cholla (Grusonia pulchella) Schoolcraft buckwheat (E microthecum var schoolcraftii) Shevock bristlemoss (Orthotrichum shevockii) Sodaville milkvetch (A lentiginosus var sesquimetralis) Sierra Valley mousetails (Ivesia aperta var aperta) smooth dwarf greasebush (Glossopetalon pungens var glabrum) Steamboat buckwheat (E ovalifolium var williamsiae) Steamboat monkeyflower (Diplacus ovatus [Mimulus o]) Tahoe yellowcress (Rorippa subumbellata) Tiehm blazingstar (M tiehmii) Tiehm peppercress (Stroganowia tiehmii) Tonopah milkvetch (A pseudiodanthus) Washoe pine (P ponderosa ssp washoensis) Wassuk beardtongue (Penstemon rubicundus) Watson spinecup (Oxytheca watsonii) Whitebark pine (Pinus albicaulis) Williamrsquos combleaf (Polyctenium williamsiae) and windloving buckwheat (E anemophilum)

I BLM Sensitive Species

I-10 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Appendix J Weed Management Plan Outline

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-i

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter Page

J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE J-1

J1 Introduction J-1 J11 Project Description J-1 J12 Responsible Parties J-1 J13 Weed Management Plan Need J-2 J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species J-2

J2 Current Site Conditions J-3 J21 Project Area Overview J-3

J3 Pre-Construction Actions J-4 J31 Baseline Inventory J-4 J32 Pre-Construction Treatment J-4 J33 Best Management Practices J-4

J4 Treatment Plan J-5 J41 [Weed Species 1] J-5 J42 [Weed Species 2] J-5 J43 [Weed Species 3] J-5 J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices J-5

J5 Monitoring Plan J-6 J51 Annual Monitoring J-6 J52 Annual Reporting J-6

J6 References J-7

ATTACHMENT 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

J-ii FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-1

APPENDIX J WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN OUTLINE

J1 INTRODUCTION

J11 Project Description Those leading the Fallon FORGE program (the proponents) are proposing a subsurface geothermal field laboratory in Fallon Nevada They are Sandia National Laboratories (SNL) in conjunction with Ormat Technologies the Navy Geothermal Program Office the US Geological Survey (USGS) Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory the University of Nevada Reno (UNR) and other partners

The Fallon FORGE laboratory would study the application of geothermal well stimulation also known as enhanced geothermal systems (EGS) technologies in a location where a commercially viable geothermal resource does not exist

The proponents would drill up to 13 new geothermal wells Up to three of these wells would be intended for stimulation and would act as productioninjection wells The remaining wells would be drilled for monitoring and testing of advanced drilling and diagnostic tools that are part of EGS technology This would be done to facilitate research of EGS on the Fallon FORGE site

The approximately 1120-acre FORGE project area is in Churchill County Nevada approximately 7 miles southeast of the city of Fallon (portion of sections 19 25 26 30 31 and 36 Township 18 North Range 30 East Mount Diablo Baseline and Meridian) It is directly southeast of Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon a Navy owned and operated tactical air warfare training center

J12 Responsible Parties [Insert Responsible Party or Parties] is responsible for implementing all aspects of this plan Where needed contractors will assist by providing the technical skills

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-2 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

and experience to successfully implement the activities described in this plan Contractors may be responsible for the following activities

bull Completing weed monitoring surveys and collecting accurate and useful data

bull Recommending appropriate treatment methods for weed occurrences and

bull Implementing treatment and maintaining records of treatment methods treatment area and effectiveness

J13 Weed Management Plan Need Noxious weed environmental protection measures and best management practices in the Salt Wells EIS (see Appendix E page E-7 BLM 2011) call for development of a Weed Management Plan to identify and treat noxious weeds Specifically the following measures would be required

1 Prior to preconstruction activities project personnel would identify all noxious weeds present on the land to be included in the ROW grant and provide this information to the BLM BLM would then determine any noxious weeds that require flagging for treatment The proponent would treat the noxious weeds as identified under the Weed Management Plan component of the POD as required by the BLM

2 All gravel andor fill material would be certified as weed-free

3 All off-road equipment would be cleaned (power or high-pressure cleaning) of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to initially moving equipment onto public land Equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species The National Invasive Species Council (established under Executive Order 3112) provides guidance to the BLM relative to control and management of any alien species that which may cause economic or environmental harm or impact human health Invasive species and weedy species are not synonymous with noxious species which is a formal designation Invasive species are not formally regulated by Nevada state statutes

The State of Nevada regulates noxious weeds (Nevada Revised Statutes [NRS] 555005ndash201) and maintains a list of noxious weeds divided into three categories which indicate the treatment requirements as follows (NRS 555130)

bull Category A ndash These species are generally not found or have a limited distribution in the State of Nevada These species are

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-3

actively excluded from the state and should be eradicated wherever found

bull Category B ndash These species are generally established in scattered populations in some counties of the State These species are actively excluded where possible

bull Category C ndash These species are generally established and generally widespread in many counties of the State

J2 CURRENT SITE CONDITIONS

J21 Project Area Overview The project area is in the Lahontan Valley Carson Desert and northwestern portion of the Salt Wells Basin in west-central Nevada The project area is approximately 7 miles southwest of Fallon Nevada This basin is in the western part of the Basin and Range Physiographic Province which is characterized by north-south trending mountain ranges separated by alluvium-filled nearly flat to gently sloping valleys with internally drained closed basins

Southwest Regional Gap Analysis Project (SWReGAP) land cover types (USGS SWReGAP GIS 2004) present in the project area (in order of prevalence) are Inter-Mountain Basins Greasewood Flat Agriculture North American Arid West Emergent Marsh Inter-Mountain Basins Mixed Salt Desert Scrub Inter-Mountains Basins Playa and Invasive Annual and Biennial Forbland (FORGE GIS 2017)

Noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plant species in the project area are [Insert results of comprehensive weed inventory in the project area]

[Insert figure depicting baseline noxious weed locations]

In 2017 Reclamation excavated an emergency canal to help drain Carson Lake and alleviate flooding risk there are 2 miles of the canal in the project area Currently side-cast soils from excavation provide ample substrate for noxious weeds and nonnative invasive plants to colonize During a site visit in fall 2017 numerous weedy plant species including Russian thistle and salt-lover were observed colonizing side-cast soils from excavation in the project area

Previous biological surveys in portions of the project area and adjacent lands (see Section 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds of the FORGE EA) have documented numerous species of invasive nonnative and noxious weeds Russian knapweed (Acroptilon repens) perennial pepperweed (Lepidium latifolium) tamarisk (Tamarix spp) hoary cress (Cardaria draba) salt-lover (Halogeton glomeratus) and Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) These species are commonly found along roads and near other developed or disturbed areas

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-4 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

J3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIONS

J31 Baseline Inventory Prior to start of construction a baseline survey will be completed to identify and map areas of noxious and invasive weeds All locations will be marked with a global positioning system (GPS) and mapped Accurate baseline mapping will allow treatment progress to be tracked

Due to the prevalence of nonnative invasive plant species in and around the project area only noxious species will be flagged for subsequent treatment and monitoring

J32 Pre-Construction Treatment All known noxious weeds within the project area will be treated andor removed via mechanical or chemical means prior to construction This will be done to reduce the spread of noxious weed seed or plant parts across the project area during construction Plant material at treatment areas will be removed from the project area and disposed of in a landfill Vehicles or equipment used to remove noxious weeds will be cleaned before proceeding with other work on the project area

Pre-construction treatment would be carried out in accordance with the treatment plan described in Chapter 4 of this plan

J33 Best Management Practices The goal of these measures will be to prevent the spread of noxious and invasive weeds across the project site and into adjacent habitat

Weed-free Materials Only certified weed-free materials will be used during site preparation and construction This shall include but not be limited to certified weed-free aggregate and erosion control materials

Weed-free Equipment To minimize the transport of vehicle-borne seeds roots or other weed materials all vehicles and equipment to be used off-road during any preparation construction or maintenance activities will be free of all mud dirt and plant parts prior to use on public land To accomplish this vehicles and equipment will be power- or high-pressure washed prior to entering the project site

Vehicles and equipment would be cleaned again prior to reentry if it leaves the project site

[Insert and describe other BMPs as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-5

J4 TREATMENT PLAN This section describes the proposed treatment methods for identified noxious weed infestations in the project area The treatment plan may undergo future modifications if the results of annual noxious weeds monitoring indicate treatments are not effective at control

The proponents would submit a pesticide use plan (PUP) to the BLM for review and approval prior to any herbicide use as described in the treatment plan below

Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all herbicides proposed for use are provided at the end of this plan

J41 [Weed Species 1] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 1 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J42 [Weed Species 2] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 2 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

J43 [Weed Species 3] [Describe Treatment Plan for Weed Species 3 including proposed mechanical andor chemical treatment methods Include proposed treatment timing location methods and any special considerations for treatment]

[Add additional treatment plans for additional weed species as necessary]

J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices The following general practices are designed to reduce potential unintended impacts to the environment from herbicide application Any additional requirements identified on the herbicide label will be strictly adhered to

bull Do not apply herbicides directly to water or saturated soils

bull Whenever feasible reduce vegetation biomass by mowing cutting or grubbing before applying herbicide to reduce the amount of herbicide needed

bull In riparian habitats or other wet areas use only aquatically approved herbicides and apply them by direct injection into the plant or by spot application targeting individual plants

bull Ensure that herbicide adjuvant and dye containers are securely situated on the ground and will not tip and spill during filling

bull Accurately measure amounts by using proper measuring devices

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-6 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

bull Protect against spills and splashes by slowly mixing and filling all components over leak-proof tubs

bull Ensure that the tank lid is tightly secured and that the o-ring is in place and not broken or cracked test the lid by vigorously shaking the full sprayer before donning a backpack sprayer

bull Set spray nozzle to as coarse a spray or stream as is appropriate for the job to reduce the chance of drift

bull Do not apply herbicide immediately prior to forecasted rain

bull Do not apply herbicide during windy conditions when winds are light enough for spraying spray between gusts and work from downwind toward upwind

bull Use the lowest effective application rates and concentrations that do not exceed the label requirements

J5 MONITORING PLAN

J51 Annual Monitoring A survey of the project area will be conducted once per year during operations and will be timed to occur during September or October to identify any noxious and invasive weeds that have sprouted following summer rains The fall survey period can also be used to examine the effectiveness of any treatment that was done earlier in the season The exact timing of these surveys will be dependent on local weather conditions

The surveyor will collect GPS data that identify the extent of the occurrence give the name of the weed species and collect representative photos Field data will be collected on a data form to facilitate accurate and repeatable data collection for subsequent surveys

[Describe additional annual monitoring details and requirements as necessary such as specific weed treatment areas to focus on]

J52 Annual Reporting All survey data will be summarized in a brief report for submittal to the BLM each year The report will include coordinates and maps showing occurrence locations and describe treatments carried out that year The report will document the progress toward control of identified infestations Any new infestations observed during annual monitoring will be described and treatment plans proposed

[Describe additional annual reporting requirements as necessary]

J Weed Management Plan Outline

March 2018 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment J-7

J6 REFERENCES BLM (US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management) 2011 Final

Environmental Impact Statement Salt Wells Energy Projects Carson City District Stillwater Field Office July 2011 Carson City Nevada

FORGE GIS 2017 Base and project data from the DOE FORGE program Data received through various means

SWReGAP GIS 2004 Provisional Digital Land Cover Map for the Southwestern United States Version 10 RSGIS Laboratory College of Natural Resources Utah State University

J Weed Management Plan Outline

J-8 FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Environmental Assessment March 2018

This page intentionally left blank

Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets

[Placeholder]

This page intentionally left blank

  • Fallon FORGE__Cover_TOC_508pdf
    • FORGE Geothermal Research and Monitoring Draft Environmental Assessment
      • Mission Statements
      • Table of Contents
      • Acronyms and Abbreviations
          • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_1_508pdf
            • 1 IntroductionPurpose and Need
              • 11 Introduction
                • 111 Location of Proposed Action
                • 112 Prior Geothermal Exploration and NEPA
                  • 12 Background
                  • 13 Purpose and Need
                  • 14 Decision to be Made
                  • 15 Scoping Public Involvement and Issue Identification
                    • 151 Scoping
                    • 152 Public Involvement
                    • 153 Issue Identification
                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_2_508pdf
                        • 2 Proposed Action and Alternatives
                          • 21 Description of Proposed Action
                            • 211 ProductionInjection and Monitoring Wells
                              • Well Pads Drilling Sumps and Containment Basins
                              • Drilling
                              • Access Roads and Site Trailer
                              • Operations
                              • Decommissioning and Reclamation
                                • 212 Well Stimulation
                                  • Water Source
                                  • Stimulation Techniques
                                  • Monitoring
                                    • EGS Effectiveness
                                    • Seismicity
                                    • Water
                                        • 213 Schedule of Activities
                                        • 214 Well Pad Assessment Areas
                                          • 22 No Action Alternative
                                          • 23 Alternatives Considered but not Analyzed in Detail
                                          • 24 Land Use Plan Conformance Statement
                                          • 25 Relationship to Laws Regulations Policies and Plans
                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_3_508pdf
                                                • 3 Affected Environment and Environmental Consequences
                                                  • 31 Supplemental Authorities and Resource Areas Considered
                                                    • 311 Additional Affected Resources
                                                      • 32 Resources or Uses Present and Brought Forward for Analysis
                                                      • 33 Method
                                                      • 34 Water Resources
                                                        • 341 Affected Environment
                                                          • Surface Water
                                                          • Groundwater
                                                          • Water Rights
                                                          • Geothermal Resources
                                                            • Thermal Spring (Well 6)
                                                                • 342 Environmental Consequences
                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                    • Surface Water Quantity
                                                                    • Surface Water Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quality
                                                                    • Groundwater Quantity
                                                                    • Water Rights
                                                                    • Recommended Mitigation or Monitoring
                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                          • 35 Geology
                                                                            • 351 Affected Environment
                                                                              • Seismicity
                                                                                • 352 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                  • Seismicity
                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                      • 36 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                        • 361 Affected Environment
                                                                                        • 362 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                              • 37 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                • 371 Affected Environment
                                                                                                  • General Wildlife
                                                                                                  • Game Species
                                                                                                    • 372 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                          • 38 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                            • 381 Affected Environment
                                                                                                              • Amphibians
                                                                                                              • Birds
                                                                                                              • Mammals
                                                                                                              • Reptiles
                                                                                                              • Insects
                                                                                                              • Plants
                                                                                                              • Threatened and Endangered Species
                                                                                                                • 382 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                    • Birds
                                                                                                                    • Mammals
                                                                                                                    • Reptiles
                                                                                                                    • Insects
                                                                                                                    • Plants
                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                          • 39 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                            • 391 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                            • 392 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                  • 310 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weed Species
                                                                                                                                    • 3101 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                    • 3102 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                      • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                      • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                          • 311 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                            • 3111 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                            • 3112 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                              • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                              • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                  • 312 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                    • 3121 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                      • Land Use
                                                                                                                                                      • Military Training and Airspace
                                                                                                                                                      • Access
                                                                                                                                                        • 3122 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                          • Direct Impacts
                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                              • 313 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                • 3131 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                • 3132 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                  • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                  • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                      • 314 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3141 Affected Environment
                                                                                                                                                                        • 3142 Environmental Consequences
                                                                                                                                                                          • Proposed Action
                                                                                                                                                                          • No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_4_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                • 4 Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 41 Past Present and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 42 Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 43 Geology
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 44 Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 45 Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 46 BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 47 Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 48 Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Species Weed
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 49 Native American Religious Concerns
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 410 Land Use Airspace and Access
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 411 Farmlands (Prime or Unique)
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 412 Socioeconomics
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 413 No Action Alternative
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 414 Summary of Cumulative Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 415 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 416 Relationship Between Local Short-Term Use of the Human Environment and Maintenance and Enhancement of Long-term Natural Resource Productivity
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_5_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5 Consultation and Coordination
                                                                                                                                                                                          • 51 Agencies Groups and Individuals Contacted
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Native American Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Federal Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • State Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cooperating Agencies
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Entities
                                                                                                                                                                                              • 52 List of Preparers
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon FORGE_Chapter_6_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_A_EGS_IS_Protocol_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                        • A EGS Protocol
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Cover Page13
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Preface
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 Intended Use
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 Objective
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 2 Steps In Addressing Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 1 Perform a Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 211 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 212 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 213 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 2 Implement an Outreach andCommunications Program
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 221 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 222 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 223 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 3 Review and Select Criteriafor Ground Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • STEP 4 Establish Local Seismic Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 241 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 242 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 243 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • STEP 5 Quantify the Hazard from Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 251 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 252 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 253 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STEP 6 Characterize the Risk of Induced Seismic Events13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 261 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 262 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 263 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • STEP 7 Develop Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 271 Purpose
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 272 Recommended Approach
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 273 Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 3 Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 4 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Appendix A Background and Motivation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Summary
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Background
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • I Relevant Seismological Concepts and History of Non-Geothermal Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • II Description of Enhanced Geothermal Systems (EGS)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • III Geothermal Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • IV Gaps in Knowledge
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • V Summary and ConclusionsWay Forward
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • References for Appendix A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix B List of Acronyms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix C Glossary of Terms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix D Workshop ParticipantsReviewers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Appendix E Relevant Websites
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_B_EGS_Best_Practices_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • B EGS Best Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • COVER PAGE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • ABBREVIATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • GLOSSARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • UNITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • FOREWORD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION ONE Step 1 Preliminary Screening Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 11 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 12 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SITE SCREENING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 13 EVALUATE RISKS WITH SIMPLE BOUNDING METHODS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 131 Local State and Federal Governmentsrsquo Acceptance Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 132 Impact on Local Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 133 Natural Seismicity and Associated Long-Term Seismic Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 134 Magnitude and Location of Worst Case Induced Earthquake and Associated Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 135 Assessing the Overall Risk of the Planned EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 136 Identify Main Possible Risk-Associated Reasons for Not Completing a Project
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 14 EGS PROJECT BENEFITS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 15 DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECTrsquoS INITIAL PHASE DECISION MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 151 Full Technical Documentation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 152 Summary Evaluation of the Risk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 16 CASE STUDIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • SECTION TWO Step 2 Outreach and Communications
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 21 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 22 MAIN ELEMENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 23 EXAMPLES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 231 Other Industrial Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 232 EGS Projects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 233 Project near a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 234 Project Distant From a Community
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 24 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 25 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION THREE Step 3 Criteria for Damage Vibration and Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 31 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 32 BUILDING DAMAGE CRITERIA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 321 Threshold Cracking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 322 Minor and Major Damage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 33 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR CIVIL STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 34 DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR BURIED STRUCTURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 341 Wells
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 342 Pipelines
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 343 Basement Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 344 Tunnels
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 35 LANDSLIDE AND ROCKSLIDE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 36 HUMAN RESPONSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 361 Third Octave Filters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 362 Vibration
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 363 Ground-Borne Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 37 LABORATORY AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 371 Criteria
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 38 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 39 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION FOUR Step 4 Collection of Seismicity Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 41 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 42 GATHERING DATA TO ESTABLISH BACKGROUNDHISTORICAL SEISMICITY LEVELS REGIONAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 421 Possible Sources of Background Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 422 Data Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 43 LOCAL SEISMIC MONITORING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 431 Basic Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 432 Instrumentation Needs and Data Coverage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 433 Instrumentation and Deployment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 434 Data Archiving and Processing Requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 44 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 45 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECTION FIVE Step 5 Hazard Evaluation of Natural and Induced Seismic Events
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 51 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 52 OVERVIEW OF APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 521 Estimate the Baseline Hazard from Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 522 Estimate the Hazard from Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 53 PSHA METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 531 Evaluate Historical Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 532 Characterize Seismic Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5321 Fault Geometry
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5322 Maximum Magnitude
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5323 Recurrence Parameters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 5324 Recurrence Rates
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 533 Areal Sources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 534 Characterize Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 535 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 536 PSHA Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 54 ADDITIONAL STEPS IN CHARACTERIZING EGS FOR PSHA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 541 Characterize Local and Regional Stress Field
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 542 Develop 3D Geologic Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 543 Review of Relevant EGS Case Histories
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 544 Develop Induced Seismicity Model
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 545 Select Ground Motion Prediction Models for Induced Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 546 Products
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 55 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 56 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION SIX Step 6 Risk Informed Decision Analysis and Tools for Design and Operation of EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 61 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 62 OVERVIEW OF BEST PRACTICE APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 621 Hazard Vulnerability and Exposure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 622 General Framework of a Best-Practice Risk Analysis for EGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 63 SEISMIC HAZARD CHARACTERIZATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 631 Probabilistic and Scenario Hazard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 632 Size of the Assessment Area
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 633 Minimum Magnitude of Interest
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • 634 Time Dependence
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 64 VULNERABILITY AND DAMAGE CHARACTERIZATION OF ELEMENTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE SEISMIC RISK
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 641 General Development of Vulnerability Functions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 642 Residential and Community Facility Building Stock
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 643 Industrial Commercial Research and Medical Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 644 Infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 645 Socioeconomic Impact and Operation Interference in Business and Industrial Facilities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 646 Nuisance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 65 AVAILABLE TOOLS NEEDED DATA AND AVAILABLE RESOURCES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 651 HAZUS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 652 SELENA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 653 RiskScape
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 654 Crisis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 655 OpenRisk
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • 656 QLARM
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 66 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS NEEDED FOR RISK-INFORMED EGS DECISION-MAKING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 661 Seismic Risk Associated With Natural Seismicity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • 662 Seismic Risk Associated With EGS Operation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 67 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • 68 SUGGESTED READING
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • SECTION SEVEN Step 7 Risk-Based Mitigation Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 71 PURPOSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • 72 RECOMMENDED APPROACH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 721 Direct Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 722 Indirect Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 723 Receiver Mitigation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 724 Liability
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • 725 Insurance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • 73 SUMMARY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION EIGHT Acknowledgements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • SECTION NINE References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_C_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_E_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • C Salt Wells FEIS Appendix EmdashEnvironmental Protection Measures and Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • E ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • General Measures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Air Quality
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Soil Disturbance
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Blasting (if required and approved)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Water Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Vegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Wildlife and Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Livestock Grazing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Cultural and Paleontological Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Noise
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Visual Resources
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Health and Safety
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_D_Salt_Wells_FEIS_Appendix_B_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • D Salt Wells FEIS Appendix BmdashLease Stipulations and Conditions of Approval
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • B LEASE STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • STANDARD STIPULATIONS FOR ALL GEOTHERMAL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • BUREAU OF RECLAMATION SPECIAL STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • SPECIAL STIPULATIONS FOR ALL LEASES IN THE CARSON CITY FIELD OFFICE MANAGEMENT AREA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • CONTINGENCY RIGHTS STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • MATERIAL SITE STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • NO SURFACE OCCUPANCY STIPULATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_E_FORGE_EnvProtect_Measures_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • E FALLON FORGE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Water Quality and Quantity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wetlands and Riparian Areas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Wildlife and Key Habitat
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • BLM Sensitive Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Migratory Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Invasive Nonnative and Noxious Weeds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_F_NASF_appxI_wets_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • F NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix ImdashWetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • I NAS FALLON WETLANDS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Marshes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Moist-Saline Meadows and Flats
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Riparian Wetlands
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Natural Streams and Drainages
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Manmade Ponds and Ditches
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Playas
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_G_NASF_AppxH_veg_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • G NAS Fallon INRMP Appendix HmdashVegetation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • H VEGETATION COMMUNITIES AND ACREAGES LANDSCAPING PLANT SPECIES FOR NAS FALLON
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Big Sagebrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Fourwing SaltbushShadscale (Atriplex spp) Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Rabbitbrush Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Ephedra Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Baileyrsquos Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Black Greasewood Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Other Shrub-Dominant Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities with Trees Dominant
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Perennial Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Communities Dominated by Annual Herbaceous Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Miscellaneous Cover Types
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_H_Agency_consults_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • H Agency Consultation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_I_BLM_Sensitive_Species_Appendix_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • I BLM SENSITIVE SPECIES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Amphibians
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Arachnids
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Birds
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Fish
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Mammals
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Reptiles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Insects
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Molluscs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Plants
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Fallon_FORGE_Appdx_J_FORGE_Weed_Management_Plan_Outline_508pdf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • J Weed Management Plan Outline
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J1 Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J11 Project Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J12 Responsible Parties
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J13 Weed Management Plan Need
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J14 Regulations Concerning Invasive Plant Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J2 Current Site Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J21 Project Area Overview
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J3 Pre-Construction Actions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J31 Baseline Inventory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J32 Pre-Construction Treatment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • J33 Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Weed-free Equipment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • J4 Treatment Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J41 [Weed Species 1]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J42 [Weed Species 2]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J43 [Weed Species 3]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • J44 Chemical Treatment Best Management Practices
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • J5 Monitoring Plan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J51 Annual Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • J52 Annual Reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • J6 References
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Attachment 1 Materials Safety Data Sheets
Page 4: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 5: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 6: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 7: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 8: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 9: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 10: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 11: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 12: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 13: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 14: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 15: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 16: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 17: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 18: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 19: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 20: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 21: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 22: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 23: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 24: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 25: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 26: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 27: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 28: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 29: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 30: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 31: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 32: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 33: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 34: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 35: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 36: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 37: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 38: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 39: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 40: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 41: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 42: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 43: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 44: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 45: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 46: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 47: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 48: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 49: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 50: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 51: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 52: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 53: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 54: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 55: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 56: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 57: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 58: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 59: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 60: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 61: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 62: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 63: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 64: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 65: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 66: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 67: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 68: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 69: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 70: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 71: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 72: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 73: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 74: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 75: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 76: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 77: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 78: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 79: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 80: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 81: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 82: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 83: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 84: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 85: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 86: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 87: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 88: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 89: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 90: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 91: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 92: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 93: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 94: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 95: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 96: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 97: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 98: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 99: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 100: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 101: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 102: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 103: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 104: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 105: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 106: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 107: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 108: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 109: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 110: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 111: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 112: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 113: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 114: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 115: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 116: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 117: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 118: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 119: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 120: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 121: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 122: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 123: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 124: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 125: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 126: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 127: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 128: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 129: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 130: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 131: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 132: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 133: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 134: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 135: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 136: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 137: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 138: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 139: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 140: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 141: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 142: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 143: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 144: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 145: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 146: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 147: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 148: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 149: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 150: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 151: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 152: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 153: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 154: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 155: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 156: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 157: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 158: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 159: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 160: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 161: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 162: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 163: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 164: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 165: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 166: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 167: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 168: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 169: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 170: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 171: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 172: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 173: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 174: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 175: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 176: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 177: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 178: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 179: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 180: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 181: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 182: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 183: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 184: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 185: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 186: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 187: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 188: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 189: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 190: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 191: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 192: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 193: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 194: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 195: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 196: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 197: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 198: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 199: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 200: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 201: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 202: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 203: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 204: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 205: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 206: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 207: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 208: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 209: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 210: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 211: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 212: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 213: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 214: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 215: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 216: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 217: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 218: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 219: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 220: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 221: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 222: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 223: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 224: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 225: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 226: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 227: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 228: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 229: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 230: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 231: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 232: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 233: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 234: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 235: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 236: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 237: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 238: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 239: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 240: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 241: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 242: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 243: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 244: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 245: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 246: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 247: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 248: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 249: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 250: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 251: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 252: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 253: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 254: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 255: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 256: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 257: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 258: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 259: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 260: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 261: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 262: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 263: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 264: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 265: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 266: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 267: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 268: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 269: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 270: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 271: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 272: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 273: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 274: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 275: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 276: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 277: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 278: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 279: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 280: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 281: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 282: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 283: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 284: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 285: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 286: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 287: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 288: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 289: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 290: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 291: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 292: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 293: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 294: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 295: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 296: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 297: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 298: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 299: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 300: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 301: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 302: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 303: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 304: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 305: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 306: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 307: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 308: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 309: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 310: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 311: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 312: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 313: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 314: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 315: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 316: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 317: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 318: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 319: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 320: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 321: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 322: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 323: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 324: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 325: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 326: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 327: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 328: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 329: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 330: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 331: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 332: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 333: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 334: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 335: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 336: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 337: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 338: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 339: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 340: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 341: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 342: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 343: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 344: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 345: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 346: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 347: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 348: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 349: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 350: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 351: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 352: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 353: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 354: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 355: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 356: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 357: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 358: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 359: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 360: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 361: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 362: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 363: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 364: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 365: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 366: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 367: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 368: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 369: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 370: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 371: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 372: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 373: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 374: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 375: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 376: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 377: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 378: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 379: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 380: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 381: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 382: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy
Page 383: Fallon Frontier Observatory for Research in Geothermal Energy

Recommended